Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 4th series"

See other formats


* 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


California  Academy  of  Sciences 


FOURTH  SERIES 


Vol.  XX 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1931-1933 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  XX 

Pages 
No.    1.    Swarth,  Harry  S.    Geographic  Variation  in  the  Richardson 

Grouse.    (3  Text  figures).    Published  May  22,  1931 1-7 

No.    2.    Johnson,  Ivan  M.     The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands 

Published  November  18,  1931 9-104 

No.    3.    Howell,  John  Thomas.    The  Genus  Pogogyne.     (Plate  1). 

Published  December  18,  1931 105-128 

No.    4.    Howell,  John  Thomas.    A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physo- 

carpus.     Published  December  18,  1931 129-134 

No.    5.    Eastwood,  Alice.     New  Species  of  Plants  from  Western 

North  America.    Published  December  18,  1931 135-160 

No.  6.  Hanna  G.  Dallas.  The  Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern 
County,  California.  (Plates  2-18).  Published  January 
8,  1932 161-263 

No.    7.    Schmidt,  Karl  P.    A  New  Subspecies  of  Coral  Snake  from 

Guatemala.    Published  January  8,  1932 265-268 

No.  8.  Mailliard,  Joseph.  Birds  and  Mammals  from  the  Koote- 
nay  Valley,  South-eastern  British  Columbia.  Published 
January  8,  1932 269-290 

No.  9.  Van  Dyke,  Edwin  C.  Miscellaneous  Studies  in  the  Ela- 
teridae  and  Related  Families  of  Coleoptera.  Published 
March  3,  1932 291-465 

No.  10.  Seale,  Alvin.  Agonostomus  Hancocki  Seale,  sp.  nov.  Pub- 
lished December  30,  1932 467-469 

No.  11.    Snyder,  John  Otterbein.    Description  of  Salmo  Seleniris. 

A  New  California  trout.    Published  November  16,  1933.471-472 

No.  12.    Grunsky,  C.  E.     Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy 

for  the  Year  1931.    Published  December  31,  1940 473-482 

No.  13.  Evermann,  Barton  Warren.  Report  of  the  Director  of  the 
Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium  for  the  Year  1931.  Pub- 
lished December  31,  1940 483-487 

Bradley,  F.  W.    Report  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  Academy 

for  the  Year  1931.    Published  December  31,  1940 488-491 

No.  14.  Grunsky,  C.  E.  Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy 
and  Acting  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium 

for  the  Year  1932.    Published  December  31,  1940 493-517 

Bradley,  F.  W.    Report  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  Academy  for 

the  Year  1932.    Published  December  31,  1940 518-521 

Index.    Published  December  31,  1940 523-533 

Errata 534 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  1,  pp.  1-7,  3  text  figures  May  22,"  1931 


GEOGRAPHIC  VARIATION  IN  THE 
RICHARDSON  GROUSE 


BY 

HARRY  S.  SWARTH 
Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Tetrao  richardsonii  was  described  by  Douglas1  from  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  Lat.  52°  N.,  Long.  115°  W. ;  it  has  com- 
monly been  regarded  in  later  years  as  a  subspecies  of  the 
Dendragapus  obscunts  aggregation.  In  1914,  Taverner2 
named  Dendragapus  obscurus  ftemingi  as  a  northern  variant 
of  this  same  group,  with  type  locality  at  Teslin  Lake,  Yukon 
Territory.  This  was  described  as  a  dark  colored  form,  all 
comparisons  being  made  with  birds  from  "southern  British 
Columbia,"  apparently  from  the  south-central  section.  I,  my- 
self, was  familiar  with  "richardsonii"  only  as  from  the 
Okanagan  region,  British  Columbia,  and  from  eastern  Ore- 
gon. Birds  from  northern  British  Columbia  were  obviously 
different  from  the  southern  specimens,  just  as  Taverner  de- 
scribed, and  I  accepted  ftemingi  at  face  value,  as  a  well 
marked,  dark-colored,  northern  subspecies,  probably  of  rather 
restricted  distribution. 

When  Major  Allan  Brooks  and  I  collected  together  in  the 
Atlin  region  in  1924  he  was  outspokenly  skeptical  as  to  the 
validity  of  ftemingi,  assuring  me  that  he  had  seen  dark-colored 
grouse  from  mountains  in  the  "wet  belt"  of  southeastern 
British    Columbia,    remote    from    the    described    habitat    of 

1  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond.,  XVI,  pt.   1,  1829,  141. 
-Auk,   XXXI,   385. 

May  22,  1931 


2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

flemingi.  This  is  the  basis  of  Brooks'3  later  statement  that 
"Swarth  is  well  aware  of  the  presence  of  a  very  dark  form  of 
richardsoni  with  all  the  characters  of  flemingi  throughout  the 
whole  of  the  humid  southern  interior  of  British  Columbia." 
T  was  aware  of  it  in  the  sense  that  Brooks  had  given  me  this 
information.  I  am  glad  to  pay  tribute  here  to  the  keenness  of 
Brooks'  field  observations  and  to  say  that  I  did  not  for  a 
moment  doubt  the  accuracy  of  what  he  told  me,  but  I  did  not 
see  how  I  could  utilize  the  knowledge  at  that  time,  in  the 
absence  of  specimens  or  other  exact  data. 

The  problem  naturally  remained  in  my  mind,  however,  and 
it  was  forcibly  brought  to  the  fore  when  in  1928  Messrs. 
Mailliard  and  Tose,  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences, 
returned  from  Creston,  British  Columbia,  with  four  adult 
male  Dendragapus  that  were  indistinguishable  from  birds  of 
the  Atlin  region.  Creston  is  close  to  the  extreme  southeastern 
corner  of  the  province,  Atlin  in  the  extreme  northwest.  Fol- 
lowing this  I  availed  myself  of  the  opportunity  that  offered  to 
examine  all  the  specimens  of  the  richardsonii  aggregation  in 
the  British  Museum,  the  Rothschild  Museum  at  Tring,  the 
United  States  National  Museum  and  the  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History. 

The  result  of  all  this  is  my  firm  though  reluctant  conviction 
that  Dendragapus  obscurus  flemingi  Taverner  is  a  synonym  of 
Tetrao  richardsonii  Douglas.  Two  distinguishable  forms  had 
been  lumped  under  the  one  name  richardsonii  but  Taverner 
named  the  wrong  subspecies.  There  is  no  type  specimen 
extant  of  Douglas'  richardsonii,  nor,  so  far  as  I  know,  any 
near  topotypes,  but  I  have  seen  enough  specimens  from  points 
north,  west  and  south  of  the  type  locality  to  carry  conviction 
that,  interposed  between  the  type  locality  of  richardsonii  and 
the  habitat  of  the  pale  colored  southwestern  form,  there  is 
continuous  distribution  of  the  dark  colored  northern  and 
eastern  form.  The  southwestern  subspecies  appears  to  be  a 
pallid  variant  that  has  been  evolved  in  the  semi-desert  condi- 
tions of  the  northern  part  of  the  Great  Basin,  extending 
northward  together  with  the  sage  brush  and  a  few  other 
attendant  birds,  mammals  and  plants  for  a  short  distance  into 
south  central  British  Columbia. 

'Condor,  XXIX,  1927,  113. 


Vol.  XX] 


SWARTH— RICHARDSON  GROUSE 


Fig.  1.  Map  of  western  North  America,  showing  distribution  of  Den- 
dragapus obscurus  richardsonii  and  D.  o.  pallidus.  Symbols  indicate 
localities  from  which  specimens  were  examined :  circles,  richardsonii; 
triangles,  pallidas;  crosses,  supposed  intergrades  between  richardsonii  and 
obscurus.  1,  type  locality  of  Tetrao  richardsonii;  2,  type  locality  of 
Dendragapus  obscurus  flemingi;  3,  type  locality  of  Dendragapus  obscurus 
Pallidus. 


4  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  unavoidable  readjustment  of  our  ideas  regarding  this 
group  of  grouse  calls  for  a  new  name  for  the  southwestern 
form. 


Dendragapus  obscurus  pallidus,  new  subspecies 

Type:  Male  adult,  no.  68254,  coll.  J.  &  J.  W.  Mailliard ; 
October  14,  1894;  Cornucopia,  Baker  County,  Oregon. 

Description:  With  the  specific  characters  of  Dendragapus 
obscurus.  Similar  to  D.  obscurus  obscurus  in  general  colora- 
tion but  differs  from  that  subspecies  in  not  possessing  a  well 
defined  terminal  gray  band  upon  the  rectrices.  Similar  to  D. 
obscurus  richardsonii  in  the  absence  of  the  above  mentioned 
tail  marking,  but  differs  in  being  of  generally  paler  color- 
ation. 

There  do  not  seem  to  be  any  minor  details  of  color,  mark- 
ings or  measurements  to  distinguish  between  the  two  sub- 
species richardsonii  and  pallidus.  The  differences  are  of  a 
general  nature.  One  is  developed  to  a  dark  extreme,  the  other 
to  a  pale  extreme,  and  there  is  an  accentuation  of  white  mark- 
ings in  the  one  form,  a  softening  of  such  markings  in  the 
other.  Pallidus  seems  to  be  in  character,  as  it  is  in  geo- 
graphical distribution,  intermediate  between  D.  obscurus 
obscurus  and  D.  obscurus  richardsonii.  Between  D.  o.  ob- 
scurus and  D.  o.  pallidus  there  is  no  difference  that  I  can  see 
in  body  color  and  markings,  and  almost  no  difference  in  the 
shape  of  the  tail.  The  fully  adult  obscurus  has  just  such  a 
square-cut  tail  as  pallidus  and  richardsonii.  So  that  the  only 
difference  there  lies  in  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  terminal 
tail  band. 

Distribution:  Dendragapus  obscurus  richardsonii.  From 
northwestern  British  Columbia  (Atlin)  and  southern  Yukon 
(Lake  Teslin)  east  into  southwestern  Mackenzie  (vicinity  of 
Fort  Simpson  and  Fort  Halkett),  south  through  east-central 
and  southeastern  British  Columbia  (Rocky  Mountains,  Sel- 
kirk Range,  and  smaller  ranges)  and  through  western  Alberta 
(vicinity  of  Banff  and  Calgary)  into  northern  Idaho. 

*  The    Mailliard   collection    belongs   to    the    California    Academy   of    Sciences   but    has 
not  yet  been  catalogued. 


Vol.  XXI 


SWARTH— RICHARDSON  GROUSE 


Fig.  2.  Tail  of  Dendragapus  obscurus  richardsonii,  dorsal  view;  adult 
male  (Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  no.  44664)  ;  l/i  natural  size.  This 
bird,  shot  September  1,  has  nearly  finished  the  annual  molt;  the  lateral 
rectrices  are  full  grown ;  the  central  ones  less  than  half  emerged. 


Dendragapus  obscurus  pallidas.  From  south  central 
British  Columbia  southward  over  eastern  Washington  and 
northeastern  Oregon. 

The  subspecific  identity  of  "flemingi"  and  richardsonii  can, 
I  think,  be  accepted  as  an  established  fact.  Likewise,  the 
northern  boundaries  of  richardsonii  are,  I  believe,  indicated 
with  fair  accuracy  on  the  accompanying  map.  Conditions  are 
not  so  clear,  however,  at  the  southern  boundaries  of  richard- 
sonii and  pallidas,  and  in  the  territory  where  either  or  both 
approach  the  habitat  of  obscurus. 

I  have  examined  various  specimens  from  points  on  the 
eastern  slope  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Montana,  that,  when 
I  saw  them  singly  in  the  several  museums  where  I  happened 
to  be  visiting,  seemed  to  me  to  belong  without  doubt  to  the 
form  I  now  term  pallidas.  There  were,  however,  one  or  two 
specimens  from  more  western  points  in  Montana  and  from 
Idaho  that  were  dark  colored  and  otherwise  typical  of  richard- 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 


Fig.  3.  Tail  of  Dendragapus  obscurus  pallidus,  ventral  view ;  immature 
male  (coll.  of  J.  and  J.  W.  Mailliard,  no.  6824)  ;  y2  natural  size.  This 
bird  is  near  the  end  of  its  first  annual  molt  and  is  assuming  the  adult 
type  of  tail.  The  two  outermost  rectrices  on  each  side  are  of  the  previous 
year's  (immature)  plumage,  not  yet  discarded  though  the  central  rectrices 
are  full  grown. 


sonii.  To  interpret  the  pale  colored  Montana  birds  as  repre- 
sentative of  pallidus  would  result  in  a  disconnected  habitat  for 
that  subspecies,  with  a  richardsonii-mhsbited  area  interposed. 
While  most  of  the  debateable  Montana  birds  were  examined 
by  me  singly  before  I  realized  the  need  of  further  compari- 
sons, I  have  several  available  at  this  writing  and  also  good 
specimens  of  obscurus  from  Colorado.  I  now  believe  that  the 
pale  colored  Montana  birds  are  in  all  likelihood  illustrative 
of  intergradation  between  obscurus  and  richardsonii.  There 
is  remarkably  little  difference  between  obscurus  and  pallidus 
except  for  the  tail  marking,  and  a  slight  change  in  this  charac- 
ter from  the  obscurus  mode  would  produce  just  such  pallidus- 
like  birds  as  those  that  I  have  seen  from  the  western  slope  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Montana.  This  is  my  present  inter- 
pretation of  the  facts  but  the  whole  matter  should,  of  course, 


Vol.  XX]  SWARTH— RICHARDSON  GROUSE  J 

be  considered  open  for  further  investigation.  Anyone  who 
has  the  opportunity  should  make  a  thorough  study  of  vari- 
ation in  these  grouse  in  Montana  and  Idaho. 

Molts  and  the  succession  of  plumages  in  Dendragapus  are 
rather  complicated.  In  a  previous  publication5  I  have  set  forth 
what  I  knew  on  this  subject,  but  in  the  present  study  a  fresh 
fact  came  to  light  that  seems  worth  presenting.  In  the  male 
richardsonii,  as  in  others  of  the  genus,  there  are  conspicuous 
differences  in  the  tails  of  young  and  fully  mature,  two  years 
old  and  more  (Swarth,  loc.  cit.,  fig.  C).  There  are  also,  it 
seems,  differences  in  the  manner  of  molt  of  the  rectrices.  In 
the  old  bird  the  outermost  tail  feathers  are  lost  first  and  their 
successors  are  nearly  full  grown  when  the  central  pair  are 
dropped.  The  result  is  a  lyre-shaped  tail  that  is  conspicuous  in 
flight,  and  that  serves  readily  to  identify  such  old  males  as  are 
flushed  in  August  and  early  September.  In  the  year-old  male 
first  assuming  the  adult  plumage  this  procedure  is  reversed,  as 
shown  by  a  specimen  at  hand,  and  the  outer  rectrices  are  the 
last  to  be  renewed  (see  figs.  2,  3). 

The  map  presented  herewith  was  prepared  by  Miss  Margaret 
W.  Wythe,  the  drawings  of  tail  feathers  by  Mrs.  Frieda 
Abernathy. 

«  Swarth,  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.,  vol.  30,  1926,  pp.  73-84,  text  figs.  B-E. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  2,  pp.  9-104  November  18,  1931 


II 
THE  FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS 


BY 

IVAN  M.  JOHNSTON 
Gray  Herbarium  of  Harvard  University 

The  four  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Socorro,  San  Benedicto, 
Roca  Partida  and  Clarion,  are  a  group  of  scattered  and  ap- 
parently distinct  peaks  projecting  from  deep  water  several 
hundred  miles  off  the  west  coast  of  Mexico.  In  origin  they  are 
chiefly  if  not  exclusively  volcanic.  They  lie  along  lat.  19°  N 
and  are  spread  out  over  200  miles  of  ocean  from  east  to  west. 
They  are  arid,  uninhabited,  and  only  rarely  visited,  and  are  the 
most  isolated  and  remote  bits  of  land  claimed  by  Mexico. 

As  the  exploration  of  the  equally  remote  islands  off  the  west 
coast  of  South  America  has  yielded  such  interesting  botanical 
results,  it  is  most  surprising  that  the  Revillagigedos,  the  most 
promising  and  remote  islands  off  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  and 
Central  America,  have  never  had  a  detailed  floristic  study. 
The  floristic  literature  concerning  the  islands  is  most  fragmen- 
tary and  scattered.  It  consists  chiefly  of  two  short,  very  in- 
complete lists  that  were  published  over  30  years  ago.  With  the 
increased  interest  that  has  since  developed  in  insular  floras  and 
in  the  problems  they  present  in  plant  dispersal,  there  has  come 
a  distinct  need  for  a  detailed  enumeration  and  analysis  of  the 
flora  of  the  Revillagigedos.  I  am,  accordingly,  presenting  in 
this  paper  a  critically  prepared  catalogue  of  the  insular  species 

November  18,   1931 


10  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

and  have  given  such  data  as  bear  upon  the  floristic  relation- 
ships and  origin  of  the  flora  of  the  islands.  While  more  col- 
lecting must  be  done  on  the  islands,  particularly  upon  Socorro, 
and  especially  during  the  rainy  season,  before  the  flora  is  com- 
pletely known,  I  believe  that  the  data  I  have  been  able  to  pre- 
sent here  are  sufficient  to  give  a  reasonably  good  general  idea 
of  the  island-flora  and  of  its  relationship  to  the  flora  of  the 
continent. 


BOTANICAL  EXPLORATION 

Although  the  islands  were  discovered  in  1533  [cf.  McLel- 
lan,  Science,  n.  s.,  62:  172  (1925)],  the  first  recorded  botani- 
cal work  done  upon  them  appears  to  have  been  that  of  George 
Barclay,  botanist  on  the  "Sulphur",  who  collected  on  Clarion 
December  29,  1839.  In  Capt.  Belcher's  Narrative  of  the  Voy- 
age of  the  Sulphur,  1:  349  (1843),  are  found  the  first  com- 
ments on  the  flora  of  the  islands  by  any  one  of  botanical 
experience.  Concerning  Clarion  Island  [Barclay  was  unable 
to  land  on  Socorro]  Captain  Belcher  remarks : —  Mr.  Barclay 
notices,  "Argyreia  rosea  [Ipomoea  halierca],  and  a  species  of 
ruta  [f  Tribulus],  run  along  the  sand,  the  former  extending 
upwards  of  25  feet  in  length.  Cassia  pendula  [f  Calliandra], 
Guilandina  bonducella  [Caesalpinia  crista],  and  a  species  of 
tetranthera  [f  Irisine],  are  among  the  plants  which  I  found 
upon  higher  ground.  Convolvulus  purpurea  [Ipomoea  cathar- 
tica],  and  two  species  of  phaseolus  [Phaseohts  atro purpureas 
and  ?  Canavalia  apiculata],  are  abundant  in  the  ravines;  and 
a  species  of  euphorbia  [E.  anthonyi],  like  the  species  hetero- 
phylla,  and  prickly  pears  [Opuntia  sp.],  cover  the  ground  in 
many  places,  and  form  a  kind  of  stage  for  the  leguminous 
plants  to  run  upon."  These  notes  are  obviously  from  Barclay's 
manuscript  journal,  a  portion  of  which  I  have  seen,  thanks  to 
the  kindness  of  Captain  Ramsbottom  of  the  British  Museum 
of  Natural  History.  The  only  other  species  mentioned  in  his 
journal  are  Sophora  tomentosa  and  Dodonaea  viscosa.  The 
plants  collected  during  the  1836-42  cruise  of  the  "Sulphur" 
were  studied  by  George  Bentham  and  treated  in  his  well 
known  Botany  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Sulphur,  which  was 
published  in  1844  and  1845.    A  search  through  this  volume 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  \\ 

has  failed  to  disclose  a  single  reference  to  Clarion  Island  or 
the  Revillagigedos.  It  is  quite  possible  that  Barclay's  Clarion 
collections  were  among  those  he  mentions  in  his  journal,  under 
June,  1837,  as  having  been  ruined  by  damp  storage  on  board 
ship.  If  his  specimens  are  still  extant  they  may  be  preserved 
in  the  herbarium  of  the  British  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

The  real  beginning  of  the  botanical  exploration  of  the 
islands  occurred  in  1889  with  the  visit  of  the  "Albatross". 
Anchorages  were  made  at  Sulphur  Bay,  Clarion  Island,  March 
4-5;  at  Braithwaite  Bay,  Socorro  Island,  March  8-9;  and 
along  the  east  side  of  San  Benedicto  Island  on  March  10. 
Botanical  collections  were  made  on  Clarion  and  Socorro  by 
Charles  H.  Townsend,  the  ornithologist  of  the  voyage.  These 
were  studied  by  Vasey  and  Rose  and  formed  the  basis  of  their 
paper,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  145-149  (1890),  entitled 
"Plants  collected  in  1889  at  Socorro  and  Clarion  Islands, 
Pacific  Ocean."  This  remains  the  longest  paper  that  has  yet 
been  published  on  the  insular  flora  and  the  only  one  to  date 
devoted  exclusively  to  it.  Twelve  species  were  reported  from 
Clarion  and  19  from  Socorro.  Townsend  did  get  to  the  crest 
of  the  main  ridge  of  Clarion,  but  from  his  notes  and  collec- 
tions it  is  obvious  that  his  botanizing  on  Socorro  was  con- 
fined to  the  lower  slopes  near  the  sea.  Consequently,  his  col- 
lections lack  the  distinctive  plants  of  the  islands,  the  numerous 
endemics  growing  on  the  higher  slopes  of  Socorro.  His  most 
interesting  discoveries  were  Tencrium  townsendii  on  Clarion, 
and  Perityle  socorrosensis  on  Socorro.  He  did  obtain  material 
of  the  endemic  species  of  Borreria,  Ipomoea,  Euphorbia,  Eri- 
geron  and  Stenophyllus,  but  this  was  neither  sufficient  nor 
good  enough  to  be  described  by  Vasey  and  Rose.  The  com- 
plete first  set  of  Townsend's  collections  is  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Herbarium.  A  good  set  of  duplicates  is  to  be  found 
in  the  Gray  Herbarium.    His  specimens  were  not  numbered. 

It  was  not  until  1897,  when  the  islands  were  visited  by  the 
"Wahlberg",  that  the  really  distinctive  features  and  the  riches 
of  the  Revillagigedo  flora  were  discovered.  This  schooner, 
fitted  for  exploration  and  in  charge  of  A.  W.  Anthony,  the 
ornithologist,  spent  more  than  a  month  among  the  islands. 
Over  two  weeks,  early  in  May,  were  devoted  to  a  visit  to 
Socorro  where  three  anchorages  were  made,  "two  on  the  south 
side  and  one  in  a  little  bay  on  the  north".    Well  over  a  week 


12  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

was  spent  on  Clarion  at  anchor  in  Sulphur  Bay.  Three  dif- 
ferent stops  were  made  at  San  Benedicto,  with  the  anchorages 
all  being  made  on  the  southeast  side  of  the  island.  The 
botanizing  on  the  islands  was  done  by  A.  L.  Stockton,  a  young 
nephew  of  Katherine  Brandegee.  His  collections  were  the 
first  made  on  San  Benedicto  and  the  first  obtained  on  the 
middle  slopes  of  Socorro.  Many  of  the  endemic  species  of 
the  latter  island  were  consequently  first  collected  by  him. 
Stockton's  collections  were  turned  over  to  T.  S.  Brandegee  for 
study  and  distribution.  The  direct  result  was  the  appearance 
in  December,  1898,  of  a  paper  by  Brandegee,  Erythea  7 :  1-9, 
entitled  "New  Species  of  Plants  from  Mexico",  in  which  11 
new  species  were  described  from  the  islands,  8  of  them  being 
from  Socorro  alone.  A  year  and  a  half  later  Brandegee,  Zoe 
5:  19-28  (1900),  published  his  paper  entitled,  "Voyage  of  the 
Wahlberg",  the  last  two  pages  of  which  contain  bare  lists 
giving  the  species  then  known  from  each  of  the  Revillagigedo 
Islands.  This  list  has  remained  the  most  complete  exposition 
of  the  flora  to  date.  In  it,  5  species  are  attributed  to  San  Bene- 
dicto, 27  to  Clarion  and  41  to  Socorro. 

Although  Stockton  collected  the  specimens,  it  should  be 
noted  that  they  were  distributed  and  were  cited  in  Brandegee's 
papers  under  Anthony's  name.  Duplicates  of  these  collections 
have  been  distributed  widely,  in  all  cases,  except  the  original 
collection  of  Nicotiana  stocktoni,  with  only  Anthony's  name 
on  the  label.  Consequently  in  the  present  paper  I  have  fol- 
lowed the  labels  and  have  attributed  the  collections  to  An- 
thony. It  is  difficult  to  estimate  the  size  of  the  total  collection. 
Certain  specimens,  probably  those  of  which  a  goodly  number 
of  duplicates  were  obtained,  were  distributed  in  numbered  sets 
accompanied  by  completely  printed  labels.  There  is,  however, 
certainly  an  equally  large,  if  not  larger  number  of  collections 
that  are  unnumbered,  and  which  have  hand-written  labels. 
These  probably  represent  those  collections  of  which  very  few 
or  no  duplicates  were  obtained.  Notes  I  have  assembled  show 
that  the  numbered  collections  were  allotted  as  follows,  369-372 
for  San  Benedicto,  375-401  for  Socorro,  and  403-417  for 
Clarion.  Of  the  total  series  of  numbers,  369-417,  I  have  not 
seen  373,  374,  402  nor  407.  Number  394  has  been  applied  to 
both  Zanthoxylum  and  Coreopsis  and  number  405  to  both 
Lepidium  and  Canavalia.    Number  371,  Stenophyllus,  has  ap- 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  13 

peared  on  labels  transposed  as  317.  I  have  record  of  25  un- 
numbered collections  not  represented  in  the  numbered  series. 
No  doubt  there  are  others  that  I  have  not  encountered.  As  my 
records  stand,  however,  Stockton's  botanizing  resulted  in  6 
collections  from  San  Benedicto,  25  from  Clarion  and  41  from 
Socorro.  The  labeling  of  the  collection  seems  to  be  prevail- 
ingly reliable.  In  fact,  the  only  questionable  labeling  is  that  on 
the  original  collection  of  Nicotiana  stocktoni.  This  species  is 
given  as  from  Socorro  although  I  suspect  it  really  came  from 
Clarion.  Though  Brandegee  lists  Scaevola  from  Socorro,  the 
specimens  that  he  distributed  are  labeled  as  from  Clarion.  In 
this  case  I  believe  the  label  is  correct.  The  full  set  of  the 
Stockton  collections  is  preserved  in  the  herbarium  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California.  The  first  set  of  duplicates  of  Stockton's 
plants  is  in  the  Gray  Herbarium. 

The  next  event  in  the  botanical  exploration  of  the  islands 
was  the  visit  there,  between  May  14  and  July  9,  1903,  of  an 
expedition  sent  out  by  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 
The  botanical  collecting  on  the  expedition  was  done  by 
Fredrick  E.  Barkelew.  His  collections  were  being  studied  by 
Alice  Eastwood  when  they  were  destroyed,  along  with  her 
notes,  in  the  San  Francisco  disaster  of  1906.  Fortunately, 
however,  duplicates  of  Barkelew's  collections  had  been  sent 
out  previously  to  various  institutions  in  the  United  States. 
The  best  sets  are  now  at  the  University  of  California  and  in 
the  Gray  Herbarium. 

The  expedition  spent  May  14-26  anchored  off  San  Bene- 
dicto, from  May  27  to  July  2  exploring  Socorro,  and  July  6-8 
visiting  Clarion.  A  letter  to  Joseph  R.  Slevin  from  Rollo  H. 
Beck,  head  of  the  expedition,  kindly  forwarded  me  by  Dr. 
Evermann,  gives  the  following  details  of  the  botanist's  activi- 
ties:— "A  young  man  named  Barkelew  collected  some  speci- 
mens and  my  notes  contain  the  following:  Ensenada,  April 
30,  1903,  100  specimens;  San  Martens  Is.,  May  3,  few  plants; 
San  Benedicto,  May  15,  6  species  taken;  Socorro,  May  27  to 
July  2,  Barkelew  found  about  70  species;  Clarion,  July  6  and 
8,  quite  a  few  flowers."  It  is  especially  to  be  noted  that  the 
expedition  did  visit  Clarion,  that  Barkelew  did  collect  there, 
and  that  the  dates,  May  27-July  3,  1903,  written  in  on  many 
labels  of  Barkelew's  collections,  properly  apply  only  to  the  visit 
to  Socorro. 


14  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

While  Barkelew's  collections  contain  a  goodly  number  of 
species  not  previously  obtained  on  the  islands — for  he  appears 
to  have  been  the  first  to  botanize  on  the  higher  slopes  of  So- 
corro— their  value  is  greatly  lessened  by  the  very  questionable 
geographic  data  that  accompany  at  least  some  of  his  speci- 
mens. His  specimens  are  attributed  on  the  printed  labels  only 
to  Socorro  and  San  Benedicto.  I  have  seen  none  of  his  collec- 
tions labeled  as  from  Clarion,  although  he  is  known  to  have 
collected  there.  I  am,  however,  quite  certain  that  some  of  the 
specimens,  given  as  from  Socorro,  are  mislabeled  and  came  in 
fact  from  Clarion.  The  clearest  cases  seem  to  be  Caesalpinia 
(no.  207),  Ipomoea  (no.  245),  Sophora  (no.  246),  Melochia 
(no.  247),  Phase olus  (no.  248)  and  Cressa  (no.  252).  Doubt- 
less there  are  other  similar  cases  of  confusion  which  I  have 
not  detected.  A  collection  of  Dodonaea  (no.  188)  labeled  as 
from  San  Benedicto  is  also  questionable.  That  shrub  is  not 
otherwise  known  from  San  Benedicto,  a  fact  which  seems 
significant  when  it  is  realized  that  Barkelew  does  not  have  col- 
lections from  Socorro  and  Clarion  where  it  is  a  conspicuous 
plant. 

I  have  assembled  all  the  data  I  could,  regarding  Barkelew's 
collections.  This  indicates  that  his  Revillagigedo  collections 
fall  in  the  gamut  of  numbers  169-252.  I  have  seen  a  few  col- 
lections that  are  unnumbered.  The  numbers  169-176  are  all 
associated  with  plants  attributed  to  San  Benedicto.  The  re- 
maining ones  seen  by  me,  except  the  Dodonaea  (no.  188) 
which  I  have  mentioned,  are  all  labeled  as  from  Socorro.  I 
have  not  seen  the  specimens  associated  with  the  following 
numbers:  185,  186,  195,  209,  212,  213,  219,  226,  234,  235, 
237-41  and  249-251. 

The  most  recent  explorations  of  the  Revillagigedos  were 
those  made  by  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  in  1925. 
During  this  expedition,  anchorages  were  made  at  Sulphur 
Bay,  Clarion  Island,  from  April  26  to  May  1 ;  at  Braithwaite 
Bay,  Socorro  Island,  from  May  2-11 ;  and  on  the  east  side  of 
San  Benedicto  on  May  12.  A  detailed  account  of  the  expedi- 
tion, with  maps,  has  been  given  by  Hanna,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  ser.  4,  15:  29-66  (1926).  The  botanist  was  Herbert  L. 
Mason.  Forty-four  collections  (nos.  1550-1593)  were  made 
on  Clarion,  83  (nos.  1596-1678)  on  Socorro,  and  9  (nos. 
1680-1688)  on  San  Benedicto.   Mason  reached  the  summit  of 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  J 5 

Socorro  and  appears  to  have  made  the  first  botanical  collec- 
tions ever  obtained  there.  His  collections  are  reported  upon 
for  the  first  time  in  the  present  paper.  The  first  set  and  all 
type-specimens  in  his  collections  are  deposited  in  the  Her- 
barium of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.  A  set  of 
duplicates  has  been  presented  to  the  Gray  Herbarium,  by  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Although  several  large  collections  have  been  made  in  the 
Revillagigedo  Islands  they  still  remain  a  promising  field  for 
further  botanical  work.  Each  succeeding  exploration  has  dis- 
covered additional  undescribed  species  and  has  found  more 
continental  species  not  previously  reported  for  its  flora.  Fur- 
ther collecting,  especially  on  Socorro  and  particularly  on  its 
higher  slopes,  will  doubtless  add  more  species,  especially  if 
carried  on,  not  in  the  dry  months  of  May  and  June  as 
previously,  but  in  the  growing  season  during  the  period  of 
occasional  showers  from  August  to  December.  Careful  and 
extensive  collecting  at  a  favorable  time  will  probably  show 
that  we  now  know  only  about  75%,  or  even  less,  of  the  total 
insular  flora. 

While  the  discovery  of  each  species  additional  to  the 
recorded  flora  of  the  islands  is  of  some  scientific  interest  and 
is  a  source  of  personal  satisfaction  for  the  collector,  the  most 
important  botanical  work  now  awaiting  attention  on  the 
islands  concerns  not  species  so  much  as  the  vegetation  and  the 
living  plant.  The  past  collectors  on  the  islands  have  been 
quite  satisfied  in  making  a  single  collection  of  each  species 
found  on  each  of  the  islands.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to 
make  repeated  collections  either  to  show  variation  of  the 
plants  or  their  distribution  on  particular  islands.  There  is 
almost  nothing  on  record  regarding  the  abundance,  habits, 
stature,  habitats,  associates,  flower-color,  etc.,  of  the  various 
plants  of  the  islands.  Few,  if  any,  notes  have  been  made 
which  would  permit  the  botanists  who  have  not  visited  the 
islands  to  visualize  the  living  plant  and  see  it  in  relation  to  its 
environment.  The  plant  ecology  of  the  islands  is  an  untouched 
subject. 

Future  collecting  on  the  islands  promises  not  only  the  dis- 
covery of  heretofore  unrecorded  species  and  presents  the  op- 
portunity for  much  needed  and  valuable  observation  on  the 
habits  of  the  species  and  their  ecological  relations,  but  offers, 


lg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

in  addition,  the  chance  to  check  critically  in  the  field  the  list  of 
species  now  reported  from  the  several  islands.  Each  of  the 
islands  has  a  rather  distinctive  flora.  This  has  been  here  and 
there  obscured  by  questionable  records,  traceable,  no  doubt,  to 
mislabeling  that  has  resulted  from  a  mixing  of  collections 
from  different  islands.  Not  only  should  collectors  maintain 
the  most  scrupulous  accuracy  in  the  data  for  their  own  speci- 
mens, but  they  can,  by  their  notations  that  certain  records 
could  not  be  verified  despite  alert  and  continued  watch- 
fulness on  the  islands,  give  us  more  basis  to  doubt  these  ques- 
tionable records  and  eventually  permit  us  to  disregard  them  as 
almost  certainly  false. 


SOCORRO  AND  ITS  FLORA 

Socorro,  the  largest  of  the  Revillagigedos,  is  roughly 
quadrangular  in  shore-line  with  a  long  axis,  lying  NW  to  SE, 
of  about  91  miles  in  length.  Its  width  varies  from  about  7  miles 
at  the  NW  end  to  about  4  miles  at  the  SE.  The  island  con- 
tains approximately  50  square  miles.  The  topography  is  simple, 
the  land  sloping  from  the  shore  prevailingly  upward  towards 
the  center  of  the  island.  Socorro  is,  hence,  a  broadly  conical 
peak.  Its  summit  is  1130  meters  above  the  sea.  In  structure 
the  island  appears  to  be  entirely  volcanic,  the  central  peak,  in 
fact,  being  a  small  quiescent  volcano  that  has  been  reported  in 
eruption  as  late  as  1848.  Such  volcanic  activity,  however,  does 
not  appear  to  have  been  of  a  devastating  nature,  at  least  for  a 
good  many  centuries.  The  biota  of  the  island  indicates  a  con- 
siderable antiquity. 

The  island  is  situated  at  about  lat.  18°  50'  N  and  long. 
111°  00'  W.  It  lies  about  260  miles  S  by  W  from  the  tip  of 
the  peninsula  of  Lower  California  and  about  320  miles  WSW 
from  Cape  Corrientes  (in  Jalisco),  the  most  westerly  point 
on  the  mid-section  of  the  Pacific  coast  of  the  Mexican  main- 
land. From  Maria  Madre,  the  largest  of  the  Tres  Marias 
Islands,  it  lies  310  miles  away  SW  by  W.  The  land  nearest  to 
Socorro  is  the  island  of  San  Benedicto  which  lies  only  about 

1  Since  the  only  surveys  of  the  islands  have  been  by  navigators  and  the  best  maps, 
consequently,  are  navigation  charts,  I  have  given  distances  in  and  about  the  islands 
in  nautical  miles  (roughly  6080  ft.  or  1853  meters).  All  other  measurements  are  in 
the  metric  svstem. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  \J 

25  miles  away  to  the  NNE.  The  small  barren,  bird-rock, 
Roca  Partida,  lies  over  80  miles  away  W  by  N.  Clarion 
Island,  the  most  remote  member  of  the  archipelago,  is  situated 
about  220  miles  away  to  the  westward.  Socorro  is  separated 
from  the  close-lying  San  Benedicto  by  ocean  depths  of  over 
2900  meters.  To  the  north  and  east  of  these  two  islands,  how- 
ever, and  separating  them  from  the  peninsula  and  mainland  of 
Mexico,  are  depths  of  over  3000  meters.  To  the  west,  between 
Socorro  and  Clarion,  depths  of  3600  meters  are  recorded. 
South  and  west  of  the  archipelago  the  ocean  is  more  than 
4000  meters  deep. 

The  climate  of  Socorro  is  an  arid  one  and,  except  for  the 
rare  and  local  torrential  storms  that  visit  most  desert  areas, 
the  precipitation  is  scanty.  The  upper  slopes  of  the  island, 
however,  are  favored  with  another  source  of  moisture.  These 
upper  slopes,  two  to  three  times  higher  than  those  on  the  other 
Revillagigedos,  reach  into  the  strata  of  clouds  borne  on  the 
trades  and  are  thus  benefited  not  only  by  a  somewhat  increased 
humidity  and  protection  from  the  sun  but  to  a  greater  or  lesser 
extent  by  actual  moisture  obtained  from  the  clouds.  The  only 
mesophytic  flora  on  the  islands,  which  have  a  prevailingly 
xerophytic  one,  is  found  on  these  fog-brushed  higher  slopes  of 
Socorro. 

Concerning  even  the  general  features  of  the  vegetation  on 
Socorro  there  has  been  very  little  written.  Anthony,  Auk  ser. 
2,  15:  312  (1898),  states  that  'The  greater  part  of  the  island 
is  covered  with  a  very  dense  growth  of  underbrush,  the 
weather  side  (north  and  northwest  exposures)  being  especially 
thickly  covered,  making  travel,  except  in  favored  spots,  well 
nigh  impossible.  Trees  are  abundant  on  the  weather  side  of  the 
island  but  on  the  south  and  east  sides  they  are  mostly  confined 
to  canons,  and  were  smaller  than  on  the  north  slopes.  They 
were  nowhere  seen  over  forty  or  fifty  feet  in  height,  though 
usually  covering  considerable  area  with  their  broad  spreading 
branches".  The  large  trees  mentioned  are  probably  Ficus 
cotini folia. 

In  Hanna's  account,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  15: 
49-58  (1926),  of  the  ascent  of  Mt.  Evermann,  the  central 
peak  of  Socorro,  there  are  passages  which  give  more  details 
concerning  the  vegetation  and  the  physical  features  of  the 
island.    The  party  started  from  Braithwaite  Bay  at  the  south- 


18  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

ern  end  of  the  island  and  ascended  the  peak  from  the  eastern 
side.  Dr.  Hanna  writes,  "We  set  out  northwest  at  first,  up  a 
small  rocky  gulch  to  escape  as  much  as  possible  the  stiff  brush 
of  the  lowlands.  This  took  us  to  a  series  of  bare  red  hills 
which  we  crossed  toward  the  mountain.  Several  gullies  and 
ridges  were  crossed  with  great  difficulty  on  account  of  the 
heavy  brush.  This  was  excessively  fatiguing  and  half  an  hour 
after  we  left  the  beach  all  of  us  were  drenched  with  perspira- 
tion. .  .  .  On  the  way  across  the  red  hills  (foothill  section) 
we  were  impressed  by  some  areas  which  were  entirely  barren 
of  vegetation  and  at  first  we  were  at  a  loss  for  an  explanation. 
Some  parts  were  covered  with  dead  brush,  all  flattened  on  the 
ground  and  pointing  in  the  same  direction.  This  indicated  the 
action  of  water  and  we  decided  that  the  small  section  of  the 
island  had  been  visited  by  a  great  cloudburst  at  some  previous 
time  but  probably  subsequent  to  1903.  This  supposition  was 
fully  proved  next  day  when  we  found  a  box  canon  leading 
down  from  the  area  to  the  sea.  This  was  scoured  out  com- 
pletely to  bed  rock  while  in  front  on  the  mouth  there  was  an 
enormous  quantity  of  boulders  piled  up.  Such  downpours  as 
this  must  be  of  rare  occurrence  on  Socorro  because  evidence 
elsewhere  was  lacking;  in  fact,  most  of  the  canons  indicated 
the  passage  of  very  insignificant  quantities  of  water  at  any 
season.  .  .  .  About  11  a.  m.  we  passed  out  of  the  zone  of  brush 
on  the  lower  slopes  of  Mt.  Evermann  and  entered  the  canons 
which  were  densely  forested  with  many  kinds  of  strange  trees. 
The  traveling  here  was  much  easier  and,  to  all  of  us,  far  more 
interesting.  The  trees  were  teeming  with  bird  life,  and  the 
"Bumelia"  trees  afforded  great  quantities  of  delicious  fruit, 
which  we  ate  with  relish.  .  .  .  One  of  the  trees  with  white  bark 
like  a  sycamore  was  about  40  feet  high,  one  foot  in  diameter 
and  bore  long  spikes  of  cream-white  flowers.  The  fruit  was 
about  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  pale  green  in  color,  and  was 
not  eaten  by  birds;  therefore,  we  did  not  try  it.  The  forests 
in  the  canons  were  so  dense  that  sunlight  rarely  penetrated  to 
the  ground;  hence  mosses,  lichens,  ferns  and  orchids  were 
abundant  on  the  trees  and  branches.  Some  of  the  Bumelia 
fruit  trees  were  fully  50  feet  high  and  although  the  larger 
trunks  were  irregular  in  growth  they  were  at  least  five  feet  in 
diameter.  What  appeared  to  be  canes  of  a  species  of  black- 
berry grew  to  the  extreme  length  of  200  feet  but  it  had  neither 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  \g 

fruit  nor  flowers  and  the  identification  could  not  be  made  with 
certainty.  There  was  almost  no  underbrush  in  these  canons 
but  the  ridges  and  "hog-backs"  were  practically  impassable, 
we  learned  through  bitter  experience  during  the  afternoon.  .  .  . 
Early  in  the  evening,  as  the  fogs  of  the  mountain  top  closed 
in,  we  made  our  camp  at  the  head  of  a  heavily  timbered  canon, 
and  a  fortunate  choice  this  was,  indeed.  The  fog  passed  over 
at  each  side  and  below  us,  but  our  camp  was  dry.  This  was  a 
great  relief  because  we  had  no  bedding  and  the  night  was  cold. 
A  fire  was  kept  up  most  of  the  night  and  we  were  fairly  com- 
fortable. The  camp  was  made  at  an  elevation,  indicated  by 
our  barometer,  as  2300  feet,  seemingly  an  insignificant  climb 
but  the  excessive  heat  and  heavy  brush  wore  us  down.  The 
temperature  was  only  82°  to  88 °F.  during  the  day  but  it 
seemed  much  warmer  than  that.  .  .  .  After  breaking  camp 
[next  morning]  we  climbed  the  obsidian  ridge  ahead  of  us, 
200  feet  and  into  the  fog.  Then  we  realized  how  fortunate 
we  had  been  to  select  a  dry  camp  site.  The  vegetation  all  about 
was  drenched  with  the  mist,  yet  there  was  not  a  drop  of  water 
to  drink.  .  .  .  Evidently  sheep  frequent  the  open,  brush-free 
summit  because  well  beaten  trails  lead  away  in  every  direction. 
Some  charred  brush  was  found  nearby  in  a  position  which 
indicated  that  a  fire  had  passed  through.  Probably  this  was  a 
remnant  of  the  fire  started  by  [the  castaway]  Grayson  and 
which  led  to  his  rescue.  He  spoke  of  its  having  spread  far  and 
wide  over  the  mountain-side  before  he  was  out  of  sight  on  his 
homeward  journey.  Even  today  the  south  side  of  the  moun- 
tain is  remarkably  free  of  brush  and  is  principally  grown  over 
with  grass  and  some  cactus.  .  .  .  From  the  top  we  were  able  to 
study  the  best  means  of  approaching  the  mountain  and  found 
it  unquestionably  to  be  from  Grayson's  Cove.  .  .  .  Wooded 
caiions  are  absent  on  the  south  side  [of  the  island]  but  are 
abundant  on  the  north,  east  and  west.  Between  them  brush- 
covered  ridges  radiate  outward  like  spokes  in  a  wheel.  .  .  . 
Careful  search  was  made  from  the  top  in  every  direction  for 
evidence  of  water  but  not  a  sign  could  be  seen.  To  the  east- 
ward in  one  canon  there  was  a  dry  lake  bed  which  unquestion- 
ably does  contain  a  small  amount  of  water  during  the  rainy 
season.  Up  to  this  time  we  had  thought  there  might  be  some 
reason  for  the  supposition  of  Captain  Colnett  that  a  fresh- 
water lake  existed  on  the  island  "because  of  the  teal  ducks" 


20 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


found  flying  down  to  the  sea.  But  with  the  unobstructed  view 
we  had  we  were  thoroughly  convinced  that  no  permanent  lake 
now  exists  on  the  island.  It  is  barely  possible  that  this  dry 
lake  bed  did  hold  water  throughout  the  year  at  the  time  of 
Capt.  Colnett's  visit  and  has  silted  up  in  the  meatime.  From 
what  we  saw  of  the  erosion  produced  by  a  cloudburst  on  the 
east  side  of  the  island  it  seems  entirely  possible  for  a  small 
lake  to  be  entirely  filled  with  sediment  in  one  rainstorm." 

The  complete  list  of  the  flora  of  Socorro,  with  indications  of 
the  occurrence  of  the  species  on  Clarion  and  San  Benedicto, 
and  a  summary  of  their  range  off  the  archipelago,  is  given  in 
the  following  tabulations : 


Name 

o 
o 

<L> 

a 
.2 

Distribution  and  Remarks 

1.    Polystichum  muricatum 

Guerrero  to  Costa  Rica 

2.    Asplenium  potosinum,  var.  .  .  . 

San  Luis  Potosi 

3.    Asplenium  formosum 

Nayarit  to  Costa  Rica;  West  Indies 

4.    Adiantopsis  radiata 

Vera  Cruz  to  Guatemala;  West  Indies 

5.    Pteridium  caudatum.  .  . . 

Nayarit  to  Salvador;  West  Indies 

6.    Polypodium  polypodioides .  .  .  . 

Sinaloa  southward;  West  Indies 

7.    Polypodium  pulchrum  . . 

Colima  to  Costa  Rica 

8.  Cheilanthes  peninsularis,  var.  . 

9.  Psilotum  nudum 

X 

Endemic 

Jalisco  southward;  West  Indies 

10.    Eragrostis  ciliaris 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

1 1 .    Jouvea  pilosa 

Lower  California  to  Nicaragua 

12.    Sporobolus  purpurascens .  . 

Vera  Cruz  to  Costa  Rica;  West  Indies 

13.    Aristida  pansa 

X 

Arizona  and  Texas  to  San  Luis  Potosi 

14.    Paspalum  longum 

Endemic 

15.    Setaria  geniculata .  . 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

16.  Cenchrus  myosuroides 

17.  Sorghastrum  nutans .  .  . 

X 

Lower  California  to  Puebla;  West  Indies 
Lower  California  to  Guatemala 

18.    Heteropogon  contortus 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

19.    Cyperus  ligularis 

Tres  Marias  Islands  southward :  West  Indies 

20.  Cyperus  duripes 

21.  Cyperus  aff.  brunneus 

X 

X 

Endemic 

Central  America,  so.  Mexico,  West  Indies 

22.  Stenophyllus  nesioticus 

23.  Pleurothallis  unguicallosa 

X 

?x 

Endemic 
Endemic 

24.    Cattleya  aurantiaca. . 

Michoacan  to  Costa  Rica 

25.    Epidendrum  rigidum 

Oaxaca  to  Costa  Rica;  West  Indies 

26.    Peperomia  chrysolepida 

Endemic 

27.    Peperomia  socorronis.  . 

Endemic 

Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS 


21 


28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 
35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 
43. 
44. 

45. 
46. 

47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
51. 
52. 

53. 
54. 
55. 
56. 
57. 
5S. 
59. 
60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 
64. 
65. 
66. 
67. 
68. 


Name 


Ficus  cotinif olia 

Phoradendron  townsendi .  .  . 

Aristolochia  brevipes 

Boerhaavia  caribaea 

Portulaca  pilosa 

Rubus  sp 

Prunus  capuli 

Calliandra  socorroensis 

Calliandra  sp 

??  Caesalpinia  crista 

??  Sophora  tomentosa 

Canavalia  apiculata 

Phaseolus  lunatus 

?  ?  Phaseolus  atropurpureus . 

Rhynchosia  minima 

Tribulus  cistoides 

Zanthoxylum  insulare 


Bursera  nesopola 

Croton  masonii 

Acalypha  umbrosa 

Hippomane  mancinella 

Euphorbia  incerta 

Euphorbia  anthonyi  var 

Ilex  socorroensis 

Cardiospermum  halicacabum . 


Dodonaea  viscosa 

Meliosma  nesites 

Rhamnus  discolor 

Triumfetta  socorrensis .... 

Abutilon  calif ornicum 

Sida  rhombifolia 

Sida  nesogena 

Gossypium  hirsutum 

??  Melochia  pyramidata. .  . 

Waltheria  americana 

Hypericum  eastwoodianum . 

Opuntia  sp 

Conocarpus  erecta 

Psidium  galapageium 

Psidium  socorrense 

Oreopanax  xalapense 


X 


X 


a 
o 

•c 

a 
U 


X 
X 


X 


X 
X 
X 


X 
X 


X 


X 


X 
X 


?x 


Distribution  and  Remarks 


Lower  California  to  Costa  Rica 

Endemic 

Lower  California  to  Oaxaca 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Affinities  in  southern  Mexico 

Lower  California  to  Guatemala 

Endemic 

Affinities  in  western  Mexico 

Record  questionable 

Record  questionable 

Sinaloa  to  Colima 

Nayarit  to  Nicaragua;  West  Indies 

Record  questionable 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Tres  Marias  Islands,  West  Indies  and  South 

America 
Endemic 
Endemic 
Endemic 

Oaxaca  southward;  West  Indies 
Lower  California  to  Tres  Marias  Islands 
Endemic 
Endemic 
Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies. 

The  Clarion  plant  is  glabrate 
Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Endemic 

Oaxaca  to  Costa  Rica 
Endemic 
Lower  California 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Endemic 

Sinaloa  southward;  West  Indies 
Record  questionable 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Endemic 

No  specimens  seen 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Galapagos  Islands 
Endemic 
Oaxaca  to  Costa  Rica 


22 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


69. 

70. 

71. 

72. 

73. 

74. 

75. 

76. 

77. 

78. 

79. 

80. 

81. 

82. 

83. 

84. 

85. 

86. 

87. 

88. 

89. 

90. 

91. 

92. 

93. 

94. 

95. 

96. 

97. 

98. 

99. 
100. 
101. 
102. 


Name 


Bumelia  socorrensis 

Forestiera  rhamnif olia 

Metastelma  sp 

Ipomoea  triloba 

Ipomoea  pes-caprae 

??  Ipomoea  cathartica 

??  Ipomoea  halierca 

??  Cressa  truxillensis 

Cordia  brevispicata 

Tournefortia  hartwegiana. . 
Heliotropium  curassavicum . 

Verbena  litoralis 

Lantana  involucrata 

Teucrium  affine,  var 

Sphacele  hastata 

Physalis  sp 

Solanum  madrense 

Nicotiana  nesophila 

??  Nicotiana  stocktoni 

Cestrum  pacificum 

Elytraria  squamosa 

Chiococca  alba 

Guettarda  insularis 

Borreria  nesiotica 

Galium  mexicanum 

??  Scaevola  plumierii 

Vernonia  littoralis 

Eupatorium  pacificum 

Brickellia  peninsularis,  var. 

Erigeron  socorrensis , 

Gnaphalium  attenuatum .  .  . 

Coreopsis  insularis , 

Perityle  socorrosensis , 

Viguiera  deltoidea,  var.  .  .  .  , 


C/2PQ 


X 


X 


d 
o 

•c 

O 


X 
X 
X 
X 


X 


X 


X 
X 


X 


X 


Distribution  and  Remarks 


Endemic 

Vera  Cruz;  West  Indies 

Affinities  Mexican 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Record  questionable 

Record  questionable 

Record  questionable 

Lower  California  to  Salvador 

Lower  California  to  Oaxaca 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Endemic 

Lower  California  and  Hawaii 

Affinities  in  so.  Mexico  and  Central  America 

Sonora  to  Nicaragua 

Endemic 

Record  questionable 

Endemic 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

Endemic 

Endemic 

Sinaloa  to  Guatemala 

Record  questionable 

Endemic 

Endemic 

Endemic 

Endemic 

Jalisco  to  Costa  Rica 

Endemic 

Endemic 

Lower  California 


There  has,  thus,  been  a  total  of  102  species  reported  from 
Socorro.  Of  these,  however,  I  hold  that  9  (Caesalpinia, 
Sophora,  Phase  olus,  Melochia,  Ipomoea  spp.,  Cressa,  Nicoti- 
ana and  Scaevola)  have  been  included  because  of  error  in 
labeling  the  specimens.  Excluding  these  9,  the  statistics  for 
the  remaining  93  unquestioned  members  of  the  flora  are  as 
follows : 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  23 

30  spp.  (31%)  occur  also  in  Lower  California.   Of  this  group  only  3  {Abulilon, 

Sphacele  and  Viguiera)  do  not  occur  as  well  in  Sonora  or  Sinaloa. 

41  spp.  (44%)  occur  also  in  the  coastal  states  of  the  Mexican  mainland  north 
of  southern  Colima.  Only  2  of  this  number  do  not  also  occur 
still  further  south. 

13  spp.  (14%)  of  the  non-endemics  do  not  occur  in  Lower  California  or  from 
Sonora  to  Colima.    The  names  and  the  ranges  of  these  are: 
Polystichum  muricatum.  .  .Guerrero,  Vera  Cruz,  Chiapas  to  Costa 

Rica 
Asplenium  potosinum,  var.  San  Luis  Potosi 
A  diantopsis  radiata Vera  Cruz  and  Yucatan  to  Guatemala ; 

West  Indies 
Sporobolus  purpurascens .  .  Vera  Cruz  to  Costa  Rica  and  West  Indies 

Aristida  pansa Arizona  and  Texas  to  San  Luis  Potosi 

Cyperus  aff .  brunneus ....  Southern  Mexico,  Central  America  and 

West  Indies 
Cattleya  aurantiaca Michoacan,  Oaxaca,  Yucatan  to  Costa 

Rica 
Epidendrum  rigidum Oaxaca  and  Vera  Cruz  to  Costa  Rica; 

West  Indies 
Hippomane  mancinetta.  .  .Oaxaca  and  Vera  Cruz  and  south;  West 

Indies 

Rhamnus  discolor Oaxaca  to  Costa  Rica 

Psidium  galapageium Galapagos  Islands 

Oreopanax  xalapense Oaxaca  to  Costa  Rica 

Forestiera  rhamnifolia.  .  .  .Vera  Cruz;  West  Indies 

34  spp.  (36%)  occur  also  in  the  West  Indies. 

5  spp.     (5%)  not  identified. 

31  spp.  (33%)  are  endemic  to  the  Revillagigedos.    Of  these, 

23  are  restricted  to  Socorro, 
1  is  restricted  to  Socorro  and  San  Benedicto, 
4  are  restricted  to  Socorro  and  Clarion, 
3  are  restricted  to  Socorro,  San  Benedicto  and  Clarion. 


SAN  BENEDICTO  AND  ITS  FLORA 

San  Benedicto  Island,  lat.  19°  20'  N,  long.  110°  49'  W,  is 
the  most  northern  and  eastern  of  the  Revillagigedos,  and,  ex- 
cluding Roca  Partida,  the  most  barren  of  the  group.  Lying 
over  30  miles  north  of  Socorro,  it  is  separated  from  that 
island  by  depths  of  over  2900  meters.  In  shape  it  is  elongate, 
being  3  miles  long  and  averaging  about  a  half-mile  in  width. 
It  is  a  bold  volcanic  island  rising  very  abruptly  from  the  sea. 
The  southern  half  of  the  island  consists  of  an  ash-cone,  297 
meters  high.   The  northern  half  is  a  plateau,  200  meters  high, 


24 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


largely  built  of  lavas.  No  water  is  known  on  the  island.  Due, 
no  doubt,  to  the  scanty  rains  and  the  poverty  of  the  soil  and 
its  porous  nature,  the  flora  of  San  Benedicto  is  a  small  one. 
The  species  reported  from  the  island  are  as  follows : 


Name 

o 

a 

o 
o 
o 
w 

c 
o 

■c 
o 

Distribution  and  Remarks 

1.    Eragrostis  diversifolfa 

Sinaloa  and  Colima 

2.  Cenchrus  myosuroides 

3.  Cyperus  duripes 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

?x 

X 
X 

Lower  California  to  Puebla;  West  Indies 
Endemic 

4.  vStenophyllus  nesioticus 

5.  Aristolochia  brevipes 

Endemic 

Lower  California  to  Oaxaca 

6.  Euphorbia  anthonyi,  var 

7.  ??  Dodonaea  viscosa 

8.  Ipomoea  pes-caprae 

Endemic 

Record  questionable 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

9.    Teucrium  affine,  var 

Endemic 

10.    Erigeron  crenatus 

Endemic 

1 1 .    Perityle  socorrosensis 

X 

X 

Endemic 

The  most  conspicuous  member  of  the  flora  is  the  Cenchrus. 
It  is  said  to  be  very  common  on  the  flats  and  other  accessible 
areas  where  its  extensive,  head-high  growths  and  its  abundant 
burs,  not  only  impede  travel  but  make  it  very  disagreeable. 
The  only  other  plant  present  in  any  conspicuous  abundance  is 
the  Euphorbia.  Large  slopes  on  the  island  are  barren  or  have 
only  a  very  meagre  vegetation. 

Excluding  from  consideration  the  Dodonaea,  which  I  be- 
lieve was  erroneously  attributed  to  the  island,  the  statistics 
regarding  the  flora  of  San  Benedicto  are  as  follows : 

3  spp.  (33%)  occur  also  in  Lower  California.    These  occur  likewise  in  Sonora 

or  Sinaloa. 

4  spp.  (40%)  occur  also  in  the  coastal  states  of  the  Mexican  mainland  north  of 

southern  Colima;  only  one  (Eragrostis)  does  not  range  further 

south. 
None  of  the  non-endemic  species  is  absent  from  the  region  between  Lower 

California  and  southern  Colima. 
2  spp.  (20%)  occur  also  in  the  West  Indies. 
6  spp.  (60%)  are  endemic  to  the  Revillagigedos.   Of  these, 

2  are  restricted  to  San  Benedicto. 

1  is  restricted  to  San  Benedicto  and  Socorro, 
0  is  restricted  to  San  Benedicto  and  Clarion, 

3  are  restricted  to  San  Benedicto,  Socorro  and  Clarion. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  25 

The  flora  of  San  Benedicto  has  a  very  close  and  strong 
affinity  with  that  of  Socorro  and  was  probably  largely  if  not 
entirely  derived  from  it.  Of  all  the  species  found  on  the  island 
only  the  Eragrostis  is  unknown  from  Socorro  or  does  not 
have  an  immediate  endemic  relative  there.  This  Eragrostis 
is  known  off  San  Benedicto  only  from  a  few  collections  in 
Sinaloa  and  Colima.  It  seems  very  strange  that  it  could  have 
reached  San  Benedicto,  where  it  is  common,  and  not  also  have 
attained  Socorro.  I  shall  be  surprised  if  it  is  not  eventually 
found  on  that  island. 


CLARION  AND  ITS  FLORA 

Clarion  Island,  lat.  18°  22'  N,  long.  114°  44'  W,  is  the  most 
western  of  the  Revillagigedo  group  and  the  most  isolated.  It 
lies  over  200  miles  to  the  west  and  slightly  south  of  Socorro 
and  is  surrounded  by  ocean  depths  of  over  3600  meters.  In 
shape  it  is  roughly  oblong,  having  a  length  of  about  5  miles 
and  a  width  of  about  2  miles.  It  is  divided  by  elevated  passes 
into  three  distinct  hills,  the  highest  one,  that  at  the  west  end  of 
the  island,  having  an  altitude  of  335  meters.  The  eastern  and 
western  ends  of  the  island  are  rough  and  precipitous.  The 
northern  side  consists  of  a  series  of  perpendicular,  rocky  cliffs, 
about  a  hundred  meters  in  height,  which  culminate  in  the 
principal  ridge  of  the  island.  From  this  ridge  the  land  slopes, 
rapidly  at  first  and  then  more  gradually,  to  a  plain  which 
stretches  from  the  foot  of  the  hills  to  the  sea  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  two  sand  beaches  on  the  south  side  of  the  island. 
Black  and  brown  basalt  and  red  scoria  are  the  most  evident 
rocks.  The  hills  are  rounded  by  erosion  and  show  few  canons 
of  any  size.  Over  most  of  the  island  there  is  a  deep  reddish 
brown  soil  that  suggests  antiquity.  Undoubtedly  erosion  now 
takes  place  very  slowly ;  the  rainfall  is  slight  but  the  island  is 
well  covered  with  vegetation. 

According  to  Townsend,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat  Mus.  13:  132 
(1890),  "The  central  portion  [of  the  island]  is  a  plateau 
about  1,000  feet  high,  with  a  few  elevations  perhaps  500  feet 
higher.  It  is  mostly  overgrown  with  long  grass,  head  high, 
through  which  the  pedestrian  flounders  helplessly;  the  slopes 
of  the  lesser  elevations  are  clearer,  with  scattered  bushes  and 

November   18,   1931 


25  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

low,  scrubby  trees.  I  was  not  able  to  reach  the  plateau  until 
after  two  hours  of  laborious  struggle  through  the  wilderness 
of  cactus  that  covers  its  southern  slopes,  cutting  nearly  every 
yard  of  the  way  with  a  sharp  machete.  No  other  members  of 
the  party  attempted  it.  Cactus  renders  all  the  lower  portions 
of  the  island  practically  impassable.  The  island  is  probably 
without  fresh  water,  although  a  small  lagoon  near  the  south 
beach  contained  slightly  brackish  water  at  the  time  of  our  visit 
there  in  March.  Southerly  gales  would  probably  drive  sea 
water  into  the  lagoon  and  for  a  time  at  least  render  this 
wretched  supply  entirely  worthless".  Anthony,  Auk  ser.  2,  15  : 
312  (1898),  describes  it  similarly, — "A  few  low  trees  or 
shrubs,  the  largest  not  over  ten  feet  in  height,  are  scattered 
along  the  main  plateau,  and  in  a  few  places  reach  the  level 
ground  that  lies  between  the  mesa  and  the  coast  on  the  south 
side.  Nearly  the  entire  flat  between  the  mesa  and  the  beach  is 
covered  with  a  dense  growth  of  cactus  (Platopuntia)  over 
which  has  grown  a  mass  of  vines.  Passage  through  this  belt 
is  only  accomplished  with  diligent  and  constant  use  of  the 
brush  knife.  A  short  distance  from  the  beach  were  found  two 
small  shallow  ponds  which  contain  water  during  the  rainy  sea- 
son only,  but  as  the  high  tides  evidently  wash  over  the  barriers 
and  flood  them  with  sea  water  it  is  doubtful  if  they  are  ever 
otherwise  than  brackish.  At  the  time  of  our  visit,  in  May, 
they  had  been  dry  for  some  months  and  no  water  was  found 
anywhere  on  the  island." 

The  most  notorious  plant  on  Clarion,  as  the  above  quota- 
tions show,  is  the  uncollected,  unidentified,  and  probably  un- 
named species  of  Opuntia  that  forms  the  extensive,  spiny 
thickets  in  a  broad  zone  on  the  plain  along  the  south  side  of 
the  island.  Interspersed  among  the  large  patches  of  this  cactus 
are  the  two  milky-juiced,  shrubby  Euphorbias,  E.  anthonyi 
var.  and  E.  calif  ornica,  and  the  thorny  shrubs  of  Zanthoxylum 
fagara.  The  resulting  spiny,  thorny,  and  offensively  milky 
barrier  that  is  formed  is  entangled  and  overgrown  by  the  vines 
of  the  brightly  blue-flowered  morning-glories,  Ipomoea  cathar- 
tica  and  /.  holier ca.  The  north  slopes  along  the  crest  of  the 
island  are  overgrown  with  Cyperus  duripes,  which  forms  the 
very  coarse,  rank,  dense,  grass-like  growths  noted  by  Town- 
send.  Tribulus,  because  of  its  conspicuous  yellow  corollas, 
Canavalia,  because  of  its  large  pods,  and  Ipomoea  pes-caprae, 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS 


27 


because  of  its  very  elongate  stems,  are  the  conspicuous  plants 
along  the  beaches.  The  small  brackish  pools  back  of  the 
beaches  near  Sulphur  Bay  are  notable  for  the  only  occurrence 
on  the  islands  of  Scirpus  robustus  var.,  Sapindus  saponaria, 
Sida  hederacea  and  Cressa  truxillensis.  Caesalpinia  crista, 
Sophora  tomentosa  and  Scaevola  plumierii  occur  near  the 
beach  on  the  south  shore.  These  well  known  tropical  Ameri- 
can strand-shrubs  or  -trees  are  also  not  otherwise  known  in 
the  archipelago.  From  the  point  of  view  of  distribution  and 
the  problems  they  present  in  dispersal,  the  Sophora  and  the 
Scaevola  rank  among  the  most  interesting  plants  on  the  island. 
The  complete  list  of  the  Clarion  plants,  with  indications  of 
their  occurrence  on  Socorro  and  San  Benedicto,  and  a  sum- 
mary of  their  range  off  the  archipelago,  is  given  in  the  follow- 
ing table : 


Name 

o 

a 

o 

o 
o 

o 
o 

Distribution  and  Remarks 

1.  Cheilanthes  peninsularis,  var. . . 

2.  Sporobolus  argutus 

X 

Endemic 

Lower  California  to  Salvador 

3.  Aristida  pansa 

4.  Erichloa  acuminata 

X 

Arizona  and  Texas  to  San  Luis  Potosi 
Lower  California  to  Oaxaca 

5.  ?  Stenophyllus  nesioticus 

6.  Cyperus  duripes 

7.  Scirpus  robustus,  var 

X 
X 

X 
X 

Endemic 
Endemic 
Lower  California  and  Sonora  northward 

8.    Commelina  virginica 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

9.    Irisine  celosia 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

10.    Boerhaavia  caribaea 

X 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

11.    Sesuvium  portulacastrum 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

12.    Portulaca  pilosa 

X 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

13.    Lepidium  lasiocarpum 

Lower  California  and  Sinaloa  northward 

14.    Calliandra  socorrensis 

X 
? 
r> 

X 

? 

Endemic 

15.    Caesalpinia  crista 

17.  Canavalia  apiculata 

18.  Phaseolus  atropurpureus 

19.  Galactia  striata 

Sinaloa  southward;  West  Indies 

West  Indies;  tropics  of  Old  World 

Sinaloa  to  Colima 

Lower  California  to  Salvador 

Tres  Marias  Islands  southward;  West  Indies 

20.    Tribulus  cistoides 

X 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

21.    Zanthoxylum  fagara 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

22.    Euphorbia  californica 

Lower  California  to  Sinaloa 

23.    Euphorbia  anthonyi,  var 

Endemic 

- 

28 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Name 

i 

o 
o 
o 
in 

o 
■<-> 

•a 

Distribution  and  Remarks 

24.    Cardiospermum  halicacabum. .  . 

X 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies. 

The  Socorro  plant  is  pubescent 
Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

26.  Dodonaea  viscosa 

27.  Karwinskia  humboldtiana 

X 

? 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Lower  California  to  Guatemala 

28.    Sida  hederacea 

Lower  California  and  Sonora  northward 

29.  Melochia  pyramidata 

30.  Waltheria  americana 

3 1 .  Opuntia  sp 

32.  Ipomoea  pes-caprae 

? 

X 

? 

X 
? 

? 

? 
X 

X 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
No  specimens  seen 
Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 

33.  Ipomoea  cathartica 

34.  Ipomoea  halierca 

35.  Cressa  truxillensis 

Oaxaca  to  West  Indies 

Endemic 

Lower  California  northward;  also,  Peru,  Chile 

36.  Heliotropium  curassavicum .... 

37.  Teucrium  townsendii 

Lower  California  southward;  West  Indies 
Endemic 

38.    Physalis  angulata 

Central  America;  West  Indies 

39.    Nicotiana  stocktoni 

? 

X 

? 

X 

X 

X 

Endemic 

40.    Borreria  nesiotica 

Endemic 

41.    Scaevola  plumierii 

43.    Peritvle  socorrosensis 

Lower  California,  Galapagos,  West  Indies 

Endemic 

Endemic 

Accepting  the  Stenophyllus  as  a  member  of  the  flora — al- 
though the  record  may  be  questionable — and  disregarding 
some  extremely  doubtful  records  from  Socorro,  the  statistics 
for  the  flora  of  Clarion  are  as  follows : 


23  spp.  (53%)  occur  also  in  Lower  California;  of  these  only  one  (Sccevola)  does 

not  occur  in  Sonora  or  Sinaloa. 
26  spp.  (60%)  occur  also  in  the  coastal  states  of  the  Mexican  mainland  north 
of  southern  Colima;  only  5  of  these  do  not  occur  still  further 
south. 
4  spp.    (9%)  of  the  non-endemic  flora  are  not  in  the  area  between  Lower 
California  and  southern  Colima.    These  are, 

Aristida  pansa Arizona  and  Texas  to  San  Luis  Potosi 

Sophora  tomentosa West  Indies,  northern  South  America,  Old 

World 
Ipomoea  cathartica .  .  .  Oaxaca,   Yucatan,   Central  America,   West 

Indies 
Physalis  angulata ....  Central  America,  West  Indies 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  29 

20  spp.  (46%)  occur  also  in  the  West  Indies. 
1  sp.     (Opuntia)  not  identified. 

11  spp.  (26%)  are  endemic  to  the  Revillagigedos.    Of  these, 
4  are  restricted  to  Clarion, 
.4  are  restricted  to  Clarion  and  Socorro, 
0  is  restricted  to  Clarion  and  San  Benedicto, 
3  are  restricted  to  Clarion,  Socorro  and  San  Benedicto. 


GENERAL  FLORISTICS 

By  those  whose  interest  in  an  insular  flora  is  limited  to  a 
listing  of  its  species,  and  who  do  not  care  for  the  distribu- 
tional problems  involved,  the  flora  of  the  Revillagigedos 
would  be  characterized  as  of  Mexican  origin;  and,  upon 
noting  that  most  of  the  insular  species  also  occur  in  Lower 
California  or  in  western  Mexico,  or  commonly  even  in  both 
these  areas,  it  might  be  dismissed  by  them  as  having  been 
transported  by  ocean-currents  and  winds  from  the  east  and 
northeast.  Such  a  perfunctory  characterization  of  the  relation- 
ships and  origins  of  the  Revillagigedo  flora  does  cover  certain 
obvious  facts  and  does  account  rather  well  for  the  larger  part 
of  the  flora.  It  ignores,  however,  complications  presented  by 
a  relatively  small  group  of  species  and  so  passes  over  those 
problems  which  make  the  study  of  insular  florulas  of  particu- 
lar interest  and  which  usually  proves  them  to  have  had  a  much 
more  involved  history  than  was  first  apparent.  It  has  seemed 
well,  therefore,  to  give  a  detailed  consideration  and  analysis 
of  the  distribution  and  affinities  of  the  Revillagigedo  flora. 
From  the  facts  which  I  present  it  will  be  realized  that  the  flora 
is  much  more  than  a  chance  gathering  of  species  washed  up 
by  currents  or  blown  in  on  the  trades.  It  seems  in  fact  to  have 
been  built  up  of  widely  distributed  species,  many  of  them 
probably  rather  recent  arrivals  on  wind  or  wave,  around  a 
small  relic  flora  derived  from  an  old  land-mass,  perhaps  now 
marked  only  by  the  islands,  or  from  a  continental  connection, 
now  long  destroyed. 

As  now  known,  the  vascular  flora  of  the  Revillagigedo 
Islands  consists  of  121  species  and  subspecies.  Of  this  total,  5 
are  as  yet  unidentified.  The  116  identified  kinds,  for  con- 
venience of  discussion,  may  be  said  to  consist  of  37  endemic 
and   79  non-endemic   species   and   subspecies.     The   79   non- 


3Q  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

endemics  may  be  grouped  and  their  distribution  summarized 
as  follows : 

42  spp.  (53%)  occur  also  in  Lower  California;  of  these  only  4  are  not  found 
also  in  Sonora  or  Sinaloa.    These  are: 
A  butilon  calif ornica ....  Socorro  and  Lower  California 

Sphacele  hastata Socorro,  Lower  California,  Hawaii 

Scaevola  plumierii Clarion,     Lower    California,     Galapagos, 

West  Indies 
Viguiera  deltoidea,  var.  .Socorro  and  Lower  California 
59  spp.  (75%)  occur  also  in  the  coastal  states  of  the  Mexican  mainland  north 
of  southern  Colima;  only  6  of  these  do  not  range  further  south. 
16  spp.  (20%)  do  not  occur  in  the  coastal  states  from  Colima  to  Lower  Cali- 
fornia.   Of  this  group  8  occur  also  in  the  West  Indies.    Of  the 
total  16  there  are  the  following  exclusive  groupings, 
7  spp.  range  from  the  Pacific  states  of  so.  Mexico  into  Central  Amer- 
ica.   These  are,  Polystichum,  Cattleya,  Epidendrum,  Hippomane, 
Rhamnus,  Oreopanax  and  Ipomoea.   Of  these,  2  reach  the  West 
Indies. 
3  spp.  range  from  the  Atlantic  states  of  so.  Mexico  into  Central 
America.     These  are  A  diantopsis,  Sporobolus  and  Cyperus.    All 
extend  into  the  West  Indies. 
1  sp.  comes  from  San  Luis  Potosi  (Asplenium). 
1  sp.  ranges  from  Arizona  and  Texas  to  San  Luis  Potosi  (Aristida). 
1  sp.  ranges  from  Central  America  into  the  West  Indies  (Physalis) . 
1  sp.  ranges  through  the  West  Indies  into  Vera  Cruz  (Forestiera). 
1  sp.  ranges  in  the  West  Indies,  northern  South  America  and  the 

tropics  of  the  Old  World  (Sophora). 
1  sp.  comes  from  the  Galapagos  Islands  (Psidium). 
63  spp.  (80%)  occur  also  in  southern  (Pacific  and  Atlantic)  Mexico  south  of 
Colima,  of  which, 
11  spp.  do  not  reach  north  to  Colima,  and 
5  spp.  do  not  reach  south  into  Central  America. 
49  spp.  (63  %)  occur  in  the  Pacific  states  of  southern  Mexico  (south  of  Colima) , 
of  which, 
7  spp.  do  not  reach  north  to  Colima  and 
3  spp.  do  not  reach  south  into  Central  America. 
55  spp.  (70%)  occur  in  Central  America,  all  of  which  extend  into  continental 
Mexico  and  all  but  11  of  which  extend  into  the  West  Indies. 
46  spp.  (58%)  occur  also  in  the  West  Indies. 

A  study  of  the  above  summary  shows  that  63  of  the  species 
and  varieties,  or  80%  of  the  non-endemic  flora  of  the  archi- 
pelago, occur  also  on  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California  or  in 
the  coastal  states  of  the  Mexican  mainland  north  and  east  of 
the  islands;  in  other  words  on  the  nearest  continental  masses. 
Of  this  group,  38  of  the  species  occur  also  in  the  West  Indies 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  31 

and  hence  range  widely  and  have  demonstrated  their  ability  to 
cross  ocean  barriers.  Since  wind  and  ocean-currents  are 
favorable,  it  seems,  consequently,  not  improbable  that  some,  if 
not  all,  of  this  group  of  species,  may  have  gained  the  islands 
from  the  continent  across  the  intervening  ocean. 

There  remain,  however,  16  species,  or  20%  of  the  non-endemic 
flora,  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Pacific  states  of  Mexico  north 
of  Colima.  Of  this  number,  Cy  perns,  Hippomane  and  I  po- 
rn oca  are  present  in  southern  Mexico  and  are  also  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  West  Indies.  Their  presence  on  our  islands  is 
no  cause  for  surprise.  The  Hippomane,  particularly,  being  a 
seaside  tree,  is  generally  recognized  as  using  ocean-currents  in 
its  dissemination.  The  others,  with  means  less  clear,  have 
demonstrated  their  faculties  for  reaching  islands.  In  a  similar 
class  is  the  Physalis.  This  is  a  weedy  plant,  distributed  widely 
in  the  West  Indies,  but  apparently  rare  on  the  continent.  The 
four  species  just  mentioned  worry  us  little  as  to  just  how  they 
attained  our  islands,  for  they  seem  capable  of  doing  it,  as  they 
have  shown  in  their  success  at  similar  tasks  elsewhere.  Of  the 
remaining  12,  out  of  the  total  16  non-endemic  species  not 
present  in  western  or  peninsular  Mexico,  all  present  much 
more  difficult  and  even  quite  imposing  problems  in  distribu- 
tion. The  Psidinm  shows  direct  relations  with  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  The  Aristida  has  relations  in  the  interior  of  northern 
Mexico  reminiscent  of  the  relationships  shown  by  the  very 
striking  insular  endemic  species  of  Teucrium  and  Nicotiana. 
The  Sophora,  not  otherwise  known  on  the  Pacific  side  of 
America,  is  a  widely  distributed  shore-plant  of  the  West  and 
East  Indies.  As  a  well  known  sea-disseminated  plant  it  must 
have  come  from  the  West  Indies,  somehow  crossing  Central 
America,  or  from  Polynesia  across  the  Pacific  on  the  Reverse 
Equatorial  Drift  to  land  on  Clarion  Island.  There  finally  re- 
main among  the  puzzling  non-endemics,  3  ferns,  2  orchids  and 
the  Sporobolus,  Rhamnus,  Oreopanax  and  Foresticra.  These 
latter  9  seem  to  indicate  West  Indian,  southern  Mexican  or 
Central  American  affinities  best  discussed  in  connection  with 
the  endemic  flora  of  the  island. 

The  endemic  flora  of  the  Revillagigedos,  as  stated  above, 
consists  of  37  species  and  subspecies,  or  31%  of  the  entire 
identified  flora  of  the  archipelago.  There  are  no  endemic 
genera  nor  are  any  of  the  species  sufficiently  aberrant  to  have 


32 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


merited  even  special  subgeneric  recognition.  Most  of  the  en- 
demic species,  however,  are  very  distinct  from  the  relatives  off 
the  islands,  some  of  them  to  such  a  degree  that  their  precise 
specific  relationships  are  quite  obscure.  The  list  of  the  insular 
endemics,  with  an  indication  of  their  occurrence  among  the 
islands  and  some  notes  on  their  relationships,  is  given  in  the 
following  table : 


Name 

o 

b 

o 

o 

o 

•3 

o 
•6 

Relationship 

o 
ay 

o 

1 .    Cheilanthes  peninsularis, 

var.  insularis 

X 

x 

X 

Peninsular 

2.    Paspalum  longum 

Caribbean 

3.    Cyperus  duripes 

x 

x 

x 

Relations  obscure;  probably  Mexican 
Relations  obscure;  West  Indian  or  Central 

4.    Stenophyllus  nesioticus 

X 

X 

?x 

American 

5.    Pleurothallis  unguicallosa . . .  . 

X 

West  Indian 

6.    Peperomia  chrysolepida 

V 

Southern  Mexican  and  northern  Central 

American 

7.  Peperomia  socorronis 

8.  Phoradendron  townsendi .... 

V 

As  above 

X 

Weak  species;  relations  from  Nayarit  to 
Central  America  and  West  Indies 

9.    Calliandra  socorrensis 

X 

X 

Weak  species;  relations  in  western  Mexico 

10.    Bursera  nesopola 

x 

Weak  species;  relations  peninsular 
Relations  very  obscure,  probably  southern 
Mexican  or  Central  American 

1 1.    Croton  masonii 

x 

12.    Acalypha  umbrosa 

x 

Peninsular 

13.    Euphorbia  anthonyi 

X 

X 

Relations  obscure;  probably  Mexican 

14.    Euphorbia  anthonyi, 

var.  clarionensis 

X 

As  above 

15.    Ilex  socorroensis 

X 
X 

West  Indian 

16.    Meliosma  nesites 

Costa  Rican 

17.    Triumfetta  socorrensis 

Relations  obscure;  probably  southern  Mex- 

ican or  Central  American 

18.    Sida  nesogena 

x 

Weak  species;  western  Mexican 
Relations  very  obscure;  probably  southern 

19.    Hypericum  eastwoodianum .  . 

x 

Mexican  or  Central  American 

20.    Psidium  socorrense 

V 

Relations  on  Socorro  and  Galapagos  Islands 
Relations  obscure;  Mexican 

2 1 .    Bumelia  socorrensis 

X 

? 

22.    Ipomoea  halierca 

X 

Southern  Mexican 

23.    Teucrium  townsendii 

X 

Northern  and  eastern  Mexican 

24.    Teucrium  affine 

X 

As  above 

Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS 


33 


Name 

o 

fc 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

+-> 

*3 
com 

c 
o 
•d 

o 

Relationship 

25.    Teucrium  affine, 

var.  dentosum 

X 

As  above 

26.    Nicotiana  nesophila 

X 
? 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 
X 

Northeastern  Mexican 

27.  Nicotiana  stocktoni 

28.  Cestrum  pacificum 

X 

As  above 

Weak  species;  relative  from  Nayarit  to 

Central  America 
Weak  species;  relatives  from  Sinaloa  to 

Colima,  Yucatan  and  West  Indies 
Relations  obscure;  tropical  American 
Guatemalan  and  southern  Mexican 

29.    Guettarda  insularis 

30.    Borreria  nesiotica 

X 

31.    Vernonia  littoralis 

32.  Brickellia  peninsularis, 

var.  amphithalassa 

33.  Eupatorium  pacificum 

34.  Erigeron  socorrensis 

35.  Erigeron  crenatus 

X 

Peninsular 
Southern  Mexican 

Relations  very  obscure;  Mexican  or  even 

Galapagean 
As  above 

X 

36.  Coreopsis  insularis 

37.  Perityle  socorrosensis 

X 
X 

Southern  Mexican 

X 

X 

Peninsular 

A  study  of  this  enumeration  of  the  insular  endemics  shows 
that  5  of  them  (Cheilanthes,  Bursera,  Acalypha,  Brickellia  and 
Perityle)  have  relations  on  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California 
and  that  an  additional  5  (Phoradendron,  Calliandra,  Sida, 
Cestrum  and  Guettarda)  have  relations  in  western  Mexico. 
None  of  these  10  (27%  of  the  total  endemics)  are  excep- 
tionally strong  species,  the  most  of  them  in  fact  being  weak 
species  and  worthy  of  scarcely  more  than  the  rank  of  endemic 
insular  varieties.  The  two  species  and  the  variety  of  Teucrium 
form  a  distinctive  island  group  most  nearly  related  to  forms 
now  occurring  in  northern  and  eastern  Mexico  and  adjacent 
United  States.  The  two  species  of  Nicotiana  are  also  imme- 
diately related  and  form  a  very  distinct  island  group  related 
most  closely  to  habitally  very  dissimilar  plants  of  north- 
eastern Mexico. 

The  15  plants  just  mentioned  are  northern  or  eastern  in 
affinities.  The  remaining  22  are  of  uncertain  relationship  or 
are  southern,  Galapagean  or  West  Indian  in  affinities.  Of 
these  there  are  6  (Peperomia  spp.,  Ipomoea,  Vernonia,  Eupa- 


34  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

torium  and  Coreopsis)  which  have  clear  relationships  in  south- 
ern Mexico  or  Central  America.  The  Meliosma  is  evidently 
related  to  a  Costa  Rican  species.  Three  species,  Paspalum, 
Pleurothallis  and  Ilex,  have  clear  West  Indian  affinities.  The 
Psidium  is  related  to  one  common  to  the  Galapagos  and  the 
Revillagigedos.  The  two  curious  shrubby  species  of  Erigeron 
may  also  show  a  Galapagean  relationship  or  may  belong  with 
four  plants  (Cyperus,  Euphorbia  sp.  et  var.  and  Bumelia)  that 
have  puzzling  and  obscure,  although  probably  Mexican,  af- 
finity. To  conclude  the  grouping  of  the  endemics  there  are  5 
very  well-marked  species,  Stenophylhis,  Croton,  Triumfetta, 
Hypericum  and  Borreria,  which,  while  of  puzzling  relationship, 
can  at  least  be  said  to  have  no  relations  north  or  east  of  the 
islands.  Their  relations  are  no  doubt  obscure  ones  in  southern 
Mexico  or  Central  America. 

With  the  exception  of  the  species  of  Nicotiana  and  Teu- 
crium,  whose  relations,  it  should  be  recalled,  are  not  on  the 
peninsula,  or  on  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  nearest  the  islands, 
the  insular  species  of  northern  and  eastern  affinity  are  much 
less  differentiated  than  those  having  their  relatives  on  the  con- 
tinent to  the  southward  or  in  the  West  Indies.  Those  endemics 
with  close  relatives  on  the  peninsula  and  on  the  adjacent 
Mexican  mainland  are,  I  believe,  more  recent  arrivals  and, 
hence,  younger  than  those  much  more  differentiated  species 
that  have  southern  affinities.  The  southern  types  and  those 
with  affinities  in  northeastern  Mexico  are  the  old  elements  in 
the  flora. 

The  data  just  given  indicate  the  floristic  relations  of  the 
Revillagigedos  with  the  continent.  A  brief  consideration 
should  now  be  given  to  the  relations  with  other  islands  and 
archipelagos.  Those  nearest  the  Revillagigedos  are  the  Tres 
Marias  Islands  which  rise  from  depths  of  less  than  a  1000 
meters  only  50-60  miles  off  the  coast  of  Nayarit  and  to  the 
northwest  of  Cape  Corrientes  in  Jalisco.  The  most  recent  enu- 
meration of  the  flora  [Eastwood,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser. 
4,  18:  442-468  (1929)],  lists  324  vascular  plants,  of  which 
only  19  are  considered  endemic.  Although  some  of  the  species 
are  peculiar  to  the  islands  and  to  the  adjacent  mainland,  most 
of  them  are  widely  distributed  in  the  American  tropics.  There 
are  only  23  species  common  to  the  Tres  Marias  and  the  Revil- 
lagigedos, practically  all  of  them  being  widely  dispersed  tropi- 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  35 

cal  ones.  Only  Zanthoxylum  insular e  is  of  any  particular 
phytogeographic  significance.  This  plant  is  known  only  from 
Socorro,  Maria  Madre,  Jamaica  and  from  northern  and 
western  South  America.  It  represents,  I  believe,  one  of  the  old 
elements  in  our  flora.  There  is  absolutely  no  indication  that 
the  Tres  Marias  were  ever  directly  connected  with  the 
Revillagigedos. 

North  of  the  Revillagigedos  and  far  off  the  coast  of  Lower 
California  lie  Alijos  Rock,  a  barren  bird  rock,  and  Guadalupe 
Island  [cf.  Eastwood,  loc.  cit.  394-420],  an  island  with  dis- 
tinctly Californian,  rather  than  tropical  affinities.  Clipperton 
Island,  lat.  10°  17'  S  and  long.  109°  13'  W,  far  to  the  south 
of  the  Revillagigedos,  is  a  low  coral  islet  quite  devoid  of 
higher  plants  [cf.  Snodgrass  &  Heller,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad. 
Sci.  4:  501-504  (1902)].  Cocos  Island,  lat.  5°  32'  N  and 
87°  00'  W,  well  to  the  west  of  Panama,  is  a  small,  wet  tropi- 
cal island  with  a  rank  vegetation.  Its  known  flora  consists  of 
about  100  species,2  of  which  about  10  are  endemic.  The  only 
species  known  to  be  common  to  Cocos  and  the  Revillagigedos 
are  Setaria  geniculata,  Caesalpinia  crista  and  Ipomoea  pes- 
caprae.  They  are  all  widely  dispersed  tropical  species,  two  of 
them  being  strand  plants. 

There  are  about  21  species  of  the  Revillagigedo  flora  present 
in  the  Galapagos  Islands.  Practically  all  of  them  are  widely- 
ranging,  more  or  less  weedy,  tropical  species.  The  only  note- 
worthy plants  are  Psidium  galapageium  and  Scaevola 
plumierii.  The  significance  of  their  distribution  is  quite  ob- 
scure. Possibly  the  Socorro  and  the  Galapagos  Psidium  have 
been  derived  from  a  common,  now  extinct  ancestral  stock  on 
the  mainland,  but  even  so  the  reasons  for  the  sole  persistence 
of  the  unmodified  descendants  on  the  far  separated  Revil- 
lagigedos and  Galapagos  is  still  a  problem.  The  West  Indian 
Scaevola  plumierii  is  known  on  Pacific  shores  only  at  the  tip 
of  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California,  on  Clarion  Island,  and 
in  the  Galapagos.  The  shrubby  Erigeron  species  of  the  Revil- 
lagigedos much  suggest  those  of  the  Galapagos  but  I  suspect 
that  the  similarity  is  due  to  similar  responses  of  related  main- 
land stocks  to  a  similar  insular  climate. 

2  Based  upon  a  consideration  of  the  list  given  by  Stewart,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
ser.  4,  1:  375-404  (1912),  and  upon  a  manuscript  flora  of  the  island  kindly  made 
available  to  me  by  Prof.  B.   L.  Robinson. 


36  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

From  the  facts  given,  it  becomes  obvious  that  the  Revil- 
lagigedos  do  not  have  a  flora  that  has  a  strong  affinity  with 
that  of  any  other  island  or  archipelago.  The  species  shared 
with  other  islands  are  overwhelmingly  of  the  widely  dis- 
tributed, weedy,  tropical  sort.  The  Revillagigedos  and  the 
Galapagos  islands,  although  very  distantly  separated,  do  share 
several  species  that  suggest  a  relation  of  the  floras.  The 
climate  on  both  archipelagos  is  arid.  This  common  possession 
of  a  dry  insular  climate  may,  possibly,  offer  a  partial  explana- 
tion for  the  occurrence  of  those  species  which  suggest  a  direct 
floristic  relation  between  the  archipelagos.  In  any  case  I  do 
not  believe  that  they  have  ever  been  directly  connected  by  land. 

ORIGINS  OF  THE  FLORA 

There  are  two  theories  used  in  accounting  for  the  composi- 
tion of  isolated  insular  floras.  One  maintains  that  winds,  ocean 
currents  and  animals  are  completely  effective  in  populating 
such  islands  with  plants;  the  other  that  these  means  are  at 
most  only  partially  effective,  and  that  consideration  of  all  ele- 
ments in  insular  floras  generally  indicates  that  they  have  had 
a  previous  period  of  migration  and  usually  also  of  change  and 
development  on  contiguous  land-masses  which  have  now  dis- 
appeared. The  former,  or  oceanic  theory,  accepts  most  island 
floras  as  rather  recent,  and  treats  of  them  in  a  geography  in 
which  ocean  depths  and  shore  lines  are  essentially  as  they  are 
found  today.  The  latter,  or  continental  theory,  tends  to  give 
insular  floras  considerable  age,  and  looks  for  their  early  his- 
tory in  a  time  when  the  surface  features  of  the  earth  were 
somewhat  different  from  what  they  are  at  present.  It  involves 
the  change  from  elevated  land  to  deep  ocean-bottom  and  fre- 
quently tends  to  ignore  the  geologists  in  its  frantic  effort  to  build 
land-bridges  or  continents  for  the  overland  dispersal  of  certain 
species  which  the  opposing  theory  blithely  leaves  for  hurri- 
canes, tidal  waves  and  well-fed  but  misdirected  birds.  These 
contrasting  theories  can  be  and  are  pushed  to  incautious  ex- 
tremes by  their  sponsors,  extremes  that  show  very  clearly  the 
great  divergence  of  opinion  that  exists  regarding  the  abilities 
of  most  plants  to  disseminate  successfully  over  broad  tracts  of 
ocean.  It  is,  however,  this  lack  of  general  agreement,  this 
challenge  of  an  unsolved  problem,  that  gives  the  study  of  in- 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  7)7 

sular  floras  its  particular  fascination.  Eventually  we  may  hope 
to  have  a  consensus  of  opinion  regarding  the  means  by  which 
ordinary  flowering  plants  have  generally  reached  remote 
islands.  This,  however,  can  only  be  attained  after  a  minute 
inquiry  into  the  composition  of  a  great  number  and  variety  of 
insular  florulas,  and  only  after  a  final  judicial  consideration 
of  the  implications  involved  in  each.  The  floristics  of  the 
Revillagigedos  are,  hence,  partial  data  for  an  unsolved  botani- 
cal problem.  Deductions  and  speculations  based  upon  them 
not  only  aid  us  in  the  attempt  to  determine  the  probable  his- 
tory of  the  island  and  its  flora,  but  may  also  give  some  clues 
to  the  efficacy  of  the  debated  means  of  plant  dispersal. 

As  ocean  currents  and  over-sea  winds  have  played  at  least  a 
minor  role  in  populating  most  isolated  archipelagos,  it  is  de- 
sirable to  examine  into  these  forces  and  to  determine,  if  possi- 
ble, what  part  they  have  played  in  forming  the  flora  of  the 
Revillagigedos. 

These  islands  are  situated  at  the  east  end  of  the  great  North 
Equatorial  Drift  and  are  hence  bathed  by  waters  coming  from 
the  north  as  well  as  by  some  from  the  south.  The  well  known 
Californian  Current  comes  southeastward  along  the  coast  of 
Lower  California  and  continues  in  large  part  to  about  the 
latitude  of  our  islands,  where  under  the  force  of  the  northeast 
trade  winds  it  turns  and  becomes  the  beginning  of  the  North 
Equatorial  Drift.  An  eastern  portion  of  the  Californian  Cur- 
rent tends  to  continue  down  the  coast  of  the  Mexican  main- 
land. This  latter  part,  strongest  in  the  spring,  is  generally 
weak.  When  subjected  to  the  southerly  winds  prevailing  off 
Central  America  and  southern  Mexico  in  the  summer,  it  tends 
to  become  uncertain  or  even  reversed.  There  results  a  weak, 
seasonal,  northwestern  movement  of  water  off  Central 
America  and  southern  Mexico  that  has  sometimes  been  called 
the  Mexican  Drift.  At  its  height  it  is  uncertain  and  compli- 
cated by  eddies.  It  is  never  so  strong  nor  so  clearly  directed  as 
the  Californian  Current  is  to  the  north  of  the  islands.  As  far 
as  can  be  determined,  it  pushes  weakly  northward  towards  the 
vicinity  of  the  Revillagigedos  only  during  the  summer  months 
and  hence  would  be  a  factor  in  the  northward  dispersal  of 
potential  island  plants  only,  if  at  all,  during  that  brief  period 
of  the  year.  The  Californian  Current,  being  stronger  and  con- 
tinuous, however,  offers  a  possible,  perennial  means  of  trans- 


3g  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

port  from  Lower  California  and  from  the  Mexican  mainland 
lying  immediately  off  to  the  east  and  northeast.  I  have  no  doubt 
that  it  has  carried  strand  plants  from  that  quarter,  and  possi- 
bly some  of  the  plants  from  the  coastal  plains  as  well. 

Data  regarding  the  directions  of  winds  in  the  region  about 
the  Revillagigedos  are  only  of  the  most  general  sort.  These 
are  consistent,  however,  in  attributing  to  the  region  winds 
prevailing  from  the  northeast,  north  and  northwest,  and  show 
that  only  in  summer  is  there  even  a  noteworthy  proportion  of 
breezes  from  the  south  or  southeast.  The  islands  are  fre- 
quently visited  also  by  the  small  but  very  violent  cyclonic 
storms  that  harry  the  west  coast  of  Mexico.  Although  accom- 
panied by  extremely  violent  winds  these  hurricanes  are  prob- 
ably of  no  aid  in  plant  dispersal  since  they  originate  at  sea 
(usually  at  about  lat.  15°  N)  and  moving  northwestward 
either  parallel  the  coast,  or  move  from  the  sea  northeastward 
over  the  land.  They  might  aid  in  the  dissemination  of  plants 
within  the  archipelago,  but  would  be  vastly  more  effective  in 
transporting  island  plants  to  the  mainland,  rather  than  vice 
versa.  It  seems,  therefore,  that  if  winds  are  to  be  considered 
as  a  means  of  dispersal  that  the  emphasis  must  be  placed  on 
the  trades  from  the  north  and  northeast,  for  these,  like  the 
ocean  currents,  would  place  the  sources  of  dissemination  for 
potential  island  plants  on  continental  areas  nearest  the  islands 
and  in  exactly  those  areas  which  now  have  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  species  in  common  with  the  islands. 

Although  80%  of  the  non-endemic  flora  present  on  the 
islands  also  occur  to  the  north  and  east  on  the  nearest  conti- 
nental masses,  in  exactly  those  areas  in  which  the  plants  could 
have  taken  advantage  of  the  most  favorable  currents  and 
winds  for  transportation  to  the  islands,  and  even  although 
27%  of  the  endemic  flora  on  the  islands  find  their  closest  rela- 
tives in  exactly  the  same  region  in  which  their  ancestors  may 
have  had  offered  similar  facilities  for  transportation,  it  does 
not  necessarily  follow  that  these  species  must  all  have  come  by 
currents  or  wind,  or  that,  granting  this,  that  the  remainder 
of  the  flora  must  have  reached  the  islands  by  similar  trans- 
oceanic means.  I  am  willing  to  admit  that  perhaps  a  good  half 
of  the  non-endemic  flora  has  reached  the  islands  from  across 
the  ocean  and,  with  little  doubt,  from  the  nearest  parts  of  the 
continent.    As  will  be  explained,  however,  I  believe  that  even 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  39 

some  of  the  widely  distributed  non-endemic  species  may  have 
reached  the  islands  by  other  than  oceanic  means.  The  species 
which  I  am  inclined  to  admit  as  most  probably  of  transoceanic 
dissemination  are  chiefly  the  widely  spread  weedy  ones,  and 
particularly  those  broadly  distributed  in  the  West  Indies  where 
their  range  shows  that  they  can  get  over  ocean  barriers  and 
from  island  to  island  most  successfully.  There  have,  no  doubt, 
been  even  some  of  the  characteristic  western  Mexican  species 
that  have  been  able  to  follow  these  weedy  types  and  also  reach 
the  islands. 

After  admitting,  however,  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
flora  may  have  gained  the  islands  across  the  ocean  from  the 
nearest  land,  there  still  remain  some  species  whose  presence  on 
the  islands  is  not  so  easily  accounted  for.  These  species  are 
chiefly  from  Socorro.  They  include  the  most  differentiated  of 
the  island  endemics  and  most  of  such  types  as  the  epiphytes, 
the  shade-loving  mesophytes  and  the  forest-trees.  These  plants 
either  do  not  occur  or  do  not  have  their  immediate  or  even 
close  relatives  on  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  continent.  Their 
affinities,  such  as  can  be  determined,  are  much  more  distant, 
lying  in  southern  Mexico,  in  Central  America,  or  in  the  West 
Indies.  They  are  characteristically  plants  of  middle  altitudes 
inland,  away  from  the  sea,  and  are  not  suitable  for  oceanic 
dispersal.  They  are  not  weedy  types.  Several  of  them  very 
clearly  have  their  nearest  relations  far  away  in  the  West  In- 
dian Region,  while  others,  off  the  islands,  are  known  only 
from  east  (on  the  wetter  side)  of  the  continental  divide.  Some 
of  them  grow  in  the  mountains  from  Vera  Cruz  and  Oaxaca 
south  into  Central  America.  One  has  its  relations  in  Costa 
Rica.  The  most  striking  of  these  plants  and  the  ones  which  in- 
dicate this  southern  affinity  most  clearly  are  Polystichum, 
Adiantopsis,  Asplenium,  Sporobolus,  Paspahtm,  Cattleya, 
Epidendrum,  Pleurothallis,  Peperomia  spp.,  Rubus,  Rhamnus, 
Ilex,  Meliosma,  Oreopanax,  Forestiera,  Vernonia  and  Eupa- 
torium.  Also  to  be  associated  with  these  just  mentioned,  since 
they  are  probably  of  the  same  floristic  group,  are  those  very  dis- 
tinct endemics  of  quite  uncertain,  although  general  southern  re- 
lationship such  as,  Stenophylhis,  Cyperus,  Euphorbia,  Croton, 
Triumfetta,  Hypericum,  Psidium,  Bumelia,  Ipomoea,  Bor- 
reria,  Erigeron  spp.,  and  Coreopsis.  These  latter  species  in 
their  strong  differentiation,  which  quite  obscures  their  precise 


4Q  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

relationship  among  their  congeners,  suggest  antiquity.  They 
form  a  remarkable  contrast  with  those  endemics  which  have 
immediate  affinities  on  the  adjacent  continent  and  which,  in 
still  having  their  relationships  with  their  parents  obvious  and 
in  not  having  developed  any  strong  specific  traits,  show  them- 
selves to  be  of  rather  recent  origin.  Those  species  with  clear 
but  geographically  distant,  southern  relationships  and  those 
with  obscure  general  southern  affinity  are  quite  different  from 
the  weedy  types  or  from  the  obviously  peninsular  or  north- 
western Mexican  forms  which  might  have  reached  the  island 
by  wind  or  waves.  The  lack  of  means  of  these  species  of 
southern  affinity  for  contact  with  their  scattered  relatives,  the 
distance  by  which  they  are  now  separated  from  them,  and  the 
notable  degree  in  which  some  of  them  have  become  differen- 
tiated from  their  relatives  on  the  mainland,  suggest  that  they 
reached  the  islands  long  ago  when  alignments  of  land  and  the 
climatic  conditions  were  quite  different  from  those  of  the 
present  time.  In  fact,  I  believe  they  represent  an  old  floristic 
element  and  are  relics  of  an  early,  now  impoverished  meso- 
phytic,  or  even  humid  flora  that  formerly  existed  on  or  near 
the  present  islands. 

A  theory  involving  a  relic  flora  on  the  islands  assumes  an 
effective,  probably  a  complete,  land  route  for  the  migration  of 
the  island  flora  in  the  distant  past,  subsequent  isolation  per- 
mitting marked  development  and  change  in  plastic  species,  and 
finally  decimation  of  the  flora  through  physiographic 
changes  and  in  more  recent  history  through  competition  with 
more  adaptable  immigrants.  This  theory  would  demand  a 
body  of  land  which  would  either  include  all  our  present 
islands  or  would  lie  at  least  contiguous  to  the  present  island  of 
Socorro  and  have  continental  connections  off  to  the  east  or 
southeast.  Practically  all  of  the  possible  plant-relics  are  restricted 
to  Socorro.  This  I  believe  is  a  topographic  accident  and  that 
there  is  not  necessarily  any  phytogeographic  significance  in 
their  lack  on  the  smaller  and  less  lofty  Clarion  and  San  Bene- 
dicto.  Like  much  of  western  North  America  the  climate  of 
the  Revillagigedos  is  doubtless  becoming  more  arid.  Its  larger 
size,  greater  moisture  and  diversity  of  conditions  over  Clarion 
and  San  Benedicto  are  probably  the  prime  reasons  why  the 
relics  have  found  a  final  haven  on  Socorro.  It  is  only  in  the 
protected  canons  and  on  the  moist  upper  slopes  of  Socorro  that 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  41 

stenoclimatic  relics  of  an  earlier  mesophytic  flora  could  be 
expected  to  persist. 

There  being  a  suspicion  that  a  large  land-mass  formerly 
occupied  the  general  vicinity  of  the  Revillagigedos,  it  is 
natural  that  evidence  either  for  or  against  it  should  be  sought 
in  bathymetric  data.  Depth-measurements  in  this  part  of  the 
Pacific  are  not  so  numerous  as  could  be  wished  for,  but  are 
sufficient  to  give  us  the  general  idea  of  the  submarine  topogra- 
phy which  we  need.  A  study  of  the  3000-meter  depth-contour 
shows  that  it  lies  generally  well  within  100  miles  of  the 
shore  along  practically  the  whole  west  coast  of  Mexico  and 
Central  America.  It  crosses  the  mouth  of  the  Gulf  of  Cali- 
fornia in  a  northwest-southeast  line  that  continues  the  prevail- 
ing trend  of  the  peninsular  and  central  and  southern  Mexican 
coast-lines.  Although  the  3000-meter  contour  may  follow  the 
coast  line  rather  closely,  the  4000-meter  contour  does  not.  In 
fact  it  departs  from  it  most  conspicuously.  Coming  down 
from  the  north  the  4000-meter  line,  passing  well  to  the  sea- 
ward of  Guadalupe  Island  (lat.  29°  00'  N)  and  a  little  west 
of  Alijos  Rock  (lat.  24°  57'  N),  continues  south  until  south- 
west of  Clarion3  where  it  swings  well  eastward  to  nearly 
100  miles  southeast  of  Socorro.  It  then  sweeps  northeastward 
to  within  100  miles  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands  where  it 
abruptly  doubles  back  and  continues  southeastward  within 
100  miles  of  the  Mexican  coast.  About  opposite  Aca- 
pulco,  however,  this  depth-line  swerves  abruptly  southwest- 
ward,  away  from  the  coast  and  towards  the  open  sea.  The 
Revillagigedos  Islands,  accordingly,  lie  on  a  large  submarine 
plain  (3000-4000  meters  deep)  situated  just  to  the  west  and 
south  of  Lower  California  and  on  one  separated  from  the 
coast  of  Central  America  and  middle  and  southern  Mexico  by 
a  vast  tract  of  very  deep  water. 

Concerning  this  great  submarine  plain  upon  which  the  Re- 
villagigedos are  located,  there  are  a  number  of  significant 
features.  Its  western  limits  are  quite  independent  of  conti- 
nental shore  lines.  The  largest  part  of  it  is  that  southern  por- 
tion containing  the  islands.    Its  southern  corner  lies  over  600 

8  The  charts  indicate  that  soundings  of  130-145  meters  depth  have  been  made 
around  lat.  20°  N  and  long.  120°  W,  some  300  miles  WNW  of  Clarion.  This  is  the 
Allaire  Bank.  Its  position,  which  falls  roughly  in  the  east-west  axis  of  the  Revillagi- 
gedos, suggests  that  it  might  be  a  far  westerly  peak  of  the  archipelago  which  is  now 
submerged.    It  is  separated  from  Clarion  by  depths  of  over  4000  meters. 

November   18,   1931 


42  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

miles  to  the  west  of  Jalisco  on  the  Mexican  mainland.  The 
southern  border  of  the  plain  appears  to  parallel  the  general 
east- west  axis  of  the  archipelago.  This  border  and  axis,  if 
projected  eastward,  would  strike  about  the  state  of  Jalisco  and, 
perhaps  not  as  a  mere  coincidence,  tend  to  line  up  with  the 
southern  margin  of  the  Mexican  plateau.  The  northern  swing 
of  the  4000-meter  line  between  Socorro  and  the  Tres  Marias 
lines  up  with  the  trough  of  the  Gulf  of  California.  In  short, 
it  seems  from  these  bathymetric  data  that  the  Revillagigedo 
Islands  might  well  represent  peaks  of  a  submerged  land-mass 
which  formerly  extended  east  and  west  and  connected  with 
the  Mexican  mainland  in  Jalisco  or  Colima  and  that  in  the 
diastrophism  that  formed  the  Gulf  of  California  it  was  sepa- 
rated from  the  mainland  and  subsequently  sunk. 

Such  a  theory  is  quite  consistent  with  what  is  known  of  the 
geological  history  of  the  western  states  of  Mexico.  Deposits 
show  that  the  most  active  part  of  this  coast  has  been  that  in 
and  around  the  Gulf  of  California.  The  peninsula  of  Lower 
California  has  been  particularly  active,  having  had  periods  of 
extensive  subsidence  and  flooding  in  the  Eocene,  the  Miocene 
and  the  Pliocene.  At  the  close  of  the  Tertiary  the  peninsula 
and  the  adjacent  areas  were  subjected  to  tremendous  fractur- 
ing and  down- faulting.  Except  that  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuan- 
tepec  subsided  and  was  covered  by  the  sea  in  late  Miocene  and 
early  Pliocene,  the  area  in  the  coastal  states  of  Mexico  soutli 
of  Nayarit  has  been  above  the  sea  since  the  beginning  of  the 
Tertiary  and  for  all  we  know  perhaps  has  even  extended  fur- 
ther to  the  westward.  Mountain-making  forces  were  active  at 
the  close  of  the  Tertiary  in  our  coastal  area  and  were  particu- 
larly energetic  in  Jalisco  where  a  line  of  great  upheavals  on 
an  east-west  axis  now  forming  the  south  end  of  the  Mexican 
plateau,  brought  high  land  near  the  coast  and  probably  caused 
the  hump  on  the  coast  line  that  is  terminated  by  Cape  Cor- 
rientes.   At  present  the  whole  coast  seems  to  be  rising. 

The  Revillagigedos  lie,  accordingly,  to  the  south  of  an  un- 
stable region  where  tectonic  forces  have  been  active  over  a 
long  period  and  to  the  west  of  land  that  has,  over  the  same 
period,  continued  above  the  sea  and  may  possibly  have  even  ex- 
tended further  west.  As  evidenced  by  the  paralleling  of  the 
northwest-southeast  coast  lines  of  the  mainland  and  the  two 
shores  of  the  peninsula  the  islands  are  separated  from  the  con- 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  43 

tinent  by  several  great  lines  of  probably  late  Tertiary  faulting. 
In  alignment  they  strongly  suggest  a  continuation  of  the  line 
of  Tertiary  uplift  and  vulcanism  that  determines  the  southern 
end  of  the  Mexican  plateau.  In  fact,  the  site  of  the  Revil- 
lagigedos  may  well  represent  a  portion  of  the  continental  mar- 
gin, much  less  stable  than  the  peninsula  to  the  north,  that  was 
elevated  and  connected  with  middle  western  Mexico  during  the 
relatively  quiet  history  of  that  section  in  mid-Tertiary  and 
some  that  was  subsequently  disconnected  and  finally  entirely 
subsided  when  crustal  equilibria  were  disturbed  by  mountain- 
making  forces  on  the  mainland  and  by  the  tremendous  up- 
heavals and  down-faultings  that  shaped  the  peninsula  and 
Gulf  of  California  at  the  close  of  the  Tertiary.  What  is  more, 
this  theory  not  only  accounts  for  important  details  in  plant  and 
animal  distribution,  but  also  accounts  particularly  well  for  the 
granitic  rocks  of  Roca  Partida,  the  central  islet  of  the  Revil- 
lagigedos,  and  accommodates  readily  the  continental  origin 
that  has  been  suggested  for  them  by  Hanna,  Science  n.  s.  62 : 
491-2  (1925)  and  Pan  Amer.  Geologist  48:  17  (1927). 

Assuming,  if  not  actually  accepting  the  theory,  that  there 
was  formerly  a  large  mass  of  land  rising  from  the  waters  in 
which  the  Revillagigedos  are  now  located,  one  naturally  won- 
ders what  connection,  if  any,  it  may  have  had  with  the  penin- 
sula of  Lower  California.  The  fact  that  the  present  archi- 
pelago has  a  long  axis  that  presents  a  very  broad  angle  to  that 
of  the  peninsula  and  one  more  in  line  with  certain  structural 
axes  on  the  mainland  suggests  that  they  belong  to  different 
oreogenic  systems  and  have  had  different  histories  and  hence, 
perhaps  no  direct  land  connection.  Plant  distribution,  how- 
ever, gives  additional  evidence.  The  large  number  of  species 
common  to  the  peninsula  and  the  islands  are  chiefly  of  the 
widely  distributed  weedy  types  efficient  in  oceanic  dispersal. 
The  insular  plants  conspecific  with  otherwise  strictly  peninsular 
species  are  xerophytic  ones,  as  are  also  the  weakly  differen- 
tiated insular  endemics  of  peninsular  affinities  and,  like  them, 
give  every  evidence  of  recent  arrival,  probably  by  oceanic  means. 
The  relic  flora  on  the  islands  is  a  mesophytic  or  even  a  moist 
tropical  one  of  southern  affinity  and  shows  no  species,  with  the 
possible  exception  of  the  Sphacele,  in  common  with  the  penin- 
sula. Had  there  been  some,  it  seems  inconceivable  that  they 
would  fail  to  persist  in  the  conditions,  much  more  favorable 


44  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

than  on  the  islands,  found  in  the  moist  meadows  and  canons 
of  the  mountains  at  the  peninsula-tip,  a  region  which  has  not 
been  submerged  in  Tertiary  or  more  recent  times.  The  Spha- 
cele  which  grows  on  the  summit  of  Socorro  and  in  the  higher 
parts  of  the  mountains  of  southernmost  Lower  California  does 
seem  to  be  an  exception.  It  is  an  old  species  with  only  distant 
relatives,  and  one  which  had  no  doubt  wandered  far  before  it 
made  its  last  stand  in  three  such  strangely  selected  localities  as 
Hawaii,  Socorro  and  the  tip  of  Lower  California.  I  am  in- 
clined to  believe,  however,  that  it  reached  the  island  and  penin- 
sula from  a  common  source  on  the  mainland  that  has  now  dis- 
appeared. It  might,  of  course,  have  reached  the  island  from 
Lower  California  over  the  sea,  but  in  any  case  I  do  not  believe 
it  was  by  a  direct  overland  route.  Such  a  theory  falls  of  its 
own  weight  when  attempts  are  made  to  explain  how  only  this 
plant  and  no  others  of  many  species  give  any  evidence  of 
having  availed  themselves  of  such  an  opportunity  for  advan- 
tageous migration.  The  evidence  from  plant  distribution, 
therefore,  seems  to  be  definitely  against  the  assumption  of  any 
former  bridging  connection  of  the  peninsula  with  the  vanished 
land  mass  to  the  south. 

As  there  are  good  reasons  for  believing  that  the  old  land 
mass  that  preceded  the  present  Revillagigedos  could  not  have 
been  connected  with  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California  its  con- 
nections with  the  continent  must  have  been  through  the  main- 
land of  Mexico.  Indeed,  I  believe  we  may  visualize  it,  in 
times  before  the  extensive  diastrophism  of  the  Pliocene,  as 
projecting  westward  from  what  is  now  the  states  of  Jalisco  and 
Colima,  or  possibly  from  even  somewhat  further  south.  It 
was  at  this  period  when  a  moister  climate  permitted  the  more 
northern  and  western  extension  of  the  floras  now  found  on 
the  mountain  slopes  of  Vera  Cruz,  Oaxaca  and  Chiapas  and 
in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies,  that  the  land  mass 
must  have  received  directly  the  first  members  of  the  flora  and 
fauna4  which  now  linger,  more  or  less  modified  and  in  de- 

4  A  number  of  the  land-snails  on  the  islands,  like  the  plants  have  affinities  in 
southern  Mexico.  The  only  native  land  vertebrates  on  the  islands,  two  lizards  (Uta 
spp.)  and  a  snake  (Masticophis  sp.),  are  clearly  related  to  species,  not  in  lower  Cali- 
fornia, but  in  the  coastal  states  of  the  mainland  of  western  Mexico.  The  lizards  have 
relatives  in  Jalisco  and  Colima  and  northward.  Ortenburger,  Mem.  Univ.  Michigan 
Mus.  1:  144  (1928),  in  his  monograph  of  the  racers  definitely  concludes  that  the 
island  snake  is  immediately  derived  from  one  now  occurring  along  the  coast  from 
Sonora  to  Guerrero  and  possibly  Michoacan. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGICEDO  ISLANDS  4^ 

pleted  numbers  on  the  crests  of  the  isolated,  ocean-ringed, 
volcanic  peaks  which  now  form  the  Revillagigedos.  It  was  on 
this  old  land  mass,  after  its  separation  from  the  mainland, 
that  the  strongly  differentiated  insular  endemics  were  able  to 
develop  in  isolation,  and  so  eventually  change.  With  them,  no 
doubt,  were  some  of  the  widely  distributed  weedy  species 
which,  having  arrived  early,  probably  had  no  need  to  demon- 
strate their  abilities  for  oceanic  dispersal  in  order  to  reach  the 
islands.  The  subsidence  and  diminishing  of  the  land  and  the 
tend  towards  increasing  aridity  which  followed  the  Tertiary 
must  have  been  very  destructive  to  the  original  flora  and 
fauna.  Inadaptable  stenoclimatic  species  must  have  disap- 
peared in  large  numbers.  Even  today,  indeed,  the  margin  by 
which  many  of  the  island  species  are  able  to  persist  must  be 
very  slight.  A  reduction,  for  example,  of  half  the  height  of 
Socorro  would  probably  result  in  a  reduction,  in  similar  pro- 
portion, of  the  number  of  species  in  the  entire  archipelago. 
What  is  more,  the  reduction  would  be  in  those  moisture- 
requiring  species  which  are  chiefly  old  elements  in  the  flora. 
The  islands  today  are  dominated  by  those  species  of  the  older 
flora  which  were  plastic  enough  to  develop  successful  xerophy- 
tic  forms  and  by  the  adaptable  immigrants  which  have  arrived 
from  over  the  sea  in  more  recent  times.  The  future  flora,  if 
conditions  continue  with  the  same  trend,  will  doubtless  be 
made  up  chiefly  of  the  weedy,  readily  dispersed,  successful 
plants  of  wide  distribution  and  will  become  more  and  more  of 
an  oceanic  type. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

For  the  great  privilege  of  working  over  the  Revillagigedo 
plants  obtained  on  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  expe- 
dition of  1925,  I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann,  Director  of  the  Museum  of  the  Academy,  and  to  the 
Curator  of  Botany,  Miss  Alice  Eastwood.  To  Dr.  W.  R. 
Maxon  I  am  indebted  for  the  loan  of  critical  material  from 
the  islands,  chiefly  collections  by  Townsend,  now  preserved  in 
the  United  States  National  Herbarium.  I  am  also  under  great 
obligation  to  Prof.  W.  A.  Setchell  and  Dr.  E.  B.  Copeland 


45  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

for  the  loan  of  a  large  number  of  critical  Revillagigedo  plants 
from  the  Brandegee  Herbarium,  now  a  part  of  the  general  col- 
lections at  the  University  of  California.  Various  specialists 
have  also  assisted  me.  The  ferns  have  been  determined  by  Mr. 
C.  A.  Weatherby,  the  orchids  by  Mr.  Charles  Schweinfurth, 
certain  grasses  by  Mrs.  Agnes  Chase  and  Prof.  A.  S. 
Hitchcock,  the  Peperomias  by  Prof.  W.  Trelease  and  the  Eupa- 
torieae  by  Prof.  B.  L.  Robinson.  Mr.  Paul  C.  Standley  very 
kindly  gave  me  the  benefit  of  his  extensive  knowledge  of  the 
Mexican  and  Central  American  plants  by  examining  several 
puzzling  specimens.  Through  the  kindness  of  Captain  John 
Ramsbottom,  Keeper  of  the  Dept.  of  Botany  of  the  British 
Museum  (Nat.  Hist.),  I  have  had  available  a  copy  of  those 
parts  of  Barclay's  manuscript  journal  that  concern  the 
islands.  Mr.  A.  W.  Anthony,  most  kindly,  has  supplied  me 
with  data  regarding  his  own  important  expedition  to  the 
islands. 

The  value  of  this  paper  and  the  pleasure  I  have  had  in  pre- 
paring it  have  been  greatly  enhanced  by  the  very  friendly  and 
extremely  helpful  responses  I  have  had  to  my  requests  for 
assistance.  I  am  consequently  very  grateful  to  those  I  have 
mentioned  above.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  again,  now  publicly, 
acknowledge  my  appreciation  of  and  gratitude  for  the  valued 
assistance  they  have  given  me. 


INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  CATALOGUE 

In  the  following  catalogue  I  have  enumerated  and  discussed 
each  species  of  vascular  plant  known  from  the  Revillagigedo 
Islands.  The  determinations  of  all  species  have  been  carefully 
verified  and  the  nomenclature,  when  necessary,  revised.  For 
all  species  and  subspecies  first  described  from  the  islands  I 
have  given  complete  synonymy.  For  the  widely  distributed 
species,  however,  I  have  given  synonyms  only  when  con- 
venience or  when  precision  required  it.  Under  the  proper 
species  I  have  listed  all  names,  whether  correct  or  not,  that 
have  been  applied  to  the  island  flora.  References  to  every 
mention  of  Revillagigedo  plants  that  I  have  encountered  in 
floras  or  monographs  have  also  been  included.  Special  care 
has  been  given  to  this  bibliographic  work  and  I  believe  that  few 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAG1GEDO  ISLANDS  47 

if  any  of  the  rare  references  to  the  Revillagigeclo  flora  have 
been  missed.  The  nomenclature  used  is  in  accord  with  the 
International  Rules.  In  the  decapitalization  of  certain  specific 
names  and  in  the  omission  of  the  Latin  diagnosis  for  new 
species  I  have  departed  from  the  prevailing  and  what  I  con- 
sider the  best  botanical  practice.  This  was  reluctantly  done  in 
order  to  conform  with  the  editorial  policies  of  the  Academy. 

I  have  cited  all  collections  examined.  These  include  all  but 
a  small  percentage  of  those  ever  made  on  the  islands  and 
represent  all  the  species  ever  reported  from  them.  My  concern 
has  been,  of  necessity,  chiefly  with  the  problems  of  distribu- 
tion, relationship  and  taxonomy  of  the  species.  I  regret  most 
keenly  that  I  have  been  able  to  give  so  little  regarding  the 
selection  of  habitats,  ecological  relations,  variations,  abun- 
dance, growth-habit,  flower-color,  etc.  of  the  various  plants  of 
the  islands.  Very  little  is  known  about  these  interesting  and 
important  details,  since,  in  the  excitement  of  pursuing  plant- 
kinds,  the  collectors  on  the  islands,  who  should  have  assem- 
bled such  data,  have  usually  forgotten  to  observe  and  make 
note  of  the  vegetation.  I  have  given  notes  on  the  general  dis- 
tribution of  most  species.  Emphasis  in  these  notes  has  been 
given  to  the  range  in  Mexico,  Central  America  and  the  West 
Indies  and  particularly  to  those  sections  of  these  areas  which 
might  be  significant  in  determining  the  original  source  of  the 
island  plant.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to  state  the  complete 
range  of  species  extending  into  South  America  or  the  Old 
World. 


48  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sek. 

CATALOGUE  OF  THE  SPECIES 

PSILOTACE^ 

1.     Psilotum  nudum  (L.)  Griseb. 
Psilotum  nudum  Griseb.  Abh.  Ges.  Wiss.  Gottingen  7:  278  (1857). 

Collected  by  Barkelew  (no.  218)  on  Socorro.  Widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  tropics. 

Polypodiace,e5 
2.     Polystichum  muricatum  (L.)  Fee 

Polystichum  muricatum  F6e,  Gen.  Fil.  278  (1852). 

Growing  in  the  forested  canons  towards  the  summit  of 
Socorro  where  it  has  been  collected  by  Mason  (nos.  1630, 
1677).  It  has  a  stout  trunk-like  base,  2.5-3  dm.  tall  and  forms 
a  widely  spreading  plant  9-12  dm.  high.  Barkelew  (no.  227) 
also  collected  it  on  Socorro.  The  island  plants  seem  much 
more  fibrillose  on  the  under  surface  of  the  pinnae  than  in  most 
material  from  the  mainland.  The  species  ranges  from  south- 
ern Mexico  through  Central  America  to  Venezuela  and  occurs, 
also,  in  Jamaica  and  Haiti. 

3.     Asplenium  formosum  Willd. 
Asplenium  formosum  Willd.  Sp.  PI.  5:  329  (1810). 

Material  of  this  species  was  collected  by  Mason  on  Socorro 
on  the  north- facing  wall  of  a  canon  near  Grayson  Cove  (no. 
1615)  and  among  rocks,  in  soil  and  on  tree-trunks  in  shaded 
places  or  on  north-facing  rock  wall  from  300-1200  meters  alt. 
on  the  east  slope  of  the  island  (no.  1631).  The  insular  ma- 
terial collected  differs  from  the  typical  form  in  its  brown 
rachis  and  rather  less  divided  pinnae,  in  these  respects  ap- 
proaching A.  carolinum  Maxon  of  the  Galapagos  Islands,  al- 
though lacking  the  second  row  of  sori  characteristic  of  that 
species.  Asplenium  formosum  is  very  widely  distributed  in  the 
American  tropics. 

•  The  determinations  and  the  systematic  and  distributional  notes  for  this  family 
have  been  contributed  by  Mr.  C.   A.   Weatherby. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  40, 

4.     Asplenium  potosinum  Hieron.,  var.  incisum  Hieron. 
Asplenium  potosinum,  var.  incisum  Hieron.  Hedwigia  60:  248  (1919). 

Collected  on  a  dry  stream  bank  in  the  fog-belt  near  the  sum- 
mit of  Socorro  by  Mason  (no.  1670).  Barkelew  (no.  215) 
also  obtained  the  variety  on  the  island.  It  has  heretofore  been 
known  only  from  the  Mexican  state  of  San  Luis  Potosi.  The 
insular  material  seems  quite  typical.  The  species  is  a  critical 
segregate  of  that  variable  and  puzzling  assemblage  that 
formerly  passed  as  A.  lanulatum,  a  group  that  ranges  in  Cen- 
tral America,  in  southern  and  eastern  Mexico,  the  West 
Indies,  etc. 

5.     Adiantopsis  radiata  (L.)  Fee 
Adiantopsis  radiata  Fee,  Gen.  Fil.  145  (1852). 

Present  in  the  dense  forests  near  the  summit  of  Socorro, 
where  it  was  found  growing  in  soil  along  dry  stream  beds  by 
Mason  (no.  1632).  The  species  is  known  from  the  West 
Indies,  eastern  and  southern  Mexico  and  from  Venezuela  to 
Paraguay.   It  is  either  absent  or  very  rare  on  the  Pacific  Coast. 

6.     Pteridium  caudatum  (L.)  Maxon 

Pteridium  caudatum  Maxon,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  23:  631  (1901). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  216)  and  Mason 
(no.  1662).  Mason  reports  that  it  is  very  common  on  the 
higher  parts  of  the  island.  It  grows  3-15  dm.  tall  in  the  brush 
but  in  the  forests  has  stipes  2  m.  long  and  attains  a  total 
height  of  4.5-6  m.  The  species  occurs  in  Florida,  the  West 
Indies,  tropical  Mexico  and  Central  America. 

7.     Polypodium  polypodioides  (L.)  Watt 
Polypodium  polypodioides  Watt,  Canad.  Nat.  ser.  2,  13:  158  (1867). 

Collected  by  Mason  (no.  1642)  near  the  summit  of  So- 
corro, where  it  occurred  as  a  climbing  epiphyte  on  mossy  tree- 
trunks  both  in  dense  forest  and  in  more  open  formations. 
Barkelew  (no.  236  in  pt.)  also  found  it  on  the  island.  The 
species  is  very  widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
America. 


50  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

8.     Polypodium  pulchrum  Mart.  &  Gal. 
Polypodium  pulchrum  Mart.  &  Gal.  M6m.  Acad.  Brux.  15:  41,  t.  8,  f.  2  (1842). 

Growing  in  soil  and  on  tree-trunks  in  the  shade  of  the  for- 
ests near  the  summit  of  Socorro  where  it  was  obtained  by 
Mason  (no.  1633).  Barkelew  (no.  236  in  pt.)  also  collected  it 
on  the  island.  This  species  ranges  from  central  Mexico  south 
to  Costa  Rica.  It  is  a  close  segregate  of  the  wide  spread 
P.  plumula  H.  &  B.,  distinguished  principally  by  its  broad  and 
usually  pale  rhizome-scales,  and  perhaps  is  no  more  than  a 
variety  of  that  species. 

9.     Cheilanthes  peninsularis  Maxon,  var.  insularis  Weatherby 

Cheilanthes  peninsularis,  var.  insularis  Weatherby,  Amer.  Fern  Journ.  21:  25 
(1931).  C.  wrightii  of  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13: 
149  (1891);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  28  (1900). 

This  variety  is  endemic  to  the  archipelago.  It  has  been  col- 
lected on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (sine  no.)  and 
Mason  (no.  1616).  Mason's  collection,  which  is  the  type  ma- 
terial, came  from  a  very  dry  north  facing  rock  wall  above 
Grayson  Cove  at  an  altitude  of  about  300  m.  It  has  also  been 
found  by  Mason  (no.  1571)  on  Clarion,  where  he  reports  it 
as  locally  abundant  in  the  brush  just  below  the  crest  of  the 
hills.  Typical  C.  peninsularis  is  confined  to  central  and  south- 
ern Lower  California. 

Gramine^e 

10.  Eragrostis  ciliaris  (L.)  Link 
Eragrostis  ciliaris  Link,  Hort.  Berol.  1:  192  (1827). 

Collected  by  Barkelew  <no.  224)  and  Mason  (no.  1640) 
on  Socorro.  The  latter  got  it  on  a  mud-wash  on  the  plateau. 
It  is  very  widely  distributed  in  the  tropics. 

11.  Eragrostis  diversiflora  Vasey 

Eragrostis  diversiflora  Vasey,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  1:  285  (1893);  Hitchc. 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  17:  365  (1913). 

Collected  on  San  Benedicto  by  Anthony  (sine  no.),  Barke- 
lew (no.  172)  and  Mason  (nos.  1681,  1681a).  Mason  reports 
that  it  is  common  there  in  scattered  bunches.  Off  the  island  it 
is  known  only  from  a  very  few  collections  in  Sinaloa  and 
Colima. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAG1GEDO  ISLANDS  51 

12.     Jouvea  pilosa  (Presl)  Scribn. 

Jouvea  pilosa  Scribn.  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  CI.  23:  143  (1896);  Hitchc.  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  17:  384  (1913). 

This  species  frequents  the  coastal  sands  from  southern 
Lower  California  south  to  Nicaragua.  It  has  been  collected  on 
Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  183)  and  Mason  (no.  1610). 

13.     Sporobolus  argutus   (Nees)   Kunth 
Sporobolus  argutus  Kunth,  Enum.  PI.  1:  215  (1833). 

Growing  on  beach-sand  and  about  a  vernal  pool  near  Sul- 
phur Bay  on  Clarion  where  it  was  collected  by  Mason  (no. 
1569).   Widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

14.     Sporobolus  purpurascens  (Sw.)  Hamilton 
Sporobolus  purpurascens  Hamilton,  Prodr.  Ind.  Occ.  5  (1825). 

Collected  near  the  craters  at  the  summit  of  Mt.  Evermann 
by  Mason  (no.  1663).  The  species  has  a  very  disrupted  range, 
being  known  only  from  southeastern  United  States,  Cuba, 
Jamaica,  Mexico  (Vera  Cruz),  Guatemala,  Costa  Rica  and 
several  South  American  countries.  The  determination  has  been 
verified  by  Mrs.  Chase. 

IS.     Aristida  pansa  Woot.  &  Standi. 
Aristida  pansa  Woot.  &  Standi.  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  16:  112  (1913). 

A  common  plant  on  the  middle  slopes  of  the  south  side  of 
Clarion,  where  it  was  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1586).  It  also 
grows  on  Socorro,  Mason  (no.  1649)  having  collected  it  on 
the  grassy  alluvial  flats  near  Benner  Cove.  The  material  from 
Clarion  has  been  determined  by  Prof.  Hitchcock.  He  reports 
that  although  it  shows  some  minor  differences  from  the  con- 
tinental plant  that  these  are  not  sufficiently  important  to  jus- 
tify the  treating  of  the  insular  plant  as  distinct.  Aristida  pansa 
is  otherwise  known  only  from  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  Texas, 
Durango  and  San  Luis  Potosi.  It  represents,  therefore,  the 
only  non-endemic  member  of  the  Revillagigedo  flora  that  has 
a  distribution  suggestive  of  the  specific  relationships  of  the 
endemic  island  species  of  Nicotiana  and  Teucriiim. 


52  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

16.     Eriochloa  acuminata   (Presl)   Kunth 

Eriochloa  acuminata  Kunth,  Enum.  PI.  1:  72  (1833). 

Collected  by  Anthony  (sine  no.)  and  Mason  (nos.  1581, 
1587)  on  Clarion  where  it  is  reported  as  a  common  grass.  It 
grows  from  sea-level  to  the  crest  of  the  island  but  is  especially 
common  and  covers  large  areas  near  the  summit.  The  species 
is  practically  confined  to  Mexico.  It  ranges  from  Chihuahua 
and  southeastern  California  southward,  chiefly  on  the  Pacific 
slope,  to  Oaxaca.   Determined  by  Mrs.  Chase. 

17.    Paspalum  longum  Chase,  n.  sp. 

A  robust  perennial  in  large  clumps;  culms  simple,  erect, 
about  8  dm.  or  more  tall,  overtopped  by  the  leaves,  subcom- 
pressed,  glabrous;  nodes  glabrous,  none  exposed;  sheaths 
elongate,  overlapping,  the  lower  pinkish,  papillose-pilose  along 
the  margin  toward  the  summit,  otherwise  very  smooth, 
rounded  on  the  back,  with  tawny  prophylla  as  much  as  1  dm. 
long,  the  upper  sheaths  subcompressed ;  ligule  firm-membra- 
naceous,  3mm.  long,  with  long  stiff  hairs  back  of  it;  blades 
erect-ascending,  folded  toward  the  base  and  narrowed  to  the 
width  of  the  sheath,  flat  or  nearly  so  above,  7-10  dm.  long, 
8-10  mm.  wide,  with  a  long-attenuate,  subinvolute  tip,  the 
midnerve  thick  throughout,  the  upper  surface  and  margin  of 
the  blades  scabrous,  the  lower  surface  smooth,  the  margin  at 
the  base  papillose-ciliate  with  long  hairs,  the  blade  much  ex- 
ceeding the  panicle;  panicle  tawny,  short-exserted  or  partly 
included,  the  rather  slender  compressed  axis  12-18  cm.  long; 
racemes  9-13,  nodding  or  loosely  curled  in  age,  the  lower 
8-12  cm.  long;  rachis  about  1  mm.  wide,  densely  pubescent  at 
base  and  minutely  so  on  the  upper  surface  throughout,  the 
margin  scabrous;  spikelets  in  pairs  on  angled  pedicels,  rather 
crowded,  2.8-2.9  mm.  long,  2  mm.  wide,  depressed  plano- 
convex and  slightly  unsymmetrical,  broadly  ovate-elliptical, 
obtuse  to  subacute ;  glume  and  sterile  lemma  equal,  rather  thin 
and  fragile,  very  minutely  papillose  under  a  lens,  3-nerved; 
fruit  about  2.5  mm.  long  and  1.6  mm.  wide,  obovate-elliptic, 
stramineous,  minutely  papillose-striate. 

Type:  No.  186603,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
7,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1648)  on  a  grassy  flat  north  of 
Benner  Cove,  Socorro  Island. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVlLLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  53 

"This  species  belongs  in  the  group  Virgata.  In  the  three 
overmature  specimens  examined  (all  Mason's  no.  1648),  the 
leaves  are  much  longer  than  the  culm.  In  this  the  species  dif- 
fers from  all  the  others  of  the  group.  It  appears  to  be  most 
allied  to  Paspalum  aritndinaceum  Poir.  of  the  Greater  Antilles, 
Guatemala  [Atlantic  side],  and  French  Guiana.  From  that  it 
differs  in  the  very  thick  midnerves  of  the  blades,  the  slightly 
larger,  flatter  spikelets  and  in  the  fragile  texture  of  the  sterile 
lemma  and  palea.  A  cotype  is  in  the  U.  S.  National  Her- 
barium, no.  1449808." 

18.     Setaria  geniculata  (Lam.)  Beauv. 
Setaria  geniculata  Beauv.  Ess.  Agrost.  51  and  178  (1812). 

Growing  at  the  edge  of  hot  springs  in  the  craters  near  the 
summit  of  Mt.  Evermann,  where  material  in  very  mature  con- 
dition was  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1664).  A  variable  species 
ranging  very  widely  in  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

19.     Cenchrus  myosuroides  HBK. 

Cenchrus  myosuroides  HBK.  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  1:  115,  t.  35  (1816);  Vasey  & 
Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  149  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5: 
27,  28  (1900);  Hitchc.  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  17:  268  (1913); 
Hitchc.  &  Chase,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  22:  53  (1920). 

Collected  on  San  Benedicto  by  Anthony  (no.  370),  Barke- 
lew  (no.  171)  and  Mason  (no.  1682).  Mason  notes  that  it  is 
common  there  on  flats  and  on  crater-bottoms  where  it  forms 
meadow-like  growths  15  dm.  tall.  On  Socorro  the  species  has 
been  collected  by  Townsend,  Barkelew  (no.  202)  and  Mason 
(no.  1604).  Mason  notes  that  it  grows  9-24  dm.  tall  on  So- 
corro and  that  it  is  common  there  both  on  the  alluvial  deposits 
near  sea-level  and  on  the  adjacent  hillsides.  The  species  is  very 
widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

20.     Sorghastrum  nutans  (L.)  Nash 

Sorghastrum  nutans  Nash  in  Small,  Fl.  Southeast.  U.  S.  66  (1903);  Hitchc. 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  17:  211  (1913). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  401).  The  species 
extends  from  the  United  States  into  Mexico  where  it  has  been 
collected  at  various  points  on  the  west  coast. 


54  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

21.     Heteropogon  contortus  (L.)  Beauv. 

Heteropogon  contortus  Beauv.  ex  R.  &  S.  Syst.  2:  836  (1817);  Vasey  & 
Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  149  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5: 
28  (1900);  Hitchc.  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  17:  212  (1913). 

On  Socorro  this  species  has  been  collected  by  Townsend  and 
by  Mason,  the  latter  obtained  it  above  Grayson  Cove  (no. 
1619)  and  near  Cape  Rule  at  the  south  end  of  the  island  (no. 
1647).  Mason  notes  that  the  species  covers  much  of  the  upper 
half  of  the  mountain  on  the  west  side  of  the  island.  The 
species  is  very  widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
America. 

Cyperace^e 
22.     Cyperus  ligularis  L. 

Cyperus  ligularis  L.  Amoen.  Acad.  5:  391  (1759). 

Collected  by  Mason  (no.  1678)  on  Socorro  on  a  low  flat  at 
the  east  point  of  Braithwaite  Bay.  Widely  distributed  in 
tropical  America,  on  the  Pacific  coast  extending  north  at  least 
to  the  Tres  Marias. 

23.     Cyperus  duripes  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

A  coarse  plant  springing  from  a  short  hard  rhizome  that 
becomes  over  a  centimeter  thick;  leaves  numerous,  stiffish, 
ascending,  apparently  equalling  or  surpassing  the  inflorescence ; 
leaf-bases  becoming  as  much  as  3  cm.  broad,  brownish,  even- 
tually breaking  down  into  numerous  fine  brownish  fibers ;  leaf- 
blades  becoming  8-16  mm.  broad,  firm,  not  transversely 
lineate,  lucent  above,  opaque  beneath,  margins  finely  very 
weakly  and  obscurely  denticulate,  revolute,  vascular  strands 
fine,  numerous  and  crowded;  culms  4-10  dm.  tall,  towards  the 
summit  smooth  sulcate  and  decidedly  angulate;  base  of  culms 
very  woody,  obscurely  trigonous,  usually  covered  with  brown 
fibers,  commonly  developing  some  strict  coarse  buds  or  imma- 
ture shoots;  leaves  of  involucre  9-12,  becoming  1-4  dm.  long, 
similar  to  the  cauline  ones  in  texture,  etc. ;  rays  of  inflorescence 
9-12,  unequal,  15-30  mm.  long,  bearing  a  single  spike  or  a 
very  crowded  group  of  2-3  or  even  a  congested  secondary 
umbel  of  3-7  spikes ;  spikes  cylindrical,  dark  brown,  the  termi- 
nal principal  ones  ca.  8  mm.  thick  and  1-1.5  cm.  long,  the 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  55 

lateral  ones  shorter  and  proportionately  stouter,  sessile  and 
usually  divergent;  spikelets  numerous,  congested,  ca.  4  mm. 
long,  ca.  1  mm.  broad,  turgid  but  somewhat  laterally  com- 
pressed; basal  persistent  glumes  sessile,  1.5-2  mm.  long;  fruc- 
tiferous glumes  2,  elliptical-oblong,  3.5-4  mm.  long,  ca.  12- 
ribbed,  brown-dotted;  anthers  1.7-2  mm.  long,  ca.  0.3  mm. 
broad,  base  retuse,  apex  contracted  into  a  subulate  appendage 
0.5  mm.  long;  style  1-1.4  mm.  long,  producing  3  branches 
2-2.4  mm.  long;  mature  fruit  unknown. 

Type:  No.  200908,  Herb.  Univ.  Calif.,  collected  May  25, 
1897,  by  A.  W.  Anthony  (sine  no.)  on  Clarion  Island. 

Anthony's  collection  above  cited,  which  shows  the  in- 
florescence and  flowers,  is  clearly  the  same  species  as  the  sterile 
material  collected  on  Clarion  by  Mason  (no.  1590).  Accord- 
ing to  Mason  the  plant  forms  great  rank  growths  in  loose  soil 
on  the  north  slopes  along  the  crest  of  the  island.  Material  col- 
lected on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  400)  is  conspecific  An 
immature  specimen  by  Barkelew  (no.  173),  labeled  as  from 
San  Benedicto,  is  probably  the  same.  The  species  is  endemic  to 
the  islands.  It  is  to  be  noted,  however,  that  the  material  from 
Socorro  and  San  Benedicto  tends  to  have  simple  umbels,  is 
decidedly  less  robust  and  seems  to  be  less  conspicuously  lignes- 
cent  and  hence,  perhaps,  might  be  separable  from  the  Clarion 
form.  The  new  species  belongs  to  the  section  Mariscus  and  to 
the  general  group  of  C.  ligularis  although  evidently  distinct 
from  that  particular  species.  Its  exact  relations  are  obscure. 
From  C.  ligularis  it  differs  in  its  fewer  flowered  pale  spikelets, 
in  its  very  much  firmer  foliage,  which  is  lucent  above,  has 
much  less  scabrid  margins  and  lacks  evident  cross-partitions, 
and  finally  in  its  very  woody  more  or  less  fibrous  culm-bases 
and  rhizomes.  It  is  a  plant  on  hillsides,  not  of  coastal 
marshes. 

24.     Cyperus  aff.  brunneus  Sw. 

Overly  mature  specimens  of  a  species  suggesting  in  gross 
habit  C.  brunneus  Sw.  and  one  probably  closely  related  to  it, 
have  been  collected  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  196)  and 
Mason  (no.  1651).  The  latter  obtained  it  on  sea-cliffs  near 
Benner  Cove.  The  spikelets  seem  to  be  stouter  and  have  more 
closely  imbricated  scales,  but  otherwise  the  Socorro  plant  is 


• 


56  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  CF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

very  like  the  West  Indian  material  of  C.  brunneus.   A  few  col- 
lections of  that  species  have  been  made  in  southern  Mexico. 

25.     Scirpus  robustus  Pursh,  var.  paludosus  (Nels.)   Fernald 
Scirpus  robustus,  var.  paludosus  Fernald,  Rhodora  2:  241  (1900). 

Growing  on  the  margins  of  pools  behind  the  dunes  on 
Clarion  where  it  has  been  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1580).  The 
plant  grows  1-2.5  dm.  tall.  The  variety  is  known  from  north- 
western Mexico  and  western  United  States. 

26.     Stenophyllus  nesioticus  Johnston 

Stenophyllus  nesioticus  Johnston,  Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Bot.  7:  438  (1922).  Fim- 
bristylis  sp.  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27-28  (1900);  ?  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  149  (1890). 

Collected  on  San  Benedicto  by  Anthony  (no.  317,  type; 
371)  and  Mason  (no.  1687),  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no. 
225)  and  Mason  (no.  1650),  and,  if  the  label  is  to  be  fully 
trusted,  also  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (sine  no.).  Mason  found 
it  occasional  in  scattered  patches  in  a  canon  on  San  Benedicto. 
On  Socorro  it  grew  on  sea-cliffs  and  travertine  deposits  at 
Benner  Cove.  The  collections  from  San  Benedicto  and  Clarion 
are  quite  similar,  having  the  spikes  in  a  dense  head  as  origi- 
nally described.  The  material  from  Socorro,  however,  fre- 
quently develops  spikes  6-15  mm.  long.  In  their  arrangement 
these  can  be  described  only  as  umbellate.  I  assume  that  the 
specimens  from  Socorro,  reported  by  Vasey  &  Rose,  loc.  cit, 
as  Fimbristylis,  are  probably  this  form.  Townsend's  speci- 
mens, however,  could  not  be  located  in  the  National  Her- 
barium. Stenophyllus  nesioticus  is  related  to  S.  jnnciformis 
(HBK.)  Britt.,  and  related  forms  of  the  West  Indies  and 
Central  America.  Although  the  precise  relationship  is  not 
clear,  it  can  be  said  that  they  are  not  Mexican. 

COMMELINACE^E 

27.     Commelina  virginica  L. 

Commelina  virginica  L.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  2,  1:  61  (1762).  Tradescantia  sp.  Brandg. 
Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

An  immature  specimen  obtained  on  Clarion  by  Anthony 
(sine  no.)  is  apparently  referable  to  this  very  wide-spread  and 
variable  species. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAG1GEDO  ISLANDS  57 

Orchidace^e 

28.     Pleurothallis  unguicallosa  Ames  &  Schweinf. 

Pleurothallis  unguicallosa  Ames  &  Schweinf.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  43:    195 
(1930). 

An  epiphytic  species  found  in  the  forests  on  the  higher  por- 
tions of  the  east  slope  of  Socorro  by  Mason  (no.  1628,  type). 
The  species  is  endemic.  Its  closest  relative  is  P.  wilsoni  Lindl., 
a  species  known  only  from  Cuba,  Jamaica,  Haiti,  Porto  Rico, 
and  Guadeloupe  in  the  West  Indies. 

29.     Cattleya  aurantiaca  (Batem.)  P.  N.  Don 

Cattleya  aurantiaca  P.  N.  Don,  Florist  Journ.  185  (1840);  Ames  &  Schweinf. 
Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  43:  195  (1930). 

Found  by  Mason  (no.  1643)  growing  on  branches  of 
Bumelia  on  the  east  slope  of  Socorro.  Otherwise  known  only 
from  southern  Mexico  south  to  Costa  Rica. 

30.     Epidendrum  rigidum  Jacq. 

Epidendrum  rigidum  Jacq.  Enum.  PI.  Carib.  29  (1760). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  233).  Ranging 
from  southern  Florida  and  eastern  Mexico  southward  into 
northern  South  America.  Apparently  unknown  from  the  Pa- 
cific slope  of  Mexico,  Salvador  or  Guatemala.  I  am  indebted 
to  Mr.  Schweinfurth  for  the  determination  of  this  and  the  two 
preceding  orchids. 

Piperace^e 

31.     Peperomia  chrysolepida  Trelease,  n.  sp. 

A  rather  small  creeping-  or  stoloniferous-assurgent  forking 
succulent  herb;  stems  slender,  1-2  mm.  thick,  rooting  from 
many  nodes,  terete,  usually  branching  from  the  rooted  nodes, 
glabrescent ;  leaves  about  4  at  a  node,  round-  or  subquadrate- 
or  ovate-elliptical,  obtuse  at  both  ends,  7-15  mm.  long,  5-8  mm. 
wide,  glabrous,  glossy,  trinerved,  impressed  punctulate; 
petiole  1-2  mm.  long,  more  or  less  puberulent;  spike  terminal, 
2-3  cm.  long,  ca.  2  mm.  thick,  rachis  with  anastomosing 
hairy  ridges;  peduncle  slender,  scarcely  1  cm.  long,  short 
hispid ;  bracts  round-peltate,  orange-dotted ;  ovaries  subovoid, 
attenuate ;  stigma  apical. 

November  18,   1931 


58  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb. 

Type:  No.  3999023,  Herb.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  collected  in 
1903  by  F.  E.  Barkelew  (no.  228)  on  Socorro  Island. 

Found  growing  in  moss  on  trees  in  the  forests  on  the  upper 
slopes  of  Socorro  by  Mason  (no.  1629).  Concerning  this  and 
the  following  species  Prof.  Trelease  writes,  "Neither  of  them, 
so  far  as  I  can  see,  is  identical  with  any  published  species,  but 
both  are  closer  to  Mexican  and  Guatemalan  species  than  to 
anything  else  I  know ;  neither  is  very  closely  comparable  with 
South  American  forms ;  and  both  are  endemic  American  types 
(even  though  the  Old  World  reflexa  seems  to  contradict  this 
idea)." 

32.     Peperomia  socorronis  Trelease,  n.  sp. 

A  moderate  sized  caespitose,  somewhat  branched  erect 
glabrous,  epiphytic  herb;  stems  2-3  mm.  thick,  somewhat 
scurfy-exfoliating,  1-2  dm.  tall;  leaves  alternate,  elliptic,  sub- 
acute at  both  ends,  2-3  cm.  broad,  3-6  cm.  long,  drying  thin 
but  dull  and  3-5 (-7) -nerved,  glabrous;  petioles  scarcely  5  mm. 
long ;  spikes  terminal  or  occasionally  also  from  the  upper  axils, 
some  2  mm.  thick  and  10  cm.  long,  rather  loosely  flowered; 
peduncles  10-15  mm.  long;  bracts  round-peltate;  berries  sub- 
globose,  slightly  mucronate ;  stigma  subapical. 

Type:  No.  186616,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
8,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1653),  near  the  summit  of  Mt. 
Evermann,  Socorro  Island. 

Growing  on  tree-trunks,  chiefly  in  decaying  knot-holes,  in 
moist  forests  at  the  lower  edge  of  the  fog-belt  where  it  obtains 
moisture  from  the  fog  sufficient  to  carry  it  through  the  dry 
season.  It  occurs  associated  with  P.  chrysolepida.  Both  species 
are  endemic  to  Socorro. 

Morace^e 

33.     Ficus  cotinifolia  HBK. 

Ficus  cotinifolia  HBK.  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  2:  49  (1817);  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  20:  19  (1917).  F.  tecolutensis  of  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  28 
(1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  395),  Barkelew  (no. 
178)  and  Mason  (no.  1607).  According  to  Mason  the  plant 
forms  a  tree  becoming  6  m.  in  height  and  15-30  m.  in  spread. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTOX— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  59 

Aerial  roots  are  commonly  produced.  It  occurs  scattered  over 
slopes  where  it  forms  conspicuous  dark  green  masses  among 
the  dense  pallid  growth  of  Croton.  On  drier  flats,  along  with 
Psidium  and  Zanthoxylum,  it  is  the  dominant  tree  in  somewhat 
of  a  forest  community.  Because  of  the  shade  offered  by  the 
broad  spread  and  dense  foliage  of  the  trees  of  this  species, 
they  are  favorite  gathering  places  for  the  numerous  sheep  that 
run  wild  on  the  island.  The  species  ranges  widely  in  Mexico. 
On  the  Pacific  Coast  it  extends  from  Lower  California  and 
Sonora  south  into  Central  America. 

L0RANTHACE.E 

34.     Phoradendron  townsendi  Trelease 

Phoradendron  townsendi  Trelease,  Gen.  Phoraden.  112,  t.  162  (1916);  Standley, 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  226  (1922).  Ph.  rubrum  of  Vasey 
&  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  149  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5: 
27  (1900). 

Known  definitely  only  from  Socorro  where  it  has  been  col- 
lected by  Townsend  (type),  Anthony  (sine  no.),  Barkelew 
(no.  177),  and  Mason  (nos.  1620,  1622).  Mason  reports  that 
it  is  parasitic  on  Dodonaea  and  Guettarda,  and  that  it  is  par- 
ticularly common  on  the  west  side  of  the  island.  The  species  is 
a  very  critical  one.  I  believe  it  is  rather  doubtfully  separable 
from  that  one  of  the  Mexican  mainland  which  Trelease  has 
treated  chiefly  as  Ph.  commiiiata  Trel.,  but  which  I  suspect 
might  well  be  accepted  as  Ph.  rubrum  (L.)  Griseb.  In  short, 
I  have  accepted  Ph.  townsendi  as  a  very  questionable  endemic. 
In  any  case,  however,  the  plant  has  very  close  relatives  in 
southern  Mexico,  adjacent  Central  America,  and  in  the  West 
Indies. 

Aristolochiace^: 

35.     Aristolochia  brevipes  Benth. 

Aristolochia  brevipes  Benth.  PI.  Hartw.  15  (1839);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.  13:  149  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  6:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  San  Benedicto  by  Anthony  (fide  Brandg.  loc. 
cit),  Barkelew  (no.  169)  and  Mason  (no.  1680).  The  last 
mentioned  found  it  trailing  on  ash-slopes  on  the  north  side  of 
the  island.   Townsend,  Anthony  (sine  no.),  and  Barkelew  (no. 


60  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

193)  found  it  on  Socorro.  The  species  frequents  dryish  situ- 
ations and  has  been  collected  in  most  parts  of  Mexico,  al- 
though most  often  in  the  northwestern  parts. 

Amaranthace.e 
36.     Iresine  celosia  L. 

Iresine  celosia  L.  Syst.  ed.  10,  2:  1291  (1759). 

A  weak,  slender  suffruticose  plant  found  by  Mason  (no. 
1565)  growing  through  the  brush  on  Clarion  where  he  reports 
it  as  common.  The  inflorescence  on  the  Clarion  specimens  is 
more  compact,  the  stems  more  distinctly  fruticulose  and  the 
root  stronger  and  more  persistent  than  is  usual  in  this  species. 
I  believe  these  to  be  mere  ecological  responses  in  this  variable 
species.  It  is  widely  distributed  through  the  warmer  parts  of 
America. 

NYCTAGINACE.E 

37.     Boerhaavia  caribaea  Jacq. 

Boerhaavia  caribaea  Jacq.  Obs.  Bot.  4:  5,  t.  84  (1771).  B.  ixodes  Standley, 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  13:  423  (1911).  Boerhaavia  sp.  Brandg. 
Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Of  this  extremely  variable  and  very  widely  distributed 
species,  collections  have  been  made  on  Socorro  by  Anthony 
(sine  no.),  Barkelew  (no.  205)  and  Mason  (nos.  1603, 
1674).  It  is  said  to  be  rather  common  on  the  island.  Mason 
(no.  1592)  also  collected  it  on  the  summit  ridge  of  Clarion. 

Aizoace^e 

38.     Sesuvium  portulacastrum  L. 

Sesuvium  portulacastrum  L.  Syst.  ed.  10,  2:  1058  (1759);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27 
(1900) 

This  succulent  plant  grows  in  brackish  marshes  or  in  lo- 
calities near  the  sea  throughout  most  of  the  American  tropics. 
It  is  rare  or  at  least  is  very  rarely  collected  along  the  west 
coast  of  Mexico.  It  has  been  collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony 
(sine  no.)  and  Mason  (no.  1576).  The  latter  found  it  grow- 
ing along  the  beach  and  on  the  cliffs  above  it. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  §\ 

PORTULACACE^E 

39.     Portulaca  pilosa  L. 

Portulaca  pilosa  L.  Sp.Pl.  445  (1753);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  13: 
146-7  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  and  Clarion  by  Townsend.  Mason 
(no.  1584)  found  it  on  Clarion  and  only  along  the  hills  east 
of  Sulphur  Bay,  where  it  occurs  on  the  slopes  from  beach  to 
crest.  In  his  collections  the  plant  has  formed  a  very  loosely 
branched  suffruticose  caudex.  The  leaves  are  very  fleshy  and 
obtuse,  being  rather  compressed  botuliform  in  shape.  The 
material  from  Socorro  represents  a  much  more  slender  and 
apparently  less  persistent  plant.  The  differences,  however,  are 
probably  ecological  in  origin.  The  species  ranges  widely  in 
the  American  tropics. 

Crucifer^e 

40.     Lepidium  lasiocarpum  Nutt. 

Lepidium  lasiocarpum  Nutt.  ex  T.  &  G.  Fl.  No.  Amer.  1:  115  (1838);  Brandg. 
Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

This  herb  has  been  collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (no. 
405)  and  Mason  (no.  1589).  Mason  notes  that  it  grows  in 
crevices  on  shaded  cliffs  and  along  the  summit  ridge  of  the 
island.  The  species  grows  in  western  United  States  and 
northern  Mexico. 


Rosacea 
41.     Rubus  sp. 

Material  representing  this  genus  was  obtained  by  Mason 
(no.  1654)  in  canons  towards  the  summit  of  Socorro.  The 
plant  represented  is  a  large  shrub  with  stems  that  often  climb 
to  a  height  of  15  m.  The  collections  lack  flowers,  fruit  and 
even  an  old  inflorescence.  They  appear  to  represent,  however, 
a  species  related  to  those  of  southern  Mexico  and  adjacent 
Central  America.  As  far  as  can  be  judged  from  imperfect 
material,  the  closest  relation  seems  to  be  R.  schiedianus  Steud. 


52  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

42.     Primus  capuli  Cav. 

Prunus  capuli  Cav.  Anal.  Hist.  Nat.  Madrid  2:  110  (1800). 

Collected  by  Mason  (no.  1635)  on  the  east  slope  of  Socorro 
where  it  forms  large  bushy  pyramidal  trees  3-5  m.  tall.  The 
material  from  Socorro  generally  has  the  leaf-blades  a  little 
more  prominently  toothed  and  proportionately  somewhat 
broader  than  in  the  common  continental  form  but  otherwise 
seems  quite  like  it.  The  species  is  found  from  Lower  Cali- 
fornia and  Sonora  southward  through  Central  America  to 
Peru. 


Leguminos^e 

43.     Calliandra  socorrensis  Johnston 

Calliandra  socorrensis  Johnston,  Contr.  Gray  Herb.  70:  71  (1924).  Anneslia 
socorrensis  Britt.  &  Rose,  No.  Am.  Fl.  23:  64  (1928).  Calliandra 
spp.  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Two  unnumbered  collections  of  this  plant  were  made  on 
Socorro  by  Anthony.  One,  with  leaflets  10-19  mm.  long, 
probably  came  from  a  sheltered  locality,  the  other,  with  leaflets 
3-11  mm.  long,  from  a  more  exposed  situation.  The  latter 
collection  was  made  the  type.  Mason  has  collected  on  Clarion 
(no.  1566)  a  plant  obviously  conspecific  with  these  from  So- 
corro. It  is  given  as  a  shrub  about  a  meter  tall.  The  specimens 
of  it  are  distinctly  shrubby  and  in  this  regard  much  suggest 
the  type,  which  probably  also  came  from  a  shrub  of  similar 
size.  No  flowers  of  this  species  have  ever  been  collected.  Its 
fruits  are  known  only  from  legumes  that  are  old  and  battered. 
All  the  specimens  have  uniformly  2-yoked  pinnae,  each  of 
which  bears  4-6  (-7)  leaflets.  The  species  is  related  to  C.  for- 
mosa  (Kunth)  Benth.,  and  particularly  to  those  forms  of  it 
that  Britton  &  Rose,  loc.  cit.  68,  have  referred  to  Anneslia 
gracilis  (Mart.  &  Gal.)  Britt.  &  Rose.  The  relation  of  the 
island  plant  to  that  of  western  Mexico  is  very  close.  It  stands 
as  a  questionable  endemic.  Only  when  good  collections  of  it 
have  been  obtained  will  it  be  possible  to  decide  its  status 
definitely.  I  should  not  be  surprised  if  it  proves  to  be  no  more 
than  an  insular  phase  of  C.  formosa. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  53 

44.     Calliandra  sp. 

A  shrub  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1661)  in  the  thickets  near 
the  crest  of  Socorro.  It  grows  15  dm.  tall.  The  collections  are 
fragmentary,  consisting  of  only  a  few  leafy  twigs  and  some 
old  fruits,  but  are  sufficient  to  prove  it  different  from  C.  socor- 
rensis,  the  larger  leaves  having  3  pairs  of  pinnae  each  bearing 
9-12  leaflets.  It  is  closely  related  to  and  perhaps  is  no  more 
than  an  island  form  of  the  widely  ranging  and  very  variable 
C.  portoricensis  (Jacq.)  Benth.  The  leaflets  are  3-6  mm. 
broad  and  1-1.5  cm.  long  and  hence  are  rather  broad  for  the 
species. 

45.    Caesalpinia  crista  L. 

Caesalpinia  crista  L.  Sp.  PI.  380  (1753).  Guilandina  socorroensis  Britt.  &  Rose, 
No.  Am.  Fl.  23:  338  (1930).  C.  bonducella  of  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27 
(1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (no.  417)  and  Mason 
(no.  1567),  whence  probably  also  came  the  collection  by 
Barkelew  (no.  207)  that  has  been  labeled  as  from  Socorro. 
Barkelew's  collection  is  the  type  of  Guilandina  socorroensis. 
Except  that  the  island  plant  is  somewhat  less  thorny  than  is 
usual  in  the  species,  it  is  quite  like  the  common  forms  of  this 
pantropic  strand-plant.  In  stipules  and  bracts  it  is  in  no  way 
aberrant.  It  will  be  noticed,  furthermore,  that  the  description 
of  these  structures  given  by  Britton  &  Rose  in  their  key  is  not 
in  agreement  with  that  found  in  their  formal  diagnosis.  The 
latter  is  correct.  The  island  plant  is  obviously  a  mere  trivial 
form  of  C.  crista.  Mason  notes  that  it  is  a  straggling  shrub, 
branched  from  the  base  and  becoming  6-12  dm.  tall.  On  the 
Pacific  side  of  America  the  species  ranges  from  Sinaloa  in 
Mexico  south  to  Ecuador.  It  is  known  from  the  Tres  Marias, 
Revillagigedo,  Cocos  and  Galapagos  islands. 

46.    Sophora  tomentosa  L. 

Sophora  tomentosa  L.  Sp.  PI.  373  (1753);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
13:  146  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900);  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  23:435  (1922). 

This  pantropic  strand-plant,  generally  distributed  in  the 
West  Indian  region,  is  known  from  the  Pacific  side  of 
America  only  from  the  Revillagigedos.    It  has  been  collected 


54  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

on  Clarion  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  404)  and  Mason  (no. 
1562).  The  collection  made  by  Barkelew  (no.  246)  and 
labeled  as  from  Socorro  is  probably  another  example  of  the 
confused  data  in  his  set  of  plants.  I  believe  that  Barkelew's 
collection  also  came  from  Clarion.  Mason  reports  that  the 
plant  is  rather  common  on  Clarion,  growing  in  the  dense  brush 
near  the  ocean,  along  the  beach  and  on  the  low  hills  directly 
behind  it.  It  is  a  shrub  from  a  woody  base  and  grows 
2-12  dm.  tall. 

47.    Canavalia  apiculata  Piper 

Canavalia  apiculata  Piper,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  20:  566  (1925).  Erythrina 
sp.  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13: 146  (1890);  Brandg. 
Zoe  5:  27  (1900).    C.  obtusifolia  of  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

A  very  close  relative  and  perhaps  no  more  than  a  phase  of 
the  pantropic  strand-plant,  C.  maritima  (Aubl.)  Thon.,  which 
it  apparently  replaces  on  the  west  coast  of  Mexico.  Off  the 
continent  it  has  been  collected  only  on  Clarion  where  it  has 
been  obtained  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  405)  and  Mason 
(No.  1552).  It  is  abundant  on  Clarion  growing  along  the 
beach  and  well  up  on  the  slopes.  Mason  noted,  but  did  not 
collect  it,  at  Grayson  Cove  on  Socorro. 

48.    Phaseolus  lunatus  L. 

Phaseolus  lunatus  L.  Sp.  PI.  724  (1753). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Mason  (no.  1668)  who  reports  it 
as  abundant  and  as  draping  profusely  the  bushes  near  the  sum- 
mit of  the  island.  The  species  is  very  widely  dispersed  through 
tropical  America. 

49.    Phaseolus  atropurpureus  DC. 

Phaseolus  atropurpureus  DC.  Prodr.  2:  395  (1825).  Phaseolus  sp.  Vasey  & 
Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  146  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27 
(1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  414)  and 
Mason  (no.  1550).  The  collection  made  by  Barkelew  (no. 
248),  labeled  as  from  Socorro,  probably  also  came  from 
Clarion.  According  to  Mason  the  plant  is  found  everywhere 
on  Clarion,  either  trailing  on  the  ground  or  climbing  over 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  65 

rocks.  It  is  most  abundant,  however,  along  the  beaches  and  on 
the  lower  hills  just  behind  them.  The  species  occurs  in  most 
parts  of  Mexico  and  extends  into  northern  Central  America. 

50.  Rhynchosia  minima  (L.)  DC. 

Rhynchosia  minima  DC.  Prodr.  2:  385  (1825);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Known  on  the  islands  only  from  a  collection  made  on 
Socorro  by  Anthony  (sine  no.).  The  species  is  very  widely 
distributed  through  tropical  America,  extending  northward  to 
southern  Lower  California,  Sonora,  Texas  and  Florida. 

51.  Galactia  striata  (Jacq.)  Urban 

Galactia  striata  Urban,  Symb.  Ant.  2:  320  (1900). 

Specimens,  showing  leaves  and  ripe  fruit,  of  what  is  almost 
certainly  this  species  were  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1563)  on 
Clarion.  The  plant  is  reported  as  a  very  abundant  vine  that 
had  almost  completely  dried  up  and  gone  in  late  April  when 
the  specimens  were  taken.  Galactia  striata  grows  on  the  Tres 
Marias  and  is  widely  distributed  in  southern  Mexico,  Central 
America  and  the  West  Indies. 

ZYGOPHYLLACEiE 

52.    Tribulus  cistoides  L. 

Tribulus  cistoides  L.  Sp.  PI.  387  (1753);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
13: 146-7  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  393), 
and  Barkelew  (no.  200),  and  on  Clarion  by  Townsend,  An- 
thony (no.  410),  and  Mason  (no.  1554).  On  Clarion  Mason 
notes  that  it  is  abundant  near  the  sea,  growing  on  beaches, 
dunes  and  sea  cliffs.  The  species  is  very  widely  distributed 
through  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

Rutace;e 

53.    Zanthoxylum  fagara  (L.)   Sargent 

Zanthoxylum  fagara  Sargent,  Gard.  &  Forest  3:  186  (1890).   Z.  pterota  HBK.; 
Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (fide  Brandg.  loc.  cit.) 
and   Mason    (no.    1575).    A  tough  thorny   shrub   which  on 


6(5  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Clarion  is  usually  scattered,  although  at  times  forms  almost 
impenetrable  thickets.  The  species  is  very  widely  distributed  in 
the  warmer  parts  of  America,  mostly  in  semiarid  situations. 

54.    Zanthoxylum  insulare  Rose 

Zanthoxylum  insulare  Rose,  No.  Am.  Fauna  14:  79  (1899);  Wilson,  No.  Am. 
Fl.  25:  189  (1911);  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  534 
(1923).   Zanthoxylon  sp.  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

This  species  has  been  found  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no. 
394),  Barkelew  (no.  187),  and  Mason  (no.  1636).  Mason 
found  it  on  the  east  slope  of  the  island  and  reports  that  it  is  a 
climbing  shrub  with  leaves  that  are  dark  and  glossy  green 
above  and  lighter  colored  beneath.  The  leaflets  on  the  Socorro 
material  occur  in  5-9  pairs.  The  most  common  numbers,  how- 
ever, are  7-9.  The  species  has  been  found  only  in  Jamaica, 
Tres  Marias  Islands,  and  Socorro,  and  in  northern  and  west- 
ern South  America.  It  is  perhaps  too  closely  related  to 
Z.  culantrillo  HBK.,  a  species  which  ranges  from  Central 
America  to  Peru  and  which  in  turn  is  rather  close  to  certain 
species  of  Brazil. 

BURSERACE,E 

55.     Bursera  nesopola  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

A  small  tree  2.5-6  m.  tall;  twigs  red-brown,  somewhat 
lucent,  at  first  very  sparsely  and  obscurely  pubescent  but  l^ter 
becoming  quite  glabrous ;  leaves  usually  clustered  at  the  ends 
of  branches  or  short  lateral  spurs,  simple;  blade  elliptical  or 
oblong-ovate,  2-3.8  cm.  long,  1.5-2.3  mm.  wide,  chartaceous, 
apex  obtuse,  base  obtuse  to  obliquely  shallow-cordate,  margin 
finely  crenate,  midrib  evident,  producing  6-7  evident  parallel 
veins  on  each  side,  secondary  venation  usually  obscure;  upper 
leaf-surface  slightly  vernicose,  sparsely  and  usually  obscurely 
hispidulous,  slightly  glandular;  lower  leaf-surface  more  con- 
spicuously (usually  brownish)  hispidulous,  particularly  on  the 
veins  and  midrib,  paler,  opaque,  somewhat  glandular;  petiole 
about  one-fourth  length  of  blade,  5-10  mm.  long,  hispidulous, 
unwinged ;  inflorescence  slender,  surpassing  the  leaves,  3-5  cm. 
long,  loosely  3-7-flowered,  racemose,  finely  pubescent;  pedicels 
ascending,  3-5  mm.  long ;  calyx  sparsely  hispidulous,  ca.  2  mm. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  (fi 

thick  at  base,  lobes  erect  cuneate  1.5-2  mm.  long;  petals  ellip- 
tical ovate,  2-2.5  mm.  long,  1.3  mm.  wide,  sparsely  hispidulous 
outside:  filaments  subulate,  ca.  0.8  mm.  long,  glandular- 
pulverulent;  anthers  ca.  1  mm.  long;  ovary  glabrous;  subma- 
ture  fruit  obliquely  and  somewhat  irregularly  obovoid  or 
pyriform.  7-9  mm.  long,  glabrous. 

Type:  No.  186618,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
3,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1609),  at  Benner  Cove  on 
Socorro  Island. 

This  species,  which  Mason  found  occurring  as  scattered 
trees  on  drier  slopes  at  the  south  end  of  Socorro,  is  obviously 
related  to  B.  rhoifolia  (Benth.)  Johnston,  a  plant  widely  dis- 
tributed over  the  southern  parts  of  Lower  California  and  ad- 
jacent Sonora.  It  differs  from  the  peninsular  relative  in  having 
a  very  much  sparser  rather  obscure  pubescence,  subvernicose 
upper  leaf-surfaces,  and  very  elongate  inflorescences. 

Euphorbiace^e 
56.     Croton  masonii  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

Shrub  3-25  dm.  tall;  bark  rough,  deciduous;  twigs  pallid, 
copiously  stellate-tomentose,  eglandular,  the  trichomes  consist- 
ing of  a  well  developed  erect  or  ascending  axis  and  numerous 
short  appressed  radiate  branches;  leaves  ovate  to  lance-ovate, 
1.5-3.5  times  as  long  as  broad,  2.5-7  cm.  long,  1.5-4  cm.  broad, 
broadest  below  the  middle,  not  at  all  lobed,  palmately  5-costate 
at  base  although  practically  pinnate  in  venation,  lacking  lami- 
nar or  petiolar  glands,  base  rounded  or  somewhat  truncate, 
apex  acute  or  acuminate,  margin  denticulate,  upper  surface 
with  impressed  ribs  and  veins  and  green  or  somewhat  grayish 
with  a  fine  stellate  pubescence,  under  surface  densely  white 
stellate-tomentose  with  prominent  ribs  and  primary  veins  and 
prominulent  secondary  veins ;  petiole  5-20  mm.  long,  a  fifth  to 
a  sixth  the  length  of  the  blade,  pallid  with  a  stellate  tomentum ; 
stipules  subulate,  caducous,  pallid  and  tomentose,  3-5  mm. 
long;  inflorescence  usually  terminating  short  leafy  branchlet?. 
racemose,  usually  6-12  cm.  long,  a  centimeter  or  less  thick, 
bisexual,  rarely  branched  towards  the  base;  bracts  linear, 
3-5  mm.  long;  staminate  flowers  usually  25-70  in  each  raceme; 
pedicels  3-5  mm.  long;  buds  subglobose  ca.  2  mm.  thick,  white 


68  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

stellate  tomentose ;  calyx  cut  two-thirds  to  base  into  5  triangu- 
lar-ovate lobes;  petals  5,  surpassing  the  calyx,  ca.  3.5  mm. 
long,  ca.  1.3  mm.  wide,  oblanceolate,  obtusish,  inner  face  evi- 
dently simple-villous  especially  below  the  middle,  outer  face 
somewhat  stellate;  stamens  10-15,  ca.  3  mm.  long,  villous 
especially  towards  the  base;  glands  5  on  the  edge  of  the  villous 
receptacle  opposite  the  sepals;  pistillate  flowers  1-20,  replacing 
the  staminate  flowers  towards  the  base  of  the  racemes,  sub- 
sessile;  buds  angulate,  ovoid  with  an  obtuse  or  truncate  apex, 
ca.  2.5  mm.  long,  stellate-tomentose  inside  and  out;  petals 
represented  by  glands  or  very  rarely  with  one  or  more  de- 
veloping and  becoming  1.5-2  mm.  long  and  linear  with  a 
lacerate  or  villous  margin;  calyx  lobed  to  well  beyond  the 
middle,  the  sinus  somewhat  plicate;  calyx-lobes  5,  somewhat 
oblong,  thickish,  acute,  decidedly  accrescent  and  persistent  at 
maturity,  becoming  4-5  mm.  long  and  evidently  embracing  the 
fruit;  ovary  ovoid-globose,  ca.  1.5  mm.  thick,  densely  stellate; 
capsule  3-celled,  6-8  mm.  long,  stellate  tomentose,  apex  obtuse 
or  truncate;  styles  3,  each  2  mm.  long  and  parted  to  the  base, 
the  divisions  each  forked  at  their  middle,  stellate  on  the  outer 
face;  seeds  4-5  mm.  long. 

Type:  No.  186600,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
5,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1637)  on  the  east  slope  of 
Socorro  Island. 

This  very  distinct  endemic  of  Socorro  has  the  general  facies 
of  the  widely  distributed  Mexican  C.  cortesianus  HBK.,  but 
differs  not  only  in  such  details  as  having  the  upper  surface  of 
the  palmately  ribbed  leaves  stellate  rather  than  glabrous  but 
also  in  the  striking  and  important  development  of  having  the 
calyx  of  the  female  flowers  persistent,  strongly  accrescent  and 
eventually  quite  embracing  the  fruit.  In  fact  the  persistent, 
conspicuously  accrescent  calyces  of  C.  masonii  distinguish  it 
quickly  and  decisively  from  all  but  a  very  small  number  of  the 
American  species  of  this  large  genus,  none  of  which  seem  very 
closely  related  to  it.  Although  the  relations  of  the  island  plant 
are  obscure,  in  general  they  seem  to  be  with  the  species  of 
southern  Mexico  and  adjacent  Central  America.  The  plant 
grows  in  dense  pure  stands  over  all  the  south  slope  of  Socorro, 
extending  from  sea-level  up  to  the  plateau  where  its  upper 
limit  is  abruptly  marked.   It  forms  almost  inpenetrable  thickets 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  ($) 

over  large  areas  and  was  one  of  the  most  trying  plants  for  the 
members  of  the  recent  expedition  since  it  was  necessary  to 
fight  a  passage  through  its  stands  in  order  to  get  anywhere  on 
the  island  from  the  anchorage.  Collections  of  it  have  been 
made  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (sine  no.),  Barkelew  (no.  180) 
and  Mason  (no.  1637).  It  is  reported  as  "Croton  sp."  by 
Brandegee,  Zoe  5  :  27  (1900). 

57.    Acalypha  umbrosa  Brandg. 

Acalypha  umbrosa  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  7  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27  (1900);  Standley, 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  630  (1923);  Pax  &  Hoffm.  Pflanzenr. 
[Heft  85]  Fam.  147,  pt.  16,  pg.  124  (1924). 

Known  only  from  Socorro  where  it  has  been  collected  by 
Anthony  (no.  375,  type),  Barkelew  (no.  206),  and  Mason. 
Mason  obtained  it  (no.  1623)  near  Grayson  Cove,  where  on 
the  burned-over  area  it  formed  a  common  small  bush 
4.5-6  dm.  tall,  and  later  (no.  1660)  recollected  it  near  the 
summit  of  the  island.  The  species  seem  to  be  polygamo- 
dioecious.  Most  of  the  material  seems  to  have  axillary  in- 
florescence consisting  of  a  few  pistillate  flowers  borne  on  the 
peduncle  of  the  dense  elongate  spike  of  staminate  flowers. 
Although  this  condition  seems  to  prevail,  I  found  that  some 
specimens  (in  one  case  a  single  branch  of  a  prevailingly  stami- 
nate specimen)  tend  to  be  predominately  if  not  exclusively 
pistillate.  These  forms  have  axillary  spikes  of  10-25  pistillate 
flowers  and,  apparently  late  in  the  season,  develop  a  distinctly 
terminal  pistillate  spike  also.  A  similar  variation  on  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  pistillate  and  staminate  flowers  is  to  be 
observed  in  A.  calif ornica  Benth.  That  latter  species,  which  is 
chiefly  peninsular,  is  probably  the  closest  relation  of 
C.  umbrosa. 

58.    Hippomane  mancinella  L. 

Hippomane  mancinella  L.  Sp.  PI.  1191  (1753);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  28  (1900); 
Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  649  (1923). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  388),  and  Mason 
(no.  1625).  At  Grayson  Cove  the  tree  is  said  to  be  locally 
abundant  and  to  form  a  small  grove  back  of  the  shore.  There 
are   many   interesting  and   conflicting   reports   regarding   the 


7Q  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

poisonous  qualities  of  this  plant,  cf.  Standley,  loc.  cit.  Mr. 
Mason's  observations  in  this  connection  are  of  some  interest. 
The  plant  has  been  reported  as  producing  very  severe  derma- 
titis. The  poisonous  qualities  of  its  fruit  have  been  repeatedly 
emphasized.  Dermatitis  was  produced  on  a  member  of  the 
Academy  expedition  who  came  in  contact  with  the  juice  of  a 
crushed  leaf.  The  wood,  however,  was  used  as  fuel  and  the 
shade  of  the  trees  was  enjoyed,  yet  no  other  case  of  dermatitis 
developed.  Sheep  were  noted  to  eat  the  leaves  and  parakeets 
to  break  open  the  fruits  and  eat  the  seeds.  With  this  example 
some  of  the  party  ate  the  seeds  and  found  them  to  have  a 
flavor  suggestive  of  that  of  black  walnuts.  The  species  fre- 
quents coasts  and  is  widely  distributed  in  the  West  Indian 
region.  Along  the  Pacific  Coast  it  is  known  from  Socorro  and 
the  Galapagos  Islands  and  on  the  mainland  from  southernmost 
Mexico  to  Ecuador. 


59.     Euphorbia  californica  Benth. 

Euphorbia  californica  Benth.  Bot.  Voy.  Sulphur  49  (1844);  Brandg.,  Zoe  5: 
27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (no.  413),  and  Mason 
(no.  1564).  Mason  notes  that  it  is  a  rather  succulent  shrubby 
plant  5-10  dm.  tall,  scattered  abundantly  in  the  brush  over  the 
island.  It  was  in  leafless  condition  the  last  of  April  when  he 
collected  it.  The  plant  also  grows  in  the  coastal  region  of 
Sinaloa,  Sonora,  and  southern  Lower  California. 


60.     Euphorbia  incerta  Brandg. 

Euphorbia  incerta  Brandg.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  2,  3:  171  (1891)  and 
Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  399), 
and  Barkelew  (no.  244).  The  species  is  known  only  from  a 
relatively  few  scattered  stations.  It  has  been  collected  in  the 
general  vicinity  of  La  Paz,  Lower  California,  and  at  Mazalan, 
Sinaloa,  and  on  the  Tres  Marias  and  Revillagigedo  islands. 
It  appears  to  grow  chiefly,  if  not  exclusively,  in  sands  along 
the  sea  shore. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  J\ 

61.    Euphorbia  anthonyi  Brandg. 

Euphorbia  anthonyi  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  7  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27  (1900);  Stand- 
ley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  602  (1923).  E.  darionensis 
Brandg.  Erythea  7:  7  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27  (1900).  Chamaesyce 
deppeana  Millsp.  Pub.  Field  Mus.,  Bot.  2:  409  (1916);  Johnston, 
Contr.  Gray  Herb.  68:  87  (1923). 

Although  there  has  been  some  attempt  in  the  past  to  dis- 
tinguish specifically  the  material  from  each  of  the  islands  in 
the  archipelago,  my  attempts  to  do  so  have  been  quite  unsuc- 
cessful. There  do  appear  to  be  certain  tendencies  that  are  cor- 
related with  certain  islands,  but  these  seem  too  indefinite  or 
too  trivial  to  justify,  certainly  at  this  time,  the  dignifying  of 
them  by  specific  recognition.  I  have  accordingly  placed  all  the 
material  from  the  islands,  of  this  general  relationship,  under 
E.  anthonyi.  Specimens  have  been  collected  on  Clarion  by 
Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  406,  type  of  E.  darionensis),  and 
Mason  (no.  1556)  ;  on  San  Benedicto  by  Anthony  (no.  369, 
type  of  E.  anthonyi),  Barkelew  (no.  174),  and  Mason  (no. 
1688)  ;  and  on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Barkelew  (nos.  204, 
204a),  and  Mason  (nos.  1600,  1671).  The  collections  from 
Clarion  and  San  Benedicto  show  little  variation  and  seem  very 
much  alike  except  that  those  from  Clarion  have  distinct  nar- 
row white  petaloid  appendages  on  the  involucre-glands,  where- 
as those  from  San  Benedicto  quite  lack  them.  As  the  material 
from  Socorro  also  lacks  appendaged  involucre-glands,  the 
form  from  Clarion  may  for  convenience  be  distinguished  as 
E.  anthonyi  var.  clarionensis  (Brandg.),  comb.  nov.  The  ma- 
terial assembled  from  Socorro  is  very  variable.  Some  of  it 
(Barkelew  204  and  Mason  1600)  is  as  robust  and  has  quite 
the  same  habit  as  that  from  San  Benedicto.  The  Socorro 
plants,  however,  tend  to  be  more  slender,  possibly  in  response 
to  more  favorable  conditions  found  on  that  island.  Some  of 
these  forms  (Townsend,  Barkelew  204a  and  Mason  1671) 
approach  in  habit  the  fruticulose  forms  of  E.  hypericifolia  L. 
Indeed  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  E.  anthonyi,  which  is  en- 
demic to  the  archipelago,  was  probably  derived  from  that 
species  or  some  other  closely  related  one  belonging  to  the  same 
plexus  of  puzzling  ill  defined  species.  These  latter  are  found 
throughout  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  future  collectors  on  the  islands  will 
watch  this  Euphorbia  for  variations  and  that  they  will  prepare 


72  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

more  than  a  single  collection  from  each  island.  Our  knowledge 
of  its  habit  of  growth  and  of  its  selection  of  habitats  is  very- 
meagre.  Mason  notes  that  on  Clarion  it  is  "common  among 
the  brush"  and  that  it  assumes  "shrubby  proportions  away 
from  the  sea"  and  becomes  prostrate  along  the  beach.  On  San 
Benedicto  he  reports  it  as  a  common  shrubby  prostrate  plant. 
Nothing  is  noted  regarding  its  habit,  habitats,  abundance  or 
variation  on  Socorro. 


AqUIFOLIACEvE 

62.     Ilex  socorroensis  Brandg. 

Ilex  socorroensis  Brandg.  Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Bot.  4:  90  (1910);  Standley,  Contr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  675  (1923). 

The  type  of  this  very  distinct  endemic  was  collected  on 
Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  179).  Mason  (no.  1634)  found  the 
species  on  the  east  slope  of  Socorro  where  it  becomes  ar- 
borescent, reaches  6  m.  in  height  and  forms  dense  thickets. 
The  flowers  are  given  as  white  and  4-5-merous.  The  species 
has  no  obvious  relations  in  Mexico  or  Central  America  and 
seems,  in  fact,  to  be  rather  evidently  related  to  /.  repanda  and 
its  immediate  relatives  in  the  West  Indies. 


Sapindace^e 
63.     Cardiospermum  halicacabum  L. 

Cardiospermum  halicacabum  L.  Sp.  PI.  366  (1753).    C.  palmeri  Vasey  &  Rose, 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  147  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  6:  27  (1900). 

Of  this  widely  distributed  and  very  variable  vine  of  the 
tropics  a  glabrous  form  has  been  collected  on  Clarion  by 
Mason  (no.  1591)  and  a  densely  pubescent  form  has  been  col- 
lected on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  379),  Barke- 
lew (no.  203),  and  Mason  (no.  1645).  The  pubescent  form 
of  Socorro  is  similar  to  plants  of  the  peninsula  and  of  the 
mainland  of  Mexico  that  have  been  referred  to  C.  palmeri 
Vasey  &  Rose,  and  to  C.  corindum  L.  These  plants  I  believe 
are  mere  phases  of  the  variable  and  very  widely  ranging  C. 
halicacabum.  It  is  interesting,  however,  that  Socorro  and 
Clarion  have  different  forms.   The  plants  on  these  islands  are 


Vol.  XX]      JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  J$ 

quite  similar  in  leaf-outline,  shape  of  fruit,  etc.  They  differ 
merely  in  that  one  is  densely  pubescent,  almost  velvety,  whereas 
the  other  is  quite  glabrous. 


64.     Sapindus  saponaria  L. 

Sapindus  saponaria  L.  Sp.  PI.  367  (1753).   Sapindus  sp.  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  146  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  6:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (sine  no.), 
and  Mason  (no.  1561).  Mason  reports  that  it  grows  there 
behind  the  beach  about  a  vernal  pool  and  that  it  forms  a  large 
thicket  used  by  the  Blue-faced  Booby  as  nesting  sites.  As 
many  as  ten  nests  were  frequently  found  in  a  single  plant.  It 
is  the  largest  shrub  on  the  island  growing  to  a  height  of  2-3  m. 
The  species  is  widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
America. 


65.     Dodonaea  viscosa  Jacq. 

Dodonaea  viscosa  Jacq.  Enum.  PI.  Carib.  19  (1760);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.  13:  146,  148  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

This  shrub,  which  is  very  widely  distributed  in  the  warmer 
parts  of  America,  has  been  collected  on  Socorro  by  Town- 
send,  Anthony  (no.  390),  and  Mason  (no.  1621)  and  on 
Clarion  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  412),  and  Mason  (nos. 
1551,  1577).  A  collection  by  Barkelew  (no.  188),  labeled  as 
from  San  Bendicto,  probably  also  came  from  Clarion  or  So- 
corro. According  to  Mason  the  shrub  grows  on  Clarion  at  the 
summit  of  sea-cliffs  where  its  dark  green  color  makes  it  a  very 
conspicuous  plant  against  the  prevailing  gray  color  of  the  mass 
of  the  vegetation  on  the  island. 


Sabiace^e 
66.      Meliosma  nesites  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

Tree  becoming  20  m.  tall;  branchlets  pale,  terete,  sparsely 
brownish  hispidulous  and  somewhat  glandular,  becoming 
glabrate ;  axillary  buds  brown  with  a  dense  pubescence ;  leaves 
alternate,  firmly  chartaceous;  blades  oblanceolate,  10-18  cm. 
long.  3-6  cm.  broad,  broadest  above  the  middle  and  then  con- 
November  18,  1931 


74  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

tracted  towards  both  ends,  glabrous  or  very  sparsely  and  ob- 
scurely pubescent  along  the  veins  and  in  the  vein-axils  beneath, 
apex  acuminate,  base  cuneate,  margin  somewhat  crisped  but 
quite  entire,  upper  surface  dark  green;  beneath  paler,  some- 
what lustrous,  midrib  prominent  and  producing  9-13  veins  on 
each  side,  veins  prominent,  arcuately  ascending,  arching  to  2-4 
mm.  from  the  leaf-margin,  tertiary  and  even  finer  veining  evi- 
dent and  reticulate;  petioles  8-11  mm.  long,  upper  half  slender, 
glabrous,  smooth  and  very  narrowly  winged,  lower  half 
coarse  thickened,  paler  and  somewhat  pubescent;  panicle 
axillary,  5-13  cm.  long,  sparsely  and  divaricately  branched, 
sparsely  brownish-hispidulous  and  somewhat  glandular,  lower 
branches  5-15  or  becoming  as  much  as  25  mm.  long;  pedicels 
ca.  1  mm.  long;  sepals  1-1.5  mm.  long,  glandular-ciliate,  orbi- 
cular-ovate, apex  obtuse  with  a  rounded  tip,  base  broad  and 
somewhat  auriculate,  the  3  inner  sepals  slightly  the  largest  and 
broadest;  petals  and  androecium  unknown;  disk  cupulate,  ca. 
0.6  mm.  high,  bearing  5-10  oblong  glandular  teeth,  closely  in- 
vesting the  lower  three-fifths  of  the  ovary;  ovary  2-celled, 
studded  with  short  appressed  glandular  hairs;  style  ca.  1.5  mm. 
long,  about  once  and  a  half  the  length  of  the  ovary;  fruit  pur- 
ple, on  pedicels  2-4  mm.  long ;  carpels  obliquely  subglobose,  ca. 
12  mm.  in  diameter,  usually  only  one  developing  from  each 
flower,  becoming  glabrous. 

Type:  No.  186617,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
5,  1925,'  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1627)  on  the  east  slope  of 
Socorro  Island. 

This  species  is  most  closely  related  to  M.  idiopoda  Blake  of 
Costa  Rica,  from  which  it  differs  in  its  more  elongate  leaves, 
sparse  spreading  pubescence  on  the  stems  and  leaves,  better  de- 
veloped and  deeper  floral  disk,  long  style,  and  glandular-stri- 
gose  ovary.  Along  with  M.  idiopoda  it  finds  its  relatives  in 
the  Costa  Rican  M.  glabrata  (Liebm.)  Urban  and  M.  tonduzii 
Donn.  Sm.  and  in  the  north  Panamanian  M.  panamensis 
Standley.  Meliosma  nesites  is,  accordingly,  an  outlying  mem- 
ber of  a  group  that  centers  in  Costa  Rica.  A  few  species  of 
the  genus  extend  from  the  Caribbean  islands  and  from  Central 
America  into  the  extreme  southern  parts  of  Mexico.  These 
Mexican  species,  however,  do  not  appear  to  be  immediately  re- 
lated to  our  island  plant. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  75 

RhAMNACEjE 

67.     Rhamnus  discolor  (Donn.  Sin.)  Rose 
Khamnits  discolor  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  8:  51  (1903). 

To  this  species  of  Central  America  and  southernmost 
Mexico  I  refer  material  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1667)  on 
rocky  forested  slopes  near  the  summit  of  Socorro.  This  ma- 
terial is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  type-collection  of  R.  disco- 
lor made  in  Guatemala,  the  chief  differences  being  that  the 
island  plants  have  glabrate  stems,  slightly  larger  leaves  that 
are  glabrous  above,  slightly  larger  flowers,  and  decidedly  hairy 
ovaries.  The  continental  plants  of  R.  discolor,  however,  are 
very  variable  in  these  as  well  as  other  characters  so  that  the 
Socorro  plants  fall  well  within  the  gamut  of  variation  well 
known  and  now  accepted  for  the  species. 


68.    Karwinskia  humboldtiana  (R.  &  S.)  Zucc. 

Karwinskia  humboldtiana  Zucc.  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Miinchen  2:  351  (1832); 
Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (sine  no.),  and  Mason 
(no.  1588).  The  latter  notes  that  it  is  a  large  shrub  or  small 
tree,  up  to  4.5  m.  tall.  The  species  is  a  variable  one  and  is 
found  in  most  parts  of  Mexico. 


TlLIACEyE 

69.    Triumfetta  socorrensis  Brandg. 

Triumfetta  socorrensis  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  1   (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27   (1900); 
Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  745  (1923). 

An  endemic  of  Socorro  originally  collected  and  described 
from  material  obtained  by  Anthony  (no.  378).  The  only  other 
collections  are  by  Barkelew  (no.  197)  and  Mason  (no.  1672). 
The  latter  obtained  it  near  Grayson  Cove  where  he  notes  that 
it  is  abundant  in  the  area  burnt  over  by  the  castaway  Grayson. 
The  plant  is  a  shrub  1-1.5  m.  tall.  The  species  is  a  very  dis- 
tinct one.  Its  immediate  relationships  are  quite  uncertain 
although  they  lie  probably  with  some  of  the  species  of  south- 
ern Mexico  or  northern  Central  America. 


J£  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Malvaceae 

70.     Abutilon  californicum  Benth. 

Abutilon  californicum  Benth.  Bot.  Voy.  Sulphur  8  (1844). 

A  rather  mature  specimen  from  Socorro  collected  by  Barke- 
lew  (no.  184)  seems  to  be  referable  to  this  Lower  Calif ornian 
species. 

71.     Sida  hederacea  (Dougl.)  Torr. 
Sida  hederacea  Torr.  ex  Gray,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  2,  4:  23  (1849). 

Forming  large  grayish  patches  about  a  dried  pool  back  of 
the  beach  on  Clarion  where  it  was  found  by  Mason  (no. 
1558).  Widely  distributed  in  saline  or  alkaline  soils  in  western 
United  States  but  somewhat  less  commonly  in  Mexico  where 
it  extends,  apparently  through  the  eastern  parts  of  that  coun- 
try, south  to  Oaxaca.  On  the  Pacific  coast  of  Mexico  it  is  rare 
or  absent  for  I  have  seen  no  material  from  south  of  Lower 
California. 

72.     Sida  rhombifolia  L. 

Sida  rhombifolia  L.  Sp.  PI.  684  (1753). 

Collected  by  Barkelew  (no.  232)  on  Socorro.  The  species 
is  generally  distributed  through  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

73.     Sida  nesogena  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

Slender  strictly  branched  shrub  up  to  8  dm.  tall ;  stems 
sparsely  stellate,  copiously  short  glandular-villous ;  leaves  ovate 
to  lance-ovate,  1.5-3.5  cm.  long,  10-18  mm.  wide,  palmately 
5-costate,  densely  glandular-stellate,  even  velvety  when  young, 
irregularly  serrate,  frequently  somewhat  3-lobed,  paler  be- 
neath, apex  acute  or  somewhat  acuminate,  base  rounded  or 
cordate;  petioles  5-15  mm.  long,  slender,  sparsely  stellate,  glan- 
dular-villous; flowers  axillary,  solitary  or  grouped  in  short- 
pedunculate  few-flowered  cymose  clusters,  borne  along  the 
upper  parts  of  the  stem  and  together  forming  an  elongate 
leafy  panicle  1-2  dm.  long;  mature  calyx  glandular-villous, 
4-5  mm.  long,  angulate,  cut  to  beyond  the  middle;  lobes  as- 
cending, acute  to  shortly  acuminate;  corollas  orange-yellow; 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  jj 

carpels  5,  nearly  3  mm.  long,  inner  face  reticulate  and 
glabrous;  back  of  carpels  convex,  thickened  on  the  margins 
and  down  the  middle,  obscurely  glandular,  armed  (particu- 
larly along  the  thickened  midpart)  with  short  coarse  antrorse 
usually  falcate  hairs;  sterile  parts  of  carpels  obliquely  ovate  or 
narrowly  deltoid,  well  developed,  not  united,  armed  with 
numerous  short  stiff  antrorse  hairs,  apex  acute  or  obtusish,  not 
beaked;  seeds  dark  brown,  smooth,  glabrous,  ca.  1.3  mm.  long. 

Type:    No.  186605,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 

4,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1613)  among  brush  and  coarse 
grass  at  about  160  m.  alt.  in  the  hills  back  of  Grayson  Cove, 
Socorro  Island. 

This  species,  which  is  known  only  from  the  overly  mature 
collection  cited  above,  is  related  to  both  5.  glutinosa  Commers. 
and  6".  glabra  Mill.  From  S.  glutinosa  it  differs  in  having  un- 
appendaged  carpels,  orange-yellow  corollas,  and  an  indument 
on  stems,  pedicels,  petioles  and  calyces  which  is  almost  exclu- 
sively glandular-villous  and  only  sparsely  stellate.  From  6". 
glabra  it  differs  in  its  conspicuous  and  quite  copious  glandular 
indument,  and  coarsely  short-hairy  carpels.  On  the  whole  I 
am  inclined  to  believe  that  S\  nesogena  is  closest  to  S.  glabra, 
particularly  to  the  form  from  western  Mexico  described  as 

5.  alamosana  Wats.  The  island  plant,  however,  differs  so 
strikingly  in  the  amount,  kind  and  distribution  of  its  pubes- 
cence that  I  am  quite  unwilling  to  assign  it  to  that  species  even 
as  a  variety.  The  carpels  of  5\  nesogena  are  provided  with 
short  stout  antrorse  hairs.  I  have  found  no  similar  develop- 
ment in  either  5\  glabra  or  S.  glutinosa. 

74.     Gossypium  hirsutum  L. 

Gossypium  hirsutum  L.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  2,  975  (1763).     G.  barbadense  of  Brandg. 
Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

A  collection  of  this  cotton,  showing  flowers  and  fruit,  has 
been  made  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (sine  no.).  The  species  is 
widely  distributed  in  tropical  America.  It  is  cultivated  but  is 
not  uncommon  in  the  wild  or  semi-wild  state.  Nothing  being 
on  record  regarding  the  conditions  under  which  Anthony  col- 
lected it  on  Socorro,  I  have  questionably  accepted  it  as  part 
of  the  indigenous  flora  rather  than  a  recent  man-assisted 
adventive. 


73  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

StERCULIACE^E 

75.  Melochia  pyramidata  L. 

Melochia  pyramidata  L.  Sp.  PI.  674  (1753);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Material  of  this  species  has  been  collected  on  Clarion  by 
Anthony  (no.  408)  and  Mason  (no.  1560)  and,  if  we  are  to 
believe  the  label,  also  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  247). 
Mason  found  it  growing  abundantly  along  the  bottoms  of  dry 
gulches.    The  species  is  very  widely  distributed  in  the  tropics. 

76.  Waltheria  americana  L. 

Waltheria  americana  L.  Sp.  PI.  673  (1753);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.  13:  146-7  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  381), 
Barkelew  (no.  222)  and  Mason  (no.  1646).  On  Clarion  col- 
lections have  been  obtained  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (sine  no.) 
and  Mason  (no.  1557).  On  Socorro  Mason  obtained  his  ma- 
terial at  Bathurst  Bay  and  notes  that  the  plant  is  of  "general 
distribution  on  the  west  side  of  the  island  where  mixed  vegeta- 
tion prevails".  He  notes  that  on  Clarion  it  is  abundant  on  sea- 
cliffs  and  that  a  less  common  depressed  form  is  prevalent  on 
the  beach.  The  species  is  generally  distributed  in  Mexico  and 
in  other  warmer  parts  of  the  World. 

GUTTIFER^ 

77.     Hypericum  eastwoodianum  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

A  glabrous  perennial  becoming  much  branched  and  de- 
cidedly fruticose,  2-5  dm.  tall,  usually  rather  strict;  stems 
erect  or  ascending,  at  first  green  and  quadricostate  but  with 
age  becoming  more  or  less  terete  and  developing  a  smooth 
russet  bark  that  on  the  oldest  parts  becomes  broken  and  rough ; 
leaves  decidedly  elongate,  6-12  times  as  long  as  broad,  except 
below  the  inflorescence  usually  2  or  more  times  the  length  of 
the  internodes,  margins  revolute,  upper  surface  green  and 
under  high  magnification  regularly  papillate-tessellate,  under 
surface  glaucous,  sparsely  pellucid-punctate  and  with  an  evident 
midrib  but  no  veins,  apex  acute  or  obtusish,  blade  contracted 
in  the  lower  third  of  its  length  to  a  rather  narrow  sessile  base, 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAG1GEDO  ISLANDS  79 

the  larger  leaves  on  the  main  stems  becoming  2.5-3  cm.  long 
and  3-6  mm.  wide  but  those  on  the  twigs  and  younger  parts 
(which  form  most  of  the  foliage)  1-2  cm.  long  and  ca.  2  mm. 
wide  although  appearing  narrow  because  of  their  revolute 
margins;  inflorescence  terminal,  a  dichasial  cyme  with  ascend- 
ing or  even  strictly  ascending  branches,  simple  or  less  com- 
monly compound,  5-30-flowered ;  peduncles  1-2  cm.  long; 
bracts  linear,  acute,  5  mm.  long  or  less;  pedicels  slender, 
strictly  ascending,  2-4  mm.  long;  sepals  at  anthesis  ca.  4  mm. 
long,  strictly  ascending,  herbaceous,  more  or  less  evidently 
3-7-nerved,  slightly  unequal,  larger  ones  broadly  oblanceolate 
or  oblong,  acute,  ca.  1.5  mm.  wide,  in  age  somewhat  accrescent 
and  becoming  as  much  as  5  or  even  6  mm.  long;  petals  ob- 
lanceolate, ca.  6  mm.  long  or  possibly  a  little  longer,  apex 
rounded;  stamens  free,  40-50;  ovary  at  anthesis  ovoid-ellip- 
soid, 2  mm.  long,  surmounted  by  3  slender  styles  ca.  1.5  mm. 
long;  capsule  attenuate,  4-4.5  mm.  long,  scarcely  if  at  all  sur- 
passing the  calyx. 

Type:  No.  186606,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
4,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1614)  from  sheltered  places  on 
cliff-faces  at  Grayson  Cove,  Socorro  Island. 

This  species  has  been  collected  also  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew 
(no.  229).  The  exact  relations  of  this  insular  endemic  are 
uncertain.  It  falls  into  the  subsection  Spachium  of  Keller, 
E.  &  P.  Nat.  Pflanzenf.  ed  2,  21:  181-2  (1925),  and  in  the 
group  in  his  synopsis  numbered  a/3111 2XX.  It  is  particularly 
well  marked  by  its  very  short,  scarcely  if  at  all  exerted  cap- 
sules, shrubby  habit  and  abundant  foliage.  These  characters 
and  its  more  abundant  stamens  separate  it  from  H.  canadense 
L.,  H.  chilense  Gay  and  H.  caespitosum  C.  &  S.,  to  which  it 
works  out  in  the  key  to  the  section  Brathys  given  by  Keller, 
Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  ser.  2,  8:  180  (1908).  The  specific  distinct- 
ness of  this  plant  of  Socorro  was  long  ago  recognized  by  Miss 
Alice  Eastwood,  as  shown  by  the  unpublished  manuscript 
name  under  which  Barkelew's  collections  have  been  dis- 
tributed. The  name  she  selected,  however,  is  no  longer  avail- 
able since  it  has  appeared  in  botanical  literature  applied  to  a 
very  different  plant  of  Corsica.  I  find  it  hence  eminently  fitting 
as  well  as  a  great  pleasure  to  associate  the  name  of  my  kind 
and  very  good  friend  with  this  well  marked  species. 


gO  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Cactace^e 

78.  Opuntia  sp.  vel  spp. 

Although  one  of  the  flat-jointed  species  of  this  genus  is  the 
most  notorious  plant  of  Clarion,  where  its  abundant  growth 
makes  almost  impassable  large  areas  on  the  south  side  of  the 
island,  no  specimens  of  it  have  been  collected  and  preserved 
for  study.  The  same  species  or  one  of  similar  habit  is  also 
known  from  Socorro.  On  the  latter  island,  however,  the 
cactus  patches  are  apparently  less  extensive.  Accounts  of  So- 
corro have  scarcely  any  mention  of  them.  No  cactus  has  been 
reported  from  San  Benedicto.  While  the  island  Opuntias  may 
represent  species  known  from  Lower  California  or  the  Mexi- 
can mainland,  it  is  more  probable  that  they  represent  one  or 
more  endemic  species  that  are,  hence,  undescribed  and  un- 
named. It  is  to  be  hoped  that  future  collectors  on  the  islands 
will  obtain  good  specimens  of  these  conspicuous  plants.  The 
slabs  of  the  cactus  if  split  longitudinally  may  be  dried  like  an 
ordinary  plant.  Needless  to  say  flowers  and  fruit  should  also 
be  preserved.  Good  photographs  of  the  whole  plant  and  of  a 
flowering  slab  would  materially  assist  in  making  the  determi- 
nation in  this  excessively  large  and  difficult  genus. 

COMBRETACE^E 

79.  Conocarpus  erecta  L. 

Conocarpus  erecta  L.,  Sp.  PI.  176  (1753);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  397)  and  Barkelew 
(no.  242).  This  widely  dispersed  American  strand-tree  ranges 
on  the  Pacific  coast  from  southern  Lower  California  south  to 
Ecuador  and  the  Galapagos  Islands. 

Myrtace^e 

80.     Psidium  galapageium  Hook.  f. 

Psidium  galapageium  Hook,  f.,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London  20:  224  (1847). 

Doubtfully  to  this  species,  which  has  been  considered  en- 
demic to  the  Galapagos  Islands,  I  refer  material  collected  near 
Grayson  Cove  on  Socorro  by  Mason  (no.  1676).  It  is  a  tree 
3-9  m.  tall,  growing  on  the  forest  border  scattered  in  groves 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  %\ 

of  Fiats  and  Bumelia.  The  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate  leaves 
are  3-5.5  cm.  long  and  11-19  mm.  broad  and  are  acute  at  both 
ends.  Both  surfaces  are  minutely  brownish  pilose.  The  twigs 
are  also  brownish  pilose,  usually  rather  copiously  so  and 
slightly  glandular.  The  Galapagos  plants  are  rather  variable 
in  the  amount  and  distribution  of  their  pubescence  but  some 
forms  are  exceedingly  similar  to  the  Socorro  plants  in  this 
regard.  In  most  of  the  Galapagos  material  the  leaves  are 
slightly  less  elongate.  The  leaf-texture,  however,  is  quite  simi- 
lar to  that  found  in  our  plants.  The  length  position  and  indu- 
ment  of  the  peduncles,  the  size  shape  and  position  of  the 
flower-buds,  as  well  as  the  apically  slightly  free  sepal-tips  are 
quite  alike  in  both  the  Socorro  and  Galapagos  specimens. 
Unless  both  the  Galapagos  and  Socorro  plants  represent  insu- 
lar modifications  of  some  small-flowered,  small-leaved  conti- 
nental plant  that  I  have  failed  to  recognize,  I  see  no  other 
course  than  to  indicate  a  direct  specific  relationship  between 
the  guavas  of  these  far-separated  archipelagos.  No  pubescent, 
small-flowered,  small-leaved  species  of  Psidium  has  been  re- 
ported from  Mexico  or  Central  America. 

Probably  conspecific  with  Mason's  collections  are  those  made 
on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  396)  and  Barkelew  (sine  no.). 
Their  material  is  very  much  more  mature.  There  are  com- 
pletely developed  fruits  but  no  buds  or  flowers.  The  foliage  is 
matured  and  partly  deciduous.  As  far  as  can  be  compared 
the  collections  of  Anthony  and  Barkelew  differ  from  those  of 
Mason  chiefly  in  having  the  indument  on  the  firmer  leaves 
almost  all  deciduous,  a  difference  which  is  almost  certainly  as- 
sociated with  their  advanced  state  of  maturity. 

81.     Psidium  socorrense  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

Shrub  3-12  dm.  tall;  branches  sub  terete,  rather  copiously 
brownish  short-pilose;  leaves  ovate-oblong  to  ovate-elliptic, 
about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  4-5.5  cm.  long,  15-30  mm. 
broad,  pellucidly  punctate,  distinctly  brownish  pilose  on  the 
midrib  and  veins  but  elsewhere  sparsely  pubescent,  apex  acute 
or  short  acuminate,  base  rounded  or  obtuse,  margins  slightly 
revolute,  above  dark  green  with  weakly  impressed  veins, 
secondary  venation  obscure,  petioles  usually  ca.  5  mm.  long; 
peduncles  ascending,  solitary  in  the  axils,  one-flowered,  1-1.5 


82  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

cm.  long,  brownish  pilose;  flower  buds  becoming  9  mm.  long, 
ca.  4.5  mm.  thick,  subsessile;  bracteoles  2,  linear,  3-4  mm. 
long,  ca.  0.5  mm.  wide,  caducous;  calyx  before  anthesis  com- 
pletely closed,  the  apex  apiculate;  sepals  concave,  suborbicular, 
ca.  5  mm.  long,  subcoriaceous,  inner  surface  distinctly  glandu- 
lar strigose,  the  tips  not  free  in  the  bud ;  petals  white,  concave, 
obovate,  5-6  mm.  long,  4  mm.  wide,  prominently  gland-dotted, 
apex  rounded,  margin  more  or  less  definitely  antrorse-ciliate ; 
stamens  3-4  mm.  long,  glabrous;  anthers  0.75  mm.  long;  sta- 
minal  disk  puberulent;  style  ca.  5  mm.  long,  below  the  middle 
sparsely  appressed  long-villous ;  stigma  small ;  ovary  pubescent, 
3-celled;  fruit  glabrate,  purple,  obovoid  or  globular  ovoid, 
13-15  mm.  long,  11-12  mm.  thick,  producing  several  seeds  in 
each  cell ;  seeds  angular  and  compressed,  ca.  5  mm.  long. 

Type:  No.  186614,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
5,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1639)  on  the  east  slope  of 
Socorro  Island. 

This  interesting  shrub  is  very  closely  related  to  P.  gala- 
pageium  and  perhaps  may  be  only  a  phase  of  it  differing  in 
its  much  broader  leaves,  slightly  less  dense  eglandular  indu- 
ment,  villous  style,  more  definitely  ciliate  petals  and  distinctly 
united  sepal  tips.  In  P.  galapageium  the  tips  of  the  sepals  in 
the  mature  bud  are  distinctly  free,  but  in  P.  socorrense  they 
are  united  to  form  a  terminal  mucronate  tip  for  the  unopened 
bud.  According  to  Mason  P.  socorrense  is  abundant  in  pure 
open  stands  on  the  plateau  of  Socorro.  It  seems  to  be  con- 
fined to  level  areas. 


Araliace^; 
82.     Oreopanax  xalapense  (HBK.)  Decsne.  &  Planch. 
Oreopanax  xalapense  Decsne.  &  Planch.  Rev.  Hort.  ser.  4,  3:  108  (1854). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  230)  and  Mason 
(no.  1626).  Mason  reports  that  it  is  a  slender  tree  3-4.5  m. 
tall  growing  in  a  forested  valley  near  the  summit  of  Mt. 
Evermann.  The  plant  grows  in  the  shade  of  larger  trees. 
Off  the  island  it  is  known  in  southern  Mexico  (Jalisco)  and 
south  into  Guatemala. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  g3 

Sapotace^e 

83.     Bumelia  socorrensis  Brandg. 

Bumelia  socorrensis  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  106  (1901);  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  23:  1118  (1924).    Bumelia  sp.  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (sine  no.;  type),  Barke- 
lew  (no.  190)  and  Mason  (no.  1638).  Mason  notes  that  it  is 
a  large  beautiful  dark-green  tree  6-12  m.  tall.  It  grows  scat- 
tered on  rocky  outcrops  near  the  summit  of  the  island  but  gets 
its  best  development  along  the  forest  border.  The  flowers  are 
white  and  fragrant.  The  fleshy  dark  blue  drupes  have  a 
slightly  milky  juice  and  are  very  sweet  and  palatable.  They 
are  a  source  of  food  for  thousands  of  birds  on  the  island, 
being  particularly  relished  by  the  parakeets  and  pigeons.  The 
affinities  of  the  species  are  quite  uncertain. 

Oleace^e 
84.     Forestiera  rhamnifolia  Griseb. 
Forestiera  rhamnifolia  Griseb.  Cat.  PI.  Cub.  169  (1866). 

Material,  representing  either  this  species  or  a  very  closely 
related  endemic  one,  has  been  collected  on  Socorro  by  Barke- 
lew  (no.  220)  and  Mason  (no.  1657).  It  is  said  to  be  a  small 
tree  and  to  grow  near  the  summit  of  the  island.  Barkelew's 
collections  are  sterile  and  Mason's  have  only  blighted  fascicles 
of  staminate  flowers.  As  far  as  comparisons  can  be  made, 
however,  the  Socorro  plant  seems  quite  inseparable  from 
F.  rhamnifolia,  a  species  known  only  from  the  West  Indies 
and  from  a  collection  on  the  mainland  near  Vera  Cruz, 
Mexico.  The  plant  consequently  belongs  with  Adiantopsis, 
Paspalnm,  Sporobolus,  Plenrothallis  and  Ilex  as  part  of  the 
clear-cut  Caribbean  element  in  the  Socorro  flora.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  the  next  collector  on  the  island  will  make  particu- 
lar effort  to  procure  good  flowering  and  fruiting  material  of 
this  very  interesting  plant. 

AsCLEPIADACEyE 

85.     Metastelma  sp. 

Apparently  referable  to  this  genus  is  a  collection  made  on 
Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  217).  The  material,  however,  is  ex- 


84  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

cessively  mature  having  lost  not  only  all  flowers  and  fruit  but 
almost  all  its  leaves  as  well.  Until  better  material  is  collected 
the  identity  of  the  species  must  remain  unknown.  In  gross 
habit  the  plant  suggests  various  species  of  Mexico. 


CONVOLVULACE^E 

86.     Ipomoea  triloba  L. 

Ipomoea  triloba  L.  Sp.  PI.  161  (1753). 

Collected  by  Mason  (no.  1644)  at  Bathurst  Bay  on  Socorro. 
The  plant  grew  near  the  beach  in  a  cactus  patch  where  it  was 
protected  from  the  ravages  of  sheep.  The  material  is  very 
mature,  but  except  that  the  peduncles  are  shorter  than  is  com- 
mon in  the  species,  seems  to  be  clearly  referable  to  /.  triloba. 
The  species  is  widely  distributed  in  warmer  parts  of  America. 

87.     Ipomoea  pes-caprae   (L.)   Sweet 

Ipomoea  pes-caprae  Sweet,  Hort.  Suburb.  Lond.  35  (1818). 

This  pan-tropic  strand-plant  has  been  collected  on  Socorro 
by  Anthony  (sine  no.),  Barkelew  (no.  194)  and  Mason  (no. 
1673).  The  latter  found  it  at  Grayson  Cove  where  it  is  said 
to  be  not  uncommon.  On  San  Benedicto,  Mason  (no.  1686) 
found  it  only  on  the  north  slope  of  the  island  and  well  up  on 
the  ridge.  On  Clarion  he  (no.  1559)  found  it  common  on  the 
beaches  and  developing  stems  10-15  m.  in  length.  The  plant  is 
very  widely  distributed  on  beaches  through  most  of  the  tropics. 
On  the  Pacific  side  of  America  it  extends  from  Lower  Cali- 
fornia and  Sonora  south  to  Ecuador.  It  occurs  on  all  the 
islands  off  that  coast. 

88.     Ipomoea  cathartica  Poir. 

Ipomoea  cathartica  Poir.  Encyc.  Suppl.  4:  633  (1816);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 
Ipomoea  sp.  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  146  (1891). 

One  of  the  conspicuous  plants  on  Clarion  where  it  has  been 
collected  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  403  in  pt.)  and  Mason 
(no.  1568).  Most  of  the  collected  material  represents  the 
glabrous  form  of  this  variable  species.    Anthony's  collection, 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  g5 

however,  which  consists  of  a  mixture  of  /.  halierca  and 
/.  cathartica,  shows  (at  least  in  the  specimens  at  the  Gray 
Herbarium)  two  forms  of  the  latter,  i.  e.  the  common  glabrous 
form  as  well  as  a  strigose  form  (or  possibly  even  a  hybrid- 
cross  with  /.  halierca)  not  obtained  by  other  collectors  on  the 
island.  There  yet  remains  for  consideration  a  collection  made 
by  Barkelew  (no.  245).  At  the  Gray  Herbarium  and  the  Na- 
tional Herbarium  this  is  also  a  mixture  consisting  of  /.  hali- 
erca and  the  ordinary  glabrous  form  of  /.  cathartica.  It  is 
labeled  as  from  Socorro.  As  both  of  these  species  are  common 
and  very  conspicuous  plants  on  Clarion  where  Barkelew  is 
known  to  have  collected  and  since  neither  of  them  has  been 
collected  by  others  on  Socorro,  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  these 
morning  glories,  along  with  a  number  of  other  collections  of 
Barkelew,  really  came  from  Clarion  and  were  somehow  mis- 
labeled. Mason  notes  that  /.  cathartica  is  common  throughout 
the  brush  on  the  island.  The  corolla  is  given  as  being  bright 
blue  when  fresh. 


89.     Ipomoea  halierca  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

A  strong  perennial ;  stems  trailing  or  clambering,  only 
weakly  twining,  the  older  parts  becoming  shrubby,  the 
younger  leafy  stems  pallid  with  a  dense  almost  velvety  indu- 
ment  of  soft  spreading  or  antrorse  hairs  0.5-1  mm.  long; 
leaves  alternate;  petioles  ca.  2  mm.  thick,  2-5  cm.  long,  very 
densely  and  antrorsely  villous;  leaf-blades  very  firm  and 
thickish,  decidedly  cordate,  entire  or  rarely  shallowly  and 
broadly  3-lobed,  3-5  cm.  broad,  3.5-6  cm.  in  greatest  length, 
evidently  8-10  palmate-nerved,  covered  with  a  dense  and  more 
or  less  distinctly  velvety  indument  of  soft  pallid  somewhat 
appressed  hairs,  usually  with  a  silky  luster  particularly  be- 
neath, apex  broadly  acute  and  frequently  somewhat  acuminate, 
base  rounded  off  abruptly  into  the  conspicuous  open  ca.  1  cm. 
deep  sinus;  peduncles  axillary,  1.5-6  cm.  long,  villous,  simple 
and  umbellately  1-4-flowered  or  frequently  umbellately 
branched  with  umbellately  1-3-flowered  secondary  peduncles, 
erect  or  ascending,  5-30  mm.  long;  bracts  firm,  oblanceolate, 
0.7-1.5  cm.  long,  caducous;  pedicels  erect,  8-20  mm.  long; 
sepals  broadest  just  above  the  base,  firm  or  subherbaceous, 


gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

somewhat  canescent  with  a  fine  short  soft  appressed  pubes- 
cence ;  three  outer  sepals  lanceolate  to  quite  broadly  lanceolate, 
5-10  mm.  wide,  15-20  mm.  long,  acute  or  acuminate;  two 
inner  sepals  narrowly  lanceolate,  3-4  mm.  wide,  equalling  or 
slightly  shorter  than  the  outer  ones ;  corolla  blue,  drying  rose- 
purple,  funnel-form,  6-7.5  cm.  long  and  with  a  limb  about  as 
broad,  glabrate  or  sparsely  short-pilose  outside,  glabrous 
within;  lobes  semicircular,  ca.  3  cm.  broad;  tube  short,  in- 
cluded in  the  calyx,  ca.  6  mm.  long,  ca.  4  mm.  thick  at  the 
base,  ca.  6-7  mm.  thick  at  summit;  throat  well  developed, 
gradually  expanded;  filaments  affixed  in  the  tube,  strongly 
ciliate  at  the  base,  unequal,  the  two  longest  2-2.5  cm.  long; 
anthers  ca.  4  mm.  long,  affixed  in  the  sinus  of  their  deeply 
sagittate  base;  capsules  3-celled,  glabrous,  strongly  depressed, 
8-9  mm.  long,  ca.  1.2  mm.  thick,  surmounting  the  strongly  re- 
flexed  calyx-lobes ;  seeds  dull  black,  very  obscurely  puberulent. 

Type:  No.  186610,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  April 
26,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1553)  back  of  the  beach  near 
Sulphur  Bay,  Clarion  Island. 

This  species  has  been  collected  also  on  Clarion  by  Anthony 
(no.  403,  in  pt.).  In  addition  to  this,  there  is  a  collection  by 
Barkelew  (no.  245,  in  pt.).  The  Barkelew  collection  is  labeled 
as  from  Socorro,  but  as  I  have  intimated  in  the  discussion 
under  /.  cathartica,  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  it  actually  came 
from  Clarion.  On  Clarion,  according  to  Mason,  the  plant 
grows  above  the  beaches  and  climbs  over  bushes  and  cactus 
and  is  very  showy  because  of  its  large  blue  flowers.  The 
species  is  treated  in  the  monograph  by  House,  Annals  N.  Y. 
Acad.  Sci.  18:  201  (1908),  as  I.  villosa  R.  &  P.,  the  collec- 
tions of  Anthony  and  Barkelew  being  cited  under  that  name. 
I  am  unable  to  agree  with  House,  however,  that  our  island 
plant  is  referable  to  /.  villosa,  a  species  based  upon  material 
collected  in  the  Amazon  head-waters  of  north-central  Peru. 
Although  it  is  perhaps  generally  related  to  them,  I  am  also  un- 
able to  place  it  with  the  Hawaiian  /.  insularis  Choisy,  the 
Australian  /.  congesta  R.  Br.  or  the  Brazilian  Pharbitis  rosea 
Choisy,  the  species  which  House  cites  as  synonyms  of  /.  villosa 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  %J 

R.  &  P.  The  material  from  the  Revillagigedos  is  distinguished 
by  its  coarse  weakly  twining  habit,  rather  heavy  leaf-texture, 
very  copious  soft  velvety  more  or  less  lucent  indument,  its 
oblanceolate  bracts,  etc.  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  /.  halierca 
is  probably  derived  from  /.  mutabilis  Lindl.  of  southern  Mexi- 
co, a  species  which  differs  in  its  more  slender  more  twining 
habit,  narrower  more  attenuate  sepals,  and  narrower  as  well 
as  longer  bracts,  in  addition  to  having  leaves  which  are 
copiously  pubescent  only  beneath. 


90.     Cressa  truxillensis  HBK. 

Cressa  truxillensis  HBK.  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  3:  119  (1819).  C.  insularis  House, 
Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  CI.  33:  315  (1906).  C.  cretica  of  Brandg.  Zoe  5: 
27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (no.  409)  and  Mason 
(no.  1582)  and,  if  his  label  is  to  be  trusted,  on  Socorro  by 
Barkelew  (no.  252).  Mason  obtained  it  at  Sulphur  Bay 
where  it  grew  on  the  dried  bed  of  a  vernal  pool  from  which  it 
extended  out  onto  the  dunes.  The  species  ranges  from  western 
United  States  south  to  northern  Sinaloa  and  the  tip  of  Lower 
California  and  then  reappears  in  Peru  and  Chile. 


BORAGINACE^ 

91.     Cordia  brevispicata  Mart.  &  Gal. 

Cordia  brevispicata  Mart.  &  Gal.  Bull.  Acad.  Brux.  II2:  331  (1844).    C.  socor- 
rensis  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  5  (1898)  and  Zoe  6:  27  (1900). 

This  shrub  has  been  collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend, 
Anthony  (no.  384,  type),  Barkelew  (no.  182)  and  Mason 
(no.  1599).  Mason's  material  was  collected  on  slopes  near  the 
bottom  of  a  canon  near  Benner  Cove.  He  notes  that,  except 
on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  where  it  was  confined  to 
canon-bottoms,  the  shrub  is  a  common  one  on  the  brushy 
slopes.  The  species  is  generally  distributed  in  dryish  situations 
over  most  of  western  Mexico  extending  from  Lower  Cali- 
fornia to  Salvador. 


gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

92.     Tournefortia  hartwegiana  Steud. 
Tournefortia  hartwegiana  Steud.  Nom.  Bot.  ed.  2,  2:  693  (1841). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  191)  and  Mason 
(no.  1602).  Mason  collected  his  material  at  Benner  Cove  and 
notes  that  the  corollas  are  white  when  fresh  and  that  they 
darken  quickly  when  bruised.  It  was  found  on  north- facing 
hills  in  rather  dry  situations  and  was  not  uncommon.  The 
species  ranges  from  Lower  California  and  Sonora  south  to 
Oaxaca. 

93.     Heliotropium  curassavicum  L. 

Heliotropium  curassavicum  L.  Sp.  PI.  130  (1753);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  398)  and  Barkelew 
(no.  243)  and  on  Clarion  by  Mason  (no.  1570).  On  Clarion 
it  was  found  forming  a  distinct  zone  of  vegetation  about  the 
bed  of  a  vernal  pool  back  of  the  beach.  The  species  is  very 
widely  distributed  in  saline  or  alkaline  soils  throughout  most 
of  tropical  and  subtropical  America. 

• 

Verbenace^e* 

94.  Verbena  litoralis  HBK. 

Verbena  litoralis  HBK.  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  2:  276,  t.  137  (1818). 

Obtained  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  380),  Barkelew  (no. 
231)  and  Mason  (no.  1612).  The  last  mentioned  found  it 
near  Grayson  Cove  where  it  was  an  annual  or  biennial  3-10 
dm.  tall  and  had  bluish  white  flowers.  The  species  is  very 
widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of  America. 

95.  Lantana  involucrata  L. 

Lantana  involucrata  L.  Amoen.  Acad.  4:  319  (1756);  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.  13:  149  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Known  on  the  islands  only  from  a  collection  made  on  So- 
corro by  Townsend.  This  shrub  is  widely  distributed  in  tropi- 
cal America. 


Vol.  XX]      JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAG'.GEDO  ISLANDS  go. 

Labiate 

96.     Teucrium  townsendii  Vasey  &  Rose 

Teucrium  townsendii  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  146  (1890); 
Brandg.  Zoe  6:  27  (1900). 

This  species,  endemic  to  Clarion,  was  the  first  of  the  peculiar 
Revillagigedo  Teucria  to  be  described.  It  was  first  collected  by 
Townsend  but  subsequently  has  been  obtained  by  Anthony 
(no.  416)  and  Mason  (nos.  1573,  1583).  The  latter  collected 
two  forms,  an  erect  one  on  the  hills  west  of  Sulphur  Bay  (no. 
1573)  and  a  prostrate  and  more  succulent  one  "due  to  mari- 
time exposure''  on  the  summit  of  the  hill  just  east  of  Sulphur 
Bay  (no.  1583).  Although  good  corollas  were  not  collected 
their  color  is  noted  as  white. 

The  species  of  Teucrium  on  the  Revillagigedos  are  close 
and  critical  ones.  The  final  treatment  of  them  must  await  the 
time  when  carefully  collected  flowering  material  has  been  ob- 
tained from  all  the  islands.  At  present  we  must  judge  them 
by  their  gross  habit,  vegetative  characters,  and  fruiting  struc- 
tures. While  a  study  of  these  seems  to  indicate  the  presence 
of  a  recognizable  form  on  each  of  the  three  islands  it  has  not 
yielded  any  particularly  reliable  diagnostic  characters  nor  any 
that  are  quite  decisive.  Consequently  it  seems  not  improbable 
that  future  studv  will  show  the  relations  amon?  the  several 
insular  forms  is  varietal  rather  than  specific.  However,  until 
the  flowering  material  needful  for  the  solution  of  this  matter 
has  been  assembled,  it  seems  best  to  follow  past  usage  and  con- 
tinue to  recognize  the  Clarion  and  Socorro  plants  as  distinct 
species. 

The  island  species  of  Teucrium  are  clearly  insular  deriva- 
tives of  the  variable  T.  cube  use  L.,  a  species  which  ranges  in 
northern  and  eastern  Mexico,  the  West  Indies  and  southern 
parts  of  the  United  States,  and  which  on  Cedros  Island,  off 
the  middle  of  western  Lower  California,  has  given  rise  to 
T.  glandulosum  Kellogg,  another  insular  species  much  sug- 
gesting our  plants.  Although  the  Revillagigedo  species  seem 
most  like  the  one  on  Cedros  Island,  I  believe  that  the  simi- 
larity  is   due,   not  to   immediate   relationship  but  merely   to 

November  18,   1931 


90  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

similarity  in  responses  of  the  same  stock  to  isolation  under  an 
equitable  arid  insular  climate.  Our  plants  have  departed  much 
more  from  T.  cubense  than  has  the  plant  on  Cedros.  Teucrium 
cubense  is  apparently  absent  from  the  southern  half  of  Lower 
California  and  Sonora  and  from  the  states  of  western  Mexico 
to  the  south. 

97.     Teucrium  affine  Brandg. 
Teucrium  affine  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  6  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

This  species  is  known  only  from  the  type-collection  made  on 
Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  385).  Good  flowering  material  has 
not  been  obtained.  It  differs  from  T.  tozvnsendii  in  its  much 
more  slender,  more  elongate  leaves,  its  generally  more  slender 
and  loosely  branched  habit  and  in  its  perhaps  slightly  smaller 
less  rugose  nutlets  the  summit  of  which  produces  longer  and 
more  conspicuous  trichomes. 

98.     Teucrium  affine  Brandg.,  var.  dentosum  Johnston,  n.  var. 

Lower  than  typical  T.  affine  and  having  leaves  that  are 
usually  quite  evidently  toothed  and  nutlets  that  are  quite  lack- 
ing in  apical  trichomes. 

Type:  No.  186607,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
11,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1685)  on  San  Benedicto  Island. 

Collections  of  this  endemic  form  of  San  Benedicto  have 
been  made  by  Barkelew  (no.  170)  and  Mason  (no.  1685, 
type).  No  material  in  good  flower  was  obtained.  It  is  ob- 
viously most  closely  related  to  T.  affine  of  Socorro,  having  the 
loose  habit  and  narrow  leaves  of  the  species.  In  lacking  tri- 
chomes at  the  apex  of  its  nutlets  the  variety  differs  from  both 
the  Socorro  and  Clarion  plants. 

99.     Sphacele  hastata  Gray 

Sphacele  hastata  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  6:  341  (1862). 

Very  mature  material  of  what  most  certainly  seems  to  be 
this  species  was  collected  by  Mason  (no.  1658)  in  openings  in 
the  forest  near  the  summit  of  Socorro.    The  collector  notes  it 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  ()\ 

as  a  "foul  smelling"  plant  3-12  dm.  tall.  It  is  an  extremely- 
interesting  addition  to  the  known  flora  of  the  archipelago.  It 
appears  to  be  quite  like  the  plant  from  the  mountains  of  the 
Cape  Region  of  Lower  California  which  Brandegee,  Proc. 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  2,  3:  164  (1891),  accepted  as  S.  hastata. 
Previous  to  Brandegee's  discovery,  the  species,  which  is  a  very- 
distinct  and  well  marked  one,  was  considered  endemic  to  the 
mountains  of  Maui,  one  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  of  par- 
ticular interest  since  it  was  the  only  extra-American  member 
of  its  genus.  The  species  has  been  accepted  as  one  of  the 
American  elements  in  the  Hawaiian  flora.  No  doubt  seems  to 
have  been  cast  on  its  natural  occurrence  on  Maui.  Brandegee 
seems  to  have  thought  that  the  species  might  have  been  intro- 
duced through  the  agencies  of  man  into  Lower  California 
from  Hawaii  since  there  were  a  few  ranches  in  the  mountains 
not  far  from  the  places  in  which  he  found  the  plant.  It  seems 
extremely  improbable,  however,  that  the  horticultural  en- 
thusiasm of  the  owners  of  these  small  montane  cattle-ranches 
would  be  sufficiently  developed  to  warrant  us  in  assuming  that 
this  rankly  smelling  bush  from  the  mountains  of  a  mid-Pacific 
island  was  deliberately  introduced  as  an  ornamental  by  them. 
Brandegee  reported  it  from  two  mountain  ranges.  Observa- 
tions made  forty  years  later  by  Jones,  Contr.  W.  Bot.  15 :  152 
(1929),  show  the  plant  still  to  persist  in  the  same  region  and 
to  be  still  a  conspicuous  member  of  the  flora  there.  With  the 
discovery  of  S.  hastata  on  the  rarely  visited  Socorro  Island 
and  particularly  on  its  summit,  which  is  very  difficult  of 
access,  I  believe  that  we  may  now  accept  it  as  indigenous  in 
America,  for  certainly  the  human  factor  is  quite  eliminated  in 
accounting  for  its  presence  on  Socorro.  I  "believe  that  we  have 
in  the  peninsular  and  new  insular  station  remnants  of  a  past, 
more  general  dispersal  of  the  species  in  America,  where  it 
almost  certainly  evolved,  and  consequently  relics  of  the  origi- 
nal American  stock  that  produced  the  seeds  which,  by  some 
fortuitous  circumstance,  were  transported  to  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 


92  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

SOLANACE^ 

100.     Physalis  angulata  L. 

Physalis  angulata  L.  Sp.  PI.  183  (1753).  P.  aequata  of  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

Collected  on  Clarion  by  Anthony  (no.  411).  A  species 
widely  distributed  in  the  tropics  of  the  World.  In  America 
known  only  from  southeastern  United  States,  the  West  Indies, 
Central  America  and  South  America. 

101.     Physalis  sp. 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend  and  reported  by  Vasey 
&  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat  Mus.  13:  148  (1890),  as  possibly 
representing  the  Lower  Calif ornian  P.  glabra  Benth.  I  do  not 
believe  it  is  related  to  the  peninsular  species.  The  relations  of 
the  plant  seem  to  be,  in  a  general  way,  among  the  native 
small-flowered  species  of  Central  America  and  southern 
Mexico,  although  not  particularly  close  to  any  of  them.  When 
adequate  material  of  this  plant  is  collected  I  believe  it  will 
prove  to  be  an  insular  endemic.  Except  that  the  leaves  are 
quite  cordate  at  the  base  and  have  the  broad  blades  noticeably 
repand  it  might  pass  as  the  very  glabrous  form  of  P.  lagascae 
var.  glabrescens  Schulz,  Urb.  Symb.  Ant.  6:  147  (1909), 
which  has  been  cited  from  Mexico.  The  island  plant  is  an  in- 
teresting one  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  complete  and  generous 
collections  will  be  obtained  of  it. 

102.     Solanum  madrense  Fernald 
Solatium  madrense  Fernald,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  Sci.  35:  558  (1900). 

Growing  on  the  dry  rocky  slopes  along  the  forest  border 
near  the  summit  of  Socorro.  Mason  (no.  1659)  notes  that  it 
is  a  shrub  5-45  dm.  tall  and  that  it  is  not  common.  The  flowers 
are  given  as  large  and  white.  The  specimens  collected  are  in 
mature  fruit  and  agree  closely  with  6".  madrense,  a  species 
which  ranges,  primarily  on  the  Pacific  slope,  from  Sonora 
south  into  Central  America. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  93 

103.     Nicotiana  nesophila  Johnston,  n.  sp. 

Plant  with  a  grayish  indument  of  short  soft  hairs,  only 
moderately  viscid;  stems  3-8  dm.  long,  erect  or  ascending, 
usually  simple,  tending  to  be  somewhat  woody  towards  the 
base ;  leaves  gradually  but  distinctly  reduced  up  the  stem,  ovate 
to  elliptical,  apex  broadly  acute  to  somewhat  obtuse,  base 
obtuse  to  broadly  acute  and  more  or  less  oblique,  margins 
coarsely  and  irregularly  crenate  and  occasionally  even  irregu- 
larly lobulate,  usually  somewhat  crisped;  petioles  half  or 
almost  as  long  as  the  blades,  slender,  margined  for  their  length 
by  inconspicuous  (0.5-1  mm.  wide)  wings  which  are  distinctly 
dilated  (to  1-2  mm.  width)  just  above  the  petiole-base  and 
then  continue  as  herbaceous  decurrent  (1-1.5  mm.  wide)  leaf- 
bases  for  a  few  centimeters  down  the  stem;  lower  leaves  with 
blades  7-12  cm.  long  and  4-6.5  cm.  broad,  borne  on  slender 
petioles  5-8  cm.  long;  upper  leaves  (produced  just  below  the 
inflorescence)  2-3  cm.  long  and  1-2  cm.  broad,  borne  on 
petioles  1-2  cm.  long;  inflorescence  terminal,  copiously  flow- 
ered, loosely  branched,  a  short-cylindrical  or  obconic  panicle 
6-9  cm.  thick;  bracts  linear  to  lance-linear,  5-15  mm.  long, 
1-2  mm.  broad;  calyx  at  anthesis  cylindrical,  8-10  mm.  long, 
2.5-3  mm.  thick,  abruptly  rounded  at  the  base,  more  or  less 
definitely  10-costate,  lobes  erect  linear  2  mm.  long;  pedicels 
1-4  mm.  long,  erect;  calyx  at  maturity  slightly  accrescent  but 
greatly  distended  by  the  ovoid  fruit,  borne  on  thickened  erect 
or  ascending  pedicles  that  are  3-10  mm.  long;  corolla  ca. 
5  cm.  long;  tube  very  slender,  3-4  times  the  length  of  the 
calyx,  3.5-4  cm.  long,  1.5-2  mm.  thick;  throat  ca.  3  mm.  thick, 
ca.  5  mm.  long;  limb  white,  broadly  funnel  form,  ca.  2  cm.  in 
diameter,  with  5  broad  lobes  4-5  mm.  long,  sinus  broad  and 
open ;  filaments  affixed  in  the  throat,  ca.  0.7  mm.  long, 
glabrous ;  anthers  ca.  2  mm.  long,  included  in  the  throat ; 
stigma  clavate,  strongly  compressed ;  style  and  ovary  glabrous ; 
capsule  ovate.  5-6  mm.  thick,  8-10  mm.  long,  almost  com- 
pletely invested  by  the  distended  calyx-tube,  2-celled,  2-valved ; 
seeds  very  numerous,  ca.  0.5  mm.  long,  roughened  with  fine 
narrow  contorted  anastomosing  ridges  and  consequently  dis- 
tinctly but  irregularly  alveolate. 


94  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Type:  No.  186608,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
3,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1596)  in  alluvial  sands  at  mouth 
of  a  valley  near  Benner  Cove,  Socorro  Island. 

This  very  distinct  species  has  been  collected  also  on  Socorro 
by  Barkelew  (no.  199).  It  is  obviously  related  to  N.  stocktoni 
Brandg.  of  the  Revillagigedos  but  differs  decisively  in  its 
much  less  viscid  indument  of  paler  shorter  hairs,  in  its  incon- 
spicuously rather  than  very  conspicuously  winged  petioles,  and 
in  its  narrower  more  elongate  leaf-blades  which  are  obtuse  or 
broadly  acute  rather  than  strongly  cordate  or  reniform  at  the 
base.  The  new  species  has  also  more  strongly  crenate  leaf- 
margins.  Although  the  relationship  of  the  two  island  plants  is 
clear,  their  relations  outside  of  the  archipelago  are  quite 
obscure.  In  many  details,  however,  they  suggest  N.  repanda 
Willd.  and  particularly  so  in  the  form  of  the  corolla.  That 
species  is  a  small  annual  with  a  quite  different  inflorescence, 
habit,  indument,  etc.,  etc.  It  ranges  in  Texas  and  northeastern 
Mexico. 


104.     Nicotiana  stocktoni  Brandg. 

Nicotiana  stocktoni  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  6  (1898)  and  Zoe  5: 27  (1900).  N.  clari- 
onensis  Clausen,  Zeitschr.  f.  ind.  Amstamm.-  u.  Vererbungs- 
lehre,  Supplementband  1:  549  (1928);  East,  Bibliogr.  Genetica  4: 
249  and  251  (1928),  nomen. 

This  remarkable  species,  first  obtained  on  Anthony's  expedi- 
tion, was  based  upon  material  labeled  as  collected  by  Stockton 
(no.  382)  on  Socorro  Island.  Collections,  however,  which 
match  in  detail  those  obtained  by  Stockton  have  been  obtained 
by  Mason  (no.  1585)  from  among  the  rocks  of  an  old  lava 
flow  on  the  landward  side  and  towards  the  summit  of  the  hills 
just  east  of  Sulphur  Bay  on  Clarion.  As  both  Barkelew  and 
Mason  have  collected  the  distinct,  although  closely  related 
N.  nesophila  on  Socorro  and  since  it  seems  rather  unlikely  that 
two  such  closely  related  species  could  resist  hybridization  and 
retain  so  successfully  their  identity  on  a  single  island,  I  believe 
that  Stockton  probably  obtained  the  original  material  of 
N.  stocktoni  on  Clarion  rather  than  on  Socorro  as  has  been 
accepted.  If  this  is  the  case,  then  N.  nesophila  is  endemic  to 
Socorro  and  N.  stocktoni  to  Clarion.    Future  collectors  on  the 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  95 

islands  should  watch  the  tobaccos  closely  with  the  object  of 
ascertaining  whether  or  not  the  two  species  occur  on  a  single 
island  and  if  not  the  identity  of  the  species  characteristic  of 
each  island.  Mason  reports  that  N.  stocktoni  was  rare  on 
Clarion.  He  found  only  a  single  colony.  In  this,  the  plants 
were  not  abundant  although  they  were  reproducing  well,  since 
numerous  seedlings  were  observed. 

According  to  a  letter  received  from  Prof.  R.  E.  Clausen, 
the  material  which  he  studied  and  reported  upon  under  the 
name  of  N.  clarionensis  was  some  raised  from  seed  obtained 
on  Clarion  by  Mason.  As  Mason's  plants  from  Clarion  have 
been  directly  compared  in  detail  with  the  type-specimens  of 
N.  stocktoni  and  found  to  be  unquestionably  conspecific,  the 
name  N.  clarionensis  consequently  falls  into  the  synonymy  of 
Brandegee's  species.  The  binomial,  N.  clarionensis,  has  ap- 
peared only  in  genetical  literature,  and  there  only  as  a  bare 
name.  Dr.  Clausen  writes  that  his  work  on  the  plant  has  indi- 
cated a  close  relationship  with  N.  repanda,  as  shown  by  the 
fact  that  the  diploid  chromosome  number  is  24  in  both,  that 
they  produce  fully  fertile  Fi  hybrids  and  that  nearly,  if  not 
completely  regular  conjugation  and  distribution  of  chromo- 
somes occurs  in  the  F1  hybrids. 


105.     Cestrum  pacificum  Brandg. 

Cestrum  pacificum  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  6  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  28  (1900);  Standley, 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  1281  (1924). 

The  type  of  this  species  was  collected  on  Socorro  by 
Anthony  (no.  391)  where  subsequent  collections  have  been 
made  by  Barkelew  (no.  221)  and  Mason  (no.  1652).  Mason 
notes  that  it  is  a  large  shrub  or  small  tree  becoming  8  m.  in 
height.  It  grows  in  the  forested  area  near  the  summit  of  the 
island  and  is  not  very  common.  The  berries  are  purple.  The 
island  plant  is  very  closely  related  to  C.  lanatum  Mart.  &  Gal. 
which  ranges  from  Nayarit  southward  into  Central  America, 
and  may  be  no  more  than  an  insular  phase  of  that  species  with 
shorter  corollas. 


96  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ACANTHACE^E 

106.     Elytraria  squamosa  (Jacq.)   Lindau 

Elytraria  squamosa  (Jacq.)  Lindau,  Anal.  Inst.  Fis.  Geogr.  Costa  Rica  8:  299 
(1896).  E.  tridentata  Vahl;  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
13:  149  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1890). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend,  Anthony  (no.  392)  and 
Mason  (no.  1641).  The  last  mentioned  reports  that  it  is  fre- 
quent on  the  plateau  of  the  island  in  rather  barren  soils.  It  is 
a  very  widely  distributed  plant  in  the  American  tropics  and 
reaches  north  to  Arizona,  Texas  and  Florida. 

Rubiace^e 
107.     Chiococca  alba  (L.)  Hitchc. 
Chiococca  alba  (L.)  Hitchc.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  4:  94  (1893). 

With  some  doubt  I  refer  to  this  widely  distributed  species 
material  collected  on  Socorro  by  Barkelew  (no.  201)  and 
Mason  (no.  1611).  Barkelew's  collections 'are  sterile,  while 
Mason's  are  in  mature  fruit  and  have  what  seems  to  be 
blighted  buds.  These  buds  suggest  that  the  corolla  is  decidedly 
shorter  and  stouter,  and  has  much  less  elongate  lobes  than  in 
the  continental  plants.  Hence  it  is  that  good  flowering  ma- 
terial of  the  island  plant  must  be  obtained  before  its  precise 
relation  with  C.  alba  can  be  determined.  We  can,  however, 
confidently  state  that  its  closest  relations  are  with  that  species. 
Mason  notes  that  the  plant  on  Socorro  frequents  shady  canons 
and  dense  forests  where  it  often  ascends  trees  even  to  a  height 
of  20  m.  and  from  them  hangs  in  festoons  clear  to  the  ground. 
The  corollas  are  noted  as  being  white  and  as  rapidly  fading  to 
brown  or  black.  Chiococca  alba  is  very  widely  distributed  in 
the  warmer  parts  of  America.  Along  the  Pacific  coast  it 
ranges  north  to  Sonora  and  southern  Lower  California. 


*&y 


108.     Guettarda  insularis  Brandg. 

Cuettarda  insularis  Brandg.  Univ.  Calif.  Pub.  Bot.  10:  416  (1924;.   G.  elliptica 
of  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  1384  (1926). 

Endemic  to  Socorro  where  it  has  been  collected  by  Anthony 
(no.  377),  Barkelew  (no.  179)  and  Mason  (no.  1608).  It  is 
given  as  a  shrub  or  small  tree  1-6  m.  tall  and  as  frequenting 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  gj 

canons  on  dry  slopes  and  the  forest  border  on  moister  ones. 
The  bark  is  smooth  and  "at  length  deciduous  in  patches".  The 
fruit  is  a  fleshy  drupe  with  a  purple  exocarp  and  with  a  thick 
bony  ellipsoidal  or  decidedly  obovoidal  endocarp  12-14  mm. 
long  and  7-8  mm.  thick.  The  species  is  obviously  related  to 
G.  elliptica  Sw.,  a  species  to  which  Standley  has  reduced  it, 
but  appears  to  have  larger  corollas  and  much  larger  and  more 
elongate  fruit.  Guettarda  elliptica  is  primarily  a  West  Indian 
species  but  has  been  reported  by  Standley  from  Mexico  where 
it  is  given  as  occurring  in  Yucatan  and  from  Sinaloa  to 
Colima.  The  affinities  of  our  island  species  are  consequently 
to  the  westward,  on  the  mainland  of  Mexico. 


109.     Borreria  nesiotica  Robinson 

Borreria  nesiotica  Robinson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  Sci.  45:  409  (1910).  Spermacoce 
sp.  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  146,  148  (1890); 
Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27  (1900). 

A  very  well  defined  species  which  is  known  only  from  So- 
corro and  Clarion  islands.  The  type,  which  was  collected  by 
Anthony,  is  labeled  as  from  "Socorro  or  Clarion  Is."  Barkelew 
(no.  208)  obtained  it  on  Socorro,  while  Mason  (nos.  1572, 
1574)  found  it  only  on  Clarion.  Townsend  got  it  on  both 
islands.  The  corolla,  according  to  Mason's  notes,  is  white  or 
pink.  The  immediate  relationships  of  the  species  are  quite 
obscure.  Robinson  compared  it  with  B.  verticillata  (L.)  Mey. 
but  it  seems  no  more  closely  related  to  that  species  than  to 
B.  laevis  (Lam.)  Griseb.,  a  species  which  it  also  resembles  in 
habit.  Both  of  the  species  mentioned  are  widely  distributed  in 
tropical  America. 


110.     Galium  mexicanum  HBK. 

Galium  mexicanum  HBK.  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  3:  337  (1819). 

Collected  on  Socorro  by  Anthony  (no.  386),  Barkelew  (no. 
210)  and  Mason  (no.  1655).  Mason  obtained  his  material 
near  the  summit  of  the  island  and  notes  it  as  a  "climbing 
perennial".  On  the  mainland  the  species  ranges  from  central 
Mexico  southward  into  northern  Central  America.  Although 
Anthony's  collections  have  been  distributed  bearing  an   un- 


98  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

published  herbarium  name  by  Brandegee,  it,  like  the  other  col- 
lections from  the  island,  falls  readily  into  the  species  to  which 
I  have  referred  it. 


GOODENIACE^E 

111.     Scaevola  plumierii  (L.)  Vahl 

Scaevola  plumierii  Vahl,  Symb.  Bot.  2:  36  (1791);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  28  (1900); 
Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  1400  (1926). 

Although  Brandegee,  loc.  cit,  reported  this  species  from 
Socorro,  the  collections  by  Anthony  (no.  387)  which  he  dis- 
tributed are  clearly  indicated  on  a  printed  label  as  being  from 
Clarion.  As  the  plant  has  a  number  which  falls  in  a  block  of 
numbers  which  are  all  from  Clarion  I  am  accepting  that  island 
as  the  source  of  the  Scaevola.  This  strand-plant  is  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  West  Indies  but  has  a  very  disrupted  and 
erratic  distribution  on  the  adjacent  continents.  It  is  not  known 
from  the  west  coast  of  the  American  mainland.  The  only 
Pacific  stations  are  the  Galapagos,  the  Revillagigedos  and  the 
tip  of  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California. 


Composite 

112.     Vernonia  littoralis  Brandg. 

Vernonia  littoralis  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  3  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27  (1900);  Blake  in 
Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  1414  (1926).  Eremosis 
littoralis  Gleason,  No.  Am.  Fl.  33:  100  (1922). 

Known  only  from  Socorro  where  the  type  was  collected  by 
Anthony  (sine  no.).  Mason  (no.  1656)  found  it  in  the  dense 
forest  near  the  summit  of  the  island  where  it  clambered  to  a 
height  of  15  m.  and  produced  its  conspicuous  pendent  flower- 
ing branches  from  the  tree-tops.  The  corollas  are  said  to  be 
white  or  pink.  The  leaves  vary  from  oblong-ovate  through 
elliptical  to  ovate-orbicular,  from  entire  to  distinctly  sinuate 
and  from  acute  to  rounded  with  an  abrupt  obtusish  acumina- 
tion.  The  leaf-blade  becomes  as  much  as  10  cm.  broad  and 
12  cm.  long.  The  affinities  of  the  species  are  with  V.  shannoni 
Coult.  and  V.  heydeana  Coult.  of  Guatemala  and  southern 
Mexico. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REVILLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  99 

113.     Eupatorium  pacificum  Robinson,  n.  sp. 

Fruticose,  shortly  pilose;  stems  erect  or  more  often  curved- 
ascending,  branched  above,  subterete,  brown ;  pith  white ;  inter- 
nodes  3-10  cm.  long;  hairs  short,  spreading,  slender  and 
attenuate,  nodulose;  leaves  opposite,  slender-petioled,  deltoid- 
ovate,  acuminate,  spreadingly  dentate  but  entire  towards  the 
broadly  cordate  or  subcordate  base,  green  on  both  sides  and  at 
first  sight  apparently  glabrous,  but  in  fact  slightly  puberulent 
on  the  nerves  and  veins,  beneath  somewhat  paler,  delicately 
reticulate  (the  veinlets  immersed),  membranaceous,  2.5-9  cm. 
long,  2-7  cm.  wide;  teeth  of  the  limb  1.5-3  mm.  high,  2-6  mm. 
broad  at  base,  subacute  to  obtuse  or  rounded;  petiole  spread- 
ingly hirtellous,  1-5  cm.  long;  corymbs  composite,  opposite- 
branched,  leafy-bracted;  heads  about  40-flowered;  phyllaries 
subequal,  lanceolate-linear,  acute,  2-3-seriate,  loosely  imbri- 
cate, at  maturity  about  5  mm.  long,  the  outer  ones  densely  but 
very  shortly  hairy;  corollas  white,  smoothish;  the  proper  tube 
slender,  2  mm.  long;  throat  narrowly  campanulate,  1-1.3  mm. 
high;  achenes  black,  sharply  angled,  slightly  lucid,  1.5-2  mm. 
long,  slightly  pointed  at  both  ends,  often  hispidulous  on  the 
angles;  pappus-bristles  about  20,  white,  delicate,  scarcely 
roughened,  almost  equalling  the  corolla. 

Type:  No.  186613,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
8,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1666)  near  the  summit  of 
Socorro  Island. 

Mason's  collections  are  overly  mature,  having  shed  nearly 
all  their  florets,  but  are  obviously  conspecific  with  immature 
material  collected  by  Barkelew  (sine  no.)  also  on  Socorro. 
The  species  appears  to  be  endemic.  In  many  respects  it  is  simi- 
lar to  E.  pazcuarense  HBK.  and  E.  conspicuum  Kunth  & 
Bouche,  both  of  southern  Mexico.  From  the  former  it  differs 
in  its  much  greater  lignescence  and  in  its  more  deltoid-ovate 
distinctly  cordate  leaves,  which  are  3-nerved  from  the  very 
base.  From  the  latter  it  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  its 
somewhat  coarser  and  more  spreading  pubescence  and  shorter 
petioles  as  well  as  by  its  leaf-blades,  which  are  nerved  from 
the  very  base,  much  less  toothed  towards  the  base,  and  not 
disposed  to  be  decurrent  on  the  petiole. 


100  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

114.     Brickellia  peninsularis  Brandg.,  var.  amphithalassa 

Robinson,  n.  var. 

Leaves  subdeltoid-ovate  or  almost  orbicular,  scarcely  longer 
than  wide,  more  firmly  membranaceous  than  in  the  typical 
variety,  or  even  subcoriaceous,  very  finely  and  densely  puberu- 
lent-hirtellous  on  both  sides,  peduncles  for  most  part  8-24  mm. 
long;  corollas  yellowish,  scarcely  nigrescent  in  drying. 

Type:  No.  186615,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  April 
26,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1555)  on  Clarion  Island. 

Collections  of  this  plant  made  by  Anthony  on  Socorro  and 
Clarion  were  reported  by  Brandegee,  Zoe  5:  27  (1900),  as 
Brickellia  sp.  It  has  also  been  collected  on  Socorro  by  Barke- 
lew  (no.  198)  and  Mason  (no.  1598).  On  Clarion,  Mason 
(no.  1555)  reports  that  it  is  the  dominant  cover  and  gives  a 
grayish  aspect  to  the  hillsides.  It  is  a  shrub  6-15  dm.  tall, 
branched  from  the  base,  and  very  brittle.  The  variety  is  en- 
demic to  the  archipelago,  differing  from  the  typical  form  of 
southern  Lower  California  in  its  proportionately  broader 
leaves,  finer  and  denser  pubescence  of  the  foliage,  somewhat 
longer  peduncles,  and  paler  florets.  In  Prof.  Robinson's  mono- 
graph of  the  genus,  Mem.  Gray  Herb.  Is  108  (1917),  it  is 
mentioned  as  a  peculiar  form  of  B.  peninsularis.  Blake,  Contr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  1483  (1926),  reports  it  from  Socorro 
under  the  name,  Coleosanthus  peninsularis  (Brandg. )  Blake. 

115.     Erigeron  socorrensis  Brandg. 

Erigeron  socorrensis  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  4  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  27  (1900);  Blake 
in  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:  1499  (1926),  in  pt. 
Erigeron  sp.  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  148  (1890). 

This  slender  shrub  is  known  only  from  Socorro,  where  the 
type  was  collected  by  Anthony  (no.  376)  and  other  collections 
have  been  obtained  by  Townsend,  Barkelew  (nos.  189,  214) 
and  Mason  (no.  1618).  Mason's  collection  is  from  the  dry 
slopes  above  Grayson  Cove.  The  relations  of  this  species  are 
clearly  with  the  endemic  of  San  Benedicto,  E.  crenatus,  but 
beyond  that  they  are  extremely  vague.  The  shrubby  species  of 
Erigeron  on  the  Revillagigedos,  like  the  shrubs  on  Juan  Fer- 
nandez, Galapagos  and  Bermuda  islands,  belong  to  the  section 
Caenotus,   a   section   containing  many   ill-defined  and   rather 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  \Q\ 

weedy  species  that  are  widespread  in  temperate  and  tropical 
America.  The  species  of  the  section  Caenotus  are  notorious 
for  the  difficulties  they  present  to  classification.  This,  due  to 
their  variability  and  lack  of  distinctive  characters,  will  proba- 
bly always  remain  a  problem.  In  any  case,  the  group  is  now 
in  such  hopeless  confusion  that  any  attempt  to  discuss  their 
phylogeny  must  be  wasted  time.  It  does  seem  significant,  how- 
ever, that  the  common  weedy  species  of  the  section  Caenotus, 
even  when  clearly  annual,  do  show  a  distinct  tendency  to  pro- 
duce hard  and  more  or  less  woody  stems.  It  is  likely,  there- 
fore, that  their  shrubby  insular  relatives  have  continued  and 
accentuated  this  tendency  under  an  equitable  frostless  insular 
climate  and  consequently  unbroken  growing  season.  I  do  not 
believe  that  the  shrubs  on  the  various  archipelagos  are  directly 
related,  but  rather,  that  in  each  case  they  have  developed  on 
the  island  from  probable  annual  stock  derived  from  the  nearby 
mainland.  As  there  is  no  species  of  the  section  native  to  Lower 
California,  I  believe  we  may  eliminate  the  peninsula  as  a  pos- 
sible source  of  the  species  on  the  Revillagigedos.  It  seems  most 
probable  that  their  ancestors  came  from  southern  Mexico, 
where  a  number  of  possible  relatives  now  exist. 

116.     Erigeron  crenatus  Eastwood,  n.  sp. 

A  small  low  shrub  1-4  dm.  tall,  usually  producing  several 
coarse  branches  from  near  the  base,  younger  parts  finely  vil- 
lose  or  strigose  but  at  length  becoming  glabrate  in  age ;  stems 
distinctly  woody,  becoming  as  much  as  3  dm.  long  and 
2-5  mm.  thick,  erect  or  usually  ascending,  very  densely  clothed 
for  several  centimeters  below  the  apex  with  the  ascending 
functional  leaves  and  below  these  with  the  deflexed  tardily 
deciduous  old  ones,  the  older  parts  roughened  by  the  indurate 
persistent  bases  of  fallen  leaves;  leaves  dark  green  when  fresh 
but  drying  grayish,  oblanceolate  or  spatulate  and  frequently 
quite  broadly  so,  somewhat  coriaceous,  costate  but  only  ob- 
scurely veined,  5-15  mm.  broad,  4-6.5  cm.  long,  broadest  just 
below  the  obtuse  or  rounded  apex  and  then  gradually  con- 
tracted into  the  slender  petiole  which  forms  1-2  cm.  of  their 
total  length,  margins  entire  to  crenate  or  lobulate-crenate,  nar- 
rowly revolute  and  perhaps  somewhat  thickened;  inflorescence 
a  corymbose  panicle,  usually  projecting  only  a  few  centimeters 


102  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

from  the  rosulate  cluster  of  crowded  leaves,  usually  com- 
pound, being  formed  of  a  group  of  simple  panicles  springing 
from  adjacent  leaf-axils  or  reduced  lateral  shoots ;  heads  3-4 
mm.  high,  4-5  mm.  thick,  on  sparsely  bracteolate  peduncles 
3-15  mm.  long,  frequently  inclined;  tegules  (except  for  the 
few  short  outer  ones)  narrowly  lanceolate,  the  back  somewhat 
glandular  in  texture,  the  margins  hyaline;  achenes  flattened, 
thick-margined,  sparsely  strigose;  pappus  barbellate  ca. 
1.7  mm.  long;  ray-florets  glabrous,  white,  very  numerous, 
2-3-seriate,  pistillate,  scarcely  if  at  all  surpassing  the  herma- 
phroditic disk-florets;  style  1.2  mm.  long,  glabrous;  style- 
branches  0.5  mm.  long,  ca.  0.1  mm.  broad,  appendages  very 
short;  disk-florets  numerous,  2.5  mm.  long,  sparsely  pubescent 
or  glabrous,  tube  ca.  0.7  mm.  long,  lobes  triangular  and  ca. 
0.5  mm.  long. 

Type:  No.  186604,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May 
11,  1925,  by  H.  L.  Mason  (no.  1683)  in  loose  ashy  soil  on  San 
Benedicto  Island. 

This  species  is  known  only  from  San  Benedicto  where  it 
has  been  collected  by  Barkelew  (no.  176)  and  Mason  (no. 
1683).  It  is  obviously  related  to  E.  socorrensis,  the  endemic 
species  of  Socorro,  but  differs  not  only  in  its  low  habit  of 
growth  but  in  being  coarser  and  larger  in  all  its  parts.  The 
plant  of  Socorro  is  a  slender  loosely  branched  shrub  becoming 
12  dm.  tall  and  has  much  smaller  very  conspicuously  less 
crowded  paler  leaves  and  a  more  slender  more  open  inflores- 
cence of  smaller  heads.  Although  these  differences  are  largely 
matters  of  degree,  they  serve  to  distinguish  the  plants  found 
on  the  two  islands.  The  plants  from  Socorro  and  San  Bene- 
dicto each  have  a  very  characteristic  aspect.  The  two  species 
may  be  recognized  instantly  at  a  glance.  Blake,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  23 :  1499  (1926),  refers  to  the  San  Benedicto  plant 
under  Erigeron  socorrensis. 

117.     Gnaphalium  attenuatum  DC. 

Gnaphalium  attenuatum  DC.  Prodr.  6:  228  (1837). 

A  single  plant  of  this  species  was  collected  by  Mason  (no. 
1665)  near  the  hot  springs  close  to  the  summit  of  Socorro. 
The  species  is  known  otherwise  from  central  Mexico  south 
into  Central  America. 


Vol.  XX]     JOHNSTON— FLORA  OF  THE  REV1LLAGIGEDO  ISLANDS  1Q3 

118.    Coreopsis  insularis  (Brandg.)  Blake 

Coreopsis  insularis  Blake,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  Sci.  49:  340  (1913).  Leptosyne 
insularis  Brandg.  Erythea  7:  5  (1898)  and  Zoe  5:  28  (1900). 

Endemic  to  Socorro  where  the  type  was  obtained  by 
Anthony  (no.  394)  and  subsequent  collections  have  been  made 
by  Barkelew  (no.  223)  and  Mason  (no.  1624).  A  loosely 
branched  perennial  with  elongate  shrubby  stems  which  grows 
"in  patches  from  sea-level  up".  The  linear  leaf-lobes  in  the 
fresh  condition  are  succulent,  terete  and  pungent.  The  rays 
are  yellow.  Although  very  distinct,  the  species  is  probably 
most  closely  related  to  C.  pinnatisecta  Blake  of  Oaxaca  and 
Puebla  in  southern  Mexico. 

119.     Viguiera  deltoidea  Gray,  var.  townsendii  Vasey  &  Rose 

Viguiera  deltoidea,  var.  townsendii  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13: 
148  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  28  (1900);  Blake,  Contr.  Gray  Herb. 
54:  90  (1918);  Blake  in  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23: 
1544  (1926). 

This  very  ill-defined  variety  was  originally  based  upon  ma- 
terial collected  on  Socorro  by  Townsend.  It  has  subsequently 
been  collected  there  by  Anthony  (no.  389)  Barkelew  (no. 
181)  and  Mason  (nos.  1601,  1606).  According  to  Mason, 
who  collected  it  at  Benner  Cove,  it  is  an  erect  or  scandent 
shrub  which  is  occasional  on  the  drier  slopes  of  the  island. 
The  island  plant  is  most  obviously  related  to  V .  deltoidea  var. 
chenopodina  Blake  of  Lower  California.  I  am  by  no  means 
certain  that  var.  tozvnsendii  and  var.  chenopodina  are  really 
separable  or  are  practicable  taxonomic  units  or  that  they  are 
much  more  than  mere  extreme  xerophytic  phases  of  the 
species,  the  type  of  which  came  from  Cape  San  Lucas. 

120.     Perityle  socorrosensis  Rose 

Perityle  socorrosensis  Rose,  Bot.  Gaz.  15:  118,  t.  13,  f.  9  (1890);  Vasey  &  Rose, 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13:  148  (1890);  Brandg.  Zoe  5:  27,  28 
(1900);  Rydb.  No.  Am.  Fl.  34:  16  (1914). 

The  type  and  original  collection  of  this  species  was  made  on 
Socorro  by  Townsend.  Anthony  (no.  383),  Barkelew  (no. 
192)  and  Mason  (nos.  1605,  1605a)  have  subsequently  recol- 


104  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

lected  it  there.  Mason's  material  came  from  Benner  Cove. 
Material  from  San  Benedicto  has  been  obtained  by  Anthony 
(no.  372),  Barkelew  (no.  175)  and  Mason  (no.  1684).  On 
Clarion,  where  Mason  notes  that  it  is  a  shrubby  perennial,  it 
grows  on  sandy  beaches  almost  to  the  water's  edge  as  well  as 
on  the  steep  sea-cliffs.  Collections  from  Clarion  have  been 
made  by  Anthony  (no.  415)  and  Mason  (nos.  1578,  1579). 
The  plant  varies  somewhat  in  the  size  of  its  succulent  leaves, 
apparently  in  response  to  its  environment.  There  is  also  inter- 
esting variation  in  the  development  of  pappus.  The  material 
from  Clarion  tends  to  be  awnless  or  to  have  only  a  single  awn, 
that  from  San  Benedicto  and  Socorro  generally  having  1-2 
awns  developed.  As  in  most  species  of  Perityle  of  this  rela- 
tionship the  marginal  flowers,  from  plant  to  plant,  vary  con- 
spicuously in  the  degree  of  development  of  ligule.  The  rela- 
tionship of  the  species  is  clearly  with  P.  crassifolia  Brandg. 
of  southern  Lower  California. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  3,  pp.  105-128,  plate  1  December  18,  1931 


III 
THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE 


BY 

JOHN  THOMAS  HOWELL 

Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Botany 

Introduction 

Purpose. — The  present  study  of  the  genus  Pogogyne  was 
begun  when  certain  collections  made  by  the  writer  on  the  plains 
of  the  San  Joaquin  Valley  were  not  nicely  determinable, 
although  in  treatments  of  the  genus  the  species  seemed  rather 
definitely  limited  on  comparative  morphologic  characters.  And, 
the  genus  being  small,  it  quickly  appeared  that  here  would  be 
an  admirable  occasion  for  acquiring  an  experience  in  the  study 
of  species  by  a  statistical  method,  coupled  with,  and  governed 
by,  the  usual  morphologic  method.  So  a  critical  study  of  the 
genus  Pogogyne  was  undertaken  in  order  to  determine  more 
definitely  the  range  of  variation  within  the  several  species  and 
to  develop,  if  possible,  by  a  statistical  study  of  diagnostic  cri- 
teria, quantitative  data  for  the  limitation  of  the  species. 

The  statistical  method  employed  in  this  work  is  of  a  pri- 
mary sort,  i.  e.,  the  collection  of  quantitative  data  with  a  de- 
velopment of  simple  and  evidently  useful  ratios  and  collations. 
Some,  primarily  interested  in  the  fullest  exploitation  of  a 
series  of  numerical  compilations,  will  perhaps  argue  that  this 
simple  use  of  numerical  facts  cannot  be  properly  called  a  sta- 
tistical method,  especially  in  view  of  the  later  complexities 

December  18,  1931 


106  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

developed  in  the  field  of  biometry.  But,  as  has  been  pointed 
out  by  Hall  and  Clements  (Carnegie  Inst.  Publ.  no.  326:  20, 
— 1923),  at  this  early  stage  of  the  use  of  statistical  methods 
in  flowering  plant  taxonomy  the  simplest  uses  of  the  figures 
furnish  all  the  information  now  desirable,  and  a  fuller  de- 
velopment of  them  can  follow  later  when  such  deductions  will 
attain  to  more  immediate  usefulness  and  value.  In  the  follow- 
ing presentment  these  simple  data  have  been  of  primary  im- 
portance in  determining  specific  limits  and  drawing  diagnoses, 
and  in  several  instances  tabulations  are  given  to  illustrate  the 
value  and  the  manner  of  compilation  and  comparison.  Always, 
however,  these  facts  have  been  used  with  a  basic  regard  for 
the  associated  morphologic  characters  as  determined  by 
herbarium  studies  and  field  observations. 

History. — The  genus  Pogogyne  was  first  described  by 
Bentham  in  1834  in  his  monographic  study  of  the  Mint 
Family,  Labiatarum  Genera  et  Species.  Three  species  were 
described,  all  having  four  perfect  anthers,  and  the  genus  was 
placed  in  the  tribe  Melissinese.  In  1849,  Bentham  in  Plantae 
Hartwegianae  described  the  first  species  now  characterized  by 
sterile  upper  stamens,  P.  zizyphoroides,  but  he  appears  to  have 
overlooked  this  stamen  character  for  no  account  of  it  is  given 
in  his  diagnosis  and  he  states  that  the  species  is  related  to 
P.  parviflora,  a  species  with  four  fertile  stamens.  Torrey  in 
the  Botany  of  the  Pacific  Railroad  Reports  (1856)  first 
described  the  total  deficiency  of  the  upper  stamens  in  the  type 
description  of  P.  serpylloides  which  he  placed,  with  question,  in 
the  genus  Hedeoma.  Gray  in  1867  transferred  Torrey's  species 
to  the  genus  Pogogyne,  indicating  a  subgenus,  Hedeomoides, 
characterized  by  only  two  fertile  stamens,  and  in  1876  in  the 
Botany  of  California,  gave  the  first  complete  description  of  the 
genus  as  thus  modified.  Briquet  in  Die  Natiirlichen  Pflanzen- 
familien  (1896)  accepts  two  genera  as  representing  the  com- 
plex :  first  he  reverts  to  Bentham's  original  concept  of  the 
genus  Pogogyne,  and  then  raises  Gray's  subgenus  Hedeo- 
moides to  generic  rank.  Greene  in  the  Manual  of  the  Bay 
Region  Botany  (1894)  and  Jepson  in  the  Flora  of  Western 
Middle  California  (1901)  and  in  A  Manual  of  the  Flowering 
Plants  of  California  (1925)  follow  the  arrangement  of  Gray. 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  JQ7 

In  the  present  work  Gray's  broader  concept  of  the  genus 
Pogogyne  has  been  followed,  two  subgenera  being  recognized. 
Although  Briquet's  treatment  is  in  keeping  with  the  interpre- 
tation of  generic  limits  that  are  based  on  staminal  characters 
in  certain  sections  of  the  Labiatae,  it  seems  obvious  that  his 
recognition  of  two  genera  here  results  in  an  artificial  arrange- 
ment. The  relatively  wide  separation  of  related  units  and  the 
juxtaposition  of  relatively  unrelated  units  in  the  sequence  de- 
veloped would  seem  to  indicate  this.  On  the  other  hand  the 
two  groups  here  accepted  as  subgenera  show  close  relationship 
as  shown  by  habit,  leaves,  inflorescence,  and  (aside  from  the 
stamen  character)  floral  organs;  and,  moreover,  the  geo- 
graphic distribution  and  physiological  similarity  of  the  species 
within  the  two  groups  also  point  to  their  very  close  relation. 

Relationships.— -Pogogyne  belongs  to  the  tribe  Satureineae 
of  the  Labiate  as  the  family  is  treated  by  Bentham  and 
Hooker  and  by  Gray,  and,  by  Briquet  to  the  Stachyoideae- 
Melissinae,  a  smaller  tribe  identical  with  part  of  the  Sa- 
tureineae. This  latter  is  mainly  characterized  by  2-lipped,  10- 
15-nerved  calyx,  2-lipped  corolla,  2  or  4  stamens  with  the 
upper  pair  shorter  and  with  anthers  2-celled.  Within  the  tribe, 
Pogogyne  is  most  nearly  related  to  Hedeoma,  and  less  closely, 
to  Satureia. 

In  a  family  as  intricate  as  the  Labiatae  it  is  hazardous  even 
to  surmise  the  probable  phylogeny  of  only  a  small  part  but  in 
the  case  of  Pogogyne  morphologic  and  distributional  evidence 
contribute  facts  that  indicate  a  very  possible  line  of  develop- 
ment worthy  of  discussion.  As  stated  above  Pogogyne  is  re- 
lated both  to  Hedeoma  and  to  Satureia,  probably  through 
derivation  from  a  common  ancestral  stock.  Such  a  primitive 
group  would  be  marked  by  such  characters  as  perennial  habit, 
simple  inflorescence,  unmodified  calyx,  and  four  fertile  sta- 
mens, the  upper  pair  smaller  and  tending  to  abort.  Such  a 
plexus  might  be  considered  similar  to  the  large  and  complex 
genus  Satureia  as  defined  by  Briquet  (1896)  which  is  marked 
by  most  of  the  characters  just  mentioned.  It  seems  probable 
that  due  to  some  distributional  or  genetic  arrangement  a  sec- 
tion of  this  original  stock  diverged  and  gave  rise  to  the  phylo- 


108  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

genetic  line  that  later  developed  the  genera  Hedeoma  and 
Pogogyne,  a  line  characterized  by  tendencies  to  annual  habit, 
abbreviated  inflorescence,  and  staminal  reduction.  The  remain- 
der of  the  complex  can  be  considered  as  having  maintained  the 
old  characters  with  only  minor  modifications,  forming  the 
modern  genus  Satureia  and  related  genera. 

In  the  Pogogyne-Hedeoma  line,  Hedeoma  appears  to  be  the 
older  type  with  more  numerous  and  more  widely  dispersed 
species,  and  with  plants  usually  perennial,  inflorescence  non- 
congested,  and  calyx-lobes  nearly  undifferentiated.  Although 
one  subgenus  of  Pogogyne  maintains  the  extra  primitive  char- 
acter of  four  fertile  stamens,  a  character  not  found  in  the  rest 
of  the  Pogogyne-Hedeoma  line,  the  annual  habit,  the  involved 
inflorescence,  and  the  bilabiate  calyx  in  Pogogyne  appear  to  be 
derived.  These  characters  together  with  the  relatively  re- 
stricted distribution  of  the  fewer  species  and  the  unusual  phy- 
siological requirements  for  growth  suggest  a  more  highly 
specialized  and  lately  evolved  group  in  Pogogyne  than  in 
Hedeoma. 

Within  the  genus  Pogogyne  there  are  two  views  to  explain 
the  possible  origin  and  relationship  of  the  two  subgenera. 
Either  they  are  two  parts  of  a  single  line  of  development,  a 
simple  linear  arrangement,  or  they  represent  two  diverging 
lines  from  a  common  basal  type.  The  latter  view  seems  the 
more  plausible  in  view  of  available  morphologic  and  distri- 
butional evidence.  In  the  subgenus  Eupogyne,  P.  douglasii 
appears  to  be  the  least  modified,  P.  abramsi  marking  a  transi- 
tion in  habit  and  flower  to  P.  nudiuscula.  In  the  subgenus 
Hedeomoides  the  wide-spread  species  P.  serpylloides  appears 
less  specialized  than  P.  zizyphoroides  both  physiologically  and 
morphologically,  though  the  two  are  very  nearly  related.  The 
little-known  P.  tenuiflora  of  Guadalupe  Island  probably  repre- 
sents a  line  of  development  originating  near  P.  serpylloides 
but  widely  divergent  from  it,  due  perhaps  to  long-continued 
geographic  isolation.  A  prototype  of  wide  distribution  similar 
to  P.  tenuiflora  would  probably  be  employed  as  an  intermediate 
link  between  the  subgenera  by  those  who  would  have  all  the 
species  of  Pogogyne  arranged  in  a  linear  sequence  of  develop- 
ment. 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  \Cf) 

Distribution  and  Ecology.  —  Floristically,  the  genus  Po- 
gogyne  is  strictly  Californian ;  at  no  place  does  a  species 
extend  beyond  the  limits  of  the  California  flora,  and,  at  appro- 
priate altitudes,  the  species  pervade  the  area  as  completely  as 
any  group  of  Californian  plants.  The  area  here  assigned  to 
the  California  flora  is  somewhat  enlarged  over  the  province 
outlined  by  Jepson  (Man.  Fl.  PI.  Calif.  1,  1925),  and  extends 
from  middle  western  Oregon  south  to  Mt.  San  Pedro  Martir 
in  northern  Lower  California  and  from  the  Cascade-Sierran 
crest  west  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  In  addition,  the  insular  areas 
off  the  coast  of  California  and  Lower  California  are  here  con- 
sidered a  part  of  the  California  province  as  has  been  proposed 
recently  by  Mason  in  discussing  the  California  Coast  Range 
forest  (Carnegie  Inst.  Publ.  no.  346:  142,  —1927).  A  re- 
markable feature  of  the  distribution  of  the  genus  Pogogyne  is 
how  nearly  coextensive  it  is  with  the  province  thus  outlined. 
Pogogyne  zizyphoroides  extends  north  into  southern  Oregon, 
P.  serpylloides  occurs  in  northern  Lower  California,  and  P. 
tenuidora  is  found  on  Guadalupe  Island  off  Lower  California 
where  it  is  endemic.  In  life  zones  the  species  are  best  developed 
in  the  Lower  and  Upper  Sonoran  zones  but  P.  douglasii 
and  P.  serpylloides  also  occur  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Transi- 
tion Zone. 

The  species  of  Pogogyne  are  generally  characteristic  of  hol- 
lows in  low  valley  lands  inundated  during  the  rainy  season,  the 
plants  maturing  after  the  ponds  have  dried  and  the  summer 
heat  has  begun.  Pogogyne  serpylloides  is  partly  an  exception, 
for  although  it  is  sometimes  found  in  the  dried  beds  of  former 
pools,  it  is  more  abundant  on  moist  hillsides.  In  the  sequence 
of  floral  societies  characteristic  of  the  rain  pools  of  the  Sacra- 
mento and  San  Joaquin  valleys,  Pogogyne  occurs  in  the  final 
or  next  to  the  final  assemblage.  As  the  water  recedes  from 
the  bed  of  the  pool,  Dozuningia  bicomuta,  D.  omatissima,  Al- 
locarya  stipitata,  and  Mimidus  tricolor  are  most  abundant  on 
the  moist  or  freshly  dried  bottoms.  At  this  time  Pogogyne 
develops  vegetatively,  sometimes  beginning  to  bloom.  In  late 
spring  and  early  summer  when  the  beds  of  the  pools  are 
parched  by  the  first  drying  heat,  the  more  hydrophilous  flora 
gives  way  to  a  society  in   which   Pogogyne   is  conspicuous. 


\\Q  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Navarretia  lencocephala  and  N.  nigellceformis  reach  maturity 
at  this  time,  and  Lythrum  hyssopifolia,  Boisduvalia  glabella, 
and  Psilocarphus  globiferus  are  in  flower  or  fruit.  Pogogyne 
douglasii  minor  and  P.  zizyphoroides  are  the  species  fre- 
quently represented  in  this  society.  Eryngiiim  vaseyi,  a  peren- 
nial which  generally  reaches  maturity  even  later  after  most  of 
these  plants  have  passed,  is  sometimes  a  member  of  this  late 
society.  In  Coast  Range  and  Sierra  Nevada  valleys  species  of 
Pogogyne  are  also  found  in  low  areas,  maturing  generally 
during  the  summer ;  and  in  the  vicinity  of  San  Diego  P.  nu- 
diuscula  and  P.  abramsi  blossom  and  fruit  in  the  rain-pools  on 
the  elevated  coastal  plains  at  the  end  of  the  rainy  season. 

Acknowledgments. — The  following  study  was  undertaken 
and  carried  out  at  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  to 
Miss  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator  of  Botany,  the  writer  is  in- 
debted for  the  opportunity  to  do  this  work.  The  author  also 
appreciates  the  opportunity  afforded  by  the  officers  of  other 
herbaria  to  borrow  and  study  further  material.  These  herbaria 
together  with  the  symbol  used  in  the  citation  of  specimens  are : 
Herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  (CA), 
Gray  Herbarium  of  Harvard  University  (G),  Herbarium  of 
the  University  of  Oregon  (O),  Herbarium  of  Pomona  Col- 
lege (Po),  Dudley  Herbarium  of  Stanford  University  (St), 
Herbarium  of  the  University  of  California  (UC). 

Taxonomic  Treatment 

Pogogyne  Benth.,  Lab.  Gen.  et  Spec.  414  (1834)  ;  Bentham 
in  DeCandolle,  Prodromus  12:  243  (1848);  Bentham  and 
Hooker,  Genera  Plantarum  2,  pt.  2:  1190  (1876);  Gray  in 
Brewer  and  Watson,  Bot.  Calif.  1  :  596  (1876)  ;  Gray,  Syn.  Fl. 
N.  Am.  2,  pt.  1  :  364  (1878)  ;  Greene,  Man.  Bay  Reg.  Bot, 
289  (1894)  ;  Howell,  Fl.  NW.  Amer.,  551  (1901)  ;  Jepson,  Fl. 
West.  Mid.  Calif.,  461  (1901);  Jepson,  Man.  Fl.  PI.  Calif., 
873  (1925). 

Annual  herbs  of  spring  and  summer  with  numerous  punc- 
tate glands,  the  glandular  secretion  with  an  aromatic  or  rank 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  \\\ 

odor;  stems  0.25-4.5  dm.  long,  assurgent  to  strictly  erect,  sim- 
ple or  branched,  glabrous  or  frequently  with  a  fine  retrorse 
pubescence;  leaves  suborbicular  to  oblanceolate-spathulate  and 
linear,  simple,  entire  or  obscurely  to  saliently  serrate,  obtuse 
or  acute,  attenuate  below  into  a  short  petiole,  the  margin  of 
the  upper  leaves  becoming  bristly-ciliate;  floral  bracts  2  below 
each  flower,  shorter  to  longer  than  the  calyx,  spathulate  to 
oblanceolate  and  linear,  generally  entire,  the  margin  con- 
spicuously and  sometimes  densely  bristly-ciliate;  flowers  nu- 
merous, congested  in  axillary  cymules  and  appearing  verticil- 
late,  or  rarely  the  flowers  solitary  or  few  in  the  lowest  axils, 
the  lower  clusters  frequently  discrete,  the  upper  crowded  and 
the  inflorescence  becoming  spicate-capitate ;  calyx  15-nerved, 
the  tube  slender-campanulate,  1-5  mm.  long,  punctate-glandu- 
lar, glabrous  or  pubescent  or  rarely  hirsute ;  calyx-lobes  linear- 
deltoid,  acute,  disposed  in  two  sets,  glabrous  or  hairy  or  hir- 
sute, the  margins  generally  ciliate,  the  lower  lip  2-lobed,  2-8 
mm.  long,  the  upper  lip  3-lobed.  1.5-5  mm.  long;  corolla  2.5- 
20  mm.  long,  tubular-funnel  form,  lavender  to  purple,  the 
palate  frequently  mottled  with  pale  yellow,  pubescent  and 
sometimes  glandular  without,  pubescent  or  glabrous  within, 
2-lipped.  the  upper  lip  nearly  plane,  entire,  the  lower  lip 
3-lobed:  stamens  erect  under  the  upper  lip  of  corolla,  4  or  2 
with  fertile,  2-celled  anthers,  the  anthers  and  filaments  more 
or  less  hairy,  the  lower  pair  of  stamens  always  fertile,  the 
upper  pair  shorter,  fertile  or  sterile  or  obsolete,  the  sterile 
stamens  when  present  simple  or  capitellate;  style  about 
equalling  the  corolla,  more  or  less  hairy  below  the  branches; 
style-branches  unequal  to  subequal,  glabrous;  nutlets  1-2.5 
mm.  long,  narrow-  to  rotund-obovate,  hairy  and  sometimes 
glandular  on  the  rounded  apex,  light  to  dark  brown,  concolor- 
ous  or  mottled. 


1 12  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Key  to  Subgenera  and  Species 

a.  Corolla  9-20  mm.  long;  four  stamens  fertile,  lower  pair 
3.5-6  mm.  long;  style  rather  densely  hairy  2-6  mm. 
below  style-branches;  style-branches  unequal  to  nearly 
equal Subgenus  Eupogogyne 

b.    Floral   bracts  and   calyx-lobes  conspicuously  hirsute, 
bristly-ciliate. 

c.  Inflorescence  1-3  cm.  broad;  calyx-tube  3-4  mm. 
long,  (2—3  mm.  long  in  subspp.);  lower  calyx-lobes 
2-4  mm.  longer  than  upper  (except  in  subsp.  parui- 
flora);  style  13-20  mm.  long;  north  of  the 
Tehachapi  region 1.    P.  douglasii 

cc.  Inflorescence  0.4-0.8  cm.  broad;  calyx-tube  2  mm. 
long;  lower  calyx-lobes  1  mm.  longer  than  upper; 
style  12  mm.  long;  San  Diego 2.    P.  abramsi 

bb.  Floral  bracts  and  calyx- lobes  glabrous  or  subglabrous; 
inflorescence  1-1.5  cm.  wide;  calyx- tube  3-4  mm. 
long;  San  Diego 3.    P.  nudiuscula 

a.a..  Corolla  2.5-12  mm.  long;  upper  pair  of  stamens  sterile, 
sometimes  deficient;  lower  pair  fertile,  0.5-2  mm.  long; 
style  sparsely  hairy  to  1  mm.  or  less  below  style- 
branches  (except  in  no.  6);  style-branches  generally 
unequal Subgenus  Hedeomoides 

d.    Corolla  tubular,  2.5-8  mm.  long;  style  hairy  1  mm.  or 
less  below  style-branches. 

e.  Stems  prostrate  or  spreading,  slender  (except  in 
subsp.) ;  calyx-tube  1-2.5  (or  3.5)  mm.  long;  corolla 
2.5-5  mm.  long;  rudiments  of  upper  stamens 
present  or  lacking;  nutlets  1  mm.  long 4.    P.  serpylloides 

ee.  Stems  erect  or  suberect,  generally  robust,  calyx-tube 
2.5-5  mm.  long;  corolla  4-8  mm.  long;  rudiments 
of  upper  stamens  present;  nutlets  1.7-2.5  mm. 
long 5.    P.  zizyphoroides 

dd.   Corolla  tubular-salverform,  12  mm.  long;  style  hairy 

3  mm.  below  style-branches 6.    P.  tenuiflora 

Subgenus  Eupogogyne  J.  T.  Howell,  subgen.  nov. 

Pogogyne  Benth.,  Lab.  Gen.  et  Spec.  414  (1834). 

Pogogyne  Briquet  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  Nat.  Pfl.  4,  abt.  3a:  304  (1896). 

1.    Pogogyne  douglasii  Benth.,  Lab.  Gen.  et  Sp.  414  (1834) 

Stems  erect  or  suberect,  0.5-4.5  dm.  tall,  glabrous  to  puberu- 
lent,  simple  or  becoming  branched  near  the  base,  the  branches 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  U3 

spreading  and  assurgent;  leaf-blade  1-2  cm.  long,  0.2-1.5  cm. 
wide,  slender-oblanceolate  to  oblong  and  elliptic,  mostly  obtuse, 
margin  entire  or  coarsely  serrate,  glabrous,  attenuate  below  to 
a  broad  petiole;  floral  bracts  linear  to  oblanceolate,  pungently 
acute  to  obtuse,  equalling  or  exceeding  the  calyx,  margin  con- 
spicuously bristly-ciliate ;  inflorescence  densely  flowered,  con- 
gested-capitate and  short  to  long-oblong,  or  the  whorls  in  the 
lower  axils  discrete;  lower  calyx-lobes  3-8  mm.  long,  the 
upper  lobes  2-5  mm.  long,  the  margins  ciliate;  calyx-tube  2-4 
mm.  long,  glabrous  or  the  nerves  pubescent ;  corolla  0.9-2  cm. 
long,  lavender  to  purple,  the  palate  of  the  lower  lip  frequently 
mottled  with  pale  yellow,  the  outside  of  the  corolla  more  or 
less  pubescent;  stamens  fertile,  the  anthers  and  upper  part  of 
filaments  hairy,  the  lower  pair  of  stamens  3.5-6  mm.  long,  the 
upper  pair  1-3  mm.  long;  style  0.8-2  cm.  long,  somewhat  ex- 
ceeding the  corolla,  hairy  2-6  mm.  below  the  branches ;  style- 
branches  equal  or  unequal;  nutlets  1-1.7  mm.  long,  obovate, 
dark  to  light  brown. 

Low  areas  in  the  foothills  and  valleys :  Butte  County  south 
to  Kern  and  San  Luis  Obispo  counties,  California. 

The  original  publication  of  the  genus  Pogogyne  was  accom- 
panied by  the  descriptions  of  three  species  based  on  specimens 
collected  by  Douglas  in  California,  P.  douglasii,  P.  multi-flora, 
and  P.  parviflora.  The  three  were  differentiated  on  relative 
lengths  of  floral  bracts  and  flowers,  of  calyx-tubes  and  calyx- 
teeth,  and  of  stamens  and  corollas.  After  a  careful  study  of 
numerous  collections  it  is  believed  that  these  three  species  of 
Bentham  are  parts  of  a  single  variable  specific  unit  and  they 
are  here  accepted  as  constituting  the  species  P.  douglasii. 
Pogogyne  parviflora  which  is  rather  clearly  marked  by  the 
relative  length  of  calyx-tube  and  lower  calyx-teeth  and  which 
occupies  a  distinct  geographic  area  is  here  treated  as  a  sub- 
species. The  characters  which  Bentham  used  to  separate  P. 
douglasii  and  P.  multiHora  (the  relative  lengths  of  floral  bracts 
and  flowers,  and  of  corollas  and  stamens)  have  been  found  to 
intergrade  and  vary  to  such  a  degree  that  the  latter  species  is 
here  considered  a  synonym  of  P.  douglasii. 


114  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Key  to  Subspecies  of  P.  douglasii 

a.    Lower  calyx-teeth  1.5-2.5  times  as  long  as  the  calyx-tube. 

b.  Calyx-tube  3-4  mm.  long;  corolla  15-20  mm.  long; 
style  hairy  4-6  mm.  below  the  branches;  plants 
robust,  frequently  branched la.    typica 

bb.  Calyx-tube  2-3  mm.  long;  corolla  9-14  mm.  long;  style 
hairy  2-3  mm.  below  the  branches;  plants  of  low 
stature. 

c.      Plants  branched,  pale  with  close  white  pubescence 

and  numerous  white  bristles lb.    ramosa 

cc.    Plants  simple,  green  or  the  floral  bracts  frequently 

purplish-tinged lc.    minor 

aa.    Lower  calyx-teeth  1-1.5  times  as  long  as  the  calyx-tube 

Id.    parviflora 


la.    Pogogyne  douglasii  typica  J.  T.  Howell,  nora.  nov. 

Pogogyne  douglasii  Benth.,  Lab.  Gen.  et  Sp.  414  (1834). 
P.  multi flora  Benth.,  loc.  cit. 

P.  douglasii  var.  multiflora  (Benth.)  Briquet  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  Nat.  Pfl.  4, 
abt.  3a:  304  (1896). 

Stems  generally  robust,  2-4.5  dm.  tall,  simple  or  branched; 
bracts  of  the  inflorescence  oblanceolate  or  linear,  green;  inflo- 
rescence dense  and  spicate  or  the  lower  floral  whorls  distinct, 
mostly  2-3  cm.  broad;  length  of  lower  calyx-lobes  1.5-2.5 
times  the  length  of  the  calyx-tube;  calyx-tube  3-4  mm.  long, 
glabrous  or  somewhat  pubescent;  corolla  15-20  mm.  long; 
style  hairy  4-5  mm.  below  the  style-branches. 

Foothills  and  valleys  of  the  Coast  Ranges  and  Sierra 
Nevada  from  Lake  and  Butte  counties  south  to  Kern  and  San 
Luis  Obispo  counties. 

The  type  localities  of  both  P.  douglasii  Benth.  and  P.  mul- 
tiflora Benth.  are  given  in  the  original  publication  as  "in  Cali- 
fornia septentrionali." 

Collections.  California:  Kelseyville,  Lake  Co.,  Blankinship 
in  1927  (CA)  ;  Leesville,  Colusa  Co.,  Heller  12387  (CA,  G, 
St)  ;  Calistoga,  Napa  Co.,  Eastwood  4626  (CA,  G)  ;  Pope 
Valley,  Napa  Co.,  /.  T.  Howell  4278  and  4370  (CA)  ;  Ala- 


Vol.  XX]  HOHELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  JJ5 

meda.  Alameda  Co.,  Kellogg  &  Harford  730  (CA)  ;  Walnut 
Creek,  Contra  Costa  Co.,  Elmer  4320  (CA,  Po,  St,  UC)  ; 
Pajaro  Hills,  Monterey  Co.,  Chandler  441  (UC)  ;  San  Simeon 
Bay,  San  Luis  Obispo  Co.,  Palmer  351  (UC)  ;  Santa  Mar- 
garita Valley,  San  Luis  Obispo  Co.,  Summers  in  1882  (UC)  ; 
near  Chico,  Butte  Co.,  Palmer  2078  (Po)  ;  Nelson,  Butte  Co., 
Heller  11 390  (CA,  G,  St,  UC)  ;  Wawona,  Mariposa  Co. 
Eastzvood  in  1923  (CA)  ;  near  Bootjack,  Mariposa  Co.,  /.  T. 
Hozvell  6678  (CA)  ;  Raymond,  Madera  Co.,  Eastzvood  12 521 
(CA)  ;  Fresno  Flats,  Madera  Co.,  Hall  1552  (UC)  ;  Big 
Sandy  Creek,  Fresno  Co.,  McDonald  in  191 3  (CA)  ;  Califor- 
nia, Douglas  (G)  ;  California,  Hartzveg  1914  (G). 

The  Douglas  collection  cited  above  is  undoubtedly  a  part  of 
the  type  collection  of  P.  multidora  Benth.  since  the  floral  bracts 
are  mostly  shorter  than  the  flowers  and  the  stamens  are  ex- 
serted.  The  collection,  Hartzveg  1914,  is  listed  in  Plantae 
Hartwegianae  as  P.  multMora  by  Bentham,  but  in  the  speci- 
men in  the  Gray  Herbarium  the  stamens  are  not  conspicuously 
exserted. 

The  following  specimens  from  the  plains  of  southern  and 
eastern  Solano  Co.  exhibit  intermediate  characters  between 
subsp.  typica  and  subsp.  minor:  Vanden  Station,  Heller  3394 
(G,  St)  ;  Elmira,  Baker  2899  (G,  Po,  UC)  ;  Benicia,  Abrams 
3746  (St).  In  habit  and  foliage  these  plants  resemble  low 
forms  of  subsp.  typica  and  in  amount  of  hairiness  on  the  style 
the  specimens  are  like  subsp.  typica.  In  length  of  calyx  and 
corolla  the  plants  are  generally  nearer  subsp.  minor  though 
occasionally  exceptions  occur.  Here  they  are  piaced  as  non- 
typical  forms  of  subsp.  typica. 

As  plants  of  P.  douglasii  pass  from  youth  to  maturity  and 
old  age,  they  become  branched  from  the  base,  the  cauline  and 
larger  floral  leaves  drop  off,  and  the  corolla  is  notably  reduced. 
This  change  is  well  shown  by  comparing  two  collections  made 
from  the  same  pool-bottom  near  Pope  Valley,  Napa  Co.,  in 
May  (I.  T.  Howell  4278)  and  in  July  (J.  T.  Howell  4370). 
If  field  evidence  were  not  available  to  show  the  later  develop- 
ment of  the  plants,  such  extreme  types  as  Bolander  2667  from 
Lake  Co.  (UC)  and  Brezver  833  from  Napa  Valley  (UC) 
might  be  treated  as  new  forms. 


H5  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

An  attempt  was  made  to  segregate  the  forms  of  subsp. 
typica  in  the  Sierran  foothills  from  those  in  the  Coast  Ranges. 
The  more  slender  inflorescence,  the  narrower  floral  bracts,  and 
the  more  abundant  hairs  of  the  floral  bracts  and  calyx-lobes 
are  noticeable  characters  of  the  Sierran  plants  but  these  charac- 
ters varied  just  enough  in  plants  on  both  sides  of  the  Great 
Valley  that,  in  too  many  instances,  the  erection  of  a  critical 
line  of  division  between  the  forms  would  have  been  arbitrary. 

lb.   Pogogyne  douglasii  ramosa  J.  T.  Howell,  subsp.  nov. 

Stem  slender,  assurgent,  1-1.5  dm.  tall,  white-hairy  especially 
above,  branched  at  or  above  the  base;  bracts  of  the  inflores- 
cence oblanceolate  to  linear,  green,  densely  white-ciliate  on  the 
margins  and  puberulent  on  the  surfaces ;  inflorescence  more  or 
less  interrupted-spicate,  1-1.5  cm.  broad,  ovate  to  lanceolate; 
length  of  lower  calyx-lobes  2  times  the  length  of  the  calyx- 
tube  ;  calyx-tube  2-3  mm.  long,  nerves  white-bristly ;  corolla 
11-13  mm.  long,  conspicuously  hairy  outside;  style  hairy  3 
mm.  below  the  style-branches. 

Dried  beds  of  winter  pools  in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley. 

Type:  no.  171693,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  J.  T. 
Howell  (no.  2004),  near  Merced,  Merced  Co.,  Calif.  Only  one 
other  collection  has  been  seen,  that  of  Rattan  at  Live  Oaks, 
San  Joaquin  Co.,  Calif.,  in  1880  (St). 

lc.    Pogogyne  douglasii  minor  J.  T.  Howell,  subsp.  nov. 

Stems  0.5-1  (or  rarely  2)  dm.  tall,  very  slender,  simple; 
bracts  of  the  inflorescence  narrowly  linear  to  acicular,  acerose- 
pointed.  green  or  frequently  purplish,  the  margins  densely 
white-ciliate;  inflorescence  short-capitate,  1-2  cm.  broad; 
length  of  the  lower  calyx-lobes  1.6—2.5  times  the  length  of  the 
calyx-tube;  calyx-tube  2-2.5  mm.  long,  white-hairy;  corolla 
9-14  mm.  long;  style  hairy  2-3  mm.  below  style-branches. 

Depressions  on  low  clay  hills  bordering  the  Sacramento  and 
San  Joaquin  valleys  from  Tehama  Co.  south  to  Madera  Co. 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  \\y 

Type:  no.  171692,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  J.  T. 
Howell  (no.  4211),  near  Merced,  Merced  Co.,  Calif. 

Other  collections.  California:  eight  miles  south  of  Vina 
near  Pine  Creek,  Tehama  Co.,  Heller  11334  (CA,  G,  St,  UC)  ; 
Glenn  Co.,  L.  E.  Smith  in  1016  (CA)  ;  Folsom,  Sacramento 
Co.,  Hannibal  in  10 18  (St)  ;  Raymond,  Madera  Co.,  Cum- 
mings  in  1806  (G). 

The  collection  from  Poso  Creek  Valley  in  the  foothills  of 
the  southern  Sierra  Nevada,  Dudley  543  (St),  intergrades 
with  subsp.  typica.  In  technical  characters  of  length  of  calyx- 
tube  and  hairiness  of  style  it  agrees  with  subsp.  minor  but  in 
other  characters  it  resembles  more  diminutive  aspects  of  subsp. 
typica. 

Id.    Pogogyne   douglasii   parviflora    (Benth.)    J.   T.    Howell, 

comb.  t  no  v. 

Pogogyne  parviflora  Benth.,  Lab.  Gen.  et  Spec.  414  (1834). 

Stems  rather  slender,  2-3  dm.  tall,  simple  or  generally 
branched ;  bracts  of  the  inflorescence  oblanceolate  to  linear, 
mostly  green;  inflorescence  dense  and  capitate,  1-2  (or  2.5) 
cm.  broad;  length  of  lower  calyx-lobes  0.75-1.5  times  the 
length  of  the  calyx-tube;  calyx-tube  2.5-4  mm.  long,  glabrous 
or  somewhat  hairy;  corolla  11-15  mm.  (or  17)  mm.  long; 
style  hairy  4  mm.  below  the  style-branches. 

Low  places  in  Coast  Range  valleys  of  Sonoma,  Mendocino, 
and  Lake  counties. 

Pogogyne  parviflora  Benth.  was  first  collected  by  Douglas 
"in  California  septentrionali." 

Collections.  California:  Sherwood  Valley,  Mendocino  Co.. 
Dudley  in  1800  (St)  ;  between  Willits  and  Laytonville,  Men- 
docino Co.,  Abrams  58 ij  (St)  ;  Kelseyville,  Lake  Co.,  Blank- 
inship  (CA)  ;  Batchelor  Valley,  Lake  Co.,  Rattan  in  1883 
(St)  ;  between  Cotati  and  Santa  Rosa,  Sonoma  Co.,  Eastwood 
10620  (CA)  ;  Santa  Rosa,  Sonoma  Co.,  Heller  5642  (G,  Po, 
St)  ;  Mark  West,  Sonoma  Co.,  Bolander  3901  (UC). 

The  plant  represented  by  plate  no.  5886  of  Curtis'  Botanical 
Magazine    is    probably    P.    douglasii   parviflora    and    not    P. 


118 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


O 

o 
o 

o 

o 

CO 

w 

I— I 

o 

w 

c/3 


o 


o 

H 

< 

i— i 

Pi 
< 
> 

o 
z 

I— I 

o 

K 


Id 

ca 
< 


cj 

w"R  _ 

4>    ■!->   43 

"X3   cfi  -<-> 

g 

Jj   lO   >f   1^   lO    Tt   IT;   IT,    1/)    -f   lO 

r~- 

»/*) 

1"H 

HOC 
4)  jj    O 

■«* 

fC   ^   *"r*    ^y 

f3 

*^*  ■+•  *+  ~^ 

-+ 

m  t,- 

a 

(X 

oj'jr 

vO 

£3  +j 

O    00 

ajvCoCvCoOiOi/^vOvCOCOO 

vO 

**  C5  "*  lO 

■* 

lOfO-'t^ 

"* 

i-  c 

^    *-H    *— <    ,— 1    »— t    *— 1    »— 1    v— 1    *— 1    *— 1    *— ( 

i— i 

*— <    «— *    «— '    »-H 

»— i 

*— *   i— 1   i-H   ^H 

T-H 

O    <D 

r* 

0~ 

<D  o 

iO©©G©©vC©vOvC 

CN 

c  c  c  © 

i^ 

©  ©  ro  © 

00 

t^-tO©"1»0©0©0  0 

J^ 

uo  ©  ©  u-j 

CM 

©  ©  ro  © 

© 

o  x  >> 

—  —  cn.—  *— CN  —  cn«-<^ 

•— < 

(M  c^i  cvi  r-i 

fN 

tH  ^— '  *— <  *— < 

i-H 

'-S  — 'S 

rt  co  o 

(^    o 

(D 

42> 

3-5 

. 

«0 

LO 

^H 

lO 

i    bo 

§ 

X   C 

►•  "t  •*  f^  '♦"t  'f  f".  ";  f^/  f. 

<*5 

cn  <m  r^i  c^i 

CN 

t(<  ro  ro  •+ 

rO 

>,  OJ 

R 

ai 

O 

w 

<L> 

C-T    bO 

R 

rf 

fV) 

lO 

g^f^TfTf't^C.  -tNM 

r*i 

<^l  rvj  csi  r») 

<N 

fONf,  (N 

CN 

? 

n 

o 

uT 

0) 

I-i  42  _C 

. 

O 

t^- 

t^- 

£~   bo 
O   X   C 

vC 

lOTfl^l^ 

■* 

•*  r^i  -t  -1" 

PO 

^    £- 

15 

o 

S 

^ONNl^OMOTfO" 

vC  "*  r^i  tJ< 

Hr<'*« 

o  vo  »o  io  w  •*  ";  io  oo  "; 

IT,  IT;  O  i" 

On  i—i  O  in 

a 

sOOOOiOiOO^OO^C 

C^CvCt- 

i^'-'iOvO 

"C 

u~>ioioioio^fiotoooio 

l/-,l/)rHr^ 

uo  io  lo  ir; 

a 

(N(S(N(SNO(N(StS!N 

r-a  CN  »^  CN 

CN  vO  CN  CN 

43 

*— <                  * — i 

»— i 

~* 

|4 

0) 

««uo«« 

<<<+. 

o<u< 

w 

UUOOPPOUOC 

UUUtt 

POPC 

.2 

tj 

o 

c 

!^ 

t— « 

u 

o 

§ 

a 

*«4 

5t 

s~ 

U 

•* 

_c 

53 

4* 

O 
w 

4i 

a. 

4. 

to 

> 

-» 

Cd 

> 

H 

J 
<j 

(J 

s 

^  r3 

o 
o 

a  t 

53    P 

ui  42 

SO 

P  ^  5 

ctf          V 

a 

1 

E 

E 

c 

c/: 

> 
< 

O 

C  £ 

4i 

a 
a 

e 

c 

a 

b 

I 
l 
< 

o      ^ 
<b 

: 

> 

c 

41 

4) 
M 
cd 

p 
< 

O 
> 

c;   O    as  >.     — ■    co   cdJ^S.   c  -^ 

0 

W3    O    ^    ^ 

c  l-  rr  —  ^c 

^^"oj^  c 
wp  W  S  C 

Ri 

a, 

Q, 

Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  \\() 

douglasii  as  named,   for  the  length  of  the  lower  calyx-lobes 
equals  the  length  of  the  calyx-tube. 


2.    Pogogyne  abramsi  J.  T.   Howell,  spec.   nov. 

Stems  0.5-2  dm.  tall,  simple  and  erect  or  branched  and  sub- 
erect  to  diffuse;  leaf-blade  0.5-1.5  cm.  long,  0.1-0.5  cm.  wide, 
oblong  to  linear-oblanceolate,  entire  or  frequently  saliently 
toothed,  pubescent  or  glabrous,  narrowed  below  to  a  short 
petiole,  the  petioles  and  margins  of  the  upper  leaves  conspicu- 
ously bristly-ciliate ;  floral  bracts  white-ciliate,  narrowly  linear, 
pungently  acute,  equalling  the  calyx  or  shorter;  flowers  in 
slender  terminal  spike  or  the  lower  whorls  somewhat  distinct; 
calyx-tube  2-2.5  mm.  long,  densely  white-hairy  on  the  veins 
outside;  lower  calyx-lobes  3-4  (or  6)  mm.  long,  the  upper 
lobes  2-3  (or  5)  mm.  long,  all  about  0.5  mm.  broad  at  base, 
the  margins  hairy  and  bristly-ciliate,  the  veins  hairy;  corolla 
10-12  mm.  long;  lower  stamens  4—4.5  mm.  long,  sparsely 
hairy,  upper  stamens  1-2  mm.  long,  fertile,  glabrous;  style  12 
mm.  long,  hairy  2-4  mm.  below  the  branches;  style-branches 
unequal  to  nearly  equal;  nutlets  1-1.5  mm.  long. 

Depressions  on  the  mesas  and  "sandy  flats  inundated  during 
rains,"  western  San  Diego  Co. 

Type:  no.  162150,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by 
Abrams  (no.  3446),  on  mesa  north  of  San  Diego,  San  Diego 
Co.,  Calif. 

Other  collections.  California:  mesa  north  of  San  Diego, 
Abrams  3446  (G,  Po,  St)  ;  mesas  north  of  San  Diego, 
Chandler  5346  (St,  UC)  ;  near  San  Diego,  Hall  3924  (St, 
UC)  :  vicinity  of  San  Diego,  Spencer  127  (G,  UC)  ;  Linda 
Vista.  T.  S.  Brandegee  in  1804  (UC)  ;  clay  soil  of  dried  rain- 
pools,  1 1  miles  northeast  of  San  Diego,  /.  T.  Howell  6636 
(CA.  G,  O,  Po,  St,  UC). 

Distinguished  in  appearance  and  marked  by  several  excellent 
characters,  the  plant  here  described  seems  amply  distinct  from 
P.  nudiuscula  to  be  given  specific  recognition.  All  specimens 
save  one  that  have  been  examined  are  labelled  "P.  nudiuscula" 
yet  no  diagnosis  of  that  species  describes  the  unusual  charac- 


J 20  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ters  of  the  present  plant.  Undoubtedly  it  would  have  received 
early  recognition  if  its  distribution  were  not  so  nearly  co- 
extensive with  that  of  P.  nudiuscula.  But  there  are  no  "in- 
termediates," the  two  species  being  more  easily  separable  than 
certain  forms  of  the  long-recognized  species,  P.  serpylloides 
and  P.  zizyphoroides.  In  habit  P.  abramsi  is  more  slender  and 
the  character  of  vesture  marks  it  at  once.  The  leaves  are  fre- 
quently lobed  and  the  floral  bracts  are  very  narrow  and  pun- 
gent. The  calyx  of  P.  abramsi  is  smaller  in  all  parts  than  is 
the  calyx  of  P.  nudiuscula,  while  the  corolla  and  style  are  gen- 
erally longer  in  the  latter.  The  stamens  are  fertile  in  both 
species  but  in  the  present  species  both  pairs  are  shorter  than 
the  corresponding  pairs  in  P.  nudiuscula. 

Little  is  known  of  the  field  relationships  of  P.  nudiuscula 
and  P.  abramsi  but  it  is  evident  from  collections  in  the  her- 
baria that  the  two  species  do  not  grow  together,  for  they  have 
never  been  mixed  in  a  single  collection  and  no  collector  has 
noted  the  variation  which  would  be  so  conspicuous  if  the 
plants  were  associated.  Further  field  work  might  reveal  a 
physiological  barrier  which  separates  the  two  besides  determin- 
ing more  accurately  the  distribution  of  each. 

The  following  field  notes  accompany  the  last  of  the  speci- 
mens cited  above:  tube  of  the  corolla  slender,  widening  into 
the  campanulate  throat;  the  upper  lip  of  the  limb  cucullate,  the 
lobes  of  the  lower  lip  reflexed;  limb  and  throat  rich  rosy- 
purple,  tube  white ;  middle  lobe  of  lower  lip  with  central  yel- 
low area  spotted  with  deep  purple;  lateral  lobes  of  lower  lip 
with  a  median  line  of  similac  purple  but  with  no  yellow;  the 
two  lower  stamens  and  the  style  exserted  and  curved  from 
under  the  upper  lip. 

3.    Pogogyne  nudiuscula  Gray,  Bot.  Cal.  1:  597   (1876). 

Stems  1-3  dm.  tall,  simple  to  much-branched,  suberect  or 
somewhat  spreading;  leaf-blades  0.5-1.5  cm.  long,  0.2-0.5  cm. 
wide,  ovate  to  oblong,  obtuse  or  acute,  subentire,  glabrous, 
narrowed  below  to  petiole  0.2-0.5  cm.  long;  floral  bracts  ob- 
lanceolate  to  oblong-linear,   glabrous   or   with    few  marginal 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  \2\ 

hairs,  equalling  the  calyx  or  shorter,  or  the  outermost  some- 
times exceeding  the  calyx;  flowers  in  distant  axillary  whorls 
or  the  upper  whorls  capitate-congested;  calyx-tube  3-4  mm. 
long,  conspicuously  veined,  glabrous  or  very  sparsely  hairy; 
lower  calyx-lobes  3-5  mm.  long,  the  upper  lobes  2-4  mm.  long, 
all  lobes  1  mm.  broad  at  base,  the  margins  of  the  lobes 
glabrous,  rarely  thinly  ciliate;  corolla  11-14  mm.  long, 
sparsely  hairy  outside,  lavender;  lower  pair  of  stamens  5-6 
mm.  long,  upper  part  of  filaments  hairy,  upper  stamens  2-3 
mm.  long,  fertile,  glabrous;  style  equalling  or  slightly  exceed- 
ing the  corolla,  11-15  mm.  long,  hairy  to  1.5-4  mm.  below 
style-branches ;  style-branches  nearly  equal;  nutlets  1.5  mm. 
long. 

On  the  mesas  of  western  San  Diego  Co.  near  San  Diego, 
the  region  of  the  type  locality. 

Collections.  California:  San  Diego,  Cleveland  in  18/4 
(type,  G)  ;  San  Diego,  Greene  in  1002  (Baker  distribution  no. 
J655)  (CA,  G,  Po,  UC)  ;  San  Diego,  Dunn  in  1801  (CA, 
UC)  ;  mesas  near  San  Diego,  Chandler  5345  (UC,  St)  ;  Mis- 
sion Valley,  San  Diego,  T.  S.  Brandegee  in  1804  (UC)  ;  East 
San  Diego,  Spencer  548  (G,  Po)  ;  University  Heights  on  "hog 
wallows."  Alderson  008  (St). 

Subgenus  Hediomoides  Gray,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad. 

7:386  (1867). 

Hediomoides  (Gray)  Briquet  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  Nat.  Pfl.  4,  abt.  3a:  295 
(1896). 

4.    Pogogyne  serpylloides  (Torr.)  Gray,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  7 : 

386  (1867). 

Stems  numerous  from  the  base  and  diffusely  spreading,  or 
rarely  simple  and  suberect,  0.25-2.5  dm.  long;  leaf-blade  ob- 
longish  to  ovate  and  broadly  elliptic,  obtuse,  entire  or  minutely 
crenulate  or  obscurely  serrulate,  0.2-1.2  cm.  long,  0.1-0.8  cm. 
wide,  narrowed  below  to  a  petiole  0.1-0.7  cm.  long;  floral 
bracts  spathulate  to  linear-oblanceolate,  equalling  or  exceeding 
the  calyx,  margins  somewhat  ciliate-pubescent ;  flowers  in  dis- 

December  18,  1931 


12?  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

crete  axillary  whorls  or  the  upper  whorls  congested  and  the 
inflorescence  becoming  capitate;  calyx-tube  1-3.5  mm.  long, 
nerves  thinly  pubescent ;  lower  calyx-lobes  2—4  mm.  long,  the 
tips  spreading  in  fruit,  the  upper  lobes  1.5-3  mm.  long,  the 
margins  of  the  lobes  ciliate;  corolla  lavender  or  lilac,  hairy  or 
glabrous  without,  2.5-5.5  mm.  long;  lower  pair  of  stamens 
fertile,  0.5-1.5  mm.  long,  the  upper  pair  sterile  with  or  with- 
out rudiments  of  anthers,  or  both  upper  stamens  entirely  lack- 
ing; style  included  in  or  equalling  the  throat  of  corolla,  2-4 
mm.  long,  lightly  hairy  below  branches;  nutlets  rotund-ovate, 
dark  brown,  mottled  or  not,  1-1.3  mm.  long. 

Hillsides  and  low  valley  lands :  Sierra  Nevada  foothills 
from  Eldorado  Co.  to  Mariposa  Co. ;  Coast  Ranges  from 
Humboldt  Co.  to  San  Luis  Obispo  Co.,  east  to  Lake  and  San 
Benito  cos. ;  northern  Lower  California. 


Key  to  Subspecies  of  P.  serpylloides 

a.     Stems  slender  and  spreading;  whorls  of  the  inflorescence 

discrete 4a.    typica 

S.3.,  Stems  more  stiffly  erect,  few-branched;  whorls  of  inflores- 
cence approximate,  forming  oblong,  capitate  spike 4b.    intermedia 


4a.    Pogogyne   serpylloides   typica  J.   T.    Howell,   nom.    nov. 

Hedeoma  (?)  serpylloides  Torr.,  Pac.  R.  R.  Rep.  4:  123  (1856). 
Pogogyne  serpylloides  (Torr.)  Gray,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  7:  386  (1867). 
Hediomoides  serpylloides  (Torr.)  Briquet  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  Nat.  Pfl.  4, 
abt.  3a:  295  (1896). 

Plants  generally  much-branched  from  the  base,  the  stems 
flexuous  and  spreading,  or  rarely  in  undeveloped  diminutive 
plants,  the  stem  simple  but  slender ;  flowers  in  distinct  axillary 
whorls,  the  whorls  rarely  congested  and  capitate  in  small 
plants. 

Sierra  Nevada  and  Coast  Range  hills  from  northern  Cali- 
fornia to  northern  Lower  California. 

"Hillsides,  Martinez"  is  the  type  locality  of  Hedeoma  ser- 
pylloides Torr. 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  123 

Collections.  California:  New  York  Ravine,  Eldorado  Co., 
A'.  Brandegce  in  1907  (UC)  ;  near  Copperopolis,  Calaveras 
Co.,  Davy  1391  (Po,  UC)  ;  Mokelumne  Hill,  Calaveras  Co., 
Blaisdell  (CA)  ;  New  York  Falls,  Amador  Co.,  Hansen  447 
(St,  UC)  :  French  Flat,  Tuolumne  Co.,  Williamson  53  (CA, 
Po,  St)  ;  Cathay  Valley,  Mariposa  Co.,  Eastwood  4332  (CA, 
G)  ;  Butler  Valley  on  Mad  River,  Humboldt  Co.,  Tracy  2621 
and  2622  (UC)  ;  Rowes,  Mendocino  Co.,  Chandler  1060 
(UC)  ;  Ukiah,  Mendocino  Co.,  Kellogg  and  Harford  J 28 
(CA,  G)  ;  Kelseyville,  Lake  Co.,  Blankinship  in  1023  (CA)  ; 
Pope  Creek  Canyon,  Napa  Range,  Napa  Co.,  /.  T.  Howell 
61 1 3  (CA)  ;  Healdsburg,  Sonoma  Co.,  Rattan  in  1877  (St) ; 
Martinez,  Contra  Costa  Co.,  Bigelow  in  1854  (type  collection, 
G)  ;  Bald  Peak,  Contra  Costa  Co.,  /.  T.  Hozvell  4747  (CA, 
G,  O,  Po,  St,  UC)  ;  Berkeley  Hills,  Alameda  Co.,  Eastivood  in 
1907  (CA)  ;  Oakland,  Alameda  Co.,  Jones  2833  (CA,  Po, 
St)  ;  Fort  Point,  San  Francisco,  Kellogg  and  Harford  720 
(CA,  G)  ;  Arroyo  Mocho,  Alameda  Co.,  /.  T.  Hozvell  1802 
(CA)  ;  near  Stanford  University,  Santa  Clara  Co.,  Baker  543 
(G,  Po,  St,  UC)  ;  between  Gilroy  Spring  and  Madrone 
Spring.  Santa  Clara  Co.,  Dudley  4134  (CA,  St)  ;  Tres  Pinos 
River  5  miles  above  Pacaines,  San  Benito  Co.,  Abrams  and 
Borthzvick  7807  (Po,  St);  Monterey  Co.,  Abbott  (CA)  ; 
Cambria,  San  Luis  Obispo  Co.,  Eastivood  13596  (CA). 
Lower  California:  near  San  Quintin,  northern  Lower  Cali- 
fornia, Orcutt  1 361  (G,  UC). 

Unlike  the  other  species  of  the  genus,  this  form  is  not  so 
nearly  confined  to  low  places  where  pools  form  during  winter 
rains,  but  rather  appears  to  be  more  abundant  on  slopes  of 
hills  near  protecting  thickets  and  brush.  Only  two  collections 
that  have  been  examined  carry  the  record  that  the  specimens 
were  collected  on  the  beds  of  former  pools.  Although  there  is 
considerable  variation  noted  in  the  size  and  aspect  of  plants  in 
this  variety,  such  variation  is  believed  to  be  due  entirely  to 
edaphic  and  climatic  influences. 


124 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


> 
o 
o 
o 
o 

Ph 

o 

CO 

W 

u 

w 

Oh 
CO 


< 

H 

W 
O 


2 

O 
>— i 

H 

<J 
i— i 

Pi 

< 

> 

z 

I— I 

o 

CO 


w 
J 


3^ 

3/8 

^««- 

ro  *— <  O^  »■■ * 

-H                       VO  CS  00 

t— 

oc 

o 

^g 

g^-H*-H»— 4»-Hi— 4*—tO'— ' 

■— lCN*-i^-*eNCN«- 

t-H 

z~ 

V-    £x! 

O                            1/5                    1/5           1/5 

— 1                               rtOlrtrHrtHNr- 

^ 

c/3 

^'xi 

S  +» 

■         l/J  1/5                 l/)          l/i 

g  ifl  ifl  fC  fO  ■*  Tf  ui  (*) 

Cv 

CN 

o   OjO 

*-  c 
o  a; 

Tt 

iooot^io-^o»ot^ 

lO 

o- 

aJ 

Si 

•  IT)  lO  >o               lO 
a     .      :     . 

o- 

lO  lO  "0  ""> 

o 

i      0£ 

^- 

(^^^OTt,rocN(^^<^^^»■ 

>         CN 

>.  D 

R 

03 

o 

Ifl 

<u 

U  ,q  XI 

■       m  io            »o 

fc 

liO  lO  lO  >o 

u-> 

a>-H  cuo 

jc 

CU  ji;   C 

-(NrtNMtfltNN'O 

Cs 

1^   "t    tO    tO  f^    f<)  T-l  Tj 

CO 

^  £~ 

S 

"rt 

CJ 

uo" 

S 

""•    .£     Xl 

4)    O  +^ 

•  I/}  l/>  1/5 

es 

lO             lO  li")  >o  >o 

00 

O   X   c 

g        .        .        . 

«■ 

«vO^'t,*u1Nir 

>* 

►3j^ 

cd 

0 

OOinhOWOOi 

xO  00  lO  ^ --H  00  o -^ 

H 

t— it^-t^->— i00l^t^O> 

i/j'O^OvONOOC 

3 

«— lOOO^O^OO^O 

vO  ^O  *  VO  (N  "1  vO  \C 

■j-1 

io  io  m  O  >o  "5  ")  "i 

THl/)irjl/)l/)^rHir 

3 

OMN^tcscsrscs 

r^fNi»CN-+rot-~rv 

,Q 

T— 1              *— t 

^— (                               i-H   i—i   ^-H 

<<<<<<<o 

<<<<<^<C 

s 

UOUQUOUP 

UOUOOcoUP 

*4- 

■  r 

M-4 

O 

e 

to 

4-* 

n 
u 

XI      Vh 

^3  y 

2& 

la 

t- 

i— < 

£3    cd         O 

go 

u 

U 

u 

c 

~jU--3o,7;'-L'    ,5)    - 

g    JtJ^^l    «   o    JO 

^W  O  *$  O  ^  fe  O  co 

a. 
b. 

re 
s- 

a. 

> 
< 

O     D     In  ►         " 

CO 

_  a. 

c  +- 
o  c 

u    > 
>i  c 

O  c 

ai  a. 
1  <ux 

■    S: 
i 

I 

< 

j 

ft. 

a, 

. 

Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  125 

4b.    Pogogyne  serpylloides  intermedia  J.  T.  Howell, 

subsp.  nov. 

Plants  few-branched  from  the  base,  the  stems  rather  stiffly 
erect,  rarely  spreading;  flowers  in  approximate  whorls,  the  in- 
florescence oblong-capitate,  rarely  1  of  the  lower  whorls 
distinct. 

Sierra  Nevada  foothills  and  Coast  Ranges  of  central  Cali- 
fornia. 

Type:  no.  25672,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Gui- 
rado  (no.  714),  at  San  Juan,  San  Benito  Co.,  Calif. 

Other  collections.  San  Juan,  San  Benito  Co.,  Guirado  J 14. 
(G,  UC) ;  Livermore,  Alameda  Co.,  Jepson  in  1801  (UC)  ; 
Live  Oaks,  San  Joaquin  Co.,  Rattan  in  1880  (St)  ;  St.  Law- 
rence, Eldorado  Co.,  Jones  in  1882  (Po)  ;  California,  An- 
drews (G). 

In  this  subspecies  the  more  apparent  characters  that  separate 
P.  serpylloides  and  P.  zizyphoroides  find  a  definite  transition 
from  one  species  to  the  other.  In  an  adequate  collection  of  the 
two  species  a  series  can  be  arranged  passing  by  every  inter- 
grade  of  habit,  foliage,  and  flower  from  typical  specimens  of 
P.  serpylloides  to  specimens  of  P.  zizyphoroides.  The  follow- 
ing series  can  be  arranged  from  the  specimens  of  these  species 
found  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences:  (1.)  Oakland  Hills,  Goldsmith;  (2.)  Monterey 
County,  Abbott;  (3.)  Mokelumne  Hill,  Blaisdell;  (4.)  San 
Juan,  Guirado;  (5.)  Suisun,  Eastzvood;  (6.)  Merced,  /.  T. 
Howell;  (7.)  Willows,  Eastwood;  (8.)  Oroville,  Heller.  This 
sequence  passes  by  gradual  intergrades  from  plants  with  habit 
typical  of  P.  serpylloides  (1  to  3)  to  plants  typical  of  the  more 
robust  habit  of  P.. zizyphoroides  (5  to  8).  In  this  series  the 
intermediate  form  from  San  Juan  (4)  with  its  stricter  habit 
and  compact  inflorescence,  resembles  the  less  robust  aspects  of 
P.  zizyphoroides,  but  it  is  definitely  referable  to  P.  serpyl- 
loides on  the  size-character  of  the  nutlets.  Because  of  the  ap- 
proximation of  this  form  to  P.  zizyphoroides  while  yet  main- 
taining the  one  essential  characteristic  of  P.  serpylloides,   it 


126  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

has  seemed  proper  to  treat  it  as  a  distinct  subspecies.  Although 
plants  constituting  subsp.  intermedia  are  very  distinctive  in  ap- 
pearance, it  has  been  difficult  to  separate  it  from  subsp.  typica 
because  of  the  nature  of  variations  in  the  latter,  especially  in 
the  more  diminutive  specimens  which  are  very  frequently 
unbranched  and  bear  single  capitate  flower-clusters.  It  is  inter- 
esting that  there  are  apparently  no  quantitative  data  by  which 
subsp.  typica  and  subsp.  intermedia  can  be  separated ;  but  this 
might  be  expected  since  only  a  single  quantitative  character  is 
available  for  the  adequate  separation  of  the  species  P.  serpyl- 
loides  and  P.  zizyphoroides. 

Andrews'  specimen  of  P.  serpylloides  intermedia  in  the 
Gray  Herbarium  is  labelled  in  Gray's  hand-writing  "P.  zizy- 
phoroides var.  magis  evolnta." 


5.    Pogogyne   zizyphoroides   Benth.,   PI.   Hartw.   330    (1849). 

Hedeomoides  zizyphoroides  (Benth.)  Briquet  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  Nat.  Pfl. 
4,  abt.  3a:  295  (1896). 

Stems  simple  or  branched,  0.5-2  dm.  tall,  erect  or  somewhat 
spreading;  leaf-blade  ovate  to  oblong  or  broadly  elliptic, 
0.4—1.5  cm.  long,  0.2-1  cm.  wide,  glabrous  or  the  margins 
minutely  scaberulous,  obtuse,  entire,  narrowed  below  to  a 
broad  petiole  0.2-0.7  cm.  long,  the  petioles  of  the  upper  leaves 
frequently  ciliate-margined ;  floral  bracts  equalling  or  exceed- 
ing the  calyx,  spathulate  to  slender-oblanceolate,  conspicuously 
ciliate  on  the  margins ;  flowers  in  dense  heads  or  the  lower 
whorls  distinct  from  the  terminal  capitate  cluster;  calyx-tube 
2.5-5  mm.  long,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  rarely  the  nerves  some- 
what bristly;  lower  calyx-lobes  2.5-6  mm.  long,  the  upper 
lobes  1.5-4  mm.  long,  the  middle  upper  lobe  frequently  0.5-1 
mm.  shorter  than  the  two  lateral  upper  lobes,  the  margins  and 
nerves  of  the  lobes  bristly-hairy;  corolla  lavender,  4-8  mm. 
long;  lower  pair  of  stamens  fertile,  1-2  mm.  long,  the  upper 
pair  sterile  and  present  as  club-shaped  rudiments ;  style  3-7 
mm.  long,  lightly  hairy  below  branches ;  nutlets  obovate,  dark 
brown,  1.6-2.5  mm.  long. 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— THE  GENUS  POGOGYNE  127 

Dried  beds  of  vernal  pools  in  clay  soil,  frequently  alkaline 
in  character:  Jackson  Co.,  Oregon;  plains  and  low  bounding 
hills  of  the  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  valleys,  Butte  Co. 
south  to  Mariposa  and  Merced  cos. ;  occasional  in  valleys  of 
the  Coast  Ranges  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  region. 

Pogogxne  zizyphoroides  Benth.  was  first  collected  "in  valle 
Sacramento"  by  Hartweg. 

Collections.  Oregon :  Central  Point,  Jackson  Co.,  Howell 
jjj  (CA,  G,  O)  ;  road  to  Goldhill,  Jackson  Co.,  Henderson 
1238$  and  12400  (CA,  O).  California:  California,  Hartzveg 
1915  (type  collection,  G)  ;  hills  8  miles  north  of  Oroville, 
Butte  Co.,  Heller  11275  (Cx\,  G,  St,  UC)  ;  Willows,  Glenn 
Co.,  Eastwood  10204  (CA)  ;  4  miles  east  of  Williams.  Colusa 
Co.,  Ferris  §44  (St)  ;  Suisun,  Solano  Co.,  East-wood  1040/ 
(CA)  ;  Byron  Springs,  Contra  Costa  Co.,  Eastwood  14443 
(CA)  ;  above  Niles,  Alameda  Co.,  Jones  in  1882  (Po)  ; 
Coyote  Station,  Santa  Clara  Co.,  Congdon  in  1881  (St); 
Merced,  Merced  Co.,  Eashvood  4406  (CA)  ;  Merced  plains, 
Merced  Co.,  /.  T.  Hozvell  998  (CA)  ;  White  Rock,  Mariposa 
Co.,  Congdon  in  1903  (UC).  The  present  disposition  of  the 
Oregon  collections  of  this  species  is  discussed  in  Madrono 
2:20  (1931). 

Comparing  the  tables  of  measurements  for  P.  zizyphoroides 
and  P.  serpylloides  it  is  seen  that  there  is  an  overlap  in  all  data 
except  the  length-measurements  of  the  nutlets.  In  all  speci- 
mens studied  this  size-character  has  been  found  adequate  for 
the  definite  quantitative  separation  of  the  two  species.  It  will 
be  noted,  however,  that  in  all  the  other  sets  of  data,  the  sizes 
of  floral  structures  are  larger  on  the  whole  and  in  averages  for 
P.  zizyphoroides  and  that  it  is  only  in  few  exceptional  cases  of 
both  species  that  the  observed  overlap  occurs.  Because  of  this 
overlap  these  data  have  not  been  available  as  diagnostio 
characters,  but  the  differences  shown  by  the  averages 
strengthen  the  conclusion  that  P.  zizyphoroides  and  P.  serpyl- 
loides are  two  distinct  specific  entities.  The  apparent  inter- 
relation of  the  two  species  is  treated  further  in  the  discussion 
of  P.  serpylloides  intermedia. 


128  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

6.    Pogogyne  tenuiflora  Gray,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  11:  100 

(1876). 

Plate  1. 

Hediomoides  tenuiflora  (Gray)  Briquet  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  Nat.  Pfl.  4,  abt. 
3a:  295  (1896). 

Stems  erect,  1  dm.  tall;  leaves  obovate,  obtuse,  the  margins 
slightly  bristly  or  glabrous,  with  pair  of  salient  teeth;  floral 
bracts  linear  to  oblanceolate,  finely  ciliate,  pungent,  about 
equalling  the  calyx;  calyx-lobes  finely  ciliate,  the  lower  lobes 
6  mm.  long,  the  upper  lobes  5  mm.  long,  nerves  of  calyx 
puberulent;  corolla  12  mm.  long,  tubular-salver  form,  pubes- 
cent without ;  lower  pair  of  stamens  fertile,  3  mm.  long,  upper 
pair  sterile,  capitellate,  2  mm.  long;  style  hairy  3  mm.  below 
branches,  the  branches  unequal. 

Pogogyne  tenuiflora  Gray  is  known  only  from  the  type  col- 
lection made  in  1875:  Guadalupe  Island,  Lower  California, 
Palmer  65  (G). 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  4,  pp.  129-134  December  18,  1931 


IV 
A  GREAT  BASIN  SPECIES  OF  PHYSOCARPUS* 

BY 

JOHN  THOMAS  HOWELL 

Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Botany 

It  was  on  the  crest  of  the  Panamint  Range  where  one  looks 
eastward  down  to  the  alkaline  sink  of  Death  Valley  and  west- 
ward beyond  the  Argus  Mts.  to  the  highest  summits  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada,  that  the  present  study  was  begun.  There, 
clinging  to  clefts  and  crevices  of  a  rocky  ledge  and  forming  a 
densely  and  rigidly  branched  shrubby  growth,  was  found  a 
form  of  the  Basin  species  of  Physocarpus,  P.  alternans.  The 
following  diagnoses  and  key  present  the  variations  found  in 
this  species  through  the  extent  of  its  range  and  describe  as 
new  the  forms  which  have  been  found  in  California. 

Physocarpus  alternans  is  most  nearly  related  to  the  P. 
monogynus  complex  of  species  which  is  found  mainly  in  the 
Rocky  Mt  region  from  British  Columbia  to  Colorado  and 
New  Mexico,  a  group  of  species  characterized  by  carpels  two 
or  three  and  by  stamens  nearly  alike.    From  this  group  P. 

The  symbols  used  to  indicate  the  herbaria  where  material  has  been  studied  are 
as  follows: 

CA,  Herbarium  of  the  California   Academy  of  Sciences, 

Po,    Herbarium    of  Pomona    College, 

St,   Dudley   Herbarium   of   Stanford  University, 

UC,   Herbarium   of   the   University   of   California. 

December  18,  1931 


130  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

alternans  is  easily  separated  on  morphologic  and  distributional 
grounds  and  in  a  manner  more  decisive  than  most  of  the 
species  in  the  genus  are  separated.  The  solitary  carpel  at  once 
marks  the  species  and  the  character  of  the  stamens  alone 
would  have  specific  value.  Besides  these  two  characters  the 
species  is  distinctive  for  the  relative  density  of  pubescence  on 
nearly  all  parts,  the  small  leaves,  and  the  few-flowered,  compact 
corymbs.  In  geographic  distribution  this  species  appears  to 
replace  all  other  species  in  the  Great  Basin  area  of  western 
Utah,  Nevada  and  California,  and,  although  Rydberg  in  his 
treatment  of  the  genus  credits  P.  (Opulaster)  monogynus  to 
Nevada,  no  specimens  have  been  seen  from  Nevada  to  confirm 
this  statement.  For  these  reasons  the  species  P.  alternans  is 
considered  adequately  distinct.  And  since  the  species  has  never 
been  placed  in  the  genus  Physocarpus,  the  necessary  combina- 
tion is  given  as  new. 

Physocarpus  alternans  (Jones)  J.  T.  Howell,  comb,  now 
Neillia  monogyna  var.  alternans  Jones,  Zoe  4:42,  1893. 

Low  densely  branched  shrub,  2-5  ft.  high;  sterile  shoots  of 
the  season  stellate-pubescent  and  rarely  glandular,  the  bark  on 
older  stems  brown  or  later  greyish-white,  shreddy;  petioles 
0.2-1  cm.  long,  sometimes  glandular;  leaf-blades  0.3-1.5  cm. 
long,  rounded  to  rhonboidal,  cordate,  generally  3-lobed,  the 
lobes  doubly  crenate,  more  or  less  pubescent  above  and  below ; 
inflorescence  umbellately  corymbose,  terminal,  3-6-flowered ; 
floral  bracts  linear  and  linear-lanceolate  to  oblong  and  oblance- 
olate,  laciniate,  sometimes  glandular-fimbriate ;  pedicels  0.3-1 
cm.  long,  densely  stellate-pubescent;  hypanthium  stellate,  3-4 
mm.  wide ;  sepals  hairy,  white  or  pink-margined,  ovate,  acutish 
to  obtuse;  petals  white  (or  becoming  pink),  rounded,  3-4  mm. 
long;  stamens  about  20,  the  filaments  alternating  short  and 
long,  the  long  with  somewhat  dilated  bases ;  follicle  solitary, 
densely  stellate,  about  5  mm.  long. 

Distribution :  mountains  of  the  Great  Basin  from  central 
Utah  westward  through  Nevada  to  southeastern  California. 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— A  SPECIES  OF  PHYSOCARPUS  \^\ 

Habitat :  crevices  of  rocks  and  cliffs  in  the  Transition  and 
lower  Boreal  zones  ( from  upper  Artemisia-Pinon  Belt  to  Lim- 
ber Pine  Belt)  of  desert  mountains,  6000  to  9000  ft. 

Key  to  the  Subspecies  of  P.  alternans 

a.    Inner  surface  of  hypanthium  glabrous. 

b.     Upper  surface  of  leaves  slightly  pubescent  or  nearly 

glabrous a.    typicus 

bb.  Upper  surface  of  leaves  densely  pubescent b.    panamintensis 

aa.    Inner  surface  of  hypanthium  with  ring  of  hairs  near  top.  .  .  .c.    annulatus 

a.    Physocarpus  alternans   typicus   J.   T.   Howell,   nom.   nov. 

Neillia  monogyna  (Torr.)  Greene  var.  alternans  Jones,  Zoe  4:  42,  1893. 

Neillia  alternans  Jones,  Zoe  4:  43,  1893,  as  a  synonym. 

Opulaster  alternans  Heller,  Catalogue  N.  Amer.  PI.  ed.  2,  5,  1900. 

Neillia  opulifolia  (L.)  Wats.  var.  alternans  Rydberg  (not  Jones),  N.  Amer.  Fl. 

22:  245,  1908,  as  a  synonym. 
Neillia  opulifolia  (L.)  Wats.  var.  pauciflora  Wats.,   Bot.  King's  Explor.  80, 

1871  in  part,  according  to  Rydberg  in  N.  Amer.  Fl.  22:  245,  1908; 

not  Spiraea  pauciflora  Nutt.  in  T.  &  G.,  Fl.  N.  Amer.  1:  414,  1840, 

nor  Spiraea  opulifolia  L.  var.  pauciflora  (Nutt.)  T.  &  G.,  Fl.  N.  Amer. 

1:414,  1840. 

Petioles  0.5-1  cm.  long,  rarely  shorter,  sparsely  to  densely 
pubescent;  leaf-blade  1-1.5  cm.  long,  or  sometimes  0.5  cm. 
long,  slightly  hairy  above  or  nearly  glabrous,  the  hairs  mostly 
forked,  or  trifid  to  stellate,  usually  not  blurring  the  color  of 
the  leaf;  stipules  not  glandular-margined  or  rarely,  the  subu- 
late tip  laciniate ;  floral  bracts  oblong-lanceolate  to  oblance- 
olate,  generally  laciniate;  pedicels  0.5-1  cm.  long,  glandular; 
hypanthium  glabrous  within. 

Collections.  Utah:  Provo,  Wasatch  Mts.,  L.  N.  Goodding 
1150  (UC)  ;  Provo,  Wasatch  Mts.  at  6000  ft.,  M.  E.  Jones 
5613c  (UC).  Nevada:  Duck  Creek  at  7300  ft.,  Schell  Creek 
Mts..  M.  E.  Jones  in  June  30,  1803  (type  collection,  Po)  ; 
Morey  Peak  at  6-7000  ft.,  C.  A.  Purpus  6367  (UC)  ;  High- 
land Peak,  C.  A.  Purpus  in  1808  (UC)  ;  one  mile  south  of 
Cave  Creek  P.  O.,  Ruby  Mts.,  H.  L.  Mason  4770  (CA)  ; 
Bunker  Hill,  Toyabe  Range,  Kennedy  4226  (St). 


132  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

b.    Physocarpus  alternans  panamintensis  J.  T.  Howell, 

subsp.  nov. 

Shrub  1-3  ft.  high;  branchlets  stellate-pubescent  and  glan- 
dular; petioles  0.2-0.5  cm.  long,  glandular  and  densely  pubes- 
cent; leaf-blade  0.3-0.5  cm.  long,  densely  stellate-pubescent 
above,  the  color  of  the  leaf  obscured  by  the  felt-like  covering; 
stipules  slender  to  broad-deltoid,  glandular-margined  and 
hairy;  floral  bracts  linear  to  linear-lanceolate,  hairy,  generally 
entire;  pedicels  0.3  cm.  long  or  less,  hairy,  glandular;  hypan- 
thium  glabrous  within. 

Type:  no.  171685,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  J.  T. 
Howell  (no.  3942),  about  150  yards  north  of  saddle  between 
Johnson  and  Surprise  canyons,  el.  8500  ft.,  Panamint  Range, 
Inyo  Co.,  Calif. 

This  subspecies  is  distinguished  from  subsp.  typicus  and 
subsp.  annulatus  by  the  dense,  felt-like  pubescence  which 
covers  the  upper  leaf-surface  as  well  as  the  lower.  Other  dis- 
tinctive characters  which  meet  in  subsp.  panamintensis  but 
which  are  sometimes  found  in  the  other  subspecies,  singly  or 
in  pairs,  are  the  very  short  petioles,  the  small  leaf-blades,  the 
linear  or  linear-lanceolate  floral  bracts,  the  very  short  pedicels, 
and  the  numerous  red  glands  which  are  found  on  the  branch- 
lets,  petioles,  and  margins  of  stipules  and  bracts.  It  should 
be  noted  here  that  the  small  leaf-blade  and  short  petiole  which 
are  so  distinctive  and  uniform  in  the  present  subspecies  are 
roughly  paralleled  in  the  specimen  of  the  type  collection  of 
subsp.  typicus  which  has  been  examined.  While  size  of  leaf 
is  believed  to  be  nearly  constant  in  the  present  subspecies,  it 
would  appear  from  a  study  of  the  more  eastern  material  that 
in  subsp.  typicus  leaf -size  is  variable  to  a  considerable  degree 
even  on  single  plants. 

The  density  of  pubescence  of  the  upper  leaf-surface  is 
selected  as  the  diagnostic  character  from  these  other  variables 
because  variation  in  density  of  pubescence  is  more  closely  and 
definitely  correlated  with  the  geographic  distribution  of  the 


Vol.  XX]  HOWELL— A  SPECIES  OF  PHYSOCARPUS  1  33 

species  in  the  Great  Basin.  The  specimens  collected  by 
Goodding  and  by  Jones  at  Provo  in  central  Utah,  and  the  col- 
lections from  eastern  Nevada  by  Mason  in  the  Ruby  Mts.  and 
by  Jones  in  the  Schell  Creek  Mts.  show  the  upper  leaf-surface 
weakly  pubescent  to  nearly  glabrous,  the  color  of  the  leaf 
scarcely  toned  by  the  scanty  vesture.  More  southern  collec- 
tions in  Nevada  made  by  Purpus  on  Morey  Peak  and  on  High- 
land Peak  show  a  marked  increase  in  the  amount  of  pubes- 
cence and  the  color  of  the  leaf  is  somewhat  affected  by  the 
more  numerous  hairs.  Still  further  south  and  west  at  the 
southwestern  limit  of  distribution  of  the  species,  the  present 
subspecies  is  found  in  which  the  pubescence  of  the  upper  leaf- 
surface  is  felt-like  and  the  color  of  the  leaf  is  largely  obscured 
by  the  dense  covering. 


c.   Physocarpus  alternans  annulatus  J.  T.  Howell,  subsp.  nov. 

Petioles  0.2-0.4  cm.  long,  glandular  and  densely  pubescent; 
leaf-blade  1-1.5  cm.  long,  stellate-hairy,  the  color  of  the  leaf 
slightly  blurred;  stipules  deltoid-lanceolate,  not  subulate  or 
laciniate,  glandular-margined;  floral  bracts  linear-lanceolate, 
glandular;  pedicels  0.3-0.4  cm.  long,  densely  stellate  and 
somewhat  glandular ;  hypanthium  with  conspicuous  hairy  ring 
in  upper  part  just  below  insertion  of  stamens. 

Type:  no.  171686,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  V. 
Duran  (no.  1682),  Wyman  Creek,  White  Mts.,  el.  8500  ft., 
Inyo  Co.,  Calif. 

The  ring  of  hairs  in  the  hypanthium  which  marks  subsp. 
annulatus  appears  to  be  lacking  in  all  other  forms  of  the  genus 
Physocarpus.  This  character  because  of  its  variance  from  the 
usual  generic  type  of  glabrous  hypanthium  might  be  held 
specific  in  value,  but  a  study  of  the  other  characters  of  the 
plant  shows  it  to  be  too  closely  related  to  P.  alternans  to  be 
considered  a  specific  segregate.  As  noted  in  the  above  diag- 
nosis there  are  minor  variations  of  density  of  pubescence,  dis- 


134  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

position  of  glands,  and  sizes  of  petioles,  leaf-blades,  and  pedi- 
cels which  also  tend  to  separate  this  subspecies  from  subsp. 
typicus,  but  there  is  also  some  variation  in  these  characters  in 
subsp.  typicus  so  they  can  be  considered  only  secondary  in 
value.  In  character  of  the  density  of  pubescence  on  the  upper 
leaf-surface,  subsp.  annulatus  most  closely  resembles  the  speci- 
mens of  subsp.  typicus  collected  in  southern  Nevada  by  Purpus 
than  those  collected  further  north  and  east  in  eastern  Nevada 
and  Utah. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  3 


[HOWELL]  Plate  1 


(.iniil.ihipt'   I >I:» ml.  off  Lower  California. 

Coll.    Ki'\\  \i:i.  1'wmi.i:.   M  I  >. .    ]-*7-".. 


No.    ^j~ 
/i?-*  t>- 

/ 


T? 


i*.  -  / 


7 


■  \  \     1-  !      \     AMI  K. 


Pogogyne  tomi flora  Gray;  type  specimen,  x  1. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  5,  pp.  135-160  December  18,  1931 


NEW   SPECIES   OF  PLANTS   FROM   WESTERN 
NORTH  AMERICA 


BY 

ALICE  EASTWOOD 
Curator,  Department  of  Botany 


Introduction 

The  species  described  in  the  following  pages  have  come  to 
the  herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  from  the 
collections  of  the  author  and  the  contributions  of  many  cor- 
respondents and  friends.  A  few  have  been  in  the  collection 
many  years,  some  even  antedating  the  great  fire  and  saved 
among  the  rescued  types. 

To  our  herbarium  the  late  Mrs.  Blanche  Trask  sent  her  best 
collections  from  the  islands  off  the  coast  of  California 
,  and  other  localities  in  southern  California.  Some  of  the  types 
are  among  her  collection. 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Coombs,  for  many  years  before  her  death,  col- 
lected interesting  plants  from  out-of-the-way  places  where  she 
and  her  husband  spent  their  vacations. 

Mr.  E.  Roy  Weston,  while  stationed  at  Bakersfield,  collected 
for  our  herbarium  in  the  surrounding  region  and  especially  in 
the  little  explored  Greenhorn  Mountains.  He  added  many 
species  not  before  represented  in  our  collection  as  well  as  the 
species  herein  described  as  new. 

December  18,  1931 


J36  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Mr.  J.  August  Kusche,  while  off  on  entomological  expedi- 
tions, always  collects  plants  as  well,  and  has  sent  interesting 
plants  from  arctic  North  America,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Cali- 
fornia, and  Arizona. 

Other  friends  to  whom  we  are  indebted  are  mentioned  in 
the  descriptions. 

1.    Calochortus  westoni  Eastwood,  new  species 

Bulb  ovoid;  leaf  single,  1.5  to  2  dm.  long,  about  1  cm.  wide, 
glaucous,  acuminate;  umbel  sessile,  with  several  flowers; 
bracts  generally  2,  papery,  lanceolate-acuminate,  the  longest 
about  5  cm.,  sometimes  surpassing  the  pedicels;  flowers  with 
buds  ovate-acuminate,  veined;  sepals  ovate,  1.5  cm.  long,  7 
mm.  wide,  mucronate;  nectary  at  base  purple;  petals  ovate- 
lanceolate,  with  a  distinct  broad  claw,  hairy  over  the  inner 
surface  and  along  the  margin,  surpassing  the  sepals,  white 
with  a  narrow,  purple,  curved  line  above  the  gland  and  pur- 
ple dots  below  on  the  claw;  gland  curved,  covered  with  short 
crisped  hairs;  stamens  with  filaments  broadening  to  the  base, 
about  as  long  as  the  acuminate,  pink  anthers;  pistils  with  re- 
curving stigmas;  pods  elliptical,  2  cm.  long,  1  cm.  wide, 
drooping. 

Type:  no.  145955,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  E. 
Roy  Weston,  May,  1927,  in  the  Greenhorn  Mountains,  Kern 
County,  Calif.,  at  the  saddle  on  the  summit  above  Shirley 
Meadows  from  which  the  snowdrifts  had  been  gone  but  a 
short  time.  This  species  is  related  to  Calochortus  elegans 
Pursh,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  absence  of  peduncle,  calyx 
gland  smaller,  flowers  more  numerous  in  the  umbel  (5-7). 

This  species  is  named  for  E.  Roy  Weston  who  collected  the 
type  specimen  and  who  has  contributed  many  valuable  speci- 
mens to  the  herbarium. 

2.    Fritillaria  striata  Eastwood,  new  species 

Bulb  deep-seated,  of  thick,  roundish  scales;  lowest  leaves 
generally  whorled,  pale  green,  glabrous,  somewhat  undulate, 
oblanceolate,  about  1  dm.  long,  1-3  cm.  wide;  upper  leaves 
linear-lanceolate,   diminishing  to   the  bracts ;   flowers   one   to 


Vol.  XX]  EASTHOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  137 

several,  drooping  from  the  summit  of  erect  lengthening  pedi- 
cels, very  fragrant;  perianth  with  the  divisions  conniving  to 
form  a  tube,  tips  spreading,  pale  pink,  with  close  striate  dotted 
darker  lines,  tube  obtusely  angled  at  base  by  the  prominent 
oblong  nectaries  within;  divisions  oblanceolate,  obtuse,  2-3 
cm.  long,  about  1  cm.  wide,  the  spreading  tips  edged  with 
crisp  pubescence ;  stamens  with  thick  filaments  narrowing  up- 
wards, pink-mottled,  shorter  than  the  perianth  tube ;  styles 
lengthening  with  age,  connivent,  stigmas  not  spreading,  ovary 
obtusely  lobed. 

Type:  no.  145549,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  E. 
Roy  Weston,  May,  1927,  on  Rattlesnake  Grade,  Greenhorn 
Mountains,  Kern  County,  Calif.  The  species  is  also  repre- 
sented in  the  Academy  Herbarium  by  the  following  collec- 
tions: herb.  no.  153092,  collected  by  Mrs.  H.  C.  Harter,  Feb- 
ruary 26,  1928,  in  the  foothills  adjacent  to  Lindsay,  Tulare 
County,  Calif. ;  herb.  no.  145634,  collected  by  Mrs.  G.  Earle 
Kelley,  March  13,  1927,  in  Fraser  Valley,  near  Strathmore, 
Tulare  County,  Calif.,  growing  in  grain  fields.  It  is  related  to 
F.  pluriflora  Torr.,  differing  in  shape  and  coloring  of  the 
flowers,  the  conspicuous  nectaries  and  the  connivent  stigmas. 

3.    Iris  pinetorum  Eastwood,  new  species 

Minutely  puberulent  throughout;  stems  several  from  a  slen- 
der, scaly  rootstock  about  5-6  cm.  thick;  sterile  shoots  with 
leaves  becoming  4  dm.  long,  5  mm.  wide,  surpassing  the  slender 
stems,  pale  green,  tapering  at  apex  to  a  long  point;  flowering 
stems  simple,  clothed  with  2-3  lanceolate-attenuate  leaves 
sheathing  at  base,  the  free  part  slightly  spreading,  2-3  cm. 
long;  sheath  valves  spreading,  2-flowered,  similar  to  the  cau- 
line  leaves,  inner  white-membranous;  flowers  pale  yellow, 
tinged  or  veined  with  lilac,  on  spreading  pedicels  5-30  mm. 
long;  perianth  tube  15  mm.  long,  very  slender,  outer  divisions 
oblanceolate.  about  6  cm.  long,  1  cm.  wide  near  the  top,  taper- 
ing to  a  long  claw,  inner  divisions  shorter  and  narrower; 
anthers  yellow.   13  mm.  long,  emarginate  at  base  and  apex; 


1  38  CALIFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

style  branches  3.5  cm.  long,  2  mm.  wide,  with  emarginate  divi- 
sions 2  cm.  long ;  capsule  broadly  oblong,  2  cm.  long  and  about 
1  cm.  wide.   The  parts  of  the  flowers  spread  widely  open. 

Type:  no.  171935,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  14454),  June  11,  1927,  at  Forest  Lodge,  near 
Greenville,  Plumas  County,  Calif.  It  was  common,  growing 
under  the  pines.  In  its  narrow  leaves  and  slender  floral 
parts  it  resembles  /.  tenuissima  Dykes,  but  the  spathe  valves 
are  unlike  those  of  that  species.  It  might  be  considered  a 
variety  of  /.  califomica  Leicht.,  but  its  widely  spreading  and 
very  slender  floral  parts  separate  it  from  that  species. 

4.    Eriogonum  covilleanum  Eastwood,  new  species 

Annual,  simple  or  branching  from  the  base  and  tricho- 
tomously  or  dichotomously  repeatedly  branching  above  with 
slender,  glabrous,  gracefully  curving  branchlets,  1.5-3  dm. 
tall ;  leaves  orbicular  subcordate  or  truncate  above  the  cuneate 
base,  upper  surface  often  red  and  almost  glabrous,  lower 
white-tomentose  with  the  veins  beneath  often  red  and  promi- 
nent, petioles  slender  1-5  cm.  long  according  to  the  size  of  the 
plant;  bracts  3,  glabrous,  subulate,  obtuse;  flowers  in  sessile 
involucres  at  the  forks  and  scattered  along  the  filiform  curv- 
ing stems,  involucres  glabrous  with  5  dark  veins,  the  margin 
entire,  slightly  white-ciliate ;  flowers  2  mm.  long,  urceolate 
with  rounded  base,  the  divisions  of  the  perigonium  elliptical, 
the  apex  truncate  or  slightly  emarginate,  pink  or  white  with 
darker  midvein,  puberulent  on  midvein  and  at  base,  stamens 
not  exserted. 

Type:  no.  171936,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author,  April  26,  1925,  on  the  road  from  the  summit  of  Mount 
Hamilton  to  Livermore,  Calif.,  growing  on  cliffs  along  the 
road  where  Mentselia  lindleyi  was  abundant  and  beautiful.  It 
is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Frederick  Vernon  Coville  who  in- 
vited the  author  to  accompany  him  on  a  trip  into  that  region 
while  investigating  species  of  Ribes.  It  is  related  to 
E.  vimineum  Dough,  differing  from  any  of  the  allies  of  that 
species  in  the  shape  of  the  flowers  and  the  peculiar  puberu- 
lence. 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  139 

5.    Eriogonum  tenuissimum   Eastwood,   new  species 

Annual,  branching  from  the  base  and  above  with  many 
filiform  branches,  repeatedly  forking  to  form  subglobular 
plants  2-4  dm.  high,  lightly  arachnoid  or  glabrous;  leaves  all 
radical,  oblong-oblanceolate  with  obtuse  apex  and  tapering 
base ;  margin  slightly  woolly-ciliate,  somewhat  undulate  or 
entire,  pale  green,  the  upper  surface  glabrous,  the  lower 
arachnoid,  petioles  dilated  at  base,  as  long  as  the  blades,  to- 
gether 4—8  cm. ;  bracts  at  the  nodes  3,  deltoid-acuminate,  woolly 
on  the  margins,  appressed  to  the  stems ;  flowers  on  capillary 
divaricately  spreading  pedicels  1-1.5  cm.  long,  blooming  from 
almost  the  very  base;  involucres  glabrous,  about  1  mm.  long, 
narrowly  turbinate,  tapering  at  base,  obtusely  4-toothed,  1-4 
flowered;  flowers  soon  turning  red,  the  divisions  hairy  ex- 
ternally, oblong,  the  outer  twice  as  large  as  the  inner ;  ovary 
shortly  stipitate,  ovate-acuminate.  3-winged  and  conspicuously 
exserted.  The  plants  are  somewhat  monoecious  as  some  of  the 
flowers  have  stamens  and  abortive  ovaries  while  those  with 
exserted  ovaries  have  abortive  stamens. 

Type:  no.  139858,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  13897),  May  5,  1926,  at  Cholame,  San  Luis  Obispo 
County,  Calif.  It  was  common  on  the  hills  across  the  creek 
from  the  station.  It  belongs  to  the  subgenus  Ganysma. 
Eriogonum  hirtiflorum  Gray  has  exserted  ovaries  but  has 
sessile  involucres  and  stipitate  glands. 

6.    Eriogonum  pulchrum  Eastwood,  new  species 

Low  branching  woody  shrub  about  1  dm.  high,  white- 
tomentose  throughout;  stems  leafy,  terminated  by  a  corymb 
1-3  cm.  wide;  leaves  linear,  sessile,  5-10  mm.  long,  tomentose 
on  both  sides,  the  lower  revolute  and  furrowed,  fasciculate ; 
peduncles  from  almost  none  to  2  cm.,  bracts  triangular- 
acuminate  subtending  the  branches  and  involucres ;  involucres 
sessile  except  some  in  the  forks,  about  2  mm.  long,  tomentose, 
turbinate  with  4-5  small  red  teeth,  about  6-flowered ;  flowers 
pink-tinged  becoming  deep  rose ;  perigonium  contracted  at 
base  on  short  scarcely  exserted  pedicels,  outer  divisions  spread- 
ing, orbicular  above  the  short  claw,  base  subcordate,  apex  trun- 


140  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

cate  or  slightly  emarginate,  2  mm.  wide,  inner  divisions  erect, 
oblong,  Yz  as  wide;  filaments  hairy  at  base;  ovary  ovate- 
acuminate,  2  mm.  long,  minutely  scabrous-puberulent. 

Type:  no.  161957,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  15746),  October  21,  1928,  near  the  Meteor  Crater, 
near  Canon  Diablo,  Arizona.  This  is  related  to  Eriogonum 
micro  the  cum  Nutt.,  and  mav  be  included  under  one  of  the 
varieties  of  that  species.  It  is,  however,  quite  different  from 
the  type  as  described. 

7.    Eriogonum  lanosum  Eastwood,  new  species 

Stems  many  from  a  woody  leafy  caudex,  densely  white- 
tomentose  throughout,  1.5  to  3  dm.  high;  leaves  all  at  base, 
blades  oblong  to  suborbicular.  thick,  tomentose  on  both  sides, 
1-2.5  cm.  long,  a  little  less  wide,  apex  rounded,  base  truncate 
to  subcordate,  margin  undulate,  petioles  2-4  cm.  long,  broad 
and  sheathing  at  base;  inflorescence  cymosely  paniculate, 
shorter  than  the  stem,  5-10  cm.  across,  bracts  very  small, 
subulate;  involucres  turbinate,  sessile,  2  mm.  long  with  5 
short,  red-tipped  teeth,  and  about  10  flowers  on  pedicels  1-2 
mm.  long;  outer  divisions  of  perigonium  orbicular,  2  mm. 
wide,  white  with  red  midnerve  and  red  claw  1  mm.  long, 
inner  divisions  oblong,  less  than  1  mm.  wide ;  stamens  with 
red-purple  anthers  and  hairy  filaments ;  ovary  acuminate,  2 
mm.  long,  minutely  scabrous-puberulent. 

Type:  no.  161958,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  15747),  October  21,  1928,  at  the  Meteor  Crater, 
near  Canon  Diablo,  Arizona.  It  belongs  to  the  Section 
Corymbosa  Bentham,  which  contains  many  closely  related 
species. 

8.    Arenaria  kuschei  Eastwood,  new  species 

Stems  stiff,  erect,  leafy,  branching  from  a  woody  base, 
glabrous,  glaucous,  about  15  cm.  high;  leaves  1-3  cm.  long, 
pungent,  margin  ciliate-serrulate  almost  to  the  apex,  clasping 
and  somewhat  swollen  at  base,  surpassing  the  nodes;  inflores- 
cence glandular,  cymosely  congested,  pedicels  2-5  mm.  long. 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  141 

bracts  similar  to  the  leaves  but  broader  and  shorter;  sepals 
very  glandular,  ovate,  aristate,  7  mm.  long;  petals  white, 
obovate.  entire,  narrowed  at  base,  surpassing  the  sepals;  sta- 
mens included  with  5  large  yellow  glands  at  base;  styles  con- 
nivent  about  as  long  as  the  globular  ovary. 

Type:  no.  169243,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  J. 
August  Kusche,  July  12,  1929,  at  Forest  Camp,  Mohave 
Desert,  Calif.  It  is  related  to  A.  macradenia  Watson,  differing 
chiefly  in  the  congested,  glandular  inflorescence. 


9.    Anemone  adamsiana  Eastwood,  new  species 

Rootstock  slender,  light  brown,  horizontal,  3  cm.  long,  4 
mm.  in  diameter;  flowering  stems  solitary  with  or  without 
radical  leaf  when  in  flower,  this  leaf  when  present  similiar  to 
the  involucral  leaves :  petioles  1-2  cm.  long,  striate,  broad  at 
the  clasping  bases,  somewhat  pubescent  with  appressed  hairs, 
leaflets  sessile,  the  terminal  rhomboid,  3-cleft  above  the  mid- 
dle, the  divisions  irregularly  crenate,  obtuse  or  mucronate, 
lower  part  entire,  lateral  leaflets  unequal-sided,  the  inner  mar- 
gin entire  almost  to  the  apex,  the  outer  crenate  from  about  the 
center,  variable  in  size,  from  pubescent  on  the  veins  to 
glabrous ;  peduncles  surpassing  the  leaves,  pubescent ;  flowers 
from  bright  rose  to  pale  pink  or  white ;  sepals  elliptical  to  obo- 
vate about  1  cm.  long  and  5  mm.  wide,  veins  free;  stamens 
about  40,  filaments  white,  about  5  mm.  long,  broadening  at 
the  curving  base  and  below  the  anther;  anthers  5  mm.  long; 
akenes  appressed  white-pubescent;  style  glabrous  curved,  head 
of  fruit  on  a  curved  peduncle. 

Type:  no.  88154,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  70).  April  24,  1907,  on  French  Hill  near  Adams 
Station  on  the  Waldo-Crescent  City  road,  Del  Norte  County, 
Calif.  Specimens  were  collected  again,  March  29.  1928,  at  the 
same  locality.  It  also  grows  along  the  road  near  Adams 
Station,  and  at  the  lower  altitude  the  flowers  are  paler  in 
color.  It  is  related  to  the  blue-flowered  A.  oregona,  but 
differs  not  only  in  the  color  of  the  flowers  but  also  in  the 
foliage. 


142  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

10.     Anemone  adamsiana  var.  minor  Eastwood,  new  variety 

This  is  similar  in  every  respect  except  that  the  radical 
leaves  are  fully  developed  at  the  time  of  flowering  and  are 
similar  to  the  stem  leaves. 

Type:  no.  88199,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  153),  April  29,  1907,  on  Gasquet  Mountain,  Del 
Norte  County,  Calif. 

11.    Anemone  oligantha  Eastwood,  new  species 

Rootstock  dark  brown,  horizontal  or  branched;  flowering 
stem  solitary  without  radical  leaves  when  flowering,  slender, 
striate,  slightly  puberulent,  with  hood-like  papery  scales  at 
base:  leaves  of  the  involucre  with  petioles  5-10  mm.  long,  the 
terminal  leaflet  petiolulate,  rhomboidal  15  mm.  long,  8  mm. 
wide,  lower  half  entire,  upper  irregularly  crenate;  lateral 
leaflets  obliquely  rhomboidal,  similar  but  narrower,  all  leaflets 
with  appressed  hairs  on  the  veins  of  both  surfaces;  peduncles 
1 5-20  mm.  long,  generally  not  surpassing  the  leaves,  appressed 
hairy ;  sepals  white,  oblong,  obtuse,  3-5  mm.  long,  2  mm. 
wide,  veins  free ;  stamens  yellow,  about  20,  filaments  3-4  mm. 
long,  scarcely  surpassing  the  head  of  akenes,  anthers  elliptic, 
5  mm.  long ;  akenes  on  short  stipes,  somewhat  pubescent,  style 
curved  at  apex. 

Type:  no.  88197,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  158),  April  30,  1907,  at  Monumental  near  Ander- 
son's on  the  Waldo-Crescent  City  road,  Del  Norte  County, 
Calif.  This  is  the  smallest-flowered  anemone  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  and  perhaps  is  related  to  A.  lyallii  Gray. 

12.    Delphinium  apachensis  Eastwood,  new  species 

Perennial  from  a  woody  branching  root ;  stems  4—6  cm.  tall, 
simple  or  branching,  somewhat  woolly  pubescent;  radical 
leaves  generally  wanting  when  plant  is  in  bloom,  the  withered 
ones  on  long  petioles  with  blades  5-divided,  3  cm.  wide  the 
divisions  2-3,  obtusely  lobed,  cauline  leaves  with  narrower, 
simpler  divisions;  racemes  of  principal  stem  1-5  dm.  long  or 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— SEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  \ 43 

less,  of  the  lateral  branches  3-5  cm.  long;  bracts  linear,  shorter 
than  the  pedicels,  bractlets  2,  close  to  the  flower ;  flowers  2  cm. 
across,  the  spur  straight  or  curved,  1  cm.  long,  sepals  azure- 
blue.  3-veined.  oblong,  5  mm.  long,  4  mm.  broad,  a  woolly 
spot  on  the  back  near  the  obtuse  apex;  petals  white,  shorter 
than  the  sepals,  woolly,  claw  5  mm.  long ;  stamens  with  brown 
anthers  and  broad  membranous  connivent  filaments;  follicles 
erect,  pubescent,  veiny ;  seeds  with  loose  cellular  coats,  black- 
spotted. 

Type:  no.  167759,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  17144),  May  12,  1929,  along  the  road  near  Apache 
Lodge,  Roosevelt  Dam,  Arizona.  Another  specimen  from 
Fish  Creek  grade,  near  the  summit,  was  collected  April  19, 
1917;  it  is  no.  89143,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 

13.    Dicentra  nevadensis  Eastwood,  new  species 

Glabrous  and  glaucous,  growing  in  colonies  from  root- 
stocks  ;  leaves  radical,  tripinnately  dissected,  the  blades  about 
9  mm.  long,  8  cm.  broad  on  petioles  5-7  cm.  long,  the  prin- 
cipal divisions  with  petiolules  1-1.5  cm.  long,  ultimate  divi- 
sions with  linear,  acuminate  lobes  1  mm.  wide  and  callous 
apex;  scapes  1-2  dm.  high,  surpassing  the  leaves;  inflores- 
cence cymosely  paniculate,  the  ochroleucous  flowers  on  filiform 
pedicels  5-10  mm.  long,  about  equaling  the  linear-attenuate 
bracts ;  sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  8  mm.  long,  2  mm. 
wide  at  base,  margin  irregularly  serrate  or  entire ;  outer  petals 
ochroleucous  with  spreading  and  darker  tips,  inner  with  ex- 
serted  limb,  white  tinged  with  pale  yellow;  ovary  lanceolate 
5  mm.  long,  style  7  mm.  long  with  3-parted  stigma. 

Type:  no.  187724,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Miss 
Enid  Larson.  July  7,  1931,  on  Alta  Peak  Trail,  Sequoia 
National  Park,  Calif.  It  is  represented  by  another  specimen 
from  Sequoia  National  Park  collected  by  Mrs.  Charles  Derby, 
July  5,  1929,  at  an  altitude  of  10,000  feet,  and  by  a  specimen 
collected  by  Mr.  C.  L.  Fox,  July,  1923,  near  the  big  rock  as 
one  enters  Mineral  King,  Tulare  County,  Calif.  The  species 
is  represented  in  the  Gray  Herbarium  by  a  collection  of  W. 
H.  Brewer  in  1864.  no.  2793.     The  same  is  in  the  U.  S.  Na- 


144  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (Proc.  4th  Sek. 

tional  Herbarium,  also  a  collection  of  Coville  and  Funston, 
on  the  Death  Valley  Expedition  at  Mineral  King,  August  1, 
1891,  no.  1410.  Another  specimen  in  the  National  Herbarium 
was  collected  by  George  B.  Grant  at  Alta  Meadows,  July  4, 
1902.  This  pale-flowered  Dicentra  not  only  differs  from 
D.  formosa  in  the  color  of  the  flowers,  but  also  in  the  more 
finely  dissected  leaves ;  the  flowers  are  smaller  than  those  of 
D.  formosa  and  more  constricted  below  the  spreading  tips. 


14.    Dicentra  oregana  Eastwood,  new  species 

Perennial  from  thick,  branching,  scaly  rootstocks;  leaves 
glabrous  and  glaucous,  ternately  compound  with  the  divisions 
pinnately  dissected,  ultimate  segments  confluent,  laciniately 
dentate,  blade  6-10  cm.  long  and  broad,  petioles  1-2  dm.  long, 
dilated  at  base;  scapes  naked,  2-3  dm.  high,  striate;  inflores- 
cence terminal,  nodding,  paniculate  with  the  flowers  closely 
clustered  on  filiform  pedicels,  bracts  and  bractlets  filiform  to 
linear-attenuate;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  striate, 
6  mm.  long,  2.5  mm.  wide;  corolla  ovate-cordate,  exterior 
petals  ochroleucous  with  short  spreading  tips,  inner  with  the 
exserted  limb  rose  color ;  ovary  smooth,  shorter  than  the  style. 

Type:  no.  81304,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  149),  May  5,  1907,  on  the  Waldo-Crescent  City 
road,  on  the  Oregon  side  of  the  boundary  monument,  grow- 
ing on  gravelly  banks  along  the  roadside  near  Telephone 
Point.  In  the  Gray  Herbarium  the  species  is  represented  by 
a  specimen  collected  on  the  Illinois  River,  Oregon,  by  Volney 
Rattan  in  1879.  In  the  U.  S.  National  Herbarium  it  is  repre- 
sented by  a  specimen  collected  by  Thomas  Howell  at  Waldo, 
Oregon,  June  4,  1884,  no.  3424.  Another  specimen  in  the 
Herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  was  col- 
lected by  L.  F.  Henderson  on  the  trail  to  Tennessee  Pass 
near  the  top,  three  miles  from  Kerby,  southern  Oregon, 
April  20,  1926.  The  latter  is  a  more  robust  plant  than  the 
type  but  the  flowers  are  similar.  Not  only  in  the  color  of  the 
flowers  but  in  the  pallid  foliage,  this  species  presents  a  quite 
different  appearance  from  any  of  the  numerous  forms  of  the 
variable  Dicentra  formosa. 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  145 

15.    Mahonia   amplectens   Eastwood,  new  species 

Shrub  3-6  dm.  high  or  perhaps  more;  leaves  7- foliate, 
glaucous,  veiny;  leaflets  suborbicular,  3-5  cm.  wide,  sessile 
except  the  terminal  one,  the  cordate  bases  of  the  lateral  ones 
overlapping,  the  marginal  spiny  teeth  5-10  mm.  apart;  petioles 
about  4  cm.  long.  This  was  neither  in  flower  nor  fruit,  but  the 
leaves  are  so  unlike  any  other  species  that  it  is  quite  distinct. 

Type:  no.  81281,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mrs. 
Blanche  Trask  (no.  66),  November,  1904,  in  Santa  Rosa 
Mountains,  San  Bernardino  County,  Calif.,  near  the  Garnet 
Queen  Mine,  growing  along  a  small  stream.  It  was  among 
the  specimens  saved  from  the  great  fire  of  1906. 


16.     Streptanthus  coombsae  Eastwood,  new  species 

Annual,  simple  or  branching,  glabrous ;  radical  leaves  want- 
ing; cauline  lanceolate,  1-3  cm.  long,  entire,  obtuse,  sagittately 
clasping  at  base;  racemes  ebracteolate  with  flowers  on  erect 
pedicels,  2-5  mm.  long;  sepals  not  united,  purplish  with  white 
margins,  lanceolate,  the  two  larger  8  mm.  long,  2  mm.  wide 
at  the  saccate  base,  the  two  inner  narrower;  petals  about  1.5 
cm.  long,  the  claw  a  little  shorter  than  the  narrow,  linear,  pur- 
ple blade  with  crisped,  white  margins;  longer  stamens  in  two 
pairs,  united  to  the  anthers,  filaments  8  mm.  long,  the  2  shorter 
separate,  6  mm.  long ;  pod  wanting,  but  ovary  glabrous,  linear, 
7  mm.  long,  stigma  capitate,  ovules  winged. 

Type:  no.  171937,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mrs. 
A.  L.  Coombs,  July,  1913,  on  Williamson  River,  southern 
Oregon.  Its  affinities  are  with  the  Section  Euclisia,  but  differs 
from  all  described  species. 


17.    Streptanthus  dudleyi   Eastwood,  new  species 

Annual,  almost  glabrous,  simple  or  branching  above ;  radical 
leaves  wanting;  cauline  leaves  lanceolate,  obtuse,  glabrous  ex- 
cept a  few  hairs  along  the  midrib  and  margins,  largest  leaves 
5.5  cm.  long,  1.5  cm.  wide,  margins  entire,  sinuate  or  sinuate- 
dentate,  upper  leaves  smaller  and  entire;  flowers  white,  race- 


|46  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

mose;  pedicels  spreading  or  erect,  5  mm.  long,  slightly  hairy 
with  branching  hairs;  sepals  separate  but  connivent  at  base, 
almost  equal,  lanceolate,  4  mm.  long,  1.5  mm.  wide  at  base, 
greenish  with  white  margins;  petals  8  mm.  long,  linear,  the 
narrow  blades  with  crisped  undulate  white  margins;  stamens 
separate,  anthers  green,  sagittate;  pods  erect,  5  mm.  long,  1 
mm.  wide  with  style  1  mm.  long,  tipped  with  a  capitate  stig- 
ma; seeds  winged. 

Type:  no.  171933,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by 
Chester  Dudley,  February  24,  1929,  on  the  headwaters  of 
Bitterwater  Creek,  San  Benito  Co.,  Calif.  This  species  be- 
longs to  the  section  which  includes  5".  heterophyllus  Nutt. 
Among  other  differences  are  pubescence,  shape  of  leaves, 
erect  pods  and  evident  style. 


18.    Streptanthus  sanhedrensis  Eastwood,  new  species 

Biennial,  glabrous  and  glaucous,  branching  chiefly  from  the 
base ;  leaves  of  the  first  year  orbicular,  about  2  cm.  across, 
cuneate  at  base,  crenate  along  the  upper  margin,  often  tinged 
with  rose,  petioles  about  as  long  as  the  blades ;  lower  cauline 
leaves  obovate,  sessile  at  the  clasping  base ;  upper  leaves  orbicu- 
lar and  obtuse  or  ovate  and  acute,  auriculate  clasping  at  base, 
entire;  racemes  ebracteolate,  pedicels  5  mm.  long,  receptacle 
broad ;  flowers  white  with  the  outer  sepals  saccate  at  base, 
inner  flat,  tips  recurving,  about  8  mm.  long,  5  mm.  wide  at 
base ;  petals  1 1  mm.  long,  the  blades  oblong,  obtuse ;  shorter 
stamens  with  sagittate  anthers  as  long  as  the  filaments,  2  long- 
est stamens  as  long  as  the  petals ;  immature  pods  flat,  spread- 
ing, tipped  by  a  2-lobed  sessile  stigma. 

Type:  no.  128829,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  12928),  May  22,  1925,  on  the  trail  from  Dashiel's 
to  Mt.  Sanhedrin,  Calif.,  growing  amid  rocks.  This  species 
belongs  to  the  group  of  which  S.  cordatus  Nutt.  is  the  type. 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  147 

19.    Sedum  gertrudianum  Eastwood,   new  species 

Corm  round  or  fusiform  1-2  cm.  long,  1  cm.  in  diameter; 
stems  1  to  several,  less  than  1  dm.  high,  simple,  slender,  red- 
dotted  throughout  and  somewhat  farinose;  radical  leaves 
oblanceolate,  tapering  to  petioles,  together  1-2.5  cm.  long, 
fleshy,  2-4  mm.  wide,  lower  cauline  leaves  subopposite,  upper 
alternate,  lanceolate,  obtuse,  clasping  at  base,  fleshy,  red-dotted 
and  minutely  puncticulate ;  inflorescence  terminal;  flowers 
about  5  on  a  2-branched  inflorescence,  pedicels  1-2  mm.  long, 
bracts  and  sepals  similar  to  the  upper  leaves  but  smaller ;  petals 
white  with  red  midveins,  lanceolate,  acute,  1  cm.  long;  stamens 
half  as  long  as  the  petals,  anthers  red,  turning  black;  pistils 
spreading,  styles  pointed,  as  long  as  the  filaments ;  fruit 
immature. 

Type:  no.  171934,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  15112),  May  16,  1928,  along  the  bluffs  of  Morro 
Bay,  San  Luis  Obispo  County,  Calif.  It  was  almost  concealed 
by  the  grass  amid  which  it  grew.  The  species  is  named  in 
honor  of  Miss  Gertrude  Sinsheimer,  companion  and  hostess 
of  the  author  on  the  trip.  It  is  related  to  Sedum  blochmana? 
Eastwood  (Hasscanthus  blochmance  Rose)  and  Hasseanthus 
kessleri  Davidson.  It  is  much  smaller  than  the  former  but 
has  flowers  the  same  color.  Hasseanthus  kessleri  Davidson 
is  figured  on  plate  XVIII,  Bull.  S.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  XXII, 
p.  72.  While  it  also  is  one  of  the  white-flowered  species  and 
smaller  than  5\  blochmance,  S.  gertrudianum  differs  in  habit, 
surface  of  leaves  and  stems,  length  of  filaments,  and  color  of 
anthers. 


20.    Dudleya  murina  Eastwood,  new  species 

Caudex  branching  from  a  thick  root;  leaves  linear-acumi- 
nate, farinose,  reddish,  the  largest  10  cm.  long,  less  than  1  cm. 
wide  at  base,  tapering  to  a  fine  point,  rounded  or  keeled  along 
the  back,  slightly  concave  on  the  front;  flowering  stems  sev- 
eral, about  2  dm.  high,  reddish  and  farinose :  lower  cauline 
leaves  lanceolate-attenuate,  3  cm.  long,  upper,  ovate,  clasping, 
spreading,  diminishing  upwards  to  the  small  bracts ;  inflores- 
cence a  laxly-spreading  panicle,  pedicels  1-4  mm.  long;  calyx 


148  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

divided  to  the  base,  the  divisions  lanceolate,  acute,  5  mm.  long, 
half  as  long  as  the  corolla;  petals  connivent  to  5  mm.  with  tips 
spreading,  acute,  pale  yellow  or  almost  white,  keeled  and  ir- 
regularly striped  with  red;  filaments  5  mm.  long,  anthers 
oblong,  yellow  1  mm.  long;  immature  follicles  connivent  with 
red  ribs  and  long  styles. 

Type:  no.  157346,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  15128a),  May  19,  1928,  growing  on  serpentine 
rocks  along  the  road  up  Cholla  Creek,  San  Luis  Obispo 
County,  Calif.  The  mouse-color  of  the  plant  gives  it  its  name. 


21.    Amorpha  emarginata  Eastwood,  new  species 

Shrub  1-3  dm.  high,  branches  ribbed,  sparingly  pubescent 
and  glandless;  leaves  1-2  dm.  long;  leaflets  about  6  pairs, 
obovate  with  emarginate  apex  and  cuneate  base  1-2  cm.  long, 
1-1.5  cm.  wide,  reticulate,  lower  surface  with  a  few  scattered 
hairs,  margins  sub-crenate,  a  few  glands  on  the  upper  surface 
and  between  the  marginal  teeth;  stipules  brown-membranous, 
linear-lanceolate,  about  4  mm.  long,  hairy  at  tip;  petiolules  2 
mm.  long;  racemes  narrow,  longer  than  the  leaves,  bracts 
similar  to  the  stipules ;  pedicels  about  2  mm.  long ;  calyx  cune- 
ate, ribbed,  5  mm.  long,  4  short  teeth  triangular,  fifth  a  little 
longer  and  narrower,  gland-tipped ;  petals  dark  purple ;  ovary 
glabrous,  slightly  curved. 

Type:  no.  81280,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  8745),  May  19,  1919,  at  Fish  Creek,  Apache  Trail, 
Arizona.  This  has  leaves  unlike  other  known  species  and  a 
very  small  calyx  with  short  teeth. 

22.    Aralia  arizonica  Eastwood,  new  species 

Older  foliage  glabrous  except  for  some  hairs  on  the  rhachis 
and  veins  of  the  lower  surface,  leaflets  thin,  green,  ovate- 
acuminate,  obliquely  cordate  at  base,  margin  setosely  doubly- 
serrate,  lateral  leaflets  15  cm.  long  about  10  cm.  wide  on 
petiolules  2-4  cm.  long,  terminal  leaflets  3-divided  or  with  di- 
visions more  or  less  confluent;  leaves  subtending  the  inflores- 
cence   tripinnately   compound,    leaflets    lanceolate,    puberulent 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  149 

with  short  curly  hairs;  umbels  paniculate,  densely  tomentose- 
puberulent  with  curled  hairs,  bracts  small,  attenuate;  calyx 
turbinate  about  1  mm.  long,  the  triangular  divisions  as  long  as 
the  tube ;  pedicels  1-2  mm.  long  with  a  hairy  ring  at  the  base 
of  the  calyx ;  petals  obtuse,  striate-nerved ;  style  in  bud  divided 
almost  to  the  base. 

Type:  no.  147267,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  J. 
August  Kusche,  June  26,  1929,  in  Cave  Creek  Canon,  Chiri- 
cahua  Mountains,  Arizona.  This  is  a  tall  species  probably 
related  to  A.  californica  Watson  and  A.  racemosa  L.  It  differs 
from  these  in  the  peculiar  leaf-margins.  The  teeth  are  much 
deeper  than  those  of  A.  californica  and  setosely  tipped.  The 
immature  minute  flowers  do  not  coincide  with  either.  The 
more  recently  described  A.  bicrenata  Woot.  &  Standi,  has  the 
leaf  margins  bicrenate  according  to  the  description,  so  cannot 
be  confused  with  this. 


23.    Arctostaphylos  imbricata  Eastwood,  new  species 

Low  spreading  shrub,  bark  deciduous  but  not  glossy  and 
rather  rough,  dark  brownish  red;  young  branches  clothed 
with  short  and  long  viscid  hairs ;  leaves  oblong-ovate,  cordate, 
almost  sessile,  and  so  closely  placed  as  to  be  imbricated,  green 
and  glabrous,  except  for  some  viscid  hairs  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  midrib,  2-3  cm.  long,  1-2.5  cm.  wide,  entire  or  slightly 
serrate  at  base,  apex  acute;  flowers  in  dense  racemes  or  pani- 
cles shortly  pedunculate  or  almost  sessile  at  the  ends  of  the 
branchlets ;  bracts  similar  to  the  leaves,  but  diminishing  up- 
wards, more  viscid,  hairy  and  ciliate,  surpassing  the  pedicels; 
bractlets  orbicular ;  pedicels  2-3  mm.  long,  viscid  with  gland- 
tipped  hairs ;  sepals  orbicular,  cucullate,  1-5  mm.  long,  glandu- 
lar and  ciliate ;  corolla  broadly  urceolate,  3  mm.  wide,  glabrous 
externally  but  villous  within ;  stamens  2  mm.  long,  filaments 
dilated  at  the  hairy  base,  anther  appendanges  1  mm.  long  sur- 
passing the  anther,  ovary  somewhat  glandular-pubescent ;  fruit 
globose,  6  mm.  in  diameter,  with  the  sepals  persistent  and 
deflexed. 

Type:  no.  38777  (flowers),  no.  38776  (fruit),  Herb.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mrs.  Marion  L.  Campbell  and  Mrs. 

December  18,  1931 


150  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ernest  Meiere,  who  collected  flowering  specimens,  February 
15,  1915,  and  fruiting  specimens  June  of  the  same  year,  on 
San  Bruno  Hills  in  San  Mateo  County,  Calif.  This  is  re- 
lated to  Arctostaphylos  andersoni  Gray,  from  which  it  is  most 
noticeably  distinguished  by  the  much  shorter,  densely  imbri- 
cated leaves  and  the  compact  flower  clusters  with  shorter 
flowers. 

24.    Asclepias  giffordi  Eastwood,  new  species 

Stem  stout,  densely  white-tomentose  throughout;  leaves 
shortly  petioled,  oblong,  1-1.5  dm.  long,  4—5  cm.  broad,  undu- 
late, apex  and  base  obtuse ;  umbels  on  stout  peduncles  5-10  cm. 
long,  the  upper  shorter,  many  flowered,  pedicels  lax,  angled, 
2-3  cm.  long,  densely  tomentose;  sepals  lanceolate,  obtuse, 
4—6  mm.  long,  2  mm.  wide,  externally  tomentose,  interiorly 
glabrous;  divisions  of  the  corolla  pale  yellow,  oblong,  obtuse, 
incurved,  8  mm.  long  and  half  as  wide,  tomentose  externally, 
glabrous  within;  corona  surpassing  the  anther  column  with 
obtuse  apex  and  horn  exserted  over  the  anther  column  and 
covering  it,  base  with  nipple-like  appendages,  anthers  emar- 
ginate  at  base  of  wings ;  ovary  glabrous,  fruit  unknown. 

Type:  no.  81308,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  E.  W. 
Gifford,  July,  1913,  near  Tuolumne,  Calif.  The  species  is 
named  in  honor  of  the  collector.  It  is  unlike  the  other  related 
species  of  California  in  that  the  corona  surpasses  the  anther 
column,  and  in  the  notched  anther  wings. 

25.    Gentiana  copelandi  Eastwood,  new  species 

Stems  decumbent,  2-3  from  a  perennial  root  and  a  rosulate 
cluster  of  oblong-spatulate  to  suborbicular  leaves  with  broad 
sheathing  petioles,  the  largest  including  the  petiole  5  cm.  long 
and  2  cm.  broad;  cauline  leaves  3-4  pairs,  connate-clasping  at 
base,  broadly  petiolate  or  sessile,  the  uppermost  5-10  mm. 
broad  and  distant  from  the  flower  5-10  mm. ;  divisions  of  the 
calyx  oblong,  acute,  about  as  long  as  the  cuneate  tube,  2-3 
mm.  broad,  separated  by  a  membranous  truncate  sinus  2  mm. 
broad;  corolla  dark  purple,  broadly  funnel  form,  4—5  cm.  long, 
lobes  ovate,  acute  or  mucronate,  greenish  tinged  in  bud,  ap- 


Vol.  XX]  '        EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  l$\ 

pendages  triangular  with  narrow  linear-attenuate  laciniae  vary- 
ing in  different  flowers;  stamens  inserted  on  the  throat  of  the 
corolla,  with  filaments  dilated  at  base  and  decurrent  on  the 
corolla-tube,  anthers  linear,  3-4  mm.  long ;  stipe  as  long  as  the 
ovary  which  tapers  at  both  ends,  lobes  of  the  stigma  con- 
nivent;  seeds  winged. 

Type:  no.  81306,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  2037),  August  30,  1912,  near  the  foot  of  Mt.  Eddy, 
Siskiyou  County,  Calif.  It  grew  in  a  meadow  along  the  trail. 
The  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Edwin  Bingham  Cope- 
land,  who  first  collected  it  September  7,  1903,  no.  3875,  dis- 
tributed by  C.  F.  Baker,  no.  81307,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  It 
is  related  to  Gentiana  newberryi  Gray,  but  has  much  broader 
leaves  and  dark  purple  flowers. 

26.     Convolvulus  tridactylosus  Eastwood,  new  species 

Prostrate  and  trailing,  gray-tomentose  throughout;  leaves 
three  parted,  cuneate  at  base,  the  divisions  widely  spreading, 
the  middle  from  ovate-triangular  to  narrower,  about  2  cm. 
long,  4-10  mm.  wide,  mucronate,  lateral  divisions  oblong, 
obtuse,  1-2  cm.  long,  5-10  mm.  wide:  petioles  flexuose,  the 
lowest  5  cm.  long,  diminishing  upwards ;  flowers  solitary  in 
the  leaf  axils  on  peduncles  shorter  than  the  petioles,  erect  or 
curving;  corolla  white  with  pink  bands  terminated  at  the 
apex  by  a  tuft  of  tomentum,  bracts  subtending  the  calyx 
lanceolate,  acute,  equaling  or  shorter  than  the  elliptical  mu- 
cronate sepals,  these  tomentose  externally,  glabrous  within; 
anthers  narrow-sagittate  5  mm.  long,  filaments  shorter  than 
the  style,  inserted  above  the  base  of  the  corolla;  stigma  lobes 
linear,  1-2  mm.  long. 

Type:  no.  158703,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  15202),  June  5,  1928,  on  the  mountains  near 
Covelo,  Mendocino  County,  Calif. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  group  of  which  C.  villosus  Gray 
is  the  type.  It  differs  in  the  shape  of  the  leaves  which  are  like 
three  outspread  fingers ;  also  in  the  bracts  subtending  the  calyx. 
The  type  description  of  C.  villosus  has  been  followed  in  the 
comparison. 


152  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Phoc.  4th  Sua. 

27.     Convolvulus  linearilobus  Eastwood,  new  species 

Glabrous,  pale  green,  intricately  twining;  leaves  3-lobed, 
the  middle  lobe  linear-acuminate,  3-6  cm.  long,  2-5  mm.  wide, 
lateral  lobes  basal,  spreading  horizontally  and  curving  down- 
wards, 5-15  mm.  long,  1-3  mm.  broad,  petioles  15-20  mm. 
long;  flowers  solitary  on  long  slender  axillary  peduncles,  some 
15  cm.  long,  bracts  5-20  mm.  from  the  calyx,  opposite  or 
alternate,  varying  in  length,  linear  and  sometimes  slightly 
sagittate  at  base ;  sepals  unequal,  oval,  obtuse  and  tipped  with 
a  dark  brown  mucro ;  corolla  white,  almost  3  cm.  long,  and  as 
wide  across  the  top;  anthers  narrow,  linear-sagittate,  surpass- 
ing the  stigma  which  is  nearly  2  mm.  long. 

Type:  no.  167170,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  17264),  May  15,  1929,  along  the  road  near  the 
Mercury  Mine,  Mazatzal  Mountains,  Arizona. 

This  species  is  near  C.  luteolus  Gray,  differing  from  other 
species  in  that  aggregate  by  the  peculiar  leaves,  distinguished 
by  the  extremely  long  narrow  linear  lobes  and  the  divaricate 
basal  shorter  ones.  The  leaves  are  not  at  all  sagittate  or 
hastate. 


28.    Nemophila  evermanni  Eastwood,  new  species 

Low  spreading  annual,  hispid  with  white  spreading  hairs, 
deflexed  on  the  stems  and  peduncles;  leaves  1-2  cm.  long, 
petiole  half  as  long  as  the  3-9-lobed  blade,  divisions  oblong 
obtuse,  generally  entire,  ciliate  and  with  finely  pustulate  hairs 
on  the  surface,  about  5  mm.  long;  peduncles  slender,  surpass- 
ing the  leaves ;  divisions  of  the  calyx  lanceolate-deltoid  5  mm. 
long,  the  appendages  linear,  2  mm.  long  or  shorter;  corolla 
blue  with  white  center,  about  2  cm.  across,  the  lobes  rounded, 
basal  appendages  oblong,  half  free,  2  mm.  long,  ciliate ;  sta- 
mens with  filaments  equaling  the  styles,  4  mm.  long,  anthers 
purple-brown,  sagittate,  1  mm.  long;  pistil  with  styles  divided 
almost  to  the  hairy  base,  ovary  hispid;  capsule  15  mm.  long, 
and  almost  as  wide,  subtended  by  the  enlarged  calyx,  nodding ; 
seeds  not  ripe. 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  1  53 

Type:  no.  171874,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Dr. 
Barton  Warren  Evermann,  April  20,  1915,  at  Walker  Basin, 
Kern  County,  Calif. 

This  species  is  related  to  N.  insignis  Benth.,  from  which  it 
is  conspicuously  distinguished  by  the  large  capsule  and  the  dif- 
ferent appendages  at  the  base  of  the  corolla.  The  capsule  is 
similar  to  that  oi  N.  macrocarpa  Eastwood,  but  the  plant  dif- 
fers in  habit,  pubescence,  color  of  the  flowers,  and  shape  of  the 
corolla-appendages. 


29.    Mimulus  grantiana  Eastwood,  new  species 

Annual  about  5  cm.  high  with  filiform  purple  branches, 
chiefly  from  the  base,  somewhat  glandular-puberulent ;  cotyle- 
dons often  persistent,  spatulate,  the  blade  as  long  as  the 
petiole,  together  5  mm. ;  succeeding  leaves  even  from  the  base 
irregularly  pinnatifid  with  obtuse  lobes,  opposite  and  clasping, 
about  5  mm.  long  with  internodes  1  cm.  long;  flowers  on  fili- 
form peduncles  drooping  in  bud,  erect  in  fruit  on  horizontally 
spreading  peduncles  lengthening  to  2  cm. ;  calyx  in  fruit  pur- 
ple, 5-ribbed  and  with  short  acute  or  obtuse  equal  teeth, 
slightly  glandular-puberulent ;  corolla  with  tube  surpassing  the 
calyx  by  about  2  mm.  broadening  abruptly  to  a  limb  1  cm.  in 
diameter  almost  entire,  crimson  above,  darker  below,  and 
spotted  with  yellow  in  the  throat;  ovary  oblong-lanceolate 
shorter  than  the  calyx,  the  style  surpassing  it  by  6-8  mm. 
slightly  glandular-puberulent  above  and  tipped  by  the  broad, 
generally  purple,  stigma. 

Type:  no.  22715,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  9442),  April  23,  1920,  at  Campo,  San  Diego 
County,  Calif.,  growing  in  sandy  soil  amid  the  brush. 

The  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Adele  Lewis  Grant, 
who  has  so  well  monographed  this  difficult  genus  in  Annals  of 
the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden.  This  lovely  little  Mimulus 
seems  nearest  to  M.  gracilipes  Robinson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  26 : 
176,  differing  most  noticeably  in  the  peculiarly  lobed  leaves  in 
which  it  also  differs  from  all  other  related  species. 


]54  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

30.     Githopsis  latifolius  Eastwood,  new  species 

Branching  with  weak,  slender,  erect  stems  from  the  axils  of 
the  leaves,  scabrous  on  the  somewhat  obscure  angles ;  leaves 
scattered,  sessile  with  broad  base,  elliptical  to  ovate,  obtuse, 
lowest  about  2  cm.  long,  1.5  cm.  wide,  entire,  upper  leaves 
smaller ;  flowers  terminal,  sessile,  subtended  by  short  bractlets ; 
sepals  lanceolate-acuminate,  entire,  1  cm.  long,  2  mm.  wide, 
equaling  the  open-campanulate  corolla;  corolla  dark  blue,  1 
cm.  across  with  broad  obtuse  lobes ;  ovary  slender,  scabrous  on 
the  ribs. 

Type:  no.  171875,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mrs. 
A.  L.  Coombs,  September,  1912,  at  Big  Meadows,  Plumas 
County,  Calif. 

This  species  differs  from  all  other  species  of  Githopsis  in  the 
broad  leaves  and  the  open-campanulate  corolla. 

31.    Hieracium  occidentale  Eastwood,  new  species 

Perennial,  stem  4  dm.  high,  purplish,  glabrous  throughout, 
except  the  involucre  and  adjacent  stems ;  radical  leaves  ob- 
lanceolate,  tapering  to  a  margined  petiole,  entire  or  minutely 
callous-denticulate,  10-15  cm.  long,  1-3  cm.  wide,  apex  obtuse; 
cauline  similar  but  sessile,  smaller  and  diminishing  upwards ; 
heads  loosely  panicled  at  the  summit  of  the  stem  on  long  slen- 
der peduncles ;  heads  1  cm.  high,  flowers  white ;  inner  bracts 
of  the  involucre  linear  with  green,  glandular-puberulent  mid- 
ribs and  paler,  somewhat  membranous  margins,  outer  shorter, 
narrower,  spreading,  and  with  a  few  marginal  hairs;  pappus 
tawny,  akenes  immature. 

Type:  no.  150330,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  14583),  June  14,  1927,  at  Forest  Lodge,  near 
Greenville,  Plumas  County,  Calif. 

This  species  differs  from  H.  albiftorum  to  which  it  seems 
most  closely  allied,  by  the  absence  of  the  hairy  pubescence  of 
that  common  and  widely  distributed  species. 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  J  55 

32.    Baccharis  arizonica  Eastwood,  new  species 

Shrubby,  upwardly  branching  with  many  slender,  4-angled, 
viscid  branches,  becoming  1-2  m.  high;  leaves  linear,  bract- 
like on  the  flowering  branchlets,  2-5  mm.  long;  inflorescence 
paniculate ;  lower  heads  pedunculate  on  branchlets,  ultimate 
heads  sessile ;  staminate  heads  globular,  involucral  scales  in 
4-5  ranks,  outer  ovate,  obtuse,  narrowly  white-margined, 
green-tipped ;  inner  narrowly  lanceolate  with  narrow,  fimbriate 
margins ;  heads  about  30-flowered,  pappus  equaling  or  surpass- 
ing the  flowers,  the  tips  broadened  and  hairy;  tube  of  corolla 
half  as  long  as  body;  stamens  exserted;  receptacle  flat;  pistil- 
late heads  campanulate,  scales  of  the  involucre  in  5-6  series, 
outer  green,  white-margined,  inner  lanceolate,  fimbriate,  pap- 
pus copious  white,  becoming  1  cm.  long;  akenes  glabrous, 
striate. 

Type:  no.  160939  ($)  no.  160938  (  2  ),  Herb.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  collected  by  the  author  (staminate  no.  15833,  pistillate 
no.  15832),  near  Roosevelt  Dam,  Arizona,  at  Packard  on  the 
road  to  Payson.  The  following  specimens  are  also  in  the 
Academy  Herbarium  from  Arizona :  Fish  Creek,  Apache 
Trail,  October,  1929,  also  Roosevelt  Lake,  October  30,  1929, 
collected  by  the  author;  junction  of  Pantave  and  Rincon 
creeks,  Blumer  3998,  and  bank  of  Santa  Cruz  River,  Blumer 
4042,  both  collections  near  Tucson;  Soldier  Canon,  Santa 
Catalina  Mountains,  Forest  Shreve  5118;  Tucson,  John  I. 
Carlson.  Very  young  examples  were  collected  by  the  author 
(nos.  6144  &  6144a)  at  Phoenix,  April  18,  1917.  These  speci- 
mens have  linear  oblanceolate  leaves  2-3  cm.  long  and  1-2 
mm.  wide,  generally  acute  and  tapering  to  the  base. 

This  species  has  been  confused  with  B.  sarothroides  Gray, 
but  it  differs  in  having  larger  heads  and  white,  rather  than 
tawny,  pappus. 

33.     Aplopappus  illinitus  Eastwood,  new  species 

Stems  erect,  pale  yellow,  slightly  floccose,  with  branches 
erect  and  very  leafy ;  leaves  fasciculate,  terete,  incurving,  1-2 
cm.  long,  acuminate,  glandular-punctate  and  pale  green ;  heads 
radiate,  narrowly  paniculate  at  summit  of  main  stems ;  involu- 


156  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ere  about  5  mm.  high,  bracts  in  3  series,  pale  with  green  keels, 
slightly  floccose,  margins  ciliate  becoming  squarrose  at  the 
acute  tops,  the  outer  merging  into  the  upper  leaves ;  ray 
flowers  4—5,  fertile,  disk-flowers  8-10,  pale  yellow  with  slen- 
der, glandular  tube  longer  than  the  campanulate  limb ;  stamens 
and  stigmas  exserted ;  pappus  tawny,  barbellate,  equalling  the 
corolla ;  akenes  sparingly  pubescent  with  short  spreading  hairs. 

Type:  no.  171902,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mrs. 
Alvina  Buttle  near  Warners  Springs,  San  Diego  County, 
Calif. 

This  species  is  near  Haplopappus  propinqmis  Blake,  differ- 
ing in  the  radiate  heads,  sparingly  hairy  akenes,  the  more 
viscid  stems,  and  leaves  with  the  conspicuous,  gummy,  varnish- 
like exudation. 


34.    Aplopappus  traskae  Eastwood,  new  species 

Shrub  with  tomentose  stems  3-4  dm.  high,  branching  above 
in  a  paniculate  inflorescence ;  leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  tapering 
at  base  to  a  short  petiole,  apex  obtuse,  3-6  cm.  long,  2  cm. 
wide,  upper  surface  green  and  glabrous  except  in  the  youngest 
leaves,  lower  lightly  tomentose,  finely  reticulate,  margin  ser- 
rate, sometimes  entire,  especially  the  lower  part ;  heads  sub- 
sessile  at  the  ends  or  short  branchlets  or  on  short  pedicels, 
when  solitary,  about  1  cm.  high,  5  mm.  wide;  bracts  in  5 
series,  glabrous  and  chartaceous  with  a  tuft  of  white  tomen- 
tum  at  the  apex,  or  glabrous  throughout  with  a  dark  spot  at 
apex;  disk  flowers  about  12,  slightly  pubescent.  5.5  mm.  long, 
the  stigmas  exserted ;  rays  few,  shorter  than  the  pappus ; 
pappus  fuscous,  equalling  the  disk  corolla;  akenes  ribbed  with 
upwardly  appressed  hairs. 

Type:  no.  581,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mrs. 
Blanche  Trask  June,  1903  (no.  292),  on  San  Clemente  Island, 
Calif.    It  was  among  the  specimens  saved  from  the  great  fire. 

The  species  is  related  to  Hazardia  cana  (Gray)  Greene,  and 
H.  detonsa  Greene,  differing  from  both  in  the  smaller  heads, 
bicolored  leaves  and  the  almost  glabrous  bracts  of  the  involu- 
cre.   It  has  been  compared  with  the  type  of  H.  detonsa  and 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— NEW  Sl'ECIES  OF  PLANTS  \$J 

specimens  of  H.  cana  from  ( iuadalupe  Island,  the  type  lo- 
cality. Both  specimens  are  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  California 
Academv  of  Sciences. 

35.    Eucephalus  bicolor  Eastwood,  new  species 

Suffrutescent,  lower  part  of  stems  with  scale-like  leaves, 
upper  part  leafy  and  with  paniculately  branching  inflorescence, 
tomentose,  becoming  glabrate,  4-9  dm.  high ;  leaves  green  and 
glabrous  on  upper  surface,  densely  white-tomentose  on  lower, 
oblong,  elliptical  to  lanceolate,  apex  acute  to  obtuse,  sessile  at 
the  rounded  base,  3-nerved  at  base,  2-6  cm.  long,  5-20  mm. 
wide,  margin  undulate  or  entire;  bracts  similar  to  leaves  but 
smaller;  heads  in  an  open  panicle  on  slender  bracteate  stems; 
involucres  turbinate,  1  cm.  long  with  bracts  in  4—5  ranks,  the 
lower  small,  the  upper  linear-oblong,  more  or  less  tomentose, 
carinate  with  green  or  red  midnerve,  the  apex  red,  margin 
ciliate :  rays  purple,  linear  1  cm.  long;  pappus  tawny,  barbel- 
late,  slightly  dilated  at  apex  about  equalling  the  slender  tubu- 
lar disk  flowers,  these  striate  with  5  short  teeth,  akenes 
pubescent. 

Type:  no.  2940,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  2214),  September  14,  1912,  on  French  Hill,  Calif., 
above  Adams  Station  on  the  road  from  Crescent  City  to 
Grants  Pass.  Another  specimen  was  collected  near  Adams 
Station,  August  11,  1923.  Two  specimens  collected  on  the 
Gasquet  Mountain  road  above  Patrick  Creek  have  smaller 
leaves  and  more  contracted  panicles. 

This  species  differs  from  E.  tomentellus  Greene  in  the  rayed 
heads  and  the  densely  white  pubescence  of  the  lower  leaf 
surface. 

36.    Eucephalus  glandulosus  Eastwood,  new  species 

Suffrutescent,  glandular-scabrous  throughout,  branching 
above  the  base  with  short  weak  branches,  sometimes  terminated 
by  solitary  heads,  leafy  above,  4-5  dm.  high ;  leaves  ovate-oblong 
to  lanceolate,  3-6  cm.  long,  1-2  cm.  wide,  reticulated  3-nerved 
from  base,  apex  acute,  base  rounded  sessile,  margin  entire ; 


158  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

heads  rayless,  solitary  or  few  terminating  short  branchlets ; 
involucre  1  cm.  high,  bracts  in  4  series,  green  or  reel  with 
acuminate  apex ;  akenes  hairy  chiefly  below  the  tawny  pappus. 

Type:  no.  171599,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  2152),  September  11,  1912,  on  the  trail  from  the 
Illinois  River  near  Waldo,  Josephine  County,  Oregon,  to 
Black  Butte  near  the  California  boundary. 

This  species  is  related  to  E.  glabratus  Greene,  differing  in 
the  glandular-scabrous  pubescence  which  extends  to  the  upper 
leaf  surface  and  the  involucres. 

37.    Erigeron  kuschei  Eastwood,  new  species 

Perennial  herb  from  slender  creeping  rootstocks,  1-1.5  dm. 
high ;  radical  leaves  oblanceolate  to  spatulate,  tapering  to  a 
long  margined  petiole,  blade  1-2  cm.  long,  5-10  mm.  wide, 
with  a  few  scattered  hairs  along  the  margin  and  toward  the 
obtuse  apex;  cauline  leaves  ovate  to  linear-oblong,  sessile  by 
a  broad  base,  sparsely  hairy ;  heads  solitary  on  almost  naked 
peduncles;  involucral  bracts  equal  in  two  series,  hairy  at  base, 
red-tipped  and  margined,  linear,  5  mm.  long ;  disk  1  cm.  broad, 
yellow;  rays  about  50,  sterile,  white,  8  mm.  long,  1-2  mm. 
broad ;  pappus  equalling  the  disk  flowers,  sparse,  simple ; 
akenes  (immature)  flat,  sparsely  hairy. 

Type:  no.  147118,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  J. 
August  Kusche,  July,  1927,  at  Cave  Creek  Canon,  Chiricahua 
Mountains,  Arizona,  at  an  altitude  from  6-8,000  feet.  A 
second  collection  was  made  in  the  same  place  and  at  about  the 
same  time,  smaller  in  every  way,  but  otherwise  similar  to  the 
type,  no.  147117,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 

38.     Eriophyllum  rixfordi  Eastwood,  new  species 

Perennial,  branching  from  a  woody  caudex  with  simple 
stems  about  3  dm.  high,  densely  white-woolly  throughout; 
leaves  oblanceolate,  the  lower  tridentate  at  apex,  upper  entire 
or  serrate,  acute,  about  3  cm.  long,  1  cm.  wide;  heads  singly 
terminating  the  stems,  globose,  2  cm.  in  diameter  with  involu- 
cral   bracts    densely    white-woolly,    the    free    part    triangular 


Vol.  XX]  EASTWOOD— SEW  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  1  59 

acute ;  rays  few,  linear-lanceolate,  1  cm.  long,  5  mm.  wide, 
entire,  veined ;  disk  flowers  numerous,  corolla  5  mm.  long, 
glandular,  the  limb  short  with  reflexed  divisions;  pappus 
scales  lanceolate,  fimbriate,  unequal,  the  longest  equalling  the 
tube  of  the  corolla,  the  others  half  as  long;  akenes  dark 
brown,  strongly  4-angled,  puberulent. 

Type:  no.  700,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Mr.  G. 
P.  Rixford  on  the  south  side  of  Shaft  Rock  Mountain,  near 
Hilt,  Siskiyou  County,  Calif. 

39.    Laphamia  arizonica  Eastwood,  new  species 

Loosely  branching  from  the  base  and  paniculately  above, 
glabrous,  except  the  puberulent  peduncles  and  involucres; 
leaves  opposite,  scattered,  trifoliate  on  slender  petioles  much 
longer  than  the  blades ;  leaflets  small,  orbicular,  the  upper 
often  3-lobed,  the  lateral  generally  entire;  heads  1  cm.  in  di- 
ameter, involucral  bracts  linear  attenuate,  in  one  series,  keeled 
at  base ;  rays  white,  oblong-orbicular  3-crenate  at  apex ;  disk- 
flowers  4  mm.  long,  the  throat  more  than  twice  the  tube,  glan- 
dular-puberulent,  divisions  4,  deltoid;  akenes  of  both  ray  and 
disk  flat,  glabrous  with  ciliate  margins;  pappus-bristle  1,  bar- 
bellate,  equalling  the  throat  of  the  corolla. 

Type:  no.  17375,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  8753),  May  18,  1919,  at  Fish  Creek  on  the  Apache 
Trail,  Arizona.  Specimens  were  collected  also  at  Horse  Mesa 
Dam,  May  21,  1929. 


40.     Laphamia  saxicola  Eastwood,  new  species 

In  dense  clumps  from  a  perennial  root,  glabrous;  leaves  all 
opposite,  bipinnately  dissected  with  filiform  divisions  and  long 
rhachis :  heads  terminating  short  branchlets,  about  1  cm.  in 
diameter,  many  flowered;  bracts  of  the  involucre  in  a  single 
series,  linear-attenuate,  7  mm.  long,  scaberulous,  2-ribbed. 
keeled  at  base;  rays  yellow,  toothed  at  apex,  fertile;  disk- 
flowers  glandular-puberulent,  slender,  tube  shorter  than  the 
throat,  together  4  mm.  long;  akenes  flat,  puberulent,  callous- 


J50  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

margined  and  shortly  ciliate,  awn  single,  equalling  the  corolla, 
stamens  and  style  exserted. 

Type:  no.  167470,  Herb.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  the 
author  (no.  17401),  May  22,  1929,  near  the  Roosevelt  Dam 
on  the  road  to  Fish  Creek,  Apache  Trail,  Arizona. 

This  intricately  branched  and  leafy  species  grew  in  clumps 
a  foot  or  so  in  diameter  on  the  side  of  steep  banks  along  the 
road.  It  differs  from  all  known  species  in  the  remarkably 
dissected  leaves. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  6,  pp.  161-263,  plates  2-18  January  8,  V)M 


VI 

THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL, 
KERN  COUNTY,  CALIFORNIA 

BY 

G.  DALLAS  HANNA,  Curator 

Department  of  Paleontology 
California  A  cademy  of  Sciences 

Sharktooth  Hill  is  located  on  the  north  side  of  Kern  River 
in  Sec.  25,  T.  28S.,  R.  28E.,  M.  D.  M.  It  is  shown  on  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey's  topographic  map  (Caliente  Sheet) 
as  an  unnamed  hill  642  feet  high,  and  seven  miles  in  an  air 
line,  northeast  of  Bakersfield. 

The  hill  marks  the  westernmost  exposure  of  Miocene  rocks 
in  this  particular  section.  The  uppermost  layer  near  the  top  of 
the  hill  contains  many  marine  shells,  not  well  preserved.  A 
few  feet  below  this  lies  the  stratum  so  prolific  in  bones  and 
teeth  of  marine  mammals  and  fishes.  Because  of  the  abun- 
dance of  teeth  of  sharks  in  the  layer,  the  hill  has  received  the 
name  indicated  above.  Below  the  layer  containing  the  verte- 
brates there  are  shales  extending  to  the  base  of  the  hill.  The 
uppermost  layers  of  these  shales  are  somewhat  sandy  and  con- 
tain few  preserved  fossils  in  this  particular  exposure.    Fur- 

January   8,    1932 


I £9  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ther  below,  however,  and  about  30  feet  below  the  bone  layer 
there  are  pale-buff,  diatom-shales  containing  ash  as  the  chief 
impurity.  Diatoms  are  present  in  great  abundance  and  per- 
fection of  preservation.  Some  of  the  material  may  well  be 
classed  as  an  impure  diatomite.  The  total  thickness  of  the 
zone  at  this  point  cannot  be  determined  because  the  base  is 
obscured  but  the  same  layer  in  well  sections  not  distantly  re- 
moved has  been  found  to  have  a  thickness  of  100  to  200  feet. 
The  constituent  organisms  vary  little  from  the  base  to  the  top. 
Besides  diatoms,  the  shales  contain  silicoflagellates,  sponges 
and  radiolarians ;  these  groups  have  not  been  carefully  studied, 
as  yet. 

The  geologic  relationship  of  the  Sharktooth  Hill  exposure 
has  been  presented  in  another  paper1  and  it  will  suffice  here 
to  repeat  that  the  formation  belongs  to  the  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene  as  defined  by  Dr.  F.  M.  Anderson.2  The  layer  of 
bones  referred  to  and  the  stratum  of  marine  shells  immediately 
overlying,  constitute  the  type  locality  of  "Zone  C"  of  that 
author.  We  now  know  that  beneath  the  beds  here  considered 
there  are  approximately  2500  feet  of  strata  also  classed  as 
Temblor  and  even  this  does  not  include  extreme  basal  Mio- 
cene of  other  sections. 

The  diatoms  herein  described  have  been  exceedingly  helpful 
in  determining  the  stratigraphic  relationship  of  this  particular 
horizon  and  the  Temblor  formation  in  general.  The  same 
assemblage  of  common  species  in  approximately  the  same  rela- 
tive abundance  occurs  at  many  places  on  the  east  side  of  the 
San  Joaquin  Valley  both  in  surface  outcrops  and  in  well  sam- 
ples. One  of  these  localities  has  been  studied  in  detail  and 
many  of  the  records  are  incorporated  herein.  This  exposure  is 
found  on  the  west  side  of  Cottonwood  Creek  a  few  miles  to 
the  eastward  of  Sharktooth  Hill.  (See  below  for  exact  lo- 
cality data.)  It  seemed  desirable  to  add  these  records  to  offset 
any  tendency  the  reader  might  have  to  consider  these  fossils 
purely  local  and  transitory  in  their  occurrence. 

1Hanna,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  19,  no.  7,  1930,  pp.  65-83. 
'Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  3,  1911,  pp.  81-94. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  153 

The  other  records  from  near-by  localities  are  omitted  because 
of  space  limitations.  It  may  be  stated,  however,  that  this 
layer  has  been  identified  in  a  north-south  direction  for  about 
20  miles  on  the  east  side  of  the  great  valley. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  valley  the  horizon  occurs  widely 
distributed.  It  is  especially  accessible  and  well  preserved  to  the 
right  of  the  road  leading  from  Coalinga  to  Oil  City  in  Fresno 
County  and  immediately  on  top  of  the  sandstone  formation 
called  "Vaqueros  Reef"  in  some  reports.3  Here,  the  age  of 
the  diatomite  has  been  listed  as  "Monterey"  or  "Santa  Mar- 
garita" and  the  stratum  was  once  called  the  "indicator  bed." 

Many  excellent  exposures  occur  in  the  coast  ranges  but  the 
individual  species  cannot  be  recorded  here  without  an  undue 
expansion  of  the  present  paper.  Each  of  these  localities 
should  receive  separate  study. 

The  diatoms  of  this  particular  horizon  in  California  have 
not  heretofore  been  critically  studied.  However,  at  least  once 
before  the  Temblor  has  furnished  a  collection,  which  even- 
tually fell  into  the  hands  of  Tempere  and  Peragallo  in  Paris. 
Presumably  the  sample  was  collected  in  the  search  which  was 
made  for  the  source  of  the  original  float  material  noted  in 
literature  as  "Santa  Monica."  Samples  from  many  places  and 
several  zones  were  thus  taken  and  sent  to  Europe  under  the 
name  of  this  town  where  no  fossil  diatoms  occur.  Tempere 
&  Peragallo's4  list  in  which  the  Temblor  records  are  found  is 
somewhat  difficult  to  interpret  because  they  appear  also  to 
have  incorporated  some  lots  of  upper  Miocene  species.  In 
order  to  be  certain  of  the  determination,  the  California  Acade- 
my of  Sciences  purchased  in  Paris  a  part  of  the  original 
sample  and  slides  have  been  made  for  comparison.  These 
contain  such  highly  distinctive  forms  as  Annellus  calif ornicus, 
Cymatogonia  amblyoceras,  Raphidodiscus  marylandicus,  etc., 
and  upper  Miocene  distinctive  species  are  lacking.  The  sample 
probably  came  from  the  Santa  Monica  Mountains  and  cer- 
tainly is  equivalent  in  age  to  the  material  studied  herein;  this 

'Arnold  &  Anderson,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  398,   1910,  pp.  81-82. 
4  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2,  1908,  pp.  60-62. 


154  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

has  been  proved  by  means  of  other  samples  in  the  Academy 
collection  from  the  same  region,  which  were  taken  by  ex- 
perienced geologists  and  accurately  located,  stratigraphically. 

To  find  the  equivalent  of  this  Temblor  stratum  elsewhere 
than  in  California  it  is  necessary  to  go  far  but  the  correlation 
can  be  made  with  almost  equal  certainty.  Early  in  the  study, 
numerous  species  were  noted  which  appeared  to  be  very  close 
to  or  identical  with  forms  heretofore  well  known  from  the 
Miocene  diatom  deposits  of  Virginia,  Maryland  and  New 
Jersey.  In  Maryland  these  deposits  have  been  placed  in  the 
Calvert  formation.  Appeal  was  made  to  Dr.  Remington  Kel- 
logg for  material  for  use  in  comparison  and  he  very  kindly 
furnished  me  with  a  sample  from  Dunkirk,  Calvert  County, 
Maryland,  collected  by  Dr.  F.  W.  True.  This  has  been  of  great 
help  in  determining  critical  species. 

A  careful  analysis  of  age  relationships  of  many  American 
Miocene  formations  has  been  made  by  Dr.  W.  P.  Woodring.6 
In  this  he  placed  the  Calvert  formation  in  the  middle  Miocene 
(p.  93).  The  Temblor  was  placed  in  the  same  part  of  the 
column  (p.  97).  It  is  believed  that  the  present  study  has 
proved  the  equivalence  in  age  of  that  part  of  the  Calvert 
formation  which  contains  the  diatom  deposits  and  the  upper 
part  of  the  Temblor  as  exposed  on  Kern  River  and  elsewhere 
in  California.  The  Calvert  has  been  independently  correlated 
with  the  Tortonian  of  the  European  standard  section  upon  the 
basis  of  the  plants  and  marine  mammals  by  Berry6  and  Kel- 
logg,7 respectively.  The  latter  has  suggested  from  a  subse- 
quent study,8  however,  that  both  the  Calvert  and  upper  Tem- 
blor may  be  Helvetian  and  since  Woodring's  correlation  of 
them  with  the  Bowden  (and  Tortonian)  was  admittedly  not 
positive  the  following  table  was  proposed  in  my  paper  on  the 
Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill.  It  has  been  shown  recently  that  the 
Santa  Margarita  is  merely  a  sandy  phase  of  upper  Monterey83 

e  Woodring,  Miocene  mollusks  from  Bowden,  Jamaica.  Pt.  2.  Gastropods  and  dis- 
cussion of  results.    Carnegie  Inst.  Washington,  Publ.  385,  1928,  pp.   1-108. 

«  Berry,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Ppr.  98  F,  1916,  pp.  61-70. 

7  Kellogg,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  America,  vol.  35,  1924,  pp.  763-764. 

*  Kellogg,  R.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington,  Publ.  346,  art.  1,  1927,  p.  5. 

"oBarbat  &  Weymouth,  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Bull.  Dept.  Geol.  Sci.  vol.  21,  1931, 
pp.   25-36,  pis.   4,   5,   2  text   figs. 


Vol.  XX J 


HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHAUKTOOTH  HILL 


165 


and  since  this  is  almost  certainly  Sarmatian  in  age,  there  is 
left  to  represent  the  Pontian  in  California,  several  borderline 
formations,  the  age  of  which  has  heretofore  been  somewhat 
doubtful.  Some  of  these  are:  Reef  Ridge  formation;  Harris 
[grade]  diatomite;  Intermediate  zone  of  Newport,  Malaga 
Cove  and  Los  Angeles  Basin  generally.  Most  of  these  have  not 
been  well  defined,  paleontologically. 


Correlation  of  California  and  European  Miocene 


SECTION 

EUROPEAN  STAGES 

CALIFORNIA  FORMATIONS 

Upper 
Miocene 

Pontian 
Sarmatian 

Santa  Margarita 
Upper  Monterey 

Middle 
Miocene 

Tortonian 
Helvetian 

Lower  Monterey 
Upper  Temblor 

Lower 
Miocene 

Burdigalian 
Aquitanian 

Lower  Temblor  (Pyramid  Hill  Fauna) 
Vaqueros 

Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  the  correlation  of  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  exposure  is  made  by  means  of  identity  of 
specialized  and  short  range  species.  No  further  comment  is 
necessary  except  to  add  that  some  of  the  same  species  of  dia- 
toms should  be  found  in  strata  of  the  same  age  which  are  suit- 
able for  their  preservation,  wherever  found,  if  due  consideration 
be  given  to  the  life  processes  and  wide  geographic  range  of 
present-day  forms  of  these  small  organisms.  It  is  significant 
to  note  that  many  species  recorded  herein  have  likewise  been 
found  in  Italy  by  Forti"  in  strata  which  he  stated  to  be  middle 
Miocene. 

The  literature  pertaining  to  diatoms  contains  some  very  im- 
portant papers  dealing  with  the  middle  Miocene,  elsewhere  in 
the  world,  particularly  the  West  Indies,  east  America,  Spain, 


•  Forti,  A.    Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,   1913. 


166 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Sek. 


Italy  and  Hungary.  In  each  of  these  localities  there  are  some 
species  which  have  been  found  in  the  Temblor.  Here  again 
samples  have  been  available  for  comparison;  some  of  these 
were  obtained  from  generous  correspondents  and  others  were 
purchased  as  a  part  of  the  Tempere  collection. 

The  use  of  these  various  collections  has  made  the  task  of 
identification  of  species  less  burdensome  and  it  is  believed 
greater  accuracy  has  thus  been  obtained  than  would  otherwise 
have  been  possible.  However,  as  in  most  other  groups  of 
fossils,  there  are  certain  genera  of  diatoms  which  are  in  taxo- 
nomic  chaos  and  in  these  cases  the  species-names  chosen  may 
eventually  prove  to  have  been  the  wrong  ones.  Fortunately, 
however,  this  remark  does  not  apply  to  most  of  the  distinctive 
and  abundant  Temblor  fossils.  In  order  that  these  may  be 
sifted  from  the  less  important  ones  the  following  list  is  given. 


Most  distinctive  and  important  Temblor  diatoms 


*Actinocyclus  ehrenbergii  Ralfs 
*Actinoptychus  halionyx  Grunow 
*Actinoptychus  kernensis  Hanna 
*Annellus  californicus  Tempere 
*Biddulphia  angulata  Schmidt 
*Coscinodiscus  apiculatus  Ehrenberg 
*Coscinodiscus  convexus  Schmidt 
*Coscinodiscus  fulguralis  Brun 
Coscinodiscus  meditatus  Hanna 
*Cymatogonia  amblyoceras 

(Ehrenberg) 
*Cymatosira  andersoni  Hanna 
*Eupodiscus  antiquus  Cox 
"Hyalodiscus  frenguellii  Hanna 


*Navicula  kernensis  Hanna 
Navicula  mimicans  Hanna 
Perrya  innocens  Hanna 

*Raphidodiscus  marylandicus 

Christian 
Rattrayella  inconspicuua  (Rattray) 

*Rhaphoneis  obesa  Hanna 

*Sceptroncis  caduceus  Ehrenberg 
Stephanogonia  polyacantha  Forti 
Stictodiscus  kittonianus  Greville 

*Surirella  tembloris  Hanna 

*Triceratium  spinosum  Bailey 
Xystotheca  hustedti  Hanna 

*Zygoceros  (?)  quadricomis  Grunow 


Not  all  of  the  above  species  are  equally  abundant,  of  course, 
but  those  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*)  can  usually  be  found  in 
properly  cleaned  material  after  a  few  minutes  search.  Some  of 
them  are  dominant  in  this  Temblor  horizon  wherever  found 
and  are  not  known  from  upper  Miocene  strata;  these  are  the 
most  valuable  marker-species.  Since  this  paper  is  intended  to 
be  as  exhaustive  as  possible  for  the  deposit  concerned,  it 
naturallv  contains  some  forms  which  are  either  too  rare  or  of 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  jfi? 

too  long  geologic  range  to  be  useful  in  correlation  or  age  de- 
termination at  this  time. 

The  present  paper  is  based  primarily  on  material  from 
Sharktooth  Hill  but  some  records  are  incorporated  from  the 
locality  on  Cottonwood  Creek  a  few  miles  to  the  east.  Also 
there  are  a  few  Rhaphoneis  listed  from  an  exposure  near 
Round  Mountain.  These  three  localities  are  entered  in  the 
records  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  as  follows: 

Locality  1063.  A  series  of  seven  samples  of  diatomaceous  shales  from  NEJ4, 
Sec.  13,  T.  29S.,  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.,  on  the  west  side  of 
Cottonwood  Creek,  Kern  County,  Calif.;  G.  D.  Hanna  and 
F.  M.  Anderson,  Colls.,  April,  1927. 

Locality  1068.  A  series  of  five  samples  of  diatomaceous  shales  from  the  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Sec.  25,  T.  28S.,  R.  28E., 
M.  D.  M.,  Kern  County,  Calif.,  G.  D.  Hanna,  Coll.,  April, 
1927. 

Locality  1187.  Diatomaceous  ashy  shale  from  Sec.  13,  T.  28S.,  R.  28E., 
M.  D.  M.,  east  side  of  1340  Hill,  about  one  mile  west  of 
Round  Mountain,  Kern  County,  Calif.;  G.  D.  Hanna,  Coll., 
April,  1927. 

The  last  and  any  other  locality  records  used  have  been  con- 
sidered for  the  sole  purpose  of  elucidating  the  flora  of  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  strata  and  its  equivalent  elsewhere. 

In  preparing  the  collection  for  study  the  various  species 
have  been  selected  from  strewings  and  mounted  individually 
under  measured  covers.  Synthetic  resin  (hyrax)  has  been 
used  entirely  as  a  mountant  because  this  can  now  be  procured 
practically  without  color,  soluble  in  the  usual  solvents  of 
balsam  and  possessing  a  refractive  index  of  about  1.80.  More- 
over, test  slides  have  not  shown  the  slightest  sign  of  deteriora- 
tion in  over  four  years.  No  known  natural  resin  approaches 
this  material  in  ease  of  manipulation  and  superior  optical 
properties. 


168  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Phoc.  4th  See. 

1.    Actinocyclus  ehrenbergii  Ralfs 

Plate  2,  figs.  1,  2,  3 

Actinocyclus  ehrenbergii  Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  834. 
—Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1882,  p.  215,  pi.  123, 
fig.  7. — Rattray,  Journ.  Quekett  Micr.  Club,  ser.  2,  vol.  4,  1890, 
p.  171.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  85,  fig.  9. 

This  large  and  handsome  species  is  exceedingly  abundant  in 
the  deposit  on  Sharktooth  Hill.  It  is  likewise  widely  dis- 
tributed in  beds  of  the  same  age.  In  an  extension  of  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  horizon  to  the  southeast  a  few  miles  a  layer  was 
found  in  which  practically  nothing  else  exists.  Slides  made 
from  this  particular  sample  are  marvelous  when  the  mounts 
are  made  in  highly  refractive  resin ;  under  low  powers  the  play 
of  prismatic  colors  is  scarcely  excelled  by  crystalline  substances 
viewed  with  polarized  light. 

The  references  cited  above  are  important  but  form  an  in- 
significant portion  of  the  total  literature  on  the  species.  In- 
deed, it  is  so  variable  that  Rattray  was  obliged  to  use  nine 
pages  to  cite  the  synonymy  known  to  him  in  1890.  Ehrenberg 
conceived  the  idea  of  naming  every  individual  he  found  with 
a  different  number  of  rays  from  any  known  to  him  and  by 
careful  search  and  great  industry  he  was  able  to  find  the  range 
extending  from  three  to  120.  This  action  stands  as  one  of  the 
greatest  blunders  in  the  study  of  diatoms.  Rather  than  try  to 
disentangle  such  a  complex  situation  Ralfs  renamed  the  entire 
mass,  Actinocyclus  ehrenbergii  and  the  justice  of  this  proce- 
dure has  not  been  questioned  by  diatomists. 

The  species  is  exceedingly  common  in  the  Calvert  forma- 
tion of  Maryland  and  Virginia  and  specimens  from  there 
formed  the  basis  of  a  large  number  of  Ehrenberg's  names. 
By  direct  comparison,  I  am  not  able  to  detect  any  noteworthy 
difference  between  Maryland  and  California  specimens. 
Authors  have  had  much  difficulty  in  distinguishing  A.  ehren- 
bergii from  A.  ralfsii  (W.  Smith).  Some  (as  Grunow  and 
Lagerstedt)  have  gone  so  far  as  to  advocate  their  union  and 
this  may  yet  have  to  be  done.  In  general  the  bright,  hyaline, 
radial  spaces  are  double  in  ehrenbergii,  single  in  ralfsii  but  the 
character  is  apparently  not  constant. 


Vol.  XX]  HANS'A— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \(f) 

2.    Actinoptychus  halionyx  Grunow 
Plate  2,  fig.  4 

Actinoptychus  splendens  halionyx  Grunow  in  Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Bel- 

gique,  1880-1882,  pi.  119,  fig.  3.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890, 

pi.  92,  fig.  12. 
"Actinoptychus  glabratus  Grunow?"  .Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  153,  1890,  fig. 

12;  "Peru  Guano." 
Actinoptychus  solisi  Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15. 

1926,  p.  123,  pi.  12,  figs.  1-3. 

The  mottled  appearance  of  alternating  segments  in  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  specimens  is  very  similar  to  that  shown  in 
Ravet's  photograph,  reproduced  by  Van  Heurck.  His  figure 
does  not  show  the  conspicuous  hyaline  areas  at  the  outer  ends 
of  the  non-maculate  segments,  so  obvious  in  the  photograph 
shown  herewith,  but  this  is  believed  to  be  due  to  a  different 
focus  of  the  microscope  in  the  two  cases.  I  am  not  able  to  find 
intergradation  between  these  diatoms  and  the  living,  non- 
maculate  A.  splendens  and  therefore  consider  halionyx  a  dis- 
tinct species.  It  seems  now  that  A.  solisi  is  a  form  of  halionyx 
having  somewhat  bolder  markings  than  usual. 


3.    Actinoptychus  janischii  Grunow 

Plate  3,  fig.  1 

Actinoptychus  janischii  Grunow  in  Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880- 
1882,  pi.  122,  fig.  6;  "Guano  from  Peru."— Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt. 
Bacill.  Foss.  Ungarns,  pt.  1,  1886,  p.  61,  pi.  16,  fig.  143;  Hungarian 
Miocene  deposits. — Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  153,  1890,  figs.  8-10,  21. 

As  Grunow  pointed  out,  the  most  remarkable  feature  of  this 
diatom  is  the  fact  that  all  segments  are  almost  in  a  plane. 
Janisch  is  supposed  to  have  found  the  diatom  in  Guano  from 
Peru  but  until  this  report  is  corroborated  it  had  best  be  held  in 
doubt  in  view  of  the  abundance  of  the  species  in  Miocene 
deposits.  It  is  fairly  common  at  Sharktooth  Hill  but  more  so 
at  some  other  localities  stratigraphically  equivalent  such  as 
1063.  on  Cottonwood  Creek  a  few  miles  east. 


170  C  ALIFORM  A  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4tu  Ser. 

4.     Actinoptychus  kernensis  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  3,  figs.  2,  3 

Valve  large  without  undulations  in  the  marginal  zone;  seg- 
ments 12  (in  holotype;  not  less  than  8  nor  more  than  14  have 
been  seen)  ;  segments  are  gentle  undulations  not  separated  by 
sharp  flexures  or  dark  or  light  radial  lines  (in  some  specimens 
the  undulations  of  the  segments  scarcely  perceptible)  ;  border 
striated;  marginal  zone  very  wide  and  marked  with  a  coarse 
uneven  reticulation,  the  radial  arrangement  being  most  per- 
fect; irregular  radial  lines  cover  the  disk  (except  for  the 
hyaline  central  area),  with  cross  lines  forming  a  network; 
disk  also  covered  with  fine  beads  as  in  A.  splendens  and  many 
other  Actinoptychus;  spines  are  scattered  irregularly  around 
the  margin,  without  any  definite  number  relation  to  the  seg- 
ments. Diameter  (holotype),  .1680  mm.;  paratypes,  .132, 
.089,  and  .060  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3142;  paratypes:  Nos.  3143-3145  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.) 
on  the  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia; Temblor,  middle  Miocene. 

Schmidt10  figured  a  specimen  from  "Bolivia  Guano"  with- 
out name,  which  resembles  the  present  form  more  than  any 
other  but  when  examined  in  detail  there  are  many  important 
structural  differences.  A.  vulgaris  is  somewhat  similar  but 
the  central  hyaline  area  radiates  outwardly,  more  or  less,  in 
alternating  segments  in  that  form;  moreover,  the  boundaries 
of  the  segments  are  sharper  defined,  the  marginal  zone  bears 
large  hyaline  areas  as  in  A.  halionyx  shown  herewith,  and 
there  is  usually  a  mottled  appearance  to  the  valve  under  low 
powers. 


Atlas  Diat.  pi.   132,   1888,  fig.  5. 


Vol.  XX]  H  ANN  A— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \~\ 

5.  Actinoptychus  perisetosus  Brun 

Plate  4,  figs.  1,  2 

Actinoptychus  perisetosus  Brun,  Le  Diatomiste,  vol.  2,  no.  16,  1894,  p.  73 
pi.  5,  fig.  9;  Japanese  deposits. 

Brun  described  this  species  as  very  variable  and  abundant  in 
the  fossil  deposits  of  Japan.  The  Sharktooth  Hill  specimens 
do  not  agree  with  his  figure  in  every  minute  detail  but  it  is 
believed  that  the  differences  are  inconsequential.  The  three 
large  spines  shown  in  his  figure  are  more  slender  than  they 
appear  in  ours  but  this  is  partly  due  to  the  fact  that  they  are 
not  all  in  perfect  focus  in  the  photographs.  The  species  is  very 
abundant  in  all  collections  made  from  the  stratum  on  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  and  its  equivalent  at  other  places  in  that  region. 

The  species  bears  superficial  resemblance  to  the  very  abun- 
dant A.  undulatus  of  many  Miocene  deposits  but  the  lightly 
marked  segments  of  the  present  form  do  not  appear  to  be 
typical  of  undulatus.  Nevertheless  it  seems  probable  that  peri- 
setosus is  merely  one  of  the  many  named  variations  of  that 
long  lived  species. 

6.  Actinoptychus  thumii  Schmidt 

Plate  4,  figs.  3,  4 

Actinoptychus  slella  thumii  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  90,  1886,  figs.  4,  5. — 
Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Bacill.  Foss.  Ungarns,  pt.  1,  1886,  p.  63, 
pi.  8,  fig.  65.— Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2, 
1913,  pi.  15,  figs.  6,  7;  [as  form  fenestrata]. 

Schmidt's  specimens  came  from  "Szent  Peter"  in  Hungary 
and  "Tegel  von  Briinn,"  both  probably  middle  or  lower  Mio- 
cene deposits.  The  Sharktooth  Hill  specimens  are  very  close 
indeed  and  although  Schmidt's  figures  indicate  possible  inter- 
gradation  in  his  material  I  have  observed  no  such  tendency  in 
the  collection  now  being  studied  and  therefore  prefer  to  hold 
thumii  distinct  from  Stella.  The  form  is  probably  a  forerunner 
of  the  huge  grundleri  and  its  allies  of  later  Miocene  time.  In 
the  photographs  herewith,  the  three  blunt  spines  are  not  well 
shown  because  of  the  great  depth  of  the  diatom;  some  por- 
tions necessarily  are  out  of  focus  because  of  the  high  magnifi- 
cation required  to  show  the  details  of  sculpture. 


17?  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

7.    Actinoptychus  undulatus  (Bailey) 

Actinocyclus  undulatus  Bailey,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  vol.  42,  1842,  pi.  2,  fig.  11. 
— Kiitzing,  Bacill.  1844,  p.  132,  pi.  1,  fig.  24. 

Actinoptychus  undulatus  (Bailey),  Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4» 
1861,  p.  839,  pi.  5,  fig.  88.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  1,  1874,  figs. 
1-4,  6.— Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1881,  pi.  22  Us,  fig.  14; 
pi.  122,  figs.  1-4.— Mann,  Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  vol.  10,  pt.  5, 
1907,  p.  272.— Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol. 
15,  1926,  p.  124,  pi.  12,  fig.  4.— Hanna,  Journ.  Paleon.  vol.  1,  no.  2, 
1927,  p.  108. 

In  view  of  the  uncertainty  regarding  the  limits  of  variation 
of  A.  undulatus  I  am  obliged  to  record  it  from  the  Sharktooth 
Hill  deposit.  The  name  may  be  used  in  too  broad  a  sense  but 
until  a  revision  of  the  group  is  made,  identification  cannot  be 
made  with  certainty. 


8.    Annellus  califomicus  Tempere 

Plate  4,  figs.  5-9 

Annellus  califomicus  Tempere,  in  Tempere  &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde 
Entier,  Ed.  2,  1908,  p.  60;  "Santa  Monica,  Calif."— Azpeitia,  Asoc. 
Esp.  Prog.  Cien.  vol.  4,  sec.  3,  Cien.  Nat.  pt.  2,  1911,  pp.  149-237, 
"Montemayor,  Fernan-Nunez,"  Spain. 

Annellus  Tempere,  Taylor,  Notes  on  Diatoms,  1929,  pp.  119,  180,  236, 
pi.  1,  fig.  28. 

This  species  is  exceedingly  common  in  the  deposit  exposed 
on  Sharktooth  Hill  (Loc.  1068)  and  in  many  other  places 
where  the  equivalent  of  this  same  series  of  strata  is  found. 
These  other  localities  are  widely  distributed  in  California, 
some  of  them  being:  "North  of  Coalinga,  immediately  above 
the  Temblor  Reef  Beds''  (called  "Vaqueros  Reef"  erroneously 
in  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  Bulletins  398  and  603)  ;  "Smug- 
gler's Cove,  Santa  Cruz  Island,  Calif.";  near  Point  Dume, 
Los  Angeles  County,  Calif. 

The  last  mentioned  locality  may  be  the  one  from  which 
Tempere's  original  material  came  although  he  gave  it  as  from 
"Santa  Monica."  Definite  proof  of  this  statement  can  prob- 
ably never  be  had  and  an  analysis  of  the  situation  requires  that 
we  begin  with  the  celebrated  piece  of  float  picked  up  a  few 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  1  73 

miles  south  of  Santa  Monica.11  When  it  was  learned  that  the 
parent  bed  from  which  the  float  block  had  drifted  was  not  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  Santa  Monica  a  very  great  deal  of 
search  was  made  for  it.  California  microscopists  apparently 
examined  every  known  outcrop  of  diatomaceous  earth  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  state  in  their  endeavor  to  supply  the  de- 
sires of  students  elsewhere  for  more  material  like  the  original 
find.  Evidently  those  not  thoroughly  trained  in  the  study  of 
these  organisms  thought  they  had  found  the  source  bed  when- 
ever they  found  a  stratum  with  well  preserved  fossils.  In  this 
manner  the  "Santa  Monica  float  block"  has  been  reported  to 
have  come  from  places  all  the  way  from  Newport  to  Santa 
Maria.  Unquestionably  some  of  these  amateurs  distributed 
samples  under  the  label  "Santa  Monica"  which  actually  came 
from  far  from  there,  their  motive  being  the  sincere  belief  that 
they  had  the  original  source  of  the  famous  float. 

Tempere's  Annellus  was  found  in  only  one  of  several  sam- 
ples (no.  112  of  his  collection)  which  he  had  under  the  lo- 
cality "Santa  Monica."  It  is  certain  that  the  genus  was  not 
represented  in  the  original  block  and  has  not  since  been  found 
in  strata  of  known  equivalent  age.  But  now,  that  it  has  been 
found  in  many  widely  scattered  places  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
Temblor,  and  often  in  abundance,  it  may  be  assumed  with 
safety  that  Tempere's  sample  came  from  a  locality  of  the  same 
age.  The  nearest  place  to  Santa  Monica  where  such  a  deposit 
is  located,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  determine,  is  near 
Point  Dume,  Los  Angeles  County.  Several  years  ago  Mr. 
Douglas  Clark,  geologist  for  the  Southern  Pacific  Company, 
gave  me  a  sample  from  there  and  Annellus  was  found  in  it 
soon  after. 

The  genus  is  one  of  the  most  distinct  among  the  diatoms. 
Tempere's  original  description,  quoted  below,  is  very  inade- 
quate and  he  never  published  a  figure.  "Valve  a  silice  repliee 
sur  ellememe  sous  form  d'anneau  tubulaire  recouvert  de 
grosses  ponctuations  regulierement  disposees.  Diametre  de  la 
valve:  70  a  15  ft)  largeur :  30  a  40  /*.  Pas  rare  dans  le  no. 
112."  This  brief  description  is  certainly  insufficient  to  make 
the  genus  or  species  recognizable  were  it  not  for  the  striking 


11  See  Hanna,  Bull.  Amer.  Assoc.  Petrol.  Geol.  vol.   12,  no.   11,  1928,  pp.   11091110, 
for  an  account  of  this. 


174  C.iLIFOh'Xl.l  .h      II   uY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Skr. 

form  of  the  organism.  Even  so,  I  hesitated  to  adopt  the  name 
until  after  I  had  secured  some  of  Tempere's  original,  cleaned 
material  and  from  it  made  mounts  of  the  form  in  question. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  now  as  to  what  he  had  and  I  chose  a 
specimen  from  his  collection  for  illustration  herewith.  The 
structural  details  are  given  in  the  sectional  drawing. 

The  genus  appears  to  be  as  closely  related  to  Melosira  as 
any  other.  Such  an  open  cylinder  as  this  is  otherwise  unknown 
in  the  Diatomacese  and  a  first  thought  may  be  that  something 
is  missing  on  one  end.  However,  this  cannot  be  because 
among  hundreds  which  have  been  handled  I  have  never  found 
one  that  could  not  be  strung,  bead-like,  on  the  glass  hair  of 
the  mechanical  finger.  The  collections  in  which  the  genus 
occurs  contain  nothing  which  could  in  any  way  be  presumed 
to  be  detached  caps,  or  partitions.12 

This  strange  and  striking  organism  had  a  short  existence, 
geologically,  and  for  this  reason  and  because  of  its  abundance 
when  found  it  forms  a  valuable  marker  fossil  of  middle  Mio- 
cene strata,  the  Temblor.  It  has  not  been  found  in  lowermost 
diatomaceous  shales  near  Coalinga,  California  (the  Kreyen- 
hagen  of  authors),  and  has  also  not  been  found  any  place  in  the 
type  section  of  the  Monterey.  In  the  lower  portion  of  this 
latter,  however,  where  it  might  occur,  the  diatoms  are  not 
preserved. 


9.    Arachnoidiscus  manni  Hanna  &  Grant 
Plate  5,  fig.  1 

Arachnoidiscus  manni  Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15, 

no.  2,  1926,  p.  125,  pi.  12,  figs.  7-9.— Hanna,  Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1, 

no.  2,  1927,  p.  109,  pi.  17,  fig.  5. 
Arachnoidiscus  ornatus  monlereiana  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  73,  1882,  figs.  7-9. 

(Not  A.  ehrenbergii  montereyana  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  68,  1881, 

fig.  2.) 
Arachnoidiscus  ornatus  montereianus,  Hanna  &  Gaylokd,  Bull.  Amer.  Assoc. 

Petrol.  Geol.  vol.  9,  no.  2,  1925,  pi.  5,  fig.  2. 


12  The  genus  has  recently  been  illustrated  by  Taylor,  Notes  on  Diatoms,  1929,  pi. 
1,  Sg.  28,  the  locality  being  given  as  "Sta.  Maria.,  Cal.",  probably  an  error  for  "Santa 
Monica,  Calif."  Taylor  failed  to  place  the  group  definitely  in  his  outline  of  the  classi- 
fication of  diatoms  on  p.  119. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \J^ 

At  one  time  it  was  thought  that  this  species  could  be  dif- 
ferentiated with  a  fair  degree  of  constancy  but  after  handling 
many  hundreds,  this  now  seems  doubtful.  Evidently  Schmidt 
had  reason  for  separating  the  fossil  form  from  California 
Miocene  from  A.  ornatus  Ehrenberg  but  whether  this  was  suf- 
ficient or  not  remains  to  be  determined.  It  is  to  be  noted  that 
Ehrenberg  did  not  figure  ornatus  and  the  first  illustrations 
were  given  by  Ralfs.13  With  these  as  a  basis  for  determination 
it  is  found  that  most  California  fossils  are  heavier  marked  and 
the  concentric  divisions  extend  from  margin  to  central  area. 
The  species  nicobaricus  of  Ehrenberg14  has  usually  been  re- 
ferred to  ornatus  as  a  synonym  and  it  is  found  to  be  a  much 
lighter  marked  form  than  specimens  from  California.  The 
problem  is  further  complicated  by  the  fact  that  some  of  the 
early  diatomists  received  both  living  and  fossil  material  from 
''Monterey"  and  in  their  publications  they  did  not  differentiate. 
The  living  form  is  very  common  there  and  Mr.  W.  M.  Grant 
has  an  abundance  of  specimens.  On  direct  comparison  with 
the  fossils  from  the  same  place  the  differences  noted  above 
seem  to  be  constant.  However  it  seems  possible  that  when  a 
more  thorough  study  shall  have  been  made  it  will  be  necessary 
to  reduce  the  number  of  names  to  one — ornatus. 

The  species  is  very  rare  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit. 


10.    Asterolampra  rotula  Greville 

Plate  5,  fig.  2 

Asterolampra  rotula  Greville,  Trans.  Micr.  Soc.  London,  vol.  8,  n.  s.  1860, 
p.  Ill,  pi.  3,  fig.  5;  "Monterey,  California."— Rattray,  Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  16,  1889,  p.  195.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America, 
1890,  pi.  93,  fig.  10.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894, 
p.  1404. 

The  imperfect  specimen  referred  to  this  Monterey  species  is 
the  best  that  could  be  found  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit.  It 
is  rare  and  no  other  representative  of  the  genus  or  of  Asterom- 
phalus  appears  to  be  present. 


"In  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861.  p.  842,  pi.   IS,  figs.   18-21. 
14  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  36  (not  30)  fig.  35. 


176  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sek. 

11.    Aulacodiscus  brownei  Norman 

Plate  5,  fig.  3 

Aulacodiscus  brownei  Norman  in  Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Brit.  Inf.  Ed.  4, 
1861,  p.  844.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  36,  1876,  figs.  15,  16;  pi.  105, 
1886,  fig.  6. — Rattray,  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc.  1888,  p.  341. — Wolle, 
Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  88,  fig.  10.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Alg.  vol.  2, 
pt.  3,  1893,  p.  1093. 

This  two  spined  Aulacodiscus  was  described  from  the  upper 
Miocene  at  Monterey,  California,  where  it  is  not  uncommon. 
De  Toni  listed  it  as  living  and  the  similar,  A.  probabilis 
Schmidt,  occurs  in  the  Cretaceous  of  Simbirsk,  Russia.  The 
recent  records  may  be  taken  with  doubt  owing  to  the  circum- 
stances of  their  collection  and  the  specimen  here  being  recorded 
may  not  be  the  same  as  those  from  Monterey  because  it  shows 
some  considerable  differences  in  details.  However,  I  do  not 
have  sufficient  material  to  warrant  separation  at  this  time  and 
it  seems  best  to  consider  it  the  same.  It  was  not  found  in  the 
material  from  Sharktooth  Hill  but  occurred  at  Loc.  1063 
(C.  A.  S.)  on  Cottonwood  Creek,  a  few  miles  to  the  east  in  a 
stratigraphicallv  equivalent  stratum. 


12.    Auliscus  bonus  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  5,  figs.  4,  5 

Valve  small,  almost  circular,  slightly  convex,  eyespots  two 
with  a  few  coarse  punctae  on  top ;  central  area  almost  circular, 
hyaline;  margin  with  a  row  of  short  semi-cellules,  continuing 
inwardly  as  coarse,  rugose,  radial  riblets.   Diameter  .0422  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3155,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  C.  A.  S.  on  the  southeast  side  of 
Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

A.  cozlatus  Bailey  is  much  larger  than  this  little  diatom  and 
has  much  longer  marginal  markings ;  however  the  two  are  be- 
lieved to  belong  to  the  same  portion  of  the  genus.  The  two 
figures  shown  are  opposite  valves  of  the  same  frustule  and  the 
different  focus  is  obtained  to  show  the  characters  of  marginal 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \/J 

and  central  area.  No  very  close  relative  has  been  found  in  the 
literature  although  it  displays  no  very  striking  or  unusual 
details. 

13.    Auliscus  suppressus  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  5,  fig.  6 

Valve  minute,  circular,  almost  flat ;  border  broad  and  heavy ; 
two  large  "eyes"  close  to  border;  central  circular  space  hy- 
aline ;  disk  with  irregularly  arranged,  coarse,  sparse,  large 
beads ;  in  addition  a  series  of  fine  curved  lines  spread  out  from 
each  "eye"  and  the  sides  are  irregularly  marked  with  lines  and 
dots  roughly  radial  in  arrangement.   Diameter,  .0321  mm. 

HolotyfKe:  No.  3156,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by 
G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle  Mio- 
cene. 

The  species  is  probably  allied  to  A.  loczyi  Pantocsek15  Beit, 
from  Hungarian  Miocene  but  the  available  figures  of  that 
species  do  not  show  the  fine  lines  mentioned.  It  is  true  that 
they  can  be  seen  only  under  favorable  conditions,  that  is,  by 
use  of  high  aperture  and  mounting  media  of  high  refractive 
index.  However,  we  cannot  merely  assume  that  the  markings 
are  present  on  loczyi  when  they  are  not  shown. 

The  species  is  exceedingly  small  and  apparently  rare. 

14.    Biddulphia  angulata  Schmidt 

Plate  5,  figs.  7,  8 

Biddulphia  angulata  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  141,  1889,  figs.  7,  8;  Nottingham, 
Maryland. — Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  6,  fig.  7. 

Odontella  angulata  (Schmidt),  De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894, 
p.  869. 

The  diatoms  here  referred  to  angulata  agree  more  closely 
with  the  figures  of  that  species  than  any  other  of  which  illus- 
trations have  been  found.  There  are  some  slight  differences  in 
details  but  hardly  more  than  the  specimens  themselves  display. 


"  Beit.    Kennt.    Foss.    Bacill.   Ungarns,    pt.    3,    1893,   pi.   S,   fig.   82. 

January   8,    1932 


178  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  species  is  fairly  common  in  the  finer  washings  of  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  but  they  are  almost  always  fractured 
or  deformed  by  pressure. 

* 
15.    Cladogramma  conicum  Greville 

Cladogramma  conicum  Greville,  Trans.  Micr.  Sue.  London,  vol.   13,   1865, 
p.  97,  pi.  8,  figs.  1,  2. 

A  few  specimens  of  a  very  convex  Cladogramma  were 
mounted  from  the  lighter  washings  of  material  from  Loc. 
1063  on  Cottonwood  Creek,  Kern  County,  Calif.  C.  calif or- 
nicum,  as  usually  found  in  upper  Miocene  deposits,  is  a  much 
flatter  diatom. 


16.    Coscinodiscus  aeginensis  Schmidt 
Plate  5,  fig.  9 

Coscinodiscus  aginensis  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  113,  1888,  figs.  13,  14.— 
Rattray,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  16,  1889,  p.  489.— De 
Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  pt.  3,  1894,  p.  1288. 

Coscinodiscus  apiculatus  calif ornica  Grunow  in  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  113, 
1888,  figs.  13,  14. 

Schmidt  stated  in  the  explanation  of  his  plate  113  that 
Grunow  called  his  diatom  "C.  apiculatus  calif  ornica"  but  he 
was  unable  to  associate  the  form  with  apiculatus.  This  view 
seems  to  be  correct;  the  name  "calif ornica"  even  as  a  sub- 
species is  not  desirable  because  of  the  prior  "Coscinodiscus 
calif  ornicus"  of  O'Meara. 

The  specimens  found  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  have  a 
slightly  smaller  central  hyaline  area  than  Schmidt's  figure  but 
otherwise  the  resemblance  is  so  close  that  indentification  is 
believed  to  be  warranted. 

17.     Coscinodiscus  apiculatus  Ehrenberg 

Plate  6,  fig.  1 

Coscinodiscus  apiculatus  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  77; 
Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  fig.  43. — Grunow,  Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien, 
vol.  48,  no.  2,  1884,  p.  75.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  64,  1877,  figs. 
5-10.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  86,  fig.  9. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \J<) 

There  is  some  confusion  in  the  published  figures  of  apiai- 
latus  and  perforatus  and  it  may  be  that  they  cannot  be  separ- 
ated in  a  large  series.  Both  were  described  from  Miocene  de- 
posits of  Maryland  or  Virginia  and  have  often  been  reported 
together.  Typical  apiculaius  is  abundant  and  usually  well 
preserved  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and  strata  of  equiva- 
lent age  in  other  places  in  the  same  region. 

18.    Coscinodiscus  convexus  Schmidt 

Plate  6,  figs.  2,  3;  plate  7,  fig.  1 

Coscinodiscus  convexus  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  60,  1877,  fig.  15;  Barbados. — 
Rattray,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  16,  1889,  p.  104.— De 
Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sec.  3,  1894,  p.  1271. 

In  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit,  the  diatoms  believed  to  be 
this  species  are  much  larger  than  those  from  Barbados  but  in 
other  respects  there  is  general  agreement.  Sometimes  a  speci- 
men does  have  a  rather  imperfect  central  rosette,  as  the  smaller 
figure  herewith  shows,  and  the  absence  of  this  is  one  of  the 
distinguishing  features  of  convexus.  However,  the  diatom  is 
far  more  convex  than  are  such  doubly  marked  species  as  C. 
aster  omphalus.  The  convexity  is  so  great  that  in  the  specimens 
photographed  the  margin  is  completely  out  of  focus. 


19.    Coscinodiscus  fulguralis  Brun 

Plate  7,  fig.  2 

Coscinodiscus  fulguralis  Brun,  Mem.  Soc.  Phys.  Hist.  Nat.  Geneve,  vol.  31, 
pt.  2,  no.  1,  1891,  p.  21,  pi.  21,  fig.  6;  "Sendai"  Japan,  fossil  deposit. 
-De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3.  1894,  p.  1264. 

This  is  a  very  delicate  species  and  a  perfect  specimen  was 
not  found  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  although  it  is  abun- 
dant there.  It  is  very  large,  almost  flat  and  consistently  has 
smaller  beading  than  C.  gigas  Ehrenberg  or  C.  diorama 
Schmidt  to  both  of  which  it  is  related.  There  is  some  doubt  as 
to  the  age  of  the  diatoms  reported  from  Japan  and  it  seems 
very  probable  that  some  of  the  deposits  may  be  as  old  as 


IgO  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Eocene  while  others  are  as  young  as  Pliocene.  On  the  au- 
thority of  Schlumberger,  Brun  gave  the  latter  age  but  this  is 
extremely  unlikely  for  all  the  material  he  described;  there  are 
too  many  extinct  genera  and  species.  Only  in  rare  instances 
such  as  the  present  is  a  trace  of  the  Japanese  flora  found  in  the 
California  Temblor  deposits. 


20.    Coscinodiscus  lineatus  Ehrenberg 

Plate  8,  figs.  12,3 

Coscinodiscus  lineatus  Ehrenberg,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1838,  p.  129; 
1841,  p.  371,  pi.  1,  III,  fig.  20,  pi.  3,  VII,  figs.  7,  8.— Ehrenberg, 
Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  fig.  33,  pi.  22,  fig.  6,  pi.  35  A,  XVI,  fig.  3,  XVII, 
fig.  7.— Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1881,  p.  217,  pi.  131, 
fig.  3.— Schmidt,  Atlas,  Diat.  pi.  59,  1877,  figs.  27-32. 

This  species  is  very  abundant  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit 
and  strata  of  equivalent  age  elsewhere  in  the  same  general 
region.  The  specimens  appear  to  belong  to  the  typical  species 
without  a  trace  of  marginal  spines,  originally  described  from 
east  American  Miocene  deposits.  The  rows  of  beads  often 
deviate  from  a  true  geometric  60°  arrangement. 

There  is  a  temptation  to  call  all  circular  diatoms  with  this 
true  arrangement  of  the  beads  in  three  series  of  straight  lines,  C. 
lineatus,  and  undoubtedly  a  considerable  number  of  erroneous 
determinations  have  thus  been  made.  Even  Stephanopyxis 
lineatus  with  the  high  marginal  spines  has  been  referred  to 
Coscinodiscus.  In  spite  of  these  difficulties  the  Temblor  ma- 
terial here  being  considered  appears  to  be  indistinguishable 
from  that  from  Calvert  County,  Maryland,  supplied  to  me  by 
Dr.  Kellogg.  I  am  not  so  certain  that  what  has  been  called 
lineatus  from  the  California  upper  Miocene  deposits  is  that 
species  in  every  case.  The  records  in  the  literature  indicate 
that  the  species  is  a  very  persistent  one  extending  from 
"Eocene"  of  Denmark  to  the  present  time.  Before  accepting 
this  as  final  a  careful  examination  needs  to  be  made  of  the 
group. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  1g[ 

21.     Coscinodiscus  marginatus  Ehrenberg 
Plate  8,  figs.  4,  5 

Coscinodiscus  marginatus  Ehrenberg,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1841,  p.  142. 
— Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  fig.  44;  pi.  33,  XII,  fig.  13; 
pi.  38B,  XXII,  fig.  8.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  62,  1877,  figs.  1-5, 
9,  11,  12.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.America,  1890,  pi.  112,  fig.  8.— Mann, 
Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  vol.  10,  no.  5,  1907,  p.  253,  pi.  49,  fig.  2  — 
Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15,  1926,  p.  139, 
pi.  15,  fig.  5. 

This  heavy,  coarsely  marked  diatom  seems  to  have  per- 
sisted through,  unchanged  from  the  middle  Miocene  to  the 
present  time.  Many  varietal  names  have  been  proposed  for 
some  of  the  variations  encountered  and  they  serve  more  to 
emphasize  the  need  of  a  broad  specific  definition  rather  than 
any  taxonomic  need.  Unless  some  of  the  variants  prove  to  be 
reasonably  constant  through  some  geologic  period  of  time  or 
in  a  certain  geographic  area  they  have  little  value.  The  species 
reached  its  greatest  development  in  the  upper  Miocene  and  cer- 
tain layers  of  diatomite  in  California  of  this  age  are  composed 
of  it  almost  exclusively.  In  the  middle  Miocene,  as  at  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  locality,  the  form  is  rare  and  constitutes  an 
insignificant  portion  of  the  diatom  flora;  no  large  specimens 
were  found,  but  otherwise  those  studied  do  not  differ  from 
upper  Miocene  forms. 

22.     Coscinodiscus  meditatus  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  9,  fig.  1 

Valve  circular,  almost  flat,  border  narrow;  beads  largest 
nearest  center  where  they  are  very  sparse,  decreasing  in  size 
slightly  toward  margin;  marginal  zone  of  about  one-third 
radius  covered  with  small  beads  arranged  in  close  set  radial 
rows,  about  every  fourteenth  row  projecting  much  farther 
toward  the  center  than  the  others.    Diameter,  .0541  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3170,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern 
County,  California;  Temblor,  middle  Miocene. 

This  very  striking  species  is  common  in  the  Sharktooth 
Hill  deposit  and  at  other  localities  in  the  vicinitv  where  the 


Jg2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Skr. 

same  horizon  is  exposed.  However,  the  silex  seems  to  be  brit- 
tle because  unbroken  specimens  are  hard  to  find.  Only  one 
species  of  diatom  has  apparently  been  described  which  bears  a 
reasonably  close  resemblance;  this  is  Actinocyclus  rotula 
Brun16  from  a  fossil  deposit  in  Japan.  That  species  has  the 
short  marginal  rows  of  beads  set  diagonally  to  the  radials  and 
there  are  conspicuous  spines  at  the  marginal  ends  of  the  ra- 
dials; moreover  rotula  is  a  true  Actinocyclus  with  the  con- 
spicuous marginal  bead;  the  California  species  does  not  possess 
a  trace  of  this  feature. 


23.     Coscinodiscus  monicae  Grunow 

Plate  9,  fig.  2 

Coscinodiscus  janischii  monies,  Grunow,  Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  48' 

no.  2,  1884,  p.  76. 
Coscinodiscus  monica  Grunow,  Rattray,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  16, 

1889,  p.  115.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894,  p.  1278. 

— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  63,  1877,  fig.  10  (without  name;  named  in 

Fricke's  Index,  1902). 

The  group  of  diatoms  to  which  this  species  belongs  is  ex- 
ceedingly difficult  to  differentiate.  The  beads  are  without 
secondary  markings  and  the  size  seems  to  vary  considerably. 
Schmidt's  figure  to  which  reference  is  here  made  has  the  cen- 
tral large  beads  separated  from  each  other  while  in  the  speci- 
men figured  from  Sharktooth  Hill  they  touch.  Otherwise  the 
two  are  in  close  agreement. 


24.    Coscinodiscus  novozealandicus  Grove 
Plate  9,  fig.  3 

Coscinodiscus  superbus  Hardman  var.  novo-zelandica  Grove  in  Rattray,  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  16,  1889,  p.  459,  pi.  16,  pt.  2,  fig.  15  — 
De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894,  p.  1208. 

"Coscinodiscus  superbus  Hardman  MS  (Cestodiscus)  var.  nova  seelandia 
Grove"  in  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  163,  1891,  fig.  8;  "Troublesome 
Gulley,  Oamaru"  New  Zealand;  pi.  148,  1890,  fig.  7,  [named  on  pi. 
153,  1890]. 

u  Mem.   Soc.  Phys.  Hist.   Nat.  Geneve,  vol.   31,  no.    1,   1891,  p.   6,  pi.    17,  fig.   5. 


VouXX]  H.WNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  133 

This  species  has  been  reported  heretofore  only  from  Oama- 
ru,  New  Zealand  strata  of  "Miocene''  or  "Oligocene"  age;  it 
is  common  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit.  I  can  see  no  reason 
to  associate  the  form  as  a  subspecies  with  C.  superbus  from 
Barbardos  (originally  placed  in  the  genus  Cestodiscus),  be- 
cause the  two  appear  specifically  different;  specimens  from 
both  Barbados  and  Oamaru  have  been  examined  to  determine 
this  point.  The  New  Zealand  and  California  diatoms  appear 
closer  related  to  C.  elegans  than  superbus.  The  genus  Cesto- 
discus was  founded  on  a  Coscinodiscus  with  minute  marginal 
spines  and  this  is  generally  considered  to  be  an  unsound  basis 
as  Mann17  has  pointed  out.  Because  of  the  heavy  border,  the 
small  spines  do  not  show  distinctly  in  the  photograph  herewith 
but  they  are  located  at  the  ends  of  the  main  radial  rows  of 
beads.  Under  ordinary  circumstances  I  believe  in  no  alteration 
of  a  species-  or  genus-name  from  the  original  spelling  of  the 
author  but  in  this  case  it  seems  best  to  correct  the  obvious 
error. 


25.     Coscinodiscus  oculus-iridis  Ehrenberg 

Plate  9,  fig.  4 

Coscinodiscus  oculus-iridis  Ehrenberg,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1839,  p.  147. 
— Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  fig.  42;  pi.  19,  fig.  2. — Schmidt, 
Atlas  Diat.  pi.  60,  1877,  fig.  17;  pi.  63,  figs.  4,  6-9;  pi.  113,  1888, 
figs.  1,3-5,  20. 

How  best  to  treat  the  diatoms  belonging  to  the  group  cen- 
tering about  C.  oculus-iridis  is  a  problem  very  difficult  to  solve. 
There  are  many  variants  with  which  to  contend  and  often  it  is 
impossible  to  form  an  accurate  picture  from  the  imperfect 
illustrations.  In  the  present  case,  the  diatoms  of  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  deposit  are  large  and  handsome  but  not  very  com- 
mon. The  beads  forming  the  central  rosette  are  always  larger 
than  those  of  the  disk  and  the  size  of  the  hyaline  space  en- 
closed varies  from  nothing  to  that  shown  in  the  accompanying 
figure.  The  valves  are  decidedly  more  convex  than  are  some 
living  forms  which  have  been  referred  to  the  species. 

,7Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  vol.  10,  pt.  5,  1907.  p.  246. 


]£4  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [P*oc.  4th  Ser. 

26.     Coscinodiscus  pacificus  Grunow 

Plate  10,  fig.  1 

Coscinodiscus  oculus-iridis  pacifica  Grunow,  Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  48, 
no.  2,  1884,  p.  77. 

Coscinodiscus  pacificus  Grunow  in  Rattray,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol. 
16,  1889,  p.  563;  [name  for  pi.  60,  1877,  fig.  13,  of  Schmidt's  Atlas 
Diat.]. — Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15, 
no.  2,  1926,  p.  142,  pi.  16,  fig.  1. 

Coscinodiscus  radiatus  Ehrenberg  is  a  common  and  widely 
distributed  diatom  with  a  long  geologic  range.  Normally  it 
has  no  central  rosette  of  large  beads  and  the  beading  of  the 
disk  does  not  form  perfect  radial  rows;  no  secondary  mark- 
ings are  visible  on  the  beads  with  ordinary  dry  lenses.  C. 
oculus-iridis,  on  the  other  hand,  has  the  central  rosette  and 
almost  perfect  radials,  but  still  lacks  secondary  beading.  Be- 
tween these  two  extremes  there  is  almost  perfect  intergrada- 
tion  and  several  of  the  intergrades  have  received  names,  C. 
pacificus  being  one  of  them. 


27.    Coscinodiscus  symbolophorus  Grunow 

Coscinodiscus  symbolophorus  Grunow,  Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  48,  no.  2, 
1884,  p.  82,  pi.  4,  figs.  3-5. — Rattray,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh, 
vol.  16,  1889,  p.  492.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  138,  1889,  figs.  1-3. 
-De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894,  p.  1230. 

Symbolophora;  many  species  names  of  Ehrenberg;  see  Mann,  Cont.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  vol.  10,  pt.  5,  1907,  p.  256. 

This  name  of  Grunow's  has  been  generally  accepted  to  in- 
clude a  very  considerable  number  of  names  coined  by  Ehren- 
berg and  included  in  his  genus  "Symbolophora."  It  appears  to 
be  impossible  to  disentangle  the  complicated  synonymy  the 
latter  created  and  Grunow's  action  was  undoubtedly  the  best 
to  take.  Most  of  Ehrenberg's  names  were  founded  on  diatoms 
found  in  the  Miocene  of  Virginia  and  Maryland  and  since  then 
the  species  under  one  name  or  another  has  been  reported  from 
many  fossil  localities,  widely  distributed.  The  group  appar- 
ently first  appeared  in  the  upper  Cretaceous.  It  is  very  com- 
mon in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and  strata  equivalent  in 
age  elsewhere  in  California. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  ]g5 

28.    Cyclotella  kelloggi  Hanna,  new  species 
Plate  10,  figs.  2,3,  A 

Valve  flat,  circular  with  a  distinct  border  and  a  marginal 
zone  crossed  with  heavy  rounded  radiating  costse ;  about  every 
third  to  every  fifth  rib  shorter  than  the  remainder  or  broken 
into  a  few  beads ;  remainder  of  disk  covered  with  sparse, 
irregularly  arranged  but  relatively  large  rounded  beads. 
Diameter  (holotype),  .0392  mm.;  (paratype  no.  3176)  .031-f- 
mm. ;  (paratype  no.  3177)  .031. 

Holotype:  No.  3175;  paratype:  No.  3176,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Tem- 
blor, middle  Miocene.  Paratype:  No.  3177,  from  a  depth  of 
4156  feet  in  Federal  Exploration  Company,  Kinsella  Well 
No.  1,  Loc.  1221  (C.  A.  S.),  Sec.  15, T.  22S.,  R.  24K,  M.  D.  M., 
northwest  of  Bakersfield,  Kern  .County,  California ;  Miocene, 
possibly  higher  than  Temblor. 


Some  figures  of  C.  transylvanica  Pantocsek,  resemble  this 
species  in  a  general  way  but  all  differ  in  important  details.18 
A  closer  species  appears  to  be  C.  calce  Azpeitia19  from  the 
Miocene  of  Spain,  but  it  likewise  differs  greatly  in  detail  so 
that  direct  comparison  scarcely  seems  necessary. 

The  species  is  very  rare  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  but 
has  been  found  in  abundance  in  a  stratum  of  younger  age  a 
few  miles  out  in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley.  A  nearly  perfect 
specimen  from  there  is  figured  herewith  in  order  to  make  more 
complete  the  available  information  on  the  species.  This  latter 
individual  has  the  marginal  ribs  somewhat  shorter  than  those 
in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  specimens  but  this  is  believed  to  be  due 
to  the  size  of  the  disk;  in  other  details  it  agrees  very  well  with 
those  from  Sharktooth  Hill.  Specimens  have  been  prepared 
from  the  type  Monterey  where  they  are  not  rare. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  Remington  Kellogg  in  recogni- 
tion of  his  work  on  the  marine,  vertebrate  fossils  of  Shark- 
tooth Hill. 

. — , — j 

18  See  Fricke  in  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  223,  1900,  fig.  21— Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt. 
Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  3,  1893,  pi.   11,  fig.   177. 

19  Assoc.  Espanona  Prog.  Cien.  Cong.  Zargoza,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  1911,  p.  200,  pi.  1, 
figs.  S,  6. 


186  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES'  [Proc.  4th  Sek. 

In  some  respects  this  form  resembles  "Cestodiscus  (pulchel- 
lus  var.  ?)  hirtulus"  Grunow20  from  the  Miocene  of  Trinidad. 
From  the  drawing,  however  it  appears  that  the  center  of  that 
species  is  provided  with  about  seven  angular  spines  and  the 
occasional  dark  bars  on  the  marginal  zone  may  be  spines. 
Both  Rattray  and  De  Toni  put  hirtulus  under  Coscinodiscus  so 
it  very  likely  bears  no  actual  relationship  to  the  present  form. 


29.     Cymatogonia  amblyoceras  (Ehrenberg) 

Plate  10,  fig.  5 

Triceratium  amblyoceras  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  88. — 

Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.   1854,  pi.   18,  fig.  51. — Brightwell,  Quart. 

Journ.  Micr.  Sci.  vol.  1,  1853,  p.  250,  pi.  4,  fig.  14. — Ralfs  in  Pritch- 

ard,  Hist.  Infus.  ed.  4,  1861,  p.  857.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890, 

pi.  77,  fig.  3.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sec.  3,  1894,  p.  970. 
Triceratium  amblyoceras  nankoorensis  Grunow,  Reise  S.  M.  F.  Novara,  Bot. 

vol.  1,  1867,  p.  103.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894, 

p.  971. 
Schuettia  (?)  amblyoceras  (Ehrenberg),  De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3, 

1894,  pp.  1393,  1396. 
Actinoptychus  amblyoceras  (Ehrenberg),  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  1,  1874, 

fig.  25;  pi.  155,  1890,  fig.  13. — Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt,  Diat.  Foss. 

Ungarns.pt.  1,  1886,  p.  60,  pi.  13,  fig.  110.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America, 

1890,  pi.  85,  fig.  5. 

Valve  triangular,  gently  undulatory  with  a  strong  spine  at 
one  side  of  the  bisector  of  each  angle  and  close  to  the  margin; 
sides  gently  concave;  surface  divided  into  six  equal  parts  by 
lines  formed  by  junction  of  lines  of  beads;  these  beads  ar- 
ranged in  three  sets  of  rows  at  60°  to  each  other ;  border  very 
narrow ;  marginal  area  depressed  and  marked  by  finer  beading 
than  the  disk. 


Measurements 

Length    of 

Rovv 

s  of  beads 

one  side 

in 

.01  mm. 

No.  3178 

.090  mm. 

13 

No.  3179 

.1010  mm. 

14 

No.  3180 

.1124  mm. 

14 

No.  3181 

.0562  mm. 

12 

'■"  Van  Heurck,   Syti.   Diat.   Belgique,   1880-2,  pi.    126.   fig.   3. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA  -THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \^J 

Plesiotypes:  Nos.  3178-3181,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  col- 
lected by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Tem- 
blor Miocene. 

This  beautiful  diatom  is  abundant  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill 
deposit  and  elsewhere  in  California  in  strata  of  equivalent 
age. 

Because  of  the  absence  of  a  hyaline  central  area  it  was  at 
first  thought  that  the  Sharktooth  Hill  specimens  could  be 
specifically  separated  from  the  east  American  amblyoceras  ;  in 
the  latter  the  central  area  is  well  developed.  Examination  of 
numerous  collections  from  California  shows  that  the  area  is 
not  uniformly  closed  and  may  even  be  as  large  as  in  Maryland 
specimens.  No  other  difference  was  noted  which  might  be  of 
use  in  separating  the  diatoms  from  the  two  coasts. 

Three  aberrant  species  have  been  reported  living  in  tropical 
seas  but  the  genus  is  best  known  from  the  fossil  from  Mary- 
land and  a  fossil  one  from  Hungary.  None  have  been  reported 
from  upper  Miocene  or  later  deposits  so  far  as  my  search  of 
the  literature  has  disclosed.  The  species  have  been  assigned  to 
various  genera.  They  are  obviously  related  to  Actinoptychus 
but  differ  in  failing  to  possess  definite  radial  rays.  Formerly 
they  were  put  in  Triceratium  because  of  their  shape  but  this 
disposition  was  certainly  faulty.  De  Toni21  created  the  genus 
Schuettia  for  the  group  but,  as  Van  Heurck22  pointed  out, 
Grunow23  had  already  proposed  the  name  Cymatogonia.  Since 
neither  of  these  two  names  has  come  into  general  use  it  seems 
best  to  adopt  the  earlier;  fortunately  similar  procedure 
throughout  the  genera  of  diatoms  has  thus  far  not  proved 
acceptable. 

30.    Cymatosira  andersoni  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  10,  fig.  6 

Ovate,  flat,  border  heavy,  ends  roundly  pointed,  sides  gently 
curved ;  surface  with  large  round  beads,  rather  irregularly  ar- 
ranged but  the  central  ones  are  nearly  in  longitudinal  rows ; 

21  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894,  p.   139S. 

MTrea<-.   Diat.   1896,  p.  496. 

aBot.  Centralbatt,  vol.   IS,  no.   10,  1883,  p.  299. 


]gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

center  always  with  a  hyaline  area;  in  edge  view  the  diatoms 
grow  in  a  chain  somewhat  looser  than  Rhabdonema  but  closer 
than  in  Cymatosira  lorenzianam.  Length,  .0340  mm. ;  width, 
.010  mm. ;  10  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3182,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle  Mio- 
cene. 

Very  few  species  of  Cymatosira  have  been  discovered  and 
this  one  differs  radically  from  any  of  them.  It  is  exceedingly 
abundant  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and  its  stratigraphic 
equivalent  elsewhere  in  the  same  general  region.  The  species 
seems  to  be  closest  to  C.  biharensis  Pantocsek24  from  the 
Miocene  of  Hungary.  Two  fossil  species  from  Japan,  debyi 
and  japonica  Brun  &  Tempere,25  are  further  removed. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  F.  M.  Anderson,  long  asso- 
ciated with  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  and  the  origi- 
nal describer  of  the  Temblor  formation. 


31.    Denticula  lauta  Bailey 

Plate  11,  fig.  1 

Denticula  lauta  Bailey,  Smith.  Cont.  Knowl.  vol.  7,  1855,  p.  9,  figs.  1,  2. 
(Feb.  1854).— Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1881,  pi.  49,  figs. 
1,  2.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  46,  fig.  10;  pi.  56,  figs. 
16-17. — Carter,  Amer.  Mon.  Micr.  Journ.  vol.  12,  no.  5,  1891, 
p.  97,  pi.  1,  fig.  19. 

Eunotia  sancti  antonii  Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  33,  XIII,  figs.  9,  10; 
San  Francisco  Bay,  Calif.;  fossil  deposit.  (Not.  pi.  34  V  B,  fig.  7, 
from  "St.  Antonio,  Capverden,  Afrika".) 

Diatoms  referred  to  this  species  are  not  common  in  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  but  occasional  specimens  may  be 
found  in  the  lighter  washings.  There  is  a  portion  of  the  Mio- 
cene higher  in  the  column  than  this  part  of  the  Temblor  where 

*  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  2,  1889,  p.  65,  pi.  3,  figs.  41,  42. 
"Mem.   Soc.   Phys.   Hist.   Nat.   Geneve,   vol.    30,   no.   9,    1889,   p.   36,  pi.    7,   figs.    18a, 
18ft.  pi.  4,  fig.   12. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  1g9 

Denticula  is  excessively  abundant  and  this  portion  is  thought 
to  be  stratigraphically  equivalent  to  the  outcrops  on  San  Fran- 
cisco Bay  near  Pinole.  Bailey's  and  Ehrenberg's  collections 
were  obtained  there  and  both  had  Denticula  in  abundance.  My 
material  from  there  is  similar.  Ehrenberg  gave  several  figures 
from  the  locality  and  they  are  unmistakably  the  same  as 
Bailey's  species  which  has  been  accepted  generally  in  diatom 
literature.  The  specimen  illustrated  herewith  was  illuminated 
with  slightly  oblique  light  giving  the  impression  of  asymmetry, 
as  in  Nitzschia;  a  true  symmetrical  arrangement  is  normal.  I 
have  not  seen  the  minute  beads  shown  in  figures  of  some 
species  of  Denticula. 


32.    Dimeregramma  scutulum  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  11,  fig.  2 

Valve  rounded  on  top,  broad  in  the  center,  tapering  to 
obtusely  rounded  ends;  sides  gently  rounded;  a  zone  of  mar- 
ginal beads  on  each  side  of  the  broad  central  space  or  pseu- 
doraphe;  these  lateral  zones  consist  of  23  straight  transverse 
rows  of  three  square  beads  each,  except  the  rows  near  the  ends 
which  have  two  and  then  one;  the  beads  are  largest  in  the 
center  and  gradually  become  smaller  toward  each  end ;  at  each 
end  there  is  a  large  roughly  semicircular  hyaline  area.  Length, 
.0330  mm. ;  width,  .0133  mm. ;  9  transverse  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.  in  the  center  of  the  valve. 

Holotype:  No.  3184,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle  Mio- 
cene. 

Only  one  specimen  was  found  but  owing  to  its  small  size 
the  species  may  be  more  abundant  in  the  finer  washings.  The 
literature  contains  many  species  of  diatoms  referred  to  the 
genus  Dimeregramma  but  in  most  cases  the  drawings  are  on 
such  a  small  scale  that  they  cannot  be  identified  satisfactorily. 


1Q0  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

33.    Dossetia  lacera  (Forti) 
Plate  11,  fig.  3 

Xanthio pyxis  lacera  Forti  in  Tempere  &  Peragaixo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier, 
Ed.  2,  1909,  p.  197;  [name  only].— Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci. 
Lett.  Art.  vol.  69,  pt.  2,  1910,  p.  1311.— Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto, 
Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1555,  pi.  12,  figs.  14-18. 

This  form  was  first  described  from  the  middle  Miocene  of 
Marmorita  in  Italy.  It  is  fairly  common  in  the  Sharktooth 
Hill  deposit  and  equivalent  strata  in  California.  The  upper 
Miocene  form.  D.  tcmperei  Azpeitia,  is  generally  distributed 
in  the  shales  of  this  age  in  the  state ;  it  is  a  larger  and  heavier 
species  and  is  much  shorter  in  proportion  to  breadth. 

The  establishment  of  the  genus  Dossetia  for  such  forms  as 
this,  seems  to  be  entirely  justifiable.26 

34.    Eupodiscus  antiquus  Cox 

Plate  12,  figs.  1,  2,3,  4 

Eupodiscus  radiatus  Bailey,  var.  antiqua  J.  D.  Cox,  in  Kain  &  Schultze,  Bull. 
Torrey  Bot.  Club,  vol.  16,  no.  8,  1889,  p.  209— Wolle,  Diat.  N. 
America,  1890,  pi.  77,  fig.  8. 

Diatoms  here  referred  to  E.  antiquus  are  abundant  in  the 
deposit  on  Sharktooth  Hill  and  elsewhere  in  California  in 
equivalent  strata.  The  species  is  characterized  by  a  heavy  and 
upturned  border  zone  bearing  four  post-like  pillars.  The  disk 
in  many  cases  presents  "watch  case  milling"  effect  better  than 
the  specimen  illustrated;  again  the  pattern  is  less  perfect,  ap- 
proaching a  radiate  or  fasiculate  arrangement.  Neither  more 
nor  less  than  four  pillars  was  observed  in  several  hundred  indi- 
vidual valves  examined.  Because  the  species  is  large,  common, 
heavy,  usually  very  well  preserved  and  of  exceedingly  short 
geologic  range  so  far  as  known,  it  makes  a  very  valuable 
marker  for  the  horizon  in  which  it  is  found. 

Measurements 
Diameter  Beads  in  .01  mm. 

.  1426  mm.  3  (Plesiotype  No.  3193) 

.  1820  mm.  2 . 5  (Plesiotype  No.  3194) 

.1156  mm.  2.5  (Plesiotype  No.  3195) 

.200    mm.  3  (Plesiotype  No.  3196) 

M  See  Azpeitia,  Asoc.  Espanola,  Prog.  Cien.  Cong,  de  Zaragoza,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  1911, 
pp.  202-203.    Also  Forti,  last  reference  cited  above. 


Vol.  XX]  H  ANN  A— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \i)\ 

Plesiotypes:  Nos.  3193-3197,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  col- 
lected by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  southeast  side 
of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  mid- 
dle Miocene. 

The  available  information  on  antiquus  is  very  meager.  I 
cannot  find  that  Cox  published  anything  at  all  and  Kain  & 
Schultze  only  stated  that:  "while  this  species  bears  a  general 
resemblance  to  Eupodiscus  radiatus,  the  cellules  are  not  radiate 
nor  of  equal  size,  but  are  much  smaller  towards  the  margin. 
General  Cox  has  noted  the  same  form  in  the  Richmond  de- 
posits, and  instead  of  considering  it  a  distinct  species,  he  pre- 
fers to  consider  it  merely  a  variety."  They  were  listing  the 
diatoms  from  well  borings  at  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 
Wolle's  figure  is  not  very  satisfactory  owing  to  his  method  of 
drawing.  However,  he  did  show  a  diatom  with  irregular 
beading  and  a  heavy  marginal  zone  with  four  post-like  pro- 
cesses and  it  is  probable  that  he  had  an  authentic  specimen.  He 
mentioned  Richmond,  Virginia  and  the  artesian  well  at  Atlan- 
tic City  but  did  not  state  from  which  the  specimen  illustrated 
came. 

I  have  hesitated  to  identify  the  California  material  with  a 
form  so  poorly  diagnosed  and  certainly  would  not  do  so  if 
there  were  not  so  many  other  things  in  common  between  the 
east  and  west  coast  deposits.  Specimens  from  the  eastern 
formations  have  not  been  available  for  comparison.  Under 
such  circumstances  many  taxonomists  consider  it  the  best 
policy  to  create  new  names  with  the  risk  that  these  may  later 
become  synonyms.  This  is  supposed  to  cause  less  confusion  in 
the  literature  than  a  misidentification,  but  in  the  present  case 
it  seems  best  to  take  a  chance  on  this.  It  is  extremely  unfor- 
tunate that  no  satisfactory,  well  illustrated  monograph  of  the 
east  American  deposits  has  appeared. 

Even  the  genus  Eupodiscus  is  of  very  doubtful  application 
to  either  of  the  species,  antiquus  or  radiatus.  The  type  of  the 
group  is  Tripodiscus  argus  Ehrenberg  (selected  by  Boyer, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  vol.  78,  1926  [1927] 
Suppl.  p.  89).  and  it  has  been  pointed  out  on  more  than  one 


^92  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

occasion  that  radiatus  can  hardly  be  considered  congeneric." 
Boyer  even  suggested  the  new  genus-name  Baileya  for  radi- 
atus but  unfortunately  this  had  been  used  long  ago  for  a 
genus  of  flowering  plants.28  The  latest  attempt  to  rectify  mat- 
ters was  by  Karsten29  who  proposed  "Eu-eupo discus"  and 
cited  radiatus  alone.  This  is  almost  an  impossible  combination 
and  probably  was  not  intended  to  become  a  genus-name. 

Until  some  really  constructive  information  can  be  offered 
to  clear  up  this  nomenclatorial  tangle  it  seems  desirable  to 
leave  the  California  diatoms  under  "Eupodiscus  antiquus." 


35.    Goniothecium  rogersii  Ehrenberg 

Plate  11,  figs.  4,5,  6 

Goniothecium  rogersii  Ehrenberg,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1841  [1843],  pp. 
401,  416  (or  128).— Bailey,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  vol.  46,  1844,  p.  301. 
—Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  figs.  92,  93.— Brightwell, 
Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.  vol.  4,  1856,  p.  107,  pi.  7,  figs.  43-46. 

This  is  a  common  species  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit. 
Originally  it  was  described  from  Miocene  deposits  of  Virginia 
or  Maryland  supposed  to  be  equivalent  in  age. 

My  catalog  contains  the  names  of  23  species  of  Goniothe- 
cium all  but  seven  being  from  Ehrenberg's  writings.  Of  these 
16,  rodgersii  may  be  the  only  valid  name  and  the  species  has 
not  heretofore  been  adequately  figured.  Like  many  of  the  dia- 
toms belonging  to  this  general  group,  great  variability  is 
found  in  the  shape  and  size  of  the  frustules  and  this  fact  led 
Ehrenberg  to  issue  many  names  without  consideration  of  other 
factors.  The  genus  is  very  common  in  the  upper  Miocene  of 
California,  but  numerous  specimens  examined  do  not  appear 
to  differ  specifically  from  those  from  the  Temblor,  illustrated 
herewith  by  a  representative  selection. 


"Mann,  A.  Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  vol.  10,  no.  S,  1907,  p.  278;  and  Boyer,  op.  cit. 
28  Harvey  &  Gray,  ex  Torrey,  in  Emory,  Notes  Mill.  Reconnois,   1848. 
28  Karsten,  in  Engler,  Pflanzenfam.  Ed.   2,  vol.  2,   1928,  p.   226. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \Q$ 

36.     Hemiaulus  polymorphus  Grunow 

Plate  11,  fig.  7 

Hemiaulus  polymorphus  Grunow,  Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  48,  1884, 
p.  66. — Grove  &  Sturt,  Journ.  Quek.  Micr.  Club.  vol.  3,  ser.  2, 
1887,  p.  11.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  143,  1889,  figs.  11-13  — 
Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  2,  1889,  p.  83. 
— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  25,  figs.  23-25.— Hanna, 
Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1,  no.  2,  1927,  p.  114,  pi.  18,  figs.  9,  10. 

This  exceedingly  variable  diatom  is  very  rare  in  die  deposit 
on  Sharktooth  Hill.  Indeed,  Hemiaulus  by  this  time  had 
almost  ceased  to  exist  although  polymorphus  was  very  abun- 
dant in  Eocene  time  as  represented  by  the  Jutland  deposits  of 
Denmark,  and  the  Kreyenhagen  shale  of  California. 

37.    Hercotheca  mammillaris  Ehrenberg 

Hercolheca  mammillaris  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  269. — 
Kutzing,  Sp.  Alg.  1849,  p.  27.— Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  3  3, 
XVIII,  fig.  7.— Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  887, 
pi.  7,  fig.  35. — Griffiths  &  Henfrey,  Mierog.  Diet.  1875,  pi.  43, 
fig.  31.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  64,  figs.  22,  23.— De 
Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894,  p.  1005.— Van  Heurck, 
Treat.  Diat.  1896,  p.  427,  fig.  147.— Boyer.  Maryland,  Geol.  Surv. 
Miocene,  1904,  p.  490. — Hanna,  Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1,  no.  2,  1927, 
p.  114,  pi.  18,  fig.  11. 

It  is  believed  that  numerous  small  oval  diatoms  with  mar- 
ginal spines  found  in  the  lighter  washings  from  Locs.  1063 
and  1068  are  this  species.  A  critical  comparison  with  speci- 
mens from  east  American  lower  Miocene  has  not  been  made 
but  it  is  not  believed  specific  differences  will  be  found. 

38.     Hyalodiscus  frenguellii  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  11,  figs.  8,  9 

Valve  convex,  constructed  of  heavy  silica,  thick  at  the 
edges ;  central  disk  large,  almost  flat,  marked  with  very  fine 
radial  lines;  outer  zone  narrow,  covered  with  fine  radial  lines 
of  beads;  the  beads  are  also  arranged  in  diagonal  curved  rows 
meeting  at  an  angle  greater  than  90° ;  at  irregular  intervals 
the  radial  rows  are  thickened  producing  larger  and  more  con- 
spicuous elongated  dots. 


|94  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Measurements 

Radial  striae  in  .01  mm., 
Diameter  at  inner  edge  of  outer  zone 

.0968  mm.  21  (Holotype,  No.  3190) 

.0713  mm.  21  (Paratype,  No.  3191) 

.0539  mm.  21  (Paratype,  No.  3192) 

Holotype:  No.  3190;  paratypes:  Nos.  3191,  3192,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.) 
on  the  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia; Temblor,  middle  Miocene. 

This  is  a  heavy  species  of  Hyalodiscus,  abundant  in  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  deposit.  Its  dark  brown  color  on  dry  strewn 
slides  makes  it  very  conspicuous.  The  finer  structure,  however, 
is  very  difficult  to  resolve  with  dry  objectives  but  can  be  seen 
with  oblique  light  and  4  mm.  apochromatics. 

The  central  area  appears  rugose  under  low  powers,  some 
specimens  showing  a  series  of  comparatively  large  bead-like 
elevations ;  the  holotype,  however,  appears  to  possess  an  indis- 
tinct unevenness  which  disappears  under  high  magnification. 

Two  species  of  Hyalodiscus  have  been  recorded  from  the 
middle  Miocene  of  the  eastern  United  States,  lavis  and  stelli- 
ger.  The  new  species  is  not  related  closely  to  either  of  these; 
nor  is  it  close  to  H.  reticidatus  Schmidt  of  the  upper  Miocene 
of  California. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  Joaquin  Frenguelli,  the  cele- 
brated diatomist  of  the  Argentine. 

39.    Leudugeria  janischii  (Grunow) 

Epithemia   ?   Leuduger-Fortmorel,   Diat.   Ceylon,   Mem.   Soc.   Emul.   St. 

Brieuc,  1879,  p.  183,  pi.  9,  fig.  87. 
Eunotiopsis  janischiana  Grunow,  in  Cleve  &  Moller,  Diat.  Ex.  no.  V,  1879, 

p.  4,  no.  257;  [name  only]. 
Euodia  janischii  Grunow,  in  Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1882, 

pi.  127,  figs.  1-4.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  105,  figs.  19-21. 
Leudugeria  epithemioides  Tempere,  Le  Diatomiste,  vol.  2,  1893,  p.  17. 
Leudugeria  janischii  Grunow,  Van  Heurck,  Treat.  Diat.  1896,  p.  539,  fig.  287. 
Leudugeria  janischiana  Grunow,  Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art. 

vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1648,  (var.  subarcuata  Tempere,  pi.  27,  fig.  4). 

A  single  specimen  was  found  in  the  collection  from  Loc. 
1063  on  the  west  side  of  Cottonwood  Creek,  Kern  County, 


Vol.  XX]  HASNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  ^95 

California.  The  species  is  much  more  common  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  Miocene,  as  at  Monterey,  than  in  the  Temblor.  It 
has  been  reported  living  in  tropical  seas  but  the  records  need 
confirmation. 

Forti  has  given  valuable  observations  on  the  genus  and  re- 
vived the  original  spelling  of  the  species-name  as  written  on 
the  slides  distributed  by  Cleve  &  Moller.  It  is  doubted  if  many 
taxonomists  will  agree  that  such  procedure  constitutes 
publication. 

40.     Liradiscus  rugulosus  Forti 

Plate  12,  figs.  5,  6 

Liradiscus  rugulosus  Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2, 
1913,  p.  1559,  pi.  12,  fig.  23. 

The  specimen  here  referred  to  Forti's  species  conforms 
almost  exactly  in  shape,  as  does  Liradiscus  ovalis  Greville.30 

The  specimen  is  strongly  marked  with  uniformly  scattered 
spines  but  lacks  the  peculiar  lines  connecting  the  spines  found 
in  ovalis.  L.  rugulosus  seems  also  from  the  figure  to  be 
marked  only  with  spines  and  these  appear  smaller  but  the  dif- 
ference does  not  appear  sufficiently  great  to  warrant  specific 
separation.  The  species  appears  to  be  rare  in  the  Sharktooth 
Hill  deposit;  only  one  good  specimen  was  found  but  since  it 
is  a  very  small  form,  thorough  search  of  the  lighter  washings 
might  show  that  it  is  more  abundant. 

Typically,  a  Liradiscus  should  have  the  peculiar  lines  con- 
necting the  spines  and  probably  this  form  should  be  referred 
to  Xanthiopyxis  but  until  more  specimens  can  be  studied  it 
seems  best  not  to  change  genera. 


Macrora  Hanna,  new  genus 

Valve  small,  circular;  margin  heavy,  crenulated  and  marked 
by  large  hyaline  ovate  areas ;  disk  convex  and  marked  by  simi- 
lar, large  hyaline  areas. 

Genotype  ( mono ty pic)  :  Pyxidicula  stella  Azpeitia. 


See  Van  Hcurck,  Treat.  Diat.  1896,  p.  511,  fig.  260. 

January   8,    1932 


]96  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

41.     Macrora  Stella  (Azpeitia) 

Plate  12,  fig.  7 

Pyxidicula  (??)  stella  Azpeitia,  Assoc.  Esp.  Prog.  Cien.  Cong,  de  Zargoza, 
vol.  4,  pt.  2,  sec.  3,  1911,  pp.  150,  152,  213,  pi.  1,  fig.  1 ;  Puente-Genil, 
C6rdoba. 

This  form  is  rare  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  (Loc. 
1068)  but  was  occasionally  found  in  the  finer  washings.  It 
would  be  overlooked  in  ordinary  mounting  procedure  unless 
this  be  conducted  with  an  objective  of  shorter  focal  length 
than  16  mm. 

Azpeitia  doubly  questioned  the  placing  of  the  species  in 
Pyxidicula;  he  even  expressed  doubt  as  to  its  being  a  diatom, 
thinking  perhaps  it  might  belong  to  the  Radiolaria.  However, 
I  have  had  an  opportunity  to  study  several  specimens  in  all 
positions  and  can  state  confidently  that  the  organism  is  a 
diatom ;  the  huge  hyaline  areas  are  not  pores.  The  relationship 
appears  to  be  with  Stephanopyxis  but  there  is  such  radical  di- 
vergence from  all  known  species  of  that  genus  that  I  feel 
obliged  to  propose  a  new  group  name  for  it.  The  California 
specimens  do  not  show  any  difference  which  can  reasonably  be 
used  for  specific  separation,  from  the  one  figured  from  the 
Miocene  of  Spain  by  Azpeitia. 

42.     Melosira  geometrica  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  12.  figs.  8.  9 

Valve  circular  with  heavy  margin,  disk  convex  with  large 
beads  arranged  in  hexagonal  system,  beads  largest  at  center 
and  decreasing  regularly  toward  margin  of  disk ;  in  zonal 
view  sides  are  straight  and  marked  with  longitudinal  rows  of 
very  fine  beads.  Diameter  (holotype),  .030  mm.;  diameter 
(paratype),  .0352  mm.;  length,  .0139  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3200;  paratype:  No.  3201,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.),  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Tem- 
blor, middle  Miocene. 

From  the  markings  on  the  disk  this  species  might  be  ex- 
pected to   fall   in  the  genus  Endictya  but  members  of  that 


Vol.  XXJ  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  \L)y 

group  should  have  the  beading  on  the  girdle  similar  to  or  iden- 
tical with  that  of  the  disk;  in  this  form  they  are  very  different. 
It  appears  to  be  a  true  Mclosira  although  no  very  close  rela- 
tive seems  to  have  been  described.  It  is  common  in  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  deposit  in  the  finer  washings  and  was  thought  to  be 
some  form  of  Stephano  pyxis  during  preparatory  processes  but 
careful  handling  of  many  valves  with  the  mechanical  finger  did 
not  confirm  the  supposition.  In  edge  view  the  form  was 
always  conspicuous  on  dry,  strewn  slides  due  to  the  brown 
prismatic  color  formed  by  the  fine  markings. 


43.     Melosira  sulcata  (Ehrenberg) 

Gallionella  sulcata  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1837,  p.  61. — Ehren- 
berg, Infus.  1838,  p.  170,  pi.  21,  fig.  5. — Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854, 
pi.  18,  figs,  la-c;  pi.  20,  II,  fig.  27;  pi.  25A,  XVII,  figs.  11-12. 

Melosira  sulcata  (Ehrenberg),  Kutzing,  Bacill.  1844,  p.  55,  pi.  2,  fig.  7. — 
Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  177,  1892,  figs.  23-39.— Hanna  &  Grant, 
Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15,  no.  2,  1926,  p.  148,  pi.  17,  fig.  2. 

Diatoms  supposed  to  be  this  species  are  exceedingly  abun- 
dant in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit.  Many  variations  (or 
species )  are  present,  ranging  from  those  with  perfectly  hyaline 
disks  to  those  with  radiating  bars  as  in  M.  sol  and  M.  clavi- 
gera  and  those  with  rosette  centers.  An  adequate  means  of 
separation  of  these  variations  has  not  been  proposed ;  they  may 
all  be  forms  of  one  plastic  species.  As  the  taxonomy  of  the 
group  stands  at  present  they  are  useless  for  correlation  in 
geology. 


44.     Navicula  kernensis  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  13,  fig.  1 

Valve  strongly  convex,  long  and  slender,  ends  pointed ; 
raphe  surrounded  by  a  lanceolate  hyaline  area  dilated  in  the 
center,  more  on  one  side  than  the  other;  outer  zone  marked 
with  close  set  transverse,  slightly  radial  ribs  of  uneven  length, 
interrupted  toward  the  outer  ends  by  a  strong,  longitudinal  bar 
upon  which  there  is  a  thickening  where  each  transverse  bar 
crosses;  terminal  nodules  heavy;  central  nodule  strongly 
rounded,  heavier  on  one  side  than  the  other.    Length   (holo- 


19g  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

type),  .192  mm.;  width,  .040  mm.;  nine  striae  in  .01  mm.; 
length  (paratype),  .220  mm.;  width,  .0485  mm.;  nine  striae  in 
.01  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3202;  paratype:  No.  3203,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the 
southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California; 
Temblor,  middle  Miocene. 

This  heavy  and  striking  species  is  common  in  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  deposit  and  its  equivalent  elsewhere  in  the  same 
general  region.  The  silica  is  evidently  brittle  because  perfect 
specimens  are  scarce,  yet  fragments  are  found  on  practically 
every  strewn  slide. 

Search  of  the  literature  for  a  named  form  to  which  this 
could  be  referred  was  without  avail.  Pantocsek  described 
several  species,  A^.  halionata  in  particular,  from  the  Miocene 
of  Hungary  which  are  similar  in  shape  and  in  the  possession 
of  bars  instead  of  lines  of  beads  but  in  every  case  details  are 
so  different  from  the  California  specimens  that  separation 
must  be  maintained.  Many  of  the  early  species  to  which  the 
California  form  bears  a  superficial  resemblance  are  so  crudely 
drawn  that  recognition  of  them  cannot  be  at  all  certain.  This 
pertains  particularly  to  N.  formosa  Gregory31  which  is  better 
illustrated  than  many  others.  The  resemblance  of  kernensis 
and  mimicans  to  formosa  is  striking;  Gregory  suspected  that 
the  transverse  bars  were  punctate  and  Boyer32  has  shown  this 
to  be  the  case.  Moreover,  the  descriptions  of  formosa  which 
have  been  seen  indicate  that  the  diatom  is  smaller  and  the 
markings  are  finer. 

Some  of  the  species  similar  to  the  present  one  and  mimicans 
have  been  referred  to  the  group  Caloneis  of  Cleve  which  is 
now  recognized  as  a  distinct  genus;  in  view  of  the  fact  that 
Boyer33  selected  N.  amphisbcsna  as  the  genotype,  such  refer- 
ence may  not  be  permissible;  further  study  is  necessary  to  de- 
termine this  point  definitely  and  in  the  meantime  it  is  perhaps 
better  to  place  them  in  Navicula. 


31  Gregory,  W.,  Trans.  Micr.  Soc.  London,  vol.  4,  1856,  p.  42,  pi.  5,  fig.  6. 
82  Boyer,  C.  S.    The  Diatoms  of  Philadelphia,  1916,  pi.  21,  fig.  18. 
M  Proc.  Acad.   Nat.   Sci.   Philadelphia,  vol.   79,   1927,   Suppl.  p.   306. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  199 

45.     Navicula  lyra  Ehrenberg 
Plate  13,  fig.  2 

Navicula  lyra  Ehrenberg,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1841  (1843),  p.  419,  pi.  1, 
I,  fig.  9a.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  16,  figs.  6,  9,  14,  26. 
— Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15,  no.  2, 
1926,  p.  152,  pi.  18,  fig.  5.— Hanna,  Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1,  no.  2,  1927, 
p.  116,  pi.  20,  fig.  3. 

Navicula  lyra  recta  Greville,  Edinburgh,  New  Phil.  Journ.  n.  s.  vol.  10,  1859, 
pi.  4,  fig.  3.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  2,  1874,  fig.  18.— Wolle, 
Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  16,  fig.  4. 

This  beautiful  species  is  rare  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit 
but  it  is  just  as  well  developed  as  living  individuals  today.  It 
has  had  a  long  life  and  must  be  a  form  especially  well  fitted 
to  adapt  itself  to  its  surroundings.  Variation  among  the  speci- 
mens mounted  from  the  deposit  is  not  great.  No  attempt  has 
been  made  to  place  the  fossils  in  any  of  the  35  or  more  sub- 
species which  have  been  named  because  no  useful  purpose 
would  appear  to  be  served  by  following  a  trinomial  or  poly- 
nomial system  of  nomenclature.  Eventually  some  of  these 
forms  may  be  desirable  to  meet  the  needs  of  geology  but  it  is 
not  felt  that  that  time  has  vet  arrived. 


46.     Navicula  marina  Ralfs 
Plate  13,  fig.  3 

Navicula  marina  Ralfs,  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  British  Infusoria,  Ed.  4,  1861, 
p.  903;  new  name  for  N.  punctulata  W.  Smith,  not  Ehrenberg. — 
Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1881,  pi.  11,  fig.  16  — 
Hanna  &  Grant,  Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  3,  no.  1,  1929,  p.  96,  pi.  13, 
figs.  6,  7;  pi.  14,  fig.  1. — Not  N.  marina  Janisch  &  Rabenhorst, 
Diat.  Honduras,  1863,  p.  10,  pi.  2,  fig.  16. 

Navicula  punctulata  W.  Smith,  Syn.  British  Diat.,  vol.  1,  1853,  p.  52,  pi.  16, 
fig.  151;  Marine,  Poole  Bay  and  Seaford,  Sussex,  England. — Not 
N.  punctulata  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1842,  p.  337; 
Mikrog.,  1854,  pi.  16,  group  1,  fig.  1;  pi.  15A,  fig.  34;  pi.  15B,  fig.  14. 

Navicula  granulata  Brebisson,  Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1881, 
pi.  11,  fig.  15. — Not  N.  granulata  Brebisson,  in  Donkin,  Trans. 
Micr.  Soc,  vol.  6,  n.  s.,  1858,  p.  17,  pi.  3,  figs.  19  a,  b. 

Navicula  schultzei  Kain,  Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  vol.  16,  1889,  p.  75,  pi.  89, 
fig.  2,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey,  Miocene. 

Navicula  schultzei  mexicana  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.,  pi.  244,  1903,  fig   5. 

Navicula  schultzii  Kain,  Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  24,  fig.  5. 


200  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Navicula  schulzii  KAIN,  Clkve,  Kongl.  Sv.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.  vol.  27,  no.  3, 

1895,  p.  45. 
Navicula  schulzii  marylandica  Cleve,  Kongl.  Sv.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.  vol.  27, 

no.  3,  1895,  p.  45. 
Navicula  schulzii  californica  Cleve,  Kongl.  Sv.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.  vol.  27, 

no.  3,  1895,  p.  45,  pi.  1,  fig.  26. 

This  species  is  common  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and 
its  equivalent  in  the  same  general  region.  The  specimen 
figured  has  slightly  angulated  sides,  this  being  the  most  com- 
mon form  present,  but  shape  is  very  variable  and  some  indi- 
viduals are  plain  ovate  without  a  trace  of  angulation. 

Measurements 

Transverse  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 
6  (Plesiotype  No.  3205,  figured) 


Length 

Width 

.090  mm. 

.  447  mm. 

.090  mm. 

.0428  mm 

Finding  this  species  in  the  Temblor  was  a  surprise  because 
it  has  already  been  reported  from  an  Etchegoin,  Pliocene, 
brackish  water  deposit  in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley.  Under  the 
name  "Navicula  schnitzel  Kain"  it  has  been  reported  from 
Miocene  deposits  of  eastern  North  America.3*  Cleve  added  the 
subspecies,  marylandica,  from  the  same  region  and  californica 
from  California,  but  they  do  not  appear  to  be  sufficiently  dis- 
tinct for  recognition. 


47.     Navicula  mimicans  Hanna,  new  species 
Plate  13,  fig.  4 

Valve  similar  in  structure  to  N.  kernensis  but  shorter, 
broader  and  with  a  narrower  hyaline  zone  on  each  side  of  the 
raphe ;  the  transverse  bars  end  inwardly  in  an  almost  even  line ; 
the  lateral  longitudinal  line  is  not  a  bar  but  a  mere  thickening 
in  the  transverse  bars  and  the  line  is  much  more  distant  from 
the  margin  than  in  N.  kernensis;  the  central  area  is  dilated 
more  on  one  side  than  the  other  corresponding  to  an  asym- 
metric thickening  of  the  central  nodule. 

MKain  &  Schultze,  Hull.  Torrey,  Bot.  Club,  vol.  16,  1889,  p.  75,  pi.  89,  fig.  2.— 
Uoyer,   Maryland  Geol.   Surv.   Miocene,   1904,  p.  487. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHAKKTOOTH  HILL  201 

Measurements 

Length  Width  Stria;  in  .01  mm. 

.  1350  mm.  .0345  mm.  9  (Holotype  No.  3206) 

.0669  mm.  .0223  mm.  11  (Paratype  No.  3207) 

.1170mm.  .0340mm.  9  (Paratype  No.  3208) 

Holotype:  No.  3206;  paratypes:  Nos.  3207,  3208,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.) 
on  the  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia; Temblor,  middle  Miocene. 

This  species  is  similar  in  structure  to  N.  kemensis  but  con- 
necting forms  do  not  exist  in  the  formation  here  being  studied, 
although  both  are  common.  N.  mimicans  is  always  shorter 
and  broader  and  the  longitudinal  lateral  lines  are  always 
closer  to  the  raphe.  The  measurements  given  represent  the 
greater  part  of  the  range  of  variation.  N.  kemensis  is  much 
the  more  constant  in  size.  (See  under  that  form  for  remarks 
regarding  relationships.) 


48.     Navicula  morricei  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  13.  fig.  5 

Valve  flat,  ovate,  ends  roundly  pointed;  transverse  rows  of 
beads  slightly  radial  toward  ends,  interrupted  on  each  side  of 
the  raphe  by  a  zone  of  scattered  beads;  this  zone  corresponds 
in  position  to  the  lyre  of  N.  lyra,  the  central  nodule  being 
dilated  as  in  that  species.  Length  (holotype),  .120  mm.; 
width,  .0580  mm.;  10  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm.  in  center  of 
valve,  nine  at  ends. 


Holotype:  No.  3209,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

The  species  is  rare  in  the  locality  mentioned  and  because  of 
the  large  size  and  fragile  nature  of  the  valves,  perfect  speci- 
mens are  difficult  to  find.  Those  examined,  however,  have 
shown  very  little  variation,  either  in  size,  shape,  or  character 
of  markings. 


}Q2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Species  belonging  to  this  same  group  and  sufficiently  close 
to  call  for  careful  comparison  are:  N.  schaarschmidtii  Pan- 
tocsek,35  with  more  rounded  ends,  smaller  size  (.076-.  10  mm. 
long  and  .04-.048  mm.  wide)  and  finer  markings  (10.5-12 
rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm.)  ;  N.  neupaurii  Pantocsek36  with 
more  rounded  ends,  smaller  size  (.094  mm.  long  and  .042  mm. 
wide)  and  finer  markings  (12  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm). 

The  distinctions  shown  are  believed  to  warrant  specific 
separation  of  the  California  form  from  these.  It  is  not  at  all 
unlikely  that  this  species  has  passed  at  some  time  or  other 
under  the  name  N.  prcetexta,  since  there  is  a  slight  superficial 
resemblance;  however,  consultation  of  original  sources  of  in- 
formation pertaining  to  that  species  shows  that  the  usual  Cali- 
fornia upper  Miocene  forms  referred  to  it  have  probably  been 
correctly  identified.37  It  is  possible  that  the  prcetexta  complex 
forms  an  intergrading  series  of  variants  similar  to  N.  lyra;  if 
so  then  morricei  merely  forms  one  of  the  links  in  the  chain  but 
sufficient  material  has  not  yet  been  studied  to  prove  such  inter- 
gradation. 

This  handsome  diatom  is  named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Charles 
Morrice,  a  modest  and  earnest  worker  whose  justly  earned 
fame  is  narrated  in  greater  detail  in  the  paper  on  the  geology 
of  Sharktooth  Hill.38' 


49.       Navicula  optima  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  13,  fig.  6 

Valve  ovate,  narrowly  rounded  at  the  ends,  slightly  convex ; 
markings  consist  of  distantly  spaced  bars,  acutely  radial,  and 
extending  from  the  raphe  to  the  border  except  in  the  central 
area  where  three  on  each  side  are  unequally  shortened;  this 
produces  an  imperfect  stauros.  Length  (holotype),  .0411 
mm. ;  width,  .0114  mm. ;  eight  bars  in  .01  mm. 


"Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  1,  1886,  p.  28,  pi.  14,  fig.  121;  Miocene, 
Hungary. 

MOp.  cit,  p.  27,  pi.   14,  fig.   123;  St.  Peter,  Hungary. 

"See  Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad  Set.  ser.  4,  vol.  IS,  1926,  p.  154  for 
references  to  N .  prcetexta. 

M  Hanna,  G.  D.,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  19,  no.  7,  1930,  pp.  65-83. 


Vol.  XX]  HANN A— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  203 

Holotype:  No.  3210,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.),  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

This  minute  but  boldly  marked  form  bears  a  strong  resem- 
blance to  N.  tolmani  Hanna39  from  a  still  lower  portion  of  the 
Tertiary  section ;  the  present  species,  however,  lacks  the  ten- 
dency toward  capitate  ends  and  N.  tolmani  does  not  have  the 
central  bars  shortened  to  produce  a  stauros. 

On  account  of  its  small  size  most  of  the  diatoms  of  the 
present  species  were  probably  lost  in  the  finer  washings  during 
the  cleaning  processes;  consequently  it  appeared  to  be  rare. 

Much  uncertainty  surrounds  the  identity  of  a  vast  number 
of  the  early  described  species  of  Navicula;  lenses  were  com- 
paratively imperfect  and  published  drawings  are  on  such  a 
small  scale  that  the  essential  characters  cannot  be  determined 
therefrom.  Moreover,  mounting  material  no  better  than 
Canada  balsam  was  known  when  many  of  the  species  were 
described.  Two  courses  are  open  to  the  student  of  such 
organisms.  One  is  to  use  an  old  name  of  some  species  which 
in  general  appearance  and  form  somewhat  resembles  his  but 
the  exact  characters  of  which  he  can  only  surmise.  The  other 
procedure  is  to  describe  his  material  as  new  and  add  another 
name  to  an  already  overburdened  genus.  Neither  action  is 
satisfying  but  the  last  seems  to  be  the  least  objectionable  of  the 
two  in  the  present  case. 

50.      Navicula  proserpinae  ( ?)  Pantocsek 

Plate  13,  fig.  7 

Navicula  proserpinae  Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  3, 
p.  79,  1905,  pi.  18,  1893,  fig.  260;  "Bodos,  Transylvania,"  freshwater 
deposit. 

A  few  specimens  of  this  minute  species  were  found  in  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  deposit.  They  may  belong  to  an  undescribed 
species  but  the  identification  at  this  time  cannot  be  effected 
with  certainty;  the  publication  of  the  figure,  however,  is  be- 
lieved desirable  in  order  to  record  the  presence  of  such  a  form 

•"Journ.  Paleo.  vol.   1,  no.  2,  1927,  p.   117,  pi.  20,  fig.  5. 


204  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

in  this  middle  Miocene  formation ;  it  may  have  an  important 
bearing  on  the  history  of  the  evolution  of  the  genus  Navicula 
which  may  be  exclusively  a  Tertiary  to  recent  group;  Boyer40 
has  suggested  that  it  began  with  the  lower  Miocene. 

The  species  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  the  figure  of  Pan- 
tocsek's  N.  proserpincv,  reported  from  a  freshwater  deposit; 
the  few  specimens  found  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  material  may 
have  washed  into  the  Miocene  sea  from  a  nearby  lake  or 
stream  because  they  do  not  differ  radically  from  many  de- 
scribed freshwater  forms. 


51.     Navicula  spectabilis  Gregory 

Navicula  spectabilis  Gregory,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  21,  1857, 
p.  481,  pi.  9,  fig.  10.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  2.  fig.  31,  pi.  3,  figs. 
20-21,  29,  1875.— Mann,  Cont.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  vol.  10,  pt.  5,  1907, 
p.  356. — Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15,  1926, 
p.  156,  pi.  19,  fig.  2. 

A  very  few  individuals  of  this  species  were  detected  in  the 
collection  made  at  Loc.  1063  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the  west  side  of 
Cottonwood  Creek  a  few  miles  east  of  Sharktooth  Hill.  It  and 
its  close  relative,  N.  lyra,  have  lived  without  much  change  of 
structure  or  form  from  lower  Miocene  to  the  present  and  for 
this  reason  they  are  practically  valueless  for  correlation  pur- 
poses.  They  are  very  beautiful  diatoms,  nevertheless. 


52.     Omphalotheca  caput-medusae  (Azpeitia) 

Hercotheca  ?  c a  put- medusa  Azpeitia,  Assoc.  Esp.  Prog.  Cien.  Cong.  Zaragoza, 
vol.  4,  sec.  3,  Cien.  Nat.  pt.  2,  1911,  p.  207,  pi.  11,  fig.  3;  Miocene 
of  Spain. 

Diatoms  similar  to  the  one  Azpeitia  figured  are  present  but 
rare  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  (Loc.  1068).  It  appears 
that  they  would  better  be  included  under  Omphalotheca  than 
Hercotheca  because  of  the  convexity  of  the  valves  and  the  ex- 
cessively long  spines  distributed  over  the  valvular  surface. 

40  Maryland  Geol.   Surv.   Miocene,   1904,  p.   488. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  205 

53.       Periptera  tetracladia  Ehrenberg 

Plate  13,  fig.  8 

Periptera  tetracladia  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  270. — 
Kutzing,  Spec.  Algarum,  1849,  p.  25. — Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854, 
pi.  33,  XVIII,  fig.  9.— RALFsin  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861, 
p.  865,  pi.  6,  fig.  30. — Griffiths  &  Henfrey,  Microg.  Diet.  1875, 
pi.  43,  fig.  66.— Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1882,  pi. 
83ter,  figs.  7-9. — Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns, 
pt.  2,  1889,  p.  74.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  67,  figs. 
17-19. — Carter,  Amer.  Mon.  Micr.  Journ.  vol.  12,  no.  6,  1891,  p.  121, 
pi.  2,  fig.  35.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894.  p.  1007. 
— Boyer,  Maryland,  Geol.  Surv.  Miocene,  1904,  p.  490. — Tempere 
&  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier,  1908.  p.  26. — Azpettia,  Asoc. 
Espafiola.  Prog.  Cien.  Cong.  Zaragoza,  vol.  4,  sec.  3a,  Cien.  Nat. 
pt.  2,  1911.  pp.  59,  64.  156.  163,  164,  175. 

No  two  individuals  of  this  form  have  been  seen  which  are 
exactly  alike  and  evidently  species-boundaries  should  be  in- 
terpreted generously.  Ehrenberg  originally  described  it  from 
the  Miocene  of  Virginia  or  Maryland  and  it  has  been  recog- 
nized in  several  other  deposits  of  the  same  epoch. 

It  is  fairly  common  in  the  lighter  washings  from  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  samples;  the  spines  are  brittle  and  often  partially 
or  entirely  broken  off.  The  frustule  is  ovate  in  end  view. 
Probably  the  most  constant  features  are  the  shape  and  the  zone 
of  dots  on  the  side  of  the  frustule. 

At  present  we  have  no  means  of  merging  this  form  with 
other  nondescript  "endocystoid"  genera  although  it  is  possible 
that  too  many  of  these  are  recognized  as  valid.  Van  Heurck41 
placed  the  group  under  the  much  later  genus-name  Pyrgodis- 
cus  Kitton,  1885,  but  the  procedure  is  not  warranted  even  if 
the  rules  of  nomenclature  were  not  so  violentlv  violated. 


54.     Perrya  innocens  Hanna,  new  species 
Plate  14.  fig.  1 

Valve  very  large,  extremely  thin  and  delicate,  rounded  on 
the  sides,  tapering  abruptly  at  the  ends ;  a  large  rounded  wrin- 
kle or  wave  extends  longitudinally  through  the  center  of  the 
valve;  markings  consist  of  a  set  of  transverse  bars,   rather 

"Treat.  Diat.   1896,  index. 


206  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Se*. 

coarse  and  irregularly  defined  in  parts  but  fairly  uniformly 
spaced  and  not  resolvable  into  beads;  between  these  major  bars 
which  extend  almost  across  the  valve  there  are  shorter  bars 
extending  inwardly  from  the  inferior  margin  (on  the  holo- 
type)  unequal  distances;  the  number  of  these  shorter  bars  be- 
tween any  two  major  bars  is  one,  two  or  three,  on  the  same 
valve;  in  no  instance  do  they  cross  the  mid-zone;  even  the 
major  ribs  are  somewhat  poorly  and  irregularly  defined  toward 
the  superior  margin.  Length  (holotype),  .1860  mm.  (original 
length  about  .260  mm.)  ;  width,  .080  mm.;  number  of  major 
bars  in  .01  mm.  4  to  5  depending  upon  the  part  of  the  valve 
upon  which  the  measurement  is  taken. 

Holotype:  No.  3213,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the  southeast  side  of 
Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

The  recognition  of  huge  Nitzschias  belonging  to  the  group 
Perrya  of  Kitton  is  contrary  to  the  views  of  Van  Heurck42  but 
is  in  accordance  with  the  work  of  H.  &  M.  Peragallo43  who 
have  given  the  group  careful  study.  Structurally  these  forms 
appear  to  be  too  far  removed  from  typical  Nitzschia  to  be  in- 
cluded in  the  same  genus.  The  species  described  above  is  con- 
siderably different  from  all  others  in  that  there  is  not  the 
slightest  indication  of  the  transverse  bars  breaking  up  into 
beads.  Also  the  other  described  forms  do  not  have  the  pro- 
nounced longitudinal  wave  shown  in  innocens. 

There  is  considerable  evidence  to  indicate  that  Nitzschia  first 
appeared  in  lower  Miocene  strata  and  the  progenitors  of  the 
present  enormous  number  of  living  species  were  diverse  and 
aberrant  forms. 

P.  innocens  is  common  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and 
its  equivalent  elsewhere  in  California  but  the  diatoms  are  so 
fragile  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  find  unbroken  specimens 
in  any  sample  I  have  cleaned. 


"Treat.  Diat.   1896,  p.  408,  fig.   130. 

«  Diat.  Mar.  de  France,   1900,  p.  297,  pi.  76,  fig.  2. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  207 

55.     Plagiogramma  truanii  Pantocsek 

Plate  14,  fig.  2 

Plagiogramma  truanii  Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  2, 
1889,  p.  62;  Bory,  Hungary;  pt.  3,  1905,  p.  87,  pi.  15,  1892,  fig.  224, 
pi.  24,  fig.  351.— Mann,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  100,  vol.  6,  pt.  1, 
1925,  p.  129. 

The  specimen  figured  herewith  from  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern 
County,  California  (Loc.  1068  C.  A.  S.)  is  very  close  to  the 
one  described  from  the  Miocene  of  Hungary  in  1889.  The 
ends  of  the  California  form  have  a  slight  tendency  to  become 
capitate,  a  character  not  shown  in  Pantocsek's  figure;  also  he 
stated  that  there  were  15  striae  in  .01  mm.  whereas  the  present 
form  has  17.  These  are  such  minor  differences  that  they  can 
hardly  be  specific.  The  form  is  very  rare  at  the  locality  men- 
tioned. I  doubt  if  the  species  can  be  held  distinct  from  some 
living  forms  bearing  earlier  names  but  until  a  careful  study  shall 
have  been  made  of  the  entire  group  it  seems  desirable  to 
recognize  the  fossil  form ;  there  seems  to  be  a  conflict  between 
two  or  more  of  the  earlier  names. 

Raphidodiscus  H.  L.  Smith 

Melonavicula  Christian,  Amer.  Mon.  Micr.  Journ.  vol.  7,  1886,  p.  218; 
nomen  nudum. — Anon.,  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc.  1890,  p.  79. 

Raphidodiscus  H.  L.  Smith  in  Christian,  The  Microscope,  vol.  7,  March, 
1887,  p.  67.— Vorce,  "The  Affinities  of  Raphidodiscus,"  The  Micro- 
scope, vol.  9,  no.  5,  1889,  pp.  132-137,  pi.  6. 

Humbugodiscus  Deby,  Nuova  Notarisia,  1890,  p.  240. 

Rhaphidodiscus,  Van  Huepck,  Treat.  Diat.  1896,  p.  236,  pi.  35,  figs.  913  a,  b, 
text  fig.  33.     [Name  spelled  "Raphidodiscus"  in  explanation  of  pi.  35.] 

This  very  distinct  and  remarkable  form  is  apparently  an 
excellent  marker  fossil  of  middle  and  possibly  lower  Miocene 
deposits  the  world  over.  It  has  been  reported  from  Maryland, 
Virginia,  Trinidad,  Hungary  and  California.  The  earliest 
name  is  Melonavicula  but  this  must  be  considered  as  a  nomen 
nudum  because  when  the  diatom  was  finally  made  known  with 
illustrations  it  appeared  as  "Raphidodiscus."  A  careful  read- 
ing of  Christian's  article  shows  that  he  attributed  the  name  to 
Prof.  H.  L.  Smith.  Van  Heurck  misspelled  the  name  in  his 
Treatise   (p.  236)   but  corrected  it  in  the  explanation  of  his 


208  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

plate;  nevertheless  his  error  has  often  been  repeated.  Probably 
no  diatom  has  been  the  cause  of  as  much  bitter  feeling  as  this. 
Particularly  some  European  diatomatists  deplored  the  action 
of  Christian  and  H.  L.  Smith;  Deby  went  so  far  as  to  face- 
tiously rename  the  genus,  Humbugodiscus !  As  it  turns  out, 
the  critics  were  in  error.  Unfortunately  Christian's  first  speci- 
men was  lodged  inside  the  rim  of  a  Mclosira  but  his  figures 
show  he  had  others  which  were  not. 


56.     Raphidodiscus  marylandicus  Christian 
Plate  14,  figs.  3,  4 

Melonavicula  marylandica  Christian,  Amer.  Mon.  Micr.  Journ.,  vol.  7,  1886, 

p.  218;  nomen  nudum. 
Raphidodiscus  marylandica  Christian,  The  Microscope,  vol.  7,  1887,  p.  66, 

first  fig. — Vorce,  The  Microscope,  vol.  9,  no.  5,  1889,  p.  132,  pi.  6, 

fig.  5.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  84,  fig.  1.— De  Toni, 

Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  1,  1891,  p.  313.— Van  Heurck,  Treat. 

Diat.  1896,  pi.  35,  fig.  913a. 
Raphidodiscus  febigerii  Christian,  The  Microscope,  vol.  7,  1887,  p.  66,  3  figs. 

—Vorce,  The  Microscope,  vol.  9,  1889,  p.  132,  pi.  6,  figs.  1,  2.— 

Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  84,  figs.  3,  4.— De  Toni,  Syl. 

Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  1,  1891,  p.  313. — Van  Heurck,  Treat.  Diat. 

1896,  pi.  35,  fig.  9136. 
Raphidodiscus  christianii  Gascoyne  in  Vorce,  The  Microscope,  vol.  9,  1889, 

p.  132,  pi.  6,  fig.  4.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  84,  fig.  2. 

— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  1,  1891,  p.  313. 
Raphidodiscus  bogus  Ward  in  Vorce,  The  Microscope,  vol.  9,  1889,  p.  132. 

Disciform  Navicula,  Van  Heurck,  Treat.  Diat.  1896,  p.  236,  fig.  33; 

Naparima,  Trinidad. 
Navicula  disciformis  Petticolas  in  Vorce,  The  Microscope,  vol.  9,  1889, 

p.  132;  nomen  nudum.    [Vorce  stated  that  Petticolas  had  described 

R.  marylandica  under  the  above  name  but  I  have  been  unable  to 

find  such  a  description.] 
Diploneis  microtatos  christianii  Cleve,  Kongl.  Sven.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.  vol. 

26,  no.  2,  1894,  p.  96,  pi.  2,  fig.  1.— Fricke,  Verz.  Schmidt's  Atlas 

Diat.  1903,  p.  35. — Boyer,  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.  Miocene,  1904, 

p.  487,  pi.  135,  fig.  5. 
Cocconeis  febigerii  "Brun,"  Schmidt,  Atlas,   Diat.  pi.   193,   1894,  fig.   58; 

"Richmond,"  Va. 

The  species  is  common  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and 
its  stratigraphic  equivalent  elsewhere  in  California. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  ?09 


Measurements 

Transverse  rows  of  beads  at 

dark  oval  line  opposite 

Length 

Width 

central  nodule  in  .01  mm. 

.0555  mm. 

.0515  mm. 

13  (Plesiotype,  No.  3215,  fig'd) 

.0480  mm. 

.0448  mm. 

12  (Plesiotype,  No.  3216) 

.0315  mm. 

.0310  mm. 

17  (Plesiotype,  No.  3217) 

.0382  mm. 

.0382  mm. 

13  (Plesiotype  No.  3218,  fig'd) 

The  synonymy  has  been  worked  out  in  as  great  detail  as 
possible  because  the  species  is  believed  to  be  exceedingly  im- 
portant in  correlation  of  geologic  formations.  It  has  been 
found  in  several  localities  in  California  and  many  places  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  United  States;  the  strata  in  which  it  has 
occurred  are  middle  Miocene.  A  safe  inference  is  that  where 
the  species  appears  the  formation  is  approximately  equivalent 
of  the  Temblor  and  Calvert  formations  in  age. 

I  cannot  agree  with  Cleve  and  Boyer  that  the  form  is 
merely  a  variety  of  Navicula  mikrotatos  Pantocsek.44  This 
cannot  be  unless  Pantocsek's  figure  be  hopelessly  misdrawn 
and  this  seems  unlikely.  The  two  undoubtedly  belong  to  the 
same  genus,  however. 

It  likewise  does  not  appear  desirable  to  sink  so  distinctive  a 
diatom  in  the  great  group  Navicula,  or  any  of  its  alleged  sub- 
genera such  as  Diploneis;  it  is  far  more  distinctive  than  some 
of  the  admitted  genera  of  Naviculoid  diatoms. 

In  view  of  the  many  specific  names  which  have  been  applied 
to  the  form,  it  seems  that  to  promote  stability  the  rules  of 
nomenclature  should  be  adhered  to;  this  necessitates  the 
adoption  of  Christian's  name  marylandica.  Fortunately  this 
has  been  most  used  in  the  literature. 

Specimens  from  east  American  localities  have  been  com- 
pared directly  with  these  California  forms  and  it  does  not 
appear  desirable  to  make  a  separation.  The  differences  are 
inconstant  and  trivial  and  are  more  than  bridged  by  the  indi- 
vidual variation  among  specimens  from  the  same  stratum. 

Boyer45  made  this  significant  statement  regarding  the  impor- 
tance of  the  form  from  a  stratigraphic  standpoint:  "This 
Diploneis,    originally    named    Rhaphidodiscus    [sic]    because 

"Beit.   Kennt.   Foss.   Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.    1,   1886,  p.   27,  pi.  9,  fig.  80. 
a  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.  Miocene,  1904,  p.  488. 


220  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

when  found  it  had  been  accidentally  enclosed,  as  was  proved 
later,  in  the  rim  of  a  Melosira,  is  of  interest  by  reason  of  its 
orbicular  form,  although  otherwise  naviculoid.  The  Naviculea 
appear  to  be  introduced  in  the  Miocene  deposits  by  this  genus, 
several  forms  of  which  are  rather  common,  while  Navicula 
proper  is  scarcely  seen  until  a  later  period." 


57.     Rattrayella  inconspicuua  (Rattray) 

Plate  14,  fig.  5;  plate  15,  figs.  1,  2 

Eupodiscus  inconspicuus  Rattray,  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc,  vol.  9,  1888, 
p.  911. — Boyer,  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.  Miocene,  1904,  p.  498,  pi. 
135,  figs.  6,  7;  "Calvert  formation,  Maryland." 

This  highly  interesting  species   from  east  American  Mio- 
cene deposits  is  common  in  the  diatomite  exposed  on  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,   Kern   County,    California,   and  equivalent   strata 
elsewhere  in  the  state.    It  is  a  fragile  diatom  but  perfect  speci- 
mens can  often  be  found.    The  pattern  of  the  large  central 
hexagonal  cells  decreasing  in  size  toward  the  margin  is  a  very 
constant  character.   Boyer  stated  that  the  small  marginal  ocelli 
vary  from  three  to  11;  I  have  seen  only  eight  on  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  specimens.    An  important  feature,  however,  is  the 
fact  that  midway  between   the  ocelli   there   are  small  blunt 
spines  and  this  is  the  most  valuable  character  of  Rattrayella. 
It  is  true  that  the  other  known  species  of  the  genus,  oamaruen- 
sis  and  simbirskianus  are  marked  on  the  disk  by  radiating  lines 
of  small  beads  but  in  other  circular  diatoms  such  differences 
are  not  necessarily  considered  to  be  of  generic  value.    Under 
no  circumstances  can  the  species  remain  in  Eupodiscus,  the 
genotype  of  which  is  the  very  different  species,  argus.    Boyer 
remarked  that  possibly  the  form  is  the  variety  of  Eupodiscus 
radiatus  Bailey,  called  antiqua  J.  D.  Cox,  but  very  little  is 
known  regarding  this  subspecies.    Certainly  inconspicuua  can- 
not be  left  in  the  same  genus  with  radiatus  for  which  the  name 
Eu-eupodiscus  has  recently  been  proposed.    Rattray's  remark 
that  the  form  shows  no  close  affinity  to  E.  radiatus  is  certainly 
true.   I  have  made  comparison  with  the  Oamaru  and  Simbirsk 


Vol  XX]  HANN A—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  211 

Rattrayellas  and  do  not  believe  the  difference  in  size  and 
character  of  surface  markings  sufficient  to  warrant  generic 
separation. 

Rhaphoneis  Ehrenberg 

Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  74.  Genotype  (selected  by 
Boyer,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  vol.  78,  1926  (1927), 
Suppl.  p.  190):  Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg,  Op.  cit.;  Mikrog. 
1854,  pi.  33,  XIV,  fig.  22  [type  figure  here  selected];  pi.  33,  XV, 
fig.  20;  not  pi.  18,  fig.  82  [=R.  rhombus}. 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  in  a  state  of  confusion  from 
which  they  cannot  be  extricated  until  a  review  of  all  can  be 
made.  In  the  following  records  an  attempt  has  been  made  to 
make  the  identifications  conform  to  original  sources  of  in- 
formation. However,  there  must  be  some  doubt  in  any  present 
treatment  of  the  group. 

Regarding  Rhaphoneis  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  while 
the  three  species  noted  below  as  occurring  rarely  in  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  horizon  form  a  very  inconspicuous  portion  of  the 
finer  washings,  there  is  a  diatom-bearing  zone  below  this  a 
short  distance  in  which  the  genus  is  excessively  abundant. 
The  common  species  in  this  latter  zone,  however,  are  two 
others  not  found  at  the  Sharktooth  Hill  exposure  at  all.  The 
third  species,  amphiceros,  is  rare  in  the  lower  zone.  The  best 
exposure  found  of  this  lower  zone  is  on  the  east  side  of  the 
hill  marked  "1340"  on  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey's  topo- 
graphic sheet,  and  situated  on  the  west  flank  of  Round  Moun- 
tain. 

58.     Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg 

Plate  15,  figs.  3,  4,  5 

Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  87. — 
Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  33,  XIV,  fig.  22;  XV,  fig.  20;  not 
pi.  18,  fig.  82.— Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  791, 
pi.  14,  fig.  21.— Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique,  1880-1882,  p.  147, 
pi.  36,  fig.  22.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  37,  fig.  20  — 
Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15,  no.  2,  1926. 
p.  165,  pi.  20,  fig.  8. 

January  8,   1932 


212  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

I  have  referred  to  this  species,  the  largest  Rhaphoneis  of 
the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  where  it  is  not  common.  These 
fossils  are  not  subject  to  great  variation  in  shape  and  are 
broad  in  proportion  to  length,  the  sides  being  gently  rounded. 
The  beads  vary  considerably  in  size,  and  the  transverse  rows 
have  a  very  gentle  curve  away  from  the  center.  This  inter- 
pretation of  Ehrenberg's  type  species  is  slightly  at  variance 
with  his  first  figure  (cited  above)  in  which  the  sides  are  some- 
what angulated.  His  next  figures  are  more  like  mine.  The 
discrepancies  are  believed  to  be  due  to  specific  differences.  The 
selection  here  made  is  in  general  agreement  with  that  of  most 
later  authors  although  some  have  called  such  forms  "R.  gem- 
mifera  Ehr."  a  species  which  Ehrenberg  never  figured.  The 
proper  interpretation  seems  to  be  to  make  the  latter  a  synonym 
of  amphiceros.  In  selecting  the  type  of  the  genus  Boyer  cited 
all  three  of  Ehrenberg's  figures  of  amphiceros  thereby  failing 
to  definitelv  fix  the  species.  For  this  reason  and  to  stabilize  the 
nomenclature  I  have  chosen  his  last  two  figures,  excluding  the 
first  which  I  have  referred  to  R.  rhombus.  This  last  is  very 
common  in  some  Pliocene  localities  in  California  but  I  have 
not  yet  found  it  in  the  deposit  here  being  considered  or  its 
equivalent  elsewhere.  In  order  to  aid  in  clearing  the  synonymy 
of  amphiceros  the  notes  given  below  have  been  made  on 
rhombus  and  their  publication  at  this  time  would  seem  to  be 
desirable.46 

Ehrenberg  evidently  figured  more  than  one  species  among 
his  original  illustrations  of  rhombus.  The  one  I  have  selected 
as  type  conforms  to  the  usual  interpretation  although  it  does 
not  have  page  priority.  His  first  figures,  called  rhombus  (pi. 
18,  figs.  84,  85),  are  certainly  not  rhombic  and  are  not  even 
obtusely  angulated  on  the  sides.  By  the  present  interpretation 
of  type  figures  it  becomes  possible  to  retain  the  commonly  used 
names  for  the  diatoms  to  which  they  have  usually  been  applied 
although  Ehrenberg  certainly  had  no  very  clear  conception  of 
specific  limits  in  the  group. 


*•  Rhaphoneis   rhombus    Ehrenberg,    Ber.    Akad.    Wiss.    Berlin,    1844,    p.    87. — Ehren- 
berg    Mikrog.    1854,   pi.    33,   XIII,   fig.    19    [type   figure,    here   selected];    not   pi. 
18,  figs.  84,  85. 
Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg,   Mikrog.    1854,  pi.    18,   fig.  82. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  213 

59.     Rhaphoneis  elegans  Pantocsek  &  Grunow 
Plate  15,  figs.  5,  6,  7 

Rhaphoneis  gemmifera  elegant  Pantocsek  &  Giunow  in  Pantocsek,  Bt it. 
Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  1,  1886,  p.  34,  pi.  2,  fig.  21;  pi.  20, 
fig.  179;  pi.  27,  fig.  264;  pi.  30,  fig.  317;  "Felso"-Estregaly  Kekko, 
Szakal,  Szent-Peter,"  [Hungary];  "Naparima,"  [Trinidad  Island]. 

Diatoms  referred  to  this  species  are  very  abundant  in  the 
zone,  outcropping  on  1340  Hill  just  west  of  the  top  of  Round 
Mountain,  Loc.  1187  (C.  A.  S.)  Kern  County,  California, 
Temblor  Miocene.  However  it  is  less  abundant  there  than 
R.  parilis.  The  long  drawn  out  ends  and  bold  markings  are 
characteristic  and  the  three  figures  herewith  cover  practically 
the  entire  range  of  variation  seen.  Pantocsek's  figures  include 
practically  the  same  range  and  all  of  his  localities  are  supposed 
to  be  Miocene.  The  association  of  the  name  with  gemmifera 
is  not  warranted  if  Roper's  interpretation  of  Ehrenberg's 
species  be  assumed  to  be  correct  because  intergrading  speci- 
mens have  not  been  shown  to  exist ;  furthermore,  the  extreme 
uncertainty  regarding  the  original  gemmifera  would  make  any 
identification  therewith  doubtful. 

60.     Rhaphoneis  obesa  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  15,  figs.  9.  10 

Valve  flat,  very  broad  transversely  with  sides  uniformly 
rounded;  ends  produced  into  gracefully  tapering,  rounded 
necks;  beads  in  transverse  rows  curved  gently  away  from  the 
transverse  diameter ;  pseudoraphe  narrow  but  distinct.  Length 
(holotype),  .0385  mm.;  width,  .0180  mm.;  8  rows  of  beads 
in  .01  mm.;  length  (paratype),  .030  mm.;  width,  .0181  mm.: 
8  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3228,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the  southeast  side  of 
Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California ;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

Paratype:  No.  3229,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1063  (C.  A.  S.)  west  side  of  Cottonwood 
Creek,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 


214  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  beads  in  this  species  are  closer  together  in  the  rows  than 
in  R.  amphiceros ;  also  the  rows  have  a  greater  curvature  away 
from  the  transverse  diameter.  Moreover,  the  ends  are  more 
produced  into  narrow  necks  than  in  any  of  the  described 
species  of  the  genus  except  the  one  noted  below  from  a  slightly 
lower  horizon  in  the  Temblor. 


61.     Rhaphoneis  obesula  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  16,  fig.  1 

Rhaphoneis  rhombus  Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  fig.  84,  85;  Richmond 
Va.    [Not  pi.  33,  XIII,  fig.  19.] 

Valve  flat,  almost  as  wide  as  long,  sides  rounded,  ends  pro- 
duced into  obtusely  rounded  apices;  beads  rather  sparse,  rows 
strongly  curved  away  from  the  transverse  axis;  pseudoraphe 
distinct  and  broad  in  the  center.  Length,  .020  mm. ;  width, 
.0155  mm. ;  9  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3230,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the  southeast  side  of 
Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

This  exceedingly  obese  form  is  very  rare  at  this  locality.  It 
may  perhaps  be  an  extreme  variant  of  R.  amphiceros  but  no 
specimens  were  found  to  lead  one  to  suppose  the  intergrades 
exist.  The  two  figures  of  Ehrenberg  cited  come  closer  than  any 
other  which  has  been  named. 


62.     Rhaphoneis  parilis  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  16,  figs.  2,  3,  4 

Valve  flat,  long  and  slender,  tapering  gracefully  to  the  ends ; 
sides  very  obtusely  rounded;  pseudoraphe  practically  obliter- 
ated; beads  uniform  in  size  throughout,  rounded  and  separated 
uniformly  from  each  other;  transverse  rows,  straight  or  almost 
so  and  placed  at  right  angles  to  the  longitudinal  axis. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  215 


Measurements 

Transverse  rows  of  beads  in 

Length 

Width 

.01  mm. 

.0429  mm. 

.010  mm. 

7  (HolotypeNo.  3231) 

.0490  mm. 

.010  mm. 

7  (Paratype  No.  3232) 

.0344  mm. 

.010  mm. 

7  (Paratype  No.  3233) 

.060    mm. 

.010  mm. 

7  (Longest  specimen  seen) 

Holotypc:  No.  3231  ;  paratypes:  Nos.  3232,  3233,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1187  (C.  A.  S.), 
on  east  side  of  hill  marked  "1340"  on  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  map, 
west  flank  of  Round  Mountain,  Kern  County,  California; 
Temblor,  middle  Miocene. 

This  is  an  exceedingly  common  species  in  the  stratum  out- 
cropping on  "1340"  Hill.  It  and  the  following  species  consti- 
tute a  large  percentage  of  all  the  diatoms  in  this  fairly  rich 
layer. 

The  figures  illustrate  about  all  of  the  variation  noted  among 
hundreds  of  individuals  studied.  A  few  may  be  a  little  longer 
or  shorter  but  the  proportions  and  markings  are  remarkably 
constant.  I  can  find  no  named  species  in  the  literature  to  which 
these  diatoms  can  be  referred  with  certainty.  Some  might 
lump  them  into  the  complex  assemblage  which  has  gone  under 
the  name  gemmifera  Ehrenberg47  but  this  procedure  appears 
to  be  decidedly  undesirable.  Ehrenberg  never  figured  it  and  his 
description  might  fit  many  species  or  even  genera.  Kiitzing4* 
did  not  figure  it ;  and  Roper49  apparently  identified  and  figured 
a  Thames  River  specimen  as  gemmifera.  Whether  this  was 
correct  or  not,  will  probably  never  be  known  unless  Ehren- 
berg's  original  specimen  be  found.  Roper  himself  did  not  feel 
confident  of  the  identification.  Under  the  circumstances  it 
appears  necessary  to  accept  his  interpretation  of  Ehrenberg's 
name  and  our  fossils  are  certainly  not  the  same  as  the  Thames 
River  one  he  illustrated.  This  latter  is  larger,  has  curved 
transverse  lines  of  beads,  more  beads  in  the  central  rows,  is 
less  elongate  and  has  a  definite  pseudoraphe.  These  differences 
appear  to  be  so  constant  that  the  Temblor  diatoms  cannot  be 
called  Roper's  "gemmifera." 


"  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,   1844,  p.  87. 

48  Kiitzing,  Species  Algarum,  1848,  p.  49. 

"Trans.   Micr.  Sci.  vol.  2,   1854,  p.   75,  pi.   6,  fig.   7. 


21 C  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

63.       Sceptroneis  caduceus  Ehrenberg 
Plate  16,  figs.  5,  6,  7 

Sceptroneis  caduceus  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  254. — 
Bailey,  Amer.  Journ.  Sei.  vol.  48,  no.  2,  1845,  p.  326,  pi.  4,  fig.  11. 
"Bermuda  tripoli"  [Nottingham,  Md.]. — Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854, 
pi.  33,  XVII,  fig.  15;  Rappahannock,  Cliff,  Virginia. — (?)  Gregory, 
Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  21,  1857,  p.  59,  pi.  6,  fig.  106  — 
Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  772,  pi.  4,  fig.  11. 
— Grunow,  Verh.  K.  K.  Zool.  Bot.  Gesell.  vol.  12,  1862,  p.  354  — 
Carruthers  in  Gray,  Handbook  Brit.  Fr.  Water  Weeds  or  Algae, 
1864,  p.  79.— Rabenhorst,  Flora  Europaea  Algarum,  1864,  p.  299. — 
Grunow,  Hedwigia,  vol.  5,  1866,  p.  146. — Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat. 
Belgique,  1880-1882,  p.  147,  pi.  37,  fig.  5.— Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt. 
Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  1,  1886,  pp.  18,  36;  St.  Peter  and  Felso- 
Esztergaly,  Hungarian  Miocene. — -Kain  &  Schultze,  Bull.  Torrey 
Bot.  Club,  vol.  16, 1889, p.  76;  [Atlantic City,  New  Jersey];  Miocene  — 
Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  37,  fig.  13. — Moller,  Licht- 
drucktafeln,  1891,  pi.  2,  row  5,  fig.  36;  "Nottingham,"  Md.;  pi.  29, 
row  5,  fig.  2,  same  place.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  2, 
1892,  p.  646.— Van  Heurck,  Treat.  Diat.  1896,  p.  331,  pi.  10,  fig. 
399,  text  fig.  87. — Boyer,  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.  Miocene,  1904, 
p.  489,  pi.  135,  fig.  12;  Calvert  formation  in  Maryland,  many  local- 
ities given. — Peragallo,  Diat.  Mar.  France,  1901,  p.  331,  pi.  82, 
fig.  37,  pi.  83,  fig.  36;  Richmond,  Va. — Forti,  Nuova  Notarisia,  vol. 
19,  1908,  p.  131;  Bergonzano,  Italy. — Tempere  &  Peragallo,  Diat. 
du  Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2,  p.  78,  1908,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey; 
p.  117,  1909,  "Santa  Cruz,  Colorado"  [probably  Santa  Ynez,  Calif.]; 
p.  128,  1909,  Nottingham,  Md.;  p.  225,  1910,  Bergonzano,  Reggio 
d'Emilio,  Italy,  Miocene;  p.  335,  1912,  Patuxtent  River,  Md.;  p.  374, 
1913,  (Popes  Creek,  Md.).— Forti,  Atti.  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett. 
Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1653;  [Separate,  "Cont.  Diat."  XIII, 
p.  119]. 

Sceptroneis  caduceus  abbreviate  Forti,  Atti.  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol. 
72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1653,  pi.  19,  fig.  4;  "Bergonzano,  Rhegii  Lepidi" 
Italy;  Middle  Miocene. 

Styloneis  caduceus  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1845,  p.  55.  The 
genus-name  is  a  typographical  error  according  to  Ehrenberg,  Mikrog. 
1854,  Exp.  pi.  33. 

Rhaphoneis  hungarica  Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  1 , 
1886,  pp.  17,  34,  pi.  3,  fig.  30;  not  pi.  25,  fig.  224;  "Szakal,"  Hungary; 
Miocene;  pt.  2,  p.  63;  Nagy-Kurtos,  Hungary,  Miocene. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  species  in  the  Sharktooth 
Hill  deposit  and  its  stratigraphic  equivalent  elsewhere  in  Cali- 
fornia. There  is  very  great  variation  in  the  size  and  shape  of 
the  valves  but  the  size  of  the  bold  square  markings  and  the 
radial  beads  on  the  capitate  end  are  remarkably  constant. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  217 

The  records  of  Gregory  (1857)  and  Van  Heurck  (1896) 
showing  the  species  to  be  living,  need  confirmation.  Tempere 
&  Peragallo  (1909)  listed  it  from  "Santa  Cruz  Colorado,"  a 
locality  which  has  given  a  great  deal  of  trouble.  Originally 
it  was  given  as  "Santa  Suez,  California"  and  it  seems  that  the 
best  interpretation  to  make  is  "Santa  Ynez,  California."  Thus 
far  the  locality  has  not  been  verified  as  Santa  Cruz,  city, 
county  or  island  although  much  time  has  been  spent  in  search- 
ing for  it.50 

The  species  has  been  reported  from  many  east  American 
Miocene  localities  and  from  several  other  places  in  the  world, 
all  of  which  are  supposed  to  be  of  approximately  the  same  age. 
No  definite  record  of  it  has  been  found  in  any  upper  Miocene 
locality  anywhere.  Pantocsek's  first  figure  of  Rhaphoneis  hun- 
garica  is  undoubtedly  a  Sceptroneis  and  probably  caduceus 
but  his  second  figure  is  entirely  different;  his  name  should  be 
retained  for  the  last. 

Ehrenberg's  original  figure  and  many  specimens  from 
Maryland  and  Virginia  are  longer  and  more  slender  than  the 
longest  shown  herewith;  however,  in  a  large  series  there 
appears  to  be  sufficiently  close  intergradation  to  warrant  re- 
taining the  name  for  the  California  material. 


64.     Stephanogonia  actinoptychus    (Ehrenberg) 

Mastogonia  actinoptychus  Ehrenberg,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  269. 

—Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  18,  figs.  109  a,  b;  pi.  33,  XIII, 

fig.  16. 
Stephanogonia  actinoptychus  (Ehrenberg),  Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique, 

1880-1882,  pi.  83ter,  figs.  2-4.— Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill. 

Ungarns,  pt.  2,  1889,  p.  76,  pi.  13,  fig.  221. 

Forms  supposed  to  be  this  species  are  common  in  the  lighter 
washings  of  samples  from  the  Temblor,  particularly  from  Loc. 
1063,  on  the  west  side  of  Cottonwood  Creek  a  few  miles  east 
of  Sharktooth  Hill.    The  genera  Stephanogonia  and  Masto- 


50  See  Hanna,  G.   D.  Journ.   Paleo.  vol.  4,  no.  2,   19.30,  pp.   182-184,  for  a  more  com- 
plete account  of  the  difficulties  connected  with  the   "Santa  Cruz"  locality. 


218  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

gonia  have  not  been  adequately  differentiated ;  the  early  figures 
are  not  very  satisfactory  and  a  careful  study  of  both  groups  is 
needed.  The  species  are  most  common  in  middle  Miocene 
strata. 


65.     Stephanogonia  polyacantha  Forti 

Plate  16,  fig.  8 

Stephanogonia  polyacantha  Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72, 
pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1560,  pi.  12,  fig.  11;  [separate,  "Cont.  Diat."  XIII, 
p.  26,  pi.  2,  fig.  11];  "Middle  Miocene,  Marmorito,  Alexandria,  Pied- 
mont," Italy. 

Stephanogonia  polyacantha  inermis  Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art. 
vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1561,  pi.  12,  fig.  12;  [separate,  p.  27,  pi.  2, 
fig.  12];  "Middle  Miocene,  Bergonzano,  Reggio  d'Emilia,"  Italy. 

Stephanogonia  actinoptychus  polyacantha  Tempere  &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du 
Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2,  1909,  p.  197;  (name  only).— Forti,  Atti  R. 
1st.  Veneto,  vol.  69,  1910,  p.  1310;  [separate,  "Cont.  Diat."  XI, 
p.  62]. 

Stephanogonia  cincta  Pantocsek,  Forti,  Nuova  Notarisia,  vol.  19, 1908,  p.  132. 
— Tempere  &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2,  1909, 
p.  197.— Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  vol.  69,  1910,  p.  1310.— Tem- 
pere &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2,  1910,  p.  225. — 
Not  Stephanogonia  cincta  Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill. 
Ungarns,  pt.  2,  1889,  p.  76,  pi.  9,  fig.  161;  "Nagy-Kurtos,  Szakal." 

This  large  and  striking  species  is  fairly  common  in  the 
Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  (Loc.  1068)  and  on  Cottonwood 
Creek  (Loc.  1063).  Forti  described  it  from  beds  of  probably 
equivalent  age  in  Italy.  Besides  being  by  far  the  largest  known 
Stephanogonia  it  is  further  characterized  by  the  presence  of 
the  scattered  rounded  beads  and  the  absence  of  pronounced 
spines  around  the  internal  disk.  It  is  very  fragile  and  perfect 
specimens  are  difficult  to  find.  Tempere  &  Peragallo  were  first 
to  use  the  name  polyacantha  but  without  descriptive  matter  of 
any  kind.  Therefore  the  species  must  be  credited  to  Forti  who 
claimed  it  properly. 

The  outer  zone  with  radial  ribs  resembles  strongly  the  "veil'' 
of  Coscinodiscus  sol,  a  living  species. 

One  very  large  specimen  mounted  on  the  same  slide  as  the 
one  figured  herewith  is  .1154  mm.  in  diameter. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  219 

66.     Stephanopyxis  lineata  (Ehrenberg) 
Plate  16,  figs.  9,  10,  11 

"Stephanodiscus  ?  lineatus  (=Peristephania  tin.  ?)"  Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854, 

pi.  33,  XIII,  fig.  22;  "San  Francisco,  Calif." 
Stephanopyxis  ambigua  Grunow,  Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  48,  1884, 

p.  91. 
Peristephania  entycha  Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  35B,  IV,  fig.  14  [?]. 
Stephanopyxis  lineata  (Ehrenberg),  Forti,  Nuova  Notarisia,  1912,  p.  83. — 

Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1547, 

pi.  11,  figs.  21,  23,  pi.  12,  fig.  3. 

Forti  deserves  credit  for  resurrection  of  this  important 
species.  Undoubtedly  it  has  been  confused  with  Coscinodiscus 
lineatus  because  the  markings  on  the  disk  of  the  two  are  simi- 
lar. The  high  spines  on  the  margin  and  the  abrupt  deflection 
at  that  point  in  the  Stephanopyxis  certainly  distinguish  them. 
Ehrenberg's  specimen  came  from  a  deposit  on  San  Pablo  Bay, 
a  portion  of  San  Francisco  Bay  and  I  have  the  species  in 
abundance  from  there.  The  age  of  that  deposit  has  not  yet 
been  certainly  determined  but  it  is  Miocene,  and  probably 
somewhat  higher  in  the  section  than  the  Sharktooth  Hill  ma- 
terial yet  lower  than  the  type  Monterey  shale.  Ehrenberg's 
placing  of  the  species  in  Stephanodiscus  may  have  been  a  slip 
of  the  pen ;  his  genus  Peristephania  has  not  been  accepted. 

The  species  is  common  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  deposit  and  it 
is  believed  that  the  zonal  view  here  shown  for  the  first  time 
will  aid  in  clearing  up  the  confusion  which  has  surrounded  it 


67.     Stictodiscus  kittonianus  Greville 
Plate  16,  fig.  12 

Stictodiscus  kittonianus  Greville,  Trans.  Micr.  Soc.  London,  n.  s.  vol.  9, 
1861,  p.  77,  pi.  10,  figs.  2,  3.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  74,  1882,  figs. 
16,  18.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  75,  fig.  9. 

Stictodiscus  is  exceedingly  rare  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  de- 
posit and  only  the  above  species  is  represented.  The  very  com- 
mon upper  Miocene  S.  calif ornicus,  is  entirely  absent.  The 
original  locality  for  kittonianus  was  "Nottingham  Maryland" 
a  deposit  which  is  believed  to  be  very  nearly  the  equivalent  of 
the  California  Temblor. 


220  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

68.     Surirella  tembloris  Hanna,  new  species 
Plate  16,  figs.  13,  14 

Valve  ovate,  slightly  pyriform,  with  a  narrow  lanceolate 
central  area  bordered  by  a  zone  of  irregular  transverse  bars: 
marginal  zone  with  radiating,  broad  bars  on  which  fine  bead- 
ing is  visible  under  high  aperture.  Length  (holotype  No. 
3242,  .0954  mm.;  (paratype  No.  3243)  .1080  mm.;  (paratype 
No.  3244)  .0910  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3242;  paratype:  No.  3243,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1063  (C.  A.  S.),  Sec. 
13,  T.  29S.,  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.,  west  side  of  Cottonwood 
Creek,  Kern  County,  California,  middle  Miocene.  Paratype: 
No.  3244  from  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.),  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  same  formation. 

This  species  is  similar  to  S.  alternans  Schmidt51  from  the 
Miocene  of  Richmond,  Virginia  but  this  last  has  a  broader  cen- 
tral area  bounded  by  a  zone  of  regular,  radial,  beaded  bars. 

69.     Triceratium  americanum  Ralfs 

Triceratium  amblyceros  Ehrenberg,  Brightwell,  Oucrt.  Journ.  Micr.  Sri. 
vol.  1,  1853,  p.  250,  pi.  4,  fig.  14:  not  of  Ehrenberg. 

Triceratium  americanum  Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  855. 
— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  76,  1882,  fig.  28;  not  fig.  3.— Hanna, 
Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1,  no.  2,  1027,  p.  122,  pi.  21,  fig.  3. 

This  species  is  common  at  Loc.  1063  on  Cottonwood  Creek, 
a  few  miles  east  of  Sharktooth  Hill ;  specimens  cannot  be  sep- 
arated specifically  from  those  recently  reported  (1927)  from 
Phoenix  Canyon  near  Coalinga,  California,  in  strata  believed 
to  be  considerably  lower  in  the  Tertiary. 

It  was  stated  in  my  paper  cited  above  that  Schmidt  figured 
two  forms  under  the  name  americanum,  a  coarsely  beaded  one 
(his  fig.  3)  and  the  one  here  accepted  as  americanum.  It  is 
believed  that  the  coarsely  marked  specimen  is  the  same  as  was 

"Atlas  Diat.  pi.  211,  1897,  fig.  30. 


Vol.  XXJ  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  221 

recently  named  "Biddulphia  jordani"7'2  from  Maria  Madre 
Island.  Mexico.  It  so  happens  that  this  name  is  preoccupied 
by  "Triceratium  jordani"  Truan  &  Witt.53 


70.     Triceratium  condecorum  Brightwell 

Plate  17,  figs.  1,  3 

Triceratium  condecorum  Brightwell,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.  vol.  1,  1853, 
p.  250,  pi.  4,  fig.  12.— Schmidt,  Atlas,  Diat.  pi.  76,  1882,  fig.  27  — 
Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.  1,  1886,  p.  52. 
pi.  27,  fig.  256.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  102,  fig.  6. 

This  small  species  originally  came  from  "Nottingham 
Maryland"  and  has  been  found  widely  distributed  in  Miocene 
strata  elsewhere.  The  name  was  originally  used  by  Ehrenberg 
in  184454  according  to  Chase  but  essentially  as  a  nomen 
nudum,  and  most  authors  cite  the  species  as  of  Brightwell  who 
gave  the  first  figure.  In  most  illustrations  the  sides  are  shown 
slightly  more  convex  than  the  California  specimens  but  since 
this  seems  to  be  a  trivial  difference  and  all  other  details  are 
essentially  the  same  the  identification  appears  to  be  warranted. 

The  proposal  to  place  such  diatoms  as  this  in  which  pro- 
cesses are  lacking  in  the  angles,  in  Cleve's  genus  Trigonium 
has  not  been  adopted  by  many  diatomists.  Likewise,  the 
placing  of  all  Tricerati  in  Biddulphia  does  not  appear  accep- 
table. I  have  accordingly  followed  general  custom  and  use  the 
name  Triceratium. 

T.  americanum  Ralfs  differs  from  condecorum  in  having  the 
marginal  beads  arranged  in  radial  rows.  Both  species  are 
found  fairly  commonly  in  the  lighter  washings  of  the  Shark- 
tooth  Hill  deposit  and  strata  of  the  same  age  in  the  same  gen- 
eral area. 


52  Hanna  &  Grant,  Proc.  Calif.   Acad.   Sci.   ser.  4,   vol.   15,   no.   2,   1926,  p.    131,  pi. 
14,  fig.  3. 

MDiat.  Jeremie,  Hayti.  1888,  p.  23,  pi.  7,  fig.   12. 
M  Ber.   Akad.   Wiss.   Berlin,    1844,   p.   272. 


222  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Puoc.  4th  Ser. 

71.     Triceratium  spinosum  Bailey 

Plate  17,  figs.  4,  5 

Triceratium  spinosum  Bailey,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  vol.  46,  1844,  p.  139,  pi.  3, 
fig.  12. — Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  853,  pi.  6, 
fig.  19.— Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  25,  fig.  22;  pi.  77,  figs. 
4,  9,  10;  pi.  102,  figs.  2,  5. 

Triceratium  tridactylum  Brightwell,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.  vol.  1,  1853, 
p.  248,  pi.  4,  fig.  3.— Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.  pi.  87,  1885,  fig.  12  — 
Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  105,  fig.  1. 

Biddulphia  spinosa  (Bailey),  Brockmann,  Abh.  Senckenbergischen  Natur- 
forschenden  Gesellschaft,  vol.  41,  1928,  pi.  2,  fig.  17. 

This  striking  species  was  first  found  in  Miocene,  east 
American  deposits.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  California  samples 
from  Sharktooth  Hill  and  equivalent  strata  elsewhere  in  that 
general  region. 


72.     Triceratium  subrotundatum  Schmidt 

Plate  17,  fig.  2 

Triceratium  subrotundatum  Schmidt,  Atlas  Diat.,  pi.  93,  1886,  fig.  1;  Notting- 
ham, Maryland. — Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America,  1890,  pi.  102,  fig.  3; 
pi.  112,  fig.  7. — Tempere  &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier, 
Ed.  2,  1912,  p.  331. 

Biddulphia  (?)  subrotundata  (Schmidt),  Boyer,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 
vol.  52,  1900,  (1901)  p.  720.— Forti,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett. 
Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1637,  pi.  21,  figs.  1,  2,  [fa.  italica]; 
"Bergonzana,  Rhegii  Lepidi  et  Monte  Gibbio,"  Italy. 

A  large  but  delicate  form  without  angular  processes  was 
found  occasionally  at  Loc.  1063  (C.  A.  S.),  on  the  west  side 
of  Cottonwood  Creek  several  miles  east  of  Sharktooth  Hill. 
A  considerable  number  of  imperfect  specimens  was  seen  and 
several  were  mounted.  The  only  previous  records  appear  to  be 
from  the  Miocene  deposits  of  eastern  North  America  and 
from  Italy  in  strata  which  appear  to  be  approximately  equiva- 
lent in  age  to  those  here  being  considered.  Forti  has  given  an 
excellent  account  of  the  relationship  of  the  species.  Boyer 
stated  that  except  in  outline,  the  species  scarcely  differed  from 
Coscinodiscus,  but  this  is  doubtful ;  affinity  seems  to  be  with 
T.  favus. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA—THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  223 

73.     Tropidoneis  primoris  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  17,  fig.  6;  plate  18,  figs.  1,  2 

In  girdle  view,  frustule  slightly  truncate,  about  three  times 
as  long  as  broad  indented  at  the  transverse  median  line  where 
the  central  nodule  is  extended  laterally  about  one-third  the 
distance  to  the  inner  margin;  ends  of  valves  rounded  above; 
connecting  zone  narrow  with  straight  sides ;  markings  consist- 
ing of  transverse  rows  of  beads,  uniformly  spaced  through- 
out. Length  (holotype),  .1240  mm.,  width,  .040  mm.;  length 
(paratype),  .1184  mm.;  width,  .0137  mm.,  (one  valve);  24 
transverse  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3248;  paratype:  No.  3249,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Tem- 
blor, middle  Miocene. 

The  valves  of  this  species  are  exceedingly  compressed  lat- 
erally, so  that  looked  at  in  girdle  view  the  diatom  has  hardly 
any  thickness  at  all ;  this  condition  is  believed  to  be  in  part  due 
to  pressure  in  the  formation  from  which  the  collection  was 
obtained.  The  diatoms  are  very  delicate  and  diaphanous  so 
that  they  are  easily  destroyed  in  cleaning  operations ;  never- 
theless a  considerable  number  of  individuals  was  seen.  Often 
the  valves  are  warped  in  preservation  thus  making  it  difficult 
to  focus  all  parts  at  once  in  photography.  Tropidoneis  mem- 
branacea  (Cleve)35  appears  to  be  closer  to  this  than  any  de- 
scribed species  of  the  genus  but  that  form  lacks  the  laterally 
dilated  central  nodule,  and  the  frustule  is  almost  twice  as  large. 
The  markings  are  very  nearly  the  same  size  and  would  be  dif- 
ficult to  resolve  without  high  aperture  lenses  and  a  highly  re- 
fractive mounting  medium. 


84  Amphiprora  membranacea  Cleve,  Bih.  till  Sven.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.  vol.  1,  no. 
11,  1873,  p.  12,  pi.  2,  fig.  18;  Java  Sea.— Cleve  Kongl.  Sven.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.  vol. 
26,  no.  2,   1894,  p.  24.— Mann,  U.   S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.   100,  vol.  6,  pt.   1,   1925,  p.   174. 


224  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sesl 

74.     Xanthiopyxis  acrolopha  Forti 

Xanthiopyxis  acrolopha  Forti,  Nuova  Notarisia,  vol.  23,  1912,  p.  84. — Tem- 
pere  &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2,  1915,  p.  331. — 
Forti,  Cont.  Diat.  XIII.  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.,  vol. 
72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1556  (22),  pi.  12  (2),  rigs.  22,  24,  27,  28,  30-37  — 
Hanna,  Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1,  no.  2,  1927,  p.  124,  pi.  21,  figs.  10,  11. 

Further  down  in  the  Tertiary  on  the  west  side  of  the  San 
Joaquin  Valley  this  species  is  very  common  but  on  the  east 
side  in  the  Temblor  it  has  been  found  only  once.  This  was  at 
Loc.  1063  (C.  A.  S.)  on  the  west  side  of  Cottonwood  Creek, 
a  few  miles  east  of  Bakersfield. 


75.     Xanthiopyxis  globosa  Ehrenberg 

Plate  18,  fig.  3 

Xanthiopyxis  globosa  Ehrenberg,  Ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1844,  p.  273. — 
Ralfs  in  Pritchard,  Hist.  Infus.  Ed.  4,  1861,  p.  827. — De  Toni, 
Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894,  p.  1155.— Forti,  Cont.  Diat. 
XIII,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett.  Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1557 
(23),  pi.  12  (2),  figs.  39-49. 

Forti's  application  of  Ehrenberg's  descriptive  name  seems 
satisfactory  although  the  species  had  not  previously  been  illus- 
trated. The  valves  are  so  convex  that  good  photographs  are 
hardly  possible  and  I  have  therefore  furnished  a  drawing,  ad- 
mittedly somewhat  diagrammatic.  The  species  is  apparently 
confined  to  middle  and  perhaps  lower  Miocene  strata.  It  is 
replaced  in  upper  Miocene  by  X.  umbonata  Greville  although 
the  latter  is  not  believed  to  be  a  direct  descendant.  The  pre- 
cursor of  umbonata  is  believed  to  be  a  large  cap  shaped  form 
in  which  the  usual  sharp  spines  of  the  well  known  species  are 
represented  by  mere  rounded  nodules.  This  latter  form  is  not 
uncommon  in  the  Temblor  strata  here  being  considered  but  is 
not  now  formally  described  because  of  lack  of  suitable  type 
material.  X.  globosa  is  fairly  common  in  the  lighter  washings 
from  Locs.  1063  and  1068  (C.  A.  S.).  It  is  characterized  by 
the  bold  angular  spines.  In  zonal  view  it  does  not  have  the 
constriction  which  seems  always  to  be  present  in  Omphalo- 
theca. 


Vol.  XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  225 

The  deposit  likewise  contains  a  circular  form  about  the  same 
size  and  shape  as  this  but  with  many  more  and  smaller  spines. 
Also  there  is  an  ovate  one  with  spines  as  large  and  arranged 
about  the  same  as  in  the  present  species ;  these  do  not  appear  to 
have  been  described  and  are  omitted  here  because  of  the  lack 
of  sufficient,  well  preserved  specimens. 


76.  Xanthiopyxis  maculata  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  IS,  fig.  4 

Valve  composed  of  two  ovals  joined  together  by  a  broad 
isthmus ;  border  without  spines  or  beads  and  surface  hyaline, 
marked  only  by  faint  maculations  irregular  in  shape  and  size 
and  visible  only  under  extremely  favorable  illumination. 
Length,  .050  mm. ;  width,  .0161  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3251,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.),  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

This  is  the  third  species  of  this  striking,  constricted  form 
of  Xanthiopyxis.  The  others  are  X.  pandurceformis  Pan- 
tocsekr'6  with  the  "variety"  soleiformis  Forti57  and  X.  specticu- 
laris  Hanna.""8  The  present  species  is  nearer  pandurcuformis 
but  lacks  the  bold  heavy  markings  of  that  form  from  the 
Miocene  of  Hungary.  Spain  and  Italy. 

77.  Xanthiopyxis  marginata  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  18.  fig.  5 

Valve  circular,  hyaline,  with  the  exception  of  a  single  row 
of  massive  spines  just  inside  the  margin :  these  spines  are 
angular  at  the  base,  rounded  at  the  tips  and  set  unequal  dis- 
tances apart.   Diameter,  .0296  mm. 


M  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Ungarns,  pt.   1,  1886.  p.  43,  pi.   29,  fig.  297. 
»'  Atti   R.  1st.   Veneto   Sci.   Lett.   Art.   vol.   72,   pt.   2.   1913,  p.    1552. 
"Journ.  Paleo.  vol.   1,  no.  2,   1927,  p.   124,  pi.   17,  fig.   10. 


226 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Holotype:  No.  3252,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  G. 
D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California,  Temblor,  middle 
Miocene. 

No  species  of  diatom  with  which  I  am  familiar  approaches 
this  sufficiently  close  to  permit  direct  comparison.  Unfor- 
tunately the  best  mounted  specimen  is  slightly  tipped  so  that 
one  side  of  the  circle  of  spines  is  out  of  focus  in  the  photo- 
graph, but  it  is  believed  the  characters  are  sufficiently  well  dis- 
played, nevertheless,  to  permit  description.  The  species  is 
fairly  common  in  the  lighter  washings. 


78.     Xanthiopyxis  oblonga  Ehrenberg 

Xanthiopyxis  oblonga  Ehrenberg,  Mikrog.  1854,  pi.  33,  XVII,  fig.  17. — 
Cleve,  Journ.  Quekett  Micr.  Club,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  1885,  p.  175,  pi.  13, 
fig.  18.— Forti,  Cont.  Diat.  XIII,  Atti  R.  1st.  Veneto,  Sci.  Lett. 
Art.  vol.  72,  pt.  2,  1913,  p.  1554  (20),  pi.  12  (2),  fig.  38.— Hanna  & 
Grant,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  ser.  4,  vol.  15,  1926,  p.  170,  pi.  21, 
fig.  11. — Hanna,  Journ.  Paleo.  vol.  1,  no.  2,  1927,  p.  124. 

These  oblong  Xanthiopyxis  seem  to  be  most  common  in  the 
middle  Miocene  the  world  over.  During  the  latter  part  of  this 
epoch,  in  formations  such  as  the  Monterey  shale,  they  are 
much  scarcer  and  two  species,  acrolopha  and  cingulata  may 
not  be  present  at  all.  X.  oblonga  occurs  in  the  Temblor  fre- 
quently and  was  noted  particularly  in  the  lighter  washings 
from  Loc.  1063,  several  miles  east  of  Bakersfield. 


Xystotheca  Hanna,  new  genus 

Diatom  ovate,  biddulphoid  with  a  round  auliscoid  spot  at 
each  end  and  irregular  rugose  flat  zones  radiating  to  the  me- 
dian line. 

Genotype  (monotypic)  :  Xystotheca  hustedti  Hanna,  new 
species. 


Vol.  XX]  HANN A  — THE  DI ATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  ?Z7 

79.     Xystotheca  hustedti  Hanna,  new  species 
Plate  18,  figs.  5.  6 

Valve  ovate,  slightly  convex,  almost  flat  on  top,  heavily 
marked  with  bold  irregularly  shaped  rugosities  extending  from 
the  narrow  margin  toward  the  long  median  line;  in  the  holo- 
type these  rugose  areas  are  patches  of  no  regular  shape  and 
arranged  roughly  in  transverse  or  radiating  zones ;  at  each  end 
there  is  a  conspicuous  auliscoid  eye-spot  surrounded  by  a  nar- 
row ring. 

Measurements 

Holotype  Paratype 

No.  3253  No.  3254 

Length 0714  mm.  .0268  mm. 

Width 0350  mm.  .0188  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3253,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  collected  by  L. 
G.  Hertlein  at  Loc.  1170  (C.  A.  S.)  Smugglers  Cove,  Santa 
Cruz  Island,  California;  Temblor  Miocene;  paratype:  No. 
3254,  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  at  Loc.  1068  (C.  A.  S.)  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Tem- 
blor Miocene. 

This  strange  form  does  not  fall  readily  into  any  known 
genus  of  diatoms.  It  possesses  the  shape  of  some  biddulphoid 
species  but  has  none  of  the  other  characters  of  the  members  of 
that  heterogenous  group.  The  "eye  spots"  are  similar  to  those 
of  Auliscus  but  all  other  characters  are  very  different  from 
any  member  of  that  group.  I  have  selected  the  holotype  from 
Santa  Cruz  Island  Miocene  because  the  species  is  there  beauti- 
fully developed.  The  paratype  came  from  Sharktooth  Hill  and 
is  a  smaller  individual  with  the  rugose  markings  less  patchy; 
nevertheless  I  believe  the  two  to  be  the  same  species  because 
the  two  deposits  contain  so  many  other  fossils  in  common, 
such  as  Annellus  calif  omicus,  Raphidodiscus  marylandicus, 
Cyclotella  kclloggi,  etc. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  Frederick  Hustedt,  the  emi- 
nent diatomist  of  Bremen,  Germany. 


228  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

80.     Zygoceros  ( ?)  quadricornis  Grunow 

Plate  18,  figs.  8,  9 

Zygoceros  (?)  quadricornis  Grunow  in  Van  Heurck,  Syn.  Diat.  Belgique, 
1880-1882,  pi.  105,  figs.  5,  6,  7;  Nottingham,  Maryland. 

Zygoceros  quadricornis  Grunow,  Pantocsek,  Beit.  Kennt.  Foss.  Bacill.  Un- 
garns,  pt.  1,  1886,  p.  49,  pi.  26,  fig.  248. — Wolle,  Diat.  N.  America, 
1890,  pi.  64,  figs.  8,  9.— De  Toni,  Syl.  Algarum,  vol.  2,  sect.  3,  1894, 
p.  888. — Tempere  &  Peragallo,  Diat.  du  Monde  Entier,  Ed.  2, 
p.  132,  1909,  Nagy-Curtos,  Hungary;  p.  278,  1911,  San  Luis  Obispo 
County,  California;  p.  417,  1913,  Palogla,  Hungary. 

Biddulphia  quadricornis  (Grunow),  Boyer,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadel- 
phia, vol.  52,  1900  [1901];  p.  713. 

This  strange  species  is  common  in  the  Sharktooth  Hill  de- 
posit and  elsewhere  in  strata  of  the  same  age  in  California. 
Tempere  &  Peragallo's  San  Luis  Obispo  record  is  probably 
acceptable  because  rocks  of  the  same  age  are  found  in  that 
county  but  it  should  be  added  that  they  have  included  the 
species  in  a  list  which  was  obviously  made  from  a  mixed  col- 
lection. The  list  contains  uppermost  Miocene  species  which  we 
know  definitely  do  not  occur  in  Temblor  strata  and  also  Tem- 
blor species  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Monterey. 

Grunow  originally  questioned  the  placing  of  the  species  in 
the  genus  Zygoceros  and  it  is  believed  he  was  justified  al- 
though subsequent  authors  have  expressed  no  such  doubt. 
Probably  a  new  genus  should  be  erected  for  it,  but  it  is  so 
delicate  that  better  preserved  material  than  I  have  seen  is 
needed  before  so  doing.  Evidently  Grunow  had  only  frag- 
ments and  his  drawings  are  not  good.  Pantocsek's  are  much 
better.  The  photographs  herewith  are  of  mere  fragments  but 
it  is  believed  that  they  help  to  give  the  characters  of  the  form. 
The  most  conspicuous  and  best  preserved  portion  of  the  dia- 
tom is  a  heavy  square  of  silica,  the  sides  being  slightly  convex; 
at  each  corner  there  projects  a  long  heavy  spine  (often  bro- 
ken) ;  the  plane  of  the  square  is  covered  with  a  delicate  bead- 
ing in  partial  radial  arrangement ;  from  the  opposite  side  of 
the  square  there  projects  a  funnel-like  veil  with  a  narrow  bor- 
der at  the  outer  margin;  this  veil  is  supported  with  light  ribs 
projecting  from  the  square  but  not  reaching  to  the  outer 
margin. 


Vol.XX]  HANNA— THE  DIATOMS  OF  SHARKTOOTH  HILL  229 

I  have  found  the  species  in  material  from  Dunkirk,  Mary- 
land, kindly  supplied  to  me  by  Dr.  Remington  Kellogg  and  be- 
lieve the  California  forms  do  not  differ  specifically  in  spite  of 
Grunow's  drawings. 

The  characters  of  the  species  seem  to  ally  it  more  with 
Stephanopyxis  than  with  Biddulphia,  Zygoceros  probably 
being  a  synonym  of  the  latter.  However,  there  is  some  dis- 
crepancy in  the  selection  of  the  type  species  of  Zygoceros 
which  makes  a  serious  complication  and  we  need  not  go  into 
this  at  the  present  time. 


January   8,    1932 


230  '     ILIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  2 

Fig.  1.  Actinocyclus  clirenbergii  Ralfs.  Plesiotype.  No.  3138,  C.  A.  S.;  X  500; 
diameter,  .1780  mm.;  7  beads  in  .01  mm.  near  center,  9  near 
margin. 

Fig.  2.  Actinocyclus  ehrenbergii  Ralfs.  Same  specimen  as  Fig.  1  photographed 
with  a  lower  focus  to  show  depressed  central  area. 

Fig.  3.  Actinocyclus  clirenbergii  Ralfs.  Plesiotype,  Xo.  3139,  C.  A.  S.;  X  693; 
diameter,  .0649  mm.;  7  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  4.  Actinoptychus  halionyx  Grunow.  Plesiotype.  Xo.  3140C.  A.  S.;  X  375: 
diameter,  .095  mm. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  2 


932  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  3 

Fig.  1.  Actinoptychus  janischii  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3141,  C.  A.  S.;  X 
870;  diameter,  .084  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1063,  west 
side  of  Cottonwood  Creek,  Kern  County,  California,  See.  13,  T. 
29S.;  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  2.  Actinoptychus  kernensis  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3142,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  550;  diameter,  .1680  mm. ;  showing  one  set  of  segments  and  border 
in  focus. 

Fig.  3.  Actinoptychus  kernensis  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  same  specimen  as 
Fig.  2;  showing  other  set  of  segments  in  focus;  from  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County, 
California;  Temblor  Miocene. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


[HANNA]  Plate  3 


?34  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  4 

Fig.  1.  Actinoptychus  perisetosus  Brun.  Plesiotype,  No.  3146,  C.  A.  S.;  X 
1050;  diameter,  .0621  mm.;  showing  heavily  marked  segments  in 
focus;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast  side  of  Shark- 
tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  2.  Actinoptychus  perisetosus  Brun.  Same  specimen  as  Fig.  1;  showing 
lightly  marked  segments  in  focus. 

Fig.  3.  Actinoptychus  thumii  Schmidt.  Plesiotype,  No.  3147,  C.  A.  S.;  X  600; 
diameter,  .060  mm.;  showing  heavily  marked  segments  in  focus;, 
from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill 
Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  4.  Actinoptychus  thumii  Schmidt.  Same  specimen  as  Fig.  3;  X  1000; 
showing  lightly  marked  segments  in  focus. 

Fig.  5.  Annellus  californicus  Tempere.  Plesiotype,  No.  3148,  C.  A.  S. ;  X  725; 
diameter,  .0525  mm.;  side  view  of  cylinder;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  1063,  west  side  Cottonwood  Creek,  Kern  County,  California; 
Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  6.  Annellus  californicus  Tempere.  Plesiotype,  No.  3149,  C.  A.  S. ;  X  725; 
diameter,  .520  mm.;  end  view  of  cylinder;  from  same  locality  as 
Fig.  5. 

Fig.  7.  Annellus  californicus  Tempere.  Plesiotype,  No.  3150,  C.  A.  S.;  X  555; 
diameter,  .1080  mm.;  side  view  of  cylinder  somewhat  crushed;  from 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern 
County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  8.  Annellus  californicus  Tempere.  Plesiotype,  No.  3151,  C.  A.  S.;  X  260; 
diameter,  .0720  mm.;  end  view  of  cylinder;  from  Tempere's  original 
material  labelled  and  listed  as  from  "Santa  Monica,  California," 
but  which  may  have  come  from  the  Temblor  Miocene  of  the  Santa 
Mi  mica  Mountains. 

Fig.  9.  Annellus  californicus  Tempere.  Diagrammatic  longitudinal  section  to 
show  structure. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


|  HANNA]  Plate  4 


935  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  5 

Fig.  1.  Arachnoidiscus  manni  Hanna  &  Grant.  Plesiotype,  No.  3152,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  4-07;  diameter,  .1515  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sei.  Loe.  1068, 
southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor 
Miocene. 

Fig.  2.  Asterolampra  rotula  Greville.  Plesiotype,  No.  3153,  C.  A.  S.;  X  440; 
diameter,  .0876  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  3.  Aulacodisctis  brownei  Norman.  Plesiotype,  No.  3154,  C.  A.  S.;  X  950; 
diameter,  .0378  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1063,  west  side 
Cottonwood  Creek,  Kern  County,  California,  Sec.  13,  T.  29S., 
R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  4.  Auliscus  bonus  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3155,  C.  A.  S.;  X  880; 
diameter,  .0422  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  5.  Auliscus  bonus  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3155,  C.  A.  S.;  X  880; 
diameter,  .0422  mm.;  opposite  valve  from  Fig.  4;  from  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  Loe.  1068,  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County, 
California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  6.  Auliscus  suppressus  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3156,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  934;  diameter,  .0321  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1068, 
southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor 
Miocene. 

Fig.  7.  Biddulphia  angtdata  Schmidt.  Plesiotype,  No.  3157,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1875; 
diameter,  .0320  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  8.  Biddulphia  angulata  Schmidt.  Plesiotype,  No.  3158,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1000; 
diameter,  .0250  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene. 

Fig.  9.  Coscinodiscus  ceginensis  Schmidt.  Plesiotype,  No.  3159,  C.  A.  S.;  X 
875;  diameter,  .0788  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loe.  1068,  south- 
east side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor 

Miocene. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


[HANNA]  Plate  5 


238 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  6 

Fig.  1.    Coscinodiscus  apiculatus  Ehrenberg.    Plesiotype,  Xo.  3160,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  532;  diameter,  .1540  mm. 

Fig.  2.    Coscinodiscus  convexus  Schmidt.    Plesiotype,  No.  3161,  C.  A.  S.;   X 
330;  diameter,  .2760  mm. 

Fig.  3.    Coscinodiscus  convexus  Schmidt.    Plesiotype,  No.  3163,  C.  A.  S.;   X 
1600;  fragment  showing  secondary  sculpture. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


[HANNA]  Plate  6 


•  «\ 


■ 


240  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  7 

Fig.  1.    Coscinodiscus  convexus  Schmidt.    Plesiotype,  No.  3162,  C.  A.  S.;   X 
345;  diameter,  .232  mm. 

Fig.  2.    Coscinodiscus  fulgaralis  Brun.   Plesiotype,  No.  3164,  C.  A.  S.;  X  308; 
diameter,  .2912  mm. 

[The  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast  side 
of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  7 


•742  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  8 

Fig.  1.    Coscinodiscus  lineatus  Ehrenberg.    Plesiotype,   No.  3165,   C.  A.   S.; 
X  1600;  diameter,  .0412  mm. 

Fig.  2.    Coscinodiscus  lineatus  Ehrenberg.     Plesiotype,   No.   3166,   C.   A.    S. ; 
X  1600;  diameter,  .040  mm. 

Fig.  3.    Coscinodiscus  lineatus  Ehrenberg.     Plesiotype,   No.  3167,  C.  A.   S.; 
X  1600;  diameter,  .0420  mm. 

Fig.  4.    Coscinodiscus  marginatus  Ehrenberg.    Plesiotype,  No.  3168,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  714;  diameter,  .0840  mm. 

Fig.  5.    Coscinodiscus  marginatus  Ehrenberg.    Plesiotype,  No.  3169,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  433;  diameter,  .1040  mm. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA!  Plate  8 


•  •  • 


•  •  •  •  p 


•V  •  • 


•v.v 


•.V.V/V.V 


•••% 

•»_* 


/•  •  *  • 


244  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  9 

Fig.  1.    Coscinodiscus  meditatus  Hanna,  n.  sp.    Holotype,  No.  3170,  C.  A.  S. 
X  775;  diameter,  .0541  mm. 

Fig.  2.    Coscinodiscus  monicce  Grunow.   Plesiotype,  No.  3171,  C.  A.  S.;  X  430 
diameter,  .160  mm. 

Fig.  3.    Coscinodiscus  novozealandius  Grove.    Plesiotype,  No.  3172,  C.  A.  S. 
X  1485;  diameter,  .0465  mm.;  6  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  4.    Coscinodiscus  oculus-iridis  Ehrenberg.    Plesiotype,  No.  3173,  C.  A.  S. 
X  365;  diameter,  .240  mm.;  3  beads  in  .01  mm.  near  margin. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  9 


94(3  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  10 

Fig.  1.  Coscinodiscus  pacificus  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3174,  C.  A.  S.;  X 
450;  diameter,  .160  mm. 

Fig.  2.  Cyclotella  kelloggi  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3175,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1734; 
diameter,  .0392  mm. 

Fig.  3.  Cyclotella  kelloggi  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3176,  C.  A.  S. ;  X  1870; 
diameter,  .031+  mm. 

Fig.  4.  Cyclotella  kelloggi  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3177,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1518; 
diameter,  .031  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1221,  Federal 
Exploration  Company,  Kinsella  Well  No.  1,  Sec.  15,  T.  22S., 
R.  24E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Tulare  County,  California;  depth  4156  feet; 
Temblor  (?)  Miocene. 

Fig.  5.  Cymatogonia  amblyoceras  (Ehrenberg).  Plesiotype,  No.  3178,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  550;  length  of  one  side,  .090  mm.;  13  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  6.  Cymatosira  andersoni  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3182,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1800;  length,  .0340  mm.;  width,  .01  mm.;  10  beads  in  .01  mm. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  except  figure  4  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc- 
1068,  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


[HANNA]  Plate  10 


January   3,    1932 


248 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  1 1 

Fig.  1.  Dentiada  lauta  Bailey.  Plesiotype,  No.  3183,  C.  A.  S.;  X  2000;  length, 
.0216  mm.;  width,  .0062  mm. 

Fig.  2.  Dimeregramma  scuhdum  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3184,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1818;  length,  .0330  mm.;  width,  .0133  mm.;  9  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  3.  Dossetia  lacera  (Forti).  Plesiotype,  No.  3185,  C.  A.  S.;  X  406;  length, 
.0592  mm.;  the  dark  markings  on  the  disk  are  sharp  spines,  out  of 
focus  in  this  view. 

Fig.  4.  Goniothecium  rogersii  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3186,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  717;  length,  .0530  mm.;  width,  .0420  mm. 

Fig.  5.  Goniothecium  rogersii  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3187,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  900;  length,  .0735  mm.;  width,  .0444  mm. 

Fig.  6.  Goniothecium  rogersii  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3188,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  940;  length,  .0532  mm.;  width,  .0428  mm. 

Fig.  7.  Hemiaulus  polymorphus  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3189,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  842;  diameter,  .0285  mm.;  height,  .0220  mm.;  5  rows  of  beads 
in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  8.  Hyalodiscus  frenguellii  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3190,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  620;  diameter,  .0968  mm. 

Fig.  9.  Hyalodiscus  frenguellii  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Same  specimen  as  figure  8, 
X  1600;  enlarged  to  show  details  of  sculpture. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  11 


250  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  12 

Fig.  1.    Eupodiscus  antiquus  Cox.    Plesiotype,  No.  3193,  C.  A.  S.;   X   533; 
diameter,  .1426  mm.;  3  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  2.    Eupodiscus  antiquus  Cox.    Same  specimen  as  figure  1  with  a  lower 
focus. 

Fig.  3.    Eupodiscus  antiquus  Cox.   Diagrammatic  cross  section  through  spines. 

Fig.  4.    Eupodiscus  antiquus  Cox.    Diagrammatic  side  view  of  border  at  one 
of  the  spines. 

Fig.  5.    Liradiscus  rugulosus  Forti.    Plesiotype,  No.  3198,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1200; 
length,  .0274  mm.;  width,  .0153  mm. 

Fig.  6.    Liradiscus  rugulosus  Forti.    Diagrammatic  side  view  omitting  spines. 

Fig.  7.    Macrora  stella  (Azpeitia).    Plesiotype,  No.  3199,  C.  A.  S.;   X  3290; 
diameter,  .0152  mm. 

Fig.  8.    Melosira  geometrica  Hanna,  n.  sp.     Holotype,   No.  3200,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1300;  diameter,  .030  mm. 

Fig.  9.    Melosira  geometrica  Hanna,  n.  sp.     Paratype,   No.   3201,   C.  A.  S.; 
X  1275;  diameter,  .0352  mm.;  length,  .0139  mm. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


|  HANNAI  Plate  12 


6 


!  *>L%, 


•    •• 


•  if 


752  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  13 

Fig.  1.  Navicula  kernensis  Harma,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3202,  C.  A.  S. ;  X  470; 
length,  .192  mm.;  width,  .040  mm.;  9  costae  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  2.  Navicula  lyra  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3204,  C.  A.  S.;  X  536; 
length,  .1640  mm.;  width,  .060  mm.;  11  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  3.  Navicula  marina  Ralfs.  Plesiotype,  No.  3205,  C.  A.  S.;  X  722;  length, 
.090  mm.;  width,  .0447  mm.;  6  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  4.  Navicula  mimicans  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3206,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  666;  length,  .1350  mm.;  width,  .0345  mm. 

Fig.  5.  Navicula  morricei  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3209,  C.  A.  S.;  X  766; 
length,  .120  mm.;  width,  .0580  mm.;  10  rows  of  beads  in  .01  mm. 
in  center,  9  at  ends. 

Fig.  6.  Navicula  optima  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3210,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1500; 
length,  .0411  mm.;  width,  .0114  mm.;  8  costae  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  7.  Navicula  proserpince  (?)  Pantocsek.  Plesiotype,  No.  3211,  C.  A.  S.j 
X  945;  length,  .0570  mm.;  width,  .0125  mm.;  15  costae  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  8.  Periptera  tetracladia  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3212,  C.  A.  S.;  X 
2000;  diameter,  .0263  mm. 

Fig.  9.  Periptera  tetracladia  Ehrenberg.  Diagrammatic  cross-section  of  frus- 
tule. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


IHANNA]  Plate  13 


9 


254  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  14 

Fig.  1.  Perrya  innocens  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3213,  C.  A.  S.;  X  365; 
length,  .1860  mm.,  (originally  .260  mm.);  width,  .080  mm.;  4  to  5 
major  stria?  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  2.  Plagiogramma  truanii  Pantocsek.  Plesiotype,  No.  3214,  C.  A.  S.: 
X  2043;  length,  .0548  mm.;  width,  .0122  mm.;  17  beads  in  .01  mm. 

Fig.  3.  Raphidodiscus  marylandicus  Christian.  Plesiotype,  No.  3215,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1027;  length,  .0555  mm.;  width,  .0515  mm.;  13  transverse  rows 
of  beads  in  .01  mm.  in  center  of  valve. 

Fig.  4.  Raphidodiscus  marylandicus  Christian.  Plesiotype,  No.  3218,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1000;  length,  .0382  mm.;  width,  .0382  mm.;  13  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.  in  center  of  valve. 

Fig.  5.  Rattrayella  inconspicuua  (Rattray).  Plesiotype,  No.  3219,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  700;  diameter,  .1376  mm.;  3  cells  in  .01  mm.  in  center  of  valve. 

[All  of  the  diatoms  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Loc.  1068,  southeast 
side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  14 


95(3  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  15 

Fig.  1.  Rattrayella  inconspicuua  (Rattray).  Plesiotype,  No.  3220,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  735;  diameter,  .0966  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  2.  Rattrayella  inconspicuua  (Rattray).  Plesiotype,  No.  3221,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  710;  diameter,  .10  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  3.  Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3222,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  1116;  length,  .060  mm.;  width,  .0293  mm.;  7  beads  in  .01  mm.; 
loc.  1063. 

Fig.  4.  Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3223,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1250;  length,  .0435  mm.;  width,  .0238  mm.;  8  beads  in  .01  mm.; 
loc.  1063. 

Fig.  5.  Rhaphoneis  amphiceros  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3224,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1733;  length,  .030  mm.;  width,  .0175  mm.;  8  beads  in  .01  mm.; 
loc.  1063. 

Fig.  6.  Rhaphoneis  elegans  Pantocsek&Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3225,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  1185;  length,  .0363  mm.;  width,  .0158  mm.;  5.5  beads  in  .01  mm.; 
loc.  1187. 

Fig.  7.  Rhaphoneis  elegans  Pantocsek  &  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3226, 
C.  A.  S.;  X  1170;  length,  .0470  mm.;  width,  .0170  mm.;  5  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1187. 

Fig.  8.  Rhaphoneis  elegans  Pantocsek  &  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3227, 
C.  A.  S.;  X  1185;  length,  .0668  mm.;  width,  .0196  mm.;  5  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1187. 

Fig.  9.  Rhaphoneis  obesa  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3228,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1235; 
length,  .0385  mm.;  width,  .0180  mm.;  8  beads  in  .01  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  10.  Rhaphoneis  obesa  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3229,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1533; 
length,  .030  mm.;  width,  .0181  mm.;  8  beads  in  .01  mm.;  loc.  1063. 

[Loc.  1063;  on  west  side  of  Cottonwood  Creek,  Sec.  13,  T.  29S.,  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Kern 

County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 

[Loc.  1068;  on  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 
[Loc.  1187,  near  top  of  1340  Hill  on  west  side  of  Round  Mountain,  Kern  County,  California; 

Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI..  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  15 


to 
ca 
trci 

izc% 

rDocM 
fooodk 


UJ  o-> 


oOi 


->  J  j  J    u  J 

j  j  J     o  o  o  JW 


10 


258  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Plate  16 

Fig.  1.  Rhaphoneis  obesula  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3230,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1750;  length,  .020  mm.;  width,  .0155  mm.;  9  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  2.  Rhaphoneis  parilis  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3231,  C.  A.  S.J 
X  1140;  length,  .0429  mm.;  width,  .010  mm.;  7  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1187. 

Fig.  3.  Rhaphoneis  parilis  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3232,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1140;  length,  .0490  mm.;  width,  .010  mm.;  7  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1187. 

Fig.  4.  Rhaphoneis  parilis  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3233,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  1140;  length,  .0344  mm.;  width,  .010  mm.;  7  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1187. 

Fig.  5.  Sceptroneis  caduceus  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3234,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  450;  length,  .10  mm.;  width,  .020  mm.;  3  transverse  rows  of 
beads  in  .01  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  6.  Sceptroneis  caduceus  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3235,  C.  A.  S.  X  463; 
length,  .1466  mm.;  width,  .0170  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  7.  Sceptroneis  caduceus  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3236,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  463;  length,  .2048  mm.;  width,  .0167  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  8.  Stephanogonia  polyacantha  Forti.  Plesiotype,  No.  3237,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  622;  diameter,  .0868  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  9.  Stephanopyxis  lineata  (Ehrenberg).  Plesiotype,  No.  3238,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  420;  diameter,  .0875  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  10.  Stephanopyxis  lineata  (Ehrenberg).  Plesiotype,  No.  3239,  C.  A.  S., 
X  420;  diameter,  .066  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  11.  Stephanopyxis  lineata  (Ehrenberg).  Plesiotype,  No.  3240,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  420;  diameter,  .070  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  12.  Stictodiscus  kittonianus  Greville.  Plesiotype,  No.  3241,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  700;  diameter,  .050  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  13.  Surirella  tembloris  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3242,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  932;  length,  .0954  mm.;  width,  .040  mm.;  4  marginal  costae  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1063. 

Fig.  14.  Surirella  tembloris  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3243,  C.  A.  S. ; 
X  555;  length,  .1080  mm.;  width.  .0504  mm.;  loc.  1063. 

[Loc.  1063;   on   west   side  of  Cottonwood  Creek,  Sec.  13,  T.  29S.,  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Kern 

County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 

[Loc.  1068;  on  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County.  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 
[Loc.  1  1X7;  near  top  of  1340  Hill  on  west  side  of  Round  Mountain,  Kern  County,  California; 

Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX.  No.  6 


[HANNA]  Plate  16 


U 


w 

i 
ill 


"ii; 


oo 


t»< 


10 


12 


2(50  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  17 

Fig.  1.    Triceratium  condecorum  Brightwell.    Plesiotype,  No.  3245,  C.  A.  S. 
X  1308;  length  of  one  side,  .0382  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  2.    Triceratium  subrotundatum  Schmidt.    Plesiotype  No.  3257,  C.  A.  S. 
X  4-50  mm.;  length  of  one  side,  .0888  mm.;  loe.  1063. 

Fig.  3.    Triceratum  condecorum  Brightwell.    Plesiotype,  No.  3246,  C.  A.  S. 
X  1635;  length  of  one  side,  .0422  mm.;  loc.  1063. 

Fig.  4.    Triceratium  spinosum  Bailey.   Plesiotype,  No.  3247,  C.  A.  S.;  X  1175 
length  of  one  side,  .0930  mm.;  6  beads  in  .01  mm.  on  disk;  loc.  1068 
Three  long  curved  setae  placed  asymmetrically  on  the  valve  are  out 
of  focus  and  are  indicated  on  the  photograph  as  large  black  dots 
the  marginal  spines  are  likewise  out  of  focus. 

Fig.  5.  Triceratium  spinosum  Bailey.  Same  specimen  as  figure  3  with  a  dif- 
ferent focus  to  show  the  marginal  zone. 

Fig.  6.  Tropidoneis  primoris  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3249,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  2000;  length,  .1184  mm.;  width,  .0137  mm.;  24  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

[Loc.  1063;  west   side   of    Cottonwood    Creek,  Sec.  13,  T.  29S.,  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Kern 
County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 

[Loc.  1068;  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


HANNA]  Plate  17 


4 


262 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4tii  Ser. 


Plate  18 

Fig.  1.  Tropidoneis  primoris  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3248,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  693;  length,  .1240  mm.;  width,  .040  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  2.  Tropidoneis  primoris  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3249,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  565;  length,  .1184  mm.;  width,  .0137  mm.;  24  rows  of  beads  in 
.01  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  3.  Xanthiopyxis  globosa  Ehrenberg.  Plesiotype,  No.  3250,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1000;  diameter,  .0250  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  4.  Xanthiopyxis  maculata  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3251,  C.  A.  S.; 
X   1820;  length,  .050  mm.;  width,  .0161  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  5.  Xanthiopyxis  marginata  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3252,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1200;  diameter,  .0296  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  6.  Xystotheca  hustedti  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Holotype,  No.  3253,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  817;  length,  .0714  mm.;  width,  .0350  mm.;  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  1170,  Smuggler's  Cove,  Santa  Cruz  Island,  California;  Temblor 
Miocene. 

Fig.  7.  Xystotheca  hustedti  Hanna,  n.  sp.  Paratype,  No.  3254,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  1305;  length,  .0268  mm.;  width,  .0188  mm.;  loc.  1068. 

Fig.  8.  Zygoceros  (?)  quadricornis  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3255,  C.  A.  S.; 
X  141 1 ;  distance  across  side  of  square,  .0170  mm.;  loc.  1063.  Ver- 
tical (valval)  view  showing  markings  inside  of  square  and  projecting 
riblets  supporting  portion  of  funnel-like  sides;  only  one  of  four 
corner-spines  intact. 

Fig.  9.  Zygoceros  (?)  quadricornis  Grunow.  Plesiotype,  No.  3256,  C.  A.  S.; 
width  at  narrowest  part,  .0129  mm.;  loc.  1068.  Girdle  view;  one 
spine  and  one  margin  of  valve  reconstructed. 

[Loc.  1063;   on  west  side   of   Cottonwood  Creek,  Sec.  13,  T.  29S.,  R.  29E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Kern 

County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 

[Loc.  1068;  on  southeast  side  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  California;  Temblor  Miocene.] 
[Loc.  1187;  near  top  of  1340  Hill  on  west  side  of  Round  Mountain,  Kern  County,  California; 

Temblor  Miocene.] 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XX,  No.  6 


[HANNA]  Plate  18 


£ 


i 


Vis 

2 


V 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  7,  pp.  265-267  January  8,  1932 


VII 

A  NEW  SUBSPECIES  OF  CORAL  SNAKE 
FROM  GUATEMALA 

BY 

KARL  P.  SCHMIDT 

A  series  of  13  specimens  of  coral  snakes,  collected  by  Mr. 
Joseph  R.  Slevin  in  Guatemala  for  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  was  loaned  through  the  courtesy  of  that  institution 
to  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  for  comparison  with 
other  Central  American  coral  snakes  of  the  genus  Micrurus. 
The  Guatemalan  specimens  prove  to  be  plainly  referable  to 
Micrurus  nigrocinctas,  which  ranges  from  Panama  to  Gua- 
temala. They  represent,  however,  a  well-defined  subspecies,  dis- 
tinguished by  coloration  and  geographic  range. 

Since  the  date  of  Boulenger's  catalogue,  the  common  Cen- 
tral American  coral  snakes  have  been  lumped  together  as 
Micrurus  fulvius  by  most  authors.  I  have  shown  elsewhere1 
that  as  a  preliminary  step  in  breaking  up  this  supposed 
"species",  M.  nigrocinctas  (type  locality.  Taboga  L,  Bay  of 
Panama),  and  M.  fulvius  (type  locality,  Carolina)  can  be 
separated  positively  by  the  curious  character  of  supra-anal 
tubercles  in  the  male  nigrocinctus,  which  are  wholly  wanting 
in  fulvius. 

Schmidt,  Karl  P.,  1928,  Notes  on  American  Coral  Snakes  <Bull.  Antivenin  Inst. 
Aroer.,   2,  p.   63-64. 

January  8,    1932 


>      l 


?6£  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  races  of  nigrocinctus  are  in  much  confusion  as  to  nomen- 
clature which  can  only  be  ended  by  a  critical  study  of  types,  but 
this  confusion  does  not  apply  to  the  form  under  consideration, 
which  may  prove  to  range  through  the  Pacific  drainage  of 
Guatemala,  and  which  forms  the  northwestern  outpost  of 
M.  nigrocinctus. 


Micrurus  nigrocinctus  zunilensis  Schmidt,  new  subspecies 

Type:  A  male,  No.  66,001,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected 
by  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  June  1,  1926,  at  Finca  El  Cipres,  lower 
slopes  of  Volcan  Zunil,  Province  of  Suchetepequez,  near 
Samayac,  near  Mazatenango,  Guatemala. 

Diagnosis:  Habitus  of  a  typical  Micrurus  nigrocinctus. 
Tail  of  adult  male  with  conspicuous  supra-anal  tubercles; 
body  with  red,  yellow,  and  black  rings,  the  yellow  rings  very 
narrow,  the  red  rings  about  four  times  as  long  as  the  black; 
fifteen  to  twenty  black  rings  on  the  body,  four  to  seven  on  the 
tail ;  no  black  pigment  in  the  red  spaces. 

Description  of  type:  Amount  of  rostral  visible  from  above 
equals  length  of  internasal  suture,  which  is  about  one-third 
that  of  the  prefrontals;  frontal  as  long  as  its  distance  from 
snout,  shorter  than  parietals ;  upper  labials  7 ;  lower  labials  7 ; 
oculars  1-2;  temporals  1-1  on  right,  1-2  on  left;  dorsal  scales 
17  to  the  fifth  ventral,  where  they  reduce  to  15;  ventral  plates 
(from  the  chin  shields),  198;  subcaudals  46;  supra-anal  tuber- 
cles well  developed. 

Snout  black,  extending  to  anterior  border  of  parietals  and 
involving  half  of  fourth  lower,  and  all  of  fourth  upper, 
labials;  lower  postocular  mostly  yellow,  as  is  the  triangular 
tip  of  frontal  and  anterior  two-thirds  of  parietals ;  first  black 
ring  involving  posterior  third  of  parietals,  extending  to  fifth 
dorsal  and  fourth  ventral;  fifteen  black  rings  on  body,  sep- 
arated by  red  interspaces,  with  narrow  yellow  rings,  one  scale 
and  one  ventral  in  width,  between  red  and  black  rings ;  no 


Vol.  XX]  SCHMIDT— SEW  SUBSPECIES  OF  CORAL  SNAKE  _>,  J 

black  pigment  in  red  spaces  above  or  below ;  tail  with  six  black 
rings  separated  by  yellow  rings. 
Total  length  500  mm. ;  tail  74  mm. 

Notes  on  paratypes:  The  typical  series  includes,  with  the 
type,  nine  male  and  four  female  specimens,  all  from  the  type 
locality.  The  ventrals  in  males  vary  from  196  to  207,  in 
females  from  213  to  218.  The  subcaudals  in  males  range  from 
43  to  53,  in  females  from  33  to  38.  Three  male  specimens 
have  respectively  1,  2  and  3  subcaudals  entire.  The  black 
rings  on  body  and  tail  are  14  +  5  to  18  +  7  in  males,  15+4 
to  20  +  5  in  females.  The  yellow  borders  of  the  black  rings 
tend  to  disappear  and  are  frequently  absent  beneath.  The 
temporals  are  1-2  on  each  side  in  Field  No.  3,100,  all  the 
others  having  temporals  1-1,  as  is  normal  for  nigrocinctus. 

Remarks:  This  subspecies  of  nigrocinctus  evidently  has 
nothing  to  do  with  Elaps  guatemalensis  Ahl,  which  has  a  light 
snout  and  28  black  rings,  or  with  Elaps  fuivius  sapperi 
Werner,  which  has  the  rings  broken  up  into  spots.  It  differs 
most  conspicuously  from  typical  nigrocinctus  in  the  absence  of 
black  pigment  on  the  tips  of  the  red  scales. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX.  No.  8,  pp.  269-290  January  8,  1932 


VIII 

BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS  FROM  THE  KOOTENAY  VALLEY, 
SOUTHEASTERN  BRITISH  COLUMBIA 

BY 

JOSEPH  MAILLIARD,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 
California  Academy  of  Sciences 

In  the  spring  of  1928  an  opportunity  presented  itself  for 
carrying  on  some  field  work  around  Creston,  Kootenay  Valley, 
southeastern  British  Columbia,  under  certain  favorable  condi- 
tions, of  which  it  seemed  advisable  to  take  advantage.  The 
party  concerned  in  this  work  consisted  of  the  writer,  Frank 
Tose,  Chief,  and  Russell  Hendricks,  student  assistant.  Depart- 
ment of  Exhibits. 

Traveling  by  rail,  the  party  reached  Creston  on  April  30, 
and  the  next  day  established  headquarters  on  some  property 
owned  by  Mr.  Tose,  about  ly?  miles  south  of  the  town  on  a 
bench  overlooking  the  Kootenay  River  bottom,  where  it  re- 
mained until  May  18.  On  that  date  headquarters  were  moved 
to  the  northern  edge  of  town  and  maintained  there  until  the 
close  of  field  work,  June  5. 

Creston  is  situated  on  a  series  of  benches  on  the  east  side  of 
the  Kootenay  River  about  14  miles  southeasterly  from 
Kootenay  Landing,  which  place  is  at  the  south  end  of  Lake 
Kootenay.    The  altitude  of  Creston  is  recorded  as  1985  feet, 

January    3,    1932 


270  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ssb 

but  the  bench  mark  must  be  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  town, 
about  200  feet  above  the  river,  which  has  along  this  part  but 
a  very  slight  fall.  The  river  bottom  here  has  a  width  of  three 
to  four  miles,  almost  level  crosswise,  from  which  rises,  at  first 
gradually  and  then  more  abruptly,  a  mountain  range  on  each 
side;  the  Purcell  Range  on  the  eastern  and  the  Nelson  Range 
on  the  western  side. 

Benches  of  partly  open,  rolling  land  extend  for  some  miles 
above  Creston  eastward  toward  the  Purcell  Mountains,  from 
which  flows  the  Goat  River,  whose  valley  widens  out  at  the 
southern  edge  of  the  town  on  its  way  to  join  the  Kootenay. 
On  the  west  side  of  the  latter  river  rises  the  gloomy,  but  less 
precipitous,  Nelson  Range,  covered  with  brush  and  timber. 
Along  the  foothills  on  the  east  side  of  the  Kootenay  are  roads 
and  railroads,  passing  through  large  timber  areas  and  some 
open  lands,  but  on  the  west  side,  except  along  the  bottom  land, 
there  are  few  roads  and  fewer  trails,  the  latter  made  impass- 
able by  the  melting  snow  of  spring. 

On  May  2  work  began  in  earnest.  Mr.  Tose  made  arrange- 
ments with  a  resident  for  his  labor  and  the  use  of  a  team  and 
wagon  with  which  to  visit  places  in  the  neighborhood.  Tose 
made  a  trip  across  the  Kootenay  River  to  West  Creston, 
where  collecting  was  carried  on  from  May  9  to  May  14,  when 
warning  was  received  to  return  at  once,  as  the  river  was  rising 
to  such  a  height  as  would  soon  prevent,  for  some  weeks  to 
come,  the  bringing  back  of  the  outfit.  Another  trip  was  made, 
from  May  18  to  May  25,  to  Kitchener  and  Yahk,  at  higher 
elevations  than  that  of  Creston,  on  the  western  side  of  the 
Purcell  Range.  The  two  other  members  of  the  party  mean- 
while covered  the  area  within  working  distance  of  Creston. 

The  Kootenay  River  flows  past  Creston  on  its  way  to  the 
long,  narrow  Kootenay  Lake  with  so  slight  a  fall  as  to  cause 
the  flood  waters  to  back  up,  in  the  spring  freshets,  for  many 
miles  to  the  southward,  past  the  United  States  boundary  line 
some  distance  into  northern  Idaho.  The  bottom  land  here 
spreads  out  on  each  side  of  the  river  for  a  mile  or  so,  much  of 
it  being  productive  of  good  pasture  for  stock  and  hay  for  winter 
feeding.    The  river  banks  and  some  higher  spots  in  the  bottom 


Vol.  XX]      MA1LL1AKV— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTEXAY  VALLEY      ?7  1 

have  growths  of  cotton  woods  and  willows  with  small  islands 
of  pine  here  and  there,  so  that  there  is  quite  a  variety  of  asso- 
ciation, from  marsh  and  open  meadow  to  dense  groves  of 
large  trees,  all  available  for  the  support  and  shelter  of  various 
forms  of  bird  life  during  a  large  part  of  the  year. 

Ordinarily  the  flood  waters  commence  to  encroach  upon  the 
bottom  lands  between  the  first  and  the  middle  of  June,  accord- 
ing to  the  reports  of  residents,  with  the  highest  water  in  July, 
so  it  was  believed  that  there  would  be  plenty  of  time  for  the 
party  to  work  over  the  meadows  and  Cottonwood  groves  be- 
fore the  overflow  wTould  interfere,  but  in  the  spring  of  1928 
late  snowfalls,  followed  by  rain  and  high  temperatures, 
greatly  advanced  the  flood  stage.  In  fact,  the  water  was  filling 
the  lowest  parts  of  the  river  bottom  at  the  time  of  the  arrival 
of  the  party,  April  30,  and  in  very  few  days  all  work  there 
had  to  be  abandoned,  while  all  forms  of  ground  and  marsh 
loving  birds  were  driven  away.  In  consequence,  the  work  of 
the  party  was  then  confined  to  the  higher  lands,  where  bird 
life  was  found  to  be  rather  scarce,  and  small  rodent  life  ex- 
ceedingly so.  The  necessitated  return  of  Tose  from  the 
west  side  of  the  river  was  a  distinct  disappointment,  even 
though  the  mountain  trails  were  made  impassable  by  the 
swollen  streams. 

Two  or  three  years  before  the  arrival  of  the  Academy  party 
a  terrific  blizzard  had  struck  the  forest,  just  back  of  the  party's 
first  camp,  and  had  caused  so  much  havoc  that  sawmills  had  at 
once  been  established  in  order  to  save  as  much  of  the  fallen 
timber  as  possible  before  it  rotted. 

By  the  middle  of  May  the  Goat  River  had  risen  to  such  a 
height  as  seriously  to  threaten  the  line  of  communication  and 
supply  of  the  party,  so  camp  was  moved  on  May  18  to  the  north 
side  of  Creston  and  established  at  the  foot  of  Goat  Mountain 
for  the  rest  of  the  stay. 

The  list  of  specimens  obtained  by  the  party  included  319 
birds  (of  73  species)  and  108  small  mammals  (of  10  species). 

For  permission  to  collect  migratory  birds,  acknowledg- 
ments are  due  to  the  Dominion  Parks  Branch,  Department  of 
the  Interior,  and  to  the  Game  Conservation  Board,  Vancouver, 
B.  C..  for  permission  to  collect  non-migratory  birds,  in  the 
territory  covered  by  the  Academy  party  in  this  work. 


272 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Sek. 


Check-List  of  the  Birds 


1.  Mergui  americanus  Casein  44. 

2.  Anas  platyrkynchos  Linnaeus  45. 

3.  Querquedula  cyanoptera  (Vieillot) 

4.  A  ix  sponsa  (Linnaeus)  46. 

5.  Botaurus  lentiginosus  (Montagu)  47. 

6.  Gallinago  delicata  (Ord)  48. 

7.  Oxyechus  vociferus  (Linnaeus)  49. 

8.  Dendragopus  obscurus  richardsoni  50. 

(Douglas)  51. 

9.  Bonasa  umbellus  umbelloides  (Douglas)  52. 

10.  Accipiter  relox  (Wilson) 

11.  Accipiter  cooperi  (Bonaparte)  53. 

12.  Cerchneis  sparveria  sparveria  (Linnaeus)  54. 

13.  Pandion  haliaeles  carolinensis  (Gmelin)  55. 

14.  Bubo  virginianus  subsp. 

15.  Ceryle  alcyon  caurina  Grinnell  56. 

16.  Dryobates  villosus  monticola  Anthony  57. 

17.  Dryobates  pubescens  leucurus  (Hartlaub)  58. 

18.  Picoides  arcticus  (Swainson)  59. 

19.  Picoides  americanus  fasciatus  Baird  60. 

20.  Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis  Baird  61. 

21.  Phloetomus  pileatus  picinus  Bangs  62. 

22.  Asyndesmus  lewisi  Riley  63. 

23.  Colaptes  cafer  coliaris  Vigors  64. 

24.  Archilochus  alexandri  (Bourcier  &  65. 

Mulsant)  66. 

25.  Selasphorus  rufus  (Gmelin) 

26.  Stellula  calliope  (Gould)  67. 

27.  Tyrannus  tyrannus  (Linnaeus)  68. 

28.  Tyrannus  verticalis  Say  69. 

29.  Myiochanes  richardso?>%  richardsoni  70. 

(Swainson)  71. 

30.  Empidonax  hammondi  (Xantus)  72. 

31.  Empidonax  wrighti  Baird  73. 

32.  Cyanocitta  stelleri  annectens  (Baird) 

33.  Perisoreus  canadensis  capitalis  Ridgway  74. 

34.  Corvus  brachyrhynchos  hesperis  Ridgway 

35.  Nucifraga  columbiana  (Wilson)  75. 

36.  Dolichonyx  oryzivorus  (Linnaeus)  76. 

37.  Molothrus  ater  artemisix  Grinnell  77. 

38.  Agelaius  phoeniceus  nevadensis  Grinnell  78, 

39.  Sturnella  neglecta  Audubon 

40.  Icterus  bullocki  (Swainson)  79, 

41.  Euphagus  cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus  80 

(Wagler) 

42.  Hesperiphona  vespertina  brooksi  Grinnell  81 

43.  Carpodacus  cassini  Baird 


Spinus  pinus  pinus  (Wilson) 
Passerculus  sandwichensis  anthinus 

Bonaparte 
Zonotrichia  leucophrys  gambelli  (NuttaR) 
Spizella  passerina  arizonx  Coues 
Junco  oreganus  shufeldti  (Coale) 
Melospiza  melodia  morphna  Oberholser 
Passereila  iliaca  subsp. 
Pipilo  maculatus  curlatus  Grinnell 
Hedymeles  melanocephalus   melaocephalui 

(Swainson) 
Passerina  amcena  (Say) 
Piranga  ludoviciana  (Wilson) 
Petrochelidon  albifrons  albifrons 

(Rafinesque) 
Hirundo  erythrogaster  Boddaert 
Iridoprocne  bicolor  (Vieillot) 
Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida  Mearns 
Stelgidopteryx  serripennis  (Audubon) 
Bombycilla  cedrorum  Vieillot 
Vireosylva  olivacea  (Linnaeus) 
Vireosylva  gilva  swainsoni  (Baird) 
Lanivireo  solitarius  cassini  (Xantus) 
Vermivora  ruficapilla  gulturalis  (Ridgway) 
Dendroica  sestiva  sestiva  (Gmelin) 
Dendroica  auduboni  auduboni  (J.  K. 

Townsend) 
Geothlypis  trichas  occidentalis  Brewster 
Setophaga  ruticilla  (Linnaeus) 
Dumetella  carolinensis  (Linnaeus) 
Troglodytes  a'edon  parkmani  Audubon 
Nannus  hiemalis  pacificus  (Baird) 
Silta  canadensis  Linnaeus 
Penthesles  atricapillus  septentrionalis 

(Harris) 
Penlhestes  rufescens  rufescens  (J.  K. 

Townsend) 
Regulus  satrapa  olivaceus  Baird 
Corthylio  calendula  cineraceus  (Grinnell) 
Hylocichla  ustulata  swainsoni  (Tschudi) 
Planesticus  migratorius  propinquus 

(Ridgway) 
Ixoreus  nsevius  meruloides  (Swainson) 
Sialia  mexicana  occidentalis  3.  K. 

Townsend 
Sialia  currucoides  (Bechstein) 


Vol.  XX]      MAILL1ARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY      2/3 

General  Accounts  of  the  Birds 

1.     Mergus  americanus  Cassin 
One  noted  near  Creston  May  3,  but  none  identified  later. 

2.    Anas  platyrhynchos  Linnaeus 

Noted  near  Creston  May  3,  but  none  seen  after  the  rivers 
rose. 

3.     Querquedula  cyanoptera  (Vieillot) 

A  male  was  noted  May  2,  on  the  Kootenay  near  Creston. 
and  one  was  taken  May  31. 


4.    Aix  sponsa  (Linnaeus) 

A  male  was  seen  May  2,  in  the  Kootenay  bottom,  but  not 
secured.   No  other  noted. 


5.    Botaurus  lentiginosus  (Montagu) 

Near  the  first  camp  of  the  party  this  species  was  daily  heard 
in  the  bottom  land  making  its  "pumping"  sound,  but  it  was 
soon  driven  away  by  the  flood  waters.  One  secured  June  1, 
near  Creston. 


6.    Gallinago  delicata  (Ord) 

Like  the  last,  commonly  heard  at  night  until  driven  away 
from  the  bottom  land  by  high  water.  One  secured  May  31, 
along  the  edge  of  the  overflow. 


7.    Oxyechus  vociferus  (Linnaeus) 

A  few  pair  were  scattered  along  the  edge  of  the  bottom  land 
and  several  specimens  were  taken. 


974  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

8.     Dendragapus  obscurus  richardsoni  (Douglas) 

Reported  to  have  been  quite  common  all  through  the  con- 
iferous forest  in  the  vicinity  of  Creston  and  on  both  the  Pur- 
cell  and  the  Nelson  mountain  ranges,  but  in  1928  grouse  were 
very  scarce.  Some  of  the  resident  people  ascribed  this  to  an 
epidemic  and  others  to  the  fact  that  the  preceding  spring  had 
been  a  very  wet  one,  with  consequent  high  mortality  among 
young  broods.  A  few  were  found  in  close  vicinity  to  Creston, 
on  Goat  Mountain,  and  Tose  found  a  few  on  the  higher 
ranges  while  out  on  side  trips.  Four  specimens  were  secured, 
all  typical  richardsoni. 

9.    Bonasa  umbellus  umbelloides  (Douglas) 

This  grouse  was  found  in  practically  the  same  localities  as 
the  above,  but  seemed  to  prefer  more  brushy  ground  cover. 
It  was  apparently  even  more  scarce  than  Dendragapus,  though 
it  may  have  been  only  more  difficult  to  find.  Three  specimens 
were  secured,  one  of  which  was  taken  in  the  cottonwoods  on 
the  bottom  land. 

10.    Accipiter  velox  (Wilson) 

Not  often  met  with.  Near  Kitchener,  a  male  was  taken 
May  23,  a  few  miles  east  of  and  at  a  higher  elevation  than 
Creston. 

11.     Accipiter  cooperi  (Bonaparte) 

This  hawk  also  was  rare,  but  less  so  than  the  preceding. 
One  specimen  only  was  secured,  a  very  small  adult  male, 
Mav  9. 


12.    Cerchneis  sparveria  sparveria  (Linnaeus) 

A  few  pairs  were  noted  in  this  region,  but  this  species  was 
by  no  means  common.  A  male  and  a  female  were  taken  at 
Creston  May  5. 


Vol.  XX]      MAILLIARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY     275 

13.     Pandion  haliaetus  carolinensis  (Gmelin) 

Occasionally  noted  along  the  river.  One  specimen  secured 
May  5.  None  was  observed  in  the  act  of  securing  food,  so  that 
what  it  succeeded  in  finding  in  the  way  of  sustenance  during 
this  flood  of  muddy,  opaque  water  was  not  ascertained. 


14.    Bubo  virginianus  subsp. 

At  the  first  camp,  owls  of  this  genus  were  nightly  heard 
hooting,  chiefly  in  the  cottonwood  groves  of  the  bottom  land, 
with  only  a  few  calls  from  the  wrecked  forest  close  by. 


15.    Ceryle  alcyon  caurina  Grinnell 

Present,  but  rarely  met  with  in  such  a  great  area  as  was 
covered  by  the  abnormally  high  water  of  1928.  One  specimen 
was  secured  May  7. 

16.    Dryobates  villosus  monticola  Anthony 

Commonly  found  in  suitable  places  throughout  the  region, 
but  not  numerous  in  any  part  of  it.  Several  specimens 
secured. 


17.    Dryobates  pubescens  leucurus  (Hartlaub) 

Common,  but  not  as  abundant  as  might  be  expected,  even  in 
localities  appearing  to  be  very  well  adapted  to  its  needs.  Found 
scattered  about  apple  orchards  and,  to  some  extent,  in  the  con- 
iferous forest  where  not  too  dense,  but  most  numerous  in  the 
cotton  woods  of  the  bottom  land,  at  least  before  high  water. 
As  this  species  is  not  a  ground  feeder,  it  hardly  seems  proba- 
ble that  flood  conditions  would  seriously  affect  its  status  there. 

18.    Picoides  articus  (Swainson) 

Three  specimens  of  this  woodpecker  were  collected,  two  at 
Kitchener  and  one  at  Creston.  The  latter  was  taken  May  8, 
when  it  probably  was  on  its  way  to  a  higher  altitude,  as  no 
more  were  noted  at  Creston  level. 


276  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

19.  Picoides  americanus  fasciatus  Baird 

A  female  was  taken  near  Kitchener  May  24,  at  an  altitude 
of  3000  feet,  or  over.   None  other  was  identified. 

20.  Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis  Baird 

A  very  common  bird  in  the  Kootenay  Valley  and  more 
numerous  than  all  other  species  combined  of  the  woodpeckers 
noted  there. 

21.    Phloeotomus  pileatus  picinus  Bangs 

In  the  woods  near  Creston  this  woodpecker  is  still  rather 
commonly  to  be  heard  in  the  spring  time,  but  it  is  very  wild 
and  not  easily  seen  in  the  tall  timber.  Reported  by  residents 
of  Creston  as  quite  numerous  in  winter,  coming  down  from 
higher  altitudes  to  where  food  conditions  were  less  trying. 
Often  heard  by  members  of  our  party  and  seen  at  a  distance. 
One  specimen  was  secured. 

22.    Asyndesmus  lewisi  Riley 

A  few  pairs  of  this  conspicuous  woodpecker  were  noted  in 
the  Kootenay  Valley,  scattered  over  the  region,  and  several 
specimens  were  taken. 

23.    Colaptes  cafer  collaris  Vigors 

This  woodpecker  is  commonly  found  throughout  the  terri- 
tory around  Creston,  but  is  less  abundant  than  one  might  ex- 
pect, considering  the  favorable  appearance  of  the  country. 
Three  specimens  were  secured  which  appear  to  be  referable 
to  this  form. 

24.     Archilochus  alexandri  (Bourcier  &  Mulsant) 

Very  few  hummingbirds  of  any  species  were  seen  and  most 
of  those  noted  were  in  the  gardens  and  orchards  in  and  around 
Creston,  where  a  female  was  taken  May  28.  No  other  indi- 
vidual of  this  species  was  identified. 


Vol.  XX]      MAILLIARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY     277 

25.    Selasphorus  rufus  (Gmelin) 

What  few  hummingbirds  were  seen  outside  of  gardens  or 
apple  orchards  were  usually  in  places  where  it  would  have 
been  impossible  to  retrieve  one  if  shot,  on  account  of  weeds 
and  trash  on  the  ground,  and  none  of  this  species  was  secured. 
Several  times  noted  in  the  town  of  Creston.  A  nest  was  found 
in  an  apple  tree  on  the  outskirts  of  town,  nearly  seven  feet 
above  ground,  with  the  female  incubating.  This  bird  was  so 
little  disturbed  by  close  approach  of  an  observer  that  her  tail 
feathers  were  critically  examined  by  the  author  for  some 
minutes,  at  a  distance  of  only  a  few  inches.  The  bird  was 
finally  flushed  and  shot,  but  attempts  to  secure  it  failed,  as  it 
fell  slantingly  into  a  hopeless  tangle  of  weeds. 


26.    Stellula  calliope  (Gould) 

A  male  was  taken  May  14,  at  Creston,  and  another  May  22, 
these  constituting  the  only  records. 

27.    Tyrannus  tyrannus  (Linnaeus) 

This  flycatcher  was  first  noted  May  12  by  the  Tose  party 
at  West  Creston  across  the  Kootenay  River,  when  one  specimen 
was  taken.  None  was  seen  on  the  east  side  of  the  river  until 
May  29,  when  a  few  were  noted  here  and  there  in  favorable 
localities  in  the  open,  rolling  country.  A  few  days  later  a 
boat  trip  made  by  some  of  the  party  revealed  quite  a  number 
of  these  flycatchers  among  scattered,  bush-like  willows,  half 
a  mile  or  more  out  from  the  flood  shore.  The  tops  of  these 
willows  extended  5  to  10  feet  above  the  water,  and,  at  this 
date,  buds  were  just  beginning  to  show  on  the  exposed  twigs. 
Among  these  still  bare  looking  branches  the  Kingbirds  were 
building  nests,  mostly  with  dead  twigs  from  the  immediate 
surroundings.  Some  of  the  nests  seemed  to  be  perilously  near 
the  water.  Of  two  discovered  on  June  1,  one  was  only  about 
a  foot  above  water  and  the  other  18  inches.  (See  Condor 
XXXIII,  1931,  pp.  73-74.) 


978  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ses. 

28.    Tyrannus  verticalis  Say 

Noted  at  West  Creston  May  10,  when  two  specimens  were 
secured.  Farmers  of  that  locality  reported  that  there  had  been 
a  flight  of  birds  of  this  species  through  West  Creston  just 
previous  to  our  arrival.  This  flycatcher  was  not  noted  any- 
where after  May  10. 

29.    Myiochanes  richardsoni  richardsoni  (Swainson) 

Rare  in  this  locality.  A  few  were  noted  at  Creston  and  two 
specimens  were  secured.  May  28  and  29,  respectively. 

30.    Empidonax  hammondi  (Xantus) 

A  specimen  was  taken  at  Creston  May  17,  the  earliest  date 
on  which  this  species  was  noted.  Later  it  was  found  to  be 
common  in  this  vicinity,  in  suitable  association,  and  was  also 
found  between  Kitchener  and  Yahk. 


31.     Empidonax  wrighti  Baird 

The  only  flycatcher  identified  as  of  this  species  was  taken 
at  Creston  Mav  19. 


32.    Cyanocitta  stelleri  annectens  (Baird) 

Common  resident,  mostly  in  coniferous  association.  Not 
numerous  in  the  breeding  season,  as  it  scatters  out  through  the 
higher  mountains  for  nesting.  Early  in  May  a  few  were  seen 
in  the  cotton  woods  of  the  river  bottom,  probably  in  vertical 
migration.    Said  to  be  more  numerous  in  winter. 


33.    Perisoreus  canadensis  capitalis  Ridgway 

On  May  8,  one  adult  male,  two  adult  females,  and  four 
juveniles,  were  taken  in  the  pine  forest  on  Goat  Mountain, 
close  to  Creston.  These  were  part  of  a  small  band  that  ap- 
peared to  be  migrating  through  the  locality.  Another  female 
was  secured  May  15,  but  none  was  seen  after  that  date. 


Vol.  XX]      MAILLIAKD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY     279 

34.     Corvus  brachyrhynchos  hesperis  Ridgway 

A  few  crows  were  apparently  resident  in  this  vicinity,  but 
they  were  so  wary  that  but  one  was  secured.  Several  pairs 
were  noted  in  the  overflowed  cottonwood  groves  along  what 
are  the  banks  of  the  Kootenav  River  at  normal  stage  of  water. 
Here  they  were  nesting  in  the  taller  trees,  from  which  they 
sallied  forth  in  search  of  food  for  the  young,  paying  particu- 
lar attention  to  drift  and  to  the  flood  shores. 

35.     Nucifraga  columbiana  (Wilson) 

On  May  16,  a  female  of  this  species  was  taken  on  the  edge 
of  the  wrecked  forest,  across  Goat  River  from  Creston,  this 
constituting  the  only  record. 

36.  Dolichonyx  oryzivorus  (Linnaeus) 

Several  Bobolinks  were  seen  from  the  road  at  the  foot  of 
the  Creston  grade  May  28,  on  a  small  patch  of  ground  around 
a  farm  house  that  was  isolated  by  high  water.  A  landing  was 
made  upon  this  little  island,  but  the  birds  were  very  wary  and 
flew  away  before  any  could  be  secured.  Identification,  how- 
ever, as  made  by  the  present  writer,  was  unquestionable. 

37.  Molothrus  ater  artemesiae  Grinnell 

The  only  bird  noted  of  this  species,  a  female,  was  taken  at 
Creston  on  June  1.  in  the  top  of  one  of  the  bush-like  willow 
trees  out  in  the  overflowed  bottom,  where  it  was  in  company 
with  some  red- winged  blackbirds. 

38.    Agelaius  phoeniceus  nevadensis  Grinnell 

At  the  date  of  our  arrival,  a  few  red-winged  blackbirds 
were  occupying  some  reeds  in  the  bottom  land,  a  mile  or  so 
above  Creston.  Judging  from  old  nests  found,  it  seemed  that 
they  would  nest  in  the  willows  there,  but  the  rapidly  rising 
flood  waters  and  want  of  a  boat  made  critical  examination  of 


2gO  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Stx. 

the  situation  impossible.  Later,  when  the  flood  was  at  its 
peak,  a  boat  was  finally  obtained  at  Creston  and  redwings  were 
found  close  to  town,  in  the  protruding  tops  of  willows  in  the 
submerged  area,  where  nine  adult  males  in  good  plumage,  and 
one  in  poorly  developed  plumage,  were  taken.  Females  were 
scarce  and  only  two  were  secured.   No  nests  were  found. 

A  careful  examination  of  these  specimens  shows  that  the 
exposed  culmen  of  the  nine  males  averages  slightly  longer 
than  does  that  of  a  series  of  Agelaius  p.  nevadensis  from 
eastern  and  north-eastern  California,  but  in  every  other  par- 
ticular the  Kootenay  Valley  birds  correspond  so  closely  with 
the  above  from  California  that  there  seems  to  be  every  reason 
■to  consider  them  as  being  the  extreme  eastern  representation 
of  A.  p.  nevadensis.  In  this  the  British  Columbian  members 
may  be  classed  with  the  redwings  of  southeastern  Arizona 
(see  Swarth,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  4th  Series,  XVII,  no.  12. 
pp.  317-322).  as  being  the  largest  representatives  of  this  race, 
just  as  the  California  birds  are  the  smallest. 


39.     Sturnella  neglecta  Audubon 

Common  over  the  open  country  and  on  cleared  land,  but 
not  numerous.  There  were  some  in  the  river  bottom  in  early 
May,  but  they  were  soon  driven  out  by  the  high  water. 


40.     Icterus  bullocki  (Swain son) 

Prior  to  the  end  of  May  this  species  was  not  encountered  in 
this  region,  but  a  male  and  a  female  were  taken  at  Creston 
June  1.  Unless  there  were  further  arrivals  after  our  departure 
on  June  6,  orioles  are  poorly  represented  among  the  summer 
birds  of  this  valley,  as  no  other  individuals  were  seen. 


41.     Euphagus  cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus  (Wagler) 

Common  resident  of  the  Kootenay  Valley,  but  not  abun- 
dant in  spring.    Found  nesting  around  Creston., 


Vol.  XX]      MA1LL1ARU— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY      281 

42.     Hesperiphona  vespertina  brooksi  Grinnell 

A  flock  of  birds  of  this  species  appeared  near  Creston  May 
14,  from  which  several  specimens  were  secured,  mostly  males. 
Others  were  seen  May  19,  in  the  forest  on  Goat  Mountain, 
but  none  after  that  date. 


4.x     Carpodacus  cassini  Baird 

Common  summer  resident  in  the  coniferous  forest  and  rela- 
tively numerous. 


44.     Spinus  pinus  pinus  (Wilson) 

A  male  was  taken  at  Creston  May  19,  and  a  female  the  next 
day,  but  no  further  record  of  this  species  was  made. 


45.     Passerculus  sandwichensis  anthinus  Bonaparte 

A  pair  was  taken  at  Creston  May  2,  but  none  was  seen  after 
that  date.  The  two  collected,  migrants,  are  apparently  of  the 
coastal  subspecies  anthinus  (see  Brooks  &  Swarth,  Birds  of 
British  Columbia.  Pac.  Coast  Avifauna,  No.  17,  p.  91). 


46.     Zonotrichia  leucophrys  gambelli  (Nuttall) 

A  single  individual  was  seen  at  Creston  May  7,  followed  in 
the  next  few  days  by  a  small  migratory  wave,  from  which 
several  specimens  were  taken,  after  which  no  more  were  noted. 


47.  Spizella  passerina  arizonae  Coues 
Common  summer  resident  in  the  region  covered  by  us. 

48.  Junco  oreganus  shufeldti  (Coale) 

Commonly  found  all  through  the  coniferous  association  in 
the  localities  visited.  Nests  were  found  and  young  noted, 
May  8  being  the  date  of  finding  the  first  nest,  which  contained 
five  eggs. 

January   8,    1932 


282 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


49.    Melospiza  melodia  morphna  Oberholser 

Common  summer  resident  of  the  Kootenay  Valley,  but  not 
abundant.  Found  mostly  near  water.  Presumably  resident 
throughout  the  year,  as  it  is  so  recorded  in  similar  territory  in 
other  parts  of  southern  British  Columbia. 

50.    Passerella  iliaca  subsp. 

One  heard  but  not  seen,  near  Creston,  May  9,  and  another 
shot  May  16.  The  latter  fell  into  a  great  pile  of  slash  and 
dead  brush,  where  it  could  not  be  found.   None  other  seen. 

51.    Pipilo  maculatus  curtatus  Grinnell 

Common  along  the  lower  levels  about  Creston,  nesting  in 
congenial  association,  but  not  abundant. 

52.     Hedymeles  melanocephalus  melanocephalus   (Swainson) 
A  male  was  taken  at  Creston  May  26,  the  only  one  seen. 

53.    Passerina  amcena  (Say) 

First  noted  May  19,  when  a  male  was  taken.  Another  male 
was  secured  May  30,  but  this  bird  was  rarely  met  with. 

54.     Piranga  ludoviciana  (Wilson) 

The  note  of  this  species  was  heard  by  the  writer  May  12  and 
a  male  was  taken  May  15,  after  which  date  it  was  relatively 
common  in  the  forest  land  of  the  vicinity. 

55.     Petrochelidon  albifrons  albifrons  (  Rafinesque) 

A  few  pairs  were  nesting  in  Creston.  at  which  place  they 
arrived  rather  late  in  Mav. 


Vol.  XX]      MA1LL1ARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY     283 

56.    Hirundo  erythrogaster  Boddaert 

First  recorded  May  10,  near  Creston,  where  a  pair  was 
noted  among  some  Stelgidopteryx  in  a  deep  cut  in  a  road. 
Soon  after  this  date  several  pairs  were  noted  nesting  in  the 
town. 

57.     Iridoprocne  bicolor  (Vieillot) 

This  species  was  already  present  in  Creston  on  May  1,  and 
was  commonly  noted  thereafter  in  all  suitable  places.  Later  on 
many  were  nesting  in  old  woodpecker  holes  in  the  dead  trees 
that  were  scattered  over  the  overflowed  bottom  land. 

58.  Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida  Mearns 

This  species  also  was  present  in  Creston  May  1,  and  was 
commonly  nesting,  in  the  height  of  the  flood,  in  the  dead  trees 
and  stumps  of  the  river  bottom  in  company  with  the  preceding 
species.  A  number  of  pairs  of  the  Northern  Violet-green 
Swallow  were  found  in  possession  of  a  lumber  yard  in  town 
and  were  nesting  inside  large,  square  piles  of  board  lumber 
that  was  loosely  cross-laid  so  as  to  leave  space  for  circulation 
of  air  for  drying  purposes.  On  May  22  these  swallows  were 
seen  industriously  carrying  nesting  material  in  to  the  depths  of 
the  lumber  piles,  around  which  the  birds  could  be  seen  at  any 
time  thereafter. 

59.  Stelgidopteryx  serripennis  (Audubon) 

First  noted  on  May  6,  near  the  first  camp  of  the  party, 
where  a  number  were  flying  up  and  down  a  cut  in  the  road, 
every  few  minutes  perching  on  bare  twigs  or  examining  holes 
in  the  banks  of  the  cut.    Several  specimens  were  taken. 

60.    Bombycilla  cedrorum  Vieillot 

On  June  1,  when  the  writer  was  out  in  a  boat  on  the  over- 
flowed river  bottom,  a  band  of  Cedar  Waxwings  flew  into  a 
cottonwood  tree  within  range  and  two  birds  were  secured,  both 
females.    No  others  were  noted. 


284  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Phoc.  4th  Ser. 

61.    Vireosylva  olivacea  (Linnaeus) 

Noted  first  May  24,  in  a  small  grove  of  cottonwood  trees  on 
the  banks  of  a  tiny  stream  in  the  outskirts  of  Creston.  On  this 
date  the  characteristic  song  was  heard  and  an  occasional 
glimpse  was  had  of  one  of  the  birds  among  the  thick  foliage 
of  the  tree  tops.  This  lively  little  songster  soon  became  com- 
mon in  suitable  places  of  the  region,  but  was  always  difficult 
to  detect  among  the  green  leaves.  Several  specimens  were 
secured. 

62.    Vireosylva  gilva  svvainsoni  (Baird) 

The  first  record  of  this  species  was  made  May  25,  when  a 
single  specimen  was  taken.  It  became  more  common  there- 
after but  was  nowhere  abundant  in  this  region. 

63.    Lanivireo  solitarius  cassini  (Xantus) 

Present  around  Creston  in  the  coniferous  timber  land,  but 
not  at  all  numerous.  First  noted  May  3,  and  one  specimen 
taken  May  17. 

64.     Vermivora  ruficapilla  gutturalis  (Ridgway) 

First  noted  May  5,  when  one  specimen  was  taken.  It  soon 
became  quite  common  in  suitable  association  on  both  sides  of 
the  Kootenay  River  and  several  others  were  secured. 

65.     Dendroica  aestiva  aestiva  (Gmelin) 

First  identified  May  4,  and  the  first  specimen  taken  May  9, 
after  which  date  it  became  quite  common  in  the  vicinity. 

66.     Dendroica  auduboni  auduboni  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

Taken  at  Creston  May  6  and  at  West  Creston  May  11.  By 
the  end  of  the  month  this  species  had  become  quite  common. 


Vol.  XX]      MAILLIARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY     285 

67.     Geothlypis  trichas  occidentalis  Brewster 

The  inundation  of  the  lowlands  robbed  this  species  of  its 
natural  habitat  in  the  region  and  but  one  specimen  was 
secured.  This  was  taken  near  Creston,  in  some  sedge  on  the 
shore  of  the  overflow  waters. 

68.     Setophaga  ruticilla  (Linnaeus) 

On  May  28  this  bird  was  discovered  in  the  cottonwood 
grove  near  our  second  camp,  at  the  northern  edge  of  Creston, 
and  within  the  next  few  days  several  others  were  taken.  Not 
seen  anywhere  else. 

69.    Dumetella  carolinensis  (Linnaeus) 

The  Catbird  did  not  appear  until  near  the  end  of  May,  after 
which  time  its  singing  was  constantly  heard  in  Creston  gar- 
dens and  along  the  edge  of  the  overflow,  wherever  there  was 
brushy  cover  in  which  it  might  nest  and  into  which  it  could 
dive  when  alarmed. 

70.    Troglodytes  aedon  parkmani  Audubon 

First  noted  May  8,  when  a  male  bird  was  secured.  Another 
was  taken  May  19,  but  it  soon  became  evident  that  this  species 
was  scarce  in  the  vicinity,  as  none  other  was  noted. 

71.    Mannus  hiemalis  pacificus  (Baird) 

Taken  at  Creston  May  11,  at  West  Creston  May  12,  and 
later  at  Kitchener,  but  it  was  nowhere  found  to  be  abundant. 

72.    Sitta  canadensis   Linnaeus 

This  species  was  heard  in  the  coniferous  forest  May  1,  and 
one  bird  was  secured  May  17.   A  common  summer  resident. 


2gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

73.     Penthestes  atricapillus  septentrionalis   (Harris) 

Very  common  everywhere  in  the  forest  region  and  some 
were  noted  among  the  cottonwoods  in  the  bottom  land.  Prob- 
ably a  permanent  resident,  as  it  is  so  recorded  from  territory 
further  north. 


74.     Penthestes  rufescens  rufescens  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

Noted  only  once,  when  one  was  taken  May  11,  near  West 
Creston,  at  the  base  of  the  Nelson  Range  of  mountains. 


75.    Regulus  satrapa  olivaceus  Baird 

Both  this  species  and  the  next  were  very  difficult  to  identify 
in  the  upper  parts  of  the  tall  timber  that  they  frequented,  and 
very  little  information  was  obtained  concerning  either  of  them, 
of  this  species  in  particular.  It  was,  however,  evidently  nest- 
ing near  the  top  of  Goat  Mountain,  at  an  elevation  of  several 
hundred  feet  above  that  of  Creston,  and  a  female  was  there 
obtained  June  3.  Except  for  shortness  of  wing  and  tail  this 
bird  could  easily  be  mistaken  for  the  eastern  form. 


76.     Corthylio  calendula  cineraceus  (Grinnell) 

This  kinglet  was  more  commonly  noted  than  the  preceding 
species,  as  it  is  more  apt  to  be  found  nearer  the  ground.  A 
male  was  taken  at  Creston  May  3,  a  female  the  next  day,  and 
another  male  was  secured  high  up  on  Goat  Mountain  June  3. 
While  these  specimens  are  not  typical  cineraceus  they  are  de- 
cidedly nearer  to  that  form  than  to  C.  calendula  calendula. 


77.    Hylocichla  ustulata  swainsoni  (Tschudi) 

Thrushes  were  scarce  and  their  characteristic  musical  song 
was  seldom  heard.  A  male  was  taken  near  Kitchener  May  20, 
and  another  at  Creston  May  31.  No  others  were  seen,  in  spite 
of  the  presence  of  what  appeared  to  be  very  good  cover  for 
this  species. 


Vol.  XX]      MA1LL1ARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY      ?87 

78.    Planesticus  migratorius  propinquus  (Ridgway) 

Very  common  and  nesting  in  every  locality  that  was  visited 
by  us. 

79.     Ixoreus  naevius  meruloides  (Swainson) 

On  May  11  several  specimens  were  taken  at  West  Creston 
and  this  species  was  noted  later  at  Creston.  In  the  latter  lo- 
cality a  family  party,  consisting  of  parents  and  three  or  four 
fledglings,  was  encountered  May  27  in  second  growth  forest. 
When  discovered,  the  juveniles,  much  desired  for  specimens, 
were  too  close  to  shoot  at  without  damage  to  plumage  and 
all  managed  to  fade  from  sight  in  the  dark,  dripping  woods 
on  this  rainy  day  while  the  writer  was  trying  to  back  away 
far  enough  to  secure  one  or  two  in  good  shape.  All  efforts  to 
mid  them  again  were  unsuccessful. 

80.    Sialia  mexicana  occidentalis  J.  K.  Townsend 

This  bird  was  present  at  the  date  of  our  arrival,  April  30, 
and  nesting  was  soon  begun  as  the  weather  warmed  up.  Com- 
mon, but  not  abundant. 

81.     Sialia  currucoides  (Bechstein) 

Also  present  on  April  30,  and  noted  nesting  at  every  lo- 
cality visited  by  us.  A  juvenile  male  was  taken  May  31,  at 
Creston. 


2gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Check-List  of  the  Mammals 

1.  Sorex  ragmrit  monticola  (Merriam)  6.  Peromyscw maniculatus artemisix 

2.  Marmota  monax  petrensis  Howell  (Rhoads) 

3.  Citellus  columbianus  columbianus  (Ord)  7.  Neotoma  cinerea  drummondi  (Rk-hardpon) 

4.  Eutamias  ruficaudus  simulans  Howell  8.  Erotomt/s  gapperi  saturatus  Rboads 
b.   Sciurun  hudsonicus  richardsorti  9.  Microtias  mordax  mordax  (Merriam) 

(Baehman)  10.  Lepus  bnirdi  (casmdensis  Nelson  ?) 

General  Accounts  of  the  Mammals 

1.     Sorex  vagrans  monticola  (Merriam) 

This  shrew  was  found  in  traps  at  Creston  on  four  occasions, 
but  not  taken  elsewhere.  For  positive  identification  of  the  sub- 
species the  author  is  gratefully  indebted  to  Dr.  H.  H.  T. 
Jackson,  of  the  United  States  Biological  Survey. 

2.     Marmota  monax  petrensis  Howell 

On  June  1,  near  Creston,  Tose  found  and  preserved  a 
freshly  killed  marmot  of  this  species,  that  some  one  had 
thrown  into  a  hollow  stump  on  the  edge  of  the  flooded  bottom 
land.  It  was  an  adult  female  that  showed  evidence  of  having, 
or  recently  having  had,  unweaned  young.  Resident  farmers 
stated  that  the  presence  of  a  marmot  in  that  locality  was  an 
extremely  rare  occurrence.  Possibly  it  floated  on  driftwood 
down  the  flooded  Goat  River  from  the  Purcell  Mountains. 

3.    Citellus  columbianus  columbianus  (Ord) 

In  some  localities  around  Creston  this  ground  squirrel  was 
noted  in  small  but  rather  thickly  populated  colonies.  It  was 
extremely  wary  and  yet  easier  to  shoot  than  to  trap.  After 
two  of  three  individuals  were  caught  in  a  colony,  traps  were  of 
little  further  use,  as  the  squirrels  then  refused  to  come  out  of 
a  burrow  in  the  mouth  of  which  a  trap  had  been  set,  no  matter 
how  carefully  camouflaged.  There  was  every  reason  to  sup- 
pose that  the  burrows  communicated  with  other  openings,  as 
squirrels  would  appear  above  ground,  in  about  every  part  of 


Vol.  XX]      MAILLIARD— BIRDS  AND  MAMMALS,  KOOTENAY  VALLEY     289 

a  colony,  at  the  mouths  of  burrows  that  did  not  have  traps  in 
them,  but  would  carefully  avoid  those  that  did  have  them. 
The  report  of  a  gun  did  not  seem  to  disturb  a  colony  for  any 
great  length  of  time,  yet  on  occasions,  without  any  apparent 
reason  for  it,  an  alarm  signal  from  some  squirrel  would  keep 
a  whole  colony  under  ground  for  the  rest  of  the  day.  Three 
females  taken  May  13  contained  3,  5  and  5  embryos,  respec- 
tively, those  of  the  first  female  being  34  mm.  in  length  and 
of  the  other  two  37  mm. 


4.    Eutamias  ruficaudus  simulans  Howell 

Cold  weather  seemed  to  have  kept  the  chipmunks  under 
cover  for  the  first  few  days  after  our  arrival  at  Creston,  so 
that  none  was  taken  until  May  5,  after  which  date  they  were 
commonly  seen  in  the  forested  lands.  By  the  end  of  May 
young  also  were  out  foraging. 


5.    Sciurus  hudsonicus  richardsoni  (Bachman) 

This  is  the  common  red  squirrel  of  the  Kootenay  Valley 
and  was  fairly  abundant  in  the  coniferous  forest. 


6.     Peromyscus  maniculatus  artemisiae  (Rhoads) 

This  mouse  was  found  to  be  common  in  every  place  where 
trapping  was  carried  on,  but  it  was  not  actually  numerous  any- 
where, as  shown  by  the  small  number  the  party  obtained  per 
trap-night.  There  was  good  reason  to  believe  that  its  numbers 
had  been  much  reduced  by  some  epidemic. 


7.     Neotoma  cinerea  drummondi  (Richardson) 

Taken  around  Kitchener  and  Yahk,  where  it  was  very  com- 
mon. While  the  party  did  not  come  across  this  wood  rat  at 
Creston,  residents  reported  that  it  occasionally  was  found  in 
that  vicinity,  in  limited  numbers. 


290  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

8.  Evotomys  gapperi  saturatus  Rhoads 

A  male  was  secured  by  Tose  near  Kitchener,  May  21.  No 
further  record  of  this  species  was  made. 

9.  Microtus  mordax  mordax  (Merriam) 

Farmers  around  Creston  stated  that  meadow  mice  had  been 
so  numerous  in  the  hay  fields  of  the  bottom  land  for  the  pre- 
vious year  or  two  as  to  be  actual  pests,  but  that  in  1928  their 
numbers  had  diminished  almost  to  the  vanishing  point.  Some 
old  sign  of  this  species  was  found  in  favorable  places  in  the 
meadow  land,  but  the  high  water  soon  covered  all  traces  of 
such  habitation.  Finally  a  little  fresh  sign  was  found  under  a 
collapsed  shed  on  the  mesa,  some  distance  above  the  river  bot- 
tom, and  two  adult  females,  with  two  immature  males,  were 
there  taken.  These,  with  several  adults  from  around  Kitchener 
and  Yahk,  where  there  was  more  evidence  of  occupation  than 
at  lower  levels,  comprised  the  entire  catch  of  the  party. 

10.  Lepus  bairdi  (cascadensis  Nelson  ?) 

The  varying  hare  was  reported  to  be  numerous,  ordinarily, 
in  the  Kootenay  Valley,  but,  as  with  the  two  species  of  mice 
above  mentioned,  it  had  been  almost  annihilated  by  a  recent 
epidemic.  Only  on  rare  occasions  was  an  individual  seen,  and 
it  was  not  until  May  25  that  one — the  only  one — was  secured. 
This  was  a  female  with  the  summer  pelage  not  yet  quite  com- 
plete. It  seems  to  be  intermediate  between  L.  b.  bairdii  and 
L.  b.  cascadensis,  but  rather  nearer  to  the  latter  race.  To  Dr. 
E.  Raymond  Hall,  of  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology, 
Berkeley,  California,  the  author  desires  to  acknowledge  his  in- 
debtedness for  valuable  assistance  in  comparing  and  identify- 
ing this  specimen. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  9,  pp.  291-465  March  3,  1932 


IX 


MISCELLANEOUS    STUDIES    IN    THE    ELATERID^ 
AND  RELATED  FAMILIES  OF  COLEOPTERA 

BY 

EDWIN  C.  VAN  DYKE 

University  of  California 

Berkeley,  California 

These  studies  were  commenced  many  years  ago  for  the  pur- 
pose of  straightening  out  some  of  the  confusion  which  has 
existed  with  regard  to  a  number  of  our  species.  Many  of  the 
North  American  Elateridse  are  extremely  variable,  differing 
within  the  range  of  the  species  in  size,  form,  sculpture,  and 
coloration.  In  some  species  great  sexual  differences  also  exist. 
Other  species  split  up  into  many  geographical  races,  the  ex- 
tremes of  which  are  often  very  different.  Nowhere  is  this 
plasticity  more  marked  than  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  As  a  result 
we  have  in  this  territory  many  variable  species,  species  pre- 
senting many  color  phases  within  their  area  of  distribution; 
many  species  with  well  marked  races,  each  race  more  or  less 
limited  to  a  definite  territory;  and  many  closely  allied  though 
sharply  defined  species. 

A  large  amount  of  material  has  of  necessity  been  assembled 
in  order  to  make  the  studies  of  any  value.  Among  this 
material  many  undescribed  species  have  been  found  which  are 
here  defined.    The  arrangement  and  generic  terminology  are  in 

March  3,  1932 


292  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Puoc  4th  Skr. 

general  that  used  by  Schenkling  in  Junk's  Coleopterorum 
Catalogus.  When  discussing  species  in  genera  which  have 
been  rather  recently  reviewed,  I  have  not  felt  that  it  was  neces- 
sary to  give  a  synopsis  or  a  bibliography,  but  in  those  genera 
that  I  have  studied  which  have  not  been  revised  for  many 
years,  I  have  given  both  synoptic  tables  and  bibliography. 

Family  Melasid^e  (Eucnemhle) 
Genus  Hypocoelus  Eschscholtz 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Terminal  segment  of  the  antennae  very  little  longer  than  the 

preceding,  a  distinct  transverse  ridge  on  the  front,  clypeus 

concave frontosus  (Say) 

Terminal  segment  of  the  antennae  longer  than  the  preceding ....  2 

2.  Terminal  segment  of  the  antennae  in  the  male  as  long  as  the 

ninth  and  tenth  combined;  front  with  a  fine  longitudinal 

carina,  clypeus  flat terminalis  Lee. 

Terminal  segment  of  the  antennae  in  the  male  longer  than  the 
preceding  four  segments  combined;  front  without  carina, 
clypeus  flat californicus  n.  sp. 

Hypocoelus  californicus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Form  moderately  elongate,  narrowed  behind;  rufopiceous,  antennas  and 
underside  rufous,  legs  lighter;  sparsely  clothed  with  fulvous  pubescence.  Head 
convex,  rather  densely,  coarsely  punctured,  front  without  carina,  clypeus  flat, 
narrower  at  base  than  the  distance  to  the  eyes;  antennae  extending  slightly 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  segment  two  small,  apically  transverse, 
segment  three  cylindrical,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  longer  than  two  and  as  long 
as  four  and  five  together,  segment  four  longer  than  broad,  segments  five  and 
six  as  broad  as  long,  segments  7-10  transverse,  segments  4—7  triangular,  8-10 
subquadrate,  and  segment  eleven  longer  than  the  preceding  four  segments 
united  and  almost  one-third  the  length  of  the  entire  antennae.  Prothorax 
wider  than  long,  gradually  narrower  in  front,  sides  nearly  straight,  slightly 
arcuate  near  the  front  angles;  disk  moderately  convex,  densely,  rather  coarsely 
punctured,  median  longitudinal  impression  feeble  at  base,  a  slight  circular 
impression  on  each  side  of  the  middle.  Elytra  finely  striate,  punctures  of 
striae  vague,  the  intervals  flat  and  finely,  rather  sparsely  punctured,  the  punc- 
tures to  a  certain  extent  in  rows.  Beneath,  presternum  rather  closely  punc- 
tured, the  propleuras  more  coarsely  and  sparsely,  the  mesosternum  less  coarsely 
and  sparsely,  and  the  abdomen  very  finely  and  densely  punctured.  Hind 
coxal  plates  triangular,  gradually  dilated  inwardly,  the  hind  margin  straight. 
Length  6  mm.,  breadth  1.5  mm. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         293 

This  species  looks  much  like  terminalis  Lee,  but  the  great 
length  of  the  terminal  segment  of  the  antennae  in  the  male  will 
readily  separate  it.  The  hind  coxal  plate  is  also  gradually 
dilated  inwards  and  triangular  whereas  in  the  other  it  is  rather 
suddenly  dilated  inwards. 

Holotype:  No.  3106,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  male 
in  my  collection,  collected  at  Boneyard  Meadow,  Sierra 
National  Forest,  Calif.,  July  28,  1914,  by  Mr.  Robert  E. 
Burton,  from  red  fir,  Abies  magnified  Murr. 

Hypocoelus  terminalis  Lee.  has  also  been  taken  on  the  Pacific 
Coast.  I  have  seen  a  male,  collected  by  Mr.  Henry  Dietrich, 
July  21,  1920,  near  Chiquito  Creek,  alt.  4100  ft,  Madera  Co., 
Calif.,  and  there  is  also  another  male  in  the  Koebele  Collection 
in  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  taken  at  Easton, 
Washington. 


Family  Elaterid^e 

Adelocera  Latreille 

Adelocera  maculata  LeConte 

In  the  recent  Leng  Catalogue  this  species  is  placed  as  a 
synonym  of  A.  modesta  Boisd.  It  is  a  very  distinct  species  and 
widely  separated  from  modesta,  the  latter  being  distinctly 
striato-punctate,  the  former  without  evident  striae  and  with 
the  punctures  densely  and  irregularly  placed.  Besides  maculata 
is  a  northern  species,  the  other  a  southern  one  which  is  only 
listed  in  our  works  because  it  was  supposedly  found  in  Lower 
California. 

Adelocera  mexicana  Candeze 

This  species  should  be  added  to  our  list.  Two  specimens 
were  taken  by  Dr.  Lutz  at  Kits  Peak,  Rincon,  Baboquivari 
Mts.,  Ariz.,  Aug.  1-4,  1916,  and  are  now  in  the  collection  of 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York.  Like 
A.  modesta  Boisd.,  it  has  its  elytra  punctato-striate.  It  is  a 
much  larger  species,  though,  being  20-24  mm.  in  length  and 
more  cylindrical. 


294  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Prol.  4th  Ser. 

Genus  Conoderes  Eschscholtz  (Monocrepidius  Eschscholtz) 

The  genus  Conoderes  Esch.,  I  accept  in  its  broadest  sense. 
Heteroderes  Latr.  differs  from  it  only  as  regards  the  double 
type  of  pronotal  punctation  and  in  this  regard  is  closely  ap- 
proached by  a  number  of  typical  Conoderes.  Together  they 
possess  a  number  of  well  marked  characters  as  well  as  a  com- 
mon facies  which  separate  them  definitely  from  all  other 
genera.  Their  biology  and  distribution  are  also  similar.  For 
these  reasons  I,  therefore,  believe  that  Heteroderes  should  be 
considered  as  but  a  subgenus  of  the  other  and  I  will  so  treat 
it  here. 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Pronotum  with  single  type  of  punctation Conoderes  Esch. 

{Monocrepidius  Esch.),  sens,  str 2 

Pronotum  with  double  type  of  punctation,  the  interspaces  be- 
tween the  larger  punctures  very  finely  punctured 

subgenus  Heteroderes  Latr.  20 

2.  Fourth  tarsal  segment  strongly  or  broadly  lamellate  beneath, 

the  lamella  visible  from  above,  large  or  moderate  sized  species  3 

Fourth  tarsal  segment  with  long  and  slender  lamella  beneath,  the 
lamella  not  visible  from  above,  small  species,  less  than  8  mm. 
in  length,  in  general  castaneous  with  head,  two  pronotal 
vittffi,  a  series  of  longitudinal  lines  more  or  less  transversely 
united  on  elytra,  and  much  of  ventral  surface  piceous  (in 
extreme  forms  most  of  the  castaneous  area  has  been  replaced 
by  the  piceous) 17 

3.  Intermediate  antennal  segments  almost  as  broad  as  long,  pro- 

thorax  as  broad  as  long  at  middle,  large  and  broad  species, 
17  mm.  long,  reddish  above  with  median  longitudinal  black 
stripe  on  pronotum,  a  black  spot  on  either  side  and  several 
black  spots  on  each  elytron.     Texas xysticus  (Cand.) 

Intermediate  antennal  segments  almost  twice  as  long  as  broad, 

prothorax  generally  longer  than  broad 4 

4.  Species  more  or  less  unicolorous  above 5 

Species  which  are  always  distinctly  bicolored  above 13 

5.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  acute  and  distinctly  produced  pos- 

teriorly  , 6 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  abruptly  truncate,  hardly  produced 

beyond  hind  margin  of  prothorax 11 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERID2E  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         295 

6.  The  inner  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  absent  or  at  most 

indistinct,  elytral  apices  evenly  rounded 7 

The  inner  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  sharply  defined, 

elytral  apices  incised  and  bidentate 12 

7.  Larger  species,  10  mm.  or  more  in  length 8 

Small  species,  not  longer  than  5  mm 10 

8.  Dorsal  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  close  to  and  almost 

parallel  with  lateral  margin,  species  light  brown  or  brownish 
ferruginous  with  rufous  antennas  and  flavous  legs,  the  pro- 
notum  very  finely,  closely  punctured.  Eastern  North 
America lividus  (De  Geer) 

Dorsal  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  diverging  slightly 

though  distinctly  from  lateral  margin  as  it  extends  forward . .  9 

9.  Species  quite  similar  to  lividus  but  darker,  of  a  chocolate  brown 

color  with  rufous  antennae  and  flavous  legs,  more  parallel 
and  with  pronotal  punctation  considerably  coarser  though 
close.    Ariz,  and  Mex parallelus  (Cand.) 

Species  narrow  and  elongate,  prothorax  much  narrowed  anteri- 
orly in  male,  color  ranging  from  brown  to  ferruginous  with 
legs  but  little  lighter  than  body,  the  pronotum  rather  finely 
punctured  but  with  the  punctures  distinctly  separated,  the 
second  antennal  segment  but  little  longer  than  third  (nearly 
twice  as  long  in  the  preceding  two  species).  Ariz,  and 
N.  M athoides  (Lee.) 

10.  Very  elongate  and  narrow,  rufotestaceous  with  elytral  suture 

darker,  prothorax  nearly  twice  as  long  as  wide,  disk  densely 
and  rather  finely  punctured,  hind  angles  not  carinate,  second 
and  third  antennal  segments  of  about  equal  length.    Fla .  debilis  (Lee.) 

11.  Elongate,  subparallel,  pale  brown,  legs  flavous,  pronotum  mod- 

erately coarsely  and  closely  punctured,  hind  angles  uni- 
carinate,  elytral  apices  bidentate;  length  9  mm.  Tybee  Is., 
Ga scissus  (Schfr.) 

12.  Robust,    somewhat    flattened,    narrowed    posteriorly,    piceous 

brown,  antennas  rufous,  legs  flavous,  prothorax  broad,  very 
finely,  closely  punctured,  hind  angles  strongly  bicarinate; 
length  10  mm.    Southern  Ariz bicarinatus  n.  sp. 

13.  Dorsal  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  distinctly  diverging 

anteriorly  from  lateral  margin,  the  sides  almost  straight  in 
front  of  hind  angles,  second  antennal  segment  but  little 
longer  than  broad 14 

Dorsal  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  close  to  and  almost 
parallel  with  lateral  margin,  diverging  but  little  anteriorly, 
the  sides  distinctly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  second 
antennal  segment  considerably  longer  than  broad 15 


296  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

14.  Pronotal  punctures  very  fine  and  dense,  not  readily  seen,  third 

antennal  segment  much  longer  than  second,  color  above 
varying  from  all  piceous  except  the  hind  portion  of  pronotum 
which  is  flavous,  to  flavous  with  piceous  markings  as  fol- 
lows, the  base  of  head,  two  broad  discal  pronotal  vittae  and 
two  elytral  vittae,  a  narrow  marginal  and  broad  sutural,  the 
latter  dilating  apically  and  uniting  with  the  preceding. 

Ga.,  Ala.  and  Fla.  to  Central  America aversus  (Lee.) 

Pronotal  punctures  moderately  fine  and  dense,  readily  observed, 
third  antennal  segment  hardly  longer  than  second,  color 
varying  from  rufocastaneous  with  base  of  head,  two  pro- 
notal vittae,  and  a  broad  sutural  vitta  suddenly  expanded 
before  the  apex,  piceous,  to  rufocastaneous  with  but  the 
sutural  vitta  or  even  only  a  scutellar  and  two  transverse 
apical  markings.    Southern  Ariz,  to  Colombia varians  (Steinh.) 

15.  Species  over  7  mm.  in  length,  pronotum  moderately  finely,  closely 

punctured,  outer  segments  of  antennae  narrower  than  inter- 
mediate, color  castaneous  including  scutellum  and  entire 
ventral  surface,  with  base  of  head,  two  broad  frontal  vittae, 
a  narrow  marginal  and  broad  sutural  vitta,  the  latter  gradu- 
ally broadened  basally  and  suddenly  expanded  before  apex 

to  meet  the  lateral,  piceous.    Eastern  North  America 

vespertinus  (Fab.) 

Species  under  6  mm.  in  length 16 

16.  Prothorax  dilated  at  middle,   narrow  anteriorly,   disk  rather 

coarsely,  sparsely  punctured,  outer  segments  of  antennae 
broader  than  intermediate,  color  testaceous  or  rufotestaceous, 
the  head,  narrow  median  pronotal  vitta,  scutellum,  circum- 
scutellar  area  and  narrow  sutural  vitta,  expanded  moderately 
posteriorly,  and  entire  under  surface  back  of  prothorax, 
piceous.    Ala.,  Ind suturalis  (Lee.) 

Prothorax  elongate,  subparallel,  disk  finely,  densely  punctured, 
color  pattern  similar  to  preceding  except  that  entire  under- 
surface  is  testaceous.    Ga lepidus  (Lee.) 

17.  Species  5  mm.  or  over  in  length 18 

Species  4  mm.  or  less  in  length 19 

18.  Pronotum  moderately  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  slightly  finer 

posteriorly,  robust  species.    Eastern  North  America .  auritus  (Herbst.) 

Pronotum  punctured  with  intermixed  larger  and  smaller  punc- 
tures, elongate  species.    Ga blandulus  (Lee.) 

19.  Distinct  carina  near  prosternal  sutures.    Eastern  North  America 

bellus  (Say) 

No  carina  near  prosternal  sutures.    Southern  Tex similis  (Schfr.) 

20.  Species  over  7  mm.  in  length 21 

Species  under  6  mm.  in  length 23 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERlDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         297 

21.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  unicarinate 22 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  bicarinate  and  sides  parallel;  general 

form  depressed,  color  piceous  with  legs  and  antennae  pale; 
third  segment  of  antennas  twice  length  of  second  and  shorter 
than  fourth,  outer  segments  feebly  serrate;  length  8.2. 
Jacksonville,  Fla nicholsi  (Notman) 

22.  Pronotum  with  disk  evenly  convex,  sides  arcuate,  carina  near 

hind  angles  close  to  and  almost  parallel  with  side  margin, 
scutellum  angulate  or  tuberculate  in  front,  elytra  elongate 
elliptical,  color  dirty  brown  with  antennas  and  legs  casta- 
neous.    Ariz,  and  Mex sordidus  (Lee.) 

Pronotum  with  disk  flattened,  sides  almost  parallel  at  middle, 
carina  near  hind  angles  diverging  anteriorly  from  margin, 
scutellum  flat  and  gradually  declivous  in  front,  elytra  cunei- 
form, color  pitchy  black  with  antennas  and  legs  castaneous. 
Fla.,  Ala.,  and  West  Indies amplicollis  (Gyll.) 

23.  Species  short  and  robust,  carina  near  hind  angles  diverging  from 

margin,  color  reddish  brown.    Ariz robustits  (Lee.) 

Conoderes  bicarinatus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Moderately  elongate,  somewhat  depressed  and  broad,  brownish  black,  the 
antennae,  palpi,  legs,  and  margin  of  last  ventral  segment  rufotestaceous,  densely 
clothed  with  short,  fine  grayish  pubescence.  Head  closely,  finely,  and  cribrately 
punctured,  the  frontal  margin  but  slightly  arcuate;  antennae  extending  beyond 
hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  but  little  longer  than  broad, 
the  third  one-half  longer,  the  two  together  not  quite  equal  to  the  fourth. 
Prothorax  wider  than  long,  widest  behind,  the  sides  almost  straight  and  slightly 
convergent  from  base  of  hind  angles  to  near  apex  where  broadly  rounded,  the 
hind  angles  strongly  produced,  slightly  divergent,  with  two  well  defined  carinas, 
an  outer  extending  from  the  apex  to  well  beyond  the  base  of  the  angle  and 
slightly  divergent  from  the  margin  and  sinuate  anteriorly,  the  second  shorter 
and  extending  from  the  apex  inwardly,  the  disk  densely,  finely,  and  deeply 
punctured,  obsoletely  canaliculate  posteriorly.  Scutellum  large,  longer  than 
broad,  and  regularly  declivous  forwards.  Elytra  more  than  twice  as  long  as 
prothorax  and  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  the  sides  rounded  near 
humeri,  thence  gradually  convergent  towards  the  apex,  the  apices  of  each 
elytron  distinctly  emarginate  and  bluntly  bidentate,  disk  deeply  striate,  the 
striae  distinctly  punctate  especially  forwards,  the  intervals  flat  and  finely 
rugulose.  Fifth  ventral  segment  evenly  rounded  at  apex.  Fourth  tarsal  seg- 
ment rather  broadly  lamellate  beneath.    Length  10  mm.,  breadth  3.5  mm. 

This  sombre  colored  species  can  readily  be  separated  by 
having  the  apices  of  the  elytra  emarginate  and  the  hind  angles 
of  the  prothorax  distinctly  bicarinate.  C.  scissus  (Schfr.)  is 
our  only  other  species  with  the  elytral  apices  bidentate,  and 


298  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

nicholsi  (Notman)  of  the  subgenus  Heteroderes  the  only  other 
species  with  the  hind  angles  bicarinate.  It  also  differs  from 
any  of  the  species  described  from  Mexico. 

Holotype:  No.  3107,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  on  Mt.  Washington,  near  Nogales,  Ariz., 
at  an  altitude  of  6000  feet,  July  8,  1919,  by  Mr.  J.  August 
Kusche. 

Conoderes  varians  (Steinheil) 

Numerous  specimens  of  this  species1  which  superficially  very 
closely  resembles  the  more  flavous  forms  of  C.  aversus  (Lee.) 
and  C.  vespertinus  (Fab.),  have  within  recent  years  been 
found  in  various  parts  of  southern  Arizona.  It  was  described 
originally  from  Colombia  but  is  found  ranging  through  Cen- 
tral America  and,  according  to  Champion,2  along  the  west 
coast  of  Mexico.  I  have  specimens  before  me  from  both  west- 
ern Mexico  and  Arizona. 

Conoderes  (Heteroderes)  amplicollis  (Gyllenhal) 

This  species  which  is  rather  widely  distributed  among  the 
West  India  islands  should  now  be  added  to  our  list.  It  was 
first  secured  in  our  territory  near  Mobile,  Alabama,  by  Mr. 
H.  P.  Loding  and  later  near  Dunedin,  Florida,  by  Dr.  W.  S. 
Blatchley;  the  latter  believing  it  to  be  new,  described  it  as 
Monocrepidius  fucosus.3  I  have  a  specimen  of  this  received 
from  Dr.  Blatchley  and  find  that  it  is  absolutely  the  same  as 
the  Mobile  specimens  and  the  same  as  specimens  from  the 
Bermuda  Islands  submitted  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Van  Duzee,  and  from 
Soledad,  Cienfuegos,  Cuba,  by  Mr.  P.  J.  Darlington,  which 
agree  in  all  details  with  the  description  given  by  Candeze4  that 
was  based  upon  type  material. 

1  Zur  Kenntniss  der  Fauna  von  Neu-Granad,  von  Eduard  Steinheil.  Col.  Hefte, 
vol.   XIV    (1875),   pp.    121-122. 

1  Biol.  Ccntr.  Am.,  Col.,  vol.  Ill,  pt.  1,  1895,  p.  353. 

•Can.   Ent.,  vol.   LIII,    1925,  pp.    163-165. 

*  Mon.  des  Elateridea,  par  M.  E.  Candeze,  II,   1859,  p.  372. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERIDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         299 

At  first  thought,  I  believed  that  this  species  was  the  Hetero- 
deres  Ian t us  Cand.,  a  species  founded  upon  specimens  sup- 
posedly captured  in  Alabama,  but  they  do  not  fit  the  descrip- 
tion of  Candeze  nor  agree  at  all  with  H.  sordidus  Lee,  with 
which  Candeze  later  placed  this  species  as  a  synonym.  This 
species  does,  however,  somewhat  resemble  the  Mexican  H. 
granulatus  Champ,  but  can  be  separated  from  the  same  by 
having  the  third  antennal  segment  but  little  longer  than  the 
second  whereas  in  the  other  it  is  much  longer.  H.  granulatus 
Champ,  also  has  the  base  of  the  prothorax  somewhat  yel- 
lowish. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Genus  Conoderus  Esch.    (Monocrepidius  Esch.) 

Conoderus  Esch.    (Monocrepidius  Esch.)  sen.  str. 

Conoderus  xysticus   (Cand.)    (Monocrepidius),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859, 
p.  223. 

Conoderus  lividus  (DeG.)   (Elater),  Mem.  l'hist.  Insect.,  IV,   1774,  p.   162, 
tab.  18,  fig.  13;  (Monocrepidius),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X, 
1853,  p.  482;  Leng  Cat.  Col.,  1922,  p.  167. 
castaneus  Oliv.  (Elater),  Ent.,  II,  1790,  p.  30. 
castanipes  Hbst.  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  23. 

elongatus  Pal.  d.  Beauv.  (Elater),  Ins.,  1805-1821,  p.  78,  pi.  8,  fig.  4; 
(Monocrepidius),  Chev.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.,  1852,  p.  629. 
lobatus  Say  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1823,  p.  175;  (Mono- 
crepidius), Germ.  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  I,  1839,  p.  228. 

Conoderus  parallelus  (Cand.)  (Monocrepidius),  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  246. 

Conoderus  athoides  (Lee.)  (Monocrepidius),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.  167, 
1863,  p.  84. 
mutuus  Horn  (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  312. 

Conoderus  debilis  (Lee.)  (Athous),  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  XVII,  101,  2R,  1878, 
p.  405;  (Monocrepidius),  Henshaw  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  67. 

Conoderus  bicarinatus,  n.  sp. 

Conoderus  scissus  (Schfr.)   (Monocrepidius),   Bui.  Brooklyn  Inst.,  I,   1909, 
p.  378. 

Conoderus  aversus  (Lee)  (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  482. 
scutellaris  Dej.  (Monocrepidius),  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  98. 
var.  c.  elytris  macula  humerali  testacea. 
var.  b.  elytris  vitta  discoidali  testacea. 
puellus  Dej.  (Monocrepidius),  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  98. 


300 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Conoderus  varians  (Steinhl.)  (Monocrepidius),  Col.  Hefte,  XIV,  1875,  p.  121; 

Champion,  Biol.  Cent.  Am.,  Col.,  Ill,  pt.  1,  1895,  p.  353. 
Conoderus  vespertinus  (Fab.)  (Elater),  Syst.  Eleuth.,  II,  1801,  p.  240;  (Mono- 
crepidius), Dej.  Cat.,  ed.  3,  p.  98;  Lee.,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X, 
1853,  p.  483. 
finitimus  Say,  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  VI,  1839,  p.  179. 
serotinus  Germ.,  (Monocrepidius),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  I,  1839,  p.  227. 
texanus  Cand.  (Monocrepidius),  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  262. 
peninsularis  Cand.    (Monocrepidius),  Ann.   Soc.   Ent.   Belg.,   XXXIII, 
1889,  p.  26. 
Conoderus  suturalis  (Lee.)   (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,    1853, 

p.  482'. 

Conoderus  lepidus  (Lee.)  (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  485. 

Conoderus  auritus  (Hbst.)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  145;  (Monocrepidius), 

Germ.,  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  V,  1844,  p.  148;  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil. 

Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  483. 

crassicollis  Melsh.   (Oophorus),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1844, 

p.  214. 
dilectus  Say  (Oophorus),  in.  litt. 

caseyi  Leng  (Monocrepidius),  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXVI,  1918,  p.  206. 
\\finitimus  Casey  (Monocrepidius),  Contrib.,  II,  1884,  p.  170. 
Conoderus  blandulus  (Lee.)  (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853, 

p.  483. 
Conoderus  bellus  (Say)  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ill,  1824,  p.  168; 
(Monocrepidius),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  484. 
variegatus  (Steinh.)  (Monocrepidius),  Col.  Hefte,  XIV,  1875,  p.  123. 
Conoderus  similis  (Schfr.)  (Monocrepidius),  Ent.  News,  XX,  1909,  p.  436. 
texanus  Schfr.  (Monocrepidius),  Bui.  Brooklyn  Inst.,  I,  1909,  p.  379. 

Subgenus  Heteroderes  Latr. 

Conoderus  nicholsi  (Notman)  (Heteroderes),  Bui.  Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc,  XVII, 

1922,  p.  107. 
Conoderus  sordidus  (Lee)   (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,   1853, 
p.  482. 
lantus  Cand.  (Monocrepidius),  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  XXXIII,  1889,  p.  31 . 

Conoderus  amplicollis  (Gyll.)  (Elater),  in  Schon.  Syn.  Ins.,  I,  Append.,  1833, 

p.  141,  194;  (Heteroderes),  Cand.  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  372. 

fucosus  (Blatch.)  (Monocrepidius)  Can.  Ent.,  LVII,  1925,  pp.  163-164. 

Conoderus  robustus  (Horn)  (Monocrepidius),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871, 
p.  311. 


Conoderus  puberulus  Mann.  (Monocrepidius),  Leng  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  167. 
=  Anchastus  cinereipennis  (Esch.)  (Monocrepidius),  Thon.,  Ent. 
Archiv.,  II,  1829,  p.  31. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1 DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         3QJ 

Genus  Elater  Linnaeus 

The  genus  Elater  should  be  made  to  include  Ectamenogonus 
Buysson.  The  latter,  made  to  include  the  species  having  the 
hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  bicarinate,  is  not  founded  upon  a 
sound  character.  In  the  first  place  the  assemblage  is  not  phylo- 
genetic,  the  character  being  an  erratic  one  which  may  appear 
here  and  there  in  the  group.  It  is  also  an  unstable  character, 
for  it  may  or  may  not  be  present  in  all  of  the  individuals  of  a 
species.  It  is  of  value  for  the  purpose  of  separating  certain 
species  from  their  fellows,  but  no  more. 


Elater  sturmii  Germar 

This  species  should  be  restored.  It  was  omitted  in  the  Leng 
Catalogue.  It  is  a  true  Elater  as  observed  by  LeConte,  not  a 
Megapenthes  and  a  synonym  of  granulosus  as  he  formerly 
believed. 


Elater  ursinus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subcylindrical;  piceous  brown,  the  mouthparts,  antennae,  and 
legs  rufous,  the  undersurface  rufopiceous;  and  densely  clothed  with  short, 
coarse,  suberect,  grayish  brown  pile.  Head  coarsely,  closely  punctured;  the 
antennae  reaching  the  apex  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  the  second  segment 
short,  but  slightly  longer  than  broad,  the  third  segment  slightly  longer  than 
second  and  about  two-thirds  length  of  fourth,  segments  4-10  distinctly  serrate. 
Prothorax  slightly  broader  than  long,  sides  somewhat  sinuate  in  front  of  hind 
angles,  thence  arcuate  and  convergent  forwards  and  abruptly  rounded  near 
front  margin,  the  hind  angles  moderately  prominent,  subacute,  with  a  well 
defined  carina  extending  obliquely  inwards  from  apex,  and  a  poorly  denned 
one  between  this  and  the  lateral  margin;  the  disk  quite  convex,  rather  coarsely 
and  closely  punctured,  especially  at  sides,  and  with  a  slight  median  canalicu- 
lation  at  basal  half.  Elytra  about  three  times  the  length  of  prothorax  and 
slightly  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  sides  quite  parallel  to  apical 
third,  then  gradually  rounded  to  apex;  disk  convex,  the  striae  rather  coarsely 
and  closely  punctured  towards  base,  more  finely  posteriorly,  the  intervals 
convex  and  finely  punctured  and  scabrous.  Beneath  with  the  presternum 
broad,  but  slightly  convex,  the  anterior  lobe  not  long  and  finely  and  sparsely 
punctured,  the  propleuras  and  mid-portions  rather  coarsely  and  closely  punc- 
tured, the  abdomen  rather  finely  punctured.   Length  8.5  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 


302  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

Holotype:  No.  3108,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  Paratype  in 
my  collection,  taken  at  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  Lake  Tahoe,  Calif., 
July  4,  1915,  and  July  22,  1915.  A  third  specimen  from  the 
same  locality  has  the  abdomen  entirely  red.  A  fourth,  from 
Easton,  Washington,  has  been  seen. 

This  species  belongs  near  melsheimeri  Leng  (hepaticus 
Mels.)  but  differs  from  that  as  from  others  associated  with  it 
by  being  more  cylindrical  and  generally  smaller.  It  also  has 
the  second  and  third  antennal  segments  proportionally  shorter, 
the  pile  coarser  and  more  elevated,  and  is  different  in  color. 
The  species  is  somewhat  variable  in  color,  the  apical  and  basal 
margins  of  pro  thorax  and  the  basal  margin  of  elytra  being 
rufous  in  some  specimens,  and  in  one  the  entire  under  surface 
is  a  bright  red  as  normally  is  the  case  with  rhodopus  Lee.  If 
the  recently  created  genus  Ectamenogonus  Buysson  were 
recognized,  this  species  would  have  to  be  placed  in  it. 

Elater  fenyesi  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Similar  and  closely  related  to  the  preceding  but  differing  in  the  following 
regards:  the  head,  pronotum,  antennae,  legs,  and  entire  under  surface  a  bright 
red;  the  pronotum  more  coarsely  and  closely  punctured;  the  elytra  with  the 
striae  very  fine  and  finely  punctured,  especially  posteriorly,  the  intervals  flat 
and  much  smoother  posteriorly  than  basally,  with  the  presternum  much  nar- 
rowed and  more  convex,  coarsely  and  rather  closely  punctured,  and  with  the 
anterior  lobe  long. 

Holotype:  No.  3109,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  at  Bishop,  Calif.,  June  16,  1905,  by  Dr.  A. 
Fenyes.    Other  specimens  are  in  the  Doctor's  collection. 

I  at  first  took  this  species  to  be  but  an  extreme  phase  of 
ursinus  but  found  the  presternum  so  different  in  every  way 
that  I  could  not  do  otherwise  than  consider  it  as  distinct. 

Elater  rhodopus  LeConte 

There  is  a  race  of  this  well  known  species  found  in  the 
Wasatch  Mts.  of  Utah  which  is  in  general  shorter  and  blunter, 
less  shining,  with  head  and  pronotum  more  finely  and  closely 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         1>0Z 

punctured,  the  outer  carina  of  the  hind  angles  of  the  pro- 
thorax  quite  vague  in  contrast  to  the  rather  sharply  defined 
ones  of  the  typical  form,  the  elytra  with  the  striae  deeper,  the 
intervals  more  convex  and  more  coarsely  punctured,  and  the 
greater  portion  of  the  under  surface  more  or  less  piceous  in- 
stead of  bright  red.  This,  I  am  calling  the  subspecies  uteanus 
and  designating  as  a  holotype  (No.  3110,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.),  and  paratypes,  a  series  of  six  specimens  collected  in 
Provo  Canon,  Wasatch  Mts.,  Utah,  May  21,  1913,  by  Mr.  J. 
R.  Slevin.  Two  other  specimens  in  the  California  Academy 
collection  were  taken  in  the  same  region  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Van 
Duzee. 

Elater  rubriventris  LeConte 

Typical  specimens  of  Elater  sangiiinicollis  Schaeffer  from 
Stockton,  Utah,  when  compared  with  typical  specimens  of 
rubriventris  from  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  show  that  they 
are  one  and  the  same  species.  This  is  a  species  ranging 
throughout  the  more  mountainous  portions  of  the  southern 
part  of  the  Great  Basin. 

Elater  cordifer  LeConte,  and  associates 

The  members  of  the  cordifer  group  were  in  certain  cases  so 
widely  separated  in  the  synoptic  table  given  by  LeConte3  that 
their  recognition  was  rendered  difficult.  I  believe  that  they 
form  a  definite  group  and  should  be  treated  as  such  so  am 
taking  advantage  of  the  opportunity  while  describing  a  num- 
ber of  new  species  in  the  group,  to  give  a  table  which  I  hope 
will  enable  them  to  be  better  identified.  All  species  are  repre- 
sented in  my  collection  and  by  good  series  except  in  a  few 
cases.  In  regard  to  the  LeConte  and  Horn  species,  I  have 
specimens  which  have  been  very  carefully  compared  with  the 
types  so  feel  quite  sure  of  the  determinations.  The  species  of 
Elater  which  I  have  associated  with  cordifer  are  characterized 

6  Short  Studies  of  North  American  Coleoptera  (No.  2),  by  John  L.  LeConte,  M.  D. 
Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  XII,   1884,  pp.  8-11. 


304  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

in  general  by  having  the  body  black,  the  basal  portion  of  the 
elytra  of  a  rich  orange  or  reddish  orange  color,  the  antennal 
segments  4-10  decidedly  serrate,  the  prothorax  with  the  hind 
angles  unicarinate,  the  notum  more  or  less  densely  punctured, 
and  the  entire  upper  surface  clothed  with  a  somewhat  dense 
yet  short,  semierect  pile,  longer  and  more  erect  on  the  prono- 
tum.  With  the  exception  of  apicatus,  all  are  restricted  to  the 
Pacific  area.  Elater  pullus  Germ,  might,  because  of  its  color 
pattern,  seem  to  belong  in  the  group  but  its  sculpturing  as 
shown  by  its  sparse  pronotal  punctation  would  place  it  without 
the  pale. 

Synoptic  Table 

Cordifer  group  of  Elater  Linnaeus 

1.  Pubescence  of  pronotum  black  or  at  least  black  on  disk 2 

Pubescence  of  pronotum  yellow  or  grayish  yellow 7 

2.  Apical  elytral  patch  more  or  less  cordiform 5 

Apex  of  elytra  uniformly  black,  the  anterior  margin  of  black 

patch  quite  transverse 3 

3.  Pronotum  subopaque,  bluish  black,  very  densely,  umbilicately, 

punctured,  pubescence  coal  black  and  quite  erect,  apical 
third  of  elytra  or  over  uniformly  black,  the  basal  area  red- 
dish orange,  specimens  in  general  proportionately  broader 
and  more  flattened  than  other  members  of  the  group;  length 
8-9  mm.    Middle  Sierra  of  Calif,  and  Great  Basin,  ranges 

from  Ariz,  to  B.  C phelpsi  Horn 

Pronotum  shining,  punctures  not  umbilicate  nor  approximate .  .  4 

4.  Pronotal  pubescence  black  and  semierect,  apical  black  patch  of 

elytra  not  reaching  the  middle;  length  6-9  mm.    High  middle 

Sierra  of  Calif horni  Cand. 

Pronotal  pubescence  much  inclined,  apical  black  patch  of  elytra 
variable,  generally  extending  beyond  middle;  length  8.5-9 
mm.    Southern  Ore dimidiatus  Lee. 

5.  Apical  black  patch  touching  sides  for  some  distance  in  front  of 

apex 6 

Apical  black  patch  touching  sides  only  close  to  apex,  the  yellow 
area  extending  backwards  along  suture  beyond  frontal  mar- 
gin of  black  area,  pubescence  over  yellow  area,  yellow; 
moderately  large  species;  length  10  mm.  or  over.  Most  of 
Calif •. cordifer  Lee. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         305 

6.  Black  patch  of  elytra  slightly  separated  anteriorly  by  intrusion 

of  yellow,  pubescence  of  pronotum  black  on  disk  and  fulvous 
at  sides  near  hind  angles;  length  9  mm.  or  less.  B.  C.  to 
mountains  of  middle  Calif varipilis  n.  sp. 

Black  patch  of  elytra  extending  forwards  along  suture,  pubes- 
cence black  over  entire  pronotum;  length  10  mm.  or  over. 
Western  Wash.,  south  near  coast  to  Sonoma  County,  Calif. 
behrensi  Horn 

7.  Elytra  entirely  orange,  without  black  apical  patch 11 

Elytra  with  black  apical  patch 8 

8.  Pronotum  somewhat  subopaque,  rather  closely  punctured,  pubes- 

cence fulvous,  black  elytral  patch  in  touch  with  margin  for 

some  distance  in  front  of  apex;  length  9  mm.  or  less 9 

Pronotum  rather  shining,  punctures  somewhat  separated,  pubes- 
cence grayish  yellow,  black  elytral  patch  not  touching  sides 
or  touching  only  near  apex;  length  10  mm.  or  more 10 


< 


9.  Prothorax  with  sides  almost  parallel  at  basal  half,  broadly 
rounded  in  front,  pronotal  pubescence  suberect,  antennae 
barely  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax;  length  9  mm. 
(in  a  few  specimens  the  apical  black  patch  is  vague).  Marin 
and  Sonoma  counties,  Calif.,  on  Douglas  fir,  Pseudotsuga. 
A  coastal  species cordatus  Horn 

Prothorax  with  sides  converging  from  base  to  apex  and  but 
slightly  arcuate,  pronotal  pubescence  much  inclined,  an- 
tennae distinctly  extending  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax; 
length  7-8  mm.  Middle  and  northern  Sierra  of  Calif,  on 
yellow  pine.    (Washington  vide  LeConte) affinis  Lee. 

10.  Apical  elytral  patches  limited  to  each  elytron  and  not  reaching 

suture,  sides  or  apex;  pronotal  pubescence  suberect,  elytral 
pubescence  black  throughout;  length  9-10  mm.  B.  C.  south 
to  Sierra  of  middle  Calif bimaculatus  n.  sp. 

Apical  elytral  patch  cordiform,  united  along  suture  and  reaching 
apex  and  sides  for  a  short  distance  near  apex  (in  a  few  cases 
the  patch  extends  forward  parallel  to  suture  almost  to  base 
of  elytra);  pubescence  of  both  pronotum  and  elytra  much 
inclined;  length  10-13  mm.  Northern  United  States  and 
Canada  from  Atlantic  to  west  of  Great  Lakes apicatus  Say 

11.  Pronotum  more  coarsely  and  closely  punctured  than  in  case  of 

preceding,  prothorax  also  more  broadly  rounded  in  front 
and  elytra  less  narrowed  and  less  cuneate  posteriorly;  length 
8-14  mm.  This  species  is  most  decidedly  not  a  variety  of 
apicatus  as  generally  listed.  B.C.,  Pacific  States  and  north- 
ern Rocky  Mountains pfwenicopterus  Germ. 


306  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Elater  phelpsi  Horn 

This  very  beautiful  and  rather  rare  Elater  is  to  be  found  in 
its  typical  form  and  color  throughout  the  higher  levels  of  the 
middle  and  northern  Sierras  of  California.  The  brilliant  red- 
dish yellow  color  of  the  base  of  the  elytra  and  the  coal  black, 
heavily  punctured  pronotum  readily  separate  it  from  its  fel- 
lows. In  the  mountains  of  Arizona,  there  is  a  phase  that  is 
smaller  with  the  base  of  the  elytra  a  distinct  orange  color, 
while  in  British  Columbia  still  another  phase  occurs  that  has 
the  pronotum  more  finely  and  not  umbilicately  nor  approxi- 
mately punctured,  with  fulvous  pile  instead  of  black,  and  with 
the  apical  black  patch  of  the  elytra  quite  cordiform.  This  latter 
phase  is  so  distinct  that  I  have  designated  it  as  the  subspecies 
hoppingi.  My  Holotype  (No.  3111,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.) 
was  collected  by  Mr.  Ralph  Hopping  in  Midday  Valley, 
Merritt,  British  Columbia,  July  12,  1923.  Paratypes  are  in 
Mr.  Hopping's  collection. 

Elater  varipilis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subcylindrical ;  black,  elytra  orange  except  for  a  cordate  black 
patch,  the  orange  extending  along  the  sides  almost  to  the  apex  and  on  the 
suture  at  least  half  way  through  the  black  area,  the  antennae  rufopiceous  and 
the  tarsi  rufous;  surface  moderately,  finely  pubescent,  the  pile  suberect  above, 
black  on  discal  area  of  pronotum  and  on  black  areas  of  elytra,  golden  yellow  to 
a  slight  extent  on  head,  sides  of  pronotum  behind,  basal  area  of  elytra  and 
beneath.  Head  moderately  coarsely,  densely  punctured;  antennae  not  reaching 
hind  angles  of  prothorax,  third  segment  one-half  longer  than  second,  sub- 
cylindrical,  4-10  distinctly  serrate,  the  fourth  slightly  the  longest  and  almost 
as  long  as  broad;  prothorax  slightly  broader  than  long,  sides  sinuate  in  front 
of  hind  angles,  slightly  arcuate  in  front  and  narrowed  near  apex,  hind  angles 
unicarinate,  disk  similarly  punctured  to  head  anteriorly,  more  finely  and 
sparsely  posteriorly,  and  quite  shining.  Elytra  distinctly  more  than  twice  as 
long  as  prothorax  and  twice  as  long  as  broad,  the  sides  gradually  narrowing 
posteriorly,  more  suddenly  at  apex,  the  disk  with  striae  distinctly  impressed 
and  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured  almost  to  apex,  the  intervals  but  slightly 
convex,  finely  punctured  and  rugose.  Beneath  moderately  coarsely  but  not 
closely  punctured  anteriorly,  more  finely  posteriorly.  Length  9  mm.,  breadth 
2.75  mm. 

Holotype:    No.  3112,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  numerous 
Paratypes  in  my  collection,  the  first  from  Strawberry  Valley, 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERlDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         2,07 

Eldorado  County,  California,  collected  by  myself  August  5, 
1912,  the  rest  from  mid-Sierran  localities.  My  series  consists 
of  57  specimens  ranging  from  British  Columbia  through 
western  Washington  and  Oregon  and  down  the  Cascade  and 
Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  to  the  Yosemite  Valley. 

This  species  in  size  and  general  appearance  closely  resembles 
Elater  cordatus  Horn  and  no  doubt  in  most  collections  is 
placed  there.  Elater  cordatus  Horn,  of  which  I  have  typical 
specimens  from  the  type  locality  and  checked  with  the  type, 
differs  in  the  fact  that  the  pile  of  the  head  and  pronotum  is 
much  finer  and  entirely  yellow,  the  prothorax  with  sides  more 
parallel  posteriorly,  the  disk  more  opaque,  the  third  segment 
of  the  antennas  but  little  longer  than  the  second  and  the  elytra 
less  cuneate.  In  general  also  the  yellow  of  elytra  does  not  have 
a  tendency  to  extend  along  the  suture  so  far  posteriorly.  The 
most  evident  character  to  use  for  their  separation  is  the  color 
of  the  pile  on  the  pronotum,  black  on  the  disk  and  yellow  at 
sides  near  hind  angles  in  varipilis  and  yellow  throughout  in 
cordatus. 

Elater  bimaculatus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  parallel  sided;  black,  elytra  orange  except  for  an  elongate  black 
maculation  near  apex  of  each  elytron  which  does  not  reach  suture,  sides  or 
apex,  the  tarsi  rufous  and  apices  of  antennae  somewhat  so;  surface  moderately, 
finely  pubescent,  suberect  above  and  golden  yellow  on  head,  pronotum  and 
sides  of  elytra  near  humeri,  elsewhere  on  elytra  black,  beneath  yellowish, 
sparser,  shorter  and  appressed.  Head  moderately,  coarsely,  not  closely  punc- 
tured, more  in  front;  antennae  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  seg- 
ment one-half  longer  than  third  and  somewhat  triangular,  segments  4-10 
decidedly  triangular  but  longer  than  broad,  the  basal  the  broadest.  Prothorax 
slightly  broader  than  long,  sides  perceptibly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles, 
slightly  arcuate  at  middle  and  rather  distinctly  narrowed  to  apex,  hind  angles 
unicarinate,  disk  quite  convex,  very  shining,  and  moderately  coarsely  but  not 
closely  punctured.  Elytra  two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  prothorax  and 
two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  broad,  breadth  equal  to  that  of  prothorax, 
sides  almost  straight  and  parallel  anteriorly,  just  perceptibly  sinuate  at  middle, 
gradually  rounded  and  convergent  to  apex,  the  disk  with  stria*  moderately 
impressed  and  finely,  rather  closely  punctured,  the  intervals  flat  except  near 
apex,  shining,  very  finely  punctured  and  but  slightly  rugose.  Beneath  mod- 
erately coarsely  but  not  closely  punctured  anteriorly,  more  finely  on  posterior 
ventral  segments.    Length  10  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 

March  3,  1932 


308  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Holotype:  No.  3113,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  numerous 
Paratypes  in  my  collection,  the  first  captured  by  me  at  Fallen 
Leaf  Lake,  Lake  Tahoe,  Calif.,  July  1,  1915,  the  others  from 
various  points  in  the  mountains  of  northern  California.  In 
my  series  are  about  fifty  specimens,  and  I  have  seen  many 
more,  which  range  from  British  Columbia  and  western  Mon- 
tana south  through  Washington  and  Oregon  to  the  southern 
Sierras  of  California.  It  is  found  in  the  main  beneath  the 
bark  of  dead  fir. 

The  distinctive  peculiarities  of  this  member  of  the  cordifer 
group  is  that  it  is  the  most  elongate,  most  parallel  and  pro- 
portionately narrowest  member,  and  that  the  apical  black 
patches  of  the  elytra  are  distinctly  isolated,  neither  touching 
each  other,  the  suture,  nor  the  margin  at  any  point.  From 
cordatus  and  affinis  which  both  have  the  pile  of  the  pronotum 
yellow,  it  is  readily  separated  in  addition  to  the  characters 
mentioned  above  by  having  the  pronotum  shining  and  the 
punctures  well  separated,  whereas  the  pronotum  is  subopaque 
in  those  species  and  rather  finely,  closely  punctured. 

Elater  brunneicolor  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Size,  form  and  general  color  of  Elater  manipularis  Cand.,  brown  passing 
into  rufous  at  margins,  basal  margin  of  elytra  yellow,  the  antennae  and  legs 
rufous;  surface  clothed  with  moderately  coarse,  yellowish  brown  pile,  somewhat 
erect  on  dorsum.  Head  coarsely,  rather  closely  punctured;  antennae  reaching 
a  segment  and  a  half  beyond  hind  angles  of  pro  thorax,  third  segment  one  and 
a  half  times  as  long  as  second  and  cylindrical,  segments  4-10  distinctly  serrate, 
the  fourth  one-third  longer  than  broad,  the  outer  ones  somewhat  narrower. 
Prothorax  as  wide  as  long,  sides  just  perceptibly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles, 
but  slightly  arcuate  and  convergently  narrowed  anteriorly,  hind  angles  uni- 
carinate,  disk  rather  finely,  sparsely  punctured  posteriorly,  more  coarsely  and 
closely  at  sides  and  towards  apex.  Elytra  almost  three  times  as  long  as  pro- 
thorax  and  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  sides  parallel  in  front,  gradually 
rounded  posteriorly  to  apex,  disk  rather  finely  striate,  the  striae  finely,  closely 
punctured  with  elongate  punctures,  the  intervals  flattened,  shining  and  very 
finely  punctured.  Beneath  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured  in  front  and 
gradually  more  finely  and  sparsely  behind.    Length  9  mm.,  breadth  2.5  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3114,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by 
myself  at  Forest  Home,  San  Bernardino  County,  California, 
June    18,    1928,    Paratypes    from    Mt.    Wilson,    Los    Angeles 


Vol.  XX]  VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         399 

County,  California,  and  Forest  Home,  San  Bernardino 
County,  California.  Of  the  fourteen  specimens  which  I  have 
before  me,  all  are  from  southern  California  except  two  from 
the  Santa  Cruz  Mountains,  one  from  Oroville,  and  one  from 
Placer  Co.,  California.  They  also  show  considerable  vari- 
ation as  to  color  from  brown  to  rufotestaceous,  in  size  from 
7-9  mm.  in  length,  and  as  regards  the  coarseness  of  pronotal 
punctation  and  distinctness  of  elytral  striae.  Several  typical 
specimens  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell  have  also 
been  examined. 

This  species  superficially  looks  very  much  like  Elater  mani- 
fndaris  Cand.  as  stated  previously.  It  differs  from  that  by 
having  the  median  segments  of  the  antennae  definitely  serrate, 
the  same  segments  in  manipularis  being  only  slightly  en- 
larged apically  and  by  having  the  pile  coarser  and  more  erect 
on  the  dorsal  surface.  From  Elater  longicornis  Lee,  a  brown 
species  which  is  found  in  its  territory,  it  differs  by  being  much 
shorter,  by  having  its  prothorax  as  long  as  wide,  whereas  in 
longicornis  it  is  distinctly  broader  than  long,  by  having  shorter 
antennae,  the  antennae  in  the  latter  extending  at  least  three  seg- 
ments beyond  the  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  and  also  by  having 
the  median  segments  more  serrate. 


Elater  brevis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Short,  compact,  black,  sides,  hind  angles  and  outer  part  of  base  of  prothorax 
rufous,  elytra  rufotestaceous  with  a  vague  fuscous  patch  along  suture  near 
apex,  the  antennae  and  legs  reddish  with  femora  slightly  piceous;  surface 
sparsely  pilose,  the  pile  but  little  elevated  even  on  upper  surface.  Head  rather 
finely  and  sparsely  punctured;  the  antennae  only  reaching  the  base  of  the  hind 
angles  of  prothorax,  third  segment  a  third  longer  than  second  and  hardly 
dilated  apically,  fourth  segment  almost  as  long  as  second  and  third  together, 
segments  4-10  serrate  but  about  one-third  longer  than  broad.  Prothorax 
slightly  broader  than  long,  sides  almost  parallel  in  front  of  hind  angles,  gradu- 
ally arcuate  and  anteriorly  narrowed  to  apex,  hind  angles  unicarinate,  disk 
slightly  convex,  finely  yet  distinctly  and  not  closely  punctured.  Elytra  slightly 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  wide  and  almost  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax, 
sides  almost  parallel  anteriorly,  gradually  rounded  and  narrowed  to  apex,  the 
disk  with  striae  well  defined  and  rather  finely,  closely  punctured,  the  intervals 
quite  flat,  finely  punctured  and  finely  transversely  rugose.  Beneath  moderately 


310  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

coarsely,  not  closely  punctured  anteriorly,  much  more  finely  punctured  on 
ventral  segments.    Length  8  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3115,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  female  col- 
lected by  myself  in  Paradise  Valley,  Mt.  Rainier,  Washing- 
ton, July  15,  1920;  Paratype,  z.  smaller  specimen,  from 
Moscow  Mt.,  Idaho,  May,  identical  in  all  essentials  with 
preceding.  A  third  specimen  is  entirely  black  except  hind 
angles  and  a  narrow  lateral  margin  to  prothorax,  both  above 
and  beneath,  which  are  rufous,  a  rufous  cast  to  the  humeral 
region  of  elytra  and  rufous  antennae  and  legs.  It  was  col- 
lected on  Red  Mountain,  Nevada  Co.,  Calif.,  July  3,  1911,  by 
Dr.  Chas.  Von  Geldern.  A  number  of  other  specimens  from 
eastern  British  Columbia  have  also  been  submitted  to  me  for 
determination  by  Mr.  Ralph  Hopping.  He  reports  that  he  has 
"six  specimens,  two  from  Trinity  Valley,  which  is  just  east 
of  Vernon,  two  from  Copper  Mountain,  near  the  Inter- 
national Boundary,  one  from  Vernon  and  one  from  Williams 
Lake,  which  is  in  the  Caribou  District,  about  sixty  miles 
north  of  the  C.P.R." 

This  species,  which  suggests  some  of  the  species  of  Dras- 
terius,  both  because  of  the  form  and  coloration,  would  run  in 
the  LeConte  table,  close  to  pullus,  where  it  most  probably 
belongs.  It  is  of  the  same  stocky  build,  but  larger  and  differ- 
ently marked.  It  seems  to  show  no  relationship  whatever  to 
any  of  our  other  species. 


Genus  Megapenthes  Kiesenwetter 

The  genus  Megapenthes  is  quite  polymorphic  yet  the  species 
in  general  appearance  and  in  most  structural  details  are  much 
like  those  of  Elater.  They  all  differ  fundamentally,  however, 
by  having  the  sutures  of  the  prosternum  not  excavated  in 
front  between  the  sternum  and  the  flanks,  and  in  addition  also 
are  distinguished  by  the  following  characters  of  lesser  mo- 
ment: prosternum  concave  or  channeled  between  the  front 
coxae  and  the  inner  portion  of  the  posterior  coxal  plates,  not 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ER1  DM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         31  1 

suddenly  expanded  but  gradually  dilated,  though  often  marked- 
ly broad  as  compared  with  the  outer  portion.  In  most  of  our 
species  both  the  second  and  third  antennal  segments  are  small 
and  in  a  number  the  antennae  of  the  males  are  ornamented 
with  rather  long  erect  hair  in  addition  to  the  usual  pile.  The 
<renus  is  world  wide  in  distribution  with  the  bulk  of  the 
species  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  world,  while  Elater  is  mainly 
Holarctic.  In  the  United  States  there  are  but  few  species 
while  in  Mexico  and  the  countries  to  the  south  they  are  far 
more  abundant. 

There  is  much  confusion  in  the  literature  concerning  the 
status  of  our  species.  For  instance,  Otto  Schwarz  in  Genera 
Insectorum,  places  tartareus,  aterrimus  and  limbalis  in  the 
genus  Trichophorus.  As  stated  by  Schaeffer,6  these  most  de- 
cidedly do  not  belong  there  but  in  Megapenthes.  Elater 
sturmii  Germ,  was  at  one  time  believed  by  LeConte  to  be  the 
same  as  granulosus,  now  recognized  as  but  the  female  of 
Megapenthes  limbalis  (Hbst. ).  Later,  however,  he7  discovered 
that  they  were  two  distinct  species  and  placed  sturmii  where  it 
truly  belongs  in  the  genus  Elater,.  In  the  Leng  Catalogue, 
there  are  also  several  errors  as  regards  the  synonymy.  Mega- 
penthes aterrimus  Horn  is  a  true  synonym  of  Dolopiosomus 
aterrimus  Mots.,  not  the  latter  a  synonym  of  Megapenthes 
tartareus  (Lee),  therefore  the  name  horni  as  a  substitute  for 
aterrimus  Horn  is  unnecessary.  The  corrected  bibliography 
will  be  found  following  the  discussion  of  the  species. 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  unicarinate 2 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  bicarinate 17 

2.  Opaque,  very  densely  punctured;  antennae  strongly  serrate,  seg- 

ments 2-3  small,  in  the  male  outer  segments  with  stiff  erect 

hairs;  large  and  robust  species 3 

Somewhat  shining,  less  densely  punctured;  antennae  but  mod- 
erately serrate ;  smaller  and  more  linear  species 6 

•Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXIV,  1916,  p.  26. 
T  Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884.  p.  9. 


312  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

3.  Pubescence  entirely  black 4 

Pubescence  brown  or  variegated 5 

4.  Prosternal  lobe  subtruncate  in  front,  presternum  but  moderately 

broad  between  coxae  and  slightly  channeled;  abdomen  rather 
coarsely  punctured;  color  dull  black,  legs  sometimes  dark 
red;  distinctly  narrowed  in  front  as  well  as  behind;  length 
9.5-11  mm.    Ore.,  Calif.,  more  common  south  and  inland 

tartareus  (Lee.) 

Prosternal  lobe  arcuate  in  front,  presternum  as  broad  as  long 
between  coxae  and  deeply  channeled;  abdomen  rather  finely, 
densely  punctured;  color  dull  black,  sometimes  with  white 
spot  near  apex  of  each  elytron;  stouter  species  than  pre- 
ceding, blunter  both  in  front  and  behind;  length  9-16  mm. 
Calif,  and  N.  M aterrimus  (Mots.) 

5.  Similar  in  structure  to  aterrimus;  black  or  piceous,  elytra  yellow 

transversely  barred  with  from  two  to  three  irregular  black 
bands,  prothorax  also  sometimes  yellow  as  well  as  antennae 
and  legs  often  rufous;  length  11-14  mm.    Southern  Calif.. . 

turbulentus  (Lee.) 

Presternum  much  as  in  aterrimus;  abdomen  very  finely  densely 
punctured;  male  black  with  occiput,  pronotum  except  hind 
angles  and  median  area,  entire  margin  of  elytra  and  often 
legs  and  antennae  reddish  yellow,  female  entirely  black; 
length  8-16  mm.    Middle  and  southern  states limbalis  (Hbst.) 

6.  Antennae  with  segments  2-3  small  and  about  equal  in  size 9 

Antennae  with  second  segment  alone  small,  third  almost  as  long 

as  fourth  and  quite  triangular 7 

7.  Head  and  elytra  entirely  coal  black 8 

Black,  front  of  head,  prothorax  except  for  large  discal  and  sternal 
black  spot,  and  basal  margin  of  elytra  yellowish  red;  first 
tarsal  segment  almost  as  long  as  following  four  united ;  simu- 
lates rufilabris;  length  6  mm.    Southern  Pines,  N.  C.  .  .tarsalis  Schfr. 

8.  Black,  pubescence  black,  entire  prothorax  except  sternum  red- 

dish yellow;  pronotum  and  propleurae  finely,  sparsely  punc- 
tured; elytral  striae  well  impressed  and  distinctly,  regularly 
punctured;  intermediate  segments  of  antennae  quite  serrate; 
length  7-8  mm.    Middle  Sierra  of  Calif lepidus  Lee. 

Similar  to  above  in  structure  and  coloration  except  that  pro- 
thorax more  sanguineous;  the  propleurae  rather  coarsely, 
closely  punctured,  elytral  striae  finely  impressed  and  not 
distinctly  punctured  except  at  sides;  length  6.5  mm.  111.  .  .  . 
illinoiensis  n.  sp. 

9.  Black,  more  or  less  ornamented  with  orange  or  red 10 

Ferruginous  or  brownish,  more  or  less  unicolorous 14 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERI DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         3^3 

10.  Pronotum  black  or  black  with  hind  angles  yellow 11 

Pronotum,  propleurae  and  legs  reddish  orange;  antennae  of  males 

with  erect  hair;  length  8-9  mm.    Wash,  to  Calif.  .  .  .nigriventris  Lee. 

1 1 .  Elytra  in  great  part  black 12 

Elytra  in  great  part  orange 13 

12.  Pronotum  coarsely,  deeply  punctured;  black,  the  hind  angles  of 

prothorax  always  orange,  males  in  addition  with  basal  and 
sometimes  transverse  subapical  elytral  spots  yellow  (rarely 
a  third  between  them),  females  with  basal  third  of  elytra 
yellow  except  for  suture  and  small  oblique  subhumeral 
patch,  and  a  small  subapical  spot;  length  7-10  mm.  Coastal 
area  of  northern  Calif,  (lives  in  rotting  California  laurel, 

Umbellularia  calif ornica  Nutt.) elegans  Horn 

Pronotum  finely,  shallowly  punctured;  black,  pronotum  some- 
times with  small  yellow  area  near  hind  angles,  males  in 
addition  with  basal  and  often  subapical  elytral  spot  yellow, 
females  with  yellow  lunule  (often  broken)  extending  from 
base  to  near  middle  of  elytra  and  a  subapical  spot;  length 
5-7  mm.  Extends  from  Nova  Scotia  to  B.  C.  and  through- 
out Pacific  States stigtnosus  (Lee.) 

13.  Black,  elytra  with  large  orange  spots,  extending  beyond  middle, 

and  subapical  spots,  outlining  a  black  cross;  length  5-6  mm. 

Calif quadrimaculatus  (Horn) 

Black,  elytra  orange,  scutellar  spot  and  two  transverse  bands 
connected  along  the  suture  black;  length  8  mm.  Great  Lake 
States  and  Canada  (not  Calif.) rogersi  Horn 

14.  Narrow  and  elongate  species,  over  four  times  as  long  as  broad . .  15 
Larger  and  more  robust  species,  not  four  times  as  long  as  broad; 

ferruginous  brown  above,  rufous  beneath;  antennae  in  males 
extending  slightly  beyond  hind  angles;  pronotum  rather 
finely,  closely  and  deeply  punctured ;  length  9  mm.  Southern 
N.  M.  and  southern  Ariz obtusus  n.  sp. 

15.^ Very  narrow  and  elongate;  antennae  in  males  reaching  three  seg- 
ments beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax;  pronotal  punctures 

not  close  together 16 

Smaller  and  less  elongate;  antennae  in  males  extending  about  a 
segment  and  a  half  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax;  pro- 
notal punctures  shallow,  umbilicate  and  closely  approxi- 
mate; length  7.5  mm.    Southern  Ariz variolatus  n.  sp. 

16.  Reddish  brown  above,  rufous  beneath;  head  in  males  broader 
than  apex  of  prothorax,  eyes  very  large;  pronotal  punctures 
shallow  and  variolate;  length  7.75-8  mm.    Southern  Ariz. 

megalops  n.  sp. 

Ferruginous  above,  lighter  beneath;  head  in  males  not  broader 
than  apex  of  prothorax;  eyes  normal;  pronotal  punctures 
more  punctiform;  length  8-9  mm.    Southern  Ariz,  .longicornis  Schfr. 


314  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

17.  Smaller  species,  not  over  8  mm.  in  length,  second  and  third  an- 

tennal  segments  small,  outer  carina  poorly  defined 18 

Larger  and  more  robust  species,  10  mm.  or  over  in  length,  both 

carinas  of  hind  angles  of  pro  thorax  well  defined 19 

18.  Black  or  piceous,  base  of  prothorax  and  elytra  and  legs  testaceous, 

beneath  more  or  less  rufous  in  front;  pronotal  punctures  fine 
sparse;  outer  carina  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  evident  but 
vague;  length  7-8  mm.  Middle  and  southern  states .  rufilabris  (Germ.) 
Ferruginous,  head  somewhat  piceous;  pronotal  punctures  coarse 
and  variolate ;  hind  margin  of  posterior  coxal  plates  emargin- 
ate  near  trochanter;  length  8  mm.    Brownsville,  Tex.nigriceps  Schfr. 

19.  Elongate,  sub-cuneiform,  brown;  antennae  reaching  hind  angles 

of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  small,  together 
shorter  than  fourth;  prothorax  longer  than  wide,  pronotum 

deeply  punctured;  length  10  mm.    Mo angularis  Lee. 

Elongate,  brown,  antennas  and  legs  rufous;  antennae  in  male 
reaching  two  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax, 
second  segment  small,  third  two-thirds  length  of  fourth, 
together  fully  equal  to  fourth;  prothorax  longer  than  wide, 
disk  coarsely,  deeply  and  moderately  closely  punctured, 
hind  angles  with  both  carinae  sharply  defined,  the  outer  the 
longer;  length  11  mm.    Tex.,  southern  Ariz insignis  (Lee.) 


Megapenthes  aterrimus  (Motschulsky) 

This  common  California  species  is  generally  of  a  uniform 
sooty  black  color.  Recently,  however,  several  male  specimens 
have  been  taken  near  Riverton,  Eldorado  Co.,  Calif.,  which 
had  a  patch  of  white  pile  near  the  apices  of  each  elytron. 


Megapenthes  illinoiensis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Small,  elongate,  shining,  coal  black,  pronotum  except  anterior  and  posterior 
margins  and  propleurae  bright  red,  sparsely  clothed  with  short,  semierect  black 
pile.  Head  rather  coarsely,  umbilicately,  and  closely  punctured;  antennae  in 
male  reaching  at  least  one  segment  behind  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second 
segment  small,  third  three-fourths  as  large  as  fourth  and  triangular,  third  to 
tenth  distinctly  serrate.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  narrowed  in  front,  sides 
slightly  and  evenly  arcuate,  hind  angles  acute,  unicarinate,  disk  smooth, 
rather  finely  and  sparsely  punctured,  more  coarsely  and  closely  near  anterior 
angles.  Elytra  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  quite  parallel  anteriorly, 
gradually  narrowed  posteriorly,  disk  with  striae  not  deeply  impressed  and  rather 
finely  punctured  near  suture,  more  coarsely  and  distinctly  at  sides,  intervals 
flat  and  more  or  less  transversely  rugose.    Beneath  with  the  presternum  dis- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         $\$ 

tinctly  but  not  closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  rather  closely  and  coarsely 
punctured,  the  meso  and  metasternum  distinctly  but  not  closely  punctured, 
and  the  abdomen  more  finely  punctured.    Length  6.5  mm.,  breadth  2  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3116,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique 
collected  near  Urbana,  Illinois,  April  28,  1928,  by  Mr.  A.  T. 
McClay  and  by  him  kindly  presented  to  me. 

This  species  is  very  close  to  the  Californian  Megapenthes 
lepidus  Lee,  but  is  somewhat  smaller,  with  the  prothorax 
sanguineous  rather  than  orange,  the  front  of  the  head  more 
coarsely  and  closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  also  much  more 
coarsely  and  closely  punctured,  and  the  elytra  with  the  striae 
finer  and  the  strial  punctures  less  clearly  defined.  It  super- 
ficially resembles  Elater  collaris  Say  and  might  possibly  be 
confused  with  that  in  eastern  collections. 


Megapenthes  obtusus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Male  subelongate,  robust;  ferruginous  brown,  base  of  prothorax  and  elytra 
slightly  yellowish,  beneath  more  rufous,  antennae  rufotestaceous  and  legs 
testaceous;  surface  clothed  with  coarse,  yellowish  brown  pile.  Head  rather 
finely,  not  densely  punctured;  antennae  slender,  reaching  about  one  segment 
behind  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  third  one-third  longer, 
fourth  the  longest,  longer  than  second  and  third  combined,  not  quite  twice  as 
long  as  broad  at  apex,  segments  4-10  serrate  and  gradually  diminishing  in 
length  and  breadth.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  at  middle  than  broad;  sides 
almost  straight  from  apex  of  hind  angles  to  anterior  angles  and  gradually 
convergent,  hind  angles  robust,  rather  long,  slightly  divergent,  and  unicarinate; 
disk  convex,  flattened  above,  feebly  canaliculate  basally,  rather  coarsely, 
deeply  and  closely  punctured,  finer  apically,  punctures  obscure  at  base.  Elytra 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  twice  as  long  as  prothorax,  sides  almost 
straight  and  slightly  converging  posteriorly  to  posterior  third,  thence  more 
rounded  and  convergent  to  blunt  apex,  disk  rather  deeply  striate,  striae  closely, 
moderately  coarsely  punctured,  intervals  subconvex,  finely  punctured  and 
rugose,  especially  towards  base.  Beneath  moderately,  finely,  sparsely  punc- 
tured in  front,  more  finely  and  closely  on  abdomen,  posterior  coxal  plates  but 
moderately  dilated  inwardly  and  with  margin  in  front  of  trochanters  slightly 
sinuate.    Length  9  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 

The  female  is  more  robust,  with  sides  of  prothorax  more  parallel  posteriorly, 
more  rounded  anteriorly,  the  elytra  likewise  with  sides  more  arcuate  and  gen- 
erally less  cuneate,  the  antennae  also  shorter. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3117,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  the 
Chiricahua  Mountains,  Arizona,  July  9,  1908;    Allotype:    Fe- 


316  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

male,  No.  3118,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Cloudcroft, 
Sacramento  Mountains,  New  Mexico,  July  9,  1917,  and  one 
Paratype  female,  Texas  Pass,  Dragoon  Mountains,  Arizona, 
July  19,  1917,  the  last  two  collected  and  kindly  presented  by 
Prof.  W.  M.  Wheeler. 

Judging  from  the  description  of  Megapenthes  angularis 
Lee,  this  species  somewhat  resembles  that  in  general  features 
but  it  lacks  the  bicarinate  hind  angles  to  prothorax  and  the 
transverse  posterior  margin  to  the  expanded  inner  portion  of 
the  posterior  coxal  plates.  It  suggests  none  of  our  other 
species. 

Megapenthes  variolatus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrow,  somewhat  narrowed  in  front  and  distinctly  so  posteriorly; 
ferruginous,  base  of  elytra  somewhat  yellowish,  tarsi  testaceous;  clothed  with 
rather  coarse,  yellowish  pile.  Head  rather  coarsely  and  moderately  closely 
punctured,  eyes  not  projecting  beyond  sides  of  prothorax,  antennae  slender, 
extending  at  least  a  segment  and  a  half  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second 
and  third  segments  small  and  of  about  equal  length,  fourth  distinctly  longer 
than  the  two  combined,  segments  4-10  slightly  serrate  and  diminishing  in 
breadth  towards  apex.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad,  sides  straight, 
convergent  forwards  from  apices  of  hind  angles  to  anterior  angles,  hind  angles 
prominent,  slightly  divergent  and  unicarinate,  disk  slightly  convex,  vaguely 
canaliculate  posteriorly,  densely,  shallowly  umbilicately  punctured,  obscurely 
so  at  base.  Elytra  slightly  more  than  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad 
and  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  prothorax  (excluding  hind  angles),  sides 
quite  parallel  in  front,  slightly  arcuate  and  convergent  to  bluntly  rounded 
apex,  disk  distinctly  striate,  the  striae  finely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  flat- 
tened, finely  punctured,  and  rugose,  especially  on  basal  area.  Beneath  rather 
finely  and  sparsely  punctured  in  front,  more  closely  so  over  ventral  surface, 
posterior  coxal  plates  distinctly  broadened  inwardly  and  with  posterior  margin 
in  front  of  trochanters  conspicuously  emarginate.  Length  7.5  mm.,  breadth 
2  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3119,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and 
several  Paratype  males  from  a  series  of  eight  specimens  in 
my  collection,  taken  at  6000-foot  elevation  on  Mt.  Washing- 
ton, near  Nogales,  Arizona,  July  16  and  17,  1919,  by  Mr.  J. 
August  Kusche. 

This  species  in  size  and  general  shape  somewhat  resembles 
rufilabris  and  nigriceps  but  differs  from  the  first  in  color,  in 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERl  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         $\J 

having  longer  antennae  and  hind  prothoracic  angles  distinctly 
unicarinate ;  and  from  the  latter  in  having  the  antennae  slightly 
longer  and  the  hind  prothoracic  angles  not  bicarinate.  From 
longicomis  which  it  resembles  in  color,  it  differs  by  being 
shorter,  more  cuneate  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  with  shorter 
antennae,  and  with  the  disk  more  coarsely  and  closely  punc- 
tured. 

Megapenthes  megalops  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Male  elongate,  narrow,  parallel;  reddish  brown,  beneath  rufous,  antennae 
and  legs  testaceous;  sparsely  clothed  with  rather  coarse  yellowish  pile.  Head 
shallowly,  rather  sparsely,  umbilicately  punctured,  broader  than  prothorax 
at  apex;  the  eyes  large  and  prominent,  almost  hemispherical;  antennas  long  and 
slender,  reaching  at  least  three  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax, 
second  segment  small,  third  slightly  longer,  fourth  a  third  longer  than  second 
and  third  combined  and  twice  as  long  as  broad,  segments  4-10  serrate  and 
diminishing  in  breadth  towards  apex.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad, 
sides  slightly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  thence  straight  and  barely  con- 
verging, almost  parallel,  to  anterior  angles,  hind  angles  prominent,  slightly 
diverging  and  unicarinate;  disk  slightly  convex,  shallowly,  umbilicately  and 
not  closely  punctured  as  on  head.  Elytra  over  two  and  a  half  times  as  long 
as  broad  and  nearly  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax  (excluding  hind  angles), 
sides  quite  parallel  for  basal  two-thirds,  thence  gradually  rounded  to  apex; 
disk  distinctly  striate,  stria  rather  finely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  flat- 
tened, finely  punctured  and  finely  rugose.  Beneath  moderately  finely  and 
sparsely  punctured  in  front,  umbilicately  on  propleurae,  more  minutely  and 
closely  on  ventral  surface,  posterior  coxal  plates  distinctly  widened  inwardly 
and  with  posterior  margin  in  front  of  trochanters  emarginate.  Length  7.75 
mm.,  breadth  2  mm. 

The  female  differs  by  having  the  head  not  broader  than  anterior  part  of 
prothorax,  the  eyes  less  prominent,  the  antennae  shorter,  just  reaching  beyond 
hind  angles  of  prothorax,  and  the  prothorax  more  robust,  the  sides  a  bit  arcuate 
at  middle  and  slightly  rounded  in  front. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3120;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3121, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two  Paratypes  in  my  collection,  the 
males  from  Mt.  Washington,  near  Nogales,  Ariz.,  collected 
July  20,  1919,  by  Mr.  J.  August  Kusche,  and  the  female  from 
Miller  Canon,  Huachuca  Mts.,  Ariz.,  July  14,  collected  by  Mr. 
H.  A.  Wenzel  and  kindly  presented  to  me  by  the  late  Mr. 
Henry  Wenzel. 

This  species  in  size  and  general  shape  is  most  like  longi- 
comis and  is  perhaps  closely  related  to  it  as  indicated  by  its 


3lg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

very  long  antennae,  but  it  differs  by  being  darker  in  color,  by 
having  a  broader  head  and  larger  eyes  in  the  male,  and  a 
coarser  type  of  punctation  on  pronotum. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Megapenthes  tartareus  (Lee.)   (Elater),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1859, 
p.  85;  (Megapenthes),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  6. 
Waterrimus  Schwarz  (Trichophorus),  Gen.  Insect.,  fasc.  46,  1906,  p.  259. 
Megapenthes  aterrimus  (Mots.)    (Dolopiosomus) ,  Bui.  Mosc,  XXXII,  II, 
1859,  p.  382;   (Megapenthes),  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III, 
1871,  p.  309;  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  6. 
\\tartareus  Schwarz  (Trichophorus),  Gen.  Insect.,  fasc.  46,  1906,  p.  259. 
horni  Leng  (Megapenthes),  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  173. 
Megapenthes  turbulentus  (Lee)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  463; 
(Megapenthes),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  508;  Lee,  Tr. 
Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  6. 
Megapenthes  limbalis  (Hbst.),  male,  (Elater),  Kafer,  IX,  1806,  p.  53,  t.  162, 
f.  10;  Say,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  167;  Lee,  Tr.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  463;  (Ampedus),  Germ.,  Zeits.  f.d.  Ent., 
V,  1844,  p.  164;  (Megapenthes),  Gemm.  &  Har.,  Cat.  Col.,  V, 
1869,  p.  1537;  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  6. 
granulosus  (Melsh.),  female,  (Ectinus),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II, 
1844,  p.  159;  (Megapenthes),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859, 
p.  497;  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  6. 
Megapenthes  lepidus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  7. 
Megapenthes  illinoiensis  n.  sp. 

Megapenthes  tarsalis  Schfr.,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXIV,  1916,  p.  259. 
Megapenthes  nigriventris  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  7. 
Megapenthes  elegans  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  310,  pi.  iv,  fig.  12; 

Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  7. 
Megapenthes  stigmosus  (Lee)   (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,   (2)  X,   1853, 
p.  472;  (Megapenthes),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,   1859,  p.  509; 
Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  7. 
caprella  (Lee)  (Elater),  Rept.  Exp.  &  Surv.  Miss,  to  Pac,  XII,  p.  3; 
separate  erroneously  marked  IX,  1860,  p.  47;  (Megapenthes), 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  510. 
Megapenthes  quadrimaculatus  (Horn)  (Limonius),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III, 
1871,  p.  313;   (Megapenthes),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII, 
1884,  p.  7;  Horn,  Henshaw  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  68;  (Pheletes), 
Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Megapenthes  rogersi  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  310,  pi.  IV,  fig.  9; 
Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  7. 

Megapenthes  obtusus  n.  sp. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         319 

Megapcnthes  variolatus  n.  sp. 

Megapenthes  megalops  n.  sp. 

Megapenthes  longicornis  Schfr.,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXIV,  1916,  p.  258. 

Megapenthes  rufilabris  (Germ.)  (Elater),  Ins.  sp.  nov.  etc.,  1824,  p.  47;  Lee, 
Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X,  1853,  p.  472;  (Ampedus),  Germ.,  Zeits., 
f.d.  Ent.,  V,  1844,  p.  169;  (Megapenthes),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
II,  1859,  pp.  98-99;  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  XII,  1884,  p.  6. 
delicatulus  (Dej.)  (Oophorus),  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  105. 

Megapenthes  nigriceps  Schfr.,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXIV,  1916,  p.  259. 

Megapenthes  angularis  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  360;  Lee, 
Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  7. 

Megapenthes  insignis  (Lee)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  11. 


Genus  Anchastus  LeConte 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Smaller  species,  less  than  7  mm.  in  length,  hind  angles  of  pro- 

thorax  unicarinate,  hind  coxal  plates  suddenly  dilated  in- 
wardly    2 

Larger  species,  usually  over  7  mm.  in  length 4 

2.  Broad  and  flattened,  second  and  third  antennal  segments  both 

much  shorter  than  fourth ;  nigropiceous  or  black  (elytra  some- 
times flavous),  clothed  with  cinereous  pubescence,  fourth 
antennal  segment  longer  than  fifth  and  about  as  long  as 

second  and  third  together;  length  4-6.5  mm.  Calif 

cinereipennis  (Esch.) 

Narrower  and  moderately  convex,  second  antennal  segment  alone 

short,  third  and  fourth  about  equal  in  length 3 

3.  Black  with  base  of  pro  thorax  rufous,  prothorax  longer  than 

broad;  length  6  mm.  Southeastern  states.  .  .  . signaticottis   (Germ.) 
Dark  brown  to  castaneous,  head  and  elytra  sometimes  piceous, 

prothorax  not  longer  than  broad;  length  5-6  mm.    Fla. .  .asper  Lee 

4.  Upper  surface  uniformly  black  or  piceous  or  ornamented  with  red 

or  yellow  markings,  hind  coxal  plates  gradually  dilated  in- 
wardly    5 

Upper  surface  more  or  less  uniformly  light  brown,  rufous  or 

castaneous 8 

5.  Outer  segments  of  antennae  broadly  serrate,   second  segment 

small,  third  large  and  triangular  and  at  least  equal  to  fourth 

in  length 6 

Outer  segments  of  antennae  cylindrical  or  but  slightly  serrate .  .  7 


320  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

6.  Body  somewhat  shining,  either  entirely  black  or  with  basal  area 

of  elytra  orange;  length  8  mm.  Calif militaris  Cand. 

Body  subopaque,  black  with  antennae,  legs,  and  basal  angles  of 
prothorax  rufous,  also  often  with  head,  basal  margin  of  pro- 
thorax  and  elytra,  and  propleurae  red;  length  8  mm.  Calif. .  . 
subopacus  n.  sp. 

7.  Body  black  with  elytra  ornamented  with  two  large  humeral  and 

two  subapical  yellow  spots,  antennae  and  legs  rufous,  second 
antennal  segment  small,  third  three-fourths  length  of  fourth 
and  cylindrical;  length  8  mm.    Ind.,  Ga.,  Ala.,  Fla binus  (Say) 

8.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  unicarinate  (a  vague  outer  carina  some- 

times present) ,  hind  coxal  plates  gradually  dilated  inwardly  9 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  distinctly  bicarinate,  the  outer  carina 

parallel  to  the  margin 11 

9.  Much  elongated  and  cylindrical,   prothorax  very  closely  and 

cribrately  punctured,  third  antennal  segment  but  little 
longer  than  second  and  much  shorter  than  fourth,  rufocas- 
taneous  throughout;  length  9-11  mm digitatus  Lee. 

Less  elongated  and  more  flattened,  third  antennal  segment  one- 
half  longer  than  second  and  but  little  shorter  than  fourth, 
bicolored 10 

10.  Head,  prothorax  and  underside  rufous,  elytra  black,  punctures  of 

prothorax  rather  fine  and  well  separated  though  numerous; 
length  6-7.5  mm.  Ariz.,  southeastern  Calif,  and  L.  Calif,  bicolor  Lee. 
Entire  upper  surface  dark  brown,  beneath  rufous,  punctures  of 
prothorax  coarse,  umbilicate  and  approximate;  length  8  mm. 
ventralis  n.  sp. 

11.  Third  segment  of  antennae  as  long  or  longer  than  the  fourth, 

posterior  coxal  plates  gradually  dilated  inwardly 12 

Third  segment  of  antennae  distinctly  shorter  than  fourth 13 

12.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  third  segment  of  antennae  triangular 

and  distinctly  longer  than  fourth,  second  very  small;  length 

8   mm.     Ariz arizonicus  n.    sp. 

Prothorax  broader  than  long,  third  segment  of  antennae  equal  to 

fourth;  length  10  mm.     New  Orleans,  La rufus  Cand. 

13.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  third  segment  of  antennae  longer 

than  second  and  with  second  about  equal  to  fourth,  hind 
coxal  plates  suddenly  dilated  inwardly;  length  8-9  mm. 
Fla.,  Ga bicarinatus  Lee. 

Prothorax  nearly  square,  third  segment  of  antennae  longer  than 
second,  second  and  third  together  hardly  equal  to  fourth, 
hind  coxal  plates  gradually  dilated  inwardly ;  length  10.5  mm. 
Ariz.,  southeastern  Calif sericans  Cand. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERl  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         321 

Anchastus  subopacus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Broad  and  depressed,  subopaque,  black,  the  head,  entire  margin  of  pro- 
thorax  including  the  posterior  angles,  the  propleura:,  first  two  segments  of 
antennas  and  legs  a  bright  red ;  upper  surface  moderately  densely  clothed  with  a 
fine,  short  grayish  black  pile,  suberect  on  the  head  and  prothorax,  more  de- 
pressed on  the  elytra,  the  under  surface  more  sparsely  clothed.  Head  coarsely 
and  closely  punctured,  middle  portion  of  clypeal  margin  slightly  lobed;  antennae 
reaching  beyond  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax,  the  second  segment  small  and 
transverse,  the  third  longer  than  the  fourth  and  but  slightly  longer  than  broad, 
segments  3-10  very  much  serrated,  the  eleventh  elliptical  and  constricted  before 
apex.  Prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  sides  gradually  arcuate  from  base  to  apex, 
basal  angles  prominent,  acute,  projecting  backwards  and  unicarinate,  the 
carinae  extending  forwards  to  base  of  angles  and  diverging  from  sides;  disk 
moderately  convex,  coarsely  and  closely  punctured,  canaliculate  only  in  front 
of  scutellum.  Elytra  over  three  times  length  of  prothorax  and  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  sides  almost  parallel  in  basal  portion,  thence  gradually  arcuate  to  apex; 
disk  moderately  convex,  finely  punctato-striate,  the  punctures  more  evident 
anteriorly,  the  intervals  flat,  finely  punctured  and  granulate.  Beneath  the 
prosternum  finely,  sparsely  punctate,  the  propleuras,  meso-  and  metasternum 
coarsely,  closely  punctate,  and  the  abdomen  more  finely  and  somewhat 
strigosely  punctate,  the  hind  coxal  plates  gradually  but  rather  strongly  dilated 
inwardly.    Length  8  mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3122,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Havilah, 
Calif.,  collected  June  13,  1913,  and  three  paratypes  in  my  col- 
lection, one  from  Clear  Lake,  Lake  Co.,  Calif.,  collected  May, 
1895,  which  agrees  with  the  holotype  except  in  being  a  bit 
smaller  and  in  having  only  the  anterior  margin  of  the  head 
and  the  basal  portion  of  the  prothorax  red,  lacking  the  red 
sides  and  propleura?,  though  having  the  basal  margin  of  the 
elytra  distinctly  reddened.  The  other  paratyes  from  Sequoia 
National  Park,  Calif.,  May  28,  1929,  approach  the  type  very 
closely  in  size  and  coloration.  I  have  also  seen  two  other 
specimens,  one  collected  near  Kaweah,  Calif.,  by  Mr.  Ralph 
Hopping  and  now  in  his  collection,  and  one  in  the  collection 
of  Dr.  George  Horn,  now  in  the  Philadelphia  Academy. 

This  species  because  of  its  general  appearance  and  type  of 
antenna?  should  be  placed  near  to  militaris  Cand.  It  differs 
from  that  by  being  broader  and  more  generally  robust,  sub- 
opaque  and  by  having  a  different  color  pattern. 


322  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Anchastus  militaris  Candeze 

The  typical  bicolored  phase  of  this  species  is  rather  rare.  I 
have  seen  only  a  few  specimens  of  these,  one  in  the  collection 
of  Dr.  George  Horn,  three  in  my  own  collection  and  two  or 
three  elsewhere.  My  specimens  were  collected :  one  near  Lake 
Tahoe,  one  at  Meadow  Valley,  Plumas  Co.,  Calif.,  June  6, 
1924,  and  one  in  the  Sequoia  National  Park,  June  5,  1929. 

An  all-black  phase  is,  however,  less  rare  and  is  widely  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  Sierra  Nevada  mountains  and  north- 
ern California  generally.  This  phase,  I  am  calling  the  sub- 
species corvus  and  designating  two  specimens  from  Eldridge, 
Sonoma  Co.,  Calif.,  one  as  the  holotype  (No.  3123,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.),  the  other  as  a  paratype.  Other  specimens  in  my 
series  of  thirteen  specimens  are  from  Humboldt  Co.,  Shasta 
Co.,  Placer  Co.,  and  Forest  Home,  San  Bernardino  Co., 
Calif.,  June  18,  1928.  It  does  not  differ  structurally  at  all 
from  the  typical  form. 


Anchastus  ventralis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  slightly  depressed,  shining,  brown,  the  antennae,  posterior  margin 
of  pronotum,  including  the  angles  and  entire  underside,  rufous,  darker  in  front, 
surface  moderately  clothed  with  a  short  yellowish  pubescence.  Head  coarsely 
and  closely  punctured,  the  clypeal  margin  entire  and  slightly  lobed  at  the 
middle;  antennae  reaching  one  segment  beyond  the  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  the 
second  segment  small,  but  slightly  longer  than  broad,  the  third  almost  twice 
the  length  of  second  and  but  little  shorter  than  fourth,  segments  3-10  but 
slightly  serrated.  Prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  sides  straight  near  base  and 
slightly  arcuate  and  convergent  forwards,  hind  angles  prominent,  acute,  pro- 
jecting backwards  and  unicarinate,  the  carinas  acute  and  extending  forward 
almost  to  middle  of  prothorax  and  close  to  and  almost  parallel  to  side  margin; 
disk  convex,  coarsely  umbilicately  and  densely  punctured,  canaliculate  pos- 
teriorly at  middle,  a  fine  longitudinal  carina  evident  in  the  depression.  Elytra 
almost  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax  and  a  little  over  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
sides  almost  straight  and  parallel  to  apical  third,  thence  arcuate  to  apex;  disk 
moderately  convex,  punctato-striate,  the  punctures  rather  large  and  crenulate, 
the  intervals  slightly  convex,  finely  punctate  and  perceptibly  scabrous.  Be- 
neath moderately  coarsely,  closely  punctured  anteriorly,  more  finely  on  abdo- 
men; coxal  plates  moderately  wider  inwardly,  very  narrow  outwardly.  Length 
8  mm.,  breadth  2.5  mm. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERl  DM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         333 

Holotypc:  No.  3124,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  on  Mt.  Washington  near  Nogales,  Ariz., 
alt.  6000  ft.,  July  13,  1919,  by  Mr.  J.  August  Kusche.  A 
second  specimen,  a  male,  collected  on  Kits  Peak,  Rincon, 
Baboquivari  Mts.,  Ariz.,  Aug.  4,  1916,  by  Dr.  Lutz,  is  in  the 
collection  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  This, 
I  have  designated  as  a  paratype.  It  differs  from  my  specimen 
only  by  being  a  bit  lighter  in  color  and  by  having  the  punc- 
tures less  umbilicate  at  the  center  of  the  promotum. 

This  species  is  no  doubt  closely  related  to  Anchastus  bicolor 
Lee.  but  it  differs  by  being  of  a  uniform  dark  brown  color 
above  with  a  golden  yellow  pile,  not  with  head  and  prothorax 
a  bright  red  and  elytra  black  and  with  black  pile;  by  being 
slightly  longer  and  more  definitely  attenuated  both  before  and 
behind,  less  parallel ;  and  by  having  the  prothoracic  punctures 
coarse,  umbilicate  and  approximate,  not  sharply  impressed  and 
well  spaced.  It  is  possible  that  it  is  the  same  as  Anchastus 
desertus  Horn,  the  type  of  the  latter  being  a  poorly  pigmented 
or  immature  specimen.  If  so,  the  latter  is  most  certainly  not 
a  synonym  of  bicolor  as  generally  placed,  but  a  good  species. 

Anchastus  arizonicus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrowed  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  rufous,  antennae  and  legs 
paler,  moderately  shining,  clothed  with  short  yellowish  hairs  giving  the  surface 
a  silken  appearance.  Head  coarsely,  moderately  closely  punctured;  antennae 
reaching  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small  and  transverse, 
third  long,  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  about  one-fourth  longer  than 
fourth,  segments  4-7  of  about  equal  length  and  breadth,  8-10  somewhat  nar- 
rower, 3-10  serrate,  eleventh  about  as  long  as  third,  elliptical  and  slightly  con- 
stricted near  apex.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  sides  feebly  arcuate  and 
gradually  narrowed  from  base  to  apex,  hind  angles  acute,  prolonged  backwards, 
bicarinate,  the  inner  carina  very  sharp,  the  outer  finer,  longer  and  close  to 
lateral  margin;  disk  moderately  convex,  coarsely,  rather  closely  punctured  at 
middle,  more  coarsely,  shallowly,  umbilicately,  and  approximately  at  sides. 
Elytra  barely  narrower  than  the  prothorax  at  the  humeri,  gradually  narrowed 
from  base  to  apex,  moderately  convex,  disk  striate,  the  striae  coarsely  punctured 
basally,  much  finer  apically,  intervals  flat,  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured 
and  somewhat  scabrous  anteriorly,  much  more  finely  and  sparsely  punctured 
posteriorly.  Beneath  moderately  coarsely  and  closely  punctured  in  front, 
abdomen  more  finely;  the  hind  coxal  plates  strongly  and  suddenly  dilated 
internally.     Length  7  mm.,  breadth  2.25  mm. 

March  3,  1932 


324  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3125,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. ;  and 
Paratype:  Male,  in  my  collection;  the  first  collected  at  Texas 
Pass,  Dragoon  Mts.,  Ariz.,  July  21,  1917,  by  Prof.  W.  M. 
Wheeler,  the  second  taken  at  Coyote  Mts.,  Ariz.,  Aug.  4-7, 
1918,  by  Dr.  Frank  E.  Lutz,  and  both  specimens  kindly  pre- 
sented by  the  collectors.  Three  other  specimens  collected  by 
Dr.  Lutz  at  Kits  Peak,  Rincon,  Boboquivara  Mts.,  Ariz., 
Aug.  1-4,  1916,  and  kindly  submitted  for  study  by  the  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History,  have  also  been  designated 
as  paratypes. 

This  species  because  of  the  bicarinate  hind  angles  of  the 
prothorax  might  be  confused  with  bicarinatus  and  sericans, 
but  it  differs  from  both  by  having  the  third  antennal  segment 
distinctly  longer  than  the  fourth.  In  addition,  the  finer  and 
closer  pronotal  punctation  of  bicarinatus  and  the  larger  size 
and  greater  robustness  of  sericans  will  readily  assist  in  their 
separation.  It  is  perhaps  even  closer  to  rufns  but  that  is  stated 
to  be  larger,  to  have  a  broader  prothorax  and  third  antennal 
segment  equal  to  fourth.  It  cannot  be  confused  with  any 
species  described  by  Champion  from  Mexico,  in  the  Biologia. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Anchastus  cinereipennis  (Esch.)  (Monocrepidius),  Thon.,  Ent.  Arch.,  II, 
1829,  p.  31;  Dej.,  Cat.,  3rd  ed.,  1837,  p.  98;  (Cryptohypnus) , 
Mann.,  Bui.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  240;  (Anchastus),  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  406. 

tantillus  (Mann.)  (Cardiophorus) ,  Bui.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  239; 
(Aplastus),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  407. 

puberulus  (Mann.)  (Cryptohypnus),  Bui.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  240. 

recedens  (Lee),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  n.  s.  X,  1853,  p.  460. 

hirsutulus  (Mots.)  (Monocrepidius),  Bui.  Mosc.  XXXII,  1859,  p.  364. 

regularis  (Mots.)  (Monocrepidius),  Bui.  Mosc,  XXXII,  1859,  p.  364. 

piliferus  (Mots.)  (Monocrepidius),  Bui.  Mosc.  XXXII,  1859,  p.  365. 

Anchastus  signaticollis  (Germ.)  (Ampedus),  Zeits.  f.d.  Ent.,  V,  1843,  p.  190; 

(Anchastus),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  403. 
Anchastus  asper  Lee,  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  XVII,  1878,  p.  404. 

Anchastus  militaris  Cand.,  Mem.  Soc.  Sci.  Liege,  2d  Ser.,  IX,  1881,  p.  59; 

Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1885,  p.  49. 
Anchastus  militaris  corvus  n.  subsp. 
Anchastus  subopacus  n.  sp. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ER1  DM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         325 

Anchastus  binus  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1839,  p.  178;  (Dis- 
crepidius?),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  461;  Henshaw, 
List  Col.,  1885,  p.  67. 

Anchastus  digitatus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  459. 
longulus  Lee,  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  XVII,  1878,  p.  404. 

Anchastus  bicolor  Lee,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  390;  Tr.  Am.  Ent. 
Soc,  XII,  1885,  p.  50. 
desertus  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  311. 

Anchastus  ventralis  n.  sp. 

Anchastus  arizonicus  n.  sp. 

Anchastus  rufus  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  404. 

Anchastus  bicarinatus  (Lee)  (Brachycrepis),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p. 
461;  (Anchastus),  Cand.  Mon.  Elat.,  II,  1859,  p.  405. 

Anchastus  sericans  Cand.,  Mem.  Soc  Sci.  Liege,  1891,  p.  106. 
sericeus  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  311. 
horni  Schw.,  Gen.  Insect.,  fase  46,  1907,  p.  315. 


Anchastus  frontalis  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1885,  p.  49. 

=  Physorrhinus  fusculus  Champ.,  Biol.  Cent.  Am.,  Col.,  Ill,  pt.  1,  p.  385. 

Anchastus  fuscus  Lee,  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  XVII,  1878,  p.  404. 

=  Ischiodontus  fuscus  (Lee),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  IX,  1882,  p.  238. 


Hypnoidini 

In  his  revision  of  our  species,  Horn8  used  Cryptohypnus 
Germ,  as  the  genus  to  include  the  bulk  of  our  species.  Later 
he9  accepted  Hypnoidus  Steph.  for  those  species  which  had  the 
middle  coxal  cavities  closed  outwardly  only  by  the  meso-  and 
metasternites.  The  present  belief  is  that  all  of  the  species 
listed  under  these  two  genera  as  is  done  in  the  Leng  Cata- 
logue, belong  to  a  single  genus  as  Horn  treated  them  but  that 
the  genus  Hypnoidus  Steph.,  being  the  older  name,  should  be 
used  instead  of  Cryptohypnus  Germ.  This  procedure  is  fol- 
lowed by  Schenkling,10  the  latest  to  catalogue  them.  Crypto- 
hypnus may  be  used  as  a  subgenus  of  Hypnoidus,  to  include 
those  generally  larger  species  which  have  the  middle  coxal 
cavities  closed  outwardly  by  the  meso-epimeron  as  well  as  the 

8  A  monograph  of  the  species  of  Cryptohypnus  of  Boreal  America,  by  George  H. 
Horn,  Tr.  Am.   Ent.   Soc,  XVIII,   1891,  pp.    1-31. 

9  A  note  on  Cryptohypnus,  by  George  H.   Horn,  Ent.  News,  V,   1894,  pp.   6-7. 

10  Schenkling,  Junk's  Col.  Cat.,  Pars  80,   Elateridae  I,  pp.   200-215. 


326  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

meso-  and  metasternites.  Inasmuch  as  I  am  establishing  a 
new  genus  in  the  tribe,  I  thought  that  it  might  be  well  to  make 
out  a  key  for  the  North  American  genera  of  that  tribe. 


Key  to  Genera 

1.  Tarsal  claws  simple,  tarsi  clothed  beneath  with  stiff  hair 2 

Tarsal  claws  toothed,  tarsi  clothed  beneath  with  silken  pile 3 

2.  Front  completely  margined,  last  maxillary  palpal  segment  simply 

dilated Hypnoidus  Steph. 

Front  with  margin  interrupted  at  middle,  last  maxillary  palpal 

segment   cultriform Anthracopteryx   Horn 

3.  Last  maxillary  palpal  segment  cultriform11 Paroedostethus  n.  genus 

Last  maxillary  palpal  segment  dilated Oedostethus  Lee. 

Hypnoidus  glacialis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  broad,  and  flattened;  shining  black  above,  rufopiceous  beneath, 
the  antennae  and  legs  bright  red;  upper  surface  clothed  with  short,  suberect 
black  pile,  lower  surface  with  very  fine,  closely  appressed  gray  pile.  Head 
longitudinally  impressed  at  middle,  finely,  sparsely  punctured;  antennae  long, 
about  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  all  segments  considerably  longer  than 
broad,  the  second  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  about  two-thirds  the  length  of 
third,  the  latter  one-fourth  longer  than  fourth,  the  following  gradually  shorter 
and  slightly  broader.  Prothorax  large,  about  as  broad  as  long  at  middle,  sides 
markedly  arcuate,  narrowed  and  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  the  latter  nar- 
rowed, elongate,  divergent,  and  with  a  fine  carina  extending  forwards  and  near 
the  margin,  one- third  the  length  of  the  prothorax;  disk  slightly  convex,  finely 
sparsely  punctured  and  with  well  impressed  median  canaliculation  near  base. 
Elytra  over  twice  as  long  as  prothorax  and  twice  as  long  as  broad,  the  sides 
arcuate  from  humeri  to  near  base  and  gradually  rounded  at  apex,  disk  slightly 
convex,  striae  sharply  impressed  and  finely  punctured,  intervals  convex  and 
very  finely  punctured.  Beneath  very  finely,  sparsely  punctured.  Length  8.5 
mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3126,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  eight  Para- 
types  in  my  collection,  the  first  from  Lake  MacDonald, 
Glacier  National  Park,  Montana,  July  7,  1930,  the  others  from 
near  Eureka,  Montana,  July  9,  1930.  Besides  these,  I  also 
collected  one  in  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  and  have 
studied   specimens   from   Garibaldi,   B.   C,  July  24-31,   1926, 

11  The   segment    is   not   quite   so   long  as   it    is  in   Anthracopteryx   Horn,   see   Plat« 
I,  fig.   7,  Tr.   Am.  Ent.  Soc,   XVIII,   1891. 


Vol.  XX]         VAX  DYKE— ELATERIDAl  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         T>27 

collected  by  Mr.  G.  A.  Hardy  and  from  Waterton  Lake,  Al- 
berta, Canada,  July  10,  1930,  collected  by  Mr.  F.  S.  Carr. 

This  species  is  very  closely  related  to  grandicollis  (Lee.) 
and  looks  very  much  like  it.  It  differs  by  having  the  pronotum 
very  finely  and  sparsely  punctured  instead  of  coarsely,  closely 
punctured,  the  head  sulcate,  the  hind  angles  of  prothorax  nar- 
row, not  more  or  less  triangular,  and  the  elytra  with  well  im- 
pressed striae  and  convex  intervals,  in  contrast  with  the  five 
striae  and  flat  intervals  of  grandicollis. 

Hypnoidus  sanborni  (Horn) 

Hypnoidus  barbatus  (Sahib.)  and  sanborni,  I  consider  one 
and  the  same.  I  have  series  of  both  and  cannot  separate  them 
except  by  the  labels. 

Hypnoidus  lecontei  hirsutus  Van  Dyke,  new  subspecies 

This  subspecies  resembles  the  more  typical  form  of  lecontei  which  extends 
clear  across  the  continent  from  the  northern  New  England  States  to  British 
Columbia  and  throughout  the  mountains  of  Washington  and  Oregon,  except 
that  it  is  more  convex  and  decidedly  hairy,  the  pile  over  the  entire  upper  surface 
being  from  two  to  three  times  as  long  as  it  is  in  the  typical  from  and  much 
finer  in  texture.  So  pronounced  is  this  feature  that  even  when  examined  super- 
ficially, one's  attention  is  immediately  attracted  to  it. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3127;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3128, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in 
the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  from  a 
series  of  about  a  dozen  specimens  collected  on  Mt.  Timpa- 
nogos,  Wasatch  Mts.,  Utah,  July  9,  1922,  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Van 
Duzee.  I  have  also  four  specimens  which  I  collected  in  the 
same  region,  June  6,  1926. 

Genus  Paroedostethus  Van  Dyke,  new  genus 

Robust,  simulating  in  general  appearance  the  members  of  the  hyperboreus 
group  of  Hypnoidus.  Head  with  front  slightly  convex  above,  flattened  anter- 
iorly, frontal  margin  complete  and  elevated;  antennas  reaching  beyond  posterior 
angles  of  prothorax,  segment  two,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  three,  one  and  a 


328  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4TH  Ser. 

half  times  as  long  as  two,  segments  3-10  feebly  serrate,  gradually  shorter  and 
broader  towards  apex,  eleventh  as  long  as  fourth  and  acute  at  apex;  maxillary 
palpi  moderately  long,  the  last  segment  broadly  cultriform,  longer  than  the 
preceding  two  segments  together.  Thorax  without  defined  basal  incisures  and 
with  margin  acute  and  straight  when  viewed  laterally.  Scutellum  subquadrate, 
the  posterior  margin  slightly  arcuate.  Elytra  elliptical,  humeri  broadly 
rounded,  wings  well  developed.  Presternum  broad,  lobe  well  developed  but 
not  concealing  the  mouth  anteriorly,  the  sutures  slightly  arcuate  outwardly 
and  somewhat  convergent  posteriorly,  tip  of  presternum  acute,  flexed  upward 
toward  the  body.  Middle  coxal  cavity  closed  outwardly  by  the  mesosternum, 
the  mesoepimeron  (broadly),  and  metasternum.  Posterior  coxal  plates 
suddenly  but  obliquely  and  not  very  greatly  dilated  at  inner  third,  the  internal 
lamina  with  an  acute  tooth  at  the  inner  side  of  the  trochanter.  Tarsi  as  long  as 
the  tibiae,  the  first  segments  gradually  decreasing  in  length  and  not  lobed  but 
densely  clothed  beneath  with  short  silken  pile,  the  claws  with  a  broad  obtuse 
tooth  near  the  middle. 

Genotype  Paroedostethus  relictus  n.  sp. 

This  genus  undoubtedly  belongs  in  the  tribe  Hypnoidini 
because  of  its  suddenly  dilated  posterior  coxal  plates,  broad 
prosternum  with  single  lateral  sutures,  convex  outwardly,  and 
the  filiform  tarsi.  Its  relationship  to  the  other  American 
genera  contained  within  the  tribe  can  best  be  seen  by  referring 
to  the  table. 

Paroedostethus  relictus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Oblong,  convex,  robust,  flavocastaneous,  head  and  prothorax  moderately 
shining,  elytra  subopaque,  sparsely  clothed  with  short,  inconspicuous  yellow 
pubescence,  longer  and  more  evident  on  abdomen.  Head  distinctly,  regularly, 
not  closely  punctured;  eyes  moderately  large;  antennas  reaching  beyond  hind 
angles  of  prothorax.  Prothorax  slightly  broader  than  long,  broadest  at  middle, 
sides  evenly  arcuate  from  anterior  angles  to  near  posterior  angles  where  dis- 
tinctly sinuate;  hind  angles  acute,  divergent,  and  carinate;  disk  convex,  median 
longitudinal  impression  complete  but  vague,  moderately  closely  and  regularly 
punctured.  Elytra  elliptical,  broadest  behind  the  middle,  sides  straight  from 
humeral  angle  to  point  of  greatest  width  then  evenly  arcuate  to  apex;  disk 
finely  striate  and  punctate,  less  defined  apically ;  intervals  flat,  finely  and  rather 
regularly  punctured  and  slightly  rugose.  Beneath  rather  coarsely  and  mod- 
erately closely  punctured  on  prothorax,  more  finely  and  closely  over  abdomen. 
Length  8.5  mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3129,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  in  Cold  Water  Canon,  slopes  of  Mt.  San 
Antonio  (Old  Baldy),  Los  Angeles  Co.,  Calif.,  Sept.  10,  1906, 
by  Mr.  J.  August  Kusche. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         329 

Genus  Horistonotus  Candeze 

This  genus  which  is  related  to  Cardiophorus  by  having  a 
cordiform  scutellum,  though  differing  from  the  same  by 
having  the  prothorax  laterally  margined  in  the  basal  half,  is 
represented  in  the  material  before  me  by  two  very  distinct  new 
species.  Horn's  revision12  is  so  comparatively  recent  that  the 
synopsis  and  bibliography  of  the  genus  can  be  omitted  for  the 
species  can  readily  be  placed  by  referring  to  Horn's  key. 

Horistonotus  umbilicatus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  moderately  slender,  convex,  rufopiceous,  the  prothorax  and  sides 
beneath  generally  rufous,  the  antennae  and  legs  testaceous,  and  sparsely  clothed 
with  somewhat  coarse  fulvous  pile.  Head  slightly  convex,  finely  punctured  with 
coarser  punctures  here  and  there,  the  clypeus  projecting,  the  anterior  margin 
subangulate  at  middle;  the  antennae  slender,  extending  about  one  segment 
beyond  apex  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  male,  about  reaching  base  of  hind 
angles  in  female.  Prothorax  as  long  as  broad  in  male,  slightly  broader  in  female, 
distinctly  broader  at  base  than  apex,  the  base  biemarginate,  without  notch  but 
with  fine  plicae,  the  sides  moderately  arcuate,  the  hind  angles  not  divergent, 
the  disk  finely  punctured  and  with  series  of  large,  shallow,  umbilicate  impres- 
sions rather  regularly  dispersed  over  the  surface.  Elytra  not  wider  than  pro- 
thorax, slightly  more  than  twice  as  long  as  wide,  the  sides  slightly  arcuate  and 
gradually  narrowed  towards  apex,  disk  with  striae  deeply  impressed  and  rather 
coarsely  punctured,  the  intervals  convex,  somewhat  costiform  near  apex,  very 
finely  punctured.  Beneath  finely  punctured  with  large  and  shallow  punctures 
irregularly  disposed  over  surface  anteriorly.  Tarsal  claws  dentate  from  beyond 
middle  to  base.    Length  6  mm.,  breadth  2  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3130;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3131, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two  Paratypes  in  the  collection  of 
the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  the  first  two  from  Pata- 
gonia, Ariz.,  Aug.  1,  1924,  collected  by  Mr.  J.  O.  Martin;  the 
paratypes,  both  males,  from  Badger,  Ariz.,  July  31,  1924,  and 
St.  Xavier  Mission,  Ariz.,  July  30,  1924,  collected  by  Mr.  E.  P. 
Van  Duzee.  A  fifth  specimen  belonging  to  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  and  collected  at  Tucson,  Ari- 
zona, July  21-23,  1916,  has  also  been  designated  as  a  paratype. 

This  species  superficially  resembles  Horistonotus  exoletus 
Er.  but  differs  by  having  toothed,  not  cleft  tarsal  claws,  sub- 

12  Trans.  Am.   Ent.  Soc,   XII,    1884,  pp.   33-41. 


330  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

angulate  clypeus,  and  a  series  of  large  umbilicate  impressions 
over  the  pronotum.  In  Horn's  group  B,  to  which  it  belongs 
because  of  the  toothed  tarsal  claws,  it  would  run  to  the  series 
containing  simplex,  curiatus  and  gracilis,  to  which  species  it 
shows  no  resemblance  whatever  though  it  is  about  the  size  and 
shape  of  the  last.  The  only  Mexican  species  which  it  ap- 
proaches is  H.  obliterates  Champ.,  from  which  it  differs  by 
being  quite  convex,  with  distinctly  convex  elytral  intervals  and 
by  having  the  large  "punctures"  of  the  pronotum  equally  dis- 
persed, not  mainly  confined  to  the  frontal  area. 

Horistonotus  lutzi  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Small,  rather  broad,  but  slightly  convex  and  testaceous  or  rufotestaceous 
throughout.  Head  somewhat  flattened,  finely,  sparsely  punctured;  the  clypeal 
margin  arcuate;  the  antennae  rather  robust,  extending  about  two  segments 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax.  Prothorax  broader  than  long,  broader  at 
base  than  apex,  the  base  biemarginate,  without  notch  or  plicse,  the  sides  almost 
straight  and  parallel  in  basal  half,  gradually  rounded  at  apex,  the  disk  very 
finely,  quite  obscurely  punctured,  and  with  larger  punctures  intermixed. 
Elytra  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  the  sides  very  slightly  arcuate,  gradually 
rounded  towards  apex,  the  disk  with  striae  finely  impressed  and  rather  coarsely 
punctured  towards  base  but  finer  towards  apex,  the  intervals  more  or  less 
flattened  and  very  finely  punctured.  Beneath  very  finely,  obscurely  punctured, 
the  presternum  and  propleurae  with  quite  coarse  punctures  intermixed,  the 
abdomen  with  a  series  of  punctures  somewhat  larger  than  the  fine  ones  inter- 
mixed with  them.  Tarsal  claws  dentate  from  beyond  the  middle  to  base. 
Length  4  mm.,  breadth  1.5  mm. 

Holotype  and  two  Paratypes  in  the  collection  of  the  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History,  the  first  collected  on  Kits 
Peak,  Rincon,  Baboquivari  Mts.,  Ariz.,  Aug.  1-4,  1916,  the 
others  from  Sta.  Cruz  Village,  Cobabi  Mts.,  Ariz.,  Aug.  10-12, 
1916,  and  Tucson,  Ariz.,  Aug.  21-23,  1916.  I  have  retained 
for  my  collection  two  other  paratypes,  one  collected  at  Palo 
Alto,  Ariz.,  July  29-30,  1916,  and  Santa  Cruz  Village,  Cobabi 
Mts.,  Ariz.,  Aug.  10-12,  1916.  I  am  naming  this  after  Dr.  F. 
E.  Lutz,  the  presumed  collector  of  the  specimens,  who  has  so 
kindly  placed  this  material  at  my  disposal  for  study. 

This  small  testaceous  species  would  run  in  Horn's  key  to 
the  series  containing  simplex,  curiatus,  and  gracilis.    Its  color 


Vol.  XX]  VAN  DYKE—ELATERlDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         $$\ 

and  size,  for  it  is  smaller  and  less  convex  than  curiatus  the 
smallest  of  the  three  species  mentioned  above,  will  readily 
separate  it.  No  described  Mexican  species  seems  to  resemble  it 
either.  Superficially  it  very  much  resembles  Esthesopus  pusio 
Horn  but  the  latter  is  not  only  more  convex  but  differs 
generically. 

Genus  Melanotus  Eschscholtz 

This  genus  is  very  poorly  represented  in  California.  Though 
there  are  several  species  which  are  to  be  found  within  its  con- 
fines, there  is  but  one  which  is  more  or  less  characteristic  of  it 
and  that  is  Melanotus  longulus13  (Lee).  This  species  is,  how- 
ever, very  variable,  with  the  result  that  several  of  the  phases 
have  been  described  as  distinct.  Field  studies  carried  on  over  a 
period  of  many  years  as  well  as  a  careful  study  of  a  large  series 
of  specimens  has  convinced  me  that  longulus,  variolatus  and 
oregonensis  are  but  variations  of  one  thing.  Cratonychus 
longulus  Lee.  was  described  in  1853  on  page  473,  of  the  same 
work  in  which  oregonensis  Lee.  was  described  on  page  480.  The 
first  was  based  upon  rather  small,  elongate  specimens  from  San 
Diego,  Calif.  My  specimens  from  this  type  locality  average 
10  mm.  in  length.  In  1861,  Melanotus  variolatus  Lee,  was 
described  from  specimens  taken  at  San  Pedro,  Los  Angeles  Co., 
Calif.,  a  point  on  the  coast  not  so  very  far  north  of  San  Diego. 
This  form  is  rather  common  throughout  Los  Angeles  County 
and  it  extends  north  along  the  coast  as  far  as  Carmel,  Mon- 
terey County,  and  inland  at  least  as  far  as  Fort  Tejon.  Kern 
County.  It  averages  about  the  same  length  as  longulus  but  is  in 
general  slightly  more  robust  and  a  bit  blacker  though  many 
specimens  cannot  be  separated  from  typical  longulus.  The 
characters  given  by  LeConte  for  the  separation  of  variolatus 
are  not  specific  but  individual.  I  also  have  a  number  of  small 
specimens  from  Exeter,  Utah,  collected  by  Mr.  Tom  Spalding, 
which  cannot  be  distinguished.   Throughout  the  San  Francisco 

u  This  longulus  should  not  be  confused  with  the  longulus  of  page  480  of  the  same 
publication   in   which   it   is  described,   Tr.    Amer.   Phil.   Soc.   (2),   X,    1853.   p.   473. 


$$2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Bay  region  and  much  of  middle  California,  these  small  forms 
are  replaced  by  a  race  which  is  in  general  large  and  robust, 
13-15  mm.  in  length,  of  a  very  black  color,  with  antennas  and 
legs  rufous  as  is  the  case  with  the  others.  As  much  as  this  large 
and  typical  lowland  race  or  subspecies  is  without  a  dis- 
tinguishing name  I  will  call  it  franciscanus  and  designate  a 
holotype  (No.  3132,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.)  and  paratypes 
from  Alameda  County,  Calif.  In  the  Sierra  Nevada  Moun- 
tains as  well  as  north  through  Oregon  into  British  Columbia 
and  eastward  as  far  as  the  Wasatch  Mountains  of  Utah,  this 
race  is  replaced  by  the  equally  long  but  narrower  oregonensis. 
This  northern  race  is  also  generally  lighter  in  color,  brown  in- 
stead of  black,  and  sometimes  with  dark  legs  though  contrary 
to  what  LeConte  states,  the  legs  of  oregonensis  are  generally 
rufous  as  they  are  in  the  other  races.  His  material  was  too 
limited.  The  small,  narrow,  dark  brown  longulus  of  San 
Diego  gradually  becomes  larger  and  passes  into  oregonensis  as 
it  ranges  eastward  into  the  Great  Basin  and  northward  through 
the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains,  and  darker  and  broader  as  it 
ranges  north  through  Los  Angeles  County  and  becomes  still 
larger  and  more  robust  by  the  time  it  reaches  the  lowlands  of 
middle  California.  This  last  is  the  race  or  subspecies  francis- 
canus. These  are  all  subspecies  or  races  of  one  species  and  they 
grade  gradually  into  each  other,  though  in  certain  definite  areas 
the  majority  of  specimens  are  generally  of  a  pure  racial  strain. 

Genus  Limonius  Eschscholtz 

This  genus  is  generally  denned  by  having  the  clypeus  distinctly  and  com- 
pletely margined  in  front  and  elevated  above  the  labrum,  the  mouth  anterior, 
the  prosternal  sutures  nearly  straight,  double  and  but  shallowly  or  deeply 
excavated  in  front,  the  hind  coxal  plates  narrowed  outwardly  and  but  gradually 
dilated  inwards,  the  tarsi  subcylindrical  with  the  first  segment  the  longest  and 
the  following  gradually  shorter  and  without  lobes  beneath,  and  the  tarsal  claws 
simple.  As  such  it  falls  in  the  tribe  Lepturoidini  as  previously  constituted,  but 
with  Lepturoides  Herbst.  and  its  close  allies  removed  as  should  be  done  because 
of  their  short  prosternal  lobe,  it  would  then  have  to  be  placed  in  the  tribe 
Athoini.  Of  the  various  characters  given,  the  most  useful  for  separating  the 
species  from  those  of  related  genera  are  the  double  prosternal  sutures  and  the 
type  of  tarsi,  the  presence  of  the  very  long  first  and  short  fourth  segment  in 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELA1ERWJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         333 

Athous  readily  separating  the  members  of  this  genus  from  Limonius.  The 
clypeus  is  quite  variable,  often  deeply  impressed  at  base  as  in  typical  Athous 
and  sometimes  with  the  anterior  margin  much  depressed  and  even  slightly 
interrupted  at  its  middle,  approaching  in  this  regard  Ludius  (Corymbites) . 

The  genus  Nothodes  Lee.  was  founded  upon  a  species  with 
the  clypeal  margin  interrupted,  but  as  much  as  this  character 
has  been  found  to  be  variable  in  general  and  variable  even 
within  specific  limits  as  has  been  shown  in  the  type  species, 
dubitans  (Lee),  by  a  series  of  specimens  received  from  Charles 
Dury.  In  this  series,  which  was  all  from  one  locality,  some  of 
the  specimens  had  the  clypeal  margin  depressed  and  interrupted 
at  middle,  others  had  the  clypeus  complete.  These  latter  were 
all  typical  Limonius  and  very  close  in  all  regards  to  the  mem- 
bers of  the  group  containing  canus  Lee.  and  agonus  Say.  For 
this  reason  I  have  suppressed  the  genus  Nothodes  and  placed 
its  lone  species,  dubitans,  in  Limonius.  The  prosternal  sutures 
are  also  very  variable.  In  typical  Limonius  Esch.,  they  are 
more  or  less  excavated  in  front,  the  excavation  in  some  ex- 
tending posteriorly  for  quite  a  distance  while  in  others  they 
are  but  feebly  if  at  all  excavated  in  front.  These  latter  have 
been  placed  by  some  in  the  genus  Pheletes  Kies.  I  have  pre- 
ferred, however,  to  place  this  as  but  a  subgenus  of  Limonius, 
for  the  character  upon  which  it  is  founded  is  not  only  variable 
but  unsupported  by  any  other,  the  species  being  in  the  main  like 
typical  Limonius.  It  is  parallel  to  what  exists  in  Hypnoidus 
Steph.  and  Cryptohypnus  Esch.  The  former  resembles 
Limonius,  having  the  open  sutures,  and  the  latter  Pheletes  with 
the  closed  sutures,  yet  the  latest  European  authorities  place  them 
together  as  one  genus.  The  genus  Gambrinus  Lee.  was  estab- 
lished for  armus  Say,  a  synonym  of  stigma  Hbst,  and  was 
suppressed  by  Lacordaire14  as  he  could  find  no  generic  charac- 
ters to  distinguish  it. 

The  genus  Limonius  is  a  moderately  large  one,  holarctic  in 
distribution  with  one  exception,  and  with  a  large  proportion  of 
the  species  confined  to  North  America  and  especially  evident 
on  the  Pacific  Slope.    The  last  revision  of  our  species  was  by 

"  Gen.  Col.,  IV,  1851,  p.   183. 


334  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

LeConte15  and  his  data  were  incorporated  in  the  great  work  of 
Candeze.10  Since  this  time  quite  a  number  of  new  species  have 
been  added.  I  am  adding  eight  more  and  one  subspecies,  and  at 
the  same  time  trying  to  place  the  others  in  their  proper  relation- 
ships with  each  other.  I  have  specimens  of  all  of  the  known 
species  from  our  fauna,  most  species  represented  by  large  series, 
and  in  addition  possess  a  fair  knowledge  of  the  habits  of  the 
majority.  In  this  latter  regard,  Mr.  L.  C.  Lane  of  Walla  Walla, 
Wash.,  has  greatly  assisted  me  by  supplying  me  with  some  of 
his  field  notes  and  allowing  me  to  study  most  of  his  specimens, 
thus  fortifying  my  opinion  with  regard  to  the  status  of  several 
of  the  variable  species  such  as  calif ornicus  and  occidentalis, 
canus  and  discoidens.  Limonius  (Phcletes)  quadrimaculatus 
Horn  was  correctly  removed  by  Horn  and  placed  in  Mega- 
penthcs.  Limonius  cribricollis  Horn  was  found  to  be  a  synonym 
of  Melanotas  longulas  (Lee).  Limonius  (Phcletes)  omati- 
pennis  Lee,  I  consider  an  Athous,  chiefly  because  of  its  single 
prosternal  sutures  and  type  of  tarsi,  so  am  placing  it  in  that 
genus.  The  status  of  others  will  be  discussed  later  on  or  shown 
in  the  synoptic  table  or  bibliography,  the  synonymical  portion 
of  the  latter  showing  their  relationships  best. 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Prosternal  sutures  distinctly  grooved  in  front,  Limonius  s.  str.  .  2 

Prosternal  sutures  not  distinctly  grooved  in  front,   subgenus 

Pheleles  Kies 34 

2.  Species  with  elytra  bicolored  or  rufous 3 

Species  with  elytra  black,  brown  or  piceous 14 

3.  Clypeal  margin  semicircularly  incised  at  middle,  dentiform  at 

sides  of  incision 13 

Clypeal  margin  simply  emarginate  at  most  at  middle 4 

4.  Pronotum  deep  blue,  bronzed  or  metallic 5 

Pronotum  black  or  piceous,  not  metallic 10 

5.  Prothorax  as  broad  or  almost  as  broad  as  long 6 

Pro  thorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad 7 

15  Revision  of  the  Elateridae  of  the  United   States,  by  John   L.   LeConte,   Tr.   Am. 
Phil.   Soc,  X,   18S3,  pp.  424-426,  428-435. 

16  Monographic  des  filatdrides,  par  M.  E.  Candeze,  Liege,  III,   1860,  pp.  377-413. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         335 

6.  Elytra  varying  from  yellow  or  orange  with  black  sutural  stripe 

and  cordiform  patch  covering  apical  half,  to  all  yellow  or 
orange  except  small  black  sutural  marking  near  apex;  pro- 
thorax  in  general  with  sides  quite  parallel  basally  and  evenly 
rounded  to  apex,  disk  slightly  bronzed,  elytral  striae  rather 
deeply  impressed  in  front  with  circular  punctures;  length 
9-11  mm.,  northern  Calif mirus  Lee. 

Elytra  vermilion  or  orange  red  with  the  suture  towards  apex  and 
the  apex  black,  prothorax  gradually  arcuately  convergent 
from  base  forwards,  pronotum  a  deep  bluish  black,  elytra 
with  strias  more  finely  impressed  and  with  smaller  and  more 
elongate  punctures;  length  9-11  mm.    Northern  Calif.  . .  .ulkei  Horn 

7.  Greater  portion  of  elytra  orange 9 

Greater  portion  of  elytra  black 8 

8.  Elytra  with  humeral  area  alone  orange,   pronotum  coarsely, 

cribrately  punctured;   length  9.5-12   mm.    Pacific   States, 

Utah,  B.  C,  and  Alberta crotchi  Horn 

Elytra  with  apical  half  and  one  large  maculation  on  each  elytron 
near  base,  black,  the  latter  sometimes  united  transversely 
or  posteriorly  with  the  apical  area,  pronotum  less  coarsely 
punctured;  length  7-10  mm.  Mountains  of  northern  Calif, 
and  Cascades  of  Ore.  and  Wash pictus  n.  sp. 

9.  Each  elytron  with  two  black  maculations,  one  in  front  and  one 

behind  middle,  quite  vague  in  more  southern  specimens, 
pronotum  moderately  finely  and  closely  punctured,  species 
more  elongate  than  usual;  length  10-15  mm.  Northern 
Great  Basin  from  eastern  B.  C.  south  to  Siskiyou  Co.,  Calif. 
venablesi  Wick. 

10.  Elytra  unicolorous  red 11 

Elytra  more  or  less  bicolored 12 

1 1 .  Entire  elytra  as  well  as  hind  angles  of  prothorax  and  a  portion  of 

feet  rufous,  pronotum  black  and  finely  not  closely  punc- 
tured except  at  sides;  second  and  third  antennal  segments 
small  and  equal,  together  hardly  as  long  as  fourth;  length 
8-9  mm.  Mountains  of  northern  Calif,  and  north  to  B.  C. 
bicolor  n.  sp. 

12.  Basal  portion  of  elytra  rufotestaceous,  as  well  as  antennae,  legs 

and  much  of  under  surface;  the  apical  portion  of  elytra  more 
or  less  piceous,  the  darker  area  not  sharply  differentiated 
from  basal  portion;  pronotum  moderately  finely,  closely 
punctured;  second  and  third  antennal  segments  each  but 
little  shorter  than  fourth;  length  10  mm.  B.  C,  northern 
Calif,  and  northern  Ariz nebulosus  n.  sp. 


336  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Black  or  rufo-piceous,  basal  margin  or  basal  patch  on  elytra,  the 
latter  often  faintly  extended  posteriorly  as  a  broad  vitta, 
epipleurae  and  legs  testaceous  (base  of  prothorax  and  basal 
angles  in  the  male,  also  often  testaceous),  head  and  pro- 
notum  finely  or  moderately  finely  and  not  closely  punctured; 
second  and  third  antennal  segments  longer  than  broad,  about 
equal  in  length  or  third  slightly  longer,  and  together  dis- 
tinctly longer  than  fourth;  length,  female  9.5  mm.,  male 
7  mm.    Mountains  of  middle  and  northern  Calif.  .  .  .huguenini  n.  sp. 

13.  Second  and  third  antennal  segments  small,  of  about  equal  length, 

together  about  as  long  as  fourth;  body  black  with  hind  angles 
of  prothorax,  entire  elytra  or  merely  margins,  all  or  most  of 
legs,  and  sometimes  antennae,  rufous;  length  7.5-9  mm. 
Napa,  Plumas  and  Sacramento  Cos.,  Calif clypeatus  Mots. 

14.  Clypeal  margin  rather  deeply  incised  or  emarginate  at  middle .  .  15 

Clypeal  margin  arcuate,  transverse  or  but  feebly  emarginate  at 

middle 21 

15.  Larger  species,  8-13  mm.  in  length 16 

Smaller  species,  body  bronzed  above,  sparsely  pubescent,  pro- 

notum  rather  sparsely,  finely  punctured 20 

16.  Body  black  clothed  with  fulvous  or  cinereous  pile,  pronotum 

coarsely,  closely  punctured 17 

Body  brown,  sparsely,  finely  pilose,  pronotum  moderately  finely, 

sparsely  punctured 19 

17.  Third  antennal  segment  distinctly  longer  and  narrower  than 

second,  as  long  as  fourth,  clypeal  margin  semi  circularly  in- 
cised, prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  legs  somewhat  rufous, 
head  and  pronotum  densely  clothed  with  golden  or  fulvous 
■  pile ;  length  10-11.5  mm .    Atlantic  States,  especially  southern 

Allegheny  Mts auripilis  Say 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  small,  of  about  equal  length, 
together  about  as  long  as  fourth,  prothorax  longer  than 
broad 18 

18.  Head  and  pronotum  densely  clothed  with  fulvous  pile;  clypeus 

bilobed,   elytral  intervals  always   flat;   length    10-13   mm. 

Northern  Calif fulvipilis  Cand. 

Entire  body  rather  sparsely  clothed  with  cinereous  or  faintly 
fulvous  pile,  clypeal  incision  more  V-shaped,  elytral  inter- 
vals often  somewhat  convex;  length  9-11  mm.  Northern 
Calif,  to  Idaho fulvipilis  seminudus  n.  subsp. 

19.  Clypeal  margin  with  a  broad  V-shaped  emargination,  second  and 

third  antennal  segments  each  distinctly  longer  than  broad, 
together  longer  than  fourth;  body  brown,  beneath  slightly 
rufous,  antennas  and  tarsi  red;  elytral  striae  fine  and  finely 
punctured,  intervals  flat  and  very  finely  punctured;  length 
9-13  mm.    Ariz sinuifrons  Fall 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         337 

20.  Second  and  third  antennal  segments  each  twice  as  long  as  broad, 

together  much  longer  than  fourth,  first  three  antennal  seg- 
ments and  legs  red;  length  6-7  mm.    Eastern  North  America 

quercinus  Say 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  small,  not  much  longer  than 
broad,  together  not  as  long  as  fourth;  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax  and  legs  red  (in  the  var.  semianeus  Lee,  the  elytra 
also  are  rufous);  length  6-7  mm.  Eastern  North  America. . 
basillaris  Say 

21.  Larger  and  more  robust  species,  at  least  8  mm.  in  length 22 

Smaller  species 28 

22.  Clypeal  margin  evidently  emarginate 23 

Clypeal  margin  transverse  or  vaguely  emarginate 27 

23.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  sides  evidently  sinuate 

in  front  of  hind  angles 24 

Prothorax  broader  than  long,  sides  quite  straight  or  even  slightly 

arcuate  in  front  of  hind  angles 26 

24.  Second  and  third  antennal  segments  rather  short,  third  about 

two-thirds  length  of  fourth;  elytral  striae  simply  impressed, 
not  sharply  grooved,  and  coarsely,  moderately  closely  punc- 
tured, the  intervals  subconvex  and  irregularly  punctured  and 
rugulose;  body  black,  elytra  often  somewhat  brownish,  an- 
tennae, legs  and  margins  of  elytra  rufous,  rather  densely 
clothed  with  long,  cinereous  pile;  length  9  mm.    Eastern 

Colo.,  S.  D.,  and  Alberta ursinus  n.  sp. 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  moderately  long,  third 
almost  length  of  fourth;  elytral  striae  finely  though  sharply 
grooved  and  finely  closely  punctured,  intervals  flat  and  with 
fine,  more  or  less  biseriately  arranged  punctures 25 

25.  Body  black  or  brown,  somewhat  bronzed  above,  antennae,  legs 

and  margins  of  elytra  rufous,  sometimes  also  hind  angles 
of  prothorax  and  base  of  elytra;  moderately  clothed  with 
fulvous  pile;  length  12-15  mm.    Eastern  North  America.  . 

griseus  Beauv. 

Body  generally  brown,  less  bronzed  above,  pronotum  generally 
more  coarsely,  cribrately  punctured;  length  16  mm.  (gen- 
erally considered  as  little  more  than  an  enlarged  form  of  the 
preceding).    Middle  States inter stitialis  Melsh. 

26.  Broad  and  very  short,  black,  slightly  aeneous  above,  moderately 

pilose;  pronotum  moderately  coarsely,  not  closely  punctured 
except  at  sides,  elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  intervals  broad, 
flat  and  finely,  irregularly  punctured,  second  and  third  an- 
tennal segments  moderately  long,  in  male  almost  as  long  as 
fourth,  in  female  somewhat  shorter;  clypeal  margin  in 
female  faintly  emarginate,  in  male  almost  transverse;  length 
8  mm.    Sonoma  and  Lake  Cos.,  Calif. .kuschei  n.  sp. 


338  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

27.  Second  and  third  antennal  segments  short,  together  about  equal 

or  slightly  longer  than  fourth,  clypeal  margin  slightly  arcu- 
ate, pronotum  distinctly  canaliculate  at  middle;  elytral  in- 
tervals rather  densely  triseriately  punctured ;  body  in  general 
a  piceous  brown,  slightly  bronzed,  above,  moderately  pilose 
and  with  legs  and  epipleurae  red;  length  10  mm.  Eastern 
Canada  and  northeastern  States confusus  Lee. 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  moderately  long.  Each 
about  three-fourths  length  of  fourth;  clypeal  margin  trun- 
cate or  faintly  emarginate;  pronotum  but  vaguely  canalicu- 
late at  middle  near  base;  elytral  intervals  somewhat  regu- 
larly biseriately  punctured,  body  otherwise  quite  similar  to 
above;  length  9-10  mm.    Eastern  States  of  America.  .  .  .plebejus  Say 

28.  Body  above  distinctly  bicolored 29 

Body  above  black  and  unicolored 30 

29.  Black,  elytra  brown,  basal  three  segments  of  antennas,  apical  and 

basal  margin  of  prothorax  including  hind  angles,  margins  of 
propleurse,  epipleurae,  tibiae  and  tarsi  and  hind  margins  of 
ventral  segments,  rufotestaceous,  clypeal  margin  transverse; 
antenna?  short,  in  male  barely  reaching  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax,  second  and  third  segments  rather  long,  the  third  the 
longer  and  about  equal  in  length  to  fourth;  pronotum  very 
convex  and  finely,  not  very  closely  punctured;  elytra  finely 
striato-punctate,  the  intervals  flat,  finely,  irregularly  punc- 
tured and  granulate;  length  7.5  mm.  Alaska  and  northern 
Canada pectoralis  Lee. 

Very  black,  the  elytra  often  with  violet  cast,  head  and  pronotum 
a  brilliant  ruby  color,  shining,  metallic,  apices  of  hind  angles 
of  prothorax  and  prosternal  lobe  somewhat  testaceous; 
clypeal  margin  emarginate;  antennae  long,  reaching  well 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  antennal 
segments  small,  together  about  equal  to  fourth,  fourth  to 
tenth  broadly  serrate;  pronotum  moderately  convex  and 
finely  sparsely  punctured;  elytra  coarsely  striato-punctate, 
the  intervals  subconvex  and  deeply,  rather  coarsely  irregu- 
larly punctured;  length  6-7  mm.  Lake  States,  Eastern 
Canada  and  Allegheny  Mts aurifer  Lee. 

30.  Basal  segments  of  antennae  and  legs  rufotestaceous 33 

Entire  antennae  and  legs  black 31 

31.  Broad  robust  species,  prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  antennae  rather 

short,  third  segment  about  as  long  as  fourth 32 

Species  more  linear  and  subcylindrical,  prothorax  longer  than 
broad  and  subparallel,  clypeal  margin  vaguely  emarginate 
at  middle,  antennae  long,  extending  well  beyond  hind  angles 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         339 

of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  small,  together 
about  equal  to  fourth,  fourth  to  tenth  large  and  broadly 
serrate;  prothorax  finely,  sparsely  punctured;  elytra  rather 
finely  striato-punctate,  the  punctures  coarser  at  sides  and 
apex,  intervals  finely,  biseriately  punctured;  length  5-6  mm. 
Eastern  Wash.,  Alberta lanei  n.  sp. 

32.  Prothorax  parallel  from  base  to  about  apical  fourth,  thence 

evenly  arcuate  to  apical  margin,  pronotum  coarsely,  rather 
closely  punctured,  especially  at  sides,  propleurae  coarsely, 
closely  punctured;  a  small,  black,  subparallel  species,  sub- 
aeneous  above  and  very  finely,  sparsely  pubescent;  length 

7-8  mm.  Wash.,  Ore.,  and  the  higher  mountains  of  Calif 

nitidulus  Horn. 

Prothorax  not  parallel  beyond  middle,  thence  gradually  arcuate  to 
apex,  pronotum  less  coarsely  and  rather  sparsely  punctured 
even  at  sides,  propleuras  but  moderately  coarsely  and  not 
closely  punctred  even  in  front ;  somewhat  broader  and  more 
aeneous  above  than  the  preceding  yet  closely  resembling  it 
otherwise;  length  7-8  mm.  Higher  elevations  of  Black  Mts. 
of  N.  C beutenmuelleri  n.  sp. 

33.  Small,  elongate,  black  species,  aeneous  above,  head  and  pronotum 

rather  finely,  closely  punctured,  elytra  finely  striato- 
punctate,  intervals  somewhat  flat  and  irregularly  tri- 
seriately  punctured  as  in  the  two  preceding  species;  length 
6-7  mm.  Nova  Scotia  and  New  England  west  to  B.  C.  and 
south  through  Rocky  Mts.  to  N.  M.  and  from  the  Cascade 
Mts.  to  Mt.  Hood,  Ore cEger  Lee. 

34.  Larger  species,  7.5  mm.  or  over  in  length 35 

Smaller  species,  7  mm.  or  less  in  length 44 

35.  Elytra  unicolored  or  at  most  with  epipleurae  of  a  different  color .  .  36 
Elytra  bicolored,  black  as  is  most  of  the  insect,  with  humeri 

orange,  portions  of  legs  also  often  ferruginous;  second  and 
third  antennal  segments  small,  subequal,  together  about 
length  of  fourth;  pronotum  shining  and  finely,  sparsely  punc- 
tured; elytra  distinctly  striato-punctate,  intervals  flattened, 
finely  irregularly  punctured  and  rugulose;  length  7.5  mm. 
Eastern  Canada  and  Atlantic  States,  rare stigma  (Hbst.) 

36.  Pronotum  coarsely,  closely  and  generally  cribrately  punctured .  .  37 
Pronotum  more  finely,  less  closely  and  not  cribrately  punctured .  .  40 

37.  Clypeal  margin  not  distinctly  notched  and  depressed  at  middle, 

head  and  pronotum  more  or  less  aeneous,  anterior  pronotal 
margin  but  slightly  lobed  at  middle,  elytral  intervals  not 
carinate  apically;  species  in  general  robust  and  not  markedly 
narrowed  either  in  front  or  behind 38 

March  3,  1932 


340  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Clypeal  margin  quite  distinctly  notched  and  depressed  at  middle 
in  most  cases,  head  and  pronofum  not  evidently  aeneous 
though  often  shining,  black  or  bicolored,  anterior  pronotal 
margin  quite  evidently  lobed  at  middle;  elytral  intervals 
more  or  less  carinate  apically;  females  robust,  males  con- 
siderably narrowed  both  in  front  and  behind 39 

38.  Species  in  general  black  with  head  and  pronotum  aeneous,  elytra 

sometimes  brown,  distinctly  pilose;  second  antennal  segment 
slightly  longer  than  broad,  third  still  longer  and  subcylin- 
drical,  together  longer  than  fourth  especially  in  the  female; 
elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  intervals  broad,  flat  and  dis- 
tinctly and  irregularly  punctured;  length  8.5-12  mm.  Pacific 
States californicus  (Mann.) 

39.  Species  in  general  piceous  with  black  head  and  pro  thorax  and 

brown  or  slightly  rufous  elytra,  lighter  in  females,  pilose; 
second  antennal  segment  hardly  longer  than  broad,  third 
longer,  together  about  equal  to  fourth  in  male,  longer  in 
female;  elytra  rather  coarsely  striato-punctate  anteriorly, 
more  finely  posteriorly;  length  8-12  mm.  Pacific  States  and 
Western  Canada,  mainly  in  sandy  areas canus  Lee. 

Rufotestaceous  above,  disk  of  pronotum  piceous  or  pronotum  all 
black;  a  lighter  phase  of  above  restricted  to  females;  length 
10-12  mm.  Northern  Calif,  to  Wash,  and  Idaho,  .canus  discoideus  Lee. 

40.  Second  and  third  antennal  segment  moderately  long,  second  at 

least  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  third  much  longer,  as  long 
as  fourth;  elytral  intervals  at  most  but  vaguely  subcarinate 
towards  apex 41 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  short,  second  not  twice  as 
long  as  broad  and  third  though  longer,  not  equal  to  fourth, 
elytral  intervals  subcarinate  towards  apex 42 

41.  Prothorax  about  as  broad  as  long,  gradually  narrowed  from  base 

forwards,  clypeal  margin  generally  depressed  and  interrupted 
at  center,  elytral  striae  often  well  impressed  and  usually 
rather  coarsely  punctured  anteriorly  and  at  sides;  a  robust, 
quite  convex,  blunt,  and  piceous  brown  species,  somewhat 
aeneous  above,  especially  the  pronotum,  antennae,  legs  and 
epipleurae  somewhat  rufous;  length  7  mm.  N.  Y.,  Penn.,  Ind. 
and  Ohio dubitans  Lee. 

Prothorax  always  slightly  longer  than  broad,  subparallel  towards 
base,  narrower  from  middle  forwards,  elytral  striae  always 
fine  and  finely  impressed;  pronotum  shining  and  with  punc- 
tures generally  well  spaced;  a  variable  species,  very  robust 
and  blunt  especially  in  females,  disk  of  both  pronotum  and 
elytra  somewhat  flattened,  dark  piceous  brown  (pilosulus 
Cand.)  to  rufopiceous  or  even  rufous,  especially  the  elytra 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERl  DM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         34^ 

(var.  vernalis  Fall),  the  legs  and  epipleurae  lighter,  the  pro- 
notum  always  aeneous;  length  11-14  mm.  Pacific  Slope 
infuscatus  Mots. 

42.  Third  antennal  segment  somewhat  triangular  and  similar  to 

fourth  though  smaller 43 

Third  antennal  segment  subcylindrical,  always  shorter  and  much 
narrower  at  apex  than  fourth;  pronotum  rather  finely  and 
closely  to  somewhat  distantly  punctured  and  more  or  less 
metallic;  elytra  with  stria;  distinctly  impressed  and  some- 
what coarsely  punctured  near  the  base,  intervals  irregu- 
larly punctured  and  slightly  rugulose;  clypeal  margin  trans- 
verse and  but  slightly  depressed  if  at  all  at  middle;  pro- 
pleurae  finely  and  closely  punctured;  a  moderately  robust 
species,  narrowed  apically,  piceous  brown,  with  elytra  and 
legs  lighter,  brown  or  even  rufous;  length  7-12  mm.  Eastern 
Canada  and  northeastern  States ectypus  Say  (agonus  Say) 

43.  Striae  rather  finely  and  sharply  impressed  and  finely  punctured; 

clypeal  margin  slightly  depressed  at  middle;  pronotum  con- 
vex, elongate  and  generally  with  sides  subparallel  or  sinuate 
towards  base,  rather  finely  and  sparsely  to  closely  punc- 
tured, metallic  and  shining;  propleurae  finely  and  but  mod- 
erately closely  punctured;  a  more  or  less  elongate,  subcyl- 
indrical species,  piceous  brown,  head,  pronotum  and  under- 
side submetallic,  elytra  lighter,  brown  or  rufous;  length 
7.5-12  mm.  Eastern  Wash,  and  Idaho  to  northern  Calif, 
(a  dichromatic  species) subauratus  Lee. 

Striae  fine  but  not  sharply  impressed,  finely  punctured,  intervals 
also  finely  punctured;  clypeal  margin  slightly  depressed  at 
middle;  pronotum  finely  and  moderately  closely  punctured, 
shining,  metallic,  propleurae  very  finely  punctured;  body 
piceous  with  rufous  antennae,  legs  and  elytra;  length  8-9  mm. 
(This  is  probably  only  a  phase  or  variety  of  ectypus).  East- 
ern Canada  and  northeastern  States anceps  Lee. 

44.  Bicolored  species 45 

Unicolored  species,  black,  shining,  somewhat  aeneous  above, 
clypeal  margin  transverse  and  distinctly  reflexed,  second 
antennal  segment  robust  and  longer  than  broad,  third  nar- 
rower and  two-thirds  length  of  fourth;  pronotum  finely, 
rather  sparsely  punctured,  hind  angles  distinctly  carinate; 
elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  intervals  flat  and  somewhat 
biseriately  punctate;  length  6.5-8  mm.  Vane.  Is.  to  northern 
Calif consimilis  Walk. 

45.  Prothorax  and  elytra  both  bicolored  above 46 

Prothorax  alone  bicolored  above 47 

46.  Black,  basal  angles  or  entire  base  of  prothorax  yellow,  elytra 

variable  from  black  with  suture  yellow,  through  both  suture 


342  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

and  base  yellow  to  all  yellow;  second  and  third  antennal 
segments  somewhat  elongate  though  shorter  than  fourth; 
pronotum  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured;  elytra  rather 
coarsely  striato-punctate,  intervals  finely  punctured;  length 
5-7  mm.    Calif ornatulus  Lee. 

A  more  pronounced  black,  with  basal  margin  of  prothorax  and 
large  humeral  maculations  orange,  otherwise  as  above 
though  generally  smaller  and  more  shining;  length  5-6  mm. 
Mts.  of  middle  and  northern  Calif ornatulus  humeralis  Cand. 

47.  Pronotal  punctures  quite  numerous  but  not  approximate 49 

Pronotal  punctures  numerous  and  approximate 48 

48.  Prothorax  with  sides  and  base  rufous  or  rufotestaceous  or  base 

and  hind  angles  alone  colored;  basal  segments  of  antennae 
and  portions  of  legs  also  often  testaceous;  clypeal  margin  but 
slightly  emarginate;  second  and  third  antennal  segments 
each  distinctly  longer  than  broad  but  never  equal  to  fourth; 
sides  of  prothorax  generally  evenly  arcuate  from  base  to 
apex,  in  a  limited  number  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles; 
elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  the  punctures  but  little  coarser 
basally,  intervals  finely  punctured  and  rugulose;  propleurae 
very  coarsely,  rather  closely  punctured,  prosternum  more 
finely  and  sparsely,  and  abdomen  still  more  finely  punctured; 
length  5-6  mm.    Middle  Calif,  north  to  Vane.  Is.  .maculicollis  Mots. 

Prothorax  with  basal  margin  alone  flavous,  basal  segments  of 
antenna?  and  portions  of  legs  also  often  testaceous,  general 
body  color  brown,  never  black  as  is  usually  the  case  with 
preceding  species;  clypeal  margin  transverse  or  vaguely 
emarginate;  second  and  third  antennal  segments  short, 
together  but  little  longer  than  fourth;  sides  of  prothorax 
either  straight  or  slightly  sinuate  near  base;  elytra  with 
striae  rather  deep,  the  punctures  quite  coarse  basally,  inter- 
vals finely  punctured  and  rugulose;  propleurae  very  coarsely 
yet  rather  distantly  punctured,  prosternum  and  abdomen 
quite  finely  and  rather  closely  punctured;  length  5  mm. 
Atlantic  States definitus  Zieg. 

49.  Prothorax  with  basal  and  apical  margins  narrowly  testaceous, 

basal  segments  of  antennae,  legs  and  portions  of  prosternum 
also  testaceous,  basal  color  as  in  preceding  but  more  bronzed; 
clypeal  margin  slightly  emarginate;  second  and  third  an- 
tennal segments  small,  together  about  equal  to  fourth;  sides 
of  prothorax  as  in  preceding  species;  elytra  with  striae  rather 
deep,  the  punctures  very  coarse  basally,  intervals  finely 
punctured  and  rugulose;  propleurae  very  coarsely,  closely 
punctured,  prosternum  finely,  rather  distantly  and  abdomen 
finely,  closely  punctured;  length  3.5-4  mm.  Atlantic  States 
nimbatus  Say 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERWAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         343 

Limonius  ulkei  Horn 

This  species  is  not  a  synonym  nor  even  a  variety  of 
Limonius  mints  Lee.  but  a  distinct  species.  It  is  in  general 
more  robust,  of  a  different  color,  vermilion  rather  than  yellow 
or  orange,  elytra  with  never  more  than  a  trace  of  black  along  the 
suture  and  at  the  apex,  head  and  pronotum  an  inky  blue-black 
rather  than  bronze,  antennae  generally  longer  and  more  robust ; 
prothorax  almost  as  broad  as  long,  gradually  narrowing  for- 
wards, with  the  sides  distinctly  lobed  near  apex,  and  the  disk 
grossly,  cribrately  punctured,  in  contrast  to  the  prothorax  of 
mirus  which  is  always  longer  than  broad,  subparallel  near 
base,  with  the  sides  barely  lobed  near  apex  and  the  disk  more 
finely,  densely  punctured;  elytra  with  the  striae  finer,  less 
deeply  impressed,  with  small,  somewhat  linear  punctures,  the 
intervals  broader  and  very  flat  in  front,  whereas  in  mirus  the 
striae  are  well  impressed,  punctured  with  large,  rather  round 
punctures  and  the  intervals  quite  convex.  Neither  species  is 
common,  ulkei  being  very  rare,  though  both  frequent  flowers. 

Limonius  pictus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subparallel;  black,  head  and  pronotum  slightly  asneous,  basal 
half  of  elytra  orange  with  large  oval,  black  maculation  on  each  elytron  near 
base,  the  antennae,  tibiae  and  tarsi  rufo-piceous.  Head  moderately  coarsely, 
deeply  punctured,  front  flattened;  clypeal  margin  faintly  emarginate  and 
slightly  depressed  at  middle;  antennae  reaching  slightly  beyond  hind  angles 
of  prothorax  in  male,  just  reaching  apex  in  female,  second  and  third  segments 
small  though  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  the  second  slightly  longer  and  more 
robust  than  third,  together  about  as  long  as  the  long  fourth  segment,  fourth  to 
tenth  serrate  and  each  about  one-half  longer  than  broad,  the  segments  propor- 
tionally shorter  in  female.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad,  subparallel, 
apex  moderately  emarginate,  base  bisinuate,  sides  slightly  sinuate  near  base, 
moderately  convergent  towards  apex,  apical  angles  small,  vertically  lamellate 
below,  hind  angles  distinct,  barely  divergent,  truncate  at  apex  and  without 
carinae;  the  disk  convex,  obscurely  canaliculate  at  middle  behind,  moderately 
coarsely,  closely  and  deeply  punctured,  and  finely,  sparsely  pubescent.  Elytra 
three  times  as  long  as  prothorax  and  as  long  as  broad,  subparallel  in  front, 
evenly  rounded  to  apex,  disk  moderately  convex,  striae  distinctly  impressed 
and  closely,  rather  coarsely  punctured,  the  intervals  flat  or  slightly  convex 
and  faintly,  biseriately  punctured  and  rugose.  Beneath  coarsely,  closely  punc- 
tured on  prothorax,  finely,  sparsely  punctured  on  afterbody  and  clothed  with 


344  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

sparse,  fine  cinereous  pile,  the  anterior  prosternal  suture  well  separated  in 
front  and  distinctly  sulcate  almost  to  middle.  Length  8  mm.,  breadth  2  mm. 
The  female  is  in  general  slightly  larger,  with  shorter  antennas,  and  broader 
and  more  convex  prothorax.  The  elytral  color  pattern  varies  from  that 
described  as  typical,  on  one  hand  towards  a  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  anterior 
maculation  to  the  extreme  on  the  other  where  these  have  not  only  united  with 
each  other  but  with  the  black  apical  patch  leaving  but  a  limited  area  at  the 
base  and  sides  orange. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3133;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3134, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in 
my  collection,  the  first  two  from  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  Lake 
Tahoe,  Calif.,  July  4th  and  9th,  1915.  This  species  is  fairly 
abundant  at  higher  altitudes  in  the  northern  Sierra  Nevada 
Mts.  and  extends  its  range  into  the  Cascades  of  Oregon  and 
Washington.  My  series  of  forty  or  more  specimens  was 
beaten  from  fir  trees,  at  the  following  localities :  Yosemite 
Nat.  Park,  the  Lake  Tahoe  region,  Nevada  Co.,  McCloud, 
Trinity  Co.,  Calif.,  Klamath  Falls,  Ore.,  and  Easton,  Wash. 

This  moderate  sized  and  very  attractive  species  should  be 
easily  recognized  by  its  color  pattern,  which  is  distinctive. 


Limonius  bicolor  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subparallel,  black,  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  elytra,  antennae, 
tibiae  and  tarsi  red.  Head  moderately  coarsely,  sparsely  punctured,  front 
impressed,  clypeal  margin  prominent,  slightly  emarginate  at  middle;  antennae 
in  male  reaching  a  segment  and  a  half  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  barely 
reaching  the  apices  of  the  angles  in  the  female,  second  and  third  segments 
small,  about  equal  in  length,  together  hardly  equal  to  fourth,  fourth  to  tenth 
serrate,  the  outer  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  shorter  in  female.  Prothorax 
slightly  longer  than  broad,  apex  emarginate,  anterior  angles  not  prominent, 
base  bisinuate,  hind  angles  well  marked,  hardly  divergent  and  truncate  at 
apex,  distinctly  carinate,  sides  almost  straight  and  slightly  convergent  forward, 
disk  slightly  convex,  non-canaliculate,  rather  finely  and  sparsely  punctured 
and  pubescent,  shining.  Elytra  perceptibly  broader  than  prothorax  and  con- 
siderably more  than  twice  as  long;  with  sides  gradually  narrowing  towards 
apex,  more  parallel  anteriorly  in  females;  disk  convex,  striae  well  impressed 
and  rather  closely,  distinctly  punctured,  the  intervals  somewhat  convex  and 
very  finely,  biseriately  punctured.  Beneath  with  presternum  rather  finely, 
sparsely  punctured,  the  propleuras  coarsely  and  closely  and  the  afterbody 
rather  finely  and  sparsely  punctured,  finely  and  sparsely  pubescent,  and  with 
the  anterior  prosternal  sutures  well  separated  in  front  and  distinctly  sulcate, 
though  latter  not  reaching  the  middle.    Length  8  mm.,  breadth  2.25  mm. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         345 

The  females  differ  from  the  males  by  having  shorter  antennae  and  by  being 
less  narrowed  both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3135;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3136, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in 
my  collection,  the  first  from  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  Lake  Tahoe, 
Calif.,  June  30,  1915,  and  the  second  from  Grass  Lake,  Lake 
Tahoe,  Calif.,  June  24,  1915.  In  my  series  of  more  than  a 
dozen  are  specimens  collected  at  Sequoia  Nat.  Park,  Plumas 
Co.  and  Trinity  Co.,  and  I  have  seen  others  from  as  far  north 
as  Victoria,  B.  C. 

This  species  because  of  its  rather  small  size  and  unicolored 
red  elytra  stands  out  conspicuously  from  its  fellows. 

Limonius  nebulosus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Moderately  elongate  and  robust,  rather  blunt  at  both  ends,  rufotestaceous, 
head,  prothorax  and  abdomen  darker,  often  piceous,  and  the  elytra  more  or 
less  darkly  clouded  in  the  apical  region.  Head  rather  finely  and  moderately 
closely  punctured,  front  deeply,  broadly  impressed,  clypeal  margin  prominent 
and  slightly  arcuate;  antennae  short,  barely  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax 
in  male,  segments  two  and  three  elongate,  of  about  equal  length,  each  about 
twice  as  long  as  broad  and  almost  as  long  as  fourth,  segments  four  to  ten 
slightly  serrate,  the  outer  about  twice  as  long  as  broad.  Prothorax  somewhat 
longer  than  broad,  apex  and  base  emarginate,  anterior  angles  not  prominent, 
hind  angles  slightly  divergent,  subacute,  acutely  carinate,  the  carinas  prominent 
and  almost  one-third  length  of  prothorax,  sides  slightly  sinuate  in  front  of 
hind  angles,  moderately  but  evenly  arcuate  at  middle  and  gradually  convergent 
forwards;  the  disk  convex,  indistinctly  canaliculate  at  middle  near  base,  rather 
finely  and  closely  punctured,  and  sparsely,  finely  pilose,  the  pile  semierect. 
Elytra  a  bit  more  than  twice  as  long  as  prothorax,  subparallel  anteriorly,  evenly 
rounded  to  apex,  the  disk  convex,  the  strias  well  impressed  and  moderately 
coarsely,  closely  punctured,  finer  apically,  the  intervals  convex,  very  finely 
and  irregularly  punctured  and  rugose,  the  surface  sparsely  clothed  with  short, 
semierect  pile.  Beneath  finely,  sparsely  punctured,  the  propleur3e  more  closely 
and  coarsely  punctured,  the  prosternal  sutures  of  prothorax  well  separated  in 
front  and  sulcate  posteriorly  to  middle.    Length  10  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3137,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected 
by  myself  at  El  Tovar,  Grand  Canyon,  Ariz.,  July  26,  1926, 
and  two  Paratypes,  one  collected  by  Mr.  W.  F.  Breeze  at 
Castle  Crags,  Siskiyou  Co.,  Calif.,  Sept.  1914,  in  my  collection, 
the  second  with  a  piceous  head  and  prothorax,  from  Pender 


346  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Harbor,  B.  C,  collected  by  R.  T.  Turner,  July  26,  1929,  in 
the  collection  of  Mr.  Ralph  Hopping.  I  have  also  seen  a 
fourth  specimen,  collected  by  Mr.  Warren  Knaus  at  Zion 
Canyon,  Utah,  July  28,  1921. 

This  rather  greasy  looking  species  is  related  to  Limonius 
sinuifrons  Fall  and  like  it  has  the  facies  of  some  of  the  more 
robust  species  of  Athous,  as  for  instance  cucullatus.  The  color 
pattern  though  distinctive  is  not  sharply  contrasting  for  the 
lighter  areas  gradually  give  place  to  the  darker.  It  is  no  doubt 
in  the  main  a  species  of  the  more  arid  portions  of  the  Great 
Basin  though  it  extends  into  the  mountains  of  northern  Cali- 
fornia and  even  to  the  coastal  area  of  British  Columbia. 


Limonius  huguenini  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Robust  and  rather  blunt  at  both  ends,  rufopiceous,  maculations  at  base 
of  elytra,  faintly  extending  as  broad  vittae,  epipleurae  and  legs  flavous.  Head 
moderately  coarsely,  closely  punctured;  front  deeply,  broadly,  triangularly 
impressed,  clypeal  margin  prominent,  horizontal  and  truncate;  antennae  short, 
reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  slightly  longer 
than  broad,  third  somewhat  longer  and  about  three-fourths  length  of  fourth, 
segments  four  to  ten  moderately  dilated  and  serrate.  Prothorax  slightly  longer 
than  broad,  apex  and  base  emarginate,  anterior  angles  distinct,  hind  angles 
triangular  and  slightly  divergent,  finely  and  acutely  carinate,  the  carinae  about 
one-fourth  length  of  prothorax,  sides  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  arcuate  at 
middle  and  gradually  narrowed  to  apex;  disk  convex,  vaguely  canaliculate  near 
base  at  middle,  moderately  finely  and  not  very  closely  punctured,  and  very 
finely,  sparsely  pubescent.  Elytra  slightly  more  than  twice  as  long  as  pro- 
thorax, slightly  arcuate  at  sides  and  evenly  rounded  at  apex;  the  disk  somewhat 
convex,  striae  distinctly  impressed  and  punctured,  intervals  slightly  convex 
and  indistinctly  punctured  and  finely  rugulose,  the  pile  fine  and  sparse  as  on 
the  pronotum.  Beneath,  moderately  finely,  closely  punctured  on  presternum, 
more  coarsely  and  sparsely  on  propleurae,  and  very  finely,  rather  closely  over 
abdomen ;  the  prosternal  sutures  well  separated  in  front  and  sulcate  posteriorly 
for  a  short  distance.    Length  10  mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  Female,  No.  3138,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  col- 
lected in  Plumas  Co.,  Calif.,  June  22,  1911,  by  Mr.  Leon 
Munier  and  kindly  presented  to  me  by  my  good  friend,  the 
late  Mr.  J.  C.  Huguenin.  Two  other  female  specimens,  quite 
similar,  collected  at  Cayton,  Shasta  Co.,  Calif.,  July  1919,  are 
in  the  collection  of  Mr.  Ralph  Hopping.    With  these,  I  have 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— Eh  AT  ERl  DAL  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         347 

associated  three  small  males,  which  I  am  confident  though 
not  positive,  are  the  opposite  sex  of  this  species.  They  differ 
not  only  by  being  smaller,  6-7  mm.  in  length,  but  by  being 
darker  and  more  shining,  less  greasy  in  appearance ;  black 
with  hind  angles  of  prothorax  or  basal  margin,  basal  margin  of  ely- 
tra, suture  to  a  slight  extent,  and  in  two  of  the  specimens, 
the  basal  segments  of  antennae  as  well  as  legs,  flavous ;  the 
head  more  transversely  less  deeply  impressed,  the  clypeus  not 
so  thick,  the  head  and  pronotum  more  finely  and  sparsely 
punctured,  the  prothorax  narrower,  and  the  elytral  striae 
more  coarsely  punctured.  They  were  collected  by  myself,  two 
in  Paradise  Valley,  Kings  River  Canyon,  Fresno  Co.,  Calif., 
July  16,  and  23,  1910,  and  one  at  Tallac,  Lake  Tahoe,  Calif., 
July,  1899. 

This  species  belongs  near  nebulosus  but  differs  in  general  by 
being  less  narrowed  in  front  and  behind,  by  having  the  front 
more  deeply  impressed  in  the  female,  the  head  and  pronotum 
much  more  sparsely  punctured,  and  the  color  pattern  quite  dif- 
ferent. It,  particularly  the  males,  superficially  looks  very  much 
like  Athous  limbatus  Lee,  an  insect  apt  to  be  found  in  its 
same  territory. 


Limonius  clypeatus  Motschulsky 

This  long  unrecognized  species  is  a  very  distinct  one  and 
though  rare,  has  been  taken  within  recent  years  in  the  terri- 
tory to  the  northeast  of  San  Francisco  Bay  and  not  far  from 
the  type  locality,  "Nova  Helvetia"  or  Sutter's  Fort,  as  it  was 
more  commonly  called  by  the  California  pioneers.  I  have 
studied  eight  specimens,  seven  from  my  own  collection  and 
one  belonging  to  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  all  of 
which  agree  with  the  original  description  in  regard  to  all 
major  features,  only  differing  slightly  as  regards  the  color  pat- 
tern which  is  not  constant.  In  all  the  specimens  the  clypeal 
margin  is  semicircularly  incised  and  "distincte  bidentato." 
The  type  was  black  except  the  mouthparts,  antennae,  epipleurae, 


348  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  Oh  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

"Elytrorum  limbo  subtus,"  and  margin  of  abdomen  and  feet 
which  were  somewhat  rufotestaceous.  The  Academy  specimen 
collected  near  Chico,  Calif.,  April  26,  1920,  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Van 
Duzee,  absolutely  agrees  with  this  description  in  all  regards. 
In  two  of  my  specimens  from  Napa  Co.,  the  hind  angles  of 
the  prothorax  and  elytra  are  also  red,  while  in  the  remaining 
specimens  from  Plumas  Co.  the  antennae  are  black  and  the 
elytra  as  well  except  for  a  broad  lateral  margin  of  red.  Some 
of  the  darker  or  more  typical  specimens  look  much  like  small 
specimens  of  Limonius  fulvipilis  Cand.,  but  they  are  propor- 
tionately shorter  and  blunter,  with  the  pile  finer  and  shorter, 
the  clypeus  semicircularly  emarginate  not  bilobed,  the  antennae 
shorter,  and  the  hind  angles  of  prothorax  more  divergent. 

Limonius  fulvipilis  seminudus  Van  Dyke,  new  subspecies 

In  the  more  typical  forms  which  are  found  in  middle  Cali- 
fornia, both  in  the  low  Sierras  and  near  the  coast,  the  body  is 
black,  legs  and  antennae  somewhat  rufous,  and  the  head,  pro- 
notum  and  base  of  elytra  densely  clothed  with  long,  silken, 
fulvous  pile,  the  elytra  posteriorly  less  densely  clothed.  It  thus 
superficially  very  closely  resembles  the  well  known  auripilis. 
In  the  mountains  of  northern  California  and  again  in  eastern 
Washington  and  Idaho,  there  is  a  form  which  appears  quite 
black  for  the  vestiture  is  sparse,  short  and  quite  uniformly  dis- 
persed. The  pile  is  also  quite  light,  a  fulvous  gray.  In  the 
northern  California  forms  the  pronotum  is  in  addition  more 
coarsely,  cribrately  punctured  and  the  elytral  intervals  some- 
what convex  while  in  the  Washington  and  Idaho  specimens 
the  pronotal  punctation  is  less  coarse  and  close  and  the  elytral 
intervals  flattened  as  in  the  typical  fulvipilis.  The  northern 
California  forms,  I  am  calling  the  subspecies  seminudus  and 
designating  as  a  Holotype  (No.  3139,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.), 
a  specimen  collected  at  Carrville,  Trinity  County,  Calif.,  July 
1,  1913,  and  as  paratypes,  one  other  specimen  from  Trinity  Co. 
and  two  from  Siskiyou  Co.  The  Washington  and  Idaho  speci- 
mens, I  am  also  associating  with  these. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERl  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         349 

Limonius  ursinus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Moderately  elongate,  robust,  piceous  brown,  faintly  bronzed  above,  elytra 
lighter,  antennae,  epipleurae,  tibiae  and  tarsi  rufous,  rather  densely  clothed  with 
long  cinereous  pile.  Head  densely,  coarsely  punctured,  front  flattened,  clypeal 
margin  depressed  at  middle  and  as  a  result  distinctly  though  not  markedly 
bilobed;  antennae  in  male  reaching  just  beyond  apices  of  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax,  shorter  in  female,  segments  two  and  three  moderately  short,  second 
but  little  longer  than  broad,  third  slightly  longer  and  about  two-thirds  length 
of  fourth,  4-10  serrate,  the  median  hardly  longer  than  broad,  the  outer  some- 
what longer.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  apex  broadly  emarginate, 
hind  angles  broadly  triangular,  slightly  divergent  and  with  short  though  con- 
spicuous carinas ;  sides  slightly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  barely  arcuate 
at  middle  and  gradually  rounded  and  convergent  to  apex;  the  disk  quite 
convex,  vaguely  canaliculate  at  middle  near  base,  and  coarsely,  closely  punc- 
tured. Elytra  nearly  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax,  very  gradually  narrowed 
posteriorly  and  rounded  to  apex,  disk  with  striae  shallowly  impressed  but  not 
sharply,  and  with  moderately  fine,  somewhat  distantly  placed  punctures, 
intervals  slightly  elevated  and  finely  closely  and  irregularly  punctured  and 
rugose.  Beneath  moderately  finely  and  sparsely  punctured,  the  propleurae 
rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured  and  clothed  with  long  pile  similar  to  that 
of  upper  surface,  the  prosternal  sutures  distinctly  opened  and  sulcate  in  front. 
Length  9  mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3140,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  Para- 
type  in  my  collection,  the  first  from  Fort  Collins,  Colo.,  col- 
lected May  12,  the  second  from  Volga,  S.  Dak.  I  also  had  a 
third,  imperfect  specimen  from  the  latter  locality  and  have 
seen  a  specimen  from  Medicine  Hat,  Alberta,  belonging  to 
Mr.  F.  S.  Carr. 

This  very  distinct  species  looks  much  like  some  of  the  hairy 
species  of  the  subgenus  Pheletes,  especially  canus  and  its  allies, 
but  it  is  always  less  narrowed  behind,  shorter  and  generally 
stubbier  in  appearance.  It  is  probably  not  uncommon  through- 
out the  territory  along  the  eastern  flanks  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains but  has  no  doubt  been  confused  with  other  species. 


Limonius  kuschei  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Rather  short,  broad  and  subparallel,  black  and  clothed  with  short,  semi- 
erect  pile.  Head  coarsely,  closely  and  rather  cribrately  punctured,  front  flat- 
tened, anterior  margin  of  clypeus  slightly  emarginate;  antennae  short,  not 
reaching  apices  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  but  little  longer 
than  broad,  third  longer  and  narrower  but  not  as  long  as  fourth,  fourth  to 


350  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

tenth  moderately  serrate,  median  segments  as  broad  as  long.  Prothorax  dis- 
tinctly broader  than  long,  apex  faintly,  base  distinctly  bisinuate,  hind  angles 
broadly  triangular,  barely  produced,  not  divergent  and  with  short  yet  distinct 
carina;  sides  divergent  from  base  or  barely  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles, 
arcuate  at  middle,  then  evenly  rounded  to  apex;  the  disk  very  convex,  some- 
times vaguely  canaliculate  at  middle  near  base,  rather  coarsely,  deeply  and 
rather  closely  punctured.  Elytra  two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  prothorax, 
subparallel  to  posterior  third,  dilated  behind  middle,  and  arcuate  to  apex, 
the  disk  finely,  sharply  striatopunctate,  the  intervals  broad,  flat  and  rather 
coarsely,  closely  and  irregularly  punctured.  Beneath  rather  coarsely,  closely 
punctured  in  front,  very  closely  on  propleurae,  gradually  more  finely  and 
sparsely  posteriorly,  the  prosternal  sutures  narrowly  open  and  sulcate  in  front. 
Length  8  mm.,  breadth  2.75-3  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3141,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two  Para- 
types  in  my  collection,  collected  at  Eldridge,  Sonoma  Co., 
Calif.,  April  9-12,  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Kusche. 

This  species  is  very  short  and  robust,  looking  something 
like  an  abbreviated  calif omicus.  It  also  superficially  resembles 
some  of  the  larger  and  more  robust  specimens  of  nitidulus  but 
is  more  opaque,  has  shorter  antennae,  a  much  broader  pro- 
thorax, less  pronounced  hind  angles  to  the  same,  broader  and 
flatter  elytral  intervals  with  closer  and  deeper  punctures.  Its 
general  facies,  particularly  as  regards  its  prothorax,  is  much 
like  that  of  some  of  the  more  robust  species  of  Cardiophorns. 
It  is  apparently  a  very  rare  and  local  species  for  the  three 
specimens  mentioned  are  the  only  ones  that  I  have  seen. 


Limonius  lanei  Van  Dyke,  neAv  species 

Small,  narrow,  subcylindrical,  black,  slightly  shining  and  aeneous,  and 
sparsely  clothed  with  gray  pile.  Head  finely,  deeply  but  not  closely  punctured, 
front  with  a  deep  triangular  impression  in  front,  clypeal  margin  prominent 
and  but  vaguely  emarginate  at  middle;  antennae  long,  reaching  well  beyond 
hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  small,  together  about 
equal  in  length  to  fourth,  fourth  to  tenth  markedly  serrate  and  with  all  seg- 
ments longer  than  broad.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  apex  bi- 
sinuate, slightly  lobed  at  middle,  base  bisinuate,  hind  angles  broadly  triangular, 
not  divergent,  but  moderately  prominent,  and  each  with  a  fine  carina  close 
to  the  margin,  sides  straight  and  slightly  convergent  forwards,  rounded  at 
front  angles,  disk  convex,  faintly  canaliculate  at  middle  near  base,  finely  and 
sparsely  punctured  and  shining.  Elytra  almost  two  and  a  half  times  as  long 
as  prothorax  and  slightly  broader  at  base,  sides  parallel  to  posterior  third 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         35  \ 

thence  arcuate  to  apex,  disk  with  deep  semicircular  impression  at  base  of 
each  elytron,  finely  striatopunctate,  the  intervals  flat,  finely,  irregularly,  bi- 
seriately  punctured.  Beneath  finely  but  distinctly  and  not  closely  punctured, 
more  coarsely  in  front,  the  prosternal  sutures  of  prothorax  open  in  front  and 
sulcate  for  a  short  distance  backwards.    Length  6.75  mm.,  breadth  1.75  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3142,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  three  Para- 
types  in  my  collection,  collected  at  Lind,  eastern  Washington, 
May  1,  1924,  by  Mr.  M.  C.  Lane,  after  whom  I  take  pleasure 
in  naming  it.  Other  specimens  are  also  in  the  collection  of 
Air.  Lane  who  kindly  presented  me  with  my  series.  I  also 
have  a  specimen  from  Medicine  Hat,  Alberta,  collected  April 
26,  1926,  by  Mr.  F.  S.  Carr  and  others  are  in  Mr.  Carr's  col- 
lection. 

This  interesting  little  species  because  of  its  elongated  sub- 
parallel  form,  long  and  markedly  serrate  antennae,  and  other 
physical  characters  shows  that  it  is  related  to  aurifer,  but  it 
can  readily  be  separated  from  that  by  its  color  and  the  type  of 
elytral  punctation.  From  ceger  and  other  small  aeneous  species, 
it  can  always  be  told  by  being  less  narrowed  in  front,  by  the 
type  of  its  antennae  and  color  of  legs. 


Limonius  beutenmuelleri  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Small,  robust,  black,  distinctly  shining  and  aeneous,  the  tibiae  and  tarsi 
piceous,  and  sparsely,  finely  pilose.  Head  rather  coarsely,  sparsely  punctured, 
clypeal  margin  prominent  and  slightly  arcuate;  antennae  just  reaching  apex  of 
hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  about  a  third  longer  than  broad, 
third  somewhat  longer  and  equal  to  fourth,  fourth  to  tenth  serrate,  the  seg- 
ments all  slightly  longer  than  broad.  Prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  apex  slightly, 
base  distinctly,  bisinuate,  hind  angles  broadly  triangular,  but  slightly  projected 
at  apex,  not  divergent,  and  each  with  a  well  marked  carina  slightly  diverging 
from  lateral  margin,  the  sides  straight  and  parallel  near  base  and  arcuate 
and  convergent  from  before  middle  to  apex,  disk  convex,  faintly  canaliculate 
at  middle  near  base,  and  finely  yet  deeply  and  sparsely  punctured.  Elytra 
two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  prothorax,  sides  straight  and  slightly  diverging 
to  posterior  third,  thence,  gradually  arcuate  to  apex,  disk  finely  striato- 
punctate, intervals  flat  or  slightly  convex  and  finely,  irregularly  biseriately 
punctured.  Beneath  rather  finely,  not  closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  more 
coarsely  punctured,  the  prosternal  sutures  of  prothorax  distinctly  opened  and 
sulcate  anteriorly.    Length  7  mm.,  breadth  2.25  mm. 


352  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Holotype:  No.  3143,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several 
designated  Paratypes  in  my  collection  from  a  large  series  col- 
lected by  myself  on  Mt.  Mitchell  and  the  tops  of  the  adjacent 
peaks  of  the  Black  Mountains  of  North  Carolina,  June,  1902. 
It  is  named  as  a  slight  tribute  to  Mr.  Wm.  Beutenmueller, 
who  was  my  travelling  companion  during  my  trip  to  the 
mountains  of  North  Carolina. 

This  small,  robust  species  has  a  surprising  resemblance  to 
Limonius  nitidulus  Horn  of  the  Pacific  Coast  and  no  doubt 
had  a  common  origin  with  that.  It  can  readily  be  dis- 
tinguished, however,  by  its  generally  broader  form,  more 
shining  aspect,  sparser  and  more  distant  punctation,  and  in 
having  the  sides  of  prothorax  arcuate  and  narrowed  from 
before  the  middle  to  apex. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Limonius  minis  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  429;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat. 
Ill,  1860,  p.  385. 

Limonius  ulkei  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  314. 

Limonius  crotchi  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  1872,  p.  148. 

Limonius  pictus  n.  sp. 

Limonius  venablesi  Wick.,  Psyche,  XX,  1913,  p.  27;  (Pheletes) ,  Leng,  Cat.  Col., 
1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  bicolor  n.  sp. 

Limonius  nebulosus  n.  sp. 

Limonius  sinuifrons  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  227. 

Limonius  clypeatus  Mots.,  Bui.  Mosc,  XXXII,  III,  1859,  p.  369. 

Limonius  auripilis  (Say)  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ill,  1823, 
p.  172;  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  168;  (Limonius),  Lee, 
Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  429;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860, 
p.  382;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  756. 

Limonius  fulvipilis,  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  383. 

Limonius  fulvipilis  seminudus  n.  subsp. 

Limonius  quercinus  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  262; 
(Limonius),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  431;  Dej.,  Cat., 
ed.  3,  1837,  p.  103;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  397;  Blatch- 
ley, Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  758. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         353 

Limonius  basillaris  (Say)  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ill,  1823, 
p.  172;  (Limonius),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  431; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  398;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910, 
p.  758. 

Limonius  basillaris  var.  semiaeneus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X,  1853,  p.  432  > 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  pp.  398-399. 

Limonius  ursinus  n.  sp. 

Limonius  griseus  (Beauv.)  (Elater),  Ins.  Afr.  et  Amer.,  1805,  p.  214,  pi.  9,  f.  8; 
(Limonius),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  388;  Cat.  Method. 
Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  757. 

?  cylindiformis  Hbst.  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  93,  tab.  166,  fig.  9. 

cylindrifortnis  Say  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ill,  1823,  p.  176; 
Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  166;  (Limonius),  Lee,  Tr. 
Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  430. 

hirticollis  Melsh.,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  215. 

perplexus  Dej.,  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  102. 

propexus,  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  386;  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891, 
p.  149. 

Limonius  interstitialis  (Melsh.)  (Corymbites) ,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II, 
1846,  p.  215;  (Limonius),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p. 
430;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  389;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind., 
1910,  p.  757. 

diversus  Dej.,  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  102. 
Limonius  kuschei  n.  sp. 

Limonius  confusus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  430;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  390;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  758. 
anescens  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  431;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  413;  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148. 
Limonius  plebejus  Say  (Elater),  Am.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  263; 
(Limonius),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,   1853,  p.  431;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  390;  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148; 
Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  758. 

metallescens  Melsh.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1856,  p.  158. 

Limonius  pectoralis  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  391;  Cand., 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148. 

Limonius  aurifer  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  429;  Dej.,  Cat.,  ed.  3, 
1837,  p.  102;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  386;  Cat.  Method. 
Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  757. 

Limonius  lanei  n.  sp. 

Limonius  nitidulus  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  315;  Cand.,  Cat. 
Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149. 

Limonius  beutenmuelleri  n.  sp. 

Limonius  aeger  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  431;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  397;  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148. 


354  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Limonius  stigma  (Hbst.)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  86,  pi.  166,  f.  1;  (Limon- 
ius),  Dej.,  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  102;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860, 
p.  404;  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat. 
Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

armus  Say  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  VI,  1839,  p.  171;  (Gambrinus). 

Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X,  1853,  p.  435;  Lac,  Gen.  Col.,  IV- 

1857,  p.  183. 

Limonius  californicus  (Mann.)  (Cardiophorus) ,  Bui.  Mosc.,  XVI,  1843,  p.  238 

(136);  (Limonius),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  407;  Cat. 

Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920, 

p.  168. 

hispidus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  432;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 

Ill,  1860,  p.  407;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  californicus  var.  occidentalis  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  411; 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III, 
1871,  p.  315;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 
Limonius  canus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  433;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  413;  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes), 
Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 
subcostatus  Mots.,  Bui.  Mosc,  XXXII,  III,  1859,  p.  370. 
Limonius  canus  var.  discoideus  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  348 
Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920, 
p.  168. 
Limonius  dubitans  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  433;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.. 
Ill,  1860,  p.  407;  (Nothodes),  Lee,  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  III. 
Class.  Col.  N.  Am.,  1861,  p.  171;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat., 
1891,  p.  174;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  70;  Leng,  Cat.  Col.. 
1920,  p.  433. 
Limonius  infuscatus  Mots.,  Bui.  Mosc,  XXXII,  II,  1859,  p.  371;  Horn,  Tr. 
Am.  Ent.  Soc,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891, 
p.  148;  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 
Limonius  infuscatus  var.  pilosulus  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149; 
Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 
pilosus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  433;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill, 
1860,  p.  405;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69. 
Limonius  infuscatus  var.  vernalis  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,    1910, 

p.  129;  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 
Limonius  ectypus  Say  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1839,  p.  167;  (Limonius), 
Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  433;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill, 
1860,  p.  409;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes), 
Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 
agonus  Say  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1839,  p.  171;  (Limonius), 
Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  434;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  410;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand., 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat. 
Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         355 

Limonius  subauratus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  432;  Cand.,  Mon. 
Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  406;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand., 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col., 
1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  anceps  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  433;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  409;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat. 
Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920, 
p.  168. 

Limonius  consimilis  Walk.,  Lord's  Nat.  Vane.,  II,  1866,  p.  325;  Horn,  Tr.  Am. 
Ent.  Soc.,  Ill,  1871,  p.  316;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69; 
Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat. 
Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

nitidicollis  Lee.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (4),  IV,  1869,  p.  378;  Henshaw, 
List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891, 
p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  ornatulus  Lee.,  Rept.  Expt.  and  Surv.  Miss,  to  Pac.,  XII,  1859,  p.  46; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  401;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885, 
p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  (Pheletes),  Leng, 
Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  ornatulus  subsp.  humeralis,  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  402; 
Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  Ill,  1871,  p.  316;  Henshaw,  List  Col., 
1885,  p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  (Pheletes), 
Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  maculicollis  Mots.,  Bui.  Mosc,  XXXII,  II,  1859,  p.  372;  Horn, 
Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  316;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885, 
p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  Leng,  Cat.  Col., 
1920,  p.  168. 

discicollis  Cand.,  Elat.  Nouv.,  I,  Mem.  Acad.  Sci.  Brux,  XVII,  1865, 
p.  49;  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  316;  Cand., 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  148;  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920, 
p.  168. 

Limonius  definitus  Zieg.,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1844,  p.  268;  Lee, 
Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  434;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860, 
p.  404;  Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method. 
Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  nimbatus  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  255; 
(Limonius),  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  391; 
Henshaw,  List  Col.,  1885,  p.  69;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat., 
1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  infernus  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  434;  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  391;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  403; 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  149;  (Pheletes),  Leng,  Cat.  Col., 
1920,  p.  168. 

Limonius  debilis  Dej.,  Cat.  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  103. 

March  3,  1932 


356  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Genus  Leptoschema  Horn 

This  genus  was  established  by  Horn17  for  the  reception  of  a 
peculiar  species  of  Elateridse  originally  described  as  Agrioies 
protractus  Horn,  and  placed  in  the  tribe  Athoini.  Its  most  dis- 
tinctive characters  are  that  the  clypeal  margin  is  short,  free 
and  well  elevated  above  the  labrum,  the  posterior  coxal  plates 
are  gradually  dilated  inwards,  and  the  prosternal  sutures  are 
double.  The  first  two  characters  distinguish  it  from  the  tribe 
Agriotini  where  it  had  formerly  been  placed  and  it  was  in  the 
main  because  of  these  that  Horn  removed  it  and  placed  it  in 
a  new  genus  at  the  same  time  putting  it  in  the  Athoini.  With 
the  members  of  the  latter  tribe,  it  agrees  in  having  the  free 
clypeal  margin  and  certain  other  general  characters,  but  it  dif- 
fers markedly  from  all  of  the  genera  included  therein  by 
leaving  the  head  convex,  the  mouth  inferior,  and  the  hind 
angles  of  the  pro  thorax  prolonged  and  acute,  as  well  as  by  its 
general  facies  and  sculpturing.  Though  having  some  of  the 
characters  of  Agriotes,  I  believe  that,  because  of  its  type  of 
hind  coxal  plates  and  certain  other  features,  it  belongs  near 
Sericus.  It  most  certainly  does  not  belong  in  the  Athoini.  The 
typical  species,  protractum,  is  of  a  uniform  piceous  brown  but 
there  is  a  beautiful  color  variety  which  I  will  describe.  The 
two  species,  discalceatus  (Say)  and  bicolor  (Lee),  provision- 
ally placed  in  Leptoschema  by  Horn  because  of  the  double 
prosternal  sutures,  are  not  at  all  congeneric  with  protractum. 
They  are  in  every  regard  species  of  Athons  except  for  the  type 
of  prosternal  suture  and  should  as  a  result  be  removed  from 
Leptoschema. 

As  much  as  they  cannot  go  into  Athous,  they  should  be 
placed  in  another  genus  and  fortunately  we  have  this  in 
Elathous  Reitt.,18  a  genus  founded  for  the  reception  of  two 
European  species  which  are  truly  congeneric  with  them.  This 
genus  has  for  some  time  been  considered  as  a  synonym  of 
Leptoschema  but  it  is  not,  their  genotypes  not  being  con- 
generic.    In  addition   to   the  characters   given  by   Horn   for 

"Trans.  Am.   Ent.   Soc,   XII,   1884,  p.   SO. 
"  Ent.  Nachricht,  XVI,  1890,  pp.  247-248. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1 DAL  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         357 

Leptoschema,  we  should  add  small  eyes,  for  those  of  protrac- 
tum (Horn)  are  much  smaller  proportionally  than  they  are  in 
Agriotes. 

Synoptic  Table 

Body  piceous  brown,  the  elytra  generally  lighter,  often  somewhat 

rufous protractum  (Horn) 

Body  piceous,  the  entire  upper  surface  a  rich  orange  yellow  except 
portions  of  head  and  a  longitudinal  vitta  at  middle  of  pro- 

notum,  the  propleurae  and  tarsi  also  yellow 

protractum  var.  elegans  n.  var. 


Leptoschema  protractum  var.  elegans  Van  Dyke,  new  variety 

This  variety  differs  from  the  more  or  less  uniformly  piceous  brown  form  by 
having  the  pro  thorax,  except  the  sternum  and  a  longitudinal  pronotal  vitta 
at  the  middle,  and  the  elytra,  of  a  rich  orange  yellow  color.  The  head  and 
terminal  portions  of  the  legs  are  also  somewhat  yellowish.  The  general  form 
and  sculpturing  is  the  same  as  in  the  typical  phase. 

Holotype:  No.  3144,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  specimen  col- 
lected in  Humboldt  Co.,  Calif.,  May  15,  1911,  by  Mr.  F.  W. 
Nunenmacher.  Another  specimen  has  also  been  seen.  The 
typical  forms  have  all  been  found  in  the  coastal  portions  of 
middle  California. 


Genus  Elathous  Reitter 

The  species  of  this  genus  resemble  somewhat  the  species  of 
Athons  related  to  Athous  cucullatus  (Say),  particularly  in  re- 
gard to  the  robust  form,  deeply  impressed  front,  and  carinate 
hind  angles  of  prothorax.  but  they  differ  materially  in  having 
the  double  prosternal  sutures  and  the  tarsi  narrower  and  with- 
out lobes.  From  the  members  of  Athous  like  ruHfrons  Rand., 
which  have  no  tarsal  lobes  or  but  vague  ones,  they  differ  by 
having  well  developed  carinse  on  the  hind  angles  of  the  pro- 
thorax,  double  prosternal  sutures,  and  tarsi  that  are  more  cylin- 
drical and  with  a  shorter  second  and  generally  longer  fourth 
segment,   similar  in  many  ways  to  that  of  Limonius.    Our 


358  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

American  species  are  all  of  a  somewhat  piceous,  brown  or 
rufous  color,  with  the  ventral  surface  very  much  lighter,  gen- 
erally rufotestaceous;  the  second  and  third  antennal  segments 
small  though  usually  longer  than  broad,  the  third  sometimes 
the  longer,  and  together  as  long  or  longer  than  the  fourth,  and 
the  antennae  as  a  whole  not  or  hardly  reaching  the  apices  of 
the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  in  the  female  and  but 
slightly  longer  in  the  male.  Elathous  obemdoriferi  O. 
Schwarz19  is  without  doubt  but  a  synonym  of  discalceatus 
(Say). 


Synoptic  Table 

1.  Pronotum  quite  coarsely,  numerously  and  generally  approxi- 

mately punctured  even  at  middle;  elytra  finely  striate  and 
with  distinct  punctures,  the  intervals  slightly  convex  and 
finely  but  distinctly  and  numerously  punctured  and  sub- 
rugose 3 

Pronotum  with  punctures  not  approximate  on  disk;  elytra  finely 
striate,  the  punctures  very  fine,  often  indistinct,  intervals 
flat  or  hardly  convex  and  finely,  somewhat  indistinctly, 
punctured  and  shining 2 

2.  Head  very  coarsely,  closely  and  cribrately  punctured;  the  pro- 

notal  punctures  likewise  coarse  and  umbilicate,  somewhat 
finer  on  disk;  prothorax  generally  but  moderately  narrowed 
in  front,  with  sides  but  slightly  sinuate  behind,  and  with 
elytra  very  finely  and  closely  clothed  with  suberect  pile . . 
discalceatus  (Say) 

Head  but  moderately  coarsely  and  not  cribrately  nor  approxi- 
mately punctured;  the  pronotal  punctures  somewhat  similar 
on  the  sides,  but  always  well  spaced,  finer  and  sparser  on 
the  disk;  prothorax  always  distinctly  narrower  in  front  and 
with  sides  slightly  sinuate  behind,  making  the  hind  angles 
quite  divergent;  the  entire  upper  surface  sparsely  clothed 
with  short,  less  erect  pile calif ornicus  n.  sp. 

3.  Head  rather  coarsely  and  closely,  not  cribrately  punctured;  the 

prothorax  slightly  and  gradually  narrowed  in  front,  the  sides 
slightly  sinuate  behind;  the  entire  upper  surface  clothed 
with  very  fine  and  suberect  pile bicolor  (Lee.) 


"Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXII,  1903,  p.  207. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELAT BRIDIE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         359 

Elathous  californicus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  slightly  depressed,  subparallel,  somewhat  narrowed  in  front  and 
behind,  sparsely  pilose;  dark  piceous  brown,  almost  black  in  holotype,  the 
basal  margin  of  prothorax,  elytral  suture  and  epipleurae,  antennae  and  entire 
underside  rufotestaceous.  Head  triangularly  depressed  in  front,  clypeus  promi- 
nent and  with  anterior  margin  arcuate,  front  moderately  coarsely  but  not 
closely  punctured;  antennae  in  male  reaching  one  segment  beyond  hind  angles 
of  prothorax,  in  female  not  quite  reaching  apex  of  hind  angles,  the  second  seg- 
ment small,  slightly  longer  than  broad,  third  longer,  about  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  together  barely  longer  than  fourth  in  male  though  distinctly  longer  in 
female.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad  in  male,  as  broad  as  long  in 
female,  with  hind  angles  prominent,  divergent,  blunt  at  apex,  and  distinctly 
carinate,  the  sides  sinuate  in  front  of  angles,  slightly  arcuate  at  middle  and 
gradually  narrowed  toward  apex,  the  apex  four-fifths  as  broad  as  base,  lateral 
margin  fine,  disk  convex  and  rather  coarsely,  somewhat  numerously  punctured, 
the  punctures  but  little  coarser  laterally  and  always  well  spaced,  median  canali- 
culation  vague  even  near  base.  Scutellum  rather  finely  punctured.  Elytra 
over  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  prothorax,  in  male  gradually  narrowed 
almost  from  humeri  to  apex,  in  female  subparallel  anteriorly,  the  disk  finely 
striate  and  very  finely  punctured,  the  intervals  flattened,  finely,  irregularly 
punctured  and  indistinctly  rugulose.  Beneath  moderately  coarsely,  closely 
punctured  in  front,  more  finely  behind.  Male,  length  11  mm.,  breadth  3  mm.; 
female,  length  12  mm.,  breadth  3.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3145;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3146, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  three  Paratype  females,  besides  an 
imperfect  male,  in  my  collection.  The  first  was  from  Straw- 
berry Valley,  Eldorado  Co.,  Calif.,  Aug.  6,  1912,  the  second 
from  Tallac,  Lake  Tahoe,  Calif.,  Aug.  1912,  the  others  from 
Meadow  Valley,  Plumas  Co.,  Calif.,  July  1914,  Quincy,  Calif. 
July  1915,  and  Tallac,  Aug.  1912.  These  were  all  found  be- 
neath the  bark  or  in  the  wood  of  dead  yellow  pines,  being 
truly  lignivorous,  as  I  believe  are  all  members  of  the  genus. 

This  species  resembles  quite  closely  our  other  species  but  is 
in  general  darker  above,  more  narrowed  in  front,  with  more 
prominent  and  divergent  hind  angles  to  prothorax,  a  some- 
what finer  and  less  closely  punctured  head  and  pronotum  and 
more  finely  punctured  elytral  striae. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Leptoschema  protractum  (Horn)  (Agriotes),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871, 
p.  317;  (Leptoschema),  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884, 
p.  50;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1881,  p.  200. 


350  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Leptoschema  protractum  elegans,  n.  var. 

Elathous  discalceatus  (Say)  (Elater)  Say,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1839,  p.  169; 

(Athous),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  427;  Cand.,  Mon. 

Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  455;  (Leptoschema),  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent. 

Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  51;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  201; 

Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  761. 
oberndorfferi  O.  Schwarz,  Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXII,  1903,  p.  207. 
Elathous  californicus,  n.  sp. 

Elathous  bicolor  (Lee)  (Athous),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  428; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  486;  (Leptoschema),  Horn,  Tr. 
Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  1884,  p.  51;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891, 
p.  201;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  761. 


Genus  Athous  Eschscholtz 

The  genus  Athous  has  the  clypeus  distinctly  margined  and  elevated  in  front, 
the  mouth  anterior,  the  posterior  coxal  plates  gradually  dilated  inwards,  the 
first  tarsal  segment  greatly  elongated,  the  fourth  usually  quite  small,  and  several 
of  the  median  segments  with  posterior  projecting  lobes  beneath,  the  prosternal 
lobe  long  and  the  prosternal  sutures  single.  Other  characters  are  quite  variable. 
In  fact  the  genus  is  decidedly  polymorphic  for  the  front  may  be  flattened,  sul- 
cate  or  deeply  triangularly  impressed;  the  posterior  prothoracic  angles  carinate 
or  not  carinate;  the  median  tarsal  segments  lobed  or  not  lobed;  or  the  antennas 
varying  from  the  filiform  to  the  usual  serrate  or  even  flabellate  type  and  with 
the  basal  segments  of  varying  length.  There  is  often  a  great  difference  between 
the  sexes  as  to  size,  length  of  antennae,  and  so  forth;  and  in  many  species  a 
great  deal  of  variability  as  to  color.  In  a  number  of  our  species,  particularly 
those  confined  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  there  are  several  geographical  color  races 
and  a  few  are  quite  decidedly  dichromatic,  having  within  the  same  territory 
both  a  black  or  dark  phase  as  well  as  a  lighter  one,  especially  one  with  fighter 
elytra.  This  has  also  been  noted  in  Limonius  as  indicated  previously  and  it 
occurs  here  and  there  in  Ludius. 

The  genus  is  dominantly  holarctic,  with  a  large  number  of 
species  in  all  the  major  portions  of  that  region.  The  bulk  of 
the  species  dwell  in  the  mountains,  especially  in  heavily  for- 
ested areas,  much  as  Limonius  shows  a  preference  for  the 
valleys  and  more  open  places. 

In  Europe,  there  has  been  a  tendency  to  divide  up  the  genus 
into  subgenera  or  even  to  separate  off  several  of  the  groups  as 
distinct  genera.  This  classification  if  applied  to  our  species 
would  lead  to  great  confusion  and  at  the  same  time  give  the 
impression  that  many  of  the  species  were  widely  separated 
whereas  they  are  but  slightly  divergent  elements  of  a  common 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         ^\ 

stock.  I  have,  therefore,  thought  it  best  to  ignore  these  group- 
ings. Some  of  our  species  superficially  resemble  those  of  other 
genera  and  a  typical  species  as  well  as  individuals  have  often 
been  placed  elsewhere.  A  study  of  the  species  in  relation  to  the 
essential  characters  should  prevent  this  confusion.  I  have  re- 
moved Limonius  oruatipcnnis  Lee.  from  Limonius  and  placed 
it  in  Athous,  the  long  first  and  short  fourth  tarsal  segment 
being  essentially  characteristic  of  the  latter  and  not  of  the 
former.  Other  characters  also  back  this  up.  I  have  also  placed 
Corymbites  poly  genus  Fall  here.  Fall's  type  specimen  was 
atypical  of  the  species.  Typical  specimens  are  Athous  in  every 
regard.  Athous  debilis  Lee.  ( debilitarsus  Cand.)  is  a  Mono- 
crepidius;  Athous  trivittatus  Melsh.  a  European  species  accord- 
ing to  LeConte;  and  Athous  quadrivittatus  Walker,  an  imma- 
ture specimen  of  Ludius  (Corymbites)  lateralis  Lee,  accord- 
ing to  LeConte.20  I  have,  therefore,  dropped  these  from  the 
genus  Athous.  Athous  exclamationis  O.  Schwarz,  I  have  not 
been  able  to  place  and  am  inclined  to  believe  was  never  found 
in  our  territory  as  is  the  case  without  doubt,  of  a  number  of 
the  Elateridse  described  as  from  this  country  by  O.  Schwarz. 
Collectors  are  at  times  notoriously  careless  with  their  material 
as  regards  locality  labels  and  have  thus  often  misled  the 
describer.  A  number  of  previously  listed  species  will  also  be 
reduced  to  subspecific  rank. 

The  arrangement  of  the  species  in  the  bibliography  shows 
their  phylogenetic  relationship  better  than  that  given  in  the 
synoptic  table. 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Tarsi  not  distinctly  lobed  beneath,  second  and  third  tarsal  seg- 

ments at  most  slightly  prolonged  backwards  and  beneath, 

hind  angles  of  prothorax  not  carinate 2 

Tarsi  with  one  or  more  segments  evidently  lobed  beneath  or  pro- 
longed backwards  at  least  on  first  pair  of  legs 5 

2.  Front  deeply  impressed  with  prominent  clypeal  margin,  second 

antennal  segment  small,  third  almost  as  long  as  fourth ....  3 

20  Syn.  Notes  on  N.  Am.  Col.,  by  John  L.  LeConte,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (4), 
vol.  6,  1870,  p.   7. 


352  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Front  feebly  impressed,  clypeal  margin  but  moderately  promi- 
nent, second  and  third  antennal  segments  about  equal  in 
length  and  each  two- thirds  length  of  fourth 4 

3.  Piceous  or  vittate  species,  anterior  prothoracic  angles  prominent, 

scutellum  as  broad  as  long,  intermediate  antennal  segments 
distinctly  serrate,  tarsi  quite  filiform;  length  11-15  mm. 
Lake  Superior  to  eastern  Canada  and  Maine,  and  Allegheny 

Mts rufifrons  (Rand.) 

Rufotestaceous,  anterior  prothoracic  angles  not  prominent, 
scutellum  narrow,  longer  than  broad,  prothorax  with  sides 
straight  and  parallel,  the  disk  but  slightly  convex,  the  inter- 
mediate antennal  segments  elongated  and  parallel  sided, 
filiform;  length  12  mm.    Black  Mts.,  N.  C appalachius  n.  sp. 

4.  Small  species,  piceotestaceous,  with  sides  of  prothorax  posteriorly, 

an  elytral  vitta  extending  from  humeri  to  beyond  middle  and 
including  most  of  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  intervals,  trans- 
verse oval  patches  extending  from  third  intervals  to  margin 
at  posterior  third,  a  triangular  area  at  apex,  and  feet,  rufo- 
testaceous; antennae  short,  prothorax  considerably  longer 
than  broad  and  moderately  coarsely,  closely  and  somewhat 
aciculately  punctured,  elytra  distinctly  striato-punctate,  in- 
tervals rather  markedly  punctured  and  surface  clothed  with 
short,  suberect  pile;  length  6  mm.  Middle  States,  uncom- 
mon   ornatipennis  (Lee.) 

5.  Anterior  tarsi  with  second  and  third  segments  slightly  lobed 

beneath,  middle  and  hind  legs  with  tarsi  not  distinctly  lobed; 
rufotestaceous,  generally  with  base  of  head,  somewhat  ellip- 
tical median  pronotal  vitta,  and  broad  sutural  and  lateral 
vittae  near  side  margin  of  elytra,  black;  second  antennal 
segment  longer  than  broad,  the  third  as  long  or  longer  than 
fourth,  front  deeply  triangularly  impressed,  pronotum  mod- 
erately coarsely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  slightly  convex 
and  finely  punctured,  general  surface  rather  sparsely,  finely, 
pilose;  length  7-11  mm.  B.  C.  to  northern  Calif,  along 
coast vittiger  Lee. 

All  tarsi  with   some  segments   evidently  prolonged   or  lobed 

beneath 6 

6.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  not  distinctly  carinate  (females  of 

rufiventris  Esch.  with  angles  sometimes  finely  carinate) ....  7 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  distinctly  carinate  in  both  sexes 31 

7.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  short,  broad  and  earlike,  fourth  tarsal 

segment  quite  small 8 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  somewhat  prolonged  and  acute,  fourth 
tarsal  segment  but  little  shorter  than  third,  the  three  middle 
segments  all  distinctly  lobed  beneath  (the  genus  Harminius 
Fairm.) 30 


Vol.  XX]         IAX  DYKE— ELA7ER1DAZ  A\"D  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         353 

8.  Second  antennal  segment  short,  third  much  longer,  almost  as 

long  as  or  equal  to  fourth,  front  deeply  impressed,  clypeal 
margin  prominent,  antennae  long  and  more  or  less  filiform . .  9 

Second  antennal  segment  longer  than  broad,  generally  twice  as 
long  as  broad  and  but  slightly  shorter  or  equal  to  third,  the 
latter  never  as  long  as  fourth,  front  flattened  or  sulcate, 
clypeal  margin  but  little  elevated  at  middle 22 

9.  Punctures  of  pronotum  rather  fine,  not  umbilicate 10 

Punctures  of  pronotum,  broad,  shallow  and  more  or  less  umbili- 
cate   17 

10.  Second  and  third  tarsal  segments  distinctly  prolonged  beneath, 

forming  well  marked  lobes 11 

Second  tarsal  segment  almost  cylindrical,  third  but  slightly  lobed 
beneath,  fourth  segment  somewhat  more  elongate  or  more 
evident  than  in  preceding  group 14 

11.  Larger  species,  over  9  mm.  in  length,  pronotum  moderately 

coarsely  punctured 12 

Smaller  species  less  than  9  mm.  in  length,  pronotum  very  finely 

punctured 13 

12.  Prothorax  always  somewhat  narrowed  in  front,  rather  densely 

punctured  and  quite  densely  clothed  with  long  cinereous 
pile,  last  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  over  twice  as  long  as 
broad;  reddish  brown  to  piceous,  head  and  pronotum  darker, 
elytra  coarsely  striato-punctate,  intervals  convex  and  sur- 
face sparsely  though  evidently  pilose;  length  11-15  mm. 

Common  throughout  Atlantic  States brightwetti  (Kirby) 

Prothorax  hardly  narrower  in  front  than  behind,  conspicuously 
but  not  densely  punctured  and  but  sparsely  pubescent,  last 
segment  of  maxillary  palpi  hardly  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
rufotestaceous  with  head  piceous  behind  and  an  elongate 
black  area  on  disk  of  pronotum  (typical  species)  and  varying 
to  all  piceous  or  black  with  head,  sides  of  prothorax  and  often 
large  humeral  patch  red,  elytra  coarsely  striato-punctate 
(more  finely  in  var.  angelicus),  intervals  somewhat  convex, 
sparsely  pilose;  length  10-13  mm.  Calif.,  chiefly  along 
coast excavatus  (Mots.) 

13.  Narrow,  elongate,  testaceous  with  back  of  head  and  disk  of  pro- 

notum slightly  piceous,  second  segment  of  antennas  but  one- 
half  length  of  third,  prothorax  more  or  less  quadrate,  little 
longer  than  broad,  disk  very  finely,  sparsely  punctured. 
Elytra  with  well  marked  transverse  ruga;  between  strial 
punctures  enhancing  the  prominence  of  punctures,  surface 
finely,  sparsely  pilose;  length  8.5  mm.    Black  Mts.,  N.  C.  . 

carolinus  n.  sp. 

Narrow,  elongate,  piceous  or  rarely  testaceous,  with  or  without 
lateral  margins  of  prothorax  rufous,  second  segment  of  an- 
tennae over  one-half  length  of  third,  prothorax  subparallel 


364  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

and  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  pronotum  rather  finely  and 
moderately  closely  punctured  especially  at  sides,  elytra  with 
rugae  between  strial  punctures  less  evident  especially  at 
sides,  surface  sparsely  pilose;  length  6-8  mm.  Eastern 
States acanthus  (Say) 

14.  Large  black  species,  13  mm.  or  over  in  length,  shining  and  with 

fine,  closely  appressed  and  inconspicuous  pile  over  entire 

upper  surface 16 

Species  of  medium  size,  with  pile  on  upper  surface  sufficiently 
long  and  dense  to  be  quite  evident,  the  cinereous  or  fulvous 
pile  of  head  and  pronotum  on  its  dark  background  a  notice- 
able feature 15 

15.  Prothorax  with  sides  but  slightly  if  at  all  sinuate  in  front  of  hind 

angles,  generally  quite  parallel  for  basal  half  or  three-fourths, 
head  and  pronotum  densely,  closely  punctured  and  with 
long,  flying  hairs  quite  evident,  elytral  striae  sharply  im- 
pressed and  closely  punctured,  the  intervals  slightly  convex 
and  distinctly  irregularly  punctured,  third  and  fourth  tarsal 
segments  evidently  prolonged  beneath  and  slightly  lobed, 
color  variable,  head,  prothorax  and  scutellum  always  piceous 
or  black,  the  elytra  varying  from  orange  through  brown  to 
black,  legs  black  or  yellow  in  lighter  phases;  length  10-15 
mm.,  average  10-12  mm.  Alaska,  south  to  northern  Califor- 
nia, along  coast,  through  the  Cascades  and  Sierra  Nevada 
and  into  northern  Rocky  Mts pallidipennis  Mann. 

Prothorax  with  sides  noticeably  sinuate,  especially  in  males,  in 
front  of  hind  angles,  angles  slightly  divergent,  head  and 
pronotum  finely  and  but  moderately  closely  punctured,  the 
flying  hairs  but  rarely  evident ;  elytra  with  striae  evident  but 
not  sharply  defined  and  distinctly  punctured,  the  intervals 
but  slightly  convex  and  finely  rugulose,  so  that  punctation 
generally  is  vague;  third  and  fourth  tarsal  segments  barely 
prolonged  beneath  and  but  faintly  lobed;  color  brown  to 
piceous,  head  and  prothorax  darker,  piceous  or  black, 
scutellum  never  black;  length  10-12  mm.  San  Francisco 
Mts.  of  N.  M coquerelli  Reitt. 

16.  Head  and  pronotum  deeply,  rather  coarsely,  closely  and  regu- 

larly punctured,  somewhat  umbilicate  at  sides,  prothorax 
with  sides  straight  posteriorly  or  slightly  sinuate  in  front  of 
hind  angles  and  arcuate  at  middle,  hind  angles  at  times  with 
vague  carinae  (the  var.  ingens  Fall);  elytra  deeply  and 
coarsely  punctured,  the  intervals  varying  from  very  convex 
in  typical  to  quite  flat  in  large  females  of  var.  ingens;  third 
and  fourth  tarsal  segments  slightly  prolonged  beneath  and 
slightly  lobed;  length  13-22  mm.  Western  Wash,  south  to 
northern  Calif.,  along  coast  and  throughout  Sierra  Nevada 
Mts scissus  Lee. 


Vol.  XX]  I  AX  DYKE— ELATERIDAt  AXD  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         355 

17.  Front  deeply  triangularly  sulcate,  the  clypeal  margin  sharply 

defined  but  depressed  at  middle 21 

Front  triangularly  impressed,  the  clypeal  margin  thick  and  prom- 
inently elevated  throughout  entire  extent 18 

18.  Elytra  deeply  striate,  the  intervals  convex 19 

Elytra  finely  striate,  the  intervals  flat 20 

19.  Prothorax  not  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  the  punctures  coarse, 

umbilicate  even  on  disk  and  closely  placed,  hind  angles 
sometimes  finely  carinate  in  females ;  antennae  not  extending 
more  than  three  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax 
and  with  segments  3-7  evidently  triangular;  second  and  third 
tarsal  segments  evidently  prolonged  beneath  and  lobed, 
fourth  small ;  color  varying  from  all  ruf otestaceous  to  nigro- 
piceous;  length  8-12  mm.  Alaska  south  through  B.  C.  and 
Pacific  States  to  coastal  area  of  northern  Calif,  and  to  north- 
ern Rocky  Mts rufiventris  (Esch.) 

Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  entire  insect  very  long 
and  narrow,  the  punctures  of  pronotum  but  moderately 
coarse,  distinctly  umbilicate  only  at  sides,  and  not  closely 
placed  even  laterally;  antennae  very  long,  extending  four 
segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  male,  segments 
3-6  but  slightly  triangular;  third  and  fourth  tarsal  segments 
but  slightly  prolonged  beneath  and  lobed,  the  fourth  but 
little  smaller  than  third;  color  ruf  otestaceous;  length  12  mm. 
Mts.  of  northern  N.  M ruf  otestaceous  Fall 

20.  Head  and  pronotum  very  coarsely,  umbilicately  and  closely 

punctured;  antennae  not  extending  more  than  three  seg- 
ments beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  segments  3-6  but 
slightly  triangular ;  third  and  fourth  tarsal  segments  slightly 
dilated  and  lobed  beneath;  color  black  with  legs,  antennae 
and  elytra  nigropiceous  or  brownish ;  length  10  mm.  Rocky 
Mts.  of  southern  Colo,  and  northern  N.  M cribratus  Lee. 

21.  Head   and   pronotum   coarsely,   approximately   punctured   and 

clothed  with  conspicuous  yellowish  pile;  antennae  extending 
three  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  males; 
segments  3-5  distinctly  triangular;  first  and  second  tarsal 
segments  quite  cylindrical,  third  very  distinctly  prolonged 
beneath  and  lobed,  the  fourth  small  and  cylindrical;  color 
black  with  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  elytra  and  legs  reddish 
yellow,  the  general  surface  subopaque;  length  9-10  mm. 
Calif,  from  Los  Angeles  north  to  San  Mateo  Co agriotoides  Fall 

22.  Second  and  third  antennal  segments  about  equal  in  length  and 

each  but  little  shorter  than  fourth,  the  antennae  as  a  whole 
not  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax;  head  and  pronotum 
rather  coarsely,  very  closely,  somewhat  aciculately  punc- 
tured; hind  angles  of  prothorax  short  and  broad 23 


356  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  rather  short,  the  third  a 
little  longer  than  second  (considerably  longer  in  male  of 
palpalis)  and  distinctly  shorter  than  fourth,  punctation  of 
pronotum  moderately  close 24 

23.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad;  front  flattened,  slightly 

impressed  in  front  and  with  clypeal  margin  slightly  reflexed; 
second  and  third  tarsal  segments  but  slightly  prolonged 
beneath  and  lobed;  color  variable,  black  with  hind  angles 
of  prothorax  and  legs  yellow  and  elytra  varying  from  black 
with  yellow  humeral  patches  or  broad  yellow  vittae  to  entirely 
yellowish  red  or  rufous  (anterior  angles  or  apical  margin  of 
prothorax  also  often  flavous);  length  6-11  mm.  Sierra 
Nevada  and  mountains  of  northern  Calif,  extending  to  B.  C. 

imitans  Fall 

Prothorax  fully  as  broad  as  long;  front  flattened,  clypeal  margin 
not  reflexed;  second  and  third  antennal  segments  evidently 
prolonged  beneath  and  lobed;  color  brown  to  piceous,  elytra 
lighter,  anterior  and  posterior  margin  of  prothorax,  basal 
margin  of  elytra  and  epipleurae  flavous,  basal  segments  of 
antennae  as  well  as  outer  parts  of  legs  lighter;  length  5.5-8 
mm.    Northern  Calif,  generally  on  hillsides  on  scrub  oak. brevis  n.  sp. 

24.  Elytra  entirely  rufous  or  brown 25 

Elytra  black  or  bicolored,  antennae  reaching  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax or  extending  beyond 29 

25.  Second  and  third  antennal  segments  rather  small,  together  about 

as  long  as  or  barely  longer  than  fourth 26 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  longer,  together  distinctly 
longer  than  fourth;  front  broadly  sulcate,  clypeal  margin 
slightly  reflexed  at  sides;  pronotum  rather  finely  though 
closely  punctured;  second  tarsal  segment  not  evidently 
lobed  but  third  very  distinctly  lobed;  reddish  brown  with 
head  piceous  and  legs  lighter;  length  5-6  mm.  Southwestern 
Ore.  and  northwestern  Calif palpalis  Fall 

26.  Front  broadly  sulcate,  elytra  always  markedly  rufous;  somewhat 

larger  species,  over  8  mm.  in  length 28 

Front  flattened  or  at  most  very  shallowly  sulcate 27 

27.  Clypeal  margin  narrow  but  distinctly  reflexed;  antennae  reaching 

slightly  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third 
segments  together  barely  longer  than  fourth;  prothorax 
slightly  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  short  and  broad, 
disk  moderately  coarsely,  closely,  somewhat  aciculately 
punctured;  elytra  moderately  flattened,  striae  fine  and  dis- 
tinctly though  not  coarsely  punctured,  intervals  flat  and 
almost  as  coarsely  punctured  as  striae;  color  brown  with 
slight  reddish  tinge,  antennae,  side  margins  of  elytra  and 
legs  more  rufous;  length  8  mm.    Los  Angeles,  Calif.  .  .  .  sordidus  n.  sp. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDA*  AMD  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         357 

Clypeal  margin  well  denned  but  not  reflexed,  front  broadly  and 
shallowly  excavated;  antennae  not  reaching  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  second  segment  as  broad  as  long,  the  third 
longer,  about  two-thirds  length  of  fourth,  the  intermediate 
segments  hardly  serrate;  prothorax  slightly  longer  than 
broad,  hind  angles  short  and  broad,  disk  rather  coarsely 
and  moderately  closely  punctured;  elytra  distinctly  punc- 
tato-striato,  intervals  punctured  but  not  conspicuously  so 
and  shining,  and  surface  pilose;  third  segment  of  anterior 
tarsi  alone  lobed  beneath,  the  second  pair  of  legs  with  third 
tarsal  segment  but  slightly  elongated  posteriorly;  piceous 
with  elytra  rufous  and  antennae  and  legs  rufopiceous;  length 
8  mm.    Dutch  Flat,  Calif rufipennis  n.  sp. 

28.  Clypeal  margin  sharply  defined  throughout,  pronotum  rather 

coarsely,  evenly  and  closely  punctured,  canaliculation  vague, 
second  and  third  tarsal  segments  slightly  prolonged  beneath 
and  lobed,  black  with  rufous  elytra  and  rufo-piceous  antennae 

and  legs;  length  9.5-11  mm.    Middle  Sierra  of  Calif essigi  n.  sp. 

Clypeal  margin  sometimes  sharply  defined  throughout  or  slightly 
depressed  at  middle,  pronotum  moderately,  coarsely  punc- 
tured, distantly  on  disk  and  closely  on  sides,  canaliculation 
pronounced,  second  tarsal  segment  but  slightly  prolonged 
beneath,  the  third  more  evidently  prolonged  and  lobed,  en- 
tirely rufous  or  with  head,  a  broad  discal  area  and  side 
margins  of  prothorax  black;  length  8-12  mm.  Coastal  coun- 
ties of  middle  Calif polygenics  (Fall) 

29.  Front  flattened,  clypeal  margin  well  defined  but  not  prominent, 

head  and  pronotum  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  pronotum 
slightly  canaliculate  at  middle  near  base,  elytra  deeply 
striate,  the  striae  rather  coarsely  punctured,  intervals  convex, 
finely  punctured  and  somewhat  rugulose,  upper  surface  evi- 
dently pilose,  the  pile  cinereous  on  head  and  pronotum  and 
interspersed  with  flying  hairs;  color  black,  sometimes  with 
hind  angles  and  basal  margin  of  prothorax,  basal  margin, 
adjacent  portion  of  suture,  and  epipleurae  of  elytra,  mouth- 
parts  and  portions  of  legs  rufous;  length  9-11  mm.  Southern 
Calif discrepans  Reitt. 

Front  somewhat  convex,  clypeal  margin  sometimes  slightly  ele- 
vated, head  and  pronotum  moderately,  finely,  rather  closely 
punctured,  prothorax  but  vaguely  canaliculate  at  middle, 
front  angles  prominent  and  obliquely  truncate,  hind  angles 
short  and  broad,  elytra  striato-punctate,  intervals  slightly 
convex;  color  black  with  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  a  broad 
vitta  extending  back  from  elytral  humeri  almost  to  middle, 
a  broad  maculation  at  posterior  third  reaching  from  sides 
almost  to  suture,  a  triangular  patch  at  apex,  epipleurae,  and 
basal  segments  of  antennae  and  legs  orange;  length  6-7  mm. 
Ohio  and  middle  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.  of  Calif opilinus  Cand. 


368  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

30.  Larger  species,  front  slightly  impressed,  clypeal  margin  but  little 

elevated;  antennae  reaching  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax, 
second  segment  small,  third  large  and  triangular  like  follow- 
ing and  slightly  longer  than  fourth;  head  and  pronotum 
coarsely,  densely,  very  closely  punctured,  prothorax  broader 
than  long,  disk  canaliculate  at  middle  posteriorly,  hind 
angles  prominent,  divergent  and  subacute,  elytra  deeply 
striate,  the  striae  finely  impressed,  intervals  convex  and  finely 
rugulose;  color  black  with  front  and  sides  of  head  and  greater 
portion  of  sides  of  pronotum  rufous,  elytra  brown  with  basal 
triangle  and  two  broad  oblique  bars  clearly  defined  by  being 
denuded  of  pile,  the  surface  elsewhere  as  also  the  head  and 
pronotum  finely,  densely  pilose;  length  15  mm.  Hudson 
Bay  and  Lake  Superior  regions,  also  northern  Europe  and 
Asia undulatus  (DeG.) 

Smaller  species,  quite  similar  to  preceding,  head  and  pronotum 
densely,  closely  punctured,  prothorax  longer  than  broad, 
disk  canaliculate  at  middle  and  hind  angles  prominent  and 
divergent,  elytra  distinctly  punctato-striate,  the  intervals 
flattened  and  finely  punctured;  color  nigropiceous,  pro- 
thorax with  median  rufous  vitta  extending  from  base  to 
apex  (type)21  or  all  black  (Katmai  specimen),22  the  elytra 
reddish  with  three  undulating  oblique  fasciae  produced  by 
absence  of  pile  or  with  two  fasciae  and  entire  apex  denuded; 
length  7  mm.    Sitka  and  Alaska  Peninsula triundulatus  Mann. 

31.  Second  segment  of  antennae  short,  third  very  long,  almost  as 

long  or  even  longer  than  fourth 32 

Second  and  third  antennal  segments  short,  together  about  as 

long  as  fourth 40 

32.  Subopaque  species,  head  and  pronotum  closely,  shallowly,  um- 

bilicately  punctured,  elytra  finely  scabrous 33 

More  shining  species,  pronotal  punctures  not  so  closely  placed, 
deeper  and  less  umbilicate  on  disk,  black  or  brown,  some- 
times with  slight  color  pattern 35 

33.  Sooty  black,  unicolorous,  front  triangularly  impressed,  clypeal 

margin  thick  and  reflexed;  antennae  reaching  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  second  segment  small,  third  almost  equal  to 
fourth,  third  to  ninth  serrate;  prothorax  about  as  broad  as 
long,  punctures  of  head  and  pronotum  fine  but  very  distinct, 
hind  angles  of  prothorax  broad  and  short,  not  divergent, 
carinae  fine  and  slightly  divergent  from  side  margin,  elytra 
distinctly  striato-punctate,  intervals  somewhat  elevated  and 


31  Bull.   Mosc,  XXVI,  1853,  p.   222. 

22  The   Coleoptera  Collected  by  the  Katmai   Exped.,  by  Edwin   C.   Van   Dyke,   Con- 
trib.  Tech.  Ser.,  Nat.  Geogr.  Soc,  Wash.,  1924,  p.  20. 


Vol.  XXI         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         359 

finely  scabrous,  upper  surface  clothed  with  short,  incon- 
spicuous though  rather  dense  black  pile,  second  and  third 
tarsal  segments  slightly  prolonged  beneath  and  lobed ;  length 
11-12  mm.    Central  Calif.,  chiefly  Sierra aterrimus  Fall 

Bicolored  species,  dull  black  with  yellow  or  red  markings 34 

34.  Head  entirely  black,  hind  angles  of  prothorax  and  basal  margin 

and  lunate  patches  on  elytral  humeri  orange  red;  front  tri- 
angularly impressed,  the  clypeal  margin  thick  and  reflexed; 
antennae  reaching  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second 
segment  small,  third  slightly  longer  than  fourth,  third  to 
ninth  distinctly  serrate;  prothorax  longer  than  broad,  punc- 
tures of  head  and  pronotum  rather  coarse  and  surface 
clothed  with  long  fulvous  pile,  pronotum  canaliculate  at 
middle,  hind  angles  broad,  slightly  prolonged  and  somewhat 
divergent,  carinas  sharp  and  fine,  diverging  slightly  from 
margin,  elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  intervals  convex, 
finely  punctured  and  scabrous;  second  and  third  tarsal  seg- 
ments distinctly  prolonged  beneath  and  lobed;  length  12-14 
mm.    Eastern  States scapularis  (Say) 

Head  with  frontal  area  red,  pronotum  also  red  except  for  broad 
irregular  basal  area  and  sometimes  hind  angles;  antennae 
not  reaching  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  seg- 
ment small,  third  almost  equal  to  fourth  and  serrate  like 
following;  prothorax  longer  than  broad,  rather  coarsely, 
shallowly  punctured,  sparsely  clothed  with  cinereous  pubes- 
cence, hind  angles  broad  and  sharp,  carinas  sharp  and 
divergent  from  sides,  elytra  striato-punctate,  intervals  finely 
scabrous,  second  and  third  tarsal  segments  but  slightly 
prolonged  beneath  and  lobed;  length  13  mm.  Ga.,  Kans. . 
equestris  (Lee.) 

35.  Upper  surface  black,  more  or  less  ornamented  with  red  or  yellow, 

head  and  pronotum  densely  punctured 36 

Upper  surface  unicolorous,  black  or  brown,  punctures  of  pro- 
notum always  well  separated  on  disk 37 

36.  Rather  short  and  compact  species,  black  or  somewhat  piceous 

and  dull,  basal  margin  of  elytra  and  epipleurae  flavous,  an- 
tennae and  legs  slightly  rufous;  antennae  extending  slightly 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  intermediate  segments 
distinctly  but  not  markedly  serrate;  prothorax  but  slightly 
longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  short  and  hardly  divergent, 
carinas  fine  and  close  to  side  margin,  elytra  distinctly  striato- 
punctate,  intervals  flattened  and  finely  punctured  and 
rugose,  third  segments  of  tarsi  alone  slightly  prolonged  be- 
neath and  lobed ;  length  6-9  mm.  Sierra  and  Mts.  of  northern 
Calif limbatus  Lee. 


370  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Somewhat  larger  species,  black  and  shining  with  frontal  excava- 
tion of  head  and  basal  margin  of  elytra  rufous;  second  an- 
tennal  segment  small,  third  elongate  and  triangular;  pro- 
thorax  longer  than  broad,  pronotum  densely,  coarsely  and 
umbilicately  punctured,  hind  angles  short,  carinas  close  to 
side  margin,  elytra  with  striae  profoundly  punctured,  inter- 
vals convex  and  sparsely  punctured;  length  12.5  mm.  Mont. 
orophilus  Harr 

37.  Pro  thorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  sides  quite  straight  and 

convergent  forwards  from  hind  angles  in  males,  more  parallel 

or  arcuate  at  middle  in  females 38 

Pro  thorax  hardly  longer  than  broad,  sides  sinuate  in  front  of  hind 
angles,  thence  quite  straight  and  parallel  or  convergent  for- 
wards from  hind  angles  with  hind  angles  distinctly  divergent 
in  males,  more  arcuate  at  middle  and  narrowed  in  front  in 
females;  male  antennae  long  and  with  outer  segments  quite 
parallel  sided;  second  tarsal  segment  hardly,  third  slightly 
prolonged  beneath  and  lobed 39 

38.  Reddish  brown,  legs  generally  flavous,  pronotum  but  moderately 

coarsely  yet  densely  punctured,  slightly  canaliculate  at 
middle  posteriorly,  elytra  gradually  arcuately  narrowed 
from  about  middle  to  apex,  distinctly  striato-punctate,  the 
intervals  finely  punctured  and  slightly  rugose,  second  and 
third  tarsal  segments  both  distinctly  prolonged  and  lobed 
beneath;  length  11-15  mm.  Northeastern  and  eastern  States 
cucidlatus  (Say) 

Black  or  dark  brown,  legs  somewhat  lighter,  pronotum  but  mod- 
arately  coarsely  and  closely  punctured  on  disk,  more 
coarsely,  closely  and  umbilicately  at  sides,  canaliculation 
at  middle  quite  vague,  elytra  with  sides  moderately  arcuate 
at  middle,  rounded  from  posterior  third  to  apex,  disk  rather 
strongly  striato-punctate,  intervals  flat  or  convex,  finely 
punctured  and  rugose,  second  tarsal  segment  hardly,  third 
slightly,  prolonged  beneath  and  lobed;  length  10-14  mm. 
The  typical  black  phase  (nigropilis) ,  B.  C.  south  to  middle 
Calif. ,  the  brown  phase  (nugalis) ,  middle  and  southern  Calif. 
nigropilis  Mots. 

Similar  to  above  but  somewhat  smaller  and  with  oval  polished 
unpunctate  area  on  each  side  of  the  median  line  of  pronotum; 
length  9.5  mm.    Tacoma,  Wash speculifer  Fall 

39.  Rufous  or  rufopiceous,  often  with  suture  of  elytra  flavous,  legs 

rufotestaceous,  pronotal  punctures  somewhat  fine  and  but 
moderately  close  on  disk,  coarser  and  umbilicate  at  sides, 
canaliculation  evident  at  middle  posteriorly,  elytra  finely 
striato-punctate,  intervals  flattened,  finely  punctured  and 
vaguely  scabrous;  length  11-14  mm.  Southern  Ariz,  and 
N.  M arizonicus  n.  sp. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELAlERWJb.  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        2)7\ 

Rufopiceous,  often  suture  and  margins  of  elytra  as  well  as  legs 
and  underside  quite  rufous,  disk  quite  flattened  in  male, 
moderately  coarsely  not  closely  punctured,  a  bit  closer  at 
sides,  but  faintly  canaliculate  at  middle  at  most,  elytra  dis- 
tinctly striato-punctate,  the  intervals  slightly  convex  and 
finely  punctured;  length  12-14  mm.  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.  of 
Calif rectithorax  Reitt. 

40.  Species  in  great  part  black  or  nigropiceous 41 

Species  in  great  part  brown  or  brownish  castaneous 42 

41.  Coal  black  above,  faintly  shining,  legs  rufocastaneous,  head  tri- 

angularly depressed  in  front,  clypeal  margin  prominent  and 
horizontal,  head  and  pronotum  coarsely,  very  closely  and 
umbilicately  punctured;  antennae  reaching  hind  angles  of 
pro  thorax,  second  and  third  segments  small,  equal  in  length 
and  together  as  long  as  fourth,  median  segments  strongly 
serrate;  prothorax  longer  than  broad,  sides  quite  straight 
and  strongly  convergent  forwards  from  hind  angles,  hind 
angles  broad,  prominent,  the  sides  markedly  reflexed,  the 
carinae  sharp,  disk  with  distinct  canaliculation  at  middle, 
elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  the  intervals  flattened,  finely 
punctured  and  coarsely  scabrous,  second  tarsal  segment 
hardly  prolonged  beneath,  the  third  distinctly  so  and  lobed; 
length  12  mm.    Marquette,  Mich erebus  n.  sp. 

Piceous,  base  of  prothorax,  basal  segments  of  antennae  and  feet 
testaceous;  prothorax  elongate,  slightly  convex,  disk  densely 
punctured  and  canaliculate  at  middle,  hind  angles  rounded 
and  inflexed,  carinae  oblique  and  distinct,  elytra  striato- 
punctate,  intervals  flat,  finely  rugosely  punctured,  tarsal 
lobes  not  conspicuous;  length  12  mm.  Penn.  and  south- 
eastern States posticus  (Melsh.) 

42.  Piceous  brown  above,  underside,  antennae,  legs  and  sometimes 

suture  and  margin  of  elytra  castaneous;  head  rather  coarsely 
punctured  with  front  broadly,  deeply  impressed,  clypeal 
margin  narrow,  not  reflexed,  antennae  extending  slightly 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  median  segments  but  little 
dilated;  prothorax  not  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  sub- 
acute and  slightly  divergent,  carinae  fine  and  short,  poorly 
defined,  disk  finely,  rather  sparsely  punctured;  elytra  finely 
striato-punctate,  intervals  flat  and  finely  punctured,  second 
tarsal  segment  but  slightly  prolonged  beneath,  third  dis- 
tinctly so  and  evidently  lobed;  length  10  mm.  Rocky  Mts. 
of  Colo simplex  Lee. 

Piceous  brown  or  rufous,  elongate,  head  triangularly  impressed 
in  front,  clypeal  margin  arcuate  and  but  little  reflexed, 
coarsely,  closely  punctured;  antennae  reaching  hind  angles 
of  prothorax  in  female,  distinctly  longer  in  male;  prothorax 

March  3,  1932 


372  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  broad  and  short,  not  diver- 
gent and  with  carinas  fine  and  close  to  margins,  disk  finely, 
not  densely  punctured,  elytra  finely  striato-punctate,  inter- 
vals flattened,  finely  punctured  and  rugulose,  third  tarsal 
segment  alone  evidently  prolonged  and  lobed  beneath; 
average  length  11-14  mm.  though  sometimes  18  mm.  Sierra 
Nevada  Mts.  of  Calif falli  Reitt. 

Athous  rufifrons  (Randall) 

There  are  three  well  marked  color  phases  of  this  species : 
the  true  rufifrons  (Rand.),  a  rather  large  piceous  species  with 
the  clypeus,  broad  margins  to  prothorax  and  a  broad  vitta  on 
each  elytron  rufous  or  rufotestaceous;  reflexus  Lee,  a  va- 
riety, large  like  the  preceding  but  more  or  less  uniformly 
piceous  in  color;  and  lengi  Dury,  a  smaller  variety,  in  reality 
a  geographical  race  or  subspecies,  with  sides  of  prothorax 
quite  parallel,  the  clypeus  and  margins  of  prothorax  rufo- 
testaceous and  a  broad  vitta  on  each  elytron  testaceous. 
Athous  rufifrons  (Rand.)  in  its  typical  phase  is  limited  to 
eastern  Canada  and  the  northeastern  States ;  reflexus  Lee.  most 
common  in  the  Lake  States;  and  lengi  Dury  confined  to  the 
southern  Alleghenies,  the  specimens  so  far  found  being  from 
the  Black  Mountains  of  North  Carolina. 

Athous  appalachius  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subparallel,  somewhat  flattened,  rufotestaceous,  head  above 
piceous,  very  sparsely  clothed  with  fine  white  pile.  Head  deeply,  triangularly 
impressed  in  front,  clypeal  margin  prominent,  eyes  large,  front  distinctly  but 
not  closely  punctured;  antennae  long  and  filiform,  reaching  four  segments 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  but  little  longer  than 
broad,  third  almost  twice  as  long,  somewhat  triangular  and  about  three-fourths 
length  of  fourth,  fourth  to  eleventh  two  to  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  with 
sides  parallel.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad,  apex  distinctly  arcuate, 
base  broadly  emarginate,  basal  margin  elevated,  sides  straight  and  parallel, 
apical  angles  but  slightly  developed,  basal  angles  hardly  divergent,  blunt  and 
arcuate  posteriorly,  and  without  carinae,  lateral  margin  broad  and  flattened, 
sinuous  when  viewed  laterally;  the  disk  slightly  convex,  rather  finely,  some- 
what closely  punctured,  and  without  canaliculation  at  middle.  Scutellum 
cordate,  flattened  and  sparsely  punctate.  Elytra  broader  than  prothorax,  at 
least  four  times  as  long,  with  sides  quite  parallel;  the  disk  slightly  convex, 
distinctly  striate  and  quite  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  with  intervals  some- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         373 

what  convex  and  rugulose,  the  punctation  not  evident.  Beneath  finely, 
sparsely  punctured.  Legs  long  and  delicate,  tarsi  long,  the  three  intermediate 
tarsal  segments  of  all  legs  slightly  prolonged  beneath  and  lobed.  Length 
11  mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3147,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  Paratype, 
presumably  males,  collected  by  myself  on  Mt.  Mitchell,  North 
Carolina,  during  July  1902. 

This  species  in  color  and  general  form  suggests  the  more 
usual  phase  of  rufiventris  Esch.,  called  ferruginosus  Esch.,  but 
differs  by  having  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  straight  and 
parallel  and  the  punctures  of  the  disk  rather  fine,  not  at  all  um- 
bilicate. 

Athous  vittiger  LeConte 

This  well  known  species  which  ranges  along  the  Pacific 
Coast  from  British  Columbia  to  San  Francisco  Bay,  like 
ruiifrons  (Rand.),  also  varies  in  color.  The  normal  phase  is 
rufotestaceous  with  a  median  pronotal  black  vitta,  a  common 
sutural  and  lateral  black  vitta  on  each  elytron.  These  darker 
markings  often  become  so  vague  as  to  be  hardly  discernible  or 
may  entirely  disappear  so  that  we  may  have,  particularly  in 
females,  individuals  with  unicolorous  elytra  or  individuals  that 
are  entirely  unicolorous.  These  latter  are  also  often  much 
larger  than  normal  specimens. 

Athous  excavatus  (Motschulsky) 

Athous  excavatus  (Mots.)  is  likewise  a  Pacific  Coast  species 
but  it  has  a  greater  range  than  the  preceding  and  varies  more 
in  color.  The  typical  phase  is  rufotestaceous  with  disk  of  pro- 
notum  black,  and  extends  from  northern  Washington  to  Santa 
Cruz  Co.,  Calif.  It  is  fairly  constant  in  coloration  except  for 
the  fact  that  in  many  females  the  black  pronotal  marking  dis- 
appears leaving  them  unicolorous  and  somewhat  resembling 
the  unicolorous  phase  of  vittiger  Lee.  They  are  however, 
always  much  longer,  with  sparser  pronotal  punctation  and 
larger  tarsal  lobes.   On  the  Carmel  peninsula  of  Monterey  Co., 


374  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

a  rather  dark  phase,  a  piceous  brown  subspecies  with  the  pro- 
notal  disk  black  and  the  elytra  reddish  brown,  appears.  This 
contrasts  quite  markedly  with  the  typical  phase  and  seems  to 
rather  abruptly  replace  it.  This  phase,  I  am  calling  the  sub- 
species carmeli  and  am  designating  a  holotype  (No.  3148, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.)  and  several  specimens  as  paratypes 
from  a  series  collected  at  Carmel,  Monterey  Co.,  Calif.,  May 
16,  1909.  In  Santa  Barbara  County,  there  is  a  second  sub- 
species. This  is  axillaris  Horn  and  like  carmeli  is  in  the  main 
piceous  brown  but  with  the  head,  sides  of  prothorax,  a  short 
vitta  extending  backwards  from  the  humeri  and  lateral  mar- 
gins of  the  elytra  rufotestaceous.  With  this  I  am  also  asso- 
ciating a  more  attractive  phase  from  the  middle  Sierras,  my 
specimens  from  Tuolumne  Co.,  which  differ  only  in  having  the 
basal  color  a  deep  black  and  the  contrasting  markings  more 
red.  In  Los  Angeles  Co.  and  the  mountains  of  San  Ber- 
nardino and  Riverside  Counties,  another  subspecies  appears. 
This  is  black  with  the  head  and  margins  of  prothorax  alone 
rufotestaceous  or  even  a  clear  red.  This  subspecies,  I  am  call- 
ing angelicus  and  likewise  selecting  several  specimens  to  stand 
as  a  holotype  (No.  3149,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.)  and  para- 
types from  my  Los  Angeles  series. 

Athous  carolinus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrow,  depressed,  testaceous,  back  of  head  and  disk  of  pronotum 
somewhat  piceous,  sparsely  clothed  with  short  cinereous  pile.  Head  broadly, 
triangularly  depressed  in  front,  clypeus  porrect,  prominent  and  with  anterior 
margin  transverse,  front  rather  finely,  somewhat  sparsely  punctured,  eyes 
prominent;  antennae  long,  filiform,  extending  several  segments  beyond  hind 
angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  slightly  longer  than  broad,  third 
almost  twice  as  long  as  second  and  three-fourths  length  of  fourth,  the  following 
segments  about  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  with  parallel  sides  Prothorax 
longer  than  broad,  slightly  narrower  anteriorly,  apex  slightly  arcuate,  base 
emarginate,  sides  almost  straight  in  male,  somewhat  arcuate  at  middle  in 
female,  the  anterior  angles  not  prominent,  hind  angles  broad,  blunt,  somewhat 
divergent  and  extending  backwards  for  a  short  distance,  margin  fine,  disk 
slightly  convex,  shining,  vaguely  canaliculate  at  middle,  finely,  evenly  and 
rather  sparsely  punctured.  Scutellum  somewhat  companulate,  flat,  shining 
and  finely,  sparsely  punctured.  Elytra  broader  than  prothorax,  somewhat 
more  than  three  times  as  long,  sides  but  slightly  arcuate,  disk  with  striae  mod- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         T>7S 

erately  impressed,  coarsely  punctured,  the  transverse  rugae  between  punctures 
deepening  and  broadening  the  depressions,  the  intervals  hardly  convex,  the 
general  surface  sculpturing  much  as  in  acanthus  (Say).  Beneath  rather  finely, 
somewhat  closely  punctured  on  propleurae,  more  sparsely  elsewhere.  Legs 
delicate,  tarsi  long,  second  and  third  segments  distinctly  prolonged  beneath 
and  lobed,  the  fourth  small  and  linear.   Length  8  mm.,  breadth  2.25  mm. 

Female  somewhat  larger,  9  mm.  in  length,  more  robust,  with  antennae 
shorter,  and  sides  of  prothorax  arcuate. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3150;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3151, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  on  the  summit  of  the  Black 
Mountains  of  North  Carolina,  June  1912,  by  Wm.  Beuten- 
mueller,  and  one  Paratype  from  Mt.  Mitchell,  North  Caro- 
lina, collected  in  June  1902,  by  myself. 

This  species  is  in  general  slightly  larger  than  Athous  acan- 
thus (Say)  but  is  of  the  same  facies  and  type  of  sculpturing. 
It  differs  in  coloration,  in  having  the  prothorax  less  narrowed 
in  front  and  the  anterior  prothoracic  angles  not  prominent  or 
dentate  as  they  are  in  the  greater  number  of  acanthus.  It  is 
also  closely  related  to  excavatus  Mots.,  but  smaller  with  the 
punctures  in  general,  both  of  prothorax  and  elytra,  finer. 

Athous  acanthus  (Say) 

Athous  acanthus  (Say)  varies  much  in  the  same  way  that 
excavatus  does.  The  typical  form  is  piceous,  with  or  without 
testaceous  legs;  the  weak  variety  ftavangularis  Horn,  has  the 
hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  yellower  than  usual ;  and  the 
well  marked  subspecies  maculicollis  Lee,  is  darker,  black,  with 
the  margins  of  the  prothorax  and  legs  rufotestaceous,  some- 
times with  the  clypeus  also  rufous.  This  form  is  also  gen- 
erally somewhat  smaller  than  the  typical  form  and  more 
northern  in  distribution.  West  of  the  Alleghenies  as  in  Ohio 
and  Kentucky,  we  also  find  a  tendency  for  this  species  to 
become  paler  as  a  whole.  This  last  variety  quite  closely  resem- 
bles carolinus. 

Athous  pallidipennis  Mannerheim 

This  is  one  of  the  most  variable  of  our  species  both  as  to 
color  and  sculpture.    In  most  places  where  found  it  is  truly 


376  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

dichromatic,  there  being  a  dark  phase,  piceous  or  black,  and  a 
light  phase,  black  with  orange  red  elytra  and  generally  with 
the  basal  angles  of  prothorax  and  legs  of  the  same  color.  In 
some  localities  the  two  phases  will  be  found  together,  in  others 
separately.  In  southeastern  Alaska,  western  British  Columbia, 
Washington,  Oregon,  and  northwestern  California,  compris- 
ing the  humid  coastal  area,  the  typical  form  is  found.  In  this, 
the  head  and  pronotum  are  rather  finely,  somewhat  closely 
punctured,  the  elytra  but  moderately  deeply  striate  and  the  in- 
tervals but  slightly  convex.  The  phase  described  by  Manner- 
heim  was  of  course  the  lighter  one,  piceous  with  orange  red 
elytra,  but  the  darker  phase,  all  black  or  piceous  with  suture 
and  side  margins  of  elytra  pale  is  by  far  the  commoner  one, 
at  least  on  the  mainland.  In  this  territory  intermediate  color 
phases  are  also  quite  commonly  met  with.  East  of  the  Cascade 
mountains  as  at  Pullman,  Washington,  the  species  tends  to 
become  more  truly  dichromatic  and  to  have  the  pronotal  punc- 
tation  finer  and  the  elytral  striation  and  punctation  also  much 
finer  and  the  intervals  flatter.  In  the  mountains  of  northern 
California  and  the  Sierra  Nevada,  the  species  becomes  much 
larger,  more  robust,  with  the  punctation  of  head  and  pro- 
notum coarser  and  closer,  and  the  elytra  more  convex  with  the 
striae  deeply  impressed  and  coarsely  punctured,  and  the  inter- 
vals quite  convex.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  state  there  is  a 
tendency  for  the  dark  phase  which  is  coal  black,  to  dominate 
but  in  the  middle  Sierras,  the  lighter  phase  seems  to  be  the 
more  common. .  This  robust  phase,  both  light  and  dark,  has 
such  a  distinctive  appearance  that  I  propose  to  list  it  as  a  sub- 
species, describing  it  as  follows : 


Athous  pallidipennis  sierrae  Van  Dyke,  new  subspecies 

Similar  in  general  structural  peculiarities  to  the  typical  form  but  differing 
by  being  larger,  more  convex  and  generally  more  robust,  the  antennae  heavier 
and  with  segments  2-6  quite  serrate  (almost  filiform  in  typical  form),  the  head 
and  pronotum  densely,  coarsely,  cribrately  punctured  and  subopaque,  the 
elytra  deeply  striate,  the  striae  coarsely  punctured,  the  intervals  very  convex 
and  distinctly  punctured  and  somewhat  rugose;  color  black  with  hind  angles 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         $JJ 

and  basal  margin  of  prothorax,  elytra,  hind  margins  of  ventral  segments,  and 
antennae  and  legs  in  male  (in  female  rufopiceous)  reddish  orange.  Male,  length 
12  mm.,  breadth  3.75  mm.;  female,  length  14  mm.,  breadth  4.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3152;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3153, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  from 
a  series  of  twenty  specimens  collected  by  myself  at  Yosemite 
Valley,  Calif.,  June  3  and  10,  1921.  I  also  have  good  series  of 
the  light  phase  of  sierra  from  numerous  other  localities  in  the 
Sierras  and  mountains  of  northern  California  as  well  as  a 
series  of  over  seventy  specimens  of  the  all  black  phase  of  the 
same  subspecies.  My  entire  series  of  all  phases  of  the  species 
is  close  to  two  hundred  specimens. 

Athous  scissus  LeConte 

This  large  and  shining  black  species  is  one  of  the  most 
characteristic  species  of  the  heavily  timbered  areas  of  the 
Pacific  Coast.  It  is  generally  found  beneath  the  bark  of  old 
rotting  stumps.  The  typical  form  ranges  from  western 
British  Columbia  south  along  the  coast  to  the  Russian  River 
in  California.  In  the  mountains  of  northern  California  and 
the  Sierra  Nevadas,  it  is  also  to  be  found  but  here  there  is  a 
tendency  at  times  for  the  elytral  carina?  to  appear  at  the  hind 
angles  of  the  prothorax.  Specimens  of  this  kind  were  de- 
scribed by  Fall  as  ingens.  This  is,  however,  not  a  well  marked 
form  but  rather  an  individual  peculiarity,  not  entitled,  there- 
fore, to  even  subspecific  rank.  Indistinct  carinas  near  the  hind 
angles  are  to  be  met  with  as  often  in  specimens  from  the 
coastal  area  as  in  those  from  the  mountains. 

Athous  rufiventris  (Eschscholtz) 

As  stated  elsewhere,23  I  have  combined  this  species  with 
ferruginosits  Esch.  In  the  typical  rufiventris,  of  which  I  have 
two  specimens  collected  by  myself  from  the  type  locality,  Una- 
laska.  the  head  and  prothorax  are  almost  entirely  black,  the 

23  The  Coleoptera  Collected  by  the  Katmai  Exped.,  by  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Tech. 
Papers,  Nat.  Geog.  Soc,  Wash.,   1924,   p.   20. 


3/8  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

underside  in  front  piceous,  the  abdomen  somewhat  rufous, 
elsewhere  rufotestaceous.  In  typical  ferruginosus,  the  insect 
is  entirely  ferruginous  or  rufotestaceous,  but  the  species  is  as 
a  whole  very  variable  and  specimens  similar  to  typical  ruii- 
ventris  are  commonly  to  be  met  with  in  company  with  typical 
ferruginosus.  Some  of  the  large  females  also  often  have  well 
defined  though  fine  carinse  near  the  hind  angles.  This  com- 
mon species  ranges  from  Unalaska  Island  south  along  the 
Pacific  Coast  to  the  San  Francisco  Bay  region.  Throughout 
most  of  this  area  the  dominant  color  is  ferruginous  but  along 
the  immediate  coast  from  Newport,  Ore.,  to  Humboldt  Bay 
in  California,  is  a  region  of  extreme  humidity  where  a 
melanotic  phase  is  to  be  found.  This  is  so  definite  a  geo- 
graphical race  and  contrasts  so  markedly  with  the  usual  color 
phases  that  I  propose  to  give  it  a  subspecific  name  calling  it : 

Athous  rufiventris  maritimus  Van  Dyke,  new  subspecies 

It  resembles  the  lighter  and  more  typical  phases  in  every 
physical  regard,  only  differing  in  color,  being  black  or  piceous 
with  antennae,  legs  and  elytra  somewhat  lighter. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3154;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3155, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  from 
Humboldt  Co.,  Calif.,  collected  presumably  near  Eureka,  by 
myself,  during  June  1901.  In  my  series  of  over  twenty  indi- 
viduals are  specimens  from  Newport,  Waldport  and  Marsh- 
field,  Oregon,  as  well  as  from  several  places  in  Humboldt  Cp., 
Calif.  It  resembles  in  color  and  general  appearance  Athous 
cribratus  Lee,  but  differs  in  the  main  by  having  deeper  and 
more  coarsely  punctured  elytral  striae. 

Athous  imitans  Fall 

This  species  as  indicated  in  the  table  is  very  variable  as  to 
both  size  and  color.  It  is  fairly  common  in  places  throughout 
the  mountains  of  northern  California  and  is  to  be  found  as 
far  north  as  Nanaimo,  B.  C.    Its  flattened  or  subsulcate  head, 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATER1DAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         379 

not  prominent  clypeal  margin  and  coarsely,  very  closely  and 
somewhat  aciculately  punctured  prothorax,  with  broad,  short 
hind  angles,  would  place  it  in  association  with  agriotoides, 
brevis  and  sordidus,  species  which  have  a  facies  quite  sugges- 
tive of  Limonius  ornatulus  Lee.  and  its  associates. 

Athous  brevis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Small,  short  and  moderately  robust,  somewhat  flattened,  black,  elytra 
brown,  narrow  basal  margin  of  prothorax  and  elytra  luteous,  epipleurae,  outer 
parts  of  legs  and  base  of  antennae  rufous.  Head  flattened,  clypeus  porrect  and 
moderately  prominent,  anterior  margin  transverse,  front  coarsely,  closely 
punctured;  antennae  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  seg- 
ments about  equal  in  length,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  and  almost  equal  to  fourth, 
median  segments  somewhat  longer  than  broad  and  distinctly  triangular.  Pro- 
thorax as  broad  or  broader  than  long,  apex  almost  truncate,  base  emarginate, 
sides  slightly  arcuate,  almost  subparallel,  suddenly  constricted  near  apex,  hind 
angles  broad  and  hardly  extended,  disk  coarsely,  closely,  evenly  and  somewhat 
aciculately  punctured.  Elytra  twice  as  long  as  prothorax,  slightly  broader  at 
base,  sides  subparallel  and  evenly  rounded  at  apex,  disk  somewhat  flattened, 
striae  distinctly  impressed,  rather  coarsely  punctured  anteriorly,  finer  poster- 
iorly, intervals  flattened,  distinctly  but  somewhat  irregularly  punctured  and 
faintly  rugulose,  entire  upper  surface  rather  finely,  sparsely  pubescent.  Be- 
neath, presternum  coarsely  and  not  closely  punctured,  propleurae  coarsely 
and  closely  and  afterbody  finely  and  sparsely  punctured.  Legs  short,  second 
and  third  tarsal  segments  evidently  extended  beneath  and  slightly  lobed,  fourth 
segment  small  but  quite  evident.    Length  7  mm.,  breadth  1.75  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3156;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3157, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes,  col- 
lected by  myself  from  the  slopes  of  Mt.  Tamalpais,  Marin 
Co.,  Calif.,  May  20  and  23,  1909.  My  series  consists  of  thirty- 
five  specimens  and  is  from  the  following  localities  in  Cali- 
fornia: Siskiyou  Co.,  June,  Nunenmacher;  Carrville,  Trinity 
Co.,  June,  Van  Dyke;  Plumas  Co.,  June,  Nunenmacher;  Glen 
Alpine,  Eldorado  Co.,  June,  Van  Dyke;  Placer  Co.,  Napa 
Co.,  Marin  Co.,  Ben  Lomond,  Santa  Cruz  Co.,  and  Fresno  Co. 
They  are  fairly  constant  as  to  color  and  general  charac- 
teristics. 

This  short,  little  species  of  the  brushy  or  chaparral  areas  of 
California  looks  much  like  several  of  the  smaller  species  of 
Limonius   especially    some   of    the   more    sombre   phases    of 


3gQ  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

omatulus  and  maculicollis  though  it  is  a  bit  larger.  It  is  rather 
closely  related  to  Athous  sordidus  n.  sp.  and  also  belongs  near 
agriotoides  Fall  and  imitans  Fall. 

Athous  sordidus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Rather  small,  moderately  robust,  somewhat  flattened;  brown  with  a  slight 
rufous  tinge,  antennae,  mouthparts,  epipleurae  and  legs  quite  rufous;  slightly 
shining  above  and  rather  sparsely  clothed  above  with  conspicuous,  rather  long, 
gray  pile.  Head  somewhat  flattened,  transversely  impressed  near  clypeus, 
clypeus  porrect  with  margin  distinct,  somewhat  depressed  at  middle  and 
slightly  emarginate,  front  coarsely,  closely  punctured;  antennae  reaching  about 
one  segment  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments 
about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  equal  in  length,  and  each  two-thirds  length  of 
fourth,  median  segments  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  apex  faintly  lobed  at 
middle,  base  emarginate,  sides  subparallel  behind,  gradually  arcuately  nar- 
rowing in  front,  front  angles  projecting  forwards,  hind  angles  short  and  broad, 
disk  convex,  rather  coarsely,  closely  and  somewhat  aciculately  punctured, 
median  canaliculation  not  evident,  scutellum  elongate,  flattened  and  sparsely 
punctured.  Elytra  slightly  broader  than  prothorax,  almost  three  times  as  long, 
sides  subparallel  in  front,  gradually  arcuate  behind  to  apex,  disk  somewhat 
flattened,  striae  fine  but  distinct,  finely  punctate  with  elongate  punctures, 
intervals  flattened,  rather  coarsely,  somewhat  biseriately  punctured,  the  punc- 
tures conspicuous  and  almost  as  large  as  those  of  the  striae.  Beneath  with 
presternum  moderately  coarsely,  rather  sparsely  punctured,  propleurae  more 
closely  and  afterbody  more  finely  and  but  moderately  closely  punctured. 
Legs  rather  short,  second  and  third  tarsal  segments  prolonged  beneath  and 
slightly  lobed,  fourth  segment  small  but  evident.  Length  8  mm.,  breadth 
2  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3158,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  many  years  ago  in  Los  Angeles  Co.,  Calif., 
probably  in  the  hills. 

This  species  is  evidently  related  to  brevis,  replacing  it  in 
southern  California.  It  is  larger,  more  elongate,  with  longer 
prothorax,  longer  antennae,  coarser  punctation  on  elytral  in- 
tervals, and  with  much  longer  pubescence. 


Athous  rufipennis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Rather  small  and  short,  head  and  prothorax  nigropiceous,  elytra  rufo- 
castaneous,  beneath  piceous,  antennae  and  legs  rufopiceous,  shining  above  and 
with  a  somewhat  greasy  aspect,  the  pubescence  fine  and  sparse.  Head  broadly 
flattened  in  front,  clypeal  margin  arcuate  but  clypeus  not  sharply  demarked 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         $g\ 

from  front,  front  coarsely  and  rather  closely  punctured;  eyes  moderate  in  size; 
antennae  short,  not  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  a  little 
longer  than  broad,  third  slightly  longer  and  about  two-thirds  length  of  fourth, 
fourth  longest,  the  following  one  and  a  half  to  two  times  as  long  as  broad  and 
but  slightly  enlarged  distally.  Prothorax  over  a  third  longer  than  broad,  apex 
at  middle  faintly  arcuate,  base  emarginate,  sides  moderately  arcuate  at  middle, 
anterior  angles  not  prominent,  hind  angles  short,  non-divergent  and  non- 
carinate,  disk  very  convex,  coarsely  and  somewhat  closely  and  evenly  punc- 
tured, not  canaliculate  at  middle.  Scutellum  cordate,  finely  cristate  at  middle 
and  rather  coarsely  punctured.  Elytra  but  little  broader  than  prothorax  and 
two  and  a  half  times  as  long,  slightly  arcuate  at  sides  and  broader  behind  the 
middle,  disk  convex,  striae  fine  and  finely  punctured,  the  intervals  almost  fiat 
and  finely,  irregularly  biseriately  punctured.  Beneath  rather  coarsely,  closely 
(umbilicately  on  propleurae)  punctured  in  front,  more  finely  and  sparsely 
behind.  Legs  rather  short,  tarsi  with  three  intermediate  segments  but  little 
prolonged  and  lobed  beneath.    Length  7.5  mm.,  breadth  2.25  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3159,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  and 
probably  a  female,  collected  at  Dutch  Flat,  Placer  Co.,  Calif., 
June  16,  1914. 

This  chubby  little  species  suggests  by  its  size,  general  shape, 
and  color,  some  of  the  phases  of  imitans  Fall  or  even  some 
of  the  smaller  species  of  Ludius  (Corymbites)  like  angularis 
(Lee).  Its  characters  are,  however,  definite  and  should  en- 
able it  to  be  recognized  should  anyone  be  so  fortunate  as  to 
collect  it. 


Athous  essigi  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  somewhat  depressed,  narrowed  in  front  and  behind,  head  and 
prothorax  black,  elytra  rufous,  antennas  and  outer  portions  of  legs  rufopiceous, 
underside  of  body  nigropiceous,  surface  clothed  with  fine,  short  and  rather 
sparsely  placed  pile.  Head  deeply,  broadly  sulcate  in  front,  clypeal  margin 
broadly  rounded  in  front  and  well  defined  but  not  elevated,  front  coarsely, 
quite  closely  punctured;  antennae  long,  reaching  at  least  two  segments  beyond 
hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  hardly  longer  than  broad, 
third  slightly  longer,  the  two  just  perceptibly  longer  than  fourth,  median  seg- 
ments at  least  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  serrate.  Prothorax  almost  a  third 
longer  than  broad,  anterior  margin  subtruncate,  barely  emarginate,  sides 
sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  thence  almost  straight  and  slightly  converging 
to  near  front  angles  where  rounded,  front  angles  not  prominent,  hind  angles 
prominent,  triangular  and  somewhat  divergent,  disk  coarsely,  rather  closely 
and  evenly  punctured,  median  canaliculation  but  vaguely  indicated.  Scutellum 
elongate,  with  vague  longitudinal  crista  at  middle  and  slightly  punctured. 


382  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Elytra  almost  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax,  distinctly  broader  than  the 
latter,  sides  slightly  arcuate  at  middle,  gradually  narrowed  from  posterior 
third  to  apex,  disk  finely  but  sharply  striate,  the  strias  finely  punctured  with 
elongate  punctures,  the  intervals  slightly  convex,  finely  punctured  and  finely 
rugulose.  Beneath  with  presternum  rather  coarsely,  not  closely  punctured, 
propleurae  more  coarsely,  the  punctures  umbilicate,  and  afterbody  very  finely, 
rather  closely  punctured,  prosternal  spine  long  and  acute  and  finely  sulcate. 
Legs  long,  second  tarsal  segment  almost  cylindrical,  third  but  slightly  pro- 
longed beneath  and  lobed,  and  fourth  small  and  just  barely  prolonged  back- 
wards.   Length  11.5  mm.,  breadth  3.25  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3160,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  Paratype  in 
my  collection,  the  first  collected  by  my  associate  Prof.  E.  O. 
Essig,  at  Placerville,  Calif.,  and  kindly  presented  to  me,  the 
latter  collected  at  Dutch  Flat,  Placer  Co.,  Calif.,  June  15, 
1915.  A  large  series  of  specimens  was  collected  this  last  sum- 
mer at  Forest  Hill,  Placer  Co.,  June  1931,  and  at  Riverton, 
Eldorado  Co.,  during  July. 

This  species  has  physical  characters  which  place  it  well  apart 
from  others,  but  in  color,  size  and  superficial  appearance  it 
somewhat  resembles  the  more  typical  light  phases  of  palli- 
dipennis.  Its  sharply  defined  and  depressed  clypeus,  thick  and 
elevated  in  pallidipennis,  short  third  segment  of  antennae  and 
type  of  tarsi,  will,  however,  always  readily  distinguish  it. 


Athous  poly  genus  (Fall) 

This  peculiar  species  is  quite  variable.  It  was  placed  by  Fall 
in  the  genus  C orymbites  or  Ludius  as  it  is  now  called.  The 
type  was,  however,  one  of  the  smaller,  somewhat  depauperized 
and  atypical  forms,  which  had  the  clypeal  margin  not  only 
depressed  at  the  middle  but  slightly  interrupted  there.  In  fully 
developed  specimens,  the  clypeus  is  somewhat  depressed  for 
the  front  is  always  quite  broadly  and  deeply  sulcate,  but  it  is 
complete  and  sharply  defined.  The  tarsi  are  also  those  of 
Athous  for  though  the  lobes  of  the  intermediate  segments  are 
not  very  prominent  they  are  evident,  besides  the  long  first  and 
very  small  fourth  segments  are  characteristic  of  the  genus. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATER1DAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         2>&Z 

Athous  opilinus  Candeze  and  Athous  ornatipennis  (LeConte) 

The  first  species,  a  small  and  attractive  one,  was  described 
as  from  Ohio.  It  seems  to  be  very  scarce  there  for  but  few 
Ohio  specimens  are  represented  in  collections.  In  California  it 
is  more  often  found,  sometimes  quite  commonly  as  in  the 
Sequoia  National  Park.  I  have  carefully  compared  a  specimen 
from  the  type  locality  with  California  specimens  and  find  them 
absolutely  the  same.  A  rather  close  relative  of  this  is  Athous 
ornatipennis  (Lee.),  a  species  which  is  of  the  same  size  and  has 
a  similar  color  pattern.  This  latter  differs  mainly  in  having 
the  tarsi  without  well  defined  lobes.  It  was  formerly  placed 
with  Limonius  but  the  single  prosternal  suture  and  long  first 
and  short  fourth  tarsal  segments  will,  as  stated  before,  clearly 
place  it  with  Athous. 

Athous  undulatus  (De  Geer) 

This  is  a  well  known  boreal  species  found  in  the  more 
northern  parts  of  Europe  and  Asia  as  well  as  North  America. 
American  specimens  are,  however,  very  rare  in  collections.  My 
single  representative  was  collected  by  Mr.  John  D.  Sherman 
Jr.,  in  the  Lake  Superior  region.  The  genus  Harminius 
Fairm.  erected  for  the  reception  of  this  and  a  limited  number 
of  associated  species  is  not  worthy  of  being  considered  as  of 
more  than  subgeneric  value  at  the  most.  The  dominating 
characters  of  undulatus  are  those  of  Athous.  The  characters 
selected  for  Harminius  are  merely  such  as  would  assist  in 
separating  it  from  some  of  the  more  typical  Athous. 

Athous  triundulatus  Mannerheim 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding  but  much 
smaller  though  quite  distinct.  As  far  as  known,  there  are  but 
two  specimens  in  existence,  the  type  presumably  in  Moscow, 
and  a  single  specimen  collected  by  the  members  of  the  Katmai 
Expedition  to  Alaska  and  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 


3g4  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Athous  cucullatus  (Say) 

With  the  above,  I  have  placed  fossularis  Lee.  The  latter  is 
nothing  more  than  a  large  and  robust  female,  as  I  have  proved 
by  comparing  several  typical  female  specimens  with  the  type. 


Athous  nigripilis  Motschulsky 

This  species  is  widely  distributed  throughout  the  Pacific 
region,  extending  as  far  east  in  the  north  as  Alberta.  It  varies 
somewhat  in  size,  size  of  punctures  and  degree  of  convexity  as 
regards  the  elytral  intervals.  The  black  or  northern  phase 
could  only  be  confused  with  black  phases  of  pallidipennis  but 
the  dense  pronotal  punctures  of  the  latter  and  long  cinereous 
pile  should  readily  separate  it.  In  southern  California,  nugalis 
Fall  replaces  it  to  a  great  extent.  This  I  consider  as  but  a  sub- 
species at  the  most,  as  it  only  differs  in  color  and  in  general 
by  being  slightly  larger.  It  also  definitely  intergrades  with  the 
more  typical  northern  phase.  Athous  speculifer  Fall  I  am  also 
inclined  to  consider  as  but  an  atypical  specimen  but  am  leav- 
ing it  as  distinct  until  we  can  get  more  evidence. 


Athous  arizonicus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrowed  in  front  and  behind,  rufotestaceous,  antennae,  legs  and 
underside  lighter  or  more  rufous.  Head  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  front 
deeply,  triangularly  impressed,  clypeus  thick  and  reflexed;  antennae  reaching 
hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  female,  extending  two  segments  beyond  in  male, 
second  segment  small,  third  very  long,  longer  than  fourth,  segments  3-5  in 
male  broad  and  triangular,  the  following  very  elongate  and  with  sides  almost 
parallel,  segments  3-10  in  female  all  somewhat  triangular.  Prothorax  but 
slightly  longer  than  broad,  with  sides  straight  and  convergent  forward  from 
hind  angles  or  somewhat  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles  and  more  parallel 
forwards  in  male,  more  arcuate  in  female,  hind  angles  broad,  somewhat  extended 
and  slightly  divergent,  the  carinae  fine,  long  and  close  to  margin,  disk  mod- 
erately coarsely  and  densely  punctured,  a  slight  median  canaliculation  near 
base.  Elytra  almost  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax,  very  finely  striato- 
punctate  in  male,  more  coarsely  in  female,  the  intervals  flattened  in  male  or 
slightly  convex  in  female  and  finely  punctured,  the  general  surface  dull  and 
clothed  with  sparse,  short,  suberect  pile.  Beneath  quite  coarsely,  closely 
punctured  in  front  and  very  finely,  closely  behind,  the  legs  long,  tarsi  with 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELA1 ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         335 

second  segment  hardly  prolonged  beneath,  third  distinctly  prolonged  and 
lobed,  and  fourth  but  little  shorter  than  third  and  subcylindrical.  Male, 
length  13  mm.,  breadth  3.5  mm.,  female,  length  14  mm.,  breadth  4  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3161  ;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3162, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in 
my  collection,  collected  in  the  Chiricahua  Mts.  of  southern 
Arizona,  in  June  1908,  by  Mr.  Virgil  Owen.  I  have  also 
designated  several  paratypes  among  the  material  submitted 
to  me  for  study  by  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory. I  have  examined  specimens  from  several  other  locali- 
ties in  Arizona  as  the  Huachuca  Mts.,  as  well  as  the  Jemez 
Mts.,  and  Fort  Wingate,  New  Mexico. 

This  species  somewhat  resembles  both  cucullatus  and  recti- 
thorax,  being  separated  from  the  former  by  its  much  less 
dense  pronotal  punctation  and  flatter  disk  in  male,  the  less 
development  of  the  lobes  of  the  tarsal  segments  as  well  as  by 
its  somewhat  greasy  appearance;  and  from  the  latter,  by  its 
longer  prothorax,  denser  pronotal  punctures,  less  suddenly 
divergent  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  finer  elytral  striation  and 
less  shining  appearance.  It  also  appears  to  be  quite  different 
from  any  of  the  described  Mexican  species. 


Athous  erebus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Robust,  coal  black  above,  legs  rufotestaceous,  faintly  shining  and  sparsely 
clothed  with  short,  very  fine  gray  pile.  Head  coarsely,  closely  and  umbil- 
icately  punctured,  front  triangularly  impressed,  clypeus  horizontal  and  promi- 
nent; antennae  robust,  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third 
segments  small,  of  about  equal  length  and  together  as  long  as  fourth  segment, 
fourth  longer  than  fifth,  intermediate  segments  all  elongate  and  strongly 
serrate.  Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  sides  straight  and  convergent 
from  apices  of  hind  angles  to  near  apex,  side  margins  broad  and  reflexed,  front 
angles  not  prominent,  hind  angles  very  broad  and  auriculate,  the  sides  greatly 
reflexed,  carinae  fine,  long,  sinuately  diverging  from  margins;  disk  moderately 
convex,  coarsely,  densely  and  umbilicately  punctured,  median  canaliculation 
fine  but  complete.  Scutellum  closely  punctured  and  with  pit  at  center.  Elytra 
somewhat  more  than  twice  as  long  as  prothorax,  subparallel  at  sides  and 
evenly  rounded  apically,  disk  moderately  convex,  striae  deeply  impressed  and 
finely  punctured,  intervals  flattened,  finely  punctured  and  evidently  scabrous. 
Beneath  coarsely  and  densely  punctured  in  front  and  very  finely,  rather  closely 


385  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

behind,  second  tarsal  segment  hardly  prolonged  beneath,  the  third  evidently 
prolonged  and  lobed,  the  fourth  short  but  subcylindrical.  Length  12  mm., 
breadth  3.5  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3163,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  at  Marquette,  Mich.,  June  29,  by  Mr. 
John  D.  Sherman,  Jr. 

This  interesting  species  in  size  and  robustness  somewhat 
suggests  scapularis,  a  black  phase  of  which  I  at  first  thought 
it  to  be,  but  it  differs  markedly  as  regards  the  antennae,  tarsi 
and  minuter  sculpturing  and  has  an  entirely  different  color 
pattern  as  well  as  type  of  pubescence. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Athous  rufifrons  (Rand.)  (Elater),  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1838,  p.  6. 

Athous  rufifrons  var.  reflexus  Lee.,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X,  1853,  p.  427;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  474;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  761. 

Athous  rufifrons  subsp.  lengi  Dury,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  1911,  p.  275;  Leng, 
Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168. 

Athous  appalachius  n.  sp. 

Athous  vittiger  Lee.,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X,  1853,  p.  427;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  486. 

Athous  brightwelli  (Kirby)   (Pedetes),  Fauna  Bor.  Am.,  IV,  1837,  p.   146; 
Lee.,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  425;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind., 
1910,  p.  759. 
oblongicollis  Melsh.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  155. 
articollis  Melsh.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  156. 
affinis  Cowper,  Tr.  Lit.  and  Hist.,  Soc.  Quebec,  1865,  p.  61. 

Athous  excavatus  (Mots.)  (Pedetes),  Bull.  Mosc,  IV,  1859,  p.  367,  Cand., 
Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  156. 

Athous  excavatus  carmeli  n.  subsp. 

Athous  excavatus  axillaris  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  316. 

Athous  excavatus  angelicus  n.  subsp. 

Athous  carolinus  n.  sp. 

Athous  acanthus  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1839,  p.  178;  (Pedetes), 
Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  425;  (Athous),  Blatchley, 
Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  760. 
mendicus  Dej.,  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  102. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        337 

Athous  acanthus  var.  flavangularis  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  Ill,  1871,  p.  317. 

Athous  acanthus  sub  sp.  maculicollis  Lee,  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.  167, 
1863,  p.  85. 

Athous  pallidipennis  Mann.,  Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  244. 

Acanthus  pallidipennis  sierrae  n.  subsp. 

Athous  coquerelli  Reitt.,  Wien  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXVII,  1908,  p.  36. 

Wjejunus  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXII,  1907,  p.  231. 

Athous  scissus  Lee,  Rept.  Exp.  and  Surv.  Miss,  to  Pac,  XII,  pt.  3,  1857,  p.  46; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  487. 

ingens  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910,  p.  131. 

Athous  rufiventris  (Esch.)  (Elater),  Entomogr.,  1822,  p.  71;  (Athous),  Mann., 
Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  245;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860, 
p.  428;  Van  Dyke,  Col.  Katmai  Exped.,  Tech.  Pap.  Nat.  Geog. 
Soc.  Wash.,  1924,  p.  20. 

Athous  rufiventris  var.  ferruginosus  Esch.,  Thon,  Ent.  Arch.  I,  ii,  1829,  p.  33; 
Mann.,  Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  244;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill, 
1860,  p.  432. 

Athous  rufiventris  subsp.  maritimus  n.  subsp. 

Athous  rufotestaceus  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  231. 

Athous  cribratus  Lee.  Rep.  Col.  W.  100th  Mer.,  Ann.  Rep.  Chf.  Eng.,  App. 
W,  1876,  p.  516. 

Athous  agriotoides  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  230. 

Athous  imitans  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910,  p.  131. 

Athous  brevis  n.  sp. 

Athous  sordidus  n.  sp. 

Athous  rufipennis  n.  sp. 

Athous  opilinus  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  435. 

Athous  ornatipennis  (Lee)  (Limonius),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  1863,  p.  84; 
Leng,  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  168;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  757. 

Athous  palpalis  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  229. 

Athous  essigi  n.  sp. 

Athous  polygenus  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910, 
p.  136. 

Athous  discrepans  Reitt.,  Wien  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXVII,  1908,  p.  36. 
\\discon  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  230. 

March  3,  1932 


3gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Athous  undulatus  (DeGeer)  (Elater),  Ins.,  IV,  1774,  p.  155;  (Athous),  Kiesen. 
Naturg.  des  Ins.  Deutsch.,  IV,  1861,  p.  320;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 
Ill,  1860,  p.  450;  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  391. 

trijasciatus  (Herbst)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  31,  39,  pi.  160,  fig.  12; 
(Athous),  Redt.,  Faun.  Austr.,  ed.  2,  1858,  p.  492. 

Athous  triundulatus  Mann.,  Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  222;  Cand.,  Cat. 
Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  157;  Van  Dyke,  Col.  Katmai  Exp., 
Tech.  Pap.  Nat.  Geog.  Soc.  Wash.,  1924,  p.  20. 

Athous  aterrimus  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910,  p.  130. 

Athous  scapularis  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1839,  p.  178;  (Pede- 
tes)  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  425;  (Athous),  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860,  p.  429;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  760. 

Athous  equestris  (Lee)  (Pedetes),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  426;  (Athous), 
Dej.,  Cat.,  ed.  3,  1837,  p.  101;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill,  1860, 
p.  428. 

Athous  limbatus  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  391. 
Athous  orophilus  Har.,  Gemm.  and  Harold,  Cat.  Col.,  V,  1869,  p.  1567. 
|| monlanus  Lee,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  391. 

Athous  nigripilis  Mots.,  Bull.  Mosc,  XXXII,  III,  1859,  p.  368;  Cand.,  Cat. 
Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  156. 

Athous  nigripilis  subsp.  nugalis  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  228. 

Athous  speculifer  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  229. 

Athous  cucullatus  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  264; 
Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  177;  (Pedetes),  Lee,  Tr.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  425;  (Athous),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  Ill, 
1860,  p.  430;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  760. 

hypoleucus  Melsh.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  155. 

procericollis  Melsh.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  156. 

strigatus  Melsh.,  9  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  154. 

fossulatus  (Lee)  9  (Pedetes),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  426;  (Athous), 
Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  156. 

Athous  arizonicus  n.  sp. 

Athous  rectithorax  Reitt.,  Wien  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXVII,  1908,  p.  36. 

Wrecticollis  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  228. 
Athous  erebus,  n.  sp. 

Athous  posticus  (Melsh.)  (Limonius),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846, 
p.  158;  (Pedetes),  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853,  p.  426; 
(Athous),  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  156. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPT  ERA        339 

Athous  simplex  Lee,  Rep.  Col.  W.  100th  Mer.,  Ann.  Rep.  Chf.  Eng.,  App. 
VV,  1876,  p.  516;  Cand.,  Cat.  Method.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  156. 

Athous  falli  Reitt.,  Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXVII,  1908,  p.  35. 

Wquadricollis  Fall,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXIII,  1907,  p.  229. 


Genus  Ludius  Eschscholtz 

In  using  the  name  Ludius  Esch.  instead  of  Corymbites 
Latr.,  I  am  following  Hyslop  instead  of  Schenkling,  even 
though  the  latter  in  the  Catalogus  Coleopterorum,  is  the  latest 
cataloguer.  I  also  refuse  to  break  up  the  genus  into  the  num- 
erous illy  defined  genera  that  have  been  used  by  many  of  the 
recent  workers  in  Europe.  There  the  fauna  is  limited  and  the 
species  are  apparently  the  remnants  or  relict  terminals  of  the 
phylogenetic  tree.  As  such  they  can  more  readily  be  assembled 
into  lesser  groups  capable  of  being  somewhat  defined.  In  this 
country,  the  number  of  species  is  large  and  they  show  all  de- 
grees of  divergence  from  those  which  are  more  or  less 
isolated,  relict  species  as  in  the  Old  World,  to  those  which  are 
rather  recent  offshoots  from  the  parent  stem.  They,  therefore, 
do  not  readily  fall  into  the  groupings  which  have  been  adopted 
in  Europe.  Too  many  of  them  are  also  annectant  species.  In 
this  paper  I  will  use  but  the  one  genus.  Perhaps  at  a  later 
date,  good  characters  may  be  found  which  will  enable  certain 
groups  to  be  separated  off  into  genera  of  lesser  size.  I  am 
unable  to  find  such  characters  now. 

The  genus  as  here  used  may  be  defined  as  containing  those 
Elateridae  having  the  front  somewhat  flattened,  the  clypeal 
margin  interrupted  or  absent  at  the  middle,  the  mouthparts 
projecting  forwards,  the  mandibles  emarginate  at  apex,  the 
first  segment  of  the  antennae  of  normal  size,  no  antennal 
grooves  beneath,  the  prosternal  sutures  generally  single  (one 
small  group  of  four  species  with  double  sutures),  and  not 
widely  separated,  the  mesosternum  declivous  and  with  distinct 
sutures  separating  them  from  metasternum,  the  posterior 
coxal  plates  gradually  dilated  inwards,  the  tarsi  without  lobes 
beneath  and  the  claws  simple.    The  genus  is  a  large  one  and 


390  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

very  polymorphic,  containing  narrow  elongate  species  as  well 
as  broad  and  more  or  less  flattened  ones,  those  having  anten- 
nae which  vary  from  the  filiform  through  the  serrate  to  the 
pectinate  type,  as  well  as  those  which  show  all  manner  of 
coloration  and  degree  of  pilosity.  The  antennae  on  the  whole 
have  been  found  to  be  the  character  most  useful  for  separating 
the  species  though  even  they  are  variable  and  must  not  be 
completely  relied  upon. 

I  have  been  able  to  study  either  the  types  or  carefully  de- 
termined representatives  of  all  except  one  of  our  species  and 
have  in  my  collection  specimens  of  all  except  two  or  three  of 
them.  Most  species  are  represented  by  large  series  which  with 
an  extensive  field  knowledge  has  enabled  me  to  better  estimate 
their  degrees  of  variation.  As  a  result  I  have  reduced  many  of 
those  listed  to  subspecific  or  varietal  rank  or  even  to  synony- 
my. I  have  also  attempted  to  place  some  of  the  unrecognized 
species  described  by  Mannerheim,  Motschulsky  and  other 
early  workers.  The  Siberian  species,  conHuens  Gebler  and 
sericeus  Gebl.,  credited  to  Alaska,  the  latter  listed  by  Schwarz 
in  the  Harriman  Report,24  I  have  been  unable  to  study  so  could 
not  incorporate  in  my  table.  Many  new  species  discovered 
within  recent  years  have  also  been  added. 

Synoptic  Table 

1.  Elytral  striae  always  distinct,  prostemal  spine  more  or  less  elon- 

gate and  horizontal 2 

Elytral  striae  to  a  great  extent  obliterated,  at  least  on  disk,  pro- 
sternal  spine  short  and  suddenly  curved  upwards 

subgenus  Paranomus  89 

2.  Antennae  pectinate  or  markedly  and  acutely  serrate  in  males ...  3 
Antennae  not  pectinate  and  but  moderately  acutely  serrate  at 

most  in  males 4 

3.  Male  antennae  decidedly  pectinate,  the  appendages  long  and  nar- 

row, head  and  prothorax  bronzed,  elytra  luteous  with  elon- 
gate black  maculations  near  apex  or  entirely  bronzed  with 
violaceous  reflections;  length  12-16  mm.  Alaska  to  Alberta, 
Great  Lakes  and  Maine virens  (Schr.) 

"Harriman   Alaska  Exped.,  vol.   VIII,  pt.    1    (1904),  p.    181. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1DAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         391 

Male  antennae  not  strictly  pectinate  but  very  acutely  serrate, 
the  appendages  not  as  long  as  the  segments,  black,  elytra 
luteous  with  scutellar  and  two  large  maculations  on  each 
elytron  black;  length  8-10  mm.  Eastern  Canada,  Ohio  to 
Mass vernalis  (Hentz) 

4.  Third  antennal  segment  quite  similar  to  following  segments, 

though  sometimes  a  bit  shorter  or  longer  than  fourth 5 

Third  antennal  segment  quite  unlike  the  following,  either  as 
short  as  second,  slightly  longer,  or  elongate  and  more  or  less 
cylindrical 39 

5.  Antennas    with    intermediate    segments    transverse    and    quite 

strongly  serrate  in  the  males 6 

Antennae  with  intermediate  segments  not  transverse  and  less 

strongly  serrate  even  in  the  males 11 

6.  Pronotum  rather  deeply  sulcate  or  canaliculate,  at  least  as  far 

forward  as  middle 7 

Pronotum  canaliculate  only  at  base  or  with  median  smooth  line 

observable 8 

7.  Bronzed,  irregularly  clothed  with  patches  of  gray  pile,  prothorax 

rather  strongly  punctured  and  with  prominent  and  divergent 
hind  angles;  length  13-17  mm.  Northern  Europe  and  Asia 
and  northeastern  America sjaelandicus  (Miiller) 

Coal  black,  females  much  broader  and  flatter  than  males,  second 
antennal  segment  almost  as  long  or  as  long  as  third,  mod- 
erately triangular,  median  segments  broadly  triangular,  and 
prolonged  backwards  beneath,  prothorax  longer  than  broad, 
coarsely,  moderately  closely  punctured  in  males,  very  closely 
in  females,  hind  angles  prominent,  slightly  divergent  and 
with  distinct  carinae,  elytra  distinctly  striate,  the  intervals 
slightly  convex,  biseriately  punctured  in  males,  more  nu- 
merously and  irregularly  punctured  in  females;  length  15-23 
mm.    Pacific  States cribrosus  (Lee.) 

8.  Pronotum  definitely  canaliculate  towards  base 9 

Pronotum  not  distinctly  canaliculate  but  with  smooth  median 

line 10 

9.  Prothorax  margined  with  red,  first  antennal  segment  and  legs 

somewhat  rufous,  pronotum  rather  finely,  sparsely  punc- 
tured, third  antennal  segment  distinctly  triangular  and  but 
two-thirds  length  of  fourth,  hind  angles  of  prothorax  carinate 
and  divergent,  elytra  with  striae  deep  and  distinctly  punc- 
tured,  the  intervals  very  convex   and   finely,   biseriately 

punctured;  length  8-11  mm.    South  Central  States 

signaticollis  (Melsh.) 


292  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

Black,  faintly  aeneous,  prothorax  strongly,  closely,  more  or  less 
cribrately  punctured,  third  antennal  segment  fully  as  long 
as  fourth  or  even  longer  and  distinctly  triangular,  almost  as 
broad  at  apex  as  following  segment,  median  segments  as 
broad  as  long  and  prolonged  beneath,  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax  straight  or  but  slightly  divergent,  strongly  carina te, 
elytra  distinctly  striate,  the  striae  finely,  rather  closely  punc- 
tured, intervals  slightly  convex  and  distinctly,  irregularly 
punctured  and  finely  rugose;  length  12-16  mm.  Northwest- 
ern Calif.,  B.  C uliginosus  n.  sp. 

10.  Black  with  black  pubescence,  third  antennal  segment  smaller 

than  fourth,  pronotum  densely  punctured,  hind  angles 
short,  divergent  and  blunt  at  apex,  elytral  striae  fine  and  well 
impressed,  intervals  rather  densely  punctured;  length  12 
mm.    Calif obscurus  (Lee.) 

11.  Much  elongated  and  narrow  species,  third  antennal  segment 

almost  as  long  or  as  long  as  fourth,  intermediate  segments 
fully  as  long  as  broad  and  generally  with  sides  somewhat 

parallel 12 

Species  smaller  and  but  moderately  elongate  and  narrow,  third 
antennal  segment  triangular  and  quite  similar  in  size  and 
shape  to  fourth,  intermediate  segments  somewhat  serrate 
but  not  twice  as  long  as  broad 32 

12.  Narrow  and  very  elongate  species,  antennae  in  males  extending 

several  segments  behind  hind  angles  of  prothorax 13 

Species  generally  larger,  flatter,  and  broader,  the  antennae  in 
males  shorter,  rarely  extending  more  than  a  segment  and 
a  half  behind  hind  angles  of  prothorax 30 

13.  Upper  surface  more  or  less  unicolorous,  black  or  brown 14 

Upper  surface  bicolored,  elytra  vittate  or  of  contrasting  color  to 

head  and  prothorax 25 

14.  Surface  conspicuously  clothed  with  closely  appressed  pile  pro- 

ducing a  pruinose  appearance 15 

Surface  less  evidently  pilose  or  quite  glabrous 17 

15.^  Pronotum  evenly  convex  from  side  to  side,  not  flattened  laterally, 
coarsely,  densely  punctured,  distinctly  canaliculate;  color 
black,  somewhat  submetallic;  length  13-20  mm.    B.  C.  to 

Mts.  of  northern  Calif,  and  Sierra silvaticus  n.  sp. 

Pronotum  convex  at  middle,  flattened  or  deplanate  laterally. . .  16 

16.  Flattened  or  but  slightly  convex,  pronotum  rather  sparsely  punc- 
tured at  middle,  densely  at  sides,  not  evidently  canaliculate, 
color  black,  somewhat  submetallic,  or  testaceous,  all  anten- 
nal segments  beyond  second  at  least  a  third  longer  than 
broad,  prothorax  gradually  narrowed  forwards  from  hind 
angles,  elytral  intervals  but  slightly  convex,  punctured  and 
shining;  length  13-20  mm.    B.  C.  to  northern  Calif .  .protractus  (Lee.) 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERI DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         393 

Distinctly  convex,  brown  with  head  and  prothorax  darker,  fourth 
antennal  segment  but  little  longer  than  broad,  prothorax 
less  narrowed  in  front,  almost  as  broad  just  back  of  apex 
as  in  front  of  hind  angles,  elytral  intervals  convex,  punctate- 
rugose  and  dull;  length  15-16  mm.    Central  Calif.  .  .aplastoides  n.  sp. 

17.  Black  or  slightly  bronzed  species,  with  or  without  rufous  legs. .  18 
Brown  or  reddish  brown  species 22 

18.  Large  and  shining,  coal  black  species,  the  pile  fine  and  black, 

prothorax  distinctly  narrowed  anteriorly  and  not  evidently 

canaliculate 19 

Moderate  sized  species,  14  mm.  in  length  or  less,  upper  surface 
less  shining,  sparsely  clothed  with  gray  hair,  prothorax 
elongate,  subparallel  in  front  or  spatulate,  rather  suddenly 
narrowed  near  front  angles,  and  distinctly  canaliculate ....  20 

19.  Prothorax  with  sides  almost  straight  and  divergent  backwards, 

disk  coarsely,  sparsely  punctured  at  middle,  densely  at 
sides,  elytral  intervals  flat  and  rather  coarsely  punctured; 
length  16-19  mm.  (Closely  related  to  protractus  but  coal 
black,  subglabrous  and  generally  more  robust.)  North- 
western coastal  counties  of  Calif anthrax  (Lee.) 

Prothorax  with  sides  distinctly  arcuate,  disk  finely  and  densely 
punctured  throughout,  elytral  intervals  convex  and  finely, 
rather  densely  punctured;  length  18-25  mm.  (Has  the  facies 
of  volitans  but  with  longer  antennae.)  Middle  Sierra  of  Calif. 
atlas  n.  sp. 

20.  Entirely  black,  pronotum  coarsely,  densely  and  evenly  punc- 

tured, elytral  intervals  rather  finely  punctured;  length  11-15 

mm.    Northern  Calif,  especially  near  coast dolorosus  n.  sp. 

Bicolored  species 21 

21.  Black  or  slightly  bronzed  with  red  legs,  pronotum  more  finely 

punctured  at  middle,  more  coarsely  at  sides,  elytral  intervals 
more  coarsely  punctured;  length  13-15  mm.  Northeastern 
States fulvipes  (Bland) 

Plumbeous  black,  elytra  ochraceous  yellow,  base  and  underside 
of  first  antennal  segment,  mandibles,  labrum  and  prosternal 
lobe  rufous,  anterior  angles  of  prothorax  narrowly  and  ob- 
scurely rufescent,  hind  angles  and  narrow  marginal  band 
and  legs  rufotestaceous.  Similar  to  preceding  except  for 
color  and  more  elongate  and  parallel-sided  prothorax,  more 
rounded  anterior  angles,  more  divaricate  hind  angles,  and 
wider  elytra;  length  13.5  mm.    Schoharie,  N.  Y exilis  Notman 

22.  Prothorax  somewhat  flattened  or  deplanate  laterally,  the  side 

margins  almost  straight  and  gradually  divergent  backwards, 
outer  margin  of  hind  angles  hardly  more  divergent,  elytra 
evidently  broader  than  prothorax  at  hind  angles 23 


394  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb. 

Prothorax  with  disk  more  evenly  convex,  barely  flattened  later- 
ally, the  sides  almost  straight  or  slightly  arcuate  and  quite 
parallel,  the  hind  angles  distinctly  more  divergent  than  side 
margins,  elytra  barely  broader  than  prothorax  at  hind  angles  24 

23.  Species  15  mm.  or  more  in  length,  antennae  in  males  narrow  and 

quite  filiform,  fourth  segment  almost  as  long  as  broad  and 
about  equal  to  fifth  in  length,  hind  angles  of  prothorax  long 
and  rather  acute,  the  disk  finely,  sparsely  punctured  at 
middle,  more  densely  at  sides;  length  18-23  mm.  Eastern 
North  America pyrrhos  (Hbst.) 

Species  14-15  mm.  in  length,  antennae  in  males  more  robust, 
fourth  segment  about  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad 
and  three-fourths  length  of  fifth,  hind  angles  of  prothorax 
broad  and  more  or  less  auriculate,  disk  coarsely,  moderately 
closely  punctured;  length  14  mm.    Middle  Sierra  of  Calif. .macer  (Fall) 

24.  Antennae  in  males  narrow  and  filiform,  segments  3-5  but  little 

broader  than  the  almost  cylindrical  ones  that  follow,  disk 
of  prothorax  rather  finely,  moderately  closely  punctured, 
hind  angles  narrow  and  sharp;  length  13-14  mm.  Middle 
Sierra  and  northern  Calif tenellus  n.  sp. 

Antennas  in  males  more  robust  and  noticeably  serrate,  segments 
3-5  evidently  broader  than  those  that  follow,  disk  of  pro- 
thorax umbilicately  and  closely  punctured,  hind  angles 
broad  and  acute ;  length  9-16  mm.  (Superficially  looks  much 
like  an  Aplastus.)  Coastal  area  of  southwestern  Ore.  and 
northern  Calif jaculus  (Lee.) 

25.  Elytra  vittate 26 

Elytra  and  legs  orange  red,  the  head  and  prothorax  black  with 

aeneous  lustre 29 

26.  Prothorax  black  with  hind  angles  alone  flavous ■     27 

Prothorax  black  with  sides  and  sometimes  median  vitta  flavous .  .  28 

27.  Prothorax  fully  4  mm.  in  length  and  with  disk  finely,  not  closely 

punctured,  antennae  in  males  reaching  middle  of  elytra  or 
beyond,  elytra  with  flavous  vittae  extending  laterally  from 
second  to  seventh  striae,  epipleurae  also  flavous;  length  13-14 
mm.    Southern  Appalachian  Mts horni  O.  Schw. 

Prothorax  but  little  more  than  3  mm.  in  length  and  with  disk 
more  coarsely  and  closely  punctured,  antennae  in  male  not 
reaching  beyond  basal  third  of  elytra,  elytra  marked  as  in 
preceding  species;  length  12.5  mm.    Southern  Ore. . .  .patricius  n.  sp. 

28.  Prothorax  with  broad  yellow  vitta  close  to  side  margins,  elytra 

with  yellow  vittae  the  breadth  at  most  of  from  fourth  to 
seventh  striae,  epipleurae  and  suture  also  yellowish;  length 
14  mm.    Northern  coastal  counties  of  Calif linearis  (Fall) 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  EM  DAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        395 

Prothorax  with  narrow  median  as  well  as  lateral  vittae,  sometimes 
reduced,  hind  angles  very  acute,  each  elytron  with  two 
three-intervals  wide  yellow  vittae,  separated  by  a  one-inter- 
val wide  darker  stripe;  length  10  mm.  Middle  and  western 
States bivitlatus  (Melsh.) 

29.  Head  and  pronotum  finely  (or  coarsely  in  female)  densely  punc- 

tured, clothed  with  rather  coarse  fulvous  pile,  prothorax 
convex  with  hind  angles  distinctly  produced  but  blunt  at 
apex,  elytra  finely  striato-punctate  with  flattened  and  finely 
punctured  intervals;  length  10-12  mm.  Female  suggestive 
of  a  small  bicolored/raterrews.  Southwestern  Ore.  and  north- 
western Calif humboldti  n.  sp. 

30.  Prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  very  finely  and  rather  closely  punc- 

tured, a  distinct  incisure  just  within  base  of  hind  angles. 
Elytra  finely  and  shallowly  striate,  intervals  flat  or  barely 
convex,  both  striae  and  intervals  very  finely  punctured,  light 
rufous,  disk  of  pronotum  sometimes  piceous,  and  rather 
densely  clothed  with  very  short,  fine  pile;  length  16-18  mm. 
Middle  Sierra  of  Calif trunculentus  Cand. 

Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  pronotum  rather  coarsely  and 

closely  punctured,  especially  at  sides 31 

31.  Upper  surface  entirely  piceous  to  piceous  or  rufous  with  sides  or 

hind  angles  of  prothorax  lighter  in  color  than  disk,  never 
with  prothorax  entirely  piceous  or  black  above  and  the 
elytra  rufous;  length  12-18  mm.  Southeastern  Alaska  to 
Maine,  Allegheny  Mts.,  northern  Rocky  Mts.,  and  Sierra 
Nevadas  of  Calif volitans  Esch. 

Upper  surface  with  pronotum  entirely  black  and  elytra  entirely 

red rufipennis  (Fall) 

32.  Species  moderately  convex  or  somewhat  flattened,  with  hind 

angles  of  prothorax  rather  short,  broad  at  base,  divergent 

and  blunt  at  apices 33 

Species  more  generally  convex  and  with  hind  angles  narrower 

and  more  acute 34 

33.  Pronotum  coarsely,  densely  punctured,  hind  angles  not  carinate 

or  with  only  the  faintest  indication  of  carina  and  flattened; 
length  10-13  mm.  Alaska  to  Maine  and  especially  through- 
out Pacific  Coast lobatus  Esch. 

Pronotum  finely,  sparsely  punctured,  hind  angles  less  divergent 
and  with  fine  though  distinct  carina,  elliptical  in  front  of 
hind  angles,  black,  shining  and  with  legs  piceotestaceous ; 
length  10.5  mm.  New  Brunswick  to  Appalachian  Mts.  . . . 
elongaticollis  (Ham.) 

34.  Elytra  piceous  or  somewhat  bronzed 35 

Elytra  more  or  less  fulvous  or  reddish 37 


396  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

35.  Subcylindrical,  piceous  black  with  apex  and  sides  of  prothorax, 

epipleurae,  legs  and  antennae  more  or  less  rufous;  length 

10-14  mm.    Middle  Sierra  of  Calif taho'ensis  n.  sp. 

Aeneous  or  bronzed  species 36 

36.  Larger,  quite  convex,  a  violet  bronze,  the  basal  segments  of 

antennae,  epipleurae  posteriorly  and  legs  somewhat  rufous; 
length  13  mm.  Atlantic  States,  chiefly  north  and  in  moun- 
tains   atropurpureus  (Melsh.) 

Smaller,  but  moderately  convex,  aeneous  and  shining  though 
quite  pilose,  the  apex  and  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  suture 
and  sides  of  elytra,  antennae,  mouthparts  and  legs  more  or 

less  rufous;  length  4-6  mm.    Dak.,  Man.  and  Alta 

limoniiformis  (Horn) 

37.  Rather  small  and  narrow  species,  the  front  sulcate,  opaque, 

piceous,  the  elytra,  tibiae  and  tarsi  generally  more  or  less 
fulvous  and  rather  conspicuously  and  evenly  clothed  with 
fulvous  pile;  length  8-10  mm.    Pacific  States opaculus  (Lee.) 

Somewhat  larger  and  broader  species 38 

38.  Smooth  and  shining,  side  margins  of  prothorax  more  or  less 

evenly  arcuate  and  divergent  to  apices  of  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  color  piceous  with  apex  and  sides  of  prothorax, 
above  and  below,  rufous,  the  elytra  yellow  with  black  mark- 
ings along  suture,  obliquely  from  humeri,  at  middle  of  disk 
and  towards  apex;  length  11-12  mm.  Lake  States  to  Nova 
Scotia  and  Maine appressus  (Rand.) 

39.  Third  antennal  segment  short,  equal  to  second  or  barely  longer, 

fourth  always  much  longer 40 

Third  antennal  segment  somewhat  cylindrical,  always  evidently 
longer  than  second,  sometimes  quite  long,  as  long  as  fourth 
or  even  slightly  longer 44 

40.  Rather  large  and  elongate  species,  12  mm.  or  more  in  length.  .  .  41 
Smaller  and  shorter  species,  not  over  8  mm.  in  length 43 

41.  Median  antennal  segments  quite  serrate  and  hardly  one  and  a 

half  times  as  long  as  broad,  entirely  aeneous  or  with  rufous 
'elytra,  pronotum  deeply,  often  closely,  somewhat  cribrately 
punctured,  elytra  with  both  striae  and  intervals  distinctly 
punctured,  general  surface  quite  pubescent;  length  13-15 
mm.  Southeastern  Alaska  and  south  along  Cascades  to  Mt. 
Hood,  Ore angusticollis  (Mann.) 

Median  antennal  segments  more  elongate,  twice  as  long  as  broad 

or  longer 42 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATER1DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         2)97 

42.  Black  with  rufous  elytra,  outer  antennal  segments  fully  twice  as 

long  as  broad,  the  median  segments  barely  so,  pronotum 
finely,  closely  punctured,  the  hind  angles  sharp  and  quite 
divergent,  elytra  with  stria?  shallow  and  finely,  not  distinctly 
punctured,  the  intervals  rather  finely  but  not  sharply  punc- 
tured; length  12-15  mm.  Southeastern  Alaska  to  high  alti- 
tudes of  Cascades  and  Sierra  Nevadas sagitticollis  (Esch.) 

Rufotestaceous  throughout,  fourth  and  following  antennal  seg- 
ments long  and  narrow,  from  two  to  three  times  as  long  as 
broad,  pronotum  finely,  rather  closely  punctured,  side  mar- 
gin almost  straight  and  divergent  to  apex  of  hind  angles, 
elytra  finely  striate,  the  strial  punctures  very  fine  and  more 
or  less  indistinct,  the  intervals  flattened  and  finely,  closely 
yet  shallowly  punctured;  length  16  mm.  Mt.  Rainier, 
Wash rainieri  n.  sp. 

43.  Piceous  with  rufotestaceous  pronotum  and  propleurae,  and  yellow 

elytra,  the  pronotum  with  a  narrow  V-shaped  black  marking 
extending  forwards  from  the  middle  of  the  base  and  the 
elytra  with  a  black  diamond  shaped  patch  at  the  apex,  the 
basal  segments  of  antennas  and  tibiae  and  tarsi  pale,  the 
outer  segments  of  antennae  but  slightly  serrate,  and  the 
prothorax  elongate,  somewhat  spatulate  and  rather  finely 
but  not  closely  punctured;  length  8  mm.  Siskiyou  Co., 
Calif nunenmacheri  n.  sp. 

Black  with  yellow  elytra  except  for  black  suture,  the  third  an- 
tennal segment  distinctly  longer  than  second,  the  second 
and  third  together  longer  than  fourth,  the  outer  segments 
but  slightly  serrate,  prothorax  as  broad  as  long,  somewhat 
flattened  and  aeneous,  and  finely,  rather  closely  punctured; 
length  7  mm.  Lake  Superior  region  to  Rocky  Mts.  and 
north  to  Alaska ochreipennis  (Lee.) 

44.  Species  more  or  less  elongate  and  subcylindrical,  prothorax  as 

long  or  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  distinctly  prolonged 
and  finely  carinate,  antennae  variable  as  to  length,  third 
segment  shorter  than  fourth  or  barely  equal  to  it,  the  median 
segments  always  much  longer  than  broad 45 

Species  broader  and  generally  flatter,  prothorax  as  broad  or 
broader  than  long,  hind  angles  broad  at  base,  antennae  gen- 
erally short,  rarely  reaching  beyond  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax, third  segment  long,  often  longer  than  fourth 60 

45.  Third  antennal  segment  always  distinctly  shorter  than  fourth .  .  46 
Third  antennal  segment  almost  or  quite  equal  to  fourth  in  length  48 

46.  Elytra  rufous,  testaceous,  or  light  brown  in  color 47 

Elytra  black,  each  elytron  with  a  broad  discal  and  narrow  mar- 
ginal flavous  vitta,  the  pronotum  with  large  median  discal 


398  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

area  and  margins  black,  the  remainder  red,  antennae  robust, 
reaching  to  end  of  basal  third  of  elytra,  second  segment 
transverse,  third  three-fourths  length  of  fourth  and  sub- 
cylindrical,  fourth  to  tenth  dilated  and  serrate;  length  13-15 
mm.    Southern  Alleghenies trivittatus  (Lee.) 

47.  Head  and  pronotal  disk  black,  the  sides  of  pronotum  and  elytra 

rufous,  surface  conspicuously  clothed  with  coarse  pile,  the 
prothorax  subparallel  at  sides,  the  striae  of  elytra  rather 
coarsely  punctured,  antennae  delicate,  third  segment  about 
three-fourths  length  of  fourth  and  but  little  dilated  apically, 
fourth  to  third  moderately  serrate;  length  10  mm.  Northern 

Calif shastensis  n.  sp. 

Head  and  median  portion  of  pronotum  more  or  less  piceous,  the 
remainder  of  upper  surface  varying  from  reddish  brown  to 
castaneous,  surface  rather  sparsely  clothed  with  short  and 
fine  hair,  prothorax  somewhat  arcuate  at  sides  and  with 
divergent  and  prominent  hind  angles,  elytral  striae  fine  and 
finely  punctured,  antennae  delicate,  third  segment  three- 
fourths  length  of  fourth  and  but  slightly  serrate;  length  10-12 
mm.  Appalachian  Mts.  and  from  Maine  to  eastern  B.  C. 
and  north insidiosus  (Lee.) 

48.  Prothorax  somewhat  quadrilateral,  as  broad  anteriorly  as  pos- 

teriorly, rufous  or  rufopiceous,  antennae  short,  not  reaching 

hind  angles  of  prothorax 59 

Prothorax  always  definitely  narrowed  in  front,  antennae  reaching 

close  to  hind  angles  of  prothorax  or  beyond 49 

49.  Elytra  somewhat  rufous  or  flavous,  not  metallic 50 

Upper  surface  either  brilliantly  metallic  or  with  evident  bronze 

lustre 51 

50.  Moderately  convex,  conspicuously  clothed  with  fine  gray  or 

slightly  fulvous  pile,  head  and  prothorax  black,  the  lateral 
margins  of  latter  in  female  rufous,  coarsely,  deeply  and 
rather  closely  punctured,  pronotum  deeply  canaliculate 
posteriorly,  elytra  rufous,  distinctly  punctate-striate,  some- 
what coarsely  so  in  female,  legs  ruf otestaceous ;  length  11-15 

mm.    Lagunitas,  Marin  Co.,  Calif blaisdelli  n.  sp. 

A  small  species,  somewhat  flattened,  sparsely  clothed  with  fine 
fulvous  pile,  head  and  prothorax  black,  the  anterior  and 
posterior  angles  of  latter  as  well  as  basal  segment  of  antennae 
testaceous,  head  and  pronotum  rather  finely,  moderately 
closely  punctured,  the  pronotum  sometimes  finely  canalicu- 
late posteriorly,  elytra  testaceous  (in  one  phase  piceous), 
sutural  interval  sometimes  rufous,  finely  striato-punctate, 
legs  more  or  less  testaceous;  length  8-10  mm.  Eastern 
Canada  to  B.  C.  and  south  through  Cascades  and  Sierra 
Nevadas falsificus  (Lee.) 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         399 

51.  Elongate  and  subcylindrical  species  with  a  slight  coppery  or 

metallic  lustre 52 

More  flattened  and  less  subcylindrical  species,  either  brilliantly 

metallic  or  piceous  with  but  faint  bronze  sheen 55 

52.  Smaller  species  averaging  10  mm.  in  length,  third  antennal  seg- 

ment slightly  shorter  in  general  than  fourth 53 

Larger  species,  12  mm.  or  more  in  length,  third  antennal  segment 

generally  equal  to  fourth  in  length 54 

53.  More  or  less  uniformly  piceous,  the  upper  surface  faintly  though 

evidently  bronzed  and  clothed  with  fine  pubescence,  the 
latter  not  concealing  the  sculpturing  of  elytra,  elytral  inter- 
vals very  finely,  inconspicuously  punctured;  length  10  mm. 
Yukon  Valley,  Alaska  to  Great  Lakes mendax  (Lee.) 

Piceous  with  distinct  coppery  lustre  above,  the  legs,  basal  seg- 
ment of  antennae  and  often  margins  of  elytra  reddish  yellow, 
surface  above  clothed  with  rather  coarse  pile  often  partly 
concealing  elytral  sculpturing,  elytral  intervals  rather  con- 
spicuously punctured;  length  10-12  mm.    Western  foothills 

of  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.,  Calif,  and  northwest  into  Ore 

monticola  (Horn) 

54.  Prothorax  and  elytra  slightly  arcuate  at  sides,  pronotum  aeneous, 

rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  canaliculation  deep  and 
at  base,  elytra  with  marked  cupreous  lustre,  the  intervals 
finely  punctured,  legs  and  epipleurae  somewhat  rufous; 
length  13-15  mm.    B.  C.  to  Ore.  west  of  Cascade  Mts.  .furtivus  (Lee.) 

Prothorax  and  elytra  more  parallel,  pronotum  piceous  with  faint 
aeneous  lustre,  anterior  margin  and  hind  angles  rufous,  punc- 
tures moderately  fine,  canaliculation  generally  extending 
forward  to  apex,  elytra  rufopiceous  with  faint  cupreous 
lustre,  the  suture  and  margins  rufous,  the  intervals  rather 
coarsely  punctured,  somewhat  rugose,  legs  rufous;  length 
12-16  mm.    Eastern  North  America cylindrijormis  (Hbst.) 

55.  Brilliantly  metallic  species 56 

Species  more  or  less  piceous  or  rufopiceous  and  with  only  faint 

metallic  lustre 58 

56.  Pronotum  sparsely,  finely  punctured  on  disk,  third  segment  of 

antennae  slightly  shorter  than  fourth 57 

Pronotum  coarsely,  closely  punctured  over  entire  surface  and 
fully  as  long,  including  hind  angles,  as  broad,  third  segment 
of  antennae  fully  as  long  as  fourth,  color  varying  from  bril- 
liant green  to  deep  copper;  length  14  mm.  Alaska  to  Great 
Lakes  and  Mts.  of  northeastern  States,  Rocky  Mts.,  Cascade 
and  Sierra  Nevada  Mts resplendens  (Esch.) 


400  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

57.  Upper  surface  clothed  with  fine,  sparse  pile,  pronotum  fully  as 

long  as  broad,  with  sides  more  or  less  straight  and  convergent 
in  front  and  distinctly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  color 
varying  from  aeneous  to  a  rich  copper;  length  13  mm.  High 
Mts.  of  N.  C.  to  Catskills  of  N.  Y appalachius  n.  sp. 

Upper  surface  quite  glabrous,  pronotum  somewhat  wider  than 
long,  sides  broadly  arcuate  in  front  and  almost  parallel  until 
just  before  hind  angles,  color  generally  a  brilliant  green; 
length  11  mm.    Mts.  of  B.  C.  to  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash,  .weidti  (Angell) 

58.  Piceous,  slightly  bronzed,  hind  angles  of  prothorax  and  small 

irregular  area  near  elytral  apices  testaceous,  prothorax 
slightly  longer  than  broad,  disk  with  coarse,  closely  placed 
umbilicate  punctures;  length  12  mm.    Va copei  (Horn) 

Rufopiceous,  faintly  bronzed  and  more  or  less  clothed  with  ful- 
vous pile,  prothorax  about  as  long  as  broad  in  males  and 
with  sides  straight  and  convergent  forwards,  broader  in  fe- 
males and  with  sides  rather  broadly  arcuate,  disk  rather 
coarsely,  closely  punctured  in  males,  more  finely  and 
sparsely  in  females,  elytral  striae  coarsely  punctured,  inter- 
vals flat  in  males,  and  rather  definitely  punctured,  quite 
convex  in  females  and  very  finely  punctured;  length  10-12 
mm.    Allegheny  Mts divaricatus  (Lee.) 

59.  Prothorax  definitely  longer  than  broad,  gradually  broadened 

forwards  until  near  anterior  angles,  disk  with  canaliculation 
at  middle  deep  and  complete,  elytral  intervals  just  percep- 
tibly punctured ;  length  1 7  mm.    Atlantic  States sulcicollis  (Say) 

Prothorax  just  perceptibly  longer  than  broad,  broadest  about 
middle,  disk  with  canaliculation  defined  only  in  basal  half, 
elytral  intervals  rather  finely  yet  distinctly  punctured ;  length 
14  mm.  Vane.  Is.  inland  through  Great  Basin  to  Ariz.  .  .  . 
rupestris  (Germ.\ 

60.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  prominent,  elongated,  more  or  less 

subacute  at  apex  and  with  well  defined  carinae,  species  in 
general  glabrous  or  at  most  not  densely  pilose 61 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  most  cases  broad,  short  and  truncate 
or  very  blunt  at  apex  and  with  fine  or  poorly  defined  carinae, 
species  in  general  clothed  with  a  dense  closely  applied  pile 
and,  except  in  planus,  with  elytra  more  or  less  yellow 77 

61.  Species  clothed  with  a  coarse  yet  not  very  dense  pile 62 

Species  almost  glabrous,  the  pubescence  at  most  very  fine  and 

sparse 65 

62.  Elongate  species,  over  three  times  as  long  as  broad 63 

Shorter  and  broader  species,  barely  three  times  as  long  as  broad 

at  most 64 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         4QJ 

63.  Piceous  or  black,  epipleurae  and  legs  somewhat  rufous,  pile  ful- 

vous, antennal  segments  4-6  strongly  dilated,  the  following 
gradually  narrower  and  more  elongate,  pronotum  coarsely, 
densely  punctured,  elytral  striae  deep  but  rather  finely  punc- 
tured, the  intervals  very  definitely  punctured;  length  12  mm. 
Central  Calif,  to  eastern  Wash,  and  B.  C fusculus       (Lee.) 

Rufopiceous  or  piceous,  the  elytra  varying  from  flavous  with  su- 
ture, a  short  vitta  extending  backwards  from  humeri  and  sub- 
apical  patch,  black,  to  almost  entirely  black,  antennae  and 
pronotum  as  in  preceding  species.  Elytral  striae  rather  deep 
and  coarsely  punctured,  the  intervals  conspicuously  punc- 
tured but  less  evident  than  in  fusculus;  length  11-16  mm. 
Colorado  and  coastal  areas  of  Pacific  Coast  from  middle 
Calif .  to  B.  C semivittatus  (Say) 

64.  Piceous  generally  with  slight  aeneous  lustre,  legs  and  epipleurae 

often  somewhat  reddish,  intermediate  antennal  segments 
moderately  dilated,  elytral  striae  well  impressed  and  finely 
punctured,  the  intervals  finely,  rather  densely  punctured; 
length  8-12  mm.  The  northern  U.  S.  and  southern  Canada 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific inflatus  (Say) 

65.  Prothorax  very  broad,  as  broad  or  broader  than  long,  but  slightly 

convex  and  densely  punctured  at  least  at  sides  where  punc- 

tation  is  generally  approximate  or  even  confluent 66 

Prothorax  less  broad,  more  convex  and  less  densely  punctured.  .  71 

66.  Species  not  metallic  or  with  but  a  slight  metallic  gloss 67 

Species  with  elytra  or  entire  upper  surface  brilliantly  metallic .  .  70 

67.  Third  antennal  segment  not  quite  as  long  as  fourth,  segments  4-11 

all  considerably  longer  than  broad,  and  antennae  as  a  whole 
reaching  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  pronotum  very 
coarsely,  densely  punctured,  hind  angles  rather  abruptly 
divergent,  scutellum  rather  sparsely  pubescent,  elytra  deeply 
striate,  striae  moderately  finely  closely  punctured,  intervals 
finely  punctured  and  sometimes  finely  rugulose,  entirely 
black  or  rarely  reddish  near  lateral  margin;  length  13-15  mm. 
Yukon  Valley,  Alaska,  eastern  B.  C,  Alta.  to  Mt.  Rainier, 
Wash morulus  (Lee.) 

Third  antennal  segment  fully  as  long  or  longer  than  fourth ....  68 

68.  Median  antennal  segments  but  little  longer  than  broad,  pronotum 

varying  from  rather  dense  to  somewhat  sparse  punctation, 
hind  angles  prominent  but  short  and  blunt  at  apex,  scutellum 
densely  clothed  with  gray  pubescence,  elytra  with  striae  mod- 
erately impressed  and  rather  coarsely,  densely  punctured, 
the  intervals  convex  and  finely  punctured,  entire  upper  sur- 
face shining,  pubescence  hardly  evident,  color  of  upper  sur- 


402  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

face  varying  from  yellow  or  straw  color,  with  prothoracic 
disk  and  margins,  the  elytral  suture,  an  elongate  humeral 
vitta  and  transverse  postmedian  spot,  black,  to  entirely 
black;  length  11-15  mm.  The  more  northern  parts  of  the 
U.  S..  most  of  Can.,  the  northern  Rocky  Mts.  and  the  Cas- 
cade and  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.,  also  northern  Europe  and 
Asia cruciatus  (Linn.) 

Median  antennal  segments  much  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles 
of  prothorax  long  and  prominent,  scutellum  rather  sparsely 
clothed  with  gray  pubescence,  the  punctures  of  elytral  striae 
fine,  hardly  coarser  than  those  of  intervals,  the  upper  surface 
in  general  less  shining  because  of  the  more  evident  pubes- 
cence   69 

69.  Upper  surface  generally  moderately  shining,  the  pubescence  at 

most  fine  and  sparse,  prothorax  broader  than  long,  with  sides 
distinctly  arcuate,  somewhat  rapidly  narrowed  in  front,  the 
disk  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured  even  at  middle, 
entirely  black  or  with  sides  of  prothorax  red;  length  13-16 
mm.,  western  Ore.  and  northern  Calif carbo  (Lee.) 

Upper  surface  rather  dull  and  pruinose  as  a  result  of  rather  defi- 
nite though  fine  pubescence  over  entire  area,  prothorax 
about  as  broad  as  long,  the  sides  but  slightly  arcuate  and 
gradually  narrowing  forwards,  the  disk  coarsely  punctured 
at  sides  but  rather  finely  and  sparsely  so  at  middle,  always 
dull  black;  length  12-16  mm.  The  more  northern  parts  of 
Great  Basin  from  Wasatch  to  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.  .pruininus  (Horn) 

70.  Elytra  alone  brilliantly  metallic,  ranging  from  green  to  a  violet 

bronze,  head  and  pronotum  a  dull  black  and  latter  always 
much  broader  than  long  at  middle,  elytral  striae  rather  finely 
punctured;  length  9-20  mm.,  average  13  mm.  Entire  north- 
ern part  of  continent,  the  Rocky,  Cascade  and  Sierra  Nevada 
Mts areipennis  (Kirby) 

Head  and  prothorax  as  well  as  elytra  a  coppery  bronze,  pro- 
thorax about  as  broad  as  long  at  middle,  elytral  striae  rather 
coarsely  punctured;  length  10-11  mm.  Northeastern  States 
splendens  (Zeigl.) 

71.  All  antennal  segments  beyond  third  more  or  less  evidently  longer 

than  broad,  the  antennae  either  reaching  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax or  beyond 72 

Fifth  and  sixth  or  following  antennal  segments,  more  or  less 
transverse,  but  little  longer  than  broad,  the  antennae  not 
reaching  or  barely  reaching  the  hind  angles  of  prothorax. .  75 

72.  Species  somewhat  elongate,  black  or  black  with  fulvous  mark- 

ings, and  quite  shining,  legs  generally  dark  in  color 73 


Vol.  XX]         VAX  DYKE— ELATER1DAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        493 

Species  blunter  and  shorter,  upper  surface  in  the  main  piceous  or 
black  with  aeneous  or  submetallic  lustre,  the  antennae,  legs, 
epipleurae  and  often  other  portions  of  body  beneath  more  or 
less  rufous 74 

73.  Larger  species,  13  mm.  or  over  in  length,  pronotum  and  elytra 

quite  glabrous,  prothorax  about  as  broad  across  middle  as 
at  apices  of  hind  angles,  the  punctures  at  middle  of  disk 
generally  fine  and  not  closely  placed,  elytra  with  striae  well 
impressed  and  distinctly  punctured,  the  intervals  convex 
and  minutely  punctured,  color  varying  from  entirely  black 
to  black  with  elytra  maculated  with  yellow  (typical  form), 
the  yellow  markings  in  the  form  of  an  irregular  lunule  ex- 
tending from  the  outside  of  humerus  to  near  the  suture  at 
the  middle  and  a  more  or  less  transverse  post  median  blotch ; 
length  13-17  mm.  Western  B.  C.  south  to  Willamette  Val- 
ley, Ore suckleyi  (Lee.) 

Smaller  species  12  mm.  or  less  in  length,  pronotum  and  elytra 
rather  sparsely  but  evidently  clothed  with  fine  gray  or  ful- 
vous pile,  prothorax  narrower  at  middle  than  at  hind  angles, 
punctures  of  disk  fine  or  moderately  coarse,  elytra  with  striae 
finely  or  moderately  impressed  and  finely  to  coarsely  punc- 
tured, the  intervals  flat  or  slightly  convex,  color  varying 
from  all  black  to  black  with  yellow  markings,  the  latter 
sometimes  on  sides  of  prothorax  though  generally  confined 
to  elytra  where  there  is  a  marginal  vitta  and  an  irregular 
discal  vitta,  the  latter  dilated  at  base,  at  middle  where  it 
sometimes  divides  the  black  sutural  and  lateral  vittae,  and 
subapically;  length  8-12  mm.  Extends  from  western  B.  C. 
to  northern  Calif,  and  through  northern  Great  Basin  to 
Wasatch  Mts.  of  Utah leucaspis  Germ. 

74.  Prothorax  with  sides  rather  broadly  rounded  to  apex,  hind  angles 

short  and  blunt  at  apex,  the  elytral  striae  well  impressed  and 
intervals  convex  towards  base,  the  upper  surface  aeneous, 
the  prothorax  with  apical  margin  and  hind  angles  rufous, 
beneath  the  lobe  of  presternum,  propleurae,  epipleurae,  legs 
and  much  of  abdomen  rufous;  length  11  mm.  Eastern  Can. 
and  northeastern  States aratus  (Lee.) 

Prothorax  with  sides  rapidly  narrowing  from  middle  to  apex,  hind 
angles  rather  long  and  subacute,  the  elytral  striae  finely  im- 
pressed except  close  to  base  and  intervals  generally  quite 
flat,  the  upper  surface  rather  uniformly  black  or  aeneous,  the 
hind  angles  of  prothorax  at  most  faintly  reddish,  beneath 
with  prosternal  lobe,  epipleurae  and  legs  reddish;  length  10-12 
mm.  Manitoba  and  Great  Lakes  to  Maine  as  well  as  north- 
ern Europe  and  northern  Asia metallicus  (Payk.) 

March  3,  1932 


404  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

75.  Large  species,  15  mm.  or  more  in  length,  the  antennae  about 

reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  males,  the  median  seg- 
ments broadly  triangular  and  almost  as  broad  as  long,  pro- 
notum  evenly  and  distinctly  but  not  closely  punctured  on 
disk,  elytra  at  base  with  striae  well  impressed  and  intervals 
slightly  convex,  apically  the  striae  more  finely  impressed  and 
intervals  flat,  striae  and  intervals  evidently  punctured,  coal 
black  and  shining;  length  15-25  mm.    Atlantic  States .  athiops  (Hbst.) 

Smaller  species,  14  mm.  or  less  in  length,  the  antennae  never 

reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax 76 

76.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  broad  at  base  and  more  or  less  directed 

backwards,  elytral  intervals  somewhat  convex  and  con- 
spicuously punctured,  upper  surface  finely,  sparsely  pilose 
and  dull,  color  ranging  from  all  black  to  black  with  reddish 
antennae  and  legs,  epipleurae  and  prothorax;  length  11-13 
mm.    Ore.  and  Calif conjungens  (Lee.) 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  not  broadly  triangular  but  peg-like  and 
rather  suddenly  divergent,  elytral  intervals  flattened  or 
barely  convex  and  minutely  punctured,  upper  surface  some- 
what smooth  and  shining,  color  ranging  from  all  black  to 
black  with  lateral  margins  or  all  of  prothorax  red;  length 
10-13  mm.    Atlantic  States  and  Pacific  States.  .  .  .rotundicollis  (Say) 

77.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  with  more  or  less  evident  carinae 78 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  without  clearly  defined  carinae 86 

78.  Entire  body  black,  antennae  and  legs  sometimes  rufous,  pile  fine, 

short  and  not  dense,  not  concealing  the  sculpturing,  antennae 
extending  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  and  with  seg- 
ments 4-10  markedly  serrate,  a  smooth  longitudinal  line  at 
middle  of  pronotum  and  caiinae  of  hind  angles  evident  but 

not  distinctly  defined;  length  11  mm.    Colo planus  (Lee.) 

Body  more  or  less  bicolored 79 

79.  Head  and  entire  pronotum  as  well  as  underside  black,  the  elytra 

rufous  or  bicolored 80 

Prothorax  brown  or  rufous  or  at  least  with  hind  angles  light,  the 

elytra  orange  or  bicolored 83 

80.  Elytra  entirely  rufous  or  orange,  in  fallax  occasionally  piceous, 

carinae  distinct  and  well  separated  from  margin 81 

Elytra  bicolored 82 

81.  Pile  of  upper  surface  rather  long  and  fulvous,  variously  directed 

on  both  pronotum  and  elytra  so  as  to  form  a  distinct  pat- 
tern, the  elytra  so  minutely  and  closely  punctured  that  it 
appears  granular,  legs  generally  piceous  though  tibiae  and 
tarsi  or  tarsi  alone  somewhat  rufous;  length  9-13  mm.  Entire 
northern  part  of  continent fallax  (Say) 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         4Q5 

Pile  of  upper  surface  shorter  and  less  dense  though  fulvous,  the 
sculpturing  beneath  more  evident,  no  distinctive  pattern 
formed  by  pile  on  elytra,  elytra  finely  and  closely  punctured 
but  not  granular,  legs  reddish  yellow;  length  9-12  mm. 
Eastern  Canada  and  northeastern  States medianus  (Germ.) 

82.  Antennae  long,  extending  well  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax, 

the  intermediate  segments  much  longer  than  broad,  pro- 
thorax  more  elongate  than  usual  in  the  group,  gradually 
narrowing  from  middle  to  apex,  elytra  with  striae  well  im- 
pressed and  rather  coarsely  punctured,  orange  yellow  with 
a  broad  oblique  black  band  in  front  of  middle,  not  reaching 
sides  or  suture  and  another  triangular  black  area  posterior 
to  middle,  legs  somewhat  rufous;  length  10-12  mm.  Lake 
States  to  B.  C,  Colo,  and  northeastern  Calif nigricollis  (Bland) 

Antennae  short,  barely  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  males, 
the  intermediate  segments  hardly  longer  than  broad,  pro- 
thorax broad  and  well  rounded  at  middle,  rather  suddenly 
narrowed  before  apex,  elytra  much  flattened,  with  striae 
finely  impressed  and  finely  punctured,  orange  yellow  with 
apical  region  more  or  less  piceous,  the  upper  surface  rather 
densely  clothed  with  fulvous  pile,  variously  directed  so  as 
to  form  a  distinctive  design  as  in  fallax,  antennae  and  legs 
black,  the  tarsi  rufous;  length  7-9  mm.  The  middle  Sierra 
Nevada  Mts.  of  Calif candezei  Leng 

83.  Species  broad  and  flat  with  unicolored  elytra,  the  head  and  pro- 

thorax brown  or  sometimes  piceous,  elytra  short,  barely 
reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  the  intermediate  segments 
but  slightly  longer  than  broad,  prothorax  very  broad  at 
middle,  sides  conspicuously  arcuate,  suddenly  narrowed  to 
apex  and  to  base  of  hind  angles,  the  hind  angles  short  but 
triangular,  abruptly  divergent  and  apically  elevated,  elytra 
with  striae  finely  impressed  and  rather  indistinctly  punc- 
tured, orange  in  color,  the  upper  surface  densely  clothed 
with  conspicuous  oiange  pile,  variously  directed  so  as  to 
form  a  distinctive  design,  underside  black,  the  tibiae  and 
tarsi  rufous;  length  8  mm.  Middle  and  southern  Sierra  of 
Calif mirabilis  (Fall) 

Species  more  or  less  elongate,  somewhat  convex  and  elytra  bi- 

colored 84 

84.  Prothorax  black  or  piceous  with  hind  angles  reddish  yellow ....  85 

Entire  prothorax  a  reddish  brown,  quite  convex,  the  sides  gradu- 
ally narrowed  from  before  middle  to  apex,  hind  angles  promi- 
nent, elytra  with  striae  evidently  impressed  and  moderately 
coarsely  punctured,  straw  yellow  with  a  triangular  or  hooked 
dark  brown  maculation  on  apical  third,  the  pile  on  upper 


405  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

surface  fulvous,  short  and  not  dense,  antennae,  legs  and 
entire  under  surface  rufous;  length  9-11  mm.  Atlantic 
States hamatus  (Say) 

85.  Prothorax  piceous,  bronzed  and  with  hind  angles  reddish,  mod- 

erately prolonged,  and  with  carinae  parallel  to  lateral  mar- 
gins, elytra  yellow  with  striae  well  impressed  and  finely 
punctured,  ornamented  with  short  humeral  lunules,  elongate 
triangular  black  markings  on  second  and  third  intervals 
before  middle  and  posteriorly  with  an  irregular  hooked 
marking  with  long  arm  close  to  suture  and  a  transverse  hook 
directed  outwardly  and  backwards  just  behind  middle, 
antennae,  legs,  prosternal  lobe  and  propleurae  rufous,  the 
remainder  of  underside  piceous;  length  11-13  mm.  Eastern 
North  America hieroglyphicus  (Say) 

Posterior  angles  of  prothorax,  legs  and  apical  area  of  abdomen 
rufous,  the  head,  antennae  as  a  rule,  and  remainder  of  pro- 
thorax and  underside  of  body  black,  prothorax  moderately 
convex,  sides  arcuate  and  gradually  narrowing  to  apex,  the 
hind  angles  short,  decidedly  truncate  at  apex  and  with 
carinae  sometimes  distinct,  at  other  times  obscure,  but  parallel 
to  margin,  elytra  orange  yellow  with  striae  finely  impressed 
and  finely  punctured,  the  intervals  quite  flat,  the  black 
markings  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  preceding  species 
but  in  general  much  reduced,  especially  in  the  large  western 
forms,  to  a  posthumeral  spot,  a  spot  on  second  interval 
internal  to  the  preceding  and  often  united  with  it,  and  a 
transverse  postmedian  lunule,  with  concavity  directed  back- 
wards; length  9-14  mm.  Northern  parts  of  country  from 
Maine  and  Nova  Scotia  to  Pacific,  the  Rocky,  Cascade,  and 
Sierra  Nevada  Mts propola  (Lee.) 

86.  Prothorax  fully  as  long  at  middle  as  broad 88 

Prothorax  broader  than  long  at  middle 87 

87.  Entire  body  black  except  elytra,  prothorax  with  sides  arcuate  and 

narrowed  from  before  middle  to  apex,  hind  angles  moder- 
ately prolonged  with  carinae  sometimes  faintly  indicated,  the 
elytra  with  striae  very  finely  impressed,  sometimes  oblit- 
erated on  disk  and  finely  punctured,  orange  yellow,  with  a 
subbasal  black  spot  on  second,  third  and  fourth  intervals,  a 
large  common  black  W-shaped  marking  slightly  behind 
middle,  sometimes  broken  at  suture,  and  the  apices  often 
tipped  with  black;  length  9-10  mm.  The  middle  Sierra 
Nevada  Mts.  of  Calif exclamationis  (Fall) 

Entire  body  black  except  elytra,  prothorax  with  sides  evenly 
arcuate,  hind  angles  short,  carinae  sometimes  vaguely  indi- 
cated, elytra  with  striae  finely  impressed  and  finely  punc- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1DJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPJ ERA         4Q7 

tured,  yellow  or  reddish  orange  with  two  transverse  zigzag 
black  markings,  one  midway  between  base  and  middle,  the 
second  at  middle,  and  a  black  lunule  or  triangular  area  near 
apex;  length  8-12  mm.  Northern  parts  of  continent,  Rocky, 
Cascade  and  Sierra  Nevada  Mts triundulatus  (Rand.) 

88.  Entire  body  black  except  elytra,  prothorax  with  sides  evenly  but 

not  broadly  arcuate,  hind  angles  with  outer  margin  much 
elevated  and  without  trace  of  carinae,  disk  shining  even 
though  sparsely  clothed  with  fulvous  pile  like  head  and 
elytra,  elytra  narrow  and  somewhat  pointed  apically,  of  an 
orange  yellow  with  apical  area  somewhat  piceous,  the  striae 
finely  impressed  and  very  finely  punctured;  length  9  mm. 
B.  C,  Yukon  T.,  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash hoppingi  n.  sp. 

89.  Fourth  antennal  segment  broader  and  generally  longer  than  third 

segment,  pronotum  with  punctures  well  separated  on  disk, 
densely  placed  at  sides,  sides  of  prothorax  faintly  sinuate  in 
front  of  hind  angles,  thence  arcuately  convergent  forwards, 
color  varying  from  entirely  piceous  with  aeneous  lustre  to 
piceous  with  basal  segments  of  antennae,  most  of  legs,  epi- 
pleurae  and  the  following  elytral  markings,  a  basal  spot,  an 
oblique  median  and  sub-apical  bar,  with  narrow  outer  mar- 
gin, yellow;  length  5-9  mm.  Alaska  to  Alta.,  Lab.  and  N.  H. 
costalis  (Payk.) 

Fourth  antennal  segment  not  or  hardly  broader  than  third  and 

always  of  about  the  same  length 90 

90.  Pronotum  with  punctures  well  separated  over  entire  area,  some- 

what similar  to  costalis  but  prothorax  smaller,  more  com- 
pressed at  center,  sides  more  parallel,  hind  angles  more 
divergent;  length  6-7  mm.  Lake  States  to  N.  H.  and  Me. 
estriatus  (Lee.) 

Pronotum  very  finely,  closely  punctured  throughout,  the  pro- 
thorax moderately  robust,  sides  well  rounded  in  front,  almost 
parallel  behind  or  slightly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles, 
the  latter  slightly  divergent,  basal  margin  between  angles 
almost  transverse.  Color  much  as  in  costalis  but  the  colored 
females  with  only  a  triangular  marginal  spot  behind  the 
humerus  instead  of  the  oblique  band;  length  5-6.5  mm. 
Cascade  Mts.  from  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash.,  to  Mt.  Hood,  Ore. 
granicollis  n.  sp 


408  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  cribrosus  (LeConte) 

This  well  known  species  which  ranges  throughout  much  of 
western  Oregon  and  California  has  been  shown  by  careful 
field  studies  to  be  decidedly  polymorphic,  the  male  being  the 
typical  cribrosus  and  the  female,  larger,  broader  and  flatter, 
the  typical  maurus  (Lee).  In  the  southern  Sierra  Nevada 
Mountains,  along  with  normal  robust  males  and  females  are 
often  to  be  found  giant  females.  These  are  colossus  (Lee.) 
and  differ  from  ordinary  females  not  only  by  being  generally 
larger  but  by  having  a  more  shining  appearance,  the  sides  of 
prothorax  more  arcuate,  and  the  elytral  intervals  absolutely 
flat,  the  usual  well  impressed  striae  almost  obliterated  or  indi- 
cated by  very  finely  impressed  lines.  The  Corymbites  rufipes 
Mots.,  I  believe  to  be  but  a  variety  of  this  species.  I  have 
several  male  specimens  of  cribrosus  with  rufous  legs. 

Ludius  uliginosus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Moderately  elongate  yet  robust,  entirely  coal  black  except  tarsal  claws 
which  are  rufous,  the  head  and  prothorax  sparsely  clothed  with  a  few  curved 
hairs,  the  elytra  with  only  minute  and  widely  scattered  hair.  Head  slightly 
convex,  coarsely,  cribrately  punctured;  antennae  barely  reaching  hind  angles  of 
prothorax  in  males,  shorter  in  females,  second  segment  short  and  transverse, 
third  triangular,  little  longer  than  broad  and  fully  as  long  as  fourth,  fourth  to 
sixth  triangular  and  almost  as  broad  as  long,  the  following  gradually  narrowed. 
Prothorax  longer  at  middle  than  broad,  hind  angles  robust,  slightly  diverging 
with  well  marked  carinae,  sides  oblique,  though  somewhat  sinuous,  and  gradu- 
ally converging  from  apices  of  hind  angles  to  near  apex,  thence  arcuate  to 
apex;  disk  moderately  convex  and  strongly,  closely  and  at  sides  cribrately 
punctured,  the  margin  narrow  and  poorly  defined,  canaliculation  well  defined 
at  middle  near  base;  scutellum  elliptical  and  finely  punctured  and  hairy  pos- 
teriorly. Elytra  almost  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax  and  over  twice  as 
long  as  broad,  quite  convex,  disk  with  striae  deeply  impressed  and  finely  punc- 
tured, the  intervals  convex,  distinctly  punctured  and  very  rugose.  Beneath 
very  coarsely,  umbilicately  punctured  on  prothorax,  cribrately  on  propleurae, 
finer  and  sparser  on  metasternum  and  still  finer  on  abdomen  though  close  at 
sides  and  on  last  adbominal  segment.  Male,  length  13.5  mm.,  breadth  4  mm.; 
female,  length  15  mm.,  breadth  5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3164;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3165, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  from 
a   series   of   thirty   specimens   collected   by   myself   from    the 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        499 

bunch  grass  in  a  swamp  near  Carrville,  Trinity  Co.,  Calif., 
June  6,  1913.  I  also  have  two  specimens  from  Bon  Accord, 
B.  C,  which  differ  only  in  having  a  slight  bronzy  lustre. 

This  very  black  and  generally  dull  species  superficially  more 
closely  resembles  the  common  California  Megapenthes  ater- 
rimus  (Mots.)  than  it  does  any  of  the  other  members  of  its 
own  genus.  From  the  large  black  species  of  Ludius  like 
morulus  (Lee.)  and  carbo  (Lee),  it  can  always  be  told  by  its 
more  convex  and  gradually  narrowed  prothorax  and  quite 
rugose  elytra  as  well  as  by  the  antennal  peculiarities. 

Ludius  obscurus  (LeConte) 

The  type  is,  I  believe,  the  only  known  specimen  of  this 
species.  I  have  several  times  examined  it  without  being  able  to 
assign  it,  even  as  an  eberrant  specimen,  to  any  other  species. 

Ludius  silvaticus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrowed  in  front  and  behind,  upper  surface  but  moderately 
convex,  black,  slightly  shining,  moderately  clothed  above  with  short  silvery 
white  pile,  longer  and  denser  beneath,  giving  the  insect  a  plumbeous  appear- 
ance, the  larger  females  often  submetallic  and  with  a  violet  sheen,  the  legs 
sometimes  rufous.  Head  slightly  convex,  coarsely  rugosely  punctured;  anten- 
nae long,  reaching  two  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  males, 
about  reaching  apex  in  females,  second  segment  but  little  longer  than  broad, 
third  twice  as  long,  triangular,  almost  as  wide  or  as  wide  at  apex  as  fourth,  the 
following  elongate  triangular  and  gradually  narrowed.  Prothorax  distinctly 
longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  long,  narrow,  blunt  at  apex  and  strongly 
diverging,  less  narrowed  and  less  diverging  in  females,  carinae  long  and  promi- 
nent, sides  gradually  narrowing,  slightly  arcuate  at  middle,  more  parallel  in 
females;  disk  moderately  convex,  densely  punctured,  median  canaliculation 
distinctly  denned  throughout,  deeper  behind.  Elytra  not  quite  three  times  as 
long  as  broad,  subparallel  in  front,  gradually  narrowed  apically,  disk  distinctly 
striate,  the  striae  finely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  slightly  convex,  rather 
densely  punctured  and  slightly  rugose.  Beneath  coarsely,  densely  punctured 
on  propleurae,  more  sparsely  on  presternum  and  finely,  densely  on  afterbody. 
Male,  length  15  mm.,  breadth  4  mm.;  female,  length  19  mm.,  breadth  5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3166;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3167, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in 
my  collection,  the  first  from  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  Lake  Tahoe 


410  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

region,  Calif.,  July  1,  1915,  and  the  second  from  the  Nash 
Mine,  6000  ft.  alt.,  northern  Trinity  Co.,  Calif.,  June  14,  1913. 
This  elongate,  pruinose  species  is  fairly  common  and  widely 
distributed  throughout  the  coniferous  forests  of  the  Pacific 
States.  I  have  a  large  series  including  representatives  from 
Moscow  Mt.,  Idaho,  Lake  Quinault,  Wash.,  Corvallis,  Ore., 
and  from  numerous  localities  in  the  mountains  of  northern 
California  and  the  Sierra  Nevadas  as  far  south  as  Fresno  Co. 
It  also  varies  greatly  as  to  size,  the  females  generally  far 
larger  and  more  robust. 

This  species  somewhat  resembles  Ludhts  protractus  (Lee.) 
but  the  latter  has  the  prothorax  more  definitely  cuneate,  with 
the  sides  evidently  deplanate,  and  without  median  canalicula- 
tion.  It  also  closely  resembles  Ludius  fraternus  (Lee.)  and  is 
often  listed  as  such  but  the  latter  has  the  prothorax  slightly 
shorter,  the  median  canaliculation  vague  at  the  most,  and  the 
third  antennal  segment  but  little  longer  than  the  second  and 
the  following  segments  more  evidently  bilaterally  dilated.  It 
is  also  to  be  found  in  a  similar  environment  and  in  fact  re- 
places fraternus  in  the  more  southern  forests  of  the  Pacific 
Coast. 


Ludius  protractus  (LeConte) 

This  species  is  also  widely  distributed  along  the  Pacific 
Coast  but  it  is  a  species  of  the  meadows.  In  British  Columbia, 
Washington  and  Oregon,  it  is  uniformly  pruinose  in  color  but 
in  Shasta  and  Siskiyou  counties  of  California,  it  often  appears 
of  a  rufotestaceous  color.  This  is  the  variety  jouteli  (Dow) 
and  nothing  more  than  a  color  phase.  Ludius  anthrax  (Lee.) 
is  also  an  offshoot  of  the  same  stock  but  it  has  diverged 
enough  to  warrant  it  being  considered  as  a  distinct  species.  It 
is  in  general  broader,  more  robust,  with  longer  and  heavier 
antennae,  and  very  black  and  shining,  the  pubescence  only  evi- 
dent under  high  magnification. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERWAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        ^\\ 

Ludius  aplastoides  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  convex,  rather  blunt  in  front,  somewhat  narrowed  behind,  reddish 
brown,  head  and  prothorax  darker,  generally  black,  and  conspicuously  but  not 
densely  clothed  with  fulvous  pile.  Head  flattened  or  slightly  sulcate,  rather 
densely,  coarsely  punctured;  antennae  long  and  robust,  reaching  three  segments 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  male,  second  segment  small,  barely  longer 
than  broad,  third  large  and  triangular,  twice  as  long  as  second  and  fully  as  long 
as  fourth,  the  fourth  almost  as  broad  as  long,  the  segments  5-10  gradually 
narrower,  the  tenth  not  quite  twice  as  long  as  broad,  and  all  distinctly  serrate. 
Prothorax  one-eighth  longer  at  middle  than  broad,  hind  angles  robust  and  tri- 
angular, acute,  moderately  diverging  and  finely  carinate,  sides  feebly  arcuate 
from  base  of  hind  angles  to  near  apex;  disk  convex  at  middle,  more  or  less 
depressed  or  flattened  laterally,  without  median  canaliculation  and  coarsely, 
rather  densely  punctured  especially  at  sides.  Elytra  two  and  a  half  times  as 
long  as  broad  and  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  prothorax  at  middle,  sides 
barely  arcuate  at  middle,  gradually  narrowing  and  rounded  to  apex,  the  disk 
convex,  striae  well  impressed  and  finely  punctured,  the  intervals  convex,  finely 
punctured  and  distinctly,  transversely  rugose.  Beneath  coarsely,  rather  closely 
punctured  in  front,  the  propleurae  somewhat  more  closely  than  presternum, 
and  finely,  rather  closely  punctured  behind.  Length  15-16  mm.,  breadth 
4  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3168,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  sev- 
eral Paratypes  in  my  collection  from  a  series  of  twenty-nine 
specimens  collected  by  Mr.  E.  Zimmerman  in  the  hills  back 
of  Oakland,  Calif.,  May  7-11,  1930.  Several  designated  para- 
types and  the  majority  of  the  specimens  remain  in  Mr.  Zim- 
merman's collection.  I  also  have  a  single  specimen  collected 
at  Sebastopol,  Sonoma  Co.,  Calif.,  in  July  1915,  by  Mr.  Hora. 
All  specimens  examined  seem  to  be  males. 

This  species  belongs  in  the  key  immediately  after  protractus 
Lee,  from  which  it  differs  by  being  more  convex  and  nar- 
rower, less  narrowed  both  in  front  and  behind,  by  being 
mostly  brown  in  color  instead  of  black  (typical  phase),  the 
pile  somewhat  longer  and  more  erect,  the  general  surface  less 
shining,  the  median  segments  of  antennae  more  robust,  the 
prothorax  more  parallel,  the  hind  angles  shorter  and  less  acute, 
and  the  elytral  intervals  conspicuously  convex  and  rugose. 
Superficially  it  also  looks  much  like  the  larger  specimens  of 
jaculus  (Lee),  but  differs  by  having  far  more  robust  an- 
tennae, the  disk  of  pronotum  simply  punctured,  not  punctured 
with  coarse,   umbilicate  punctures,   the   hind  angles  of  pro- 


412  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  Or  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

thorax  triangular,  not  more  or  less  auriculate,  and  the  elytral 
intervals  rather  coarsely  rugose.  It  is  strange  that  such  a  large 
and  conspicuous  species  should  remain  so  long  unknown  in 
such  a  well  collected  region. 

Ludius  jaculus  (LeConte) 

Corymbites  teres  Lee.  is  nothing  more  than  the  female  of 
this  species,  as  I  have  found  by  a  careful  examination  of  the 
type.  The  males  also  vary  considerably,  both  as  regards  size 
and  length  of  prothorax  and  development  of  the  hind  pro- 
thoracic  angles.  The  Oregon  specimens  are  generally  much 
larger  and  better  developed  in  every  regard  than  are  those  to 
be  found  in  the  San  Francisco  bay  region. 

Ludius  atlas  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate  yet  broad,  quite  flattened,  black,  shining ;  pubescence  short,  black, 
not  evident  except  under  magnification.  Head  flattened  in  front,  moderately 
coarsely  and  densely  punctured,  antennae  extending  two  segments  beyond  hind 
angles  of  prothorax  in  males,  just  reaching  apices  in  females,  second  segment 
small,  slightly  longer  than  broad,  third  twice  as  long,  longer  than  fourth  and 
fully  as  broad  at  apex,  segments  3-10  elongate  serrate,  gradually  diminishing 
in  width  towards  apex.  Prothorax  a  fourth  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles 
triangular  and  conspicuously  prolonged,  blunt  at  apex,  slightly  divergent, 
carinae  long,  narrow  and  somewhat  divergent  from  sides,  sides  moderately 
sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  arcuate  towards  middle  and  gradually  narrowed 
forwards,  lateral  margin  conspicuous,  disk  slightly  convex,  finely,  rather 
densely  punctured  throughout  and  vaguely  canaliculate  at  middle.  Elytra 
two  and  three-fifths  times  as  long  as  broad  and  as  long  as  prothorax,  sub- 
parallel  in  front,  gradually  narrowed  from  middle  to  apex,  disk  moderately 
convex,  deeply  striate  and  with  striae  finely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  very 
convex,  finely,  rather  densely  punctured.  Beneath  coarsely,  rather  sparsely 
punctured  on  presternum ,  finely  and  very  densely  on  propleurae  and  still  more 
finely  and  quite  closely  on  afterbody.  Male,  length  18  mm.,  breadth  5.25  mm., 
female,  length  20  mm.,  breadth  6  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3169;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3170, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two  Paratypes  in  my  collection, 
three  including  the  first  two,  collected  by  myself  at  Meadow 
Valley,  Plumas  Co.,  Calif.,  June  5,  3  and  6,  1924,  the  fourth 
collected  on  Red  Mt.,  Nevada  Co.,  Calif.,  July  3,  1911,  by  Dr. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERIDJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         4J3 

C.  Von  Geldern.  Other  specimens  in  my  collection  are  a  male 
from  Eldorado  Co.  and  two  large  females,  bearing  simply  the 
"Calif."  label.  One  of  the  females  is  25  mm.  long  and  propor- 
tionally robust,  superficially  looking  like  a  large  Ludius 
cethiops  (Herbst).  I  have  also  examined  several  other  speci- 
mens in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 
This  very  large  and  coal  black  species,  somewhat  suggests 
cethiops  as  stated  above,  both  because  of  its  color  and  size.  It 
is,  however,  more  or  less  closely  related  to  Ludius  volitans 
Esch.,  as  shown  by  its  general  facies  though  very  easily  separ- 
ated from  that,  as  from  others  associated  with  that,  by  the 
convex  elytral  intervals,  greater  width  and  coal  black  color. 
Ludius  anthrax  (Lee.)  though  often  as  large  and  of  similar 
color,  is  much  narrower,  with  heavier  antennae,  and  coarser 
pronotal  punctation. 

Ludius  dolorosus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subparallel,  moderately  flattened,  black,  hardly  shining,  sparsely 
clothed  with  short  cinereous  pile.  Head  depressed  in  front,  coarsely,  densely 
punctured;  antennae  reaching  two  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax 
in  male,  hardly  reaching  base  of  angles  in  female,  second  segment  small,  but 
little  longer  than  broad,  third  fully  twice  as  long,  just  perceptibly  longer  than 
fourth,  segments  3-10  elongate  serrate  and  gradually  narrowing  towards  apex. 
Prothorax  over  one-fourth  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  long,  blunt  at  apex 
and  strongly  divergent,  carinas'  long,  sharp  and  close  to  border,  sides  almost 
parallel  from  in  front  of  hind  angles  to  near  apex  where  evenly  rounded,  slightly 
arcuate  in  females;  disk  flattened  at  middle,  depressed  towards  sides,  coarsely, 
closely  punctured,  cribrately  and  umbilicately  at  sides,  distinctly  canaliculate 
at  middle,  less  evidently  so  in  female.  Elytra  slightly  more  than  twice  as  long 
as  prothorax,  subparallel  in  front,  gradually  narrowed  posteriorly,  striae  dis- 
tinctly impressed,  finely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  convex,  moderately 
coarsely  punctured  and  slightly  rugose.  Beneath  coarsely,  moderately  closely 
punctured  on  prosternum,  coarsely,  very  closely  punctured  on  propleurae, 
finely  and  closely  punctured  on  afterbody. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3171 ;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3172, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in 
my  collection  from  a  series  of  thirteen  specimens.  The  first 
was  collected  in  Lagunitas  Canon,  Marin  Co.,  Calif.,  April 
11,  1915,  the  second  from  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  Lake  Tahoe 
region,  Calif.,  June  20,  1915,  and  the  others  in  Humboldt  Co., 


414  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Eldorado  Co.,  Yosemite  Valley,  and  various  localities  near 
San  Francisco  Bay. 

This  species  is  undoubtedly  very  closely  related  to  Ludius 
fulvipes  (Bland),  differing  from  the  same  in  the  main  by 
being  slightly  more  robust,  with  antennal  segments  less  di- 
lated, the  pronotum  more  coarsely  punctured,  the  elytral  in- 
tervals more  convex  and  the  legs  generally  black  (piceous 
brown  or  red  in  rare  cases).  These  two  species  with  exilis 
Notman  stand  well  apart  from  all  others  in  our  fauna.  The 
new  species  has  often  been  mistaken  for  moerens  (Lee.)  but 
a  careful  examination  of  the  type  of  the  latter  has  shown  that 
it  is  but  a  subspecies  of  lobatus  (Esch.)  as  I  will  more  fully 
bring  out  when  discussing  that  species. 

Ludius  tenellus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrow,  subparallel,  reddish  brown,  clothed  with  short,  sparse 
pile.  Head  broadly,  shallowly  sulcate  in  front,  coarsely,  densely  punctured, 
eyes  of  male  prominent;  antennas  in  male  almost  filiform,  reaching  beyond 
first  third  of  elytra,  second  segment  small,  hardly  longer  than  broad,  third 
two  and  a  half  times  as  long,  slightly  broadened  apically,  segments  4-10  two 
to  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  subparallel  and  gradually  diminishing  in  breadth 
apically,  female  antennae  slightly  more  robust  and  just  reaching  beyond  hind 
angles  of  prothorax,  prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  tri- 
angular, elongate,  slightly  divergent,  carinae  fine,  long,  close  to  margin,  sides 
almost  straight  and  convergent  forwards  from  base  of  hind  angles,  disk  slightly 
convex,  deplanate  at  sides  especially  posteriorly,  coarsely,  quite  closely  punc- 
tured, not  evidently  canaliculate  at  middle,  the  females  with  sides  more  parallel 
and  disk  more  convex.  Elytra  over  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax  and  three 
times  as  long  as  broad,  sides  subparallel,  gradually  rounded  to  apex,  disk  finely 
striate,  the  striae  finely,  closely  punctured,  intervals  flat,  finely,  irregularly 
punctured  and  slightly  rugose.  Beneath  moderately  finely,  not  densely, 
punctured  on  presternum,  very  densely  on  propleurae  and  finely,  rather  closely 
punctured  on  afterbody.  Length  13  mm.,  breadth  3.5  mm.,  females  slightly 
broader  and  more  generally  robust. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3173;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3174, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  three  designated  Paratypes  from  a 
series  of  seven  specimens,  the  first  collected  at  Fallen  Leaf 
Lake,  Lake  Tahoe  region,  Calif.,  July  13,  1909,  the  allotype 
at  Meadow  Valley,  Plumas  Co.,  Calif.,  June  19,  1924,  the 
others  from  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  Humboldt  Co.,  and  Castella, 
Shasta  Co.,  Calif. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT ER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        41  5 

This  very  narrow  species  which  has  somewhat  the  facies  of 
Athous  brightivelli  (Kirby)  belongs  very  near  Ludius  macer 
(Fall)  but  is  slightly  smaller,  with  less  robust  antennae, 
shorter  and  less  cuneate  prothorax,  and  with  hind  angles  sub- 
acute and  slightly  divergent,  not  broad  and  auriculate  as  in 
the  latter. 

Ludius  patricius  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrow,  subparallel,  black,  slightly  aeneous  with  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  a  broad  vitta  extending  from  the  second  to  seventh  striae  and  from 
base  to  apex  of  each  elytron,  the  epipleurae  and  legs  pale  luteous  and  sparsely 
clothed  with  very  fine  pale  hair.  Head  slightly  depressed  in  front,  rather 
coarsely,  closely  punctured;  antennae  long  and  narrow,  reaching  to  end  of 
basal  third  of  elytra,  second  segment  small,  hardly  longer  than  broad,  third 
fully  two  and  a  half  times  as  long,  dilated  at  apex  and  almost  equal  in  length 
to  fourth,  segments  3-10  elongate,  serrate,  gradually  narrowing,  the  last  four 
subparallel.  Prothorax  not  quite  a  third  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  broad, 
auriculate  yet  projecting  well  backwards,  sides  almost  straight  and  but  slightly 
convergent  forwards;  disk  slightly  convex,  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured, 
not  canaliculate  at  middle.  Elytra  almost  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax 
and  over  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  sides  subparallel  in  front,  gradually 
narrowed  posteriorly,  disk  finely  striate,  the  striae  rather  coarsely,  closely 
punctured  and  finely  rugose.  Beneath  with  prosternum  rather  finely,  not 
closely  punctured,  propleurae  densely  punctured,  and  the  afterbody  in  general 
finely,  rather  closely  punctured.    Length  13  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3175,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique 
in  my  collection  from  Stella,  Wash.,  collected  April  27,  1915. 

This  elegant  species  in  facies  and  color  pattern  very  closely 
resembles  Ludius  horni  Schwarz  but  differs  from  that  by 
being  slightly  shorter,  with  shorter  and  black  antennae  instead 
of  red,  shorter  and  more  coarsely  punctured  pronotum,  and 
shorter  elytra.  From  Ludius  linearis  (Fall)  ;  it  differs  in  the 
main  by  having  only  the  hind  angles  of  prothorax  luteous,  the 
black  sutural  vitta  of  elytra  narrower,  and  the  sides  of  pro- 
notum not  flattened. 

Ludius  humboldti  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrowed  in  front  and  behind,  black.  Elytra,  tibiae  and  tarsi 
rufotestaceous,  in  the  type  male  a  slight  darkening  or  infuscation  near  the  su- 
ture, and  rather  conspicuously  though  not  densely  clothed  with  fulvous  pile. 
Head  slightly  flattened  in  front,  finely,  sparsely  punctured;  antennae  long, 


416  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

somewhat  filiform,  reaching  to  end  of  basal  third  of  elytra,  second  segment 
small,  little  longer  than  broad,  third  about  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  and  as 
long  as  fourth,  segments  3-10  slightly  serrate,  gradually  narrowed  towards 
apex,  the  posterior  segments  subparallel.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad, 
hind  angles  narrow  and  slightly  divergent,  carina  rather  fine,  sides  slightly 
arcuate  at  middle  and  narrowed  forwards;  disk  somewhat  convex  and  finely, 
moderately  densely  punctured.  Elytra  over  three  times  as  long  as  prothorax, 
finely  striato-punctate,  intervals  flattened,  and  finely  punctured.  Beneath 
finely,  rather  sparsely  punctured  except  propleurae  which  are  more  coarsely, 
closely  punctured.    Length  10  mm.,  breadth  2.75  mm. 

With  this  male,  I  have  associated  a  female  which  I  am  con- 
fident is  the  opposite  sex  of  the  same  species.  It  is  somewhat 
larger,  more  generally  convex  and  robust,  with  coarser  pro- 
notal  punctation,  and  antennae  just  reaching  hind  angles  of 
prothorax.   Length  12  mm.,  breadth  3.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3176;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3177, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  the  first  collected  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Nunen- 
macher  at  Kirby,  Josephine  Co.,  Oregon,  June  11,  1910,  the 
second  from  Humboldt  Co.,  Calif.  The  species  is  no  doubt 
characteristic  of  the  cool  and  moist  Humboldt  region  of  Cali- 
fornia and  the  adjacent  part  of  Oregon. 

This  rare  species  somewhat  suggests  a  very  small  specimen 
of  the  bicolored  phase  of  Ludius  fraternus  Lee.  but  has  a  very 
different  type  of  antennae;  the  male  is  also  much  narrower, 
more  delicate  and  with  longer  antennae,  the  female  more 
robust. 

Ludius  truculentus  Candeze 

This  very  distinct  though  uncommon  species  has  been  col- 
lected only  about  Lake  Tahoe,  the  Yosemite  Valley  and  the 
middle  Sierra  Nevada  generally.  Though  placed  near  volitans, 
it  is  generally  larger,  more  densely  pilose,  with  a  much  broader 
prothorax,  and  shorter,  finer  and  more  divergent  hind  angles. 

Ludius  volitans  Eschscholtz 

The  typical  phase  of  this  species  is  found  throughout  south- 
eastern Alaska,  western  British  Columbia  and  southward  at 
higher  elevations  along  the  Cascade  Mountains  of  Washington 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        ^\J 

and  Oregon.  In  the  high  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  they  are 
apt  to  be  of  a  brighter  color,  more  or  less  orange  and  the 
males  at  times  with  a  dark  spot  near  the  end  of  each  elytron. 
The  more  northern  phases  vary  considerably  in  color  from  the 
usual  rufous  with  piceous  head  and  prothorax,  or  prothorax 
without  disk  piceous,  to  an  all  piceous  form.  In  Alberta, 
Manitoba  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  United  States,  the 
specimens  are  generally  piceous,  with  the  prothorax  less  angu- 
lated  at  the  sides  and  narrowed  in  front,  as  well  as  more  con- 
vex. These  gradually  pass  into  the  subspecies  spinosus  (Lee.) 
found  abundantly  about  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  country  to 
the  east.  More  or  less  associated  with  the  typical  form  in 
southeastern  Alaska  is  a  phase  that  is  quite  piceous  with  the 
hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  testaceous,  the  prothorax  also 
quite  spatulate  and  the  hind  angles  very  divergent.  This  is 
umbricola  Esch.  which  I  am  at  present  unwilling  to  consider 
as  more  than  a  subspecies.  It  is  most  decidedly  not  related  to 
lobatus  Esch.  as  was  indicated  by  Schwarz  in  Wytsman's 
Genera  Insectorum.  A  simple  reading  of  the  original  descrip- 
tion would  show  that  it  is  closely  related  to  volitans.  The  rare 
vulneratus  (Lee.)  of  Maine  and  the  Allegheny  Mountains,  I 
also  consider  as  but  a  subspecies  of  volitans.  I  collected  a 
specimen  on  Mt.  Mitchell,  North  Carolina,  which  has  been 
carefully  compared  with  LeConte's  type.  It  is  in  shape  much 
like  a  typical  volitans,  slightly  narrower,  of  a  piceous  bronze 
color  with  the  sides  of  prothorax  and  legs  rufous. 


Ludius  lobatus  Eschscholtz 

This  species  has  been  misunderstood,  perhaps,  to  a  greater 
extent  than  have  any  of  the  other  species  of  the  genus.  The 
typical  lobatus  was  described  from  Unalaska,  Alaska,  where  it 
is  fairly  common.  It  is  plumbeous  in  color,  rather  robust  and 
fairly  convex.  Ludius  caricinus  Germ,  with  Sitka  as  the  type 
locality  is  perhaps  a  little  less  convex  but  otherwise  so  similar 
to  lobatus  that  it  cannot  readily  be  distinguished,  therefore  is 
not  worthy  of  being  listed  even  as  a  subspecies.    The  form 


41g  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

lobatus  extends  from  the  Aleutian  Islands,  along  the  south 
side  of  the  Alaska  peninsula  and  throughout  southeastern 
Alaska.  In  British  Columbia,  the  specimens  show  a  tendency 
to  become  flatter,  narrower  and  more  elongate  and  this  form 
continues  south  through  western  Washington  and  Oregon  and 
as  far  south  as  middle  California  where  the  most  extreme 
forms  are  to  be  found.  This  was  described  as  moerens  Lee. 
and  is  so  different  that  it  should  be  listed  as  a  subspecies  even 
though  in  its  territory  fairly  typical  specimens  of  lobatus,  par- 
ticularly females,  are  to  be  found.  In  the  San  Francisco  bay 
region,  a  form  like  moerens  but  somewhat  blacker  and  with 
the  base  of  the  elytra  orange  is  to  be  found.  This  is  xanthomas 
Horn,  little  more  than  a  color  variety  of  moerens.  From 
Plumas  County,  I  have  a  series  with  the  elytra  entirely  yellow, 
the  extreme  of  the  color  tendency.  In  Alberta,  Canada,  and 
ranging  eastward  through  Manitoba  to  New  Brunswick  and 
the  Adirondack  Mts.  of  New  York,  we  have  a  small  phase  of 
lobatus  which  is  moderately  depressed,  sometimes  much  like 
the  less  elongate  forms  of  moerens  in  form  and  generally  quite 
variable  in  color,  plumbeous  to  forms  with  all  yellow  elytra. 
This  depauperized  form  I  am  calling  the  subspecies  pygmaeus 
and  designating  as  the  holotype  (No.  3178,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.),  a  piceous  specimen  from  Awene,  Manitoba,  collected  by 
Mr.  E.  Criddle.  A  similar  colored  paratype  will  also  be  desig- 
nated. The  well  known  tarsalis  Melsh.  of  the  northeastern 
part  of  America,  I  also  consider  as  but  a  subspecies  of  the 
widely  distributed  and  variable  lobatus.  This  last  mentioned 
form  is  more  generally  elongate  than  any  of  the  forms  except 
moerens  and  more  convex  than  any  except  the  typical  lobatus. 
It  is  also  verv  variable  in  color. 


Ludius  tahoensis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Medium  sized,  elongate,  subcylindrical,  piceous  black,  somewhat  dull,  the 
anterior  margin  and  sides  of  pronotum  as  well  as  propleurae  rufous,  sometimes 
the  hind  angles  of  prothorax  as  well  as  epipleurae  and  legs  more  or  less  rufous, 
and  clothed  with  a  few,  short,  scattered  cinereous  or  slightly  fulvous  hairs. 
Head  rather  evidently,  triangularly  impressed  between  the  eyes,  coarsely, 


Vol.  XXJ  VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         ^\Q 

closely,  somewhat  confluently  punctured  and  with  a  few,  irregular  callosities; 
antennae  reaching  one  segment  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  males  and 
about  hind  angles  in  females,  the  second  segment  short  though  longer  than 
broad,  the  third  elongate,  just  perceptibly  longer  than  fourth  and  not  quite 
twice  as  long  as  broad,  segments  3-10  elongate  serrate  and  gradually  diminish- 
ing in  length  and  breadth  towards  apex.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  at  middle 
than  broad,  hind  angles  rather  robust  and  prolonged,  more  triangular  and 
backward-projecting  in  males,  somewhat  narrowed  and  more  divergent  in 
females,  blunt  at  apices  and  with  distinct  carinas  near  the  margin,  sides  almost 
straight  and  but  slightly  convergent  to  near  apex  in  males,  distinctly  arcuate 
in  females;  the  disk  moderately  convex  and  rather  coarsely,  closely,  uniformly 
punctured,  more  coarsely,  umbilicately,  closely  and  somewhat  cribrately  punc- 
tured laterally,  not  evidently  canaliculate  at  middle;  scutellum  subcordate, 
finely  punctured  and  pubescent.  Elytra  distinctly  over  twice  as  long  as  pro- 
thorax and  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  sides  but  slightly  divergent  and  arcuate 
to  posterior  third,  the  disk  convex,  the  striae  well  impressed  and  very  finely 
punctured,  the  intervals  slightly  convex  and  distinctly  though  irregularly 
biserially  punctured.  Beneath  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured  on  pro- 
sternum,  very  closely  on  propleuras,  and  finely,  more  sparsely  punctured  on 
abdomen.  Male,  length  11  mm.,  breadth  3  mm.;  female,  length  13  mm., 
breadth  4.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3179;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3180, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  five  Paratypes,  the  first  and  second 
collected  by  me  near  Fallen  Leaf  Lake,  July  8,  1915,  and 
Tallac,  June  1899,  both  near  Lake  Tahoe,  Calif.,  the  paratyes 
all  from  the  same  general  neighborhood. 

This  species  in  size,  coloration  and  general  appearance  re- 
sembles the  well  known  Agriotes  fucosus  (Lee).  In  shape  it 
also  resembles  Ludius  furtivus  (Lee.)  and  others  of  the 
elongate,  subcylindrical  form,  but  is  apparently  not  closely 
related  to  any  of  the  known  species  of  the  genus  to  which  it 
belongs. 

Ludius  atropurpureus  (Melsheimer) 

This  rather  attractive  and  uncommon  species  is  much  like 
our  more  common  furtivus  (Lee.)  of  the  northwest  and  prob- 
ably of  the  same  ancestry.  It  is  generally  shorter  and  blunter, 
with  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  broader,  the  elytral 
striae  deeper  and  the  punctures  coarser,  and  the  antennae 
shorter,  the  third  segment  quite  definitely  serrate,  not  sub- 
cylindrical  as  in  the  latter. 

March  3,  1932 


420  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Peoc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  limoniiformis  (Horn) 

Ludius  limoniiformis  (Horn)  seems  to  stand  apart,  resem- 
bling in  some  aspects  monticola  (Horn),  but  in  shape  and 
general  appearance  simulating  a  Limonius  more  than  anything 
else.  It  seems  to  be  rather  widely  spread  in  the  country  to  the 
west  of  the  Great  Lakes. 


Ludius  opaculus  (LeConte) 

This  small  species  with  more  or  less  fulvous  elytra  and 
opaque  appearance  is  moderately  common  at  times  in  the  more 
open  places  in  the  forest  from  middle  California  to  British 
Columbia.  It  shows  a  color  relationship  with  no  other.  Dia- 
canthus  serricornis  Mann,  is  probably  this  species. 


Ludius  appressus  (Randall) 

This  well  known  and  robust  species  is  one  of  the  most  iso- 
lated of  our  species.  Its  general  shape  and  color  pattern  would 
seem  to  place  it  near  cruciatus  (Linn.)  but  it  shows  no  struc- 
tural resemblances. 


Ludius  angusticollis  (Mannerheim) 

Much  confusion  has  existed  concerning  this  well  known 
elongate  species  of  Alaska  and  our  Northwest.  The  typical 
species  has  robust  and  triangular  hind  angles  to  the  prothorax 
and  is  restricted  to  southeastern  Alaska.  In  British  Columbia 
and  Washington  its  place  is  taken  by  a  form  having  the  angles 
much  narrowed  but  otherwise  not  different.  This  is  fraternus 
(Lee.)  which  I  consider  as  nothing  but  a  subspecies.  In  the 
high  northern  Cascades  as  on  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash.,  and  extend- 
ing south  to  Mt.  Hood,  Oregon,  there  occurs  a  color  phase  of 
the  latter  with  bright  rufous  or  orange  elytra.  Corymbites 
spectabilis  Mann,  seems  to  be  but  a  large  female  of  the  typical 
angusticollis. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERID/E  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         ^i\ 

Ludius  sagitticollis  Eschscholtz 

In  this  species  there  is  far  more  variation  than  is  generally 
realized.  The  usual  black  forms  with  orange  red  elytra,  short 
second  and  third  antennal  segments,  and  sharp,  divergent  hind 
angles  to  pro  thorax  are  readily  recognized.  I,  however,  have 
an  all-piceous  specimen  from  the  Yellowstone  National  Park, 
and  have  seen  several  females  which  have  the  third  antennal 
segment  about  as  long  as  the  fourth,  thus  out  of  place  in  the 
usual  table. 

Ludius  rainieri  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Somewhat  narrow  and  much  elongated,  flattened,  light  reddish  brown,  the 
body  including  head  and  prothorax  sparsely  clothed  with  fine  pubescence,  the 
elytra  sparsely  clothed  with  very  short  and  minute  hair.  Head  broadly  sulcate 
between  the  eyes  and  rather  definitely  punctured,  the  punctures  coalescing  into 
radially  arranged  striae  anteriorly  in  the  sulcus,  a  definite  crista  in  front  of  each 
eye  and  about  the  antennae;  antennae  filiform,  almost  reaching  the  middle  of  the 
elytra,  the  second  and  third  segments  short  though  longer  than  broad  and 
together  shorter  than  fourth,  the  latter  about  three  times  as  long  as  broad 
and  about  equal  in  length  to  each  of  the  following  four  though  slightly  more 
robust.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  prominent,  acute  and  slightly 
diverging,  with  a  fine  though  long  carina  on  each,  the  sides  from  bases  of  hind 
angles  almost  straight  or  slightly  sinuous  and  converging  to  apex,  the  side 
margin  fine,  the  disk  somewhat  convex,  rather  finely,  closely  punctured  and 
with  a  well  defined  impression  each  side  and  in  front  of  middle.  Scutellum 
elliptical,  slightly  concave,  and  finely  punctured  and  pubescent.  Elytra 
broader  at  base  than  prothorax  across  tips  of  hind  angles,  about  three  times 
as  long  as  broad,  gradually  narrowing  posteriorly,  the  disk  moderately  convex, 
the  striae  finely  but  in  most  cases  not  sharply  defined  and  finely  and  obscurely 
punctured,  the  intervals  flat,  finely  but  not  distinctly  punctured  and  finely 
rugose,  giving  the  elytra  a  dull  aspect.  Prothorax  beneath  coarsely,  closely 
punctured,  sternum  somewhat  longitudinally  cristate  at  middle  in  front  of 
coxae  and  concave  laterally,  spine  semicircularly  arched  and  sulcate  between 
coxae,  afterbody  rather  finely  and  moderately  closely  punctured,  legs  very  long. 
Length  16  mm.,  breadth  4  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3181,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  with  an- 
tennae somewhat  injured,  in  my  collection,  from  Mt.  Rainier, 
Wash.  A  second  specimen,  I  have  seen  in  the  collection  of 
Prof.  W.  J.  Chamberlin  at  Corvallis,  Oregon. 

This  insect  is  of  about  the  same  length,  breadth  and  color 
as  pyrrhos   (Hbst.)   though  it  differs  in  its  proportions  and 


422  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

general  appearance,  in  this  regard  looking  more  like  one  of 
the  larger  species  of  Aplastus.  Such  peculiarities  as  its  type  of 
antennae,  frontal  carinae,  type  of  pronotum  and  prosternum 
should  enable  this  odd  species  to  be  readily  recognized. 


Ludius  nunenmacheri  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Rather  small,  moderately  expanded  and  flattened,  black,  pronotum  orange 
red  except  for  an  irregular  V-shaped  black  marking  extending  forwards  on  the 
disk  from  near  the  base,  propleurae,  prosternal  lobe  and  elytra  yellow,  the  latter 
with  suture  and  a  diamond  shaped  area  at  apex  black,  mouthparts,  two  basal 
segments  of  antennae,  tibiae  and  tarsi  testaceous,  the  surface  sparsely  clothed 
with  fine,  fulvous  pile,  semi-erect  on  elytra.  Head  convex  above,  flattened  in 
front  and  sparsely  though  definitely  punctured;  the  antennae  but  slightly 
serrate  and  extending  about  a  segment  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in 
males  and  almost  to  angles  in  females,  the  second  and  third  segments  small 
though  longer  than  broad,  fourth  segment  about  equal  to  the  preceding  two 
together,  the  following  gradually  shorter  and  narrower.  Prothorax  about  one- 
fourth  longer  than  broad,  spatulate,  hind  angles  well  marked,  acute,  slightly 
divergent  and  with  carinae  fine  and  close  to  margin,  the  sides  almost  straight 
and  gradually  diverging  from  base  of  hind  angles  to  anterior  third  then  broadly 
rounded  to  apex,  the  disk  moderately  convex,  without  median  canaliculation 
and  rather  finely,  regularly  and  not  closely  punctured.  Scutellum  elongate- 
cordate  and  finely  punctured  and  pilose.  Elytra  broader  at  base  than  prothorax, 
over  twice  as  long  as  broad,  gradually  arcuately  widening  from  base  to  posterior 
third  then  narrowing  to  apex,  disk  moderately  convex,  striae  finely  impressed 
and  closely,  finely  punctured,  the  intervals  flattened  and  very  finely  punctured. 
Prothorax  beneath  finely  and  sparsely  punctured,  hind  body  very  finely  but 
more  closely  punctured,  prosternal  sutures  double.  Length  8.5  mm.,  breadth 
2.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3182;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3183, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  one  Paratype  in  my  collection,  re- 
ceived from  Mr.  F.  W.  Nunenmacher  who  collected  them  in 
western  Siskiyou  Co.,  Calif.,  June  2,  1911.  This  pretty  little 
species  of  course  varies  somewhat  as  regards  its  color  pat- 
tern. The  V-shaped  discal  mark  of  the  pronotum  may  be  quite 
faint  as  in  my  allotype,  the  sutural  black  line  of  the  elytra 
may  disappear,  and  the  apical  spot  may  be  much  reduced  in 
size. 

The  species  is  widely  separated  in  the  table  from  its  close 
relatives.     It   really   belongs   with   sulcicollis    (Say)    and    its 


Vol.  XXJ  VAN  DYKE—ELATER1DAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTEk.l         423 

associates,  all  of  which  are  strictly  lignivorous.  The  size, 
color  pattern  and  characters  given  should  enable  it  to  be 
readilv  recognized  when  found. 


'to* 


Ludius  trivittatus  (LeConte) 

This  conspicuous  and  easily  recognized  species  seems  to 
have  been  omitted  by  Schenkling  from  his  catalogue  in  Junk's 
Coleopterorum  Catalogus.  Though  widely  separated  in  the  key 
because  of  the  length  of  the  third  antennal  segment,  it  is  in 
reality  of  the  same  stock  as  semivittatus  (Say)  and  fusculus 
(Lee.)  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  our  country. 


Ludius  shastensis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Moderately  elongate,  subparallel  and  subcylindrical,  the  head,  antennal 
segments  4-11,  pronotal  disk  and  prosternum,  meso-  and  metasternum  and 
first  abdominal  segment  black,  the  remaining  portions  of  body  rufous,  and 
clothed  with  coarse  though  sparsely  placed  fulvous  pile.  Head  convex,  coarsely, 
closely,  cribrately  punctured;  antennae  moderately  serrate,  reaching  three  seg- 
ments beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  little  longer 
than  broad,  third  about  a  third  longer,  subcylindrical  and  about  three-fourths 
length  of  fourth,  fourth  about  one-third  longer  than  broad,  segments  4-10 
distinctly  triangular,  gradually  narrower  and  just  perceptibly  shorter.  Pro- 
thorax  slightly  longer  than  broad,  hind  angles  narrow,  distinctly  divergent, 
the  sides  practically  straight  from  bases  of  hind  angles  and  slightly  convergent 
almost  to  apex  where  rounded;  disk  convex,  moderately  coarsely  but  not  closely 
punctured  except  at  sides,  median  canaliculation  but  vaguely  indicated  poste- 
riorly. Scutellum  subcordate,  finely  punctured  and  pubescent.  Elytra  broader 
at  base  than  breadth  of  prothorax  across  apices  of  hind  angles,  about  twice  as 
long  as  broad,  disk  convex,  the  striae  well  impressed  and  rather  coarsely,  closely 
punctured,  the  intervals  convex  behind,  somewhat  flattened  basally,  finely 
punctured  and  rugose.  Beneath  the  propleuras  are  rather  coarsely,  closely 
punctured,  the  remainder  finely,  rather  sparsely  punctured.  Length  10  mm., 
breadth  3.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3184,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique 
in  my  collection,  collected  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Nunenmacher  in 
Shasta  Co.,  Calif. 

This  rather  inconspicuous  species  is  related  to  blaisdelli  but 
readily  separated  as  is  pointed  out  in  the  discussion  of  that 
species. 


424 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Ludius  insidiosus  (LeConte) 


This  species  has  a  much  more  extensive  range  than  has 
generally  been  believed.  It  is  now  known  to  range  throughout 
the  higher  parts  of  the  entire  Appalachians  and  from  Maine 
and  eastern  Canada  to  British  Columbia  and  Montana. 
Corymbites  lutescens  Fall  is  but  the  lighter,  more  western  race 
of  the  species. 

Ludius  blaisdelli  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Moderately  elongate,  subparallel  and  subcylindrical,  black,  the  basal  seg- 
ment of  antennae  and  elytra  rufous,  the  legs  rufotestaceous  in  the  female,  the 
apical,  side  margin  and  propleurae  of  prothorax  and  posterior  abdominal  seg- 
ments also  somewhat  rufous,  and  rather  evidently  clothed  with  short  cinereous 
(male)  or  fulvous  (female)  pile.  Head  flattened,  coarsely,  closely,  cribrately 
punctured;  antennae  moderately  serrate,  reaching  several  segments  beyond 
hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  male  and  to  hind  angles  in  female,  the  second 
segment  short,  but  about  a  third  longer  than  broad,  the  third  one-third  longer, 
subcylindrical  and  but  little  shorter  than  the  fourth,  the  last  a  third  longer 
than  broad,  the  following  gradually  narrower.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than 
broad  in  male,  diameters  about  equal  in  female,  hind  angles  robust  and  but 
slightly  divergent,  the  sides  almost  straight  in  male  or  slightly  arcuate  in 
female  from  hind  angles,  and  slightly  convergent  to  near  apex  where  rounded; 
the  disk  convex,  coarsely,  closely  and  especially  in  female  cribrately  punctured, 
with  well  marked  median  canaliculation  from  base  to  middle.  The  scutellum 
broadly  cordate,  finely  punctured  and  pilose  and  longitudinally  impressed  in 
female.  Elytra  about  as  broad  at  base  as  prothorax,  more  than  twice  as  long 
as  broad,  convex,  the  striae  finely  impressed  and  rather  coarsely,  closely  punc- 
tured, the  intervals  flat,  finely  punctured  and  rugose.  Beneath  with  propleurae 
rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  the  presternum  to  a  lesser  degree  and  the 
afterbody  finely  and  less  closely  punctured.  Male,  length  10  mm.,  breadth 
3.25  mm.;  female,  length  14  mm.,  breadth  4.75  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3185;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3186, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  in  my  collection,  both  collected  by  me 
in  Lagunitas  Canon,  Marin  Co.,  Calif.,  the  first,  April  7,  1907, 
the  second  March  29,  1908. 

As  stated  previously,  this  species  is  no  doubt  related  to 
shastensis  but  it  differs  from  that  in  regard  to  the  proportion- 
ate lengths  of  the  second  and  third  antennal  segments,  the 
more  robust  and  hardly  divergent  hind  angles  of  prothorax, 
narrow  and  markedly  divergent  in  shastensis,  the  much  coarser 
and  closer  pronotal  punctation  and  pronounced  canaliculation, 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAt  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTEKA         435 

and  the  liner  elytral  striae  and  flattened  intervals.  It,  like 
shastensis,  is  exceedingly  rare,  the  specimens  mentioned  being 
the  only  ones  that  I  have  seen.  It  is  named  in  honor  of  my 
good  friend,  Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  in  remembrance  of  many  col- 
lecting trips  taken  together  to  the  region  where  it  was  secured. 

Ludius  falsificus  (LeConte) 

Ludius  falsificus  (Lee.)  and  Ludius  angularis  (Lee.)  are 
but  eastern  and  western  representatives  of  the  same  species.  I 
have  large  series  of  the  second  from  British  Columbia  and  the 
more  mountainous  parts  of  the  Pacific  States  and  these  typical 
angularis,  as  shown  by  critical  comparison  with  the  type,  can- 
not be  distinguished  with  any  degree  of  certainty  from  typical 
falsificus  from  Maine  or  New  Brunswick.  It  is  in  fact  but  one 
species  which  extends  along  our  northern  border  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  as  well  as  throughout  the  high  moun- 
tains of  the  Pacific  Coast.  On  the  coast  of  Oregon  as  at  Can- 
non Beach,  there  is  a  very  dark  piceous  phase  of  the  above,  a 
typical  melanotic  wet-belt  color  phase. 

Ludius  resplendens  Eschscholtz 

The  typical  phase  of  this  species  extends  with  slight  vari- 
ations from  Alaska  across  the  continent  to  the  Atlantic  and 
into  the  high  mountains  of  New  England  and  northern  New 
York.  It  also  extends  south  along  the  Cascades  and  very  high 
Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  and  into  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
These  more  southern  specimens  are  generally  shorter,  duller 
and  more  coppery  than  the  typical  form.  They  are  what  was 
described  as  Corymbites  brezveri  Horn  from  the  high  middle 
Sierra  Nevadas.  Large  series  show  that  they  grade  gradually 
into  the  typical  resplendens.  I  have  therefore  placed  it  as  but 
a  subspecies  of  the  latter. 

Ludius  appalachius  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrow,  but  moderately  convex,  shining,  dark  coppery  bronze, 
the  cupreous  color  most  evident  on  head,  prothorax,  suture  and  margins  of 
elytra  and  beneath,  the  surface  sparsely,  though  evidently,  clothed  with  fine 


426  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

white  pile.  Head  slightly  convex,  coarsely  yet  not  closely  punctured;  antennae 
slightly  serrate,  not  quite  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment 
about  twice  as  long  as  wide  and  two-thirds  the  length  of  third,  the  latter  sub- 
cylindrical  and  barely  longer  than  fourth.  Prothorax  including  angles  longer 
than  broad,  broadest  and  subangulate  behind  middle,  the  sides  sinuate  pos- 
teriorly and  almost  straight  and  convergent  anteriorly,  the  posterior  angles 
prominent,  subacute,  distinctly  divergent  and  incurved  at  apices,  and  with 
well  marked  carinas;  the  disk  moderately  convex,  with  median  canaliculation 
faintly  impressed  at  base,  and  distinctly  but  not  coarsely  or  closely  punctured 
except  laterally.  Scutellum  flat  and  finely  punctured.  Elytra  more  than  twice 
as  long  as  prothorax  and  twice  as  long  as  broad,  distinctly  narrowed,  posteriorly 
and  moderately  convex,  the  striae  finely  but  not  always  clearly  impressed  and 
finely,  closely  punctured,  the  intervals  flattened  or  barely  convex  and  finely, 
somewhat  obscurely  and  sparsely  punctured.  Beneath  the  presternum  is 
shining,  rather  coarsely  and  sparsely  punctured,  the  propleurae  finely  and  very 
closely  punctured  giving  the  surface  a  granular  appearance,  and  the  afterbody 
finely  and  sparsely  punctured.    Length  13  mm.,  breadth  4  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3187,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  one 
Paratype  in  my  collection,  the  first  collected  by  me  on  Mt. 
Mitchell,  North  Carolina,  June  1902,  the  second  taken  by 
Mr.  Wm.  Beutenmueller,  July  12,  1912,  on  the  Black  Mts.  of 
North  Carolina.  A  third  quite  typical  specimen  bearing  the 
label  Big  Indian  Valley,  Catskill  Mts.,  N.  Y.,  June  18,  1910, 
was  submitted  to  me  for  study  by  Mr.  Charles  Schaeffer. 

This  species  has  the  general  facies  of  a  dark  specimen  of 
Ludius  resplendens  Esch.  and  probably  comes  from  the  same 
general  stock.  It,  however,  has  certain  definite  features  which 
readily  separate  it,  such  as  the  generally  narrower  prothorax, 
broadest  behind  the  middle,  the  more  attenuate  elytra,  the  very 
evident  though  sparse  pilosity  over  the  entire  body,  and  the 
very  fine  and  close  punctation  of  the  propleurae  contrasting 
with  the  coarse  and  but  moderately  close  punctation  of 
resplendens. 

Ludius  weidti  (Angell) 

This  very  rare  species  which  ranges  from  the  higher  moun- 
tains of  British  Columbia  through  the  Cascades  at  least  as  far 
south  as  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash.,  can  always  be  readily  separated 
from  resplendens  by  its  smaller  size,  much  shorter  body,  fine 
and  sparsely  punctured  pronotum  and  very  flat  elytral  inter- 


Vol.  XX]  VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDJE  AXD  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         \T] 

vals.  .My  Mt.  Rainier  specimens  are  a  brilliant  green  but  I 
have  received  others  from  Mt.  Garibaldi,  B.  C,  from  Mr.  G. 
A.  Hardy,  which  are  a  deep  blue  color. 

Ludius  divaricatus  (LeConte) 

The  female  of  this  well  defined  species  is  without  doubt, 
the  Corymbites  crassus  Lee.  as  first  definitely  pointed  out  by 
Blanchard.25  Horn2"  unfortunately  misquoted  him,  stating 
that  he  said  it  was  the  female  of  inflatus  (Say).  I  have  a  typi- 
cal crassus  which  I  collected  in  North  Carolina  along  with  a 
large  series  of  divaricatus  and  which  has  been  carefully  com- 
pared with  LeConte's  type.  Ludius  inflatus  (Say)  is  perhaps 
the  most  widely  distributed  species  of  the  genus  in  North 
America,  especially  common  in  all  of  the  Pacific  States  where 
the  females  are  about  as  well  known  as  are  the  males  and  not 
to  be  distinguished  from  them  except  by  their  generally  larger 
size,  more  robust  appearance  and  slightly  shorter  antennae. 
They  are  very  distinct  from  crassus  in  almost  every  regard. 

Ludius  rupestris  (Germar) 

This  species  has  a  most  interesting  distribution,  extending 
from  Victoria  through  British  Columbia  to  the  northern  part 
of  the  Great  Basin  thence  south  through  this  to  northern  Ari- 
zona and  ranging  east,  and  west  from  the  Wasatch  Mts.  of 
Utah  to  the  Cascades  and  Sierra  Nevadas.  It  is  truly  a  Great 
Basin  species.  I  have  seen  only  two  specimens,  taken  on  the 
western  flanks  of  the  Sierra  Nevadas,  both  in  Sequoia  Na- 
tional Park. 

Ludius  rotundicollis  (Say) 

This  species  is  to  be  found  on  both  sides  of  the  continent, 
the  more  typical  phase  in  the  East.  The  subspecies  nigricans 
(Fall)  is  a  bit  larger  and  generally  with  the  pronotum  more 

a  Ent.  Amer.,  5,  1889,  p.   140. 
MEnt.  News,   1,   1890,  p.  55. 


428  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

heavily  punctured.  It  ranges  throughout  western  Washington 
and  Oregon  and  south  along  the  high  Sierra  Nevada.  The 
subspecies  diver sicolor  (Esch. )  is  more  like  the  typical  form 
in  size  and  punctation  but  with  the  prothorax,  except  its  mar- 
gins, of  a  bright  red  color,  both  above  and  below.  This  is  a 
lowland  form,  found  generally  in  the  late  summer  or  autumn 
in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  region  and  generally  around  old  live 
oaks  in  the  rotting  parts  of  which  it  breeds.  In  various  parts 
of  California  as  near  Monterey,  as  well  as  farther  north  in 
Washington  and  in  the  Sierras,  diversicolor  has  a  black  me- 
dian longitudinal  stripe  or  band  on  the  pronotum  as  well  as  a 
black  prosternum. 

Ludius  rotundicollis  (Say)  with  sulcicollis  (Say),  rn- 
pestris  (Germ.)  and  my  nunenmacheri  form  a  peculiar  group 
within  the  genus  characterized  by  double  prosternal  sutures,  a 
prothorax  broadly  expanded  in  front  of  the  middle,  less  evi- 
dent in  most  rotundicollis,  and  strictly  lignivorous  habits  as 
larvae. 

Ludius  fusculus  (LeConte) 

The  type  of  this  species  is  much  bleached,  no  doubt  as  a 
result  of  having  been  collected  in  alcohol  and  this  allowed  to 
gradually  evaporate.  As  a  result  it  does  not  look  at  all  like 
freshly  caught  specimens  which  are  very  black  and  when  per- 
fect about  as  densely  clothed  with  coarse  gray  pile  as  is  inflatus 
(Say).  It  is  very  closely  related  to  semivittatus  (Say)  and 
may  prove  to  be  but  a  melanotic  phase  of  that,  as  I  have  found 
is  the  case  with  leucaspis  (Germ.)  as  compared  with  umbri- 
pennis  (Lee).  The  distribution  also  somewhat  parallels  that, 
for  fusculus  is  most  often  found  in  the  northern  Great  Basin 
as  in  western  Alberta,  eastern  British  Columbia  and  Wash- 
ington, and  extending  south  through  the  more  inland  parts  of 
California  as  far  as  the  San  Francisco  Bay  region,  where, 
however,  it  is  very  rare.  Many  species  which  range  from  the 
Rocky  Mountains  through  the  northern  Great  Basin  to  the 
Pacific  seem  to  have  melanotic  phases  in  this  hot  and  dry  inter- 
mountain  area. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERWAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         439 

Ludius  semivittatus  (Say) 

For  a  time  I  believed  that  this  species  had  a  discontinuous 
distribution,  being  found  along  the  eastern  flanks  of  the  Colo- 
rado Rocky  Mountains  (type  locality)  and  along  the  coast  of 
middle  California.  I,  however,  have  a  specimen  from  Wyom- 
ing and  we  have  records  that  it  has  been  taken  in  Oregon  and 
British  Columbia.  It  appears  to  extend  from  British  Colum- 
bia in  two  directions,  through  the  northern  Great  Basin  and 
Wyoming  to  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in 
Colorado  and  down  the  Pacific  Coast  within  a  few  miles  of 
the  ocean,  to  middle  California.  Possibly  the  all-black  fusculus 
as  stated  above,  is  the  form  that  bridges  the  gap  in  the  north. 
The  Colorado  and  Wyoming  specimens  are  rather  small,  those 
about  San  Francisco  somewhat  larger  while  many  of  those 
from  near  Santa  Cruz  and  northern  Sonoma  Co.,  are  often 
of  good  size  with  the  yellow  markings  much  reduced.  I  be- 
lieve that  the  oblongoguttatus  (Mots.)  is  one  of  these.  The 
description  fits  nothing  else  and  these  are  found  in  the  terri- 
tory from  whence  Motschulsky  secured  most  of  his  Elateridse. 
The  Japanese  vagepictus  Lewis  is  also  very  closely  related  to 
semivittatus. 

Ludius  morulus  (LeConte) 

This  black  species  ranges  from  the  Yukon  Valley  in  Alaska 
southeast  to  eastern  British  Columbia,  Alberta,  and  the  states 
to  the  south  of  them.  I  have  a  specimen  from  Mt.  Rainier, 
Wash.,  in  which  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  are  partly  red. 

Ludius  cruciatus  (Linnaeus) 

Ludius  cruciatus  (Linn.)  may  be  fairly  stable  as  to  appear- 
ance in  the  Old  World  and  in  northeastern  America  but  it  is 
most  variable  in  northwestern  America.  In  eastern  British 
Columbia,  specimens  are  often  found  with  vittate  elytra,  the 
black  sutural  and  humeral  vitta  extending  to  the  apices  with 
the  cross  bars  absent,  or  the  elytra  may  be  unicolorous  with- 
out any  black  markings  at  all.   In  the  northwest  generally,  par- 


430  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ticularly  in  the  northern  Cascades,  the  usual  color  type  is  to 
be  met  with  but  in  the  southern  Cascades  and  Sierra  Nevada 
Mountains  an  entirely  black  phase  appears,  which  I  am  calling 
the  subspecies  ater  and  designating  as  a  holotype  (No.  3188, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.),  a  specimen  from  Red  Mt.,  Nevada 
Co.,  Calif.,  collected  by  Chs.  Von  Geldern,  July  3,  1911.  In- 
termediates such  as  the  variety  edwardsi  (Horn)  with  the  pro- 
thorax  margined  with  red  and  with  yellow  patches  near  the 
base  of  the  elytra,  sometimes  occur,  but  the  usual  intermediate 
has  entirely  black  elytra.  An  unusual  phase  is  also  represented 
in  my  collection  by  a  specimen  from  Meadow  Valley,  Plumas 
Co.,  which  is  like  the  typical  phase,  except  that  the  entire 
apical  half  of  the  elytra  is  black. 

Ludius  carbo  (LeConte) 

The  typical  carbo  of  the  Willamette  Valley,  Oregon,  is  of 
a  sooty  black  color,  robust  and  quite  convex.  As  it  ranges 
eastward  towards  Utah  and  south  into  California  it  becomes 
flatter,  and  in  the  latter  territory  has  the  elytra  somewhat 
metallic.  The  variety  lateralis  (Lee.)  with  the  sides  of  the 
prothorax  somewhat  rufous  is  generally  found  with  the  typical 
form.  In  the  middle  and  southern  Sierras  of  California,  this 
color  phase  becomes  the  dominant  form  only  here  it  is  much  flat- 
tened, not  very  convex  as  in  the  north,  and  with  the  elytra  as 
previouslv  stated  submetallic.  This  phase  is  sometimes  very 
hard  to  separate  from  the  intermediate  phase  of  cruciatus  but 
a  proper  attention  to  details  will  enable  it  to  be  done. 

Ludius  pruininus  (Horn) 

The  typical  form  of  this  is  almost  equal  in  size  to  the  nor- 
mal form  of  the  preceding  and  ranges  from  Utah  west  to  the 
middle  Sierras  of  California.  Farther  north  in  the  Great 
Basin  in  eastern  Oregon  and  Washington  and  the  lava  beds  of 
northeastern  California,  it  becomes  smaller,  more  depau- 
perized, and  a  trifle  less  coarsely  sculptured.  This  is  the  sub- 
species noxius  Hyslop,  a  form  which  has  become  well  known 
as  a  result  of  the  injury  which  its  larvae  do  to  crops. 


Vol.  XX]  VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         43 1 

Ludius  aereipennis  (Kirby) 

This  is  a  wide  ranging  and  common  though  very  attractive 
species.  The  typical  form  in  eastern  Canada  and  the  adjacent 
states  to  the  south  has  the  elytra  very  finely  punctured  and  is 
more  apt  to  be  of  a  bronze  color.  The  subspecies  tinctus 
(Lee.)  with  the  elytra  more  evidently  punctured  gradually 
replaces  that  as  one  approaches  the  Pacific.  In  western  British 
Columbia  and  Washington  it  is  large,  with  the  elytra  bril- 
liantly metallic  green  or  cupreous,  but  in  the  high  southern 
Cascades  and  Sierra  Nevadas  as  well  as  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, it  becomes  smaller  and  generally  of  a  deep  violet  bronze. 
In  Manitoba,  Alberta,  eastern  British  Columbia  and  the  ad- 
jacent states  to  the  south,  very  small  or  depauperized  forms 
are  commonly  to  be  met  with.  These  are  often  9  mm.  or  less 
in  length  and  quite  dull  in  appearance.  In  western  Canada  this 
species  is  also  rated  as  quite  destructive. 

Ludius  suckleyi  (LeConte) 

This  species  is  generally  considered  quite  stable  as  it  is 
somewhat  local,  yet  it  has  an  all  black  phase  found  near 
Olympia,  Wash.  This  I  am  calling  the  subspecies  olympiae 
and  designating  one  of  my  specimens  as  the  holotype  (No. 
3189,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.).  My  specimens  were  received 
from  my  very  dear  friend,  the  late  Prof.  O.  B.  Johnson  of 
the  University  of  Washington. 

Ludius  leucaspis  (Germar) 

Extensive  field  work  has  been  necessary  in  order  to  clear  up 
the  status  of  this  species.  The  typical  all  black  specimens  dwell 
in  eastern  Washington  and  Oregon  and  extend  across  the 
Great  Basin  to  Utah.  At  higher  elevations  in  the  Wasatch 
Mountains  of  Utah,  a  phase  appears  with  a  light  subapical 
elytral  patch,  and  with  the  elvtral  margins  sometimes  light. 
In  western  British  Columbia,  Washington  and  Oregon,  the 
well  known  subspecies  umbripennis  (Lee.)  appears.  This  has 
vellow   elvtra    ornamented    with   black    sutural    and    humeral 


432  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

vittse,  the  former  enlarged  just  back  of  the  scutellum  and  the 
latter  dilated  sub-basally  as  well  as  postmedially.  Farther  east 
in  the  Cascades  and  northern  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains,  the 
elytral  markings  change  from  vittae  to  transverse  bars  or 
closely  simulate  the  markings  of  typical  cruciatus.  The  simu- 
lation to  the  latter  is  also  often  heightened  by  their  having  the 
sides  of  the  prothorax  also  reddish.  A  good  series  of  these 
last  show  that  they  gradually  grade  on  one  hand  into  the 
coastal  umbripennis  and  on  the  other  into  the  typical  leucaspis. 

Ludius  conjungens  (LeConte) 

This  species  throughout  the  greater  part  of  California  and 
most  of  its  area  of  distribution  is  of  the  normal  type,  black  or 
piceous,  of  moderate  size,  10-12  mm.  in  length,  rather  flat- 
tened, the  pronotum  regularly  though  not  closely  punctured 
and  the  elytral  intervals  between  the  rows  of  punctures  smooth 
and  even.  In  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains,  variations  appear. 
In  Placer  Co.,  specimens  with  red  legs  may  occur.  Farther 
south  in  Mariposa  Co.,  the  specimens  become  more  convex  as 
well  as  more  generally  robust,  the  prothorax,  generally  the 
head  as  well  and  often  most  of  the  underside  of  the  body,  a 
bright  red.  This  is  the  variety  lecontei  (Cand.).  A  similarly 
colored  specimen  from  Mt.  Saint  Helena  in  Sonoma  Co.,  has 
also  been  seen,  but  the  more  flattened  form  of  this  is  that  of 
the  typical  conjungens.  In  the  southern  Sierras  as  in  the 
Sequoia  National  Park,  the  specimens  retain  their  robust 
form,  are  colored  much  as  in  the  variety  lecontei  but  have  the 
pronotum  very  closely,  approximately,  and  coarsely  punctured 
and  the  elytra  rugose  as  well  as  punctate.  This  extreme  is  the 
subspecies  obversus  (Horn). 

Ludius  nigricollis  (Bland) 

This  species  which  is  rather  uncommon,  is  most  often  con- 
fused with  the  large  western  forms  of  propola  because  of  its 
somewhat  similar  color  pattern.  It  is  always  more  narrowed 
both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  with  the  antennas  longer  and 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATER1DAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        433 

the  third  antennal  segment  much  shorter  than  the  fourth,  the 
prothorax  proportionally  longer  with  the  hind  angles  unicolor- 
ous  with  the  rest  of  the  prothorax  or  only  faintly  lighter 
apically.  It  is  found  from  Marquette,  Mich.,  to  eastern 
British  Columbia,  south  into  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains 
and  along  the  east  flank  of  the  Cascades  and  Sierra  Nevada 
Mountains  as  far  south  as  Bishop,  California. 

Ludius  candezei  Leng 

This  pretty  little  flattened  species,  black  with  yellow  elytra, 
having  a  large  cordate  black  apical  patch  and  densely  pilose, 
is  very  rare.  The  only  specimens  that  I  have  seen  were  taken 
near  Lake  Tahoe,  California. 

Ludius  mirabilis  (Fall) 

This  is  a  most  attractive  little  species,  somewhat  suggesting 
fallax  but  much  smaller,  blunter,  the  prothorax  broad  and 
deeply  sinuate  before  the  sharp  and  very  divergent  hind 
angles,  and  clothed  with  beautiful  golden  pile.  The  prothorax 
is  generally  reddish  brown  though  it  may  be  quite  black.  It 
ranges  through  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  from  the 
Yosemite  Valley  to  Sequoia  National  Park  and  in  the  south  is 
most  often  beaten  from  Fremontia  calif ornica,  in  the  brilliant 
yellow  flowers  of  which  it  sometimes  feeds.  It  is  never 
common. 

Ludius  propola  (LeConte) 

On  the  Pacific  Coast,  this  species  is  common  and  of  fair 
size,  12-14  mm.  in  length,  but  in  the  very  high  mountains  and 
in  the  eastern  portion  of  its  range  we  have  depauperized  forms 
which  average  about  8  mm.  in  length.  The  color  pattern  of 
the  elytra  also  varies  greatly  even  within  the  same  territory. 
Careful  studies  of  the  LeConte  types  have  convinced  me  that 
propola,  furcifur,  and  nubilus  are  but  slight  color  variations 
of  one  species. 


434  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  triundulatus  (Randall) 

As  stated  by  Fall  in  1907,  his  tigrinus  is  but  the  large  Pa- 
cific Coast  phase  or  subspecies  of  triundulatus.  The  variety 
nebraskensis  Bland  is  but  a  race  in  which  the  color  pattern  of 
the  elytra  is  almost  obliterated.  Among  the  numerous  speci- 
mens taken  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  we  may  occasion- 
ally find  a  specimen  which  answers  the  description  of  this. 

Ludius  hoppingi  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Short,  flattened,  black,  the  elytra  straw  yellow,  and  moderately  densely 
clothed  with  short,  fine,  fulvous  pile.  Head  slightly  convex,  finely,  closely 
punctured;  antennae  fine,  slightly  serrate,  and  about  reaching  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  second  segment  small,  third  subcylindrical,  about  twice  the  length 
of  second  and  almost  as  long  as  fourth.  Prothorax  a  bit  longer  than  broad, 
slightly  convex,  the  sides  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  thence  arcuate  to 
apex,  the  hind  angles  short,  broad,  blunt  at  apex,  without  carinae  but  with 
the  outer  margin  much  reflexed;  the  disk  finely,  closely  punctured  and  with 
vague  median  canaliculation  posteriorly.  Scutellum  finely  punctured.  Elytra 
slightly  more  than  twice  as  long  as  prothorax  and  somewhat  less  than  twice 
as  long  as  broad,  the  lateral  margins  broad,  sides  slightly  arcuate  at  middle 
and  gradually  arcuately  narrowed  to  apex,  the  disk  somewhat  flattened,  striae 
finely  impressed  and  finely,  somewhat  obscurely  punctured,  the  intervals  flat, 
very  finely  punctured  and  rugose.  Beneath  finely,  closely  punctured,  the 
punctures  of  propleurae  shallow  and  approximate.  Length  9.5  mm.,  breadth 
3  mm. 

Holotypc:  No.  3190,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  Paratypc  in 
my  collection,  from  Revelstroke  Mt.,  B.  C,  July  17,  1925,  col- 
lected by  Mr.  Ralph  Hopping,  and  several  paratypes  in  the 
collection  of  Mr.  Hopping.  I  also  have  another  specimen  col- 
lected by  myself  in  Paradise  Valley,  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash.,  July 
1905,  and  have  seen  another  collected  by  Mr.  R.  E.  Barrett  at 
Lower  Labarge,  Yukon  Terr.,  Canada,  June  4,  1928. 

This  interesting  little  species  superficially  looks  like  a  small 
and  narrow  medianus.  It,  however,  lacks  the  robustness  of  the 
latter  and  the  well  marked  carina?  of  the  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax, the  prothorax  being  far  more  suggestive  of  some  of 
the  flatter  phases  of  lobatus  and  its  associates.  Its  legs  are 
black,  yellowish  in  medianus,  and  the  elytra  more  flattened  and 
with  much  finer  striae. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1 DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        435 

Ludius  (Paranomus)  granicollis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

In  size  and  general  appearance  similar  to  small  specimens  of  costalis  (Payk.), 
piceous  with  aeneous  lustre,  the  basal  segments  of  antennae,  tibiae  and  tarsi, 
epipleurae,  and  in  females  the  elytra  with  a  basal  spot  and  lateral  margin  with 
an  approximate  subhumcral  spot  and  transverse  subapical  patch,  testaceous. 
Head  convex  and  finely,  closely  punctured;  antennae  reaching  well  beyond  hind 
angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  about  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  approxi- 
mately three-fourths  length  of  third.  Prothorax  transverse,  hind  angles  acute 
and  slightly  divergent,  sides  strongly  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles  in  male, 
less  so  in  female,  arcuate  at  middle  and  gradually  narrowed  to  apex,  the  disk 
finely,  closely  and  more  or  less  regularly  punctured  over  entire  area.  Elytra 
about  four  times  the  length  of  prothorax,  slightly  arcuate  at  sides  in  males, 
more  broadly  so  in  females,  the  disk  with  striae  vaguely  defined  at  center  as 
usual  in  subgenus  Paranomus  and  finely,  moderately  closely  punctured. 
Beneath  rather  finely  and  sparsely  punctured. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3191  ;  and  Allotype:  Female,  No.  3192, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  six  Paratypes  collected  by  myself 
in  Paradise  Valley,  Mt.  Rainier,  Wash.,  July  14-31,  1905.  I 
have  also  taken  it  in  the  Yakima  Indian  Forest  Reservation, 
Mt.  Adams,  Wash.,  June  30  and  July  1,  1925,  and  on  Mt.  Hood, 
Oregon,  June  25,  1925. 

This  species  resembles  estriatus  (Lee.)  as  regards  the  small 
male  prothorax  and  antennae  but  differs  from  this  as  well  as 
from  costalis  ( Payk. )  by  the  much  finer  and  closer  punctation 
of  head  and  pronotum  which  gives  them  a  granular  appear- 
ance. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Ludius  virens  (Schrank)  (Elater),  Bed.  Ges.  Nat.  Freunde,  II,  1781,  p.  317. 
ceneicollis  (Oliv.)  (Elater),  Jour.  Hist.  Natur.,  I,  1792,  p.  264,  t.  14,  f.  3; 

(Corymbites),  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  94. 
castaneus  (Scop.)  (Elater),  Ent.  Cam.,  1763,  p.  93. 
signatus  (Panz.)  (Elater),  Fn.  Germ.,  1801,  nr.  5,  p.  77. 
virescens  (Gmel.)  (Elater),  in  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  13,  IV,  1789,  p.  1906. 
kendalli  (Kirby)  (Ctenicerus) ,  Faun.  Bor.  Am.,  IV,  1837,  p.  149,  pi.  II, 
fig.  7;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  X,  1853  (n. 
s.),  p.  444,  33. 
anchorago  (Rand.)  (Elater),  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1838,  p.  5. 
Ludius  vernalis  (Hentz)  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  V,  1827,  p.  374, 
t.  13,  f.  2;  Say,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  172;  Germ., 
(Corymbites),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  56;  Lee,  Tr.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc,   (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  444,  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  1863, 
p.  101;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  763,  f.  290. 

March  3.   1932 


436  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  sjaelandicus  (Miller)  (Elater),  Fn.  Fried.,  1764,  p.  21. 

\\tessellatus  (Fab.)  {nee.  Linn.)  (Elater),  Syst.  Ent.,  1775,  p.  211;  Cand., 

(Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  104. 
nubilus  (Schrank)  (Elater),  Bayersche  Reise,  1786,  p.  46. 
viridis  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  255. 
cuprascens  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  444. 

Ludius  cribrosus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  443,  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  107;  Schenkling,  in  Junk's 
Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  391. 

subcanalicnlatus  (Mots.)  (Pristilophus),  Bull.  Mosc,  XXXII,  1859,  IV, 
p.  375;  Schwarz  (Corymbites),  in  Wytsman,  Gen.  Ins.,  fasc. 
46,  1907,  p.  224. 

maurus  (Lee.)  9  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X,  1853,  p.  444; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  182;  Schenkling,  in  Junk's 
Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  395. 

Ludius  cribrosus  var.  colossus  (Lee.)  9  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  X, 
1853,  p.  444;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  184;  Schenkling, 
in  Junk's  Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  394. 

?  Ludius  cribrosus  var.  rufipes  (Mots.)  (Corymbites),  Bull.  Mosc,  XXXII, 
1859,  p.  377. 

Ludius  signaticollis  (Melsh.)  (Diacanthus),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II, 
1846,  p.  216;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X, 
1853,  p.  443;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  113;  Blatchley, 
Col.  Ind.,  1910,  p.  764;  Schenkling,  in  Junk's  Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88, 
1927,  p.  392. 

Ludius  uliginosus  n.  sp. 

Ludius  obscurus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.),  X,  1853,  p. 
442;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  107;  Schenkling,  in  Junk's 
Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  392. 

Ludius  silvaticus  n.  sp. 

Ludius  protractus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1859, 
p.  85;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  108;  Schenkling,  in  Junk's 
Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  392. 

Ludius  protractus  var.  jouteli  (Dow)  (Corymbites),  Bull.  Brookl.  Ent.  Soc, 
VIII,  1913,  p.  77;  Leng,  (Ludius),  Cat.  Col.,  1920,  p.  169; 
Schenkling,  in  Junk's  Col.  Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  392. 

Ludius  aplastoides  n.  sp. 

Ludius  anthrax  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  348; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  184;  Schenkling,  in  Junk's  Col. 
Cat.,  Pars.  88,  1927,  p.  394. 

Ludius  atlas,  n.  sp. 

Ludius  dolorosus  n.  sp. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        437 

Ludius  fulvipes  (Bland)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.,  I,  1863,  p.  354. 

Ludius  exilis  Notman,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXVIII,  1920,  p.  30-31. 

Ludius  pyrrhos  (Hbst.)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  30,  t.  160,  f.  11;  Say,  Tr. 
Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  167;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  447;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863, 
p.  108;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  767. 

aqualis  Melsh.  9  (Athous),  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  153. 

pyrrhicus  Hald.  9  (Athous),  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  I,  1843,  p.  303. 

vagrans  Melsh.  (Athous),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846,  p.  153. 

Ludius  macer  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910,  p.  133. 

Ludius  tenellus  n.  sp. 

Ludius  jaculus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  447; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  106. 

teres  (Lee)    9   (Corymbites),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  392. 
Ludius  horni  Schwarz,  in  Wytsman,  Gen.  Ins.,  fasc.  46,  1907,  p.  316. 

\\longicornis  (Horn)  (nee  Boh.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1870, 
p.  79. 

Ludius  patricius  n.  sp. 

Ludius  linearis  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910,  p.  132. 

Ludius  bivittatus  (Melsh.)  (Campylus),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II,  1846, 
p.  215;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  447;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  109;  Blatchley,  Col. 
Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  767. 

Ludius  humboldti  n.  sp. 

Ludius  trunculentus  (Cand.)  (Corymbites),  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  XXXIII, 
1889,  p.  50. 

Ludius  volitans  Esch.,  in  Thon.  Ent.  Arch.,  II,  1,  1829,  p.  34;  Mann.,  (Diacan- 
thus),  Bull.  Mose,  XVI,  1843,  p.  261;  Cand.,  (Corymbites), 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  114. 

Ludius  volitans  subsp.  umbricola  Esch.,  in  Thon.  Ent.  Arch.,  II,  1,  1829,  p.  34; 
Mann.,  (Diacanthus),  Bull.  Mose,  XVI,  1843,  p.  242;  Germ. 
(Corymbites),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  65;  Cand.,  Mon. 
Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  115. 

Ludius  volitans  subsp.  spinosus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.) 
X,  1853,  p.  447;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  121. 

Ludius  volitans  subsp.  vulneratus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll., 
VI,  No.  167,  1863,  p.  86. 

Ludius  rufipennis  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910, 
p.  134. 


438  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  lobatus  (Esch.)  (Elater),  Entomogr.,  1822,  p.  69;  Mann.,  (Diacanthus), 
Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  243;  Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Mon. 
Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  116. 

caricinus  (Germ.)  (Corymbites),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  63. 

rudis  (Mots.)  (Corymbites),  Bull.  Mosc.,  XXXII,  1859,  IV,  p.  376. 

telum  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  445. 

Ludius  lobatus  subsp.  tarsalis  (Melsh.)  (Athous),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
II,  1846,  p.  157;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.) 
X,  1853,  p.  445;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  120;  Blatchley, 
Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  763,  765. 

Ludius  lobatus  subsp.  pygmceus  n.  subsp. 

Ludius  lobatus  subsp.  moerens  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  1866,  p.  392. 

Ludius  lobatus  var.  xanthomus  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III, 
1871,  p.  319. 

Ludius  elongaticollis  (Ham.)  (Corymbites) ,  Can.  Ent.,  XXV,  1893,  p.  305. 

Ludius  tahoensis  n.  sp. 

Ludius  atropurpureus  (Melsh.)  (Corymbites),  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
II,  1846,  p.  215;  Lee,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  442; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  106. 

Ludius  limoniiformis  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  320. 

Ludius  opaculus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  p.  392. 
?  serricornis  (Mann.)  (Diacanthus),  Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  241. 

Ludius  appressus  (Rand.)  (Elater),  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1838,  p.  11; 
Lee  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  446; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  114. 

mirificus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  in  Agassiz,  Lake  Superior,  1850,  p.  228. 

Ludius  angusticollis  (Mann.)  (Diacanthus),  Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  241; 
Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  136. 
spectabilis  (Mann.)    9   (Corymbites),  Bull.  Mosc,  XXV,  1852,  p.  328. 

Ludius  angusticollis  var.  fraternus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
(4)  IV,  1869,  p.  379. 

Ludius  sagiticollis  Esch.,  in  Thon,  Ent.  Arch.,  II,  1,  1829,  p.  34;  Germ., 
(Pristolophus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  91;  Mann.,  (Dia- 
canthus), Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  1843,  p.  242;  Cand.,  (Corymbites), 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  135. 

Ludius  rainieri  n.  sp. 

Ludius  ochreipennis  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.  167, 
1863,  p.  85. 

Ludius  trivittatus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  443. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        439 

Ludius  shastensis  n.  sp. 

Ludius  insidiosus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  448;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  122. 

Ludius  insidiosus  var.  lutescens  Fall  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  XXXVI, 
1910,  p.  134. 

Ludius  blaisdelli  n.  sp. 

Ludius  falsificus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  448;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  122. 

Ludius  falsificus  var.  angularis  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.) 
X,  1853,  p.  449;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  183. 

Ludius  mendax  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  448; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  183. 

Ludius  monticola  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  319. 

gracilis  (Cand.)  (Corymbites),  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  XXX,  1889,  p.  51; 
Horn,  Ent.  News,  I,  1890,  p.  54;  Schwarz,  in  Wytsman, 
Gen.  Ins.,  fasc.  46,  1907,  p.  225. 

Ludius  furtivus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  442; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  112. 

Ludius  cylindriformis  (Hbst.)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  93,  t.  155,  f.  9; 
Germ.,  (Corymbites),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  64;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  110;  Packard,  Guide  Study  Insects, 
ed.  1870,  p.  462;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  765. 

appressifrons  <?  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825, 
p.  267;  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  Veg.,  1841;  p.  49;  Lee,  (Corym- 
bites), Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  442;  Emmons, 
(Ludius),  Agr.,  N.  Y.,  V,  1854,  p.  88. 

brevicomis  (Say)   9  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  265. 

parallelipipedus  Germ.,   9  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  66. 

submetallicus  (Germ.)    9   (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  72. 

Ludius  resplendens  Esch.,  in  Thon.  Ent.  Arch.,  II,  1,   1929,  p.  34;  Mann., 

(Diacanthus),  Bull.  Mosc,  XVI,  p.  241;  Germ.,  (Corymbites), 

Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  60;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863, 

p.  103;  Heyne,  Tachenb.,  Exot.  Kafer,  1908,  p.  162,  t.  25,  f.  46. 

ararius  (Rand.)  (Elater),  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1838,  p.  7;  Lee, 

(Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  441. 
racinei  (Chevr.)  (Diacanthus),  Rev.  Mag.  Zool.,  1852,  p.  578. 
ab.junki  (Schenk.)  (Corymbites),  Junk,  Col.  Cat.,  pars.  88,  1927,  p.  392. 

\\viridis  (Germ.)  (nee  Say  1825)  (Corymbites),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843, 
p.  61. 

Ludius  resplendens  subsp.  breweri  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc, 
III,  1871,  p.  321. 


440  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  appalachius  n.  sp. 

Ludius  weidti  (Angell)  (Corymbites) ,  Ent.  News,  III,  1892,  p.  84. 

Ludius  copei  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  319; 
Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  765. 

Ludius  divaricatus  (Lee.)  d"  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  446;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  112. 

crassus  (Lee.)  9  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  440; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  169;  Blanchard,  Ent.  Amer., 
V,  1889,  p.  140;  Schwarz,  in  Wytsman  Gen.  Ins.,  fasc.  46, 
1907,  p.  222. 

Ludius  sulcicollis  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  168;  Lee. 
(Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  441;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  133;  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  VII, 
1878  (1879),  Proc,  p.  XVI,  Blatchely,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764, 
768. 

parallelus  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  256. 

Ludius  rupestris  (Germ.)  (Corymbites),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  66;  Horn, 
Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  VII,  1878  (1879),  Proc,  p.  XVI. 

Ludius  rotundicollis  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  1825,  p.  259; 
Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  440; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  168;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910, 
pp.  764,  767. 

sticticus  (Germ.)  (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.  IV,  1843,  p.  74;  Lee, 
(Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  441. 

Ludius  rotundicollis  var.  russicollis  (Germ.)  (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent., 
IV,  1843,  p.  74;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.) 
X,  1853,  p.  444. 

Ludius  rotundicollis  subsp.  diversicolor  Esch.,  in  Thon,  Ent.  Arch.,  II,  1,  1829, 
p.  34;  Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  180;  Horn, 
Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  323. 

Ludius  rotundicollis  subsp.  nigricans  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc, 
XXXVI,  1910,  p.  135. 

Ludius  nunenmacheri  n.  sp. 

Ludius  fusculus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.  140,  1863, 
p.  48. 

\\angustulus  Mots.,  Bull.  Mosc,  XXXII,  1859,  p.  373. 

Ludius  semivittatus  (Say)  (Elater),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ill,  1823, 
p.  174;  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  168. 

tristis  (Cand.)  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  172;  Cat.  Elat., 
1891,  p.  173. 

?  oblongoguttatus  (Mots.)  (Prosternon) ,  Bull.  Mosc,  XXXII,  1859,  p.  373. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELA1 ER1 DAI  AXD  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        44 J 

Ludius  inflatus  (Say)  (Elater),  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  I,  1825,  p.  258; 
Tr.  Am.   Phil.  Soc,  VI,   1836,  p.   174;  Germ.,    (Diacanthus) , 
Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  77;  Lee.  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am. 
Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  438;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863, 
p.  163;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  767. 
glaucus  (Germ.)  (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  76;  Cand., 
(Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,   1863,  p.   163;  Leng,  Cat. 
Col.,  1920,  p.  170,  note  1. 
simillisinus  Mots.,    (Hadromorphus),   Bull.   Mosc.,   XXXII,   IV,    1859, 
p.  374. 

Ludius  morulus  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.  167,  1863, 
p.  85;  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  323. 

Ludius  morulus  var.  brunnipes  (Bland)  (Corymbites),  Proc  Ent.  Soc.  Phil., 
Ill,  1864,  p.  67;  Cand.,  Cat.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  169. 

Ludius  cruciatus  (Linn.)  (Elater),  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  10,  I,  1758,  p.  404;  Esch., 

(Ludius),  in  Thon,  Ent.  Arch.,  II,  1,  1829,  p.  34,  etc.    Henshaw 

(Corymbites),  List.  Col.,  p.  71;  Leng,  (Ludius),  Cat.  Col.,  1920, 

p.  170. 

pulcher  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  440. 

festivus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Rep.  Surv.  R.  R.  Route  Miss.  toPac.XII, 
3,  1857,  p.  46;  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  323. 

Ludius  cruciatus  var.  edwardsi  (Horn).  (Corymbites),  Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc, 
III,  1871,  p.  324. 

Ludius  cruciatus  subsp.  ater  n.  subsp. 

Ludius  carbo  (Lee)  (Corymbites) ,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  439; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  165;  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc, 
III,  1871,  p.  323. 

Ludius  carbo  var.  lateralis  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X, 
1853,  p.  439;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  164;  Horn,  Tr.  Am. 
Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  323. 

Ludius  pruininus  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  320. 
Wpruinosus  (Schwarz)  (Corymbites),  in  Wytsman,  Gen.  Ins.,  fasc.  46,  1907, 

p.  226. 
pruinosulus  (Schwarz)   (Corymbites),  in  Wytsman,  Gen.  Ins.,  fasc.  46, 
1907,  p.  316. 

Ludius  pruininus  subsp.  noxius  (Hyslop)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash., 
XXVII,  1914,  p.  69;  Contr.  Bur.  Ent.,  Bull.  156,  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  1915,  p.  12,  fig.  4a;  Walton,  Farmers'  Bull.  835,  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  1917,  p.  22,  fig.  14a. 

Ludius  seripennis  (Kirby)  (Aphotistus),  Fauna  Bor.  Am.,  IV,  1837,  p.  150; 
Germ.,  (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  82;  Lee, 
(Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  439;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  157;  Packard,  Guide  Study  Ins.,  ed.  2, 
1870,  p.  462. 
appro pinquans  (Rand.)  (Elater),  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1837,  p.  5. 


442  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Ludius  seripennis  subsp.  tinctus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites) ,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  1859,  p.  85;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  158. 

semimetallicus  (Walk.)  (Diacanthus),  Nat.  in  Vane.,  II,  1866,  p.  325; 
Lee.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (4)  VI,  1870,  p.  401. 

Ludius  splendens  (Ziegler)  (Diacanthus),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  II, 
1844,  p.  44;  Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X, 
1853,  p.  439;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  158;  Blatchley, 
Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  768. 

Ludius  suckleyi  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Rept.  Expl.  R.  R.  Route  Miss,  to  Pac, 
XII,  3,  1857,  p.  46;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  171. 

Ludius  suckleyi  olympian  n.  subsp. 

Ludius  leucaspis  (Germ.)  (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  IV,  1843,  p.  73;  Cand., 
(Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  153. 

Ludius  leucaspis  subsp.  umbripennis  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Rep.  Surv.  R.  R. 
Route  Miss,  to  Pac,  XII,  3,  1857,  p.  46,  Ins.,  p.  17;  Cand., 
Mont.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  182. 

gracilior  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.  140,  1863, 
p.  49. 

\\nubilipennis  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Lee.,  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X, 
1853,  p.  441;  Rep.  Surv.  R.  R.  Route  Miss,  to  Pac,  XII, 
3,  1857,  p.  17. 

Ludius  aratus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  438; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  161. 

Ludius  nigricornis  (Panzer)  (Elater),  Fauna  Germ.,  61,  1799,  no.  5;  Cand., 
(Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  159,  etc. 
metallicus  (Payk.)  (Elater),  Fauna  Suec,  III,  1800,  p.  19;  Cand.,  (Corym- 
bites), Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  159,  etc. 
nitidulus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  438. 

Ludius  jethiops  (Hbst.)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  70,  t.  164,  f.  4;  Germ., 
(Pristolophus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  86;  Lee,  (Corym- 
bites), Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  443;  Cand.,  Mon. 
Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  137;  Heyne,  Taschenb.  Exot.  Kafer,  1908, 
p.  163,  t.  25,  f.  53;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  766. 

lavigatus  (Hbst.)  (Elater),  Kafer,  X,  1806,  p.  45,  t.  162,  f.  1. 

nigrans  Cast.,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.  Col.,  I,  1840,  p.  241. 

Ludius  conjungens  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853, 
p.  440;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  165. 

prases  (Cand.)  (Drasterius),  Mem.  Acad.  Sci.  Brux,  XVII,  1864,  p.  28; 
Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Cat.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  173;  Horn,  Tr. 
Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  321. 

Ludius  conjungens  var.  lecontei  (Cand.)  (Corymbites),  Mem.  Soc.  Sci.  Liege, 
2d  Ser.,  IX,  1881,  p.  94. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        443 

Ludius  conjungens  subsp.  obversus  (Horn)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc, 

III,  1871,  p.  322. 

Ludius  planulus  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  XVII,  1878,  p.  460. 

Ludius  fallax  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  VI,  1836,  p.  170;  Lee,  (Corym- 
bites), Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  446;  Cand.,  Mon. 
Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  152. 
bombycinus  (Germ.)  (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  70. 
semiluUns  (Lee.)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  445; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  173;  Cat.  Elat.,  1891,  p.  171. 

Ludius  medianus  (Germ.)   (Diacanthus),  Zeits.  f.  d.  Ent.,  IV,  1843,  p.  71; 
Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  145. 
rubidipennis  Lee,   (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,   (n.  s.)  X,   1853, 
p.  437;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  146. 

Ludius  nigricollis  (Bland)  (Corymbites),  Proc  Ent.  Soc  Phil.,  Ill,  1764,  p.  68; 
Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  1871,  p.  322. 

Ludius  candezei  Leng,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XXVI,  1918,  p.  205. 

\\elegans  (Cand.)  (nee  Kirby),  Mem.  Soc.  Ent.  Liege,  (2)  IX,  1881,  p.  97. 
Ludius  mirabilis  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XVII,  1901,  p.  306. 

Ludius  hamatus  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  1836,  p.  172;  Lee, 
(Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  437;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  173;  Packard,  Guide  Study  Ins.,  ed.  2, 
1870,  p.  462,  f.  424;  Blatchley,  Col.  Ind.,  1910,  pp.  764,  766. 

Ludius  hieroglyphicus  (Say)  (Elater),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  VI,  p.  172;  Lee, 
(Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  437;  Cand., 
Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  173. 

Ludius  propola  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  437; 
Cand.,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  144. 

Ludius  propola  var.  furcifer  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.) 
X,  1853,  p.  438. 

Ludius  propola  var.  nubilus  (Lee)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.) 
X,  1853,  p.  438. 

Ludius  exclamationis  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXXVI,  1910, 
p.  135. 

Ludius  triundulatus  (Rand.)  (Elater),  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1838,  p.  12; 
Lee,  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  437; 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (4)  IV,  1869,  p.  379;  Cand.,  Mon.  Elat., 

IV,  1863,  p.  145;  Packard,  Guide  Study  Ins.,  ed.  2,  1870,  p.  462. 

Ludius  triundulatus  var.  nebraskensis  (Bland)  (Corymbites),  Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.,  I,  1863,  p.  355. 
Ludius  triundulatus  subsp.  tigrinus  (Fall)  (Corymbites),  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc, 

XXVII,  1901,  p.  306;  Ent.  News,  XVIII,  1907,  p.  176. 

Ludius  hoppingi  n.  sp. 


444  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Subgenus  Paranomus  Kiesnw. 

Ludius  costalis  (Payk.)   (Elater),  Fauna  Suec,  III,   1800,  p.  37;  Kiesnw., 
(Paranomus),  Naturges.  Ins.  Deutsch.,  Col.,  IV,  1858,  p.  303, 
note  1;  Cand.,  (Corymbites) ,  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  177. 
maculipennis  (Lee.)   (Eanus),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  VI,  No.   167,   1863, 

p.  85. 
pictus  (Cand.)  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  177. 
vagus  (Lee.)  (Limonius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  434. 
decoratus  (Mann.)  (Diacanthus) ,  Bull.  Mosc.,  XXVI,  1853,  III,  p.  229; 
Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  179. 

Ludius  estriatus  (Lee.)  (Limonius),  Tr.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  (n.  s.)  X,  1853,  p.  434; 
Lee,  (Eanus),  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  Ill,  1861,  Classif.  Col.  N. 
Am.,  p.  171;  Cand.,  (Corymbites),  Mon.  Elat.,  IV,  1863,  p.  178. 

Ludius  granicollis  n.  sp. 


Genus  Hemicrepidius  Germar 

This  genus  is  exclusively  American  and  with  one  exception 
is  limited  to  North  America.  It  is  generally  placed  close  to 
Ludius  (Corymbites)  on  account  of  the  incompletely  mar- 
gined clypeus  yet  it  is  more  nearly  allied  to  Athous  as  shown 
by  the  long  first  tarsal  segment  and  lobed  second  and  third 
segments.  In  several  of  the  species  the  clypeus  is  also  com- 
pletely margined  though  not  projected  forwards  as  is  usual  in 
Athous.  In  Dr.  Horn's  most  excellent  revision,27  considerable 
emphasis  is  laid  upon  the  fact  that  in  certain  species  the  pos- 
terior part  of  the  propleurse  is  quite  smooth.  Larger  series 
than  Horn  had  access  to  have  shown  that  this  character  is  a 
variable  one  and  not  always  to  be  completely  relied  upon.  The 
clypeus  and  mesosternum  are  also  somewhat  variable  within 
the  limits  of  a  species. 

Hemicrepidius  tumescens  (Lee.)  was  first  taken  on  Santa 
Cruz  Island,  off  the  coast  of  southern  California.  The  speci- 
mens more  recently  collected  have  been  taken  along  the  sea- 
shore of  Humboldt  Co.,  Calif.,  and  at  Waldport  and  Cannon 
Beach,  Oregon,  I  found  it  in  numbers  under  driftwood  logs 

27  Notes  on  the  species  of  Asaphes  of  Boreal  America,  by  George  H.  Horn,  Tr. 
Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  vol.  VIII,   1880,  pp.  69-75. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERl  DM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        445 

above  the  line  of  summer  high  tides.  I  have  not  seen  speci- 
mens collected  from  the  seashore  of  middle  California. 
Asaphes  hirtus  Cand.,  a  related  though  readily  separated 
species,  is,  however,  fairly  common  at  times  in  the  sand  dunes 
south  of  San  Francisco.  The  type  of  tumescens  was  a  female. 
The  males  are,  as  usual  in  the  genus,  much  smaller,  and  gen- 
erally much  darker,  quite  piceous,  resembling  very  much  the 
darker  phases  of  decoloratus  Say. 

Hemicrepidius  lecontei  (Cand.)  is  a  species  founded  upon 
males.  The  females  are  quite  different  in  appearance,  resem- 
bling somewhat  the  females  of  tumescens.  For  this  reason,  it 
has  at  times  been  stated  that  lecontei  was  but  the  male  of 
tumescens.  That  is,  however,  incorrect.  Hemicrepidius  lecontei 
(Cand.),  is  a  distinct  species,  differing  not  only  by  having 
shorter  pile  and  of  a  more  uniform  length  throughout,  but  by 
having  the  prosternal  mucro  flexed  and  the  mesosternal  lobes 
not  prominent.  The  females  are  usually  brown  or  piceous  but 
the  males  generally  have  each  elytron  ornamented  with  a 
broad  yellow  vitta.  This  species  is  also  a  more  inland  one 
being  commonest  in  the  Willamette  Valley  of  Oregon  and  the 
Puget  Sound  region  of  Washington. 

Hemicrepidhis  soccifer  (Lee.)  is  also  a  species  about  which 
there  has  been  some  confusion.  It  extends  from  New  Mexico 
into  Arizona.  I  have  seen  large  females  from  Mt.  Lemon, 
Santa  Catalina  Mts.,  Ariz.,  and  a  fair  series  of  males  from  the 
high  Chiricahua  Mts.  of  Ariz.  When  fully  pigmented  the 
males  are  very  dark  brown  or  even  piceous  in  color  and  look 
not  unlike  more  elongate  specimens  of  the  dark  phase  of  de- 
coloratus. Aside  from  the  characters  given  by  Horn,  they 
also  have  the  front  quite  definitely  sulcate  and  the  clypeal 
margin  practically  complete,  thus  closely  simulating  an  Athous. 


446  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Genus  Melanactes  LeConte 

Melanactes  agrypnoides,  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Large,  robust,  dull  black,  antennae  and  legs  rufopiceous.  Head  broadly, 
shallowly  sulcate  in  front,  rather  coarsely,  somewhat  closely  punctured;  an- 
tennae about  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  slightly 
longer  than  broad,  third  longer  and  apically  dilated,  fourth  to  tenth  broadly 
serrate,  the  fourth  broader  than  long,  the  following  gradually  narrower,  the 
eleventh  elongate  and  suddenly  constricted  before  apex.  Prothorax  from  apices 
of  hind  angles  to  apex,  longer  than  broad,  sides  evenly,  rather  broadly  arcuate 
from  hind  angles  and  narrowed  toward  apex,  hind  angles  prominent,  distinctly 
divergent  and  blunt  at  apex,  carinate,  the  carinae  long  and  close  to  margin, 
the  marginal  groove  extending  but  slightly  beyond  the  middle,  the  disk  convex, 
not  flattened,  rather  coarsely,  moderately  closely  punctured  in  front  and  at 
sides,  more  finely  at  middle  and  behind,  without  evident  median  canaliculation 
but  with  prominent  prescutellar  tubercle.  Scutellum  subquadrate,  with  mar- 
gins well  elevated  and  disk  rather  finely  punctured.  Elytra  almost  twice  as 
long  as  broad,  sides  slightly  arcuate  and  gradually  narrowed  from  anterior 
third  to  apex,  disk  convex,  the  striae  well  impressed  at  base,  elsewhere  indicated 
only  by  series  of  fine,  moderately  closely  placed  punctures,  the  intervals  flat 
except  at  base  and  very  finely  punctured,  the  humeri  prominent,  the  ninth 
interval  very  prominent,  almost  carinate  at  basal  half  and  with  deep  groove 
between  it  and  margin.  Beneath  the  presternum  and  metasternum  coarsely 
not  closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  more  finely  and  closely  and  elsewhere 
very  finely  punctured.    Length  28  mm.,  breadth  9  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3193,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  at  Nogales,  Ariz.,  Aug.  14,  1906,  by  F.  W. 
Nunenmacher. 

This  fine  species  as  its  name  indicates  looks  very  much  like 
an  Agrypnus  and  quite  unlike  any  of  the  other  species  of 
Melanactes.  Aside  from  its  peculiar  facies  and  dull  appear- 
ance, the  distinctive  features  are  the  markedly  serrate  antennae, 
the  rather  small  third  segment,  longer  than  fourth  in  other 
species,  prominent  prescutellar  tubercle,  and  subcarinate  ninth 
elytral  interval. 

Genus  Agriotes  Eschscholtz 

This  genus  is  well  represented  in  western  North  America 
and  many  of  the  species  are  quite  variable  as  to  color,  dichro- 
matism  being  common  as  it  is  with  the  eastern  species  stabilis, 
fucosus,  and  to  a  lesser  degree  in  pub  esc  ens.    In  ferruginei- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT  ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTEh'.l         447 

pcnnis,  the  species  is  dichromatic  in  some  localities,  in  others 
polychromatic.  A  study  of  a  very  large  series  of  this  variable 
species  leads  me  to  place  it  as  but  a  western  subspecies  at  most 
of  fucosus  and  with  it  I  would  also  place  brunneus  Schfr. 
There  are  no  distinctive  morphological  characters  to  separate 
them.  Agriotes  ncvadensis  Lee,  also  appears  in  two  distinc- 
tive color  phases,  the  typical  rufous  phase  as  well  as  a  lark 
piceous  or  black  phase,  the  latter  superficially  very  much  re- 
sembling hispidus  Lee.  A  number  of  new  species  have  also 
been  found  in  recent  years  which  will  now  be  described. 

Agriotes  cylindricus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subcylindrical ;  brown  or  reddish  brown.  Each  elytron  generally 
with  a  broad  testaceous  vitta,  the  anterior  margin  of  prothorax  and  hind  angles, 
basal  segment  of  antennae  and  legs  also  testaceous;  and  sparsely  clothed  with 
fine,  short  pile.  Head  coarsely,  closely  punctured;  antennas  reaching  slightly 
beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  two  and  a  half  times  as  long 
as  broad,  third  much  smaller,  and  each  evidently  shorter  than  fourth.  Pro- 
thorax somewhat  less  than  one- fourth  longer  at  middle  than  broad,  spatulate, 
very  convex,  sides  broadly  arcuate  in  front,  sinuate  posteriorly,  hind  angles 
moderately  prominent  and  hardly  divergent,  carina  fine,  slightly  more  than 
one- third  length  of  prothorax,  feebly  divergent  from  lateral  margin,  the  lateral 
margin  very  fine  and  generally  interrupted  at  middle  though  often  complete, 
disk  coarsely,  deeply  and  rather  closely  punctured  in  front,  gradually  more 
finely  behind,  rather  definitely  canaliculate  at  middle  behind.  Elytra  about 
two  and  a  half  times  the  length  of  the  prothorax  as  well  as  its  own  breadth, 
sides  parallel  in  front,  gradually  narrowing  and  rounded  towards  apex,  the  disk 
convex,  striae  distinct  and  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  especially  at 
sides,  the  intervals  flat  and  but  little  wider  than  the  strial  punctures,  finely 
punctured  and  transversely  rugose.  Beneath  coarsely  punctured  in  front, 
gradually  finer  towards  apex,  the  punctures  of  propleurae  slightly  finer  and 
better  spaced  than  those  of  presternum ,  those  of  metasternum  quite  close,  the 
hind  coxal  plates  narrow  and  very  gradually  dilated  inwardly.  Length  7  mm., 
breadth  2  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3194,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  nu- 
merous designated  Paratypes  from  a  series  of  over  forty  speci- 
mens collected  near  Camp  Potwisha,  Sequoia  National  Park, 
Calif.,  during  May  and  June,  1929. 

This  species  belongs  close  to  sparsus  Lee.  and  is  about  of 
the  same  length  but  narrower,  more  parallel,  more  convex, 
with  the  prothorax  proportionally  longer  and  its  discal  punc- 


448  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

tures  coarser  and  somewhat  closer,  the  strial  punctures  of  the 
elytra  much  coarser,  more  rounded,  and  the  intervals  nar- 
rower. In  sparsus,  the  punctures  of  the  propleurae  are  close 
together  and  of  the  prosternum  rather  sparse  and  widely 
spaced. 

Agriotes  bivittatus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Subcylindrical,  short  and  obtuse  at  both  extremities;  opaque,  black,  each 
elytron  with  a  dull  yellow  vitta,  three  intervals  wide,  extending  in  an  oblique 
direction  from  humeral  angle  almost  to  apex,  the  tibiae  and  tarsi  slightly 
testaceous,  and  clothed  with  short  golden  pubescence.  Head  coarsely,  closely 
punctured;  antennae  short,  not  reaching  apices  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax, 
second  segment  about  three-fourths  length  of  fourth,  the  third  slightly  shorter, 
outer  segments  moderately  serrate,  the  fourth  segment  the  longest  and  broadest, 
the  following  gradually  narrower.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  quite  convex, 
sides  gradually  convergent,  almost  straight  from  in  front  of  hind  angles  until 
near  apex  where  slightly  rounded,  lateral  margin  sharply  defined  and  complete, 
hind  angles  not  divergent,  moderately  long  and  with  carina  well  marked  and 
divergent  forwards  from  margin;  the  disk  slightly  flattened  posteriorly  and 
with  a  moderate  canaliculation  which  ends  in  a  distinct  basal  tubercle,  the 
surface  coarsely,  deeply  and  densely  punctured.  Elytra  about  twice  as  long 
as  prothorax,  widest  at  middle,  gradually  arcuately  narrowed  to  blunt  apices, 
disk  with  striae  finely  impressed  and  rather  finely,  closely  punctured,  the  inter- 
vals flattened,  very  finely  punctured  and  rugose,  the  surface  presenting  a 
granular  appearance.  Beneath  with  the  prosternum  rather  coarsely  and  mod- 
erately closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  coarsely  and  shallowly  punctured  and 
the  abdomen  rather  finely  punctured,  the  hind  coxal  plates  somewhat  suddenly 
dilated  within.    Length  5.5  mm.,  breadth  1.75  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3195,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two  Para- 
types,  one  5.5  and  the  other  6.5  mm.  long,  from  Corvallis, 
Oregon. 

This  very  distinct  little  species  would  come  in  LeConte's 
table  after  nevadensis  Lee.  and  before  apicalis  Lee,  to  the  lat- 
ter of  which  it  is  no  doubt  somewhat  related  as  shown  by  its 
opaqueness  and  general  features. 


Agriotes  criddlei  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Small,  compact,  rather  blunt  at  both  extremities,  opaque,  black,  elytra 
dark  brown,  legs  somewhat  testaceous,  and  clothed  with  short  fulvous  pile. 
Head  closely,  coarsely  punctured;  antennae  barely  reaching  apices  of  hind  angles 
of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  of  about  equal  length  and  each  a  bit 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERWJE  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        449 

more  than  three-fourths  the  length  of  fourth,  the  intermediate  segments  dis- 
tinctly serrate,  the  sixth  the  broadest.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  sides 
straight,  just  perceptibly  converging  forwards  and  rounded  at  apex;  hind 
angles  well  marked,  not  divergent  and  with  distinct  carina  which  diverges 
markedly  from  margin  forwards,  lateral  margin  sharply  denned  and  complete, 
disk  coarsely,  umbilicately  and  rather  closely  punctured,  canaliculate  pos- 
teriorly at  middle,  and  with  slight  tubercle  in  front  of  scutellum.  Elytra 
slightly  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  sides  almost  parallel  in  front, 
gradually  arcuately  narrowed  posteriorly  to  apices,  disk  with  striae  finely 
impressed,  the  striae  finely,  closely  punctured,  coarser  near  base,  the  intervals 
flattened,  minutely  punctured,  finely  rugose  and  granular.  Presternum 
coarsely,  deeply  but  not  closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  coarsely  and  shal- 
lowly  punctured  and  the  abdomen  rather  finely  punctured,  the  hind  coxal 
plates  rather  suddenly  dilated  within.    Length  4.5  mm.,  breadth  1.25  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3196,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two  Para- 
types  in  my  collection,  taken  near  Aweme,  Manitoba,  Canada, 
June  10,  1909,  by  Mr.  Norman  Griddle,  and  by  him  kindly  pre- 
sented to  me.  Three  other  specimens  are  in  my  collection,  two 
collected  at  Medicine  Hat,  Alberta,  May  3,  1924,  by  Mr.  F.  S. 
Carr,  and  one  from  the  Grand  Teton  National  Park,  Wyoming, 
June  21,  1930,  collected  by  myself.  This  species  is  named  after 
Mr.  Criddle  as  a  mark  of  regard  for  numerous  favors  received. 

This,  the  smallest  species  in  our  fauna,  bears  considerable 
resemblance  to  bivittatus  and  is  without  doubt  closely  related 
to  it.  It  should  follow  that  in  our  lists.  Neither  are  closely  re- 
lated to  montanus  Lee,  the  general  facies,  opaqueness  and 
variolate  type  of  pronotal  punctures  distinctly  separating  them. 


Agriotes  porosus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subcylindrical ;  black,  antennae  and  legs  somewhat  piceous.  Head 
coarsely,  closely  punctured;  antennae  reaching  slightly  beyond  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  about  equal  in  length  and  each  three- 
fourths  length  of  fourth.  Prothorax  slightly  longer  than  broad,  very  convex, 
sides  parallel  behind,  broadly  rounded  and  convergent  in  front,  hind  angles 
moderately  prominent,  not  divergent,  the  carina  distinct,  slightly  divergent 
from  sides  anteriorly  and  somewhat  more  than  one-fourth  length  of  prothorax, 
lateral  margin  complete  and  sharply  defined,  disk  with  vague  canaliculation 
at  middle,  posteriorly  coarsely,  deeply  and  closely  punctured.  Elytra  slightly 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  prothorax,  parallel  in  front,  gradually  arcuately 
narrowing  from  middle  to  apex,  the  striae  fine,  rather  closely,  coarsely  punc- 
tured in  front,  more  finely  posteriorly,  intervals  flat,  finely  punctured  and 


450  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

slightly  transversely  rugose,  especially  towards  base.  Beneath  rather  coarsely, 
closely  punctured  on  presternum,  more  finely  and  closely  on  propleurae,  giving 
granular  appearance,  and  very  finely  and  closely  on  both  metasternum  and 
ventral  segments.    Length  8  mm.,  breadth  2  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3197,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  col- 
lected by  myself  in  the  Black  Mountains  of  North  Carolina, 
during  June,  1902. 

This  species  is  of  about  the  same  size  as  avulsus  Lee.  but 
the  latter  is  shining,  has  the  second  and  third  antennal  seg- 
ments almost  equal  in  length  to  the  fourth,  the  prothorax 
quite  narrowed  in  front,  with  diverging  hind  angles  and  disk 
not  closely  punctured,  as  well  as  having  distinctly  red  antennae 
and  legs.  From  the  two  Pacific  Coast  species  with  which  it 
might  be  confused,  it  can  be  separated  as  follows :  Agriotes 
hispidus  Lee.  has  longer  and  more  erect  pile,  pronotal  punc- 
tures less  coarse,  the  lateral  margin  often  incomplete,  the  pro- 
sternal  punctures  finer  and  the  legs  generally  more  reddish ;  and 
the  black  phase  of  nevadensis  Lee.  has  the  second  and  third 
antennal  segments  shorter,  the  prothorax  more  flattened,  more 
narrowed  in  front  and  more  finely  and  sparsely  punctured,  as 
is  also  the  prosternum.  According  to  the  LeConte  table28  it 
would  be  placed  next  to  nevadensis  Lee. 

Agriotes  blaisdelli  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subdepressed,  testaceous,  clothed  with  short  pubescence.  Head 
coarsely,  shallowly  punctured,  antennae  long  and  filiform,  reaching  at  least 
three  segments  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  segment  about  twice 
as  long  as  broad,  third  one-half  longer,  fourth  one-third  longer  than  third, 
the  following  gradually  shorter.  Prothorax  perceptibly  longer  than  broad, 
sides  sinuate  in  front  of  hind  angles,  evenly  arcuate  in  front,  broadest  at  middle 
and  narrowest  at  apex,  hind  angles  acute,  slightly  divergent,  carinate,  disk 
slightly  convex,  coarsely,  shallowly  and  moderately  closely  punctured,  and 
with  an  evident  yet  not  distinct  canaliculation  at  middle.  Elytra  over  three 
times  as  long  as  prothorax,  sides  slightly  arcuate,  apex  subacute,  disk  mod- 
erately convex,  striae  very  fine,  often  obscure,  and  finely  punctured,  intervals 
minutely  punctured  and  finely  granulose.  Prothorax  punctured  beneath  in 
same  manner  as  above.  Abdomen  finely  punctured,  the  hind  coxal  plates  mod- 
erately dilated  inwardly  and  with  hind  margin  of  expanded  portion  truncate 
posteriorly.    Length  4.5  mm.,  breadth  1.25  mm. 

28  Tr.  Am.   Entom.   Soc,   XII,   1884,  p.   16. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERID&  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        45 J 

Holotype:  No.  3198,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  several 
designated  Paratypes  from  a  series  of  fifteen  specimens  col- 
lected at  Shasta  Retreat,  Siskiyou  Co.,  Calif.,  alt.  2416  ft.,  July 
3,  1905,  by  Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell.  A  large  series  in  the  possession 
of  Dr.  Blaisdell  has  also  been  examined,  besides  a  single  indi- 
vidual collected  by  myself  at  Bubbs  Creek,  Kings  River  re- 
gion, Fresno  Co.,  Calif.,  alt.  9700  ft.,  July  7,  1910,  and  three 
specimens  from  Santa  Cruz  Co.,  Calif.,  June,  1896,  collected  by 
Mr.  F.  W.  Nunenmacher. 

This  small  and  entirely  testaceous  species  could  not  possibly 
be  confused  with  any  of  the  various  phases  of  Dolopius 
lateralis  Esch.  nor  with  any  of  the  species  of  Agriotes.  Its 
somewhat  flattened  appearance  would  lead  one  to  place  it  in 
Dolopius  but  the  lateral  margin  of  the  prothorax  is  clearly 
that  of  Agriotes  and  not  the  other.  This  character  is,  how- 
ever, a  very  weak  one  and  as  it  is  the  only  one  that  separates 
the  two  genera,  they  may  some  day  have  to  be  united. 


Betarmon  bigeminatus  Randall 

In  the  eastern  part  of  our  country  this  species  appears  to  be 
quite  stable  as  to  size  and  coloration  but  from  the  Rocky 
Mountains  west  to  Vancouver  Island,  there  appears  a  race 
which  is  distinctly  larger,  fully  1  mm.  longer  than  the  average 
eastern  individual,  more  shining,  and  occasionally  with  the 
yellow  markings  of  the  elytra  running  together  so  that  the 
elytra  are  almost  entirely  yellow  as  is  the  case  with  two  speci- 
mens which  I  have  examined  from  Nanaimo,  British  Colum- 
bia. I  have  specimens  of  this  large  race  from  near  Longs 
Peak,  Colorado,  the  southern  part  of  Yellowstone  Park,  and 
from  two  places  on  Vancouver  Island.  Betarmon  calif ornicus 
Schfr.  is  even  more  variable  as  to  color,  the  elytra  varying 
from  entirely  black,  through  the  usual  phase  with  suture  and 
apices  black,  to  others  where  they  are  entirely  yellow.  The 
head  always  remains  black  but  the  pronotum  though  usually 
yellow  or  orange  may  have  a  black  discal  patch  or  vitta. 

March  3,  1932 


452  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Genus  Sericus  Eschscholtz 

Sericus  rugosus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  narrowed  in  front  and  behind,  subopaque,  reddish  brown  to  dark 
brown,  sparsely  clothed  with  short,  fine  pile,  somewhat  denser  beneath.  Head 
rather  coarsely,  densely,  umbilicately  punctured,  mouthparts  conspicuously 
prognathous,  labrum  large  and  transverse;  antennae  extending  a  segment  and 
a  half  beyond  hind  angles  of  prothorax  in  male,  just  reaching  the  same  in 
female,  second  and  third  segments  small,  about  equal  in  length  and  a  little 
longer  than  broad,  together  equal  to  fourth  segment  in  male,  the  third  a  little 
longer  than  second  in  female  and  together  longer  than  fourth,  fourth  to  tenth 
distinctly  serrate.  Prothorax  including  hind  angles  a  third  longer  than  broad, 
distinctly  narrowed  in  front,  hind  angles  long  and  acute,  finely  carinate,  sides 
barely  arcuate  in  male,  distinctly  so  in  female,  disk  convex,  coarsely,  densely, 
and  umbilicately  punctured,  faintly  canaliculate  at  middle  behind.  Scutellum 
elongate,  slightly  convex  and  densely  punctured.  Elytra  two  and  a  half  times 
as  long  as  prothorax,  gradually  narrowed  from  behind  humeri  in  male,  from 
about  middle  in  female,  disk  convex,  striae  fine  and  finely,  closely  punctured, 
intervals  flat,  finely,  irregularly  punctured  and  finely,  transversely  rugose. 
Beneath  coarsely,  not  closely  punctured  on  prosternum,  densely  and  shallowly 
on  propleurae,  finely  and  very  densely  on  metasternum,  and  finely,  more 
sparsely  on  basal  segments  of  abdomen.  Length  9-10  mm.,  breadth  2  mm. 
in  male  to  2.5  mm.  in  female. 

Holotype:  No.  3199;  and  Allotype:  No.  3200,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.,  and  several  designated  Paratypes  in  my  collection, 
the  first  collected  by  myself  in  the  Yosemite  Valley,  June  7, 
1921,  the  second  collected  in  Eldorado  Co.,  Calif.,  June  11, 
1906,  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Nunenmacher.  Among  the  other  nine 
specimens  are  representatives  from  Siskiyou,  Shasta,  Trinity 
and  Mariposa  counties. 

This  very  distinct  and  somewhat  opaque  species  is  perhaps 
most  closely  related  to  incongruus  Lee.  but  differs  by  being 
proportionately  longer  and  narrower,  more  coarsely  punctured, 
with  finer  carinae  on  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  and  of  a  more 
uniform  color.  It  superficially  resembles  some  of  the  smaller 
specimens  of  Agriotes  ferrugineipennis  Lee. 

Subfamily  Plastocerinae 

The  members  of  this  group  are  entitled  to  subfamily  rank 
but  no  more.  As  stated  by  LeConte  they  grade  gradually  into 
the  true  Elateridae.   The  gap  between  Eniconyx,  of  the  former. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERl DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         453 

and  Apt  opus  of  the  latter  is  but  slight.  It  is  characteristic  of 
our  southwest  though  not  limited  to  that  region,  for  certain 
members  are  to  be  found  in  Mexico  and  South  America  and 
even  in  the  Old  World.  The  genus  Euplastius  established  in 
1903  by  O.  Schwarz,  I  am  inclined  to  believe  will  some  day  be 
found  not  to  belong  to  our  fauna.  It  seems  strange  that  two 
species  of  a  genus,  one  supposedly  collected  in  California,  the 
other  in  Alabama,  should  find  their  way  into  the  hands  of  a 
European  institution,  while  none  of  the  many  excellent  col- 
lectors who  have  worked  in  both  California  and  Alabama 
should  run  across  either.  Horn29  in  1881,  described  and 
figured  females  of  a  number  of  our  species  in  the  genera 
Euthysanius  and  Aplastics,  showing  that  they  were  not  only 
wingless  but  with  elytra  greatly  reduced  and  abdomens  much 
enlarged  especially  in  Euthysanius.  He  believed  that  in  Plas- 
tocerus  the  female  was  like  the  male  in  all  regards  except  in 
having  the  antennal  appendages  shorter.  What  he  figured  as 
Plastocerus  f rater  Lee,  he  stated  was  "undoubtedly  a  female." 
Five  specimens  in  my  collection  which  agree  with  this  in  every 
regard  are  shown  by  an  examination  of  the  genitalia  to  be 
males.  I  also  have  a  true  female  which  is  more  extreme  in  its 
degree  of  degeneration  than  is  any  female  Euthysanius.  The 
elytra  are  reduced  to  mere  transverse  pads,  about  two-thirds 
the  length  of  the  pro  thorax,  and  the  eight-segmented  abdomen 
is  over  three  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the  entire  forebody 
(head,  pro-,  meso-  and  metathorax).  The  species  are  all  so 
unstable  and  variable  as  to  outline  and  sculpturing  that  one 
needs  to  have  many  specimens  in  order  to  make  determinations 
at  all  certain. 

Fall,30  Schaeffer31  and  Tanner32  have  added  to  the  number 
of  species  originally  made  known  by  LeConte  and  Horn.  In 
my  collection  are  also  a  number  of  new  species.  These  I  will 
now  describe. 


■  Tr.  Am.  Ent.   Soc,  IX,   1881,  pp.  76-81,  pi.   1  &  2. 
80  Psyche,  35,  1928,  pp.   139-146. 
«  Journal  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  24,  1916,  p.  266. 
"Pan-Pacific   Ent.,   2,    1926,   pp.    188-190. 


454  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Genus  Euthysanius  LeConte 

Synoptic  Table  for  Males 

1.  Pronotum  coarsely,  more  or  less  densely  punctured 2 

Pronotum  finely,  somewhat  sparsely  punctured 3 

2.  Large,  18-25  mm.  in  length,  robust,  reddish  brown;  terminal  seg- 

ment of  antennae  decidedly  shorter  than  appendage  of  elev- 
enth segment;  pronotum  coarsely,  closely  punctured  at 
sides,  more  finely  and  less  closely  at  middle,  the  disk  shining, 
sides  rounded  in  front  but  distinctly  divergent  posteriorly. 
Southern  Calif lautus  Lee. 

Smaller,  16  mm.  in  length,  subcylindrical,  rufotestaceous;  ter- 
minal segment  of  antennae  about  as  long  as  appendage  of 
eleventh  segment;  pronotum,  coarsely  and  cribrately  punc- 
tured over  entire  surface,  the  disk  subopaque,  sides  slightly 
arcuate  in  front  and  gradually  divergent  posteriorly.  Mts. 
of  Tulare  Co.,  Calif cribricollis  n.  sp. 

3.  More  or  less  rufotestaceous  in  color 4 

Dark  brown  or  piceous  in  color,  18  mm.  in  length,  rather  robust; 
last  antennal  segment  not  quite  as  long  as  appendage  of 
eleventh  segment;  prothorax  broader  than  long,  disk  dis- 
tinctly though  variably  punctured,  sides  slightly  arcuate  in 
front,  thence  slightly  divergent  to  widely  diverging  hind 
angles.    San  Mateo  Co.,  Calif piceus  n.  sp. 

4.  Moderately  large  and  rather  robust  species,  17-19  mm.  in  length, 

rufotestaceous;  last  antennal  segment  almost  as  long  as 
appendages  of  eleventh 5 

Narrower  and  more  graceful  or  smaller  species,  rufotestaceous . .  6 

5.  Prothorax  longer  than  broad,  trapezoidal;  rufopiceous;  elytra 

elongate,  distinctly  narrowed  behind  and  with  striae  barely 
impressed  except  towards  sides  and  apex;  length  17  mm. 
Owens  Valley,  Calif horni  Fall 

Prothorax  fully  as  broad  as  long;  rufocastaneous;  elytra  but  little 
narrowed  behind  and  with  striae  deeply  impressed;  length 
17-19  mm.    Western  foothills  of  the  Sierra,  Calif pretiosus  Lee. 

6.  Species  with  large  eyes,  hemispherical;  last  segment  of  antennae 

about  as  long  as  appendage  of  eleventh;  prothorax  longer 
than  broad,  sides  almost  straight  and  diverging  posteriorly; 
elytra  distinctly  narrowed  posteriorly;  17-18  mm.  long.  ...  7 

Species  with  eyes  much  reduced  in  size;  last  segment  of  antennas 
very  distinctly  shorter  than  appendage  of  eleventh;  pro- 
thorax about  as  wide  as  long,  subcampanulate;  elytra  with 
sides  parallel  in  basal  two-thirds,  striae  feebly  impressed; 
length  15.5  mm.    White  Mts.,  Gila  Co.,  Ariz imparoculatus  Fall 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— EL  AT ERI  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        455 

7.  Upper  surface  clothed  with  an  evident  sparse,  fine  pile  giving  it  a 
dull  appearance;  prothorax  about  as  long  at  middle  as  broad, 
disk  very  finely  punctured;  the  sides  straight  and  slightly 
diverging  posteriorly  to  base  of  hind  angles  which  are  rather 
long,  narrow  and  abruptly  divergent;  the  elytra  with  striae 
shallowly  impressed  and  vaguely  punctured;  length  18  mm. 
Zion  Nat.  Pk.  and  St.  George,  Utah blaisdelli  Tanner 


Euthysanius  cribricollis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subparallel,  rufo testaceous,  subopaque,  conspicuously  clothed 
with  a  fine,  short,  suberect  fulvous  pile.  Head  triangularly  impressed  in  front, 
coarsely,  cribrately  punctured,  and  conspicuously  clothed  with  fulvous  pile; 
eyes  prominent,  hemispherical;  antennae  about  reaching  hind  angles  of  pro- 
thorax,  outer  segments  pectinate  as  usual  but  with  appendages  rather  short, 
about  three  times  length  of  segments,  the  last  segment  distinctly  shorter  and 
more  robust  than  appendage  of  eleventh  segment.  Prothorax  subcampanulate, 
distinctly  longer  at  middle  than  broad,  the  front  margin  conspicuously  lobed; 
sides  arcuate,  gradually  divergent,  the  hind  angles  prominent,  robust,  subacute 
at  apex,  divergent  from  sides  and  carinate;  disk  very  convex,  coarsely,  closely, 
umbilicately  and  cribrately  punctured  over  entire  surface,  median  impression 
shallow  but  distinct  and  complete.  Scutellum  elongate,  concave,  finely  punc- 
tured and  evenly  rounded  posteriorly.  Elytra  almost  three  times  as  long  as 
broad,  sides  gradually  narrowing  posteriorly,  convex,  the  striae  well  impressed 
and  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  the  intervals  convex  and  finely,  irregu- 
larly punctured.  Beneath,  propleurae  coarsely,  rather  closely  punctured,  pro- 
sternum  less  coarsely  punctured  and  carinate  at  middle,  afterbody  more  finely 
punctured,  hind  tibiae  emarginate  on  anterior  margin.  Length  18  mm.,  breadth 
4.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3201,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  thir- 
teen Paratypes  collected  near  Kaweah,  Tulare  Co.,  Calif.,  July 
15,  1930,  by  Mr.  Roy  S.  Wagner.  The  holotype  and  a  couple 
of  paratypes  are  in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Wagner,  the  remainder 
in  Mr.  Wagner's  collection.  Another  specimen  collected  at 
Three  Rivers,  near  the  Sequoia  National  Park,  is  in  my  col- 
lection. 

The  coarse  and  cribrate  prothoracic  punctation  and  rather 
short  appendages  should  readily  distinguish  this  species  from 
its  fellows. 


456  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Euthysanius  piceus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Robust,  subparallel,  piceous,  the  antennae,  legs,  metasternum  and  abdomen 
somewhat  rufous,  body  slightly  shining  though  sparsely  clothed  with  a  short, 
fulvous  pile.  Head  broadly,  somewhat  triangularly  impressed  in  front  and 
rather  coarsely  and  closely  punctured;  eyes  only  moderately  prominent,  not 
hemispherical,  the  interocular  area  greater  than  their  common  breadth;  an- 
tenna; almost  reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  the  appendages  of  median 
segments  more  than  three  times  the  length  of  the  segments,  the  last  segment 
slightly  shorter  than  the  appendage  of  the  eleventh.  Prothorax  broader  than 
long  at  middle;  front  margin  slightly  lobed;  sides  somewhat  arcuate  though 
often  straight  and  slightly  divergent  to  hind  angles  which  are  short,  robust, 
obliquely  truncate  at  apex,  carinate  and  divergent  from  the  side  margin;  disk 
somewhat  convex,  moderately  not  closely  and  irregularly  punctured,  median 
impression  not  generally  present  (well  defined  in  one  specimen).  Scutellum 
elongate,  flattened,  longitudinally  carinate  at  middle,  punctured  and  with 
apical  notch.  Elytra  somewhat  more  than  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as 
broad,  sides  very  slightly  narrowing  posteriorly,  convex,  the  striae  sometimes 
finely  but  generally  well  impressed  and  somewhat  coarsely  and  closely  punc- 
tured, the  intervals  flat  or  convex,  finely,  irregularly  punctured  and  rugulose. 
Beneath,  propleura2  punctured  in  front  and  at  sides,  smooth  and  shining  behind, 
presternum  sparsely  punctured  and  carinate  at  middle,  the  afterbody  finely 
and  sparsely  punctured,  except  at  apex  of  last  segment  where  rather  close,  the 
hind  tibiae  straight  and  without  emarginations.    Length  18  mm.,  width  5  mm. 

Female,  similar  to  specimen  figured  as  No.  5,  Plate  1,  by 
Horn.33  The  "Coast  region  of  Cal.  south  of  San  Francisco" 
is  the  territory  where  this  species  lives.  E.  pretiosus  Lee.  is 
always  found  in  the  interior  and  never  near  the  coast.  My 
female  was  taken  at  Burlingame,  June  19,  1909.  It  is  some- 
what rufopiceous,  the  terminal  segments  of  the  antennae  miss- 
ing, otherwise  in  perfect  agreement  with  the  description  given 
by  Horn  for  the  female  of  pretiosus,  its  description  therefore 
need  not  be  repeated. 

The  males  of  this  species  might  be  taken  for  darker  phases 
of  E.  pretiosus  Lee.  They  are,  however,  somewhat  shorter 
and  stockier,  have  less  prominent  eyes  (almost  hemispherical 
in  pretiosus) ,  the  distance  between  the  eyes  greater,  the  an- 
tennal  appendages  much  shorter  and  the  terminal  segment 
shorter  than  the  appendage  of  the  eleventh,  about  equal  in  the 
others,  generally  more  robust  prothorax,  with  sides  more 
arcuate  and  hind  angles  shorter  and  more  suddenly  divergent, 

%— 

S3Tr.   Am.  Ent.    Soc,   IX,    1881,  p.   81,   Plate   1,   fig.   5. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         457 

the  scutellum  also  with  a  well  defined  carina  in  most  of  my 

specimens. 

Holotypc:  Male,  No.  3202,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  nine 
male  Paratypes  in  my  collection,  taken  at  Burlingame,  San 
Mateo  Co.,  Calif.,  July  17,  1909,  by  Mr.  H.  Kusche. 


Euthysanius  pretiosus  LeConte,  Female 

I  have  a  specimen  of  what  is  probably  this  species.  It  dif- 
fers from  the  female  of  piceus  primarily  in  having  a  longer 
abdomen,  approaching  in  this  regard  the  females  of  lautus,  in 
having  the  sides  of  the  pronotum  more  arcuate,  and  the  hind 
angles  shorter,  more  robust  and  not  divergent.  In  my  two 
female  specimens  of  E.  lautus  Lee,  one  has  the  hind  angles 
divergent  as  in  the  specimen  figured  by  Horn  (PI.  I,  fig.  3) 
but  not  to  such  a  degree,  the  other  has  them  much  as  in  my 
specimen  of  pretiosus,  not  divergent.  In  these  degenerate 
females,  variations  occur  to  such  a  degree  that  one  cannot  de- 
termine the  species  by  characters  alone.  The  same  thing  applies 
to  the  females  of  Pleocoma. 


Euthysanius  blaisdelli  Tanner 

Specimens  collected  at  St.  George,  Utah,  by  Mr.  Warren 
Knaus  have  the  prothorax  somewhat  more  narrowed  in  front 
and  the  sides  less  arcuate  than  are  those  from  the  type  locality, 
Zion  National  Park. 


Genus  Plastocerus  LeConte 

Though  all  the  species  are  variable  as  regards  the  shape  of 
the  prothorax,  general  sculpturing,  and  even  the  presence  or 
absence  of  a  prosternal  carina,  there  is  a  certain  sum  of  charac- 
ters which  will  readily  enable  the  species  to  be  separated 
especially  if  one  has  a  series  of  specimens.  As  indicated 
previously.  I  consider  all  winged  individuals  as  males,  there- 


458  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

fore  differ  from  Horn  as  to  the  status  of  the  three  which  he 
discussed.  Plastocerus  frater  Lee.  I  consider  a  well  defined 
species  because  of  the  short  antennal  appendages.  All  speci- 
mens that  I  have  seen  come  from  near  Los  Angeles.  Plasto- 
cerus schaumi  Lee.  is  the  most  variable  of  all  the  species  and 
is  the  most  widely  distributed,  extending  from  San  Diego  and 
Imperial  to  Kern  Co.  Plastocerus  macer  Lee,  should  for  the 
present,  because  of  its  shorter  and  less  divergent  hind  pro- 
thoracic  angles  and  more  pronounced  pronotal  punctation,  be 
kept  separate  from  the  preceding  though  it  may  later  on  be 
proven  to  be  but  a  variety  of  it  as  stated  by  Horn.  Plastocerus 
megalops  Fall  and  granti  Schfr.  are  of  course  good  species  and 
the  one  which  I  am  describing  is  equally  distinct. 


Table  for  Separation  of  Males 

1.  Appendages  of  outer  segments  of  antennae  three  to  four  times 

length  of  segment 2 

Appendages  of  outer  segments  of  antennae  less  than  three  times 

length  of  segment,  pronotum  coarsely  and  densely  punctured  6 

2.  Hind  angles  of  pro  thorax  strongly  divergent  and  carinate 3 

Hind  angles  hardly  divergent,  feebly  carinate 5 

3.  Eyes  less  prominent,  not  quite  hemispherical,  elytra  somewhat 

shining 4 

Eyes  very  prominent,  hemispherical,  elytra  finely  rugulose  and 

dull;  Claremont,  Calif megalops  Fall 

4.  Sides  of  prothorax  arcuate  in  front  at  most,  pronotum  rather 

finely  not  deeply  punctured ;  southern  Calif schaumi  Lee. 

Sides  of  prothorax  suddenly  expanded  in  front  into  wing-like 
processes,  pronotum  coarsely,  somewhat  cribrately  punc- 
tured; Coalinga,  Calif amplicollis  n.  sp. 

5.  Sides  of  prothorax  feebly  arcuate  in  front,  pronotum  densely 

punctured ;  southern  Calif macer  Horn 

6.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  carinate,  presternum  not  carinate, 

length  10-11  mm.;  southern  Calif frater  Lee. 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  non-carinate,  presternum  carinate  at 

middle,  length  9  mm.;  southwest  Texas granti  Schfr. 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDM  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        459 

Plastocerus  amplicollis  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  subparallel,  rufotestaceous,  underside  and  legs  lighter,  and 
sparsely  clothed  with  a  rather  coarse  fulvous  pile.  Head  very  coarsely  and 
densely  punctured,  broadly,  shallowly  sulcate  in  front;  eyes  almost  hemi- 
spherical, the  width  of  pair  not  quite  equalling  the  interocular  diameter;  an- 
tennae about  reaching  base  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  the  appendages  of  the 
median  segments  almost  four  times  the  length  of  the  segments,  and  the  eleventh 
segment  about  equal  in  length  to  the  appendage  of  the  tenth  but  more  robust. 
Prothorax  broader  than  long,  front  margin  distinctly  lobed;  the  sides  broadly 
and  rather  abruptly  expanded  in  front  into  wing-like  processes,  thence  deeply 
emarginate  posteriorly  to  the  long,  narrow  and  divergent  hind  angles;  disk 
coarsely,  closely,  and  somewhat  cribrately  punctured,  the  median  impression 
well  marked.  Elytra  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  slightly  narrowed  towards 
apex,  striae  finely  yet  distinctly  impressed  and  somewhat  regularly  punctured, 
the  intervals  slightly  convex  behind.  Beneath:  Prosternum  rather  coarsely 
and  sparsely  punctured,  with  prominent  carina  at  center,  the  propleurae  more 
shallowly  punctured,  elsewhere  very  finely  punctured,  the  hind  tibiae  shallowly 
emarginate  on  anterior  margin.    Length  12  mm.,  breadth  3  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3203,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  one 
Paratype,  the  first  collected  on  the  Los  Gatos  Divide  of  the  Mt. 
Diablo  Range  northwest  of  Coalinga,  Fresno  Co.,  Calif.,  June 
6-8,  1907,  the  second  from  near  Coalinga,  Calif.,  June  9,  1907, 
by  Prof.  J.  C.  Bradley  and  kindly  presented  to  me  many  years 
ago. 

The  prothorax  with  its  wing-like  expansions  and  coarsely 
punctured  disk  will  enable  this  species  to  be  easily  recognized. 


Genus  Aplastus  LeConte 
Key  for  Separation  of  Males34 

1.  Third  segment  of  antennae  long,  almost  equalling  fourth  in  length 

and  breadth;  the  antennae  as  a  whole  slender,  feebly  serrate, 
the  basal  three  segments  only  pilose;  sides  of  prothorax 
parallel,  not  margined,  hind  angles  strongly  divergent; 
length  15  mm.    San  Diego,  Calif angusticollis  Horn 

Third  segment  of  antennae  short,  never  approaching  fourth  in 

length,  outer  segments  with  short  erect  hair 2 

2.  Sides  of  prothorax  without  well  defined  margin  or  with  but  a 

short  one  near  hind  angles  (a  narrow  smooth  line  or  even  a 

narrow  groove  may,  however,  exist  laterally) 3 

Sides  of  prothorax  with  well  defined  margin,  at  least  in  basal  area.  7 

M  Modified  from  that  given  by  Horn,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.   Soc,  9,   1881,  p.  77. 


450  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sf.r. 

3.  Antennae  delicate  yet  strongly  serrate,  the  segments  narrow  at 

base,  rather  suddenly  dilating  towards  apex,  segments  2-3 
small,  the  third  but  little  larger  at  most  than  second,  together 
slightly  longer  than  half  the  fourth 4 

Antennae  more  robust  and  strongly  serrate,  the  outer  segments 
more  triangular,  gradually  dilating  from  base  to  apex,  third 
segment  more  than  twice  as  long  as  second,  the  two  together 
nearly  as  long  as  fourth ;  length  15  mm.    Southern  Calif . .  speratus  Lee. 

4.  Elytra  scarcely  striate;  eyes  not  prominent,  pro  thorax  slightly 

broader  than  long,  sides  straight  and  slightly  diverging  back- 
wards to  somewhat  more  divergent  and  acute  hind  angles, 
the  disk  rather  sparsely  and  finely  punctured;  color  piceous 
or  rufopiceous;  length  11-12  mm.  Mojave  Desert  and  adja- 
cent arid  territory  to  Nevada tenuiformis  Horn 

Elytra  finely  though  definitely  striate,  at  least  near  suture 5 

5.  Prothorax  about  as  broad  as  long,  the  disk  coarsely  or  moderately 

coarsely  punctured 6 

Prothorax  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  sides  straight  and  barely 
divergent  backwards  to  distinctly  divergent  and  acute  hind 
angles,  the  disk  sparsely  and  finely  punctured;  eyes  not 
prominent,  color  rufopiceous;  length  13-14  mm.  Salt  Lake 
Valley,  Utah cylindricus  n.  sp. 

6.  Eyes  not  prominent,  median  segments  of  antenna  very  slightly 

dilating  to  middle  then  more  suddenly  to  apex,  pronotum 
rather  coarsely  and  closely  punctured,  elytral  striae  finely 
and  sharply  impressed,  color  rufopiceous;  length  12  mm. 
Pasadena  and  Mojave  Desert,  Calif corymbitoides  Horn 

Eyes  moderately  prominent,  almost  hemispherical,  median  seg- 
ments of  antennae  subcylindrical  basally,  the  apical  expan- 
sion appearing  almost  as  an  appendage,  pronotum  moder- 
ately finely  and  closely  punctured,  elytral  striae  finely  but 
not  sharply  impressed,  color  ruf otestaceous ;  length  13  mm. 
Northern  Ariz arizonicus  n.  sp. 

7.  Rufous  or  reddish  brown;  third  antennal  segment  always  dis- 

tinctly larger  than  second,  intermediate  antennal  segments 
strongly  serrate,  the  segments  more  or  less  triangular;  elytral 
striae  well  impressed 8 

Brown  or  piceous;  third  antennal  segment  but  little  if  at  all 
larger  than  second  segment;  elytral  striae  finely  or  feebly 
impressed 11 

8.  Rufous  or  reddish  brown  species,  pubescence  more  or  less  fine 

and  inconspicuous 9 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE—ELATERIDAi  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA         45^ 

Robust,  piccous  species,  pubescence  rather  long,  coarse  and  more 
or  less  conspicuous;  third  antennal  segment  considerably 
larger  than  second  and  triangular;  prothorax  with  sides 
almost  parallel  and  abruptly  divergent  hind  angles;  length 
13  mm.    Merced  Co.,  Calif piloaus  n.  sp. 

9.  Rather  robust  and  moderately  long  species,  about  four  times  as 
long  as  broad;  prothorax  generally  distinctly  longer  at 
middle  than  broad 10 

Narrow  and  very  elongated  species,  considerably  more  than  four 
times  as  long  as  broad ;  prothorax  slightly  broader  than  long 
at  middle;  outer  segments  of  antennae  about  twice  as  long 
as  broad;  length  14.5-17  mm.  Tulare,  Fresno  and  Inyo 
Cos.,  Calif productus  Fall 

10.  Intermediate  segments  of  antennae  strongly  produced  at  apex; 

length  16  mm.    Sierra  Nevada  Mts.  from  near  Oroville  to 

Tulare  Co piceicollis  Fall 

Intermediate  segments  of  antennae  quite  triangular,  hardly  if  at 
all  produced  at  apex;  length  14-16  mm.  San  Francisco  Bay 
counties,  Calif optatus  Lee. 

11.  Elytral  striae  fine  but  distinct,  intervals  very  finely  punctate  and 

scabrous;  eyes  feebly  prominent;  length  12-13  mm.    San 
Francisco  Bay  counties,  Calif molestus  Horn 

Elytral  striae  feeble,  somewhat  obsolete,  intervals  densely  scab- 
rous punctate;  length  16  mm.  Camp  Nelson,  Tulare  Co., 
Calif scabripennis  Fall 


Aplastus  cylindricus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Narrow,  elongate,  piceous,  legs  and  antennae  rufopiceous,  rather  sparsely 
clothed  with  short,  gray  pile.  Head  channeled  between  the  eyes,  coarsely, 
rather  densely  punctured ;  eyes  not  prominent ;  antennae  long,  seventh  segment 
reaching  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  small,  transverse, 
together  about  two-thirds  length  of  fourth,  segments  4-10  distinctly  serrate, 
each  segment  narrow  and  subcylindrical  at  basal  half  or  two-thirds,  then 
suddenly  expanded  with  free  angle  prolonged  at  apex.  Prothorax  over  two 
and  one-half  times  as  long  at  middle  as  broad,  subcylindrical  in  front,  the  sides 
straight  and  parallel,  hind  angles  acute  and  strongly  divergent,  lateral  margin 
absent  though  a  slight  longitudinal  lateral  impression  is  evident,  disk  finely, 
rather  sparsely  punctured,  median  canaliculation  fine  and  vague.  Elytra 
almost  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  sides  almost  straight  and  gradually  nar- 
rowing from  humeri  backwards,  the  disk  with  striae  evident  and  fine  near 
suture,  elsewhere  somewhat  vague,  the  intervals  flattened,  finely  punctured 
and  finely  scabrous.   Beneath,  presternum  carinate  at  middle,  sulcate  between 


462  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

coxae  and  rather  coarsely  punctured,  propleurae  more  finely  punctured,  the 
afterbody  rather  finely  and  sparsely  punctured.  Length  12  mm.,  breadth 
3  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3204,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  sev- 
eral designated  Paratypes  from  a  series  of  forty  specimens  col- 
lected by  the  late  Mr.  Tom  Spalding  at  Eureka  and  neighbor- 
ing regions  of  Utah,  during  the  month  of  June  of  various  years 
from  1912-1924. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  tenuiformis  and  looks  like 
it.  It  differs  from  that  primarily  in  having  a  longer  and  more 
cylindrical  prothorax,  and  in  having  the  median  antennal  seg- 
ments with  the  apical  dilation  more  suddenly  expanded  and 
appendix  like,  the  segments  in  tenuiformis  being  quite  tri- 
angular. 

Aplastus  arizonicus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Narrow,  elongate,  rufotestaceous,  legs  lighter,  sparsely  clothed  with  short 
fulvous  pile.  Head  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  broadly,  shallowly  sulcate  in 
front;  eyes  moderately  prominent;  antennae  long,  middle  of  eighth  segment 
reaching  apex  of  hind  angles  of  prothorax,  second  and  third  segments  small, 
the  latter  the  larger,  together  about  two-thirds  length  of  fourth,  segments  4-10 
serrate,  each  segment  narrow  and  subcylindrical  in  basal  half,  thence  gradually 
dilating  towards  apex  with  the  free  angle  produced  in  the  form  of  an  appendage. 
Prothorax  about  as  broad  as  long  at  middle,  sides  almost  straight  and  slightly 
diverging  from  apex  to  base  of  hind  angles  which  are  acute  and  divergent, 
lateral  margin  evident  near  hind  angles,  disk  moderately  coarsely  and  sparsely 
punctured,  the  median  canaliculation  distinct  and  complete.  Elytra  about 
three  times  as  long  as  broad,  sides  almost  straight  and  gradually  narrowing 
towards  apex,  the  disk  with  striae  evident  though  poorly  defined,  and  finely 
punctured,  the  intervals  flattened,  finely  punctured  and  scabrous.  Beneath, 
the  presternum  carinate  at  middle,  sulcate  between  coxae  and  coarsely,  closely 
punctured,  propleurae  more  finely  punctured  and  somewhat  shining,  the  after- 
body rather  finely  sparsely  punctured.    Length  13  mm.,  breadth  3.5  mm. 

Holotype:  Male,  No.  3205,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  two 
Paratypes,  the  first  and  one  of  the  paratypes  from  near  Pres- 
cott,  Ariz.,  June  1910,  collected  by  Mr.  J.  August  Kusche,  the 
second  paratype  from  Flagstaff,  Ariz.,  July  11,  1911,  collected 
by  Prof.  H.  F.  Wickham. 

This  species  looks  like  corymbitoides  but  differs  by  having 
much  more  prominent  eyes,  the  median  segments  of  the  an- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATER1  DAI  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        453 

tennze  slightly  less  triangular,  the  prothorax  a  bit  broader, 
less  coarsely  and  densely  punctured  and  with  a  fine  yet  distinct 
lateral  margin  at  the  sides  of  the  hind  angles.  In  this  last  re- 
gard it  shows  an  approach  to  the  larger  and  more  robust 
species,  all  of  which  have  a  well  defined  lateral  margin. 

Aplastus  pilosus  Van  Dyke,  new  species 

Elongate,  robust,  piceous,  rather  densely  clothed  with  coarse,  semi-erect 
pile.  Head  flattened  in  front,  coarsely,  densely  punctured ;  eyes  only  moderately 
prominent;  antennae  robust,  eighth  segment  reaching  apex  of  hind  angles  of 
prothorax,  second  segment  small,  as  long  as  broad,  third  one-third  longer  and 
triangular,  segments  4-10  strongly  serrate,  the  individual  segments  triangular 
with  outer  margin  almost  straight  and  free  angle  but  little  produced,  the  seg- 
ments gradually  diminishing  in  breadth.  Prothorax  as  broad  as  long  at  middle, 
anterior  margin  definitely  lobed  and  notched  at  middle,  sides  barely  arcuate 
from  apex  to  base  of  hind  angles  and  slightly  divergent,  the  hind  angles  robust, 
strongly  divergent,  the  lateral  margin  defined  at  basal  half  but  not  distinctly; 
disk  convex,  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured,  the  median  canaliculation 
faintly  defined  at  center.  Elytra  about  two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as 
broad,  sides  almost  straight  and  parallel  and  broadly  rounded  at  apex,  the 
striae  sharply  impressed  near  suture,  finer  outwardly,  the  intervals  flat,  rather 
coarsely  punctured  and  scabrous.  Beneath,  the  presternum  longitudinally 
convex,  with  a  transverse  arcuate  impression  near  front  margin,  and  coarsely, 
closely  punctured,  the  propleurae  similarly  punctured  in  front  but  smoother 
behind,  the  hind  body  more  finely  punctured.   Length  14  mm.,  breadth  4  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3206,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  a  unique  in  my 
collection,  collected  in  Merced  Co.,  Calif.,  June  19,  1914,  by 
Mr.  F.  W.  Nunenmacher.  The  left  antenna  is  abnormal  in  that 
there  are  but  ten  segments,  the  sixth  and  seventh  being  united 
into  one  very  large  segment. 

This  is  the  shortest  proportionally  and  one  of  the  darkest 
and  most  robust  of  our  species.  The  long  and  coarse  pile  and 
rather  coarse  punctation  will  also  assist  in  its  separation. 


Aplastus  productus  Fall 

The  characters  of  the  last  ventral  segment  mentioned  by 
Fall,  the  very  marked  lateral  emargination  with  a  more  or  less 
truncate  apex,  is  a  variable  character.  In  a  specimen  in  the 
Blaisdell  collection  from  Huntington  Lake,  Fresno  Co.,  Calif., 


464  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

collected  July  17,  1919,  this  character  is  well  marked,  whereas 
in  a  specimen  in  my  own  collection  from  Inyo  Co.,  July  15, 
1917,  the  sides  of  the  last  ventral  are  rather  evenly  arcuate 
and  the  apex  notched.  I  have  found  that  the  shape  of  this  seg- 
ment also  varies  with  other  species. 

Aplastus  piceicollis  Fall 

If  I  am  right  in  my  interpretation  of  this  species  it  is  as 
usual  a  most  variable  one.  The  usual  color  is  unicolorous 
rufotestaceous,  those  with  darker  forebody  being  the  exception 
as  are  those  uniformly  dark.  It  also  has  a  wide  range  being 
found  on  the  western  flanks  of  the  Sierra  from  Tulare  Co. 
to  Plumas  Co.  In  the  Blaisdell  collection  there  is  a  good  series 
from  Sutter  Creek,  Amador  Co.,  July  25,  1901,  in  the  collec- 
tion of  Mr.  Roy  S.  Wagner  is  a  good  series  including  three 
females  from  Kaweah,  Tulare  Co.,  July  16,  1930,  and  I  have 
numbers  from  intermediate  territory.  The  shape  of  the  inter- 
mediate segments  of  the  antennae  is  one  of  the  most  distinc- 
tive features. 


Family  Cebrionid^: 
Cebrio  knausi  Van  Dyke,  n.  sp. 

Moderately  elongate,  parallel,  brown  above,  antennae,  legs  and  abdomen 
testaceous,  forebody  beneath  rufotestaceous,  and  very  sparsely  clothed  with 
very  short  and  fine  pile.  Head  rather  coarsely,  moderately  closely  punctured, 
more  or  less  impressed  between  the  eyes;  labrum  broadly  emarginate  in  front; 
eyes  prominent,  almost  hemispherical;  antennae  somewhat  serrate,  eighth  seg- 
ment reaching  hind  angle  of  prothorax,  second  segment  small,  third  almost 
twice  as  long,  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  following  and  somewhat  triangular, 
median  segments  about  twice  as  long  as  wide  and  gradually  shorter  and  nar- 
rower towards  apex.  Prothorax  about  as  broad  as  long  at  middle,  sides  straight 
and  feebly  diverging  towards  base,  rounded  near  apex,  the  hind  angles  rather 
small  but  strongly  divergent,  disk  finely,  closely  punctured.  Elytra  over  twice 
as  long  as  wide,  striae  feebly  impressed,  strial  punctures  not  separable,  intervals 
slightly  convex,  finely  closely  punctured,  the  general  surface  somewhat  granu- 
late. Beneath:  Presternum  of  moderate  breadth  and  triangular  between  the 
coxae;  propleurae  moderately  finely,  closely  punctured  and  scabrous,  meta- 


Vol.  XX]         VAN  DYKE— ELATERIDAZ  AND  RELATED  COLEOPTERA        455 

sternum  rather  finely,  densely  punctured,  the  abdomen  very  finely,  somewhat 
sparsely  punctured,  the  last  abdominal  segment  rounded  at  apex.  Length 
13  mm.,  breadth  4  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  3207,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  and  one  Paratype 
in  my  collection,  collected  by  Mr.  Warren  Knaus  at  St. 
George,  Utah,  May  22-June  12,  1919.  Paratypes  are  also  in  the 
collection  of  Mr.  Knaus. 

This  is  one  of  our  smallest  species  and  belongs  in  the  divi- 
sion with  bicolor  Fab.  and  emarginatus  Schfr.,  characterized 
by  having  a  rather  broad  intercoxal  prosternal  process.  From 
both  of  these  it  differs  by  being  much  smaller;  from  the 
former  by  having  less  strongly  serrate  antennae,  smaller  and 
narrower  prothorax,  smaller  and  finer  hind  angles,  the  elytra 
with  the  striae  less  sharply  defined  and  the  punctures  not  evi- 
dent, the  general  surface  also  quite  dull  and  granular;  and 
from  emarginatus  by  being  darker,  by  having  a  smaller  and 
more  rectangular  prothorax  with  small  hind  angles,  more 
coarsely  and  closely  punctured  pronotum,  as  well  as  by  a  more 
closely  punctured  metasternum.  Other  species  are  separated  by 
the  narrow  intercoxal  prosternal  process. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  10,  pp.  467-469  December  30,  1932 


AGONOSTOMUS  HANCOCKI  Seale.  sp.  nov. 

BY 

ALVIN  SEALE 
Superintendent  of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium 

A  new  species  of  Mugilidas  from  the  fresh  water  stream  on 
Chatham  Island  of  the  Galapagos  Group. 

Head  4.3  to  end  of  caudal  vertebra,  5.4  in  total  length.  Depth 
4.  Dorsal  IV.  1.8.  Anal  II,  10.  Scales  44  to  end  of  the  caudal 
vertebra,  counted  on  a  well  marked  striate  line  extending  from 
upper  axil  of  pectoral  to  base  of  caudal.  13  scales  in  a  cross 
series  at  the  origin  of  dorsal.  The  scales  on  the  anterior  median 
portion  of  the  sides  are  decidedly  enlarged.  Head  bluntly 
pointed,  the  jaws  extending  on  side  of  head  to  below  the  an- 
terior margin  of  pupil.  The  maxillary  is  hidden  when  the 
mouth  is  closed,  its  tip  ending  on  a  line  with  the  anterior  mar- 
gin of  pupil.  Upper  lip  thick  in  the  center  and  becoming  slim 
distally,  its  thickness  in  the  center  being  1.5  in  the  eye.  Lower 
lip  rounded  at  margin  and  not  particularly  thick.  It  has  a 
slight  fold,  no  trace  of  knob  at  center.  Both  lips  are  smooth 
without  papillae  or  teeth.  Length  of  lower  jaw  2.5  in  head. 
Teeth  present  in  wide  villiform  bands  on  both  jaws,  vomer, 
palatines,  and  pterygoids.    The  teeth  are  small,  pointed  and  dis- 

Decemtxsr  30,  1932 


468  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

tinct,  each  patch  separate  and  well  defined.  Lower  jaw  with  4 
large  distinct  mucous  pores  on  each  ramus.  Gillrakers  slim,  23 
on  lower  limb,  the  longest  slightly  less  than  width  of  pupil. 
Interorbital  space  rounded  and  twice  the  width  of  eye,  being 
2.4  in  head.  Posterior  nostril  a  wide  clear  opening,  the  an- 
terior one  fringed.  Cheeks,  from  angle  of  preopercle  to  eye, 
with  5  rows  of  scales,  2  rows  only  directly  below  the  pupil.  The 
angle  and  posterior  margin  of  the  preorbital  finely  denticulate. 
Origin  of  spinous  dorsal  mid-way  between  pupil  and  the  pos- 
terior axile  of  soft  dorsal,  being  much  nearer  tip  of  snout  than 
to  base  of  caudal ;  its  longest  spine  is  equal  to  that  portion  of  the 
head  posterior  of  the  orbit,  and  is  much  less  than  the  longest 
ray  of  soft  dorsal.  There  are  19  rows  of  scales  in  front  of  the 
dorsal  fin,  and  15  rows  of  scales  between  the  origin  of  the 
spinous  and  soft  dorsal.  The  origin  of  the  soft  dorsal  is  on  a 
line  with  the  base  of  the  third  anal  ray.  Soft  dorsal  and  anal 
similar,  the  anal  slightly  longer,  the  base  being  equal  to  head 
posterior  of  orbit.  Caudal  peduncle  long  and  deep,  its  least 
depth  1.7  in  its  length.  Caudal  fin  well  notched,  its  upper  lobe 
the  longer,  greater  than  length  of  head.  Pectoral  fins  on  a  line 
with  the  orbit,  their  tips  extending  to  the  9th  scale  of  the  lateral 
line,  their  length  about  equal  to  ventrals.  Origin  of  the  ven- 
trals  mid-way  between  the  tip  of  snout  and  the  origin  of  the 
anal,  their  length  1.2  in  head.  Elongated  pointed  scales  at  side 
of  spinous  dorsal  and  pectorals.  The  lower  portion  of  soft 
dorsal  and  anal  lightly  scaled. 

Color  in  life:  the  back  is  olive  green  shading  into  orange  on 
the  sides.  Belly  white.  Cheeks  orange.  Upper  portion  of 
pectoral  base  and  axil  of  pectoral  black,  the  webs  yellow.  Anal 
yellowish  with  dark  shadings  on  posterior  half.  Ventrals  lemon 
yellow.  Spinous  dorsal  orange  anteriorly  with  dark  spines. 
Soft  dorsal  dusky  with  slight  trace  of  orange.  Caudal  dusky 
with  wash  of  orange.  Color  in  alcohol :  back  dull  grayish  green 
becoming  lighter  on  sides,  the  large  scales  of  the  sides  being 
white  with  dark  margins.  Belly  and  lower  sides  white.  Pec- 
torals with  upper  base  and  axil  black,  a  trace  of  dusky  on  pos- 
terior third  of  fin.     Spinous  dorsal  grayish,  the  webs  lighter. 


Vol.  XX]  SEALE— AGONOSTOMUS  HANCOCKI  Scale  459 

Soft  dorsal  dusky.  Anal  white  with  large  dark  area  on  pos- 
terior half.  Ventrals  white.  Head  and  snout  dark,  cheeks  and 
throat  whitish. 

Type  is  No.  838  in  the  collection  of  the  California  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences.  This  type  and  one  co-type  were  secured  about 
one-half  mile  up  a  fresh  water  stream  which  empties  into  fresh- 
water bay  on  the  south  side  of  Chatham  (or  San  Christobal 
by  chart  name)  in  the  Galapagos  archipelago.  Length  of  type 
13.5  inches  of  co-type  13.5  in.  Secured  by  Alvin  Seale  Jan.  1, 
1932.  G.  Allan  Hancock  Expedition  to  the  Galapagos  1931- 
1932.    Named  in  honor  of  G.  Allan  Hancock,  patron  of  science. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  11,  pp.  471-472  November  16,  1933 


XI 


DESCRIPTION  OF  SALMO  SELENIRIS 
A  NEW  CALIFORNIA  TROUT 


BY 

JOHN  OTTERBEIN  SNYDER 

Leland  Stanford  Jr.  University 

A  cutthroat  trout  worthy  of  specific  recognition  has  been 
found  in  certain  headwaters  of  Silver  King  Creek,  a  tributary 
of  East  Carson  River,  which  is  a  part  of  the  Lahontan  drain- 
age area.1  The  habitat  of  the  species  is  restricted  by  an  im- 
passable fall  to  the  creeks  of  Fish  Valley2  in  the  high  Sierra  of 
California. 

The  form  here  described  is  an  isolated  variant  of  S.  henshawi, 
differing  markedly  in  the  absence  of  spots  from  the  body,  the 
retention  of  parr  marks  to  maturity,  and  the  relatively  smaller 
and  more  numerous  scales. 

The  differentiation  of  this  form  from  the  more  generally 
distributed  parent  species  is  directly  parallel  with  that  of  the 
golden  trouts  west  of  the  Sierra,  as  they  differ  from  the  rain- 
bow in  a  reduction  of  the  spots,  the  retention  of  parr  marks, 
and  a  notable  increase  of  the  number  of  scales. 


1  The    Fishes    of    the    Lahontan    System    of    Nevada    and    Northwestern    California; 
Bulletin  Bureau  of  Fisheries.  XXXV.   1915-16. 

2  Reference  is  directed  to  the  Dardanelles  Quadrangle  of  the  U.  S.  GeoloRical  Survey. 

November  16,  1933 


472  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  form  may  be  known  as  Salmo  seleniris.8  The  type,  No. 
212,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  is  characterized  as 
follows — 

Length  to  base  of  caudal  176  millimeters;  head  .24  of  the 
length;  depth  of  the  body  .19;  depth  caudal  peduncle  .10; 
length  snout  .06;  maxillary  .13 ;  diameter  eye  .045;  interorbital 
space  .075 ;  depth  head  .16;  snout  to  occiput  .16;  to  dorsal  .50; 
to  ventral  .55;  height  dorsal  .14;  length  anal  .13;  pectoral  .16; 
ventral  .13 ;  length  caudal  to  tip  .18;  to  center  .12;  scales  lateral 
series  171 ;  above  lateral  line  30.  Major  parr  marks  10  in 
number,  the  first  immediately  bordering  the  gill  opening,  the 
last  at  end  of  caudal  peduncle ;  all  crossed  by  the  lateral  line,  the 
posterior  ones  bisected  by  it,  the  anterior  ones  two  thirds  below. 
Of  the  secondary  row,  16  in  number,  every  alternate  spot  dips 
between  the  nearby  primary  ones.  No  black  spots  on  the  body ; 
3  on  the  base  of  caudal,  3  on  edge  of  upper  caudal  support,  5  on 
adipose,  16  or  so  on  dorsal,  other  fins  immaculate. 

The  body  is  comparatively  round,  long  and  slender,  the  fins 
rather  thin  and  weak. 

The  color  is  pale,  the  whole  body  much  suffused  with  yellow. 
The  upper  surface  is  pale  yellowish  olive  or  greenish  olive  in 
some  lights;  lateral  stripe  light  coral  red;  region  below  rich 
ivory;  ventral  surface  clear  white;  head  light  brownish  above, 
the  cheeks  red  like  the  lateral  stripe;  dorsal  fins  and  caudal 
suffused  with  yellow  and  pink;  lower  fins  pink.  The  entire 
body  exhibits  evanescent  opaline  reflections,  and  the  skin  is 
translucent,  so  much  so  that  the  dorsal  cranial  bones  are  partly 
outlined  through  the  overlying  tissue. 

Numerous  examples  exhibit  little  variation  from  the  type. 
Many  paratypes  are  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  and  some 
are  deposited  in  the  Natural  History  Museum  of  the  Leland 
Stanford  Jr.  University. 


3  Thomas  K.  Manna  who  first  directed  the  writer's  attention  to  this  fish  suggests  the 
common  name  Piute  Trout.  Specimens  were  collected  by  Mrs.  Lynn  Llewellyn  and 
sent  to  the  State  Division  of  Fish  and  Game.  Later  Roland  Dobler  and  J.  W.  Thorn- 
burg  caught  and  packed  out  alive  one  hundred  specimens,  the  paratypes. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF    THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.   12,  pp.  473-482  December  31,  1940 


XII 

REPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  ACADEMY 
FOR  THE  YEAR  1931* 


BY 

C.  E.  GRUNSKY 
President  of  the  Academy 

Owing  to  the  financial  stringency  of  the  last  few  years  the  publication  funds  of  the  California  Academy 
of  Sciences  have  been  seriously  limited.  In  view  of  this  deplorable  condition  it  was  deemed  advisable  to 
restrict  the  publications  issued  to  scientific  papers  only,  leaving  Annual  Reports  and  the  usual  statistical 
matter  to  more  favorable  times.   The  lacking  ones  will  be  issued  as  rapidly  as  possible. — Editor. 

It  is  with  particular  satisfaction  and  pleasure  that  I  present  this 
annual  report — this  being  the  end  of  a  20  year  period  during  which 
I  have  been  honored  with  the  presidency  of  the  Academy.  It  has 
been  a  pleasure  to  be  permitted  during  these  years  to  assist  in 
planning  the  Academy's  research  and  other  activities  and  to  find 
its  usefulness  constantly  extending.  The  latest  evidence  of  progress 
we  note  is  the  fact  that  this  annual  meeting  is  the  first  general 
meeting  of  the  Academy  in  our  newly  completed  main  unit  of  an 
East  Wing. 

Why,  it  may  be  asked,  was  this  building  erected  at  this  time  when 
everybody  is  economizing?  The  explanation  is  simple,  but  should 
perhaps  be  prefaced  with  the  remark  that,  contrary  to  the  general 
practice,  public  institutions  and  governments  should  spend  more 
and  not  less  in  periods  of  business  depression  so  as  to  stimulate  the 
flow  of  money;  so  as  to  make  for  more  not  for  less  employment;  so 
as  to  increase  not  decrease  consumption,  thereby  giving  the  retailer 
and  the  property  owner  better  opportunity  to  secure  incomes  and 

*  Printed  from  the  John  W.  Hendrie  Publication  Endowment. 

December  31,  1940 


474  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

to  pay  taxes  than  under  the  reverse  policy.  It  was  in  part  the  desire 
to  thus  accelerate  the  flow  of  money  which  prompted  favorable 
action  on  a  building  program,  but  the  main  reason  after  all  was  the 
fact  that  the  research  activities  of  the  Academy  were  in  sore  need 
of  more  room  and  that,  as  a  contribution  toward  this  building  which 
is  to  house  a  goodly  part  of  the  African  material  which  Mr.  Leslie 
Simson  is  collecting,  Mr.  Simson  placed  in  escrow  for  the  Academy, 
properties  worth  about  $150,000  subject  to  the  sole  condition  that 
the  Academy  accept  his  offer  to  collect  specimens  of  wild  life  in 
Africa,  and  that  income  from  his  property  donation  should  go  to 
him  during  his  lifetime. 

As  the  Academy  has  heretofore  been  putting  aside  on  capital 
account  from  $10,000  to  $15,000  a  year  the  Board  of  Trustees,  in 
the  circumstances,  deemed  it  wise  to  make  a  loan  of  $255,000.  It 
is  with  this  borrowed  money  that  this  building  has  been  erected. 
In  view  of  the  large  capital  donation  by  Mr.  Simson,  and  the  speci- 
mens of  African  wild  life  which  he  is  supplying  at  his  own  cost,  and 
in  view  of  the  adequate  accommodations  thus  made  available  for 
the  Academy's  administrative  staff  and  the  splendid  facilities  pro- 
vided on  the  second  floor  for  the  Departments  of  Entomology  and 
of  Exhibits,  the  facilities  for  the  Department  of  Fishes  in  the  base- 
ment, and  the  magnificent  storage  spaces  in  various  parts  of  the 
building  it  was  then  determined  that  the  amount  placed  in  recent 
years  in  capital  account  should  now,  for  a  time  at  least,  be  dis- 
bursed in  operating  expenses. 

However,  the  installation  of  the  African  material  in  the  alcoves 
provided  for  the  same  remains  to  be  made.  For  the  very  large  water- 
hole  group  at  the  end  of  the  Simson  Hall  there  should  be  about 
$15,000  donated  by  some  friend  of  the  Academy.  For  the  ten  large 
alcoves  about  $4000  each  will  be  needed,  and  for  the  thirteen  smaller 
alcoves  about  $1000  each. 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  announce  in  this  connection  that  the  Chief  of 
Exhibits,  Mr.  Frank  Tose,  has  offered  to  paint  the  background  of 
one  group  as  a  donation;  Dr.  Barton  W.  Evermann  proposes  to 
contribute  one  group,  and  your  President  will  attempt  the  painting 
of  one  background  as  a  donation,  with  consequent  cost  reduction  of 
the  group,  if  his  work  should  prove  acceptable. 

As  will  appear  from  the  reports  of  the  various  members  of  the 
Academy's  scientific  staff  the  interest  of  the  public  in  the  exhibits 
at  the  Museum  and  in  the  Aquarium  has  continued  unabated. 
The  same  need  for  more  tank  and  floor  space  at  the  Aquarium  as 
pointed  out  a  year  ago  still  exists.  However,  it  seems  hopeless  to 
expect  the  needed  funds  from  the  city  during  the  present  business 
depression.  Despite  space  limitation,  however,  the  Aquarium  main- 
tains its  reputation  as  one  of  the  foremost  in  the  world  in  the  matter 
of  the  variety  of  the  exhibits  and  in  excellence  of  their  display. 

The  various  departments  have  made  satisfactory  progress,  as  will 
appear  from  the  reports  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY—  PRESIDENTS  REPORT  FOR  1931  475 

several  curators,  despite  the  fact  that  because  of  the  increase  of  ex- 
penses resulting  from  the  addition  of  a  new  building,  the  retrench- 
ment in  department  expenditures  has  already  made  itself  felt. 

Mr.  McAllister  has  again  contributed  the  sum  of  $100  to  the 
Committee  on  the  Conservation  of  Wild  Life.  For  some  years  past 
he  has  made  a  like  contribution. 

For  the  special  lecture  courses,  of  which  two  with  four  lectures 
each  were  held  during  the  year  in  the  Auditorium  of  the  Pacific 
Gas  and  Electric  Company,  245  Market  Street,  the  un-named  friend 
of  the  Academy  donated  $250  on  February  10th  and  $500  on  August 
24th. 

Legal  services  were  contributed  by  Mr.  Edward  Hohfeld,  as  well 
as  by  Mr.  Francis  Hutchens  of  the  staff  of  Morrison,  Hohfeld,  Foer- 
ster,  Shuman,  and  Clark.  These  services  have  been  of  particular 
value  in  connection  with  the  planning  and  construction  of  the 
Academy's  East  Wing  of  its  Museum  Buildings. 

The  contract  for  the  erection  of  this  East  Wing  was  awarded  to 
Cahill  Brothers  on  March  11th,  1931  and  the  building  was  accepted 
on  December  10th,  1931.  The  cost  of  the  building  is  indicated  by 
the  following  payments: — 

Cahill  Brothers,  prior  to  Dec.  31,  1931 $169,733.04 

Architect's  Commission 15,739.17 

Agent's  Salary .        3,496.15 

Insurance 461.22 

Miscellaneous  expenses 875.52 

Total  in  1931 $190,305.10 

Cahill  Bros,  final  payment  in  Jan.  1932 59,396.74 

Total  Cost  of  Building $249,701.84 

Among  other  improvements  made  during  the  year  there  are  to  be 
noted  a  new  sewer  for  the  Museum  Buildings  and  the  Aquarium; 
and  a  new  filter  for  the  Aquarium. 

The  transfer  of  the  Administrative  offices,  of  the  Departments  of 
Entomology,  of  Fishes,  and  of  the  Department  of  Exhibits  in  part 
into  the  East  Wing  allowed  more  space  in  the  West  Wing  for  the 
Departments  of  Botany,  Paleontology,  Ornithology  and  Mam- 
malogy, and  also  for  the  Library. 

Since  October  24th  the  heat  for  the  West  Wing  is  being  supplied 
from  the  new  heating  system  in  the  East  Wing. 

Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan,  President  Emeritus  and  Chancellor 
Emeritus  of  Leland  Stanford,  Jr.  University,  deceased  September 
19th,  1931,  became  a  member  of  the  Academy  on  October  5th,  1891, 
soon  after  his  arrival  in  California.  He  was  elected  an  honorary  life 
member  on  January  3rd,  1898.  He  served  the  Academy  as  President 
for  three  periods,  namely: — from  January  6th,  1896  to  January  3rd, 
1898;  from  January   2nd,    1900,  to  January  5th,    1903;  and  from 


476  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

January  4th,  1909,  to  January  3rd,  1912.  Between  these  periods 
the  Academy  had  as  Presidents  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter,  Wm.  Alvord, 
and  E.  J.  Molera. 

The  Academy  will  ever  revere  Dr.  Jordan's  memory,  even  as  those 
of  us  who  knew  him  have  appreciated  his  giving  of  his  time  and  his 
ability  to  the  work  on  which  the  Academy  is  engaged. 

Mr.  Joseph  W.  Hobson,  deceased  November  23rd,  1931,  was  first 
elected  a  member  of  the  Academy  on  February  15th,  1869.  He 
was  called  into  service  for  the  institution  as  its  Recording  Secretary 
on  January  6th,  1902,  and  served  in  that  capacity  until  February 
19th,  1930,  when  failing  eyesight  forced  his  retirement.  He,  too, 
endeared  himself  to  those  who  worked  with  him.  He  served  the 
Academy  long  and  well. 

Because  the  Academy  is  still  without  an  adequate  auditorium, 
its  stated  meetings  are  being  held  in  the  Auditorium  of  the  Public 
Library  at  the  Civic  Center,  and  the  special  lecture  course  was 
given  in  the  Auditorium  of  the  Pacific  Gas  and  Electric  Company 
on  Market  Street.  The  use  of  these  audience  halls  has  been  granted 
to  the  Academy  without  charge,  a  courtesy  which  in  both  cases  is 
sincerely  appreciated. 

Concerning  the  membership  the  following  facts  are  of  interest. 
The  membership  is  made  up  of: — 

Patrons 20 

Honorary  Members 14 

Life  Members 92 

Fellows 61 

Members 954 

Junior  Members 12 

Total 1153 

Of  these: — 

5  Life  Members  are  also  Fellows 5 

5  Patrons  are  also  Life  Members 5 

1  Fellow  is  also  an  Honorary  Member 1 

3  Fellows  are  also  Patrons 3 

Total 14 

Actual  Membership  on  Jan.  1,  1932,  of 1 139 

On  Jan.  1,  1931,  the  number  of  members  stood  at. .  .  1108 

New  Members  were  added  during  the  year 90 

Members  lost  by  death 31 

Members  resigned 25 

Members  dropped  (non-payment  of  dues) ....    3 

59 

Gain  in  membership  during  year 31 

Leaving  the  membership  on  Jan.  1,  1932,  at 1139 


Vol.  XX] 


GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1931 


477 


The  Academy  carries  on  its  list  of  Benefactors  the  following  names: 


Deceased 


Mr.  James  Lick 


Mr.  Ignatz  Steinhart 


The  Academy  carries  on  its  list  of  Patrons  the  following  names: 


Living 


Mr.  George  C.  Beckley 

Dr.  Frank  E.  Blaisdell 

Mr.  William  B.  Bourn 

Mr.  Templeton  Crocker 

Hon.  William  H.  Crocker 

Mr.  Peter  F.  Dunne 

Miss  Alice  Eastwood 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann 

Mr.  Herbert  Fleishhacker 

Hon.  Joseph  D.  Grant 


Mr.  Edward  Hohfeld 

Mrs.  Albert  Koebele 

Mr.   A.    Kingsley    Macomber 

Mr.  John  W.  Mailliard 

Mr.  Joseph  Mailliard 

Mr.  M.  Hall  McAllister 

Mr.  G.  Frean  Morcom 

Mr.  William  C.  Van  Antwerp 

Mr.  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee 

Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke 


Mr.  William  Alvord 
Mr.  Charles  Crocker 
Mr.  W.  M.  Giffard 
Mr.  John  W.  Hendrie 
Mr.  William  F.  Herrin 
Mr.  Henry  M.  Holbrook 


Deceased 

Mrs.  Charlotte  Hosmer 

Mr.  Ogden  Mills 

Mr.    Alexander   F.    Morrison 

Mr.  Amariah  Pierce 

Hon.  Leland  Stanford 

Dr.  John  Van  Denburgh 


Academy   members   who  were  called  by   death  in   1931   are  as 
follows : 


Mr.  Edward  A.  Beals Member December  29 

Mr.  William  Burd Member May  16 

Dr.  Ng  Poon  Chew Member.  . March  13 

Prof.  John  Henry  Comstock Honorary  Member March  20 

Dr.  Paolo  De  Vecchi Life  Member May  30 

Mr.  George  S.  Garritt Member August  20 

Dr.  William  C.  Hassler Member August    1 

Mr.  Joseph  W.  Hobson Life  Member November  23 

Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan Honorary  and  Life  Member .  September  19 

Dr.  William  E.  Keith Life  Member January  16 

Mr.  Giles  H.  Lambson Member June 


1 

November  14 
4 


Mr.  J.  Eugene  Law Member 

Mr.  Robert  Newton  Lynch Member June 

Dr.  Marsden  Manson Member February  21 

Mr.  Elliott  McAllister Member August    3 

Mr.  Donald  McKee Member March  14 

Mr.  Frank  Malloye Member June    9 

Dr.  Albert  Abraham  Michelson .  .  .  Honorary  Member May    9 


1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 
1931 


478 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Dr.  William  H.  Nicols Member February  21,  1931 

Dr.  L.  H.  Pammell Member March  23,  1931 

Mr.  James  E.  Power Member April    6,  1931 

Mr.  V.  J.  A.  Rey Life  Member April  22,  1931 

Dr.  H.  J.  Ring Member 1931 

Mr.  Max  L.  Rosenberg Member May  18,  1931 

Mr.  Arthur  T.  Shay Member May    9,  1931 

Dr.  James  Perrin  Smith Fellow  and  Life  Member January     1,  1931 

Mr.  George  W.  Stewart Member September  6,  1931 

Mr.  James  P.  Taylor Member October  23,  1931 

Dr.  Harry  L.  Tevis Member July  19,  1931 

Mr.  E.  A.  Walcott Member January     1,  1931 

Mr.  George  B.  Willcutt Member September  17,  1931 


In  the  year  1931  eleven  free  lectures  were  delivered  at  the  stated 
meetings  of  the  Academy,  as  follows: 


January  7. 
March  4. 

April  1. 

May  6. 
June  3. 

July  1. 

August  5. 
September  2. 

October  7. 
November  4. 
December  2. 


"The  Causes  of  the  San  Francisco  Bay  Fogs."  Illustrated.  By 
Maj.  E.  H.  Bowie,  District  Forecaster,  Weather  Bureau, 
San  Francisco. 

"Remarks  on  the  Natural  Resources  and  Geology  of  Southern 
Alberta."  By  Dr.  Leo  G.  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator, 
Department  of  Paleontology,  California  Academy  of 
Sciences. 

"The  Growth  of  the  Earth  as  an  Abode  of  Land  Life."  Illus- 
trated. By  Dr.  Bailey  Willis,  Professor  Emeritus  of 
Geology,  Stanford  University. 

"Relation  of  Fossils  to  the  Oil  Industry."  By  Mr.  C.  C. 
Church,  Associated  Oil  Company,  San  Francisco. 

"Zones  of  Plant  Life  in  Arizona."  By  Miss  Alice  Eastwood, 
Curator,  Department  of  Botany,  California  Academy  of 
Sciences. 

"Collecting  in  Chiriqui."  Illustrated.  By  Mrs.  M.  E.  Mc- 
Lellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Orni- 
thology and  Mammalogy,  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

"The  Managua  Earthquake  and  the  Nicaragua  Canal."  By 
Mr.  C.  B.  Lastreto,  San  Francisco. 

"Rambles  in  Central  America — Stories  of  Personal  Experiences 
from  Seventeen  Years  of  Travel  far  from  the  Beaten 
Trail."  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  John  M.  Nicol,  Consulting 
Engineer,  San  Francisco. 

"The  Grasses  in  Nature  and  in  Human  Life."  Illustrated. 
By  Mr.  Morris  Halperin,  Research  Assistant  in  Agronomy, 
University  of  California. 

"The  History  and  Migration  of  the  Monterey  Pine  Forest." 
Illustrated.  By  Mr.  H.  L.  Mason,  Associate  in  Botany, 
University  of  California. 

"Impressions  Resulting  from  a  Trip  Through  Africa."  Illus- 
trated with  motion  pictures.  By  Dr.  Kaspar  Pischel,  San 
Francisco. 


Vol.  XX] 


GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1931 


479 


Sunday  afternoon  lectures  were  given  in  the  auditorium  in  the 
Museum  Building  in  Golden  Gate  Park  as  follows: 

January  4.  "Fort  Ross."     Illustrated.     By  Dr.  E.  O.  Essig,  Professor  of 

Entomology,  University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

January  11.  "Alaska  and  the  Reindeer  Industry."     Illustrated.     By   Mr. 

Carl  Lomen,  President  of  the  Reindeer  Corporation. 

January  18.  "Experiences   with   the   Trumpeter   Swan."     Illustrated.     By 

Mr.  Joseph  Dixon,  Economic  Mammalogist,  Berkeley. 

January  25.  "Disease  in   California   Forest   Trees."     Illustrated.     By   Dr. 

E.  P.  Meinecke,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry. 

February  1.  "Peculiar  Intrusive  Forms  of  Sedimentary  Rocks."  Illustrated. 

By  Dr.  Olaf  P.  Jenkins,  Chief  Geologist,  California  State 
Division  of  Mines,  San  Francisco. 


Sunday  afternoon  lectures  were  delivered  in  the  Assembly  Hall 
of  the  Public  Library,   Civic  Center  as  follows: 


February  8. 


February  15. 


February  22. 


March  1. 


March  8. 


March  15. 


March  22. 


March  29. 


April  5. 


April  12. 


April  19. 


"Alaska  Salmon  Canning  Industry."  Illustrated.  By  Mr. 
Perry  Bruce  Clark,  Assistant  Chemist,  United  States  Food, 
Drug  and  Insecticide  Administration,  San  Francisco. 

"A  Museum  Preparator's  Experiences  in  Africa."  Illustrated. 
By  Mr.  Frank  Tose,  Chief  of  Exhibits,  California  Academy 
of  Sciences. 

"Grasses  and  Man."  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  Morris  Halperin, 
Research  Assistant  in  Agronomy,  University  Farm,  Davis. 

"Earthquakes  and  the  Interior  of  the  Earth."  Illustrated. 
By  Dr.  Perry  Byerly,  Assistant  Professor  of  Seismology, 
University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

"The  Mourning  Dove  in  California."  Illustrated.  By  Mr. 
Leo  K.  Wilson,  Acting  Director,  Bureau  of  Education  and 
Research,  Division  of  Fish  and  Game,  San  Francisco. 

"My  Trip  to  Iceland."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  George  Haley, 
Professor  of  Biology,  University  of  San  Francisco,  San 
Francisco. 

"Mount  Shasta."  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  Pierre  J.  Denand, 
Associated  Oil  Company,  San  Francisco. 

"Geology  of  Coakuila,  Mexico."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  Leo 
G.  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Paleon- 
tology, California  Academy  of  Sciences. 


'Tramping  and   Climbing  in  the   High  Sierra." 
By  Mr.  Francis  P.  Farquhar,  San  Francisco. 


Illustrated. 


"The  Pioneer  Movement  Toward  the  Pacific  Coast."  By  Mr. 
Harold  Stein,  Field  Executive,  Boy  Scouts  of  America, 
San  Francisco. 

"What  About  the  Philippines?"  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  Alvin 
Seale,  Superintendent,  Steinhart  Aquarium  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences. 


480  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

April  26.  "Experiences  with  the  Desert  Big  Horn  Sheep."     Illustrated 

with  motion  pictures.  By  Mr.  Donald  McLean,  Field 
Naturalist,  California  Fish  and  Game  Commission,  San 
Francisco. 

May  3.  "The   Paleontological   History  of  the   Coast   Range  Forest." 

By  Mr.  H.  L.  Mason,  Associate  in  Botany,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley. 

May  10.  "Modern    Methods    in    Museum    Exhibition."        Illustrated. 

By  Mr.  Frank  Tose,  Chief  of  Exhibits,  California  Academy 
of  Sciences. 

May  17.  "The    Study    of    Pools."     Illustrated.     By    Mr.    H.    Walton 

Clark,  Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Fishes,  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences. 

May  24.  "Insects    in    Relation    to    Public    Health."     Illustrated.     By 

Prof.  W.  B.  Herms,  Entomologist  in  the  Experiment 
Station,  University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

May  31.  "How  to  Keep  Fishes  in  the  Home."     By  Mr.  Robert  J.  Lanier, 

Assistant  Superintendent,  Steinhart  Aquarium  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco. 

The  total  attendance  for  these  afternoon  lectures  was  1568.  They 
were  not  continued  owing  to  the  lack  of  a  suitable  auditorium  in 
the  Academy  buildings. 

The  special  lecture  courses  during  the  year  were  made  possible 
through  the  donation,  already  noted,  of  a  public-spirited  citizen. 
They  were  given  in  the  Auditorium  of  the  Pacific  Gas  and  Electric 
Company,  245  Market  Street.    These  lectures  were  as  follows: — 


Special  Lecture  Course  No.  1. 

April  1.  "The  Growth  of  the  Earth  as  an  Abode  of  Land  Life."     By  Dr. 

Bailey   Willis,   Professor  Emeritus    of  Geology,   Stanford 
University. 

April  8.  "The  Age  of  the  Earth  as  Taught  by  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the 

Colorado."     By    Dr.    William    Morris    Davis,    Professor 
Emeritus  of  Geology,  Harvard  University. 

April  15.  "The    Origin   and    Development   of   Land    Plants."     By    Dr. 

Douglas    Houghton    Campbell,     Professor    Emeritus    of 

Botany,  Stanford  University. 
April  22.  "The  Origin,  Distribution  and  History  of  the  Giant  Sequoias, 

the  Oldest  Living  Things  in  the  World."     By  Dr.  Willis 

Linn  Jepson,  Professor  of  Botany,  University  of  California. 


Special  Lecture  Course  No.  2. 

September  16.  "The  Story  of  the  Ancient  Reptiles."     Illustrated.     By  Dr. 

Charles  L.  Camp,  Professor  of  Paleontology,  University  of 
California. 


Vol.  XX]  CRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1931  481 

September  24.  "The  Ancestors  of  Our  Forests."     Illustrated.     By  Dr.  Ralph 

W.  Chaney,  Chairman,  Department  of  Paleontology, 
University  of  California. 

September  30.  "The  Mammals  of  the  Pleistocene  Age  as  Illustrated  by  the 

Species  found  in  the  Asphaltum  Beds  of  California." 
Illustrated.  By  Dr.  Chester  Stock,  Professor  of  Paleon- 
tology, California  Institute  of  Technology,  Pasadena, 
California. 

October  7.  "The  Grasses  in  Nature  and  in  Human  Life."     Illustrated  with 

stereopticon  slides  and  motion  pictures.  By  Mr.  Morris 
Halperin,  Research  Assistant  in  Agronomy,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley. 

The  total  attendance  for  the  first  and  second  series  of  special 
lectures  was  2869. 


The  Academy  publications  in   1931   were  the  following: — 

Proceedings,  Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XIX,  No.  12,  pp.  217-397,  134  text  figs.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor 
Formation  of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California,  By  Remington  Kel- 
logg.  (Issued  January  30,   1931.) 

Vol.  XIX,  No.  13,  pp.  399-410  and  No.  14,  pp.  411-482.  No.  13— Report  of  the 
President  of  the  Academy  for  the  Year  1930.  By  C.  E.  Grunsky.  No.  14 — 
Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium  for  the 
Year  1930.     By  Barton  Warren  Evermann.     (Issued  May  29,  1931.) 

Vol.  XX,  No.  1,  pp.  1-7,  3  text  figures— Geographic  Variation  in  the  Richard- 
son Grouse.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.   (Issued  May  22,  1931.) 

Vol.  XX,  No.  2,  pp.  9-104 — The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.  By  Ivan 
M.  Johnston.   (Issued  November  18,  1931.) 

Vol.  XX,  Nos.  3  and  4,  pp.  105-134,  plate  1.  No.  3,  pp.  105-128,  plate  1— The 
Genus  Pogogyne.  By  John  Thomas  Howell.  No.  4,  pp.  129-134— A  Great 
Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus.  By  John  Thomas  Howell.  (Issued  December 
18,  1931.) 

Vol.  XX,  No.  5,  pp.  135-160— New  Species  of  Plants  from  Western  North 
America.  By  Alice  Eastwood.   (Issued  December  18,  1931.) 


Occasional  Papers 

No.  XVII,  162  pp.,  17  pi. — Log  of  the  Schooner  ''Academy"  on  a  Voyage  of 
Scientific  Research  to  the  Galapagos  Islands,  1905-1906.  By  Joseph  R. 
Slevin.   (Issued  February  14,  1931.) 

No.  XVIII,  299  pp.,  57  text  figs.,  1  pi.— The  Avifauna  of  the  Galapagos  Islands. 
By  Harry  S.  Swarth.   (Issued  June  29,  1931.) 


482  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  Academy  again  tenders  its  sincere  thanks  to  Mr.  Edward 
Hohfeld  and  his  associates  for  legal  advice  generously  extended 
during  the  year. 

The  activities  of  the  Academy  in  further  detail  will  appear  in  the 
accompanying  reports  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum,  the  Super- 
intendent of  the  Aquarium,  the  Chief  of  Exhibits,  and  the  Curators 
of  the  several  Departments  to  all  of  whom  thanks  for  able  and  faith- 
ful service  is  hereby  extended. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OP   THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  13,  pp.  483-491  December  31,  1940 


XIII 

REPORT  OF  THE  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  MUSEUM 
AND  OF  THE  AQUARIUM  FOR  THE  YEAR  1931* 

BY 

BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN 
Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium 

The  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  for  the  year  1930  was  presented 
to  the  Annual  Meeting,  February  18,  1931.  The  present  report, 
submitted  at  this  Annual  Meeting,  February  17,  1932,  sets  forth 
briefly  the  scientific  and  educational  activities  of  the  Academy  for 
the  calendar  year  1931. 

Personnel 

The  employees  of  the  Museum  as  of  January  1,  1932,  were  as 
follows:  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive 
Curator  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium,  and  Editor  of  the 
Academy  publications;  Susie  M.  Peers,  Secretary  to  the  Board  of 
Trustees;  Annie  G.  Hobson,  Recording  Secretary  of  the  Academy; 
Alice  Eastwood,  Curator,  John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator, 
and  Kate  E.  Phelps,  assistant,  Department  of  Botany;  Edward  P. 
Van  Duzee,  Curator,  Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Curator  Emeritus, 
Dr.  Frank  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology,  Dr.  Frank  E. 
Blaisdell  Sr.,  Research  Associate,  J.  O.  Martin  and  Amy  Williamson, 
assistants,  Department  of  Entomology;  Frank  Tose,  Chief,  John 
Adams,  Jenness  Richardson,  Mammal  Taxidermists,  J.  Stuart  Row- 
ley, Marietta  Edwards,  Richard  Cayzer,  and  Mrs.  Clara  Rice,  In- 
stallation and  Accessories,  William  B.  Hayden  and  Cecil  Tose,  as- 
sistants, Department  of  Exhibits;  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann, 

*  Printed  from  the  John  W.  Hendrie  Publication  Endowment. 

December  31,  1940 


484  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Curator,  and  H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator,  Department  of 
Fishes;  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator,  Department  of  Herpetology;  Dr. 
Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator,  Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology; 
Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian,  and  Veronica  J.  Sexton, 
Library  Assistant;  Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator,  Mrs.  Mary  E.  McLel- 
lan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator,  and  Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator 
Emeritus,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy;  Dr.  G. 
Dallas  Hanna,  Curator,  Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator, 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator,  M.  Vonsen,  Honorary 
Curator  in  Mineralogy,  Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson  and  C.  C.  Church, 
Research  Associates,  Mrs.  Winifred  Morrison  and  John  L.  Nichol- 
son, Jr.,  Assistants,  Department  of  Paleontology;  Constance  W. 
Campbell,  stenographer,  part  time,  Evelyn  Larsen,  office  assistant, 
part  time;  Raymond  L.  Smith,  general  assistant;  Mabel  E.  Phillips, 
check-room  attendant;  William  C.  Lewis,  janitor;  Hugh  Jones,  as- 
sistant janitor;  Charles  F.  Baldock,  engineer  and  janitor;  Allen 
Weatherwax,  lecture  attendant;  Archie  McCarte,  night  watch; 
Nellie  Marshall,  attendant,  part  time;  Fred  Tanaka,  janitor,  part 
time. 

The  Aquarium  staff  and  employees  as  of  January  1,  1932,  were  as 
follows:  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director;  Susie  M.  Peers, 
Secretary,  part  time;  Constance  W.  Campbell,  stenographer,  part 
time;  Evelyn  Larsen,  office  assistant,  part  time;  Alvin  Seale,  Superin- 
tendent; Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent;  Phyllis  Beard- 
slee,  doorkeeper;  Clynt  S.  Martin,  chief  engineer;  B.  T.  Culleton, 
first  assistant  engineer;  John  A.  Dwyer,  second  assistant  engineer; 
Clyde  E.  Guidry,  chief  attendant;  Jack  Solini,  first  assistant  at- 
tendant; L.  R.  Solini,  second  assistant  attendant;  Leon  Maxwell, 
third  assistant  attendant;  Frank  J.  Maxwell,  relief  engineer  and 
attendant;  S.  J.  Shenefield,  carpenter  and  general  utility  man; 
Patrick  O'Neill,  janitor;  Patrick  McArdle,  assistant  janitor;  Frank 
Haley,  day  watch. 

James  Campbell  was  employed  for  a  short  time  as  a  temporary 
assistant  in  the  Department  of  Fishes. 


Cooperation  with  Public  and  Private  Schools, 
other  Institutions  and  Individuals 

The  Museum  has  continued  its  service  to  schools,  other  institu- 
tions, and  individuals  in  their  educational  and  scientific  work. 
Classes  from  schools,  and  other  groups  have  been  afforded  as  com- 
plete cooperation  as  possible  on  their  visits  to  the  Museum  and 
Aquarium.  Several  loans  have  been  made  for  educational  purposes 
to  schools,  and  a  large  number  for  purposes  of  scientific  research  to 
institutions  and  individuals.  The  Department  research  collections 
are  being  steadily  increased  as  is  shown  in  the  list  of  accessions  and  in 
the  Department  Reports.     Facilities  for  special  study  and  research 


Vol.  XX]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1931  485 

in  the  laboratories  of  the  different  departments  have  been  afforded 
numerous  investigators  from  time  to  time  during  the  year. 

The  usual  flow  of  inquiries  for  information  upon  scientific  subjects 
has  continued  unabated,  and  considerable  time  has  been  devoted  to 
their  proper  answer  by  the  Director  or  the  Curator  of  the  Depart- 
ment concerned. 

Visitors  to  the  Museum  in  organized  groups  have  been  frequent. 
The  largest  of  these  have  been  classes  from  public  and  private  schools, 
conducted  by  their  teachers.  It  is  our  policy  to  give  such  classes 
every  aid  possible  and  to  provide  them  with  guides  when  feasible, 
though  these  must  be  taken  from  our  regular  staff  otherwise  em- 
ployed. The  employment  of  at  least  two  such  tactful  and  sympa- 
thetic guides  or  docents  whose  duties  are  to  aid  in  interpreting  to  the 
visitor  the  lessons  taught  by  the  exhibits  is  an  extremely  desirable 
addition  to  our  force  as  soon  as  financial  conditions  make  it  possible. 

During  the  year  1931  the  number  of  all  visitors  to  the  Museum  has 
been  446,245;  to  the  Steinhart  Aquarium  1,003,753;  the  grand  total 
since  the  opening  of  the  Museum  in  1916  has  been  6,922,868;  the 
grand  total  for  the  Steinhart  Aquarium  since  the  opening  in  1923  has 
been  8,349,572. 

A  careful  detailed  list  of  schools,  grades,  teachers,  number  of 
pupils,  and  dates  of  visits  has  been  kept  for  1931  as  before,  and  is  on 
file  in  the  office  of  the  Academy.  The  following  summaries  present 
the  most  important  facts. 

Schools  Visiting  the  Museum  in  1931 

Schools  of  San  Francisco: 

Total  Number  of  Pupils 5795  5795 

Total  Number  of  Teachers 179 

Total  Number  of  Classes 104 

Schools  Outside  of  San  Francisco: 

Total  Number  of  Pupils 1683                  1683 

Total  Number  of  Teachers 44 

Total  Number  of  Classes 49 

7478 


Schools  Visiting  Steinhart  Aquarium  in  1931 

Schools  of  San  Francisco: 

Number  of  Visiting  Pupils 4912 

Number  of  Visiting  Teachers 159 

Number  of  Visiting  Classes 181 

Schools  Outside  of  San  Francisco: 

Number  of  Visiting  Pupils 1863 

Number  of  Visiting  Teachers 65 

Number  of  Visiting  Classes 82 


486  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Building  Activities 

Early  in  the  year  the  architect's  plans  were  approved  and  con- 
tract was  let  for  a  new  addition  to  the  Academy's  museum.  This 
new  building  will  be  known  as  the  East  Wing  of  the  Museum.  In  a 
general  way  it  follows  the  lines  of  the  West  Wing.  The  principal 
unit  in  the  East  Wing  is  the  Simson  African  Mammal  Hall,  in  which 
will  be  displayed  24  habitat  groups  of  some  29  species  of  African 
mammals.  Mr.  Leslie  Simson  is  still  in  Africa  collecting  the  animals 
needed  for  the  groups.  We  have  already  received  from  him  more 
than  100  skins  and  skeletons,  and  Mr.  Tose  and  his  assistants  are 
very  busy  preparing  the  groups.  It  is  expected  the  Simson  Hall  will 
be  ready  for  formal  opening  to  the  public  by  next  December. 

Other  units  that  are  provided  for  in  the  East  Wing  are  the  Di- 
rector's offices  and  the  general  offices  of  the  Academy,  the  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  the  Department  of  Fishes,  and,  temporarily, 
certain  work  rooms  for  the  Department  of  Exhibits.  There  are  also 
in  the  East  Wing  several  special  rooms  such  as  supply  room,  janitor's 
room,  cold-storage  hide  room,  fumigation  room,  dark  room,  lava- 
tories, rest  rooms,  Academy  publications  store  room,  etc. 

The  rooms  in  the  West  Wing  formerly  occupied  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology  have  been  added  to  the  Department  of  Pale- 
ontology; the  three  rooms  formerly  occupied  by  the  general  office  and 
the  Director  have  been  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Botany.  All 
the  research  collections  of  fishes  have  been  transferred  from  the 
Aquarium  basement  to  the  new  quarters  which  the  Department  of 
Fishes  now  has  in  the  basement  of  the  East  Wing.  These  quarters 
consist  of  the  main  Research  Collection  Room,  132  ft.  long  by  30  ft. 
wide,  a  Laboratory  51  ft.  by  20  ft.,  and  3  offices  22  ft.  6  in.  by  11  ft- 
6  in.,  15  ft.  6  in.  by  11  ft.  6  in.,  and  14  ft.  by  11  ft.  6  in.,  respec- 
tively, or  a  total  of  5678  sq.  ft.,  to  which  can  be  added  2068  sq.  ft. 
in  the  publications  store  room  (making  a  total  of  7746  square  feet 
of  floor  space  when  needed).  This  will  house  a  collection  of  fishes 
much  larger  than  any  now  existing  in  America.  It  is  our  ambition  to 
make  the  collection  the  largest  in  America. 

Acknowledgments 

Friends  of  the  Academy  continue  to  show  their  appreciation  of 
what  we  are  doing  for  the  community  and  for  science  by  donating  to 
the  Museum  and  the  Aquarium  desirable  natural  history  specimens 
and  other  objects  of  interest. 

To  all  who  have  thus  shown  their  interest  in  our  work  grateful 
thanks  are  extended.  Through  the  field  activities  of  our  scientific 
staff,  the  exchange,  donation  and  purchase  of  specimens  the  re- 
search collections  have  continued  to  increase. 


Vol.  XX]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1931  487 

A  complete  list  of  these  accessions  is  on  file  in  the  offices  of  the 
Academy. 

As  in  the  past,  the  Academy  is  greatly  indebted  to  the  Southern 
Pacific  Company,  the  Atchison,  Topeka  and  Santa  Fe  Railway 
System,  the  Matson  Navigation  Company,  and  the  Los  Angeles 
Steamship  Company  for  many  courtesies  that  have  aided  so  ma- 
terially in  our  field  work.     Their  cooperation  is  greatly  appreciated. 


488  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER 

For  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  1931 
January  1,  1931,  Balance  due  Crocker  First  National  Bank $     3,228.25 

Receipts: 

Dues $  3,298.00 

Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endowment 

Income 1,797.04 

James  Lick  Endowment  Income 72,404.40 

General  Income 19,911.30 

John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment  Income 868.87 

Post  Card  Sales 687.35 

Publication 545.55 

Interest 875.85 

Bills  Payable 106,000.00 

Bills  Receivable 77,000.00 

Bills  Receivable  Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust 1,000.00 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust  Interest 245.07 

Duplicate  Sales  Account 2.50 

W.  G.  Wright  Fund 12.00 

Park  Birds  Handbook  Fund 183.30 

Wild  Life  Protection  Fund 100.00 

Lecture  Fund  Donation 750.00 

Total  Receipts $285,681.23 

$282,452.98 
Expenditures: 

East  Wing  Construction $190,305.10 

Sewer  Construction 2,685.29 

Interest 11,959.45 

Contingent  Fund 418.73 

Salary  Expense  General 20,379.83 

Department  Salaries 22,965.51 

Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund 1,200.00 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Equipment 1,325.32 

Insurance 1,184.91 

Museum  Department  Appropriations 25,100.20 

Post  Cards 600.00 

Publication 7,499.07 

Library 4,114.13 

Sundry  Creditors 209.10 

Expense 3,133.13 

Lecture  Expense 416.24 

Total  Expenditures $293,496.01 

January  1,  1932,  Balance  due  Crocker  First  National  Bank $  11,043.03 

F.  W.  Bradley,  Treasurer. 
Examined  and  found  correct, 

Pace,  Gore  &  McLaren,  Certified  Public  Accountants. 

San  Francisco,  Calif.,  February  11,  1932. 


Vol.  XXI  EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1931  489 

INCOME  AND  OPERATING  EXPENSES 

For  the  fiscal  year,  January  1,  1931,  to  December  31,  1931 

Income: 

Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endowment 

Income $     1,797.04 

James  Lick  Endowment  Income 72,404.40 

General  Income 19,911.30 

Dues 3,293.00 

Interest  on  Temporary  Investments 875.85 

Profit  on  Post  Card  Sales 514.25 

Duplicate  Sales  Account 2.50 

Total  Income $  98,798.34 

Expenditures: 

General  Expense $     3,207.99 

Salaries 43,441.59 

Interest 12,429.08 

Insurance 1,184.91 

Total  Expenditures: $  60,263.57 

Net  Income  Transferred  to  Surplus  Account $  38,534.77 


SUMMARY  OF  SURPLUS  ACCOUNT 
December  31,  1931 

Balance  January  1,  1931 $595,531.23 

Additions: 

Net  Income  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 

1931 $  38,534.77 

Transfer  from  John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment 
Income  equal  to  the  amount  expended 
for  certain  publications 4,137.90 

Total  Additions  to  Surplus $  42,672.67 


$638,203.90 


Deductions: 

Depreciation $  16,403.66 

Transfer  to  Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking 

Fund  Reserve 1,200.00 

Correction  of  erroneous  charge  to  Furniture 

and  Fixtures 77.00 

Total  Deductions  from  Surplus $  17,680.66 

Surplus,  December  31,  1931 $620,523.24 


490  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

BALANCE  SHEET 

December  31,  1931 

A ssets 
Property: 

Real  Estate,  831-833  Market  Street $600,000.00 

Commercial  Building,  833  Market 

Street $516,818.66 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation ...  .      121,452.34     395,366.32 


Real  Estate,  Jessie  Street 8,083.65 

$1,003,449.97 

Museum,  Golden  Gate  Park: 

Building  Construction 192,025.92 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation.  .  .  .       45,119.37     146,906.55 


East  Wing — under  construction 190,305.10 

Sewer — under  construction 2,687.19 

General  Collections 239,482.23 

Library  and  Equipment 167,937.23 

Tools  and  Equipment 50,871.29 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation 11,996.34  38,874.95 


Office  Furniture 6,401.89 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation.  .  .  .  3,719.31  2,682.58 


$788,875.83 

Investment  Securities ' 8,703.42 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust: 

Bills  Receivable $     5,000.00 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Construction 263,390.29 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Equipment 35,668.40 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Revolving  Fund 5,000.00 

Uninvested  Cash  on  Hand 98.13 


$309,156.82 


Current  Assets: 

Bills  Receivable 2,000.00 

Postcards  in  Stock 1,677.23 

Cash  on  Hand 186.48 

Advances  to  employees  doing  field  work 500.00 


$     4,363.71 
Total $2,114,549.75 


Vol.  XX]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1931  491 

BALANCE  SHEET— Continued 

Liabilities 
Endowments: 

James  Lick  Endowment $804,902.31 

Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endowment.  .  .        20,000.00 
John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment 32,770.85 


$857,673.16 


14,345.05 


Funds  Held  for  Special  Purposes: 

Alvord  Bequest  Botanical $     5,000.00 

John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment  Income 4.71 

Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund  Reserve. .  .  8,603.42 

W.  G.  Wright  Fund 54.57 

Park  Birds  Handbook  Fund 296.60 

Wild  Life  Protection  Fund 111.10 

Lecture  Fund : 274.65 


Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust: 

Principal $250,000.00 

Interest 59,156.82 

$309,156.82 

Notes  and  Accounts  Payable: 

Bills  Payable $301,000.00 

Accounts  Payable 710.32 

Due  Crocker  First  National  Bank  (Overdraft).  .  11,141.16 

$312,851.48 

Surplus $620,523.24 

Total $2,114,549.75 

Susie  M.  Peers, 

Secretary  Board  of  Trustees. 


We  have  examined  the  foregoing  Balance  Sheet,  together  with  the  books  and 
accounts  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  in  our  opinion,  it  is  properly 
drawn  up  so  as  to  exhibit  a  true  and  correct  view  of  the  Academy's  affairs,  as  shown 
by  the  books. 

Pace,  Gore  &  McLaren, 

Certified  Public  Accountants. 
San  Francisco,  Calif. 
February  11,  1932. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OP    THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  14,  pp.  493-521  December  31,  1940 


XIV 

REPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  ACADEMY  AND 

ACTING  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  MUSEUM  AND 

THE  AQUARIUM  FOR  THE  YEAR  1932 

WITH  DEPARTMENTAL  REPORTS  FOR  THE  TWO  YEARS 

1931  AND  1932* 

BY 

C.  E.  GRUNSKY 
President  and  Acting  Director  of  the  Museum  and  Aquarium 

When  in  August  1932  it  became  apparent  that  on  account  of  ill 
health  Dr.  Evermann  would  have  to  be  temporarily  released  from 
active  duty  as  Director  and  Executive  Curator,  it  naturally  fell  to 
the  President  to  carry  on  the  work  of  the  Academy  with  which  he  had 
been  in  intimate  touch  throughout  Dr.  Evermann's  entire  admin- 
istration. For  the  time  being,  therefore,  he  has  accepted  the 
responsibility  of  Acting  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Stein- 
hart  Aquarium. 

Dr.  Evermann  was  forced  in  June  to  seek  rest  for  a  time  at  Stan- 
ford Hospital.  Unfortunately  it  was  found,  despite  his  robust  ap- 
pearance, that  his  physical  disabilities  were  not  as  trifling  as  his 
friends  had  hoped,  and  there  was  a  gradual  loss  of  strength  until, 
on  September  27  at  his  home  in  Berkeley,  the  end  came. 

It  was  my  privilege  as  President  of  the  Academy  and  member  of 
its  Council  and  Board  of  Trustees  to  have  a  voice  in  authorizing 
the  employment  by  the  Academy  of  a  salaried  director,  and  it  was  my 
privilege,  too,  to  have  a  voice  in  the  selection  of  Dr.  Evermann  for 
the  newly  created  position.     Our  relations  at  once  became  intimate, 

*  Printed  from  the  John  W.  Hendrie  Publication  Endowment. 

rWpmhpr  31.  1040 


494  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

and  throughout  the  eighteen  years  of  close  association  in  Academy- 
work  which  then  followed  there  was  never  an  unpleasant  occurrence 
to  interfere  with  whole-hearted  cooperation. 

The  passing  of  Dr.  Evermann  was  keenly  felt  by  all  connected 
with  Academy  affairs;  but  natural  science  in  general  is  the  greatest 
sufferer.  He  was  an  indefatigable  worker,  always  ambitious  to 
acquire  new  information  and  ever  intolerant  of  those  who  imagined 
their  education  was  complete.  He  took  great  pride  in  his  former 
connections  with  educational  pursuits,  and  always  endeavored  in 
every  possible  way  to  advance  the  educational  phase  of  the  Academy's 
activity.  A  class  of  school  children  being  led  through  the  exhibition 
halls  was  given  as  much  consideration  as  a  group  of  naturalists.  The 
enquiring  mind  of  youth  was  to  him  one  of  the  most  inspiring  of 
nature's  phenomena. 

He  was  born  on  a  farm  near  Lovilia,  Monroe  County,  Iowa, 
October  24,  1853.  His  father  was  Andrew  Everman.  His  mother's 
maiden  name  was  Nety  Gardner.  The  family  moved  to  a  farm  in 
Carroll  County,  Indiana,  when  Barton  Warren  was  a  young  boy,  and 
in  that  state  he  grew  up,  acquired  his  education  and  married  Meade 
Hawkins  on  October  24,  1875.  He  graduated  from  Indiana  Univer- 
sity in  1886,  received  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  1888,  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  1891.  He  was  honored  by  receiving  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Laws  from  the  University  of  Utah  in  1922,  and 
from  Indiana  University  in  1927. 

He  became  interested  in  natural  history  as  have  many  young 
farmer  boys,  and  early  began  making  a  collection  of  birds  and  eggs. 
This  love  for  ornithology  never  left  him  and  he  was  a  prolific  writer 
on  the  subject. 

He  taught  in  the  public  schools  of  Indiana  and  California  during 
1871-1881;  was  County  School  Superintendent  of  Carroll  County, 
Indiana,  during  1883-1885,  and  head  of  the  Department  of  Biology 
of  the  Indiana  State  Normal  School  from  1886  to  1891.  From  1891 
to  1914  he  held  various  responsible  positions  with  the  U.  S.  Bureau 
of  Fisheries,  and  it  was  during  this  period  that  some  of  his  most 
valuable  publications  on  fishes  were  issued. 

The  fame  of  Dr.  Evermann  rests  largely  upon  his  work  in  syste- 
matic Ichthyology,  but  he  did  not  by  any  means  confine  his  efforts 
to  that  one  subject.  His  card  index  of  titles  at  the  time  of  his  death 
contained  387  entries.  A  hurried  classification  of  these  show  196 
papers  on  fishes,  59  on  birds,  30  on  mammals,  and  the  remainder  on 
miscellaneous  subjects. 

Much  of  his  material  for  publication  was  prepared  while  at  the 
same  time  he  attended  to  the  strenuous  duties  of  an  administrative 
position.  His  official  correspondence  was  largely  carried  on  by  rapid 
fire  dictation,  but  many  personal  letters  and  his  manuscripts  were 
slowly  and  carefully  written  in  long  hand. 

Rarely  indeed  does  a  man  leave  behind  so  little  unfinished  work. 
A  paper  on  the  fishes  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands  Expedition  of 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY—  PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  495 

1925  (co-author  with  H.  Walton  Clark),  and  his  annual  Academy 
report  for  1931  were  completed,  but  unpublished,  at  the  time  of  his 
death. 

His  trips  to  the  field  to  study  or  collect  specimens  were  his  greatest 
recreation,  and  his  enthusiasm  upon  such  occasions  was  contagious. 
On  these  excursions  he  was  in  the  habit  of  keeping  detailed  notes  on 
various  subjects.  A  series  of  books  of  these  observations  has  been 
left  to  the  Academy.  Often  he  kept  lists  of  birds  observed,  even  on 
short  automobile  journeys.  Even  up  to  the  time  when  he  had  reached 
the  age  of  75  he  could  easily  maintain  his  place  on  fishing  and  collect- 
ing trips,  and  in  camp  he  insisted  upon  doing  more  than  his  share  of 
the  routine  tasks. 

Because  of  valuable  gifts  and  contributions  to  the  Academy's 
natural  history  material  and  to  its  library,  Dr.  Evermann  became  a 
"Patron"  of  the  Academy  on  March  26,  1921.  His  interest  in  the 
African  Hall  of  the  Academy,  which  is  made  possible  by  the  gen- 
erosity of  Mr.  Leslie  Simson,  prompted  Dr.  Evermann  to  become 
sponsor  for  one  of  its  smaller  exhibits,  and  he  presented  the  Academy 
with  $1,000  to  cover  the  cost  of  the  installation  of  the  Dik-Dik 
habitat  group. 

By  bequest,  and  by  the  generosity  of  his  son  Toxaway  Bronte 
Evermann  and  his  daughter  Mrs.  Edith  Evermann  Humphrey,  most 
of  Dr.  Evermann's  scientific  books  and  papers  have  become  the 
property  of  the  Academy  to  which  he  had  devoted  so  much  of  his 
life  and  energy. 

As  announced  at  our  last  Annual  Meeting  on  February  17,  1932, 
our  First  Vice-President,  Mr.  Otto  von  Geldern,  that  day  reelected, 
succumbed  to  heart  trouble. 

Otto  von  Geldern,  the  son  of  Gustav  von  Geldern,  was  born  in 
Berlin,  Germany,  on  September  6,  1852.  He  was  brought  to  the 
United  States  as  a  child,  spending  his  youth  at  Sonoma,  California. 
He  was  educated  in  part  in  this  country,  and  in  part  at  gymnasia  and 
technical  schools  in  Germany. 

His  first  professional  experience  was  with  his  father  who  was  an 
engineer  and  architect.  In  1872,  Mr.  von  Geldern  returned  to 
California,  from  Germany,  and  served  as  an  Assistant  Engineer  on 
the  construction  of  the  Mare  Island  Dry  Dock.  Thereafter  until 
1889  he  was  almost  continuously  an  hydrographic  assistant  with  the 
United  States  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  or  an  engineer  assistant 
with  the  United  States  Army  Engineers.  He  thereupon  established 
himself  in  general  engineering  practice  in  San  Francisco. 

Because  of  his  experience  on  the  harbors  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  Mr. 
von  Geldern  had  become  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  ebb  and  flow 
of  the  tides,  and  his  knowledge  of  this  subject,  and  of  the  problems 
connected  with  a  delimitation  of  shore  areas,  made  him  an  authority 
on  tide-marsh  and  ocean-front  ownerships.     Of  valuation  matters, 


496  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

too,  he  made  a  specialty,  his  advice  being  frequently  called  for  in 
proceedings  before  rate-fixing  authorities  and  in  the  Courts. 

He  had  great  command  of  language,  delighting  in  producing 
occasional  short  poems  and  highly  meritorious  accounts  of  early 
California  life  and  customs.  It  would  have  been  an  easy  transition 
for  him  from  engineer  to  poet  and  philosopher,  but  he  found  his 
principal  pleasure  and  relaxation  in  solving  intricate  mathematical 
problems. 

His  mathematical  ability  served  him  well  when  he  was  called  upon 
to  assist  the  government  in  locating  defense  armament  about  San 
Francisco  Bay.  In  this  connection,  Mr.  von  Geldern  invented  a  new 
and  practical  method  of  adjusting  a  modern  coast  defense  gun,  an 
account  of  which  was  published  at  the  Artillery  School,  Fortress 
Monroe,  Virginia,  upon  command  of  Major  General  Arthur  Mac- 
Arthur,  U.  S.  A.,  in  January  1905.  This  method  included,  in  the 
complete  adjustment  of  large  guns  and  mortars,  the  determination 
of  errors  in  azimuth,  elevation,  and  verticality,  as  well  as  the  errors 
of  the  telescopic  gun-sight. 

In  professional  circles  Mr.  von  Geldern  will  be  remembered  as 
an  able  engineer  and  a  member  of  that  fine  old  school  of  practi- 
tioners who  hold  the  ethics  of  their  calling  above  gain.  He  was 
known  and  respected,  however,  far  beyond  the  boundaries  of  pro- 
fessional fields.  In  his  youth,  he  knew  personally  many  of  the  men 
whose  names  made  California  history  during  the  period  of  transi- 
tion from  Mexican  to  American  control.  Among  others,  he  was  ac- 
quainted with  General  Vallejo — as  a  youth  knows  older  men — and 
was  intimate  with  his  family.  More  than  any  other,  perhaps,  he  is 
responsible  for  clearing  the  General's  record  of  the  charge  of  op- 
portunism made  by  inaccurate  or  prejudiced  historians.  In  the 
course  of  the  studies  undertaken  in  the  interest  of  General  Vallejo's 
history,  Mr.  von  Geldern  developed  into  one  of  the  best  authorities 
on  the  history  of  the  so-called  Sonoma  District  of  Mexican  Cali- 
fornia, the  Kearny  "filibuster,"  and  the  frequently  exaggerated 
episode  that  men  refer  to  as  the  "Bear  Flag  Republic." 

He  was  married  on  July  10,  1884,  to  Mathilda  Schildt,  by  whom 
he  is  survived.  He  is  also  survived  by  his  three  sons :  Dr.  Charles 
E.,  Edward  B.,  and  Dr.  Hans  S.  von  Geldern,  and  by  seven  grand- 
children. 

Mr.  von  Geldern  became  a  member  of  the  Academy  in  1896  and 
was  made  a  life  member  in  1921.  He  was  elected  Second  Vice- 
President  in  1904  and  First  Vice-President  in  1931.  He  was  also  a 
Past-President  of  the  Astronomical  Society  of  the  Pacific,  was  a 
member  of  various  other  scientific  organizations,  and  served  for 
many  years  as  a  Trustee  of  the  Mechanics'  Institute  of  San  Fran- 
cisco, being  its  President  at  the  time  of  his  death,  and  as  such  also 
a  Regent  of  the  University  of  California. 

Mr.  von  Geldern's  life  was  a  full  one,  and  not  restricted  to  the 
attainment  of  his  own  selfish  ambitions.     He  was  an  asset  to  his 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY—  PRESIDENTS  REPORT  FOR  1932  497 

State  and  an  example  of  the  type  of  citizen  on  whom  the  country 
must  depend  for  the  maintenance  of  its  best  traditions. 

The  vacancy  in  the  First  Vice-Presidency  caused  by  the  death  of 
Mr.  von  Geldern  was  filled  by  the  election  of  Dr.  F.  M.  MacFarland 
by  the  Council.  Dr.  E.  P.  Meinecke  was  elected  to  the  position  of 
Corresponding  Secretary  theretofore  held  by  Dr.  MacFarland. 

During  this  year  there  has  also  passed  away  Mr.  E.  J.  Molera, 
who  was  President  of  the  Academy  from  1903  to  1909.  Mr.  Molera 
was  long  active  on  the  Pacific  Coast  as  a  civil  engineer.  He  was 
born  at  Vich  in  Spain  on  November  14,  1846.  He  received  his 
technical  education  at  the  Royal  Academy  of  Engineers  at  Madrid 
from  which  he  was  graduated  in  1867. 

As  early  as  1870  he  came  to  San  Francisco  and  found  employ- 
ment with  the  United  States  Engineers  on  harbor  work,  his  name 
being  connected  with  surveys  of  Blossom  Rock  preceding  its  removal 
as  an  obstruction  to  navigation  in  San  Francisco  Bay.  Thereafter 
until  1876  he  was  the  Assistant  Lighthouse  Engineer  of  the  12th 
District  with  headquarters  at  San  Francisco.  He  then  established 
himself  permanently  in  private  practice  as  a  consultant  civil  engineer 
at  San  Francisco,  making  topographic  surveys,  planning  irrigation 
works  and  the  like.  He  was  called  to  Mexico  in  1881  by  President 
Gonzales  to  outline  a  project  for  the  drainage  of  the  Valley  of  Mexico. 
A  few  years  later  he  was  employed  by  a  syndicate  of  capitalists  as 
consultant  on  the  completion  of  the  Tehuantepec  Railroad.  This 
work  included  studies  for  the  harbor  terminals  upon  both  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans.  His  professional  practice  covered  not 
only  a  wide  range  in  engineering,  but  extended  also  into  the  archi- 
tectural field. 

Mr.  Molera  was  a  student  of  early  Mexican  history,  and  from 
time  to  time  gave  delightful  accounts  of  the  results  of  his  studies  to 
his  favorite  technical  organization — the  Technical  Society  of  the 
Pacific  Coast. 

He  was  married  on  April  28,  1875,  to  Miss  Amelia  Cooper  (de- 
ceased) of  Monterey,  California.  Of  his  two  children,  Andrew  J. 
and  Frances  M.,  the  former  passsed  away  a  few  months  before  his 
father's  death. 


The  Simson  African  Hall 

Work  on  the  installation  of  the  groups  of  wild  life  in  the  hall  on  the 
main  floor  of  the  Academy's  new  East  Wing  has  been  pushed  forward 
as  rapidly  as  the  resources  of  the  Academy  would  permit. 

By  holding  down  the  field  work  in  the  Academy's  several  research 
departments  to  a  minimum,  it  was  found  possible  to  keep  a  small 
force  at  work  in  the  Department  of  Exhibits.  This  is  done,  of  course, 
in  anticipation  of  a  refund  when  generous  friends  of  the  Academy 
come  forward  with  contributions  as  sponsors  of  individual  groups. 


498  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

There  will  be  ten  of  the  large  groups,  13  intermediate,  smaller  ones, 
and  one  very  large  group  at  the  far  end  of  the  hall.  It  is  hoped  and 
expected  that  the  Academy  can  dedicate  these  several  groups  to 
individuals,  in  return  for  contributions  adequate  to  cover  the  cost 
of  their  installation. 

Such  installations  of  habitat  groups  in  the  West  Wing  were  made 
possible  by  donations  from  William  van  Antwerp,  W.  B.  Bourn, 
J.  D.  Grant,  Herbert  Fleishhacker,  William  H.  Crocker  and  others. 
For  the  work  in  the  East  Wing,  except  for  several  of  the  painted 
backgrounds,  only  a  single  donation  of  $1,000  for  one  of  the  smaller 
groups  is  thus  far  to  be  reported. 

The  circumstances  which  led  the  Academy  to  erect  its  new  East 
Wing  and  to  undertake  the  installation  of  the  habitat  groups  of 
African  Wild  Life  are  sufficiently  set  forth  in  the  President's  report 
for  the  year  1930.  It  was  hoped  a  year  ago  that  there  would  certainly 
be  enough  outside  financial  assistance  to  keep  our  organization  of  a 
Department  of  Exhibits  together.  But  this  hope  has  not  thus  far 
been  realized.  Instead  of  finding  ourselves  in  a  position  to  open  the 
African  Hall  to  the  public  at  least  for  part  time  in  April,  1933,  the 
opening  will  have  to  be  indefinitely  postponed. 


The  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition  of  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  1932 

The  offer  to  Director  Evermann  by  Mr.  Templeton  Crocker  to 
conduct  a  scientific  expedition  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  and  other 
places  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  devoting  himself  and  his  yacht  Zaca 
completely  to  the  service  of  the  Academy  for  a  period  of  more  than 
five  months,  was  gratefully  accepted.  Thereupon  the  yacht  was 
suitably  outfitted  and  departed  from  San  Francisco  on  March  10. 
The  expedition  returned  to  the  same  port  on  September  1.  An  ac- 
count of  this  expedition  and  of  its  contributions  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  fauna  and  flora  of  the  coast  and  islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
will  be  published  in  Volume  XXI  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy. 

The  Trustees  and  the  Council  in  joint  session  on  September 
19  formally  expressed  their  appreciation  to  Mr.  Crocker  of  his 
generous  contributions  to  the  study  of  natural  history  problems  and 
declared  him  to  be  a  "Benefactor"  of  the  Academy. 


Academy  Membership 

The  following  information  relating  to  the  membership  and  mem- 
bership changes  during  1932  will  be  of  interest. 


Vol.  XX]  CRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  499 

The  members  at  the  end  of  1932  were  classified  as  follows: 

Benefactor 1 

Patrons 18 

Honorary  Members 19 

Life  Members 88 

Fellows 60 

Members 846 

Junior  Members 19 


Total 1051 


Of  these 


5  Life  Members  are  also  Fellows 5 

6  Patrons  are  also  Life  Members 6 

1   Fellow  is  also  an  Honorary  Member 1 

3  Fellows  are  also  Patrons 3 

1   Benefactor  is  also  a  Patron 1 

Total 16 

Actual  Membership 1035 

On  January  1,  1932,  the  number  of  members  stood  at 1139 

New  Members  were  added  during  the  year 34 

Members  lost  by  death 28 

Members  resigned 45 

Members  dropped  (non-payment  of  dues) 65 

138 
Net  loss  during  year 104 

Leaving  the  membership  on  January  1,  1933,  at 1035 


The  Academy  carries  on  its  list  of  Benefactors  the  following  names : 

Living 
Mr.  Templeton  Crocker 

Deceased 
Mr.  James  Lick  Mr.  Ignatz  Steinhart 

The  Academy  carries  on  its  list  of  Patrons  the  following  names: 

Living 

Dr.  Frank  E.  Blaisdell  Mrs.  Albert  Koebele 

Mr.  William  B.  Bourn  Mr.  A.  Kingsley  Macomber 

Mr.  Templeton  Crocker  Mr.  John  W.  Mailliard 

Hon.  William  H.  Crocker  Mr.  Joseph  Mailliard 

Mr.  Peter  F.  Dunne  Mr.  M.  Hall  McAllister 

Miss  Alice  Eastwood  Dr.  Walter  B.  Scaife 

Mr.  Herbert  Fleishhacker  Mr.  William  C.  Van  Antwerp 

Hon.  Joseph  D.  Grant  Mr.  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee 

Mr.  Edward  Hohfeld  Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke 


500  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Deceased 

Mr.  William  Alvord  Mrs.  Charlotte  Hosmer 

Mr.  George  C.  Beckley  Mr.  Ogden  Mills 

Mr.  Charles  Crocker  Mr.  G.  Frean  Morcom 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann  Mr.  Alexander  F.  Morrison 

Mr.  W.  M.  Giffard  Mr.  Amariah  Pierce 

Mr.  John  W.  Hendrie  Hon.  Leland  Stanford 

Mr.  William  F.  Herrin  Dr.  John  Van  Denburgh 
Mr.  Henry  M.  Holbrook 

Academy  members  who  were  called  by  death  in  1932  are  as  fol- 
lows : 

Mr.  George  C.  Beckley Patron December  15,  1932 

Mr.  Robert  I.  Bentley Member February  22,  1932 

Mr.  Richard  Cayzer Member March     3,  1932 

Mr.  Frank  J.  Devlin Member February    6,  1932 

Mr.  Donald  R.  Dickey Member April  13,  1932 

Mr.  Frederick  T.  Duhring Member January  23,  1932 

Mr.  W.  J.  Dutton Member August  23,  1932 

Mr.  Samuel  Cary  Evans Member December  31,  1932 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann Patron September  27,  1932 

Professor  Rufus  L.  Green Fellow November  17,  1932 

Dr.  Harvey  Monroe  Hall Fellow March  11,  1932 

Mr.  Alexander  Hamilton Member October  14,  1932 

Mr.  Thomas  A.  Hays Member April    5,  1932 

Miss  Anna  Head Member :  .  .  .December  24,  1932 

Mr.  Ralph  Hoffmann Member July  21,  1932 

Mr.  Edward  Jesurun Life  Member October  29,  1932 

Mr.  Walter  Loewy Member February  11,  1932 

Mr.  E.  J.  Molera Life  Member January  14,  1932 

Mr.  Charles  C.  Moore Member April  17,  1932 

Mr.  George  W.  Moore Member July  28,  1932 

Mr.  G.  Frean  Morcom Patron March  25,  1932 

Mr.  Ransom  Pratt Life  Member March  30,  1932 

Mr.  F.  A.  Robbins Member May  27,  1932 

Mr.  Andrew  W.  Rose Life  Member April  16,  1932 

Mr.  John  Spencer Member December  31,  1932 

Mr.  Miles  Standish Member June  22,  1932 

Professor  Edwin  C.  Starks Life  Member ..December  29,  1932 

Mr.  Otto  von  Geldern Life  Member February  17,  1932 

Lectures 

During  the  year  1932  eleven  free  lectures  were  delivered  at  the 
stated  meetings  of  the  Academy,  as  follows: 

January  6.  "The  Philippines."    Illustrated.    By  Dr.  Albert  W.  Herre,  Cura- 

tor of  the  Zoological  Museum,  Stanford  University. 

March  2.  "Guadalupe  Island,  Its  Animals  and  Plants  and  Its  Geology." 

A  Symposium,  participated  in  by  Captain  Garland  Rotch, 
Mr.  John  Thomas  Howell,  and  others.  Illustrated  with 
moving  pictures. 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY—  PRESIDENTS  REPORT  FOR  1932  501 

April  6.  "Dr.    Henry   Power,    Early   English   Microscopist,    Friend  and 

Contemporary  of  Sir  Thomas  Browne,  with  Selections  from 
His  Experimental  Philosophy."  By  Mr.  Thomas  Cowles, 
Assistant  Librarian,  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

May  4.  "The  Science  of  Taxation."     By  Mr.  E.  R.  Zion. 

June  1.  "Up  the  Amazon  and  over  the  Andes."     Illustrated.     By  Mrs- 

Ynes  Mexia,  San  Francisco. 

July  6.  "Flags;  Facts  and  Fallacies."     By  Mr.  C.  B.  Lastreto,  San  Fran- 

cisco. 

August  3.  "Major  Business  Cycles."     By  Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky,  President, 

California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

September  7.  "Wild  Life  on  the  Great  Rivers  of  Yellowstone  Park."     Illus- 

trated. By  Mr.  George  M.  Wright,  Field  Naturalist, 
National  Park  Service. 

October  5.  "Account  of  the  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition:  The  Birds." 

Illustrated.  By  Mr.  Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator,  Depart- 
ment of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy,  California  Academy 
of  Sciences. 

November  2.  "The  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition  of  the  California  Academy 

of  Sciences."  A  symposium  participated  in  by  the  follow- 
ing: Templeton  Crocker:  Account  of  the  Expedition. 
Captain  Garland  Rotch:  The  Zaca  and  Her  Crew.  Harry 
S.  Swarth,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Ornithology: 
Birds.  H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Fishes:  Tidepools  and  Their  Inhabitants.  John 
Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator  of  the  Department  of 
Botany:  Plants.  Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superin- 
tendent of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium:  Live  Fishes  and 
Deep-Sea  Dredging.  E.  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator  of  the 
Department  of  Entomology:  Insects.  Dr.  Albert  E. 
Larsen,  Medical  Officer  of  the  Expedition:  Plankton  and 
Termites.  This  symposium  was  also  one  of  the  Academy's 
Fall  course  of  four  lectures  on  the  general  subject  "The 
Beauties  of  Nature." 

December  7.  "Account  of  the  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition:     The  Plants." 

Illustrated.  By  Mr.  John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Cur- 
ator of  Botany,  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 


The  free  lectures  on  the  general  subject  "The  Beauties  of  Nature," 
four  in  the  spring  and  four  in  the  fall,  made  possible  by  the  generos- 
ity of  a  friend  of  the  Academy,  were  continued  as  follows: 

Special  Lecture  Course  No.  3 

May   11.  "Our  National  Park  System:  What  the  Federal  Government  is 

doing  to  conserve  and  make  known  the  Beauties  of  Nature." 
Illustrated  with  colored  slides  and  motion  pictures.  By 
Colonel  John  R.  White,  Superintendent,  Sequoia  and 
General  Grant  National  Parks. 

May  18.  "Western  American  Scenery  As  Exemplified  In  Our  National 

Parks."  Illustrated  with  colored  slides.  By  Francis  P. 
Farquhar,  Vice  President  of  the  Sierra  Club. 


502 

May  25. 

June  1. 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


"Off  the  Track  in  Central  America;  the  History,  the  Peoples, 
and  the  Natural  Beauties  of  Those  Little-known  Countries." 
Illustrated  with  stereopticon  slides.  By  John  Malcom 
Nicol,  mining  engineer  and  traveler. 

"Spiritual  Values  in  the  Appreciation  of  Nature."  By  Dr.  John 
C.  Merriam,  President  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington. 


October  19. 


October  26. 


November  2. 


November  9. 


Special  Lecture  Course  No.  4 

"Up  the  Amazon  and  Over  the  Andes":  An  account  of  a  trip 
for  the  collection  of  botanical  specimens  secured  for  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia and  other  institutions.  Illustrated  with  lantern 
slides.      By  Mrs.  Ynes  Mexia. 

"The  Music  of  the  Out-of-Doors."  Illustrated  with  hand-col- 
ored slides.  By  Bert  Harwell,  Park  Naturalist  of  the 
Yosemite  National  Park. 

"The  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition  of  the  California  Academy 
of  Sciences."  A  symposium;  illustrated.  Templeton  Crocker: 
Account  of  the  Expedition.  Captain  Garland  Rotch:  The 
Zaca  and  Her  Crew.  Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator  of  the  De- 
partment of  Ornithology:  Birds.  H.  Walton  Clark,  As- 
sistant Curator  of  the  Department  of  Fishes:  Tidepools 
and  Their  Inhabitants.  John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant 
Curator  of  the  Department  of  Botany:  Plants.  Robert 
J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium:  Live  Fishes  and  Deep-sea  Dredging.  E.  P. 
Van  Duzee,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Entomology 
(not  a  member  of  the  Expedition) :  Insects.  Dr.  Albert 
E.  Larsen,  Medical  Officer  of  the  Expedition:  Plankton  and 
Termites. 

"Glaciation  of  the  Sierra  Nevada."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  Eliot 
Blackwelder,  Professor  of  Geology,  Stanford  University. 


In  this  connection  grateful  acknowledgment  is  made  not  alone 
to  the  Academy's  unnamed  friend,  but  also  to  the  Pacific  Gas  and 
Electric  Company  whose  auditorium  was  placed  at  the  disposal  of 
the  Academy  for  these  lecture  courses. 

Academy  Publications  in  1932 

Owing  to  the  urgent  need  for  economy  the  Academy  has  been 
forced  to  hold  its  publications  to  a  minimum.  Even  the  annual  re- 
ports of  its  President  and  Director  have  been  postponed  to  a  more 
favorable  season. 


Proceedings,  Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  6,  pp.  161-263,  plates  2-18 — The  Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill, 
Kern  County,  California.     By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.   (Issued  January  8,  1932.) 

Vol.  XX,  No.  7,  pp.  265-267 — A  New  Subspecies  of  Coral  Snake  from  Gua- 
temala.    By  Karl  P.  Schmidt.   (Issued  January  8,  1932.) 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY— PRESIDENTS  REPORT  FOR  1932  503 

Vol.  XX,  No.  8,  pp.  269-290 — Birds  and  Mammals  from  the  Kootenay  Valley, 
Southeastern  British  Columbia.  By  Joseph  Mailliard.  (Issued  January  8, 
1932.) 

Vol.  XX,  No.  9,  pp.  291-465 — Miscellaneous  Studies  in  the  Elateridae  and 
Related  Families  of  Coleoptera.  By  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke.  (Issued  March 
3,  1932.) 

Vol.  XX,  No.  10,  pp.  467-469 — Agonostomus  Hancocki  Seale,  sp.  nov.  By  Alvin 
Seale.   (Issued  December  30,  1932.) 

Personnel 

The  personnel  connected  with  the  Academy  at  the  beginning  of 
the  year  1933  either  as  paid  employees,  or  as  accredited  research 
associates  or  assistants,  sometimes,  of  course,  without  compensa- 
tion, are  here  enumerated.  Those  who  are  noted  as  part  time 
employees  are  being  paid  in  part  out  of  funds  received  from  the  City 
for  the  operation  of  the  Aquarium,  their  duties  being  divided  be- 
tween the  Museum  and  the  Aquarium. 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky,  Acting  Director  and  Executive  Curator  of  the 
Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium,  and  Editor  of  the  Academy  publi- 
cations; Susie  M.  Peers,  Secretary  to  the  Board  of  Trustees;  Annie 
G.  Hobson,  Recording  Secretary  of  the  Academy;  Alice  Eastwood, 
Curator,  John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator,  and  Kate  E. 
Phelps,  Assistant,  Department  of  Botany;  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee, 
Curator,  Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator,  Dr.  Frank 
R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology,  Dr.  Frank  E.  Blaisdell, 
Research  Associate,  and  Amy  Williamson  and  J.  O.  Martin,  as- 
sistants, Department  of  Entomology;  Frank  Tose,  Chief  of  Exhibits, 
J.  Stuart  Rowley,  Jenness  Richardson,  Marietta  Edwards,  J.  M. 
Barclay,  William  B.  Hayden,  John  Adams,  and  Cecil  Tose  as  As- 
sistants and  Grace  M.  Betts  and  Captain  Charles  B.  Hudson, 
artists,  Department  of  Exhibits;  H.  Walton  Clark,  Curator,  De- 
partment of  Fishes;  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator,  Department  of 
Herpetology;  Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant;  Harry  S. 
Swarth,  Curator,  Mary  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator, 
and  Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus,  Department  of  Ornithology 
and  Mammalogy;  Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator,  Dr.  Leo  George 
Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator,  Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary 
Curator,  and  M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy,  Dr.  Roy 
E.  Dickerson  and  Dr.  C.  C.  Church,  Research  Associates,  Depart- 
ment of  Paleontology;  Constance  W.  Campbell,  stenographer,  part 
time;  Evelyn  Larsen,  office  assistant,  part  time;  Raymond  L.  Smith, 
general  assistant;  Mabel  E.  Phillips,  checkroom  attendant;  William 
C.  Lewis,  janitor;  Raymond  Jones,  assistant  janitor;  Allen  Weather- 
wax,  lecture  attendant;  Frank  Haley,  day  watch;  Archie  McCarte, 
night  watch;  Nellie  Marshall,  attendant,  part  time,  C.  F.  Baldock, 
engineer  and  janitor,  East  Wing. 

The  Aquarium  staff  and  employees  as  of  January  1,  1933,  were  as 


504  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

follows:  Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky,  Acting  Director;  Susie  M.  Peers,  Sec- 
retary, part  time;  Constance  W.  Campbell,  stenographer,  part  time; 
Evelyn  Larsen,  office  assistant,  part  time;  Alvin  Seale,  Superin- 
tendent; Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent;  Phyllis  Beards- 
lee,  doorkeeper;  B.  T.  Culleton,  first  assistant  engineer;  John  A. 
Dwyer,  second  assistant  engineer;  Frank  J.  Maxwell,  relief  engineer; 
S.  J.  Shenefield,  carpenter  and  general  utility  man;  C.  E.  Guidry, 
chief  attendant;  Jack  Solini,  first  assistant  attendant;  Leon  Max- 
well, third  assistant  attendant;  Willard  R.  Martin,  assistant  col- 
lector; Patrick  McArdle,  assistant  janitor;  L.  R.  Solini  and  Lloyd 
Shebley,  assistants,  part  time;  and  Frank  Haley,  day  watch. 

During  1932  the  following  changes  in  personnel  took  place. 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher  resigned  his  position  as  Curator  of  the 
Academy's  inactive  Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology  on  No- 
vember 26,  1932. 

William  B.  Hay  den,  an  assistant  in  the  Department  of  Exhibits, 
resigned  on  February  1,  and  John  Adams,  an  assistant  in  the  same 
Department,  on  August  2,  1932.  This  Department  lost  Richard 
Cayzer,  an  assistant,  by  death  on  March  3,  1932.  From  January  2 
to  July  19,  1932,  the  Library  had  the  free  services  of  Edwin  J. 
Coman,  a  student  of  library  methods.  In  March  the  services  of 
Fred  Tanaka  as  janitor's  assistant  were  dispensed  with.  Part-time 
service  as  an  assistant  in  the  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mam- 
malogy was  rendered  by  A.  E.  Borell  covering  February  15  to  19 
and  March  7  to  29. 

The  Academy  makes  grateful  acknowledgment,  too,  of  the  part- 
time  work  by  Hamilton  Peers,  as  a  voluntary  assistant  during  Oc- 
tober and  November  in  the  listing  of  books  and  pamphlets,  be- 
queathed to  the  Academy  by  the  late  Dr.  Evermann. 

The  Academy  has  suffered  from  the  general  business  depression 
of  the  last  few  years  and  in  consequence  been  forced  to  curtail 
activities.  This  has  resulted  in  a  reduced  output  of  scientific  publi- 
cations and  in  the  making  of  other  retrenchments  resulting  in  the 
reduction  of  the  number  of  employees.  Among  those  whose  services 
were  dispensed  with  are  Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian,  Jan- 
uary 1,  1933;  Louis  Solini,  second  assistant  attendant  at  the  Stein- 
hart  Aquarium,  June  30;  Clynt  S.  Martin,  Chief  engineer  at  the 
Steinhart  Aquarium,  June  1;  and  Patrick  O'Neill,  janitor  at  the 
Aquarium,  June  30,  1932.  Hugh  R.  Jones,  janitor,  became  ill  in 
February  and,  not  being  able  to  return,  his  place  was  filled  by  his 
son,  Raymond  L.  Jones.  John  L.  Nicholson,  Jr.,  has  been  em- 
ployed part-time  at  intervals  during  the  year  in  the  Department 
of  Paleontology  and  in  the  Library.  Winifred  Morrison  was  em- 
ployed part-time  in  the  Department  of  Paleontology  from  January 
to  the  middle  of  March. 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  505 

Items  of  Interest 

Full  information  relating  to  the  receipts  and  expenditures  by  the 
Academy  during  the  year  1932  is  presented  in  the  Treasurer's  Re- 
port here  annexed. 

The  income  received  and  available  for  research  activities  and  for 
operation  of  the  Academy's  Natural  History  Museum  has  fallen 
about  $6,000  short  of  what  had  been  estimated.  Nevertheless,  the 
Academy  has  carried  on  without  reducing  salaries,  though  with 
enforced  curtailment  of  published  output.  How  the  insufficient 
allowance  by  the  City  for  the  Steinhart  Aquarium  has  impaired  the 
display  of  aquatic  life  is  apparent  to  all  who  visit  the  same. 

The  Annual  Meeting  of  February  17,  1932  was  the  first  Academy 
meeting  to  be  held  in  the  new  East  Wing. 

The  Academy  was  invited  to  participate  in  the  Captain  G.  Allan 
Hancock  Expedition  to  the  coast  of  Mexico,  Central  America,  Mal- 
pelo  Islands,  Cocos  Island,  and  the  Galapagos  Islands  from  Decem- 
ber 1,  1931  to  March  1,  1932,  and  was  represented  by  Mr.  Alvin 
Seale,  Superintendent  of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium,  and  by  Dr.  Leo 
G.  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Paleontology. 

Dr.  C.  C.  Church  was  made  Research  Associate  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Paleontology  on  February  27,  1932. 

The  Academy  received  an  endowment  of  $10,000  from  its  un- 
named friend  who  is  sponsoring  lecture  courses  on  the  general  sub- 
ject "The  Beauties  of  Nature."  The  income  from  this  endowment 
assures  the  continuance  of  these  lectures,  which  have  now  been  made 
a  regular  activity  of  the  Academy. 

Mr.  Templeton  Crocker  has  made  a  donation  of  $1,000  to  the 
Academy's  publication  fund. 

Mr.  M.  Hall  McAllister  has  again  contributed  $100  to  further 
activities  relating  to  the  preservation  of  wild  life. 

Mr.  Leslie  Simson  returned  from  Africa  early  in  January  1933, 
having  completed  the  collection  of  220  specimens  of  African  mam- 
mals for  the  Academy's  "Simson  African  Mammal  Hall."  Six  of  the 
painted  backgrounds  for  the  large  groups  in  the  African  Hall  are 
nearing  completion  and  two  small  ones  are  complete. 

Regardless  of  the  fact  that  San  Francisco  should  have  the  finest 
and  best  equipped  aquarium  in  the  world  the  operation  of  the 
Academy's  Steinhart  Aquarium  was  sadly  crippled  by  an  inadequate 
maintenance  by  the  City.  The  Academy's  request  for  $50,000  was 
cut  by  the  Mayor  in  his  recommendation  to  the  Board  of  Supervisors 
to  $45,000  and,  despite  the  earnest  representations  of  the  Director 
and  of  the  President  of  the  Academy,  the  Supervisors  made  a  second 
ten  percent  deduction  from  our  needs,  cutting  down  the  budget 
allowance  to  $40,500. 

The  Academy  was  treated  as  though  it  were  a  city  department, 
and  the  fact  was  ignored  that  any  reduction  of  the  requested  allow- 
ance meant  a  crippling  of  our  institution.     There  was  no  remedy. 


506  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

To  meet  the  situation  the  outside  pools  were  closed  down  and  the 
ten  seals  were  sent  to  different  parts  of  the  country.  The  Bureau 
of  Fisheries,  too,  was  notified  that  we  could  not  accept  additional 
fur  seals,  for  which  arrangements  had  been  made.  Several  em- 
ployees were  discharged  and  others  put  on  part  time.  It  is  hoped 
that  this  year  the  Academy  will  be  permitted  to  again  operate  at  its 
established  program. 


Museum  Attendance  for  1932 

Cooperation  with  schools  and  other  organizations  and  groups 
interested  in  natural  history  has  been  continued.  Without  listing 
each  such  school  or  group  it  is  to  be  noted  that  during  the  year 
1932  the  Academy's  Museum  was  visited  by 

Schools  of  San  Francisco: 

Total  Number  of  Pupils 5769 

Total  Number  of  Teachers 206 

Total  Number  of  Classes 118 

Schools  Outside  of  San  Francisco: 

Total  Number  of  Pupils 2165 

Total  Number  of  Teachers 64 

Total  Number  of  Classes 76 

The  total  number  of  visitors  to  the  Museum  during  1932  was  381,559. 


Aquarium  Attendance  in  1932 

Without  listing  each  such  school  or  group  it  is  to  be  noted  that 
during  the  year  1932  the  Academy's  Aquarium  was  visited  by 

Schools  of  San  Francisco: 

Total  Number  of  Pupils 5706 

Total  Number  of  Teachers 199 

Total  Number  of  Classes 229 

Schools  Outside  of  San  Francisco: 

Total  Number  of  Pupils 2598 

Total  Number  of  Teachers 72 

Total  Number  of  Classes 76 

The  total  number  of  visitors  to  the  Academy's  Steinhart  Aquarium 
during  1932  was  910,052,  which  together  with  the  Museum  at- 
tendance for  the  same  year  makes  a  grand  total  of  1,291,611  persons 
who  derived  pleasure  and  instruction  from  the  free  exhibits  main- 
tained by  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

A  large  number  of  gifts  of  museum,  aquarium,  and  library  ma- 
terial have  been  received  during  the  year,  detailed  lists  of  which  are 
on  file  in  the  Academy  offices.    The  thanks  of  the  Academy  are  here 


Vol.  XX]  CRUNSKY—  PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  507 

extended  to  the  generous  donors  for  their  interest  in  the  welfare 
of  the  institution. 

The  Academy  again  makes  grateful  acknowledgment  to  Mr. 
Edward  Hohfeld  and  Mr.  Francis  C.  Hutchens  for  valuable  legal 
services  furnished  gratuitously,  as  also  to  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company,  to  the  Santa  Fe  Railway  Company,  and  to  the  Matson 
Steamship  Company  for  courtesies  which  have  facilitated  the  work 
of  the  Academy,  and  which  are  sincerely  appreciated  by  its  officers 
and  staff  of  scientists. 

On  behalf  of  the  Council  I  am  sure  that  I  may  say  that  the  service 
rendered  and  the  work  done  in  the  several  departments  has  been 
satisfactory  with  noteworthy  results  giving  promise  of  sustained 
future  progress. 


DEPARTMENT  REPORTS  FOR  THE  YEARS  1931  AND  1932 

Department  of  Botany 

The  herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  now  numbers  over  200,000 
mounted  sheets,  thousands  of  specimens  not  yet  mounted,  and  thousands  of  du- 
plicates to  be  used  for  exchange.  In  1931,  4446  specimens  were  received  in  exchange 
and  in  1932,  2221.  They  came  from  the  following  institutions  and  individuals: 
Stanford  University;  University  of  California,  University  of  California  at  Los 
Angeles;  Arnold  Arboretum  and  Gray  Herbarium  of  Harvard  University;  Uni- 
versity of  Sweden;  University  of  Montana;  Missouri  Botanical  Garden;  University 
of  Pennsylvania;  Field  Museum;  J.  W.  Thompson,  Seattle;  J.  Ewan,  Los  Angeles; 
L.  C.  Wheeler,  La  Verne,  California.  In  1931,  951  specimens  were  sent  as  exchanges 
and  in  1932,  4668.  They  were  received  by  the  following  institutions  and  individuals: 
Pomona  College,  Gray  Herbarium,  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  Field  Museum, 
Stanford  University,  University  of  California,  University  of  California  at  Los 
Angeles,  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  University  of  Sweden,  University  of  Mon- 
treal, Arnold  Arboretum,  U.  S.  National  Herbarium,  University  of  Asiae  Mediae, 
Royal  Herbarium,  Kew,  England,  Ralph  Hoffman,  and  J.  Ewan. 

In  1931  the  Academy  purchased  1960  specimens,  consisting  of  50  mosses  from 
Mr.  A.  Grout,  100  Patagonian  plants  from  A.  Donat,  297  west  American  plants 
from  C.  L.  Hitchcock,  206  Californian  from  Mrs.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke,  and  1329  west 
American  plants  from  the  estate  of  Dr.  P.  B.  Kennedy.  The  numerous  duplicates 
of  the  last  which  were  distributed  in  1932  are  not  included.  In  1932  the  Academy 
purchased  100  plants  collected  in  Patagonia  by  A.  Donat,  404  collected  in  Texas 
by  J.  A.  Moore  and  J.  A.  Steyermark,  and  60  collected  by  A.  C.  Brade  in  Brazil. 

In  1931,  4120  specimens  were  received  as  gifts  from  12  correspondents  and  in 
1932,  6378  from  20  correspondents.  This  does  not  include  the  collection  of  Hepaticse 
donated  by  Mrs.  E.  C.  Sutliffe,  consisting  of  77  specimens  received  by  her  in  ex- 
change from  Miss  C.  C.  Haynes,  nor  a  collection  purchased  by  the  Curator  from 
F.  Verdoon,  Utrecht,  Holland,  consisting  of  233  specimens,  including  94  isotypes 
and  costing  $57.77.  The  Curator  also  paid  for  the  binding  of  35  volumes  of  Engler's 
Pflanzenreich  at  a  cost  of  $57.75  and  100  specimens  from  A.  Donat,  Patagonian 
plants,  the  cost  being  $22.00. 

The  most  notable  gifts  have  been  as  follows:  Miss  Louise  A.  Boyd  gave  a  col- 
lection of  109  specimens  collected  by  herself  and  Mr.  Robert  H.  Menzies  on  her 
1932  expedition  to  eastern  Greenland.  Mr.  George  Haley  of  the  University  of  San 
Francisco  donated  108  specimens  collected  on  a  trip  to  Iceland.  Mr.  Eric  Walther 
has  added  altogether  700  exotics  from  Californian  gardens  and  parks.  The  greatest 
donation  has  been  made  by  Mr.  Lewis  S.  Rose,  who  has  also  helped  in  the  herbarium 


508  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

by  arranging  and  distributing  specimens.  In  1931  he  donated  2902  and  in  1932  over 
4000  specimens.  He  exchanges  Californian  species  which  he  collects  in  sets  with 
botanists  throughout  the  world,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Africa,  Palestine,  South 
America,  Europe,  and  the  western  United  States  are  among  the  countries  repre- 
sented in  his  exchanges. 

The  collections  made  in  1925  by  H.  L.  Mason  on  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition 
of  the  Academy  were  incorporated  in  the  herbarium  in  1931.  Over  140  specimens 
were  added  to  the  herbarium  and  the  duplicates  were  distributed  as  exchanges. 

In  1931,  the  curator  at  her  own  expense  spent  two  weeks  around  Kingman, 
Arizona,  collecting  704  numbers  as  well  as  duplicates.  In  1932  she  joined  Mrs. 
Susan  Delano  McKelvey  on  a  week's  trip  in  the  desert  region  of  Southern  California, 
collecting  200  specimens.  During  1931  Mr.  Howell  collected  about  2600  specimens. 
More  than  1700  of  this  number  were  obtained  on  a  trip  through  the  western  United 
States  and  Canada  with  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clarence  Elliott  of  Stevenage,  England. 
During  the  spring  and  fall,  Mr.  Howell  made  shorter  trips  to  various  places,  notable 
being  a  trip  with  Mr.  E.  P.  Van  Duzee  through  the  south  coast  ranges,  with  the 
late  Ralph  Hoffmann  to  Santa  Cruz  Island,  and  with  Mr.  Templeton  Crocker  to 
Guadalupe  Island,  Lower  California.  In  1932,  Mr.  Howell  accompanied  the  Temple- 
ton  Crocker  Expedition  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  as  botanist.  About 
2600  specimens  of  vascular  plants  were  collected  besides  large  collections  of  sea- 
weeds and  liverworts,  with  smaller  collections  of  lichens,  fungi,  and  mosses.  The 
number  of  specimens  among  these  nonvascular  plants  will  not  be  known  until 
specialists  working  on  the  different  groups  have  completed  their  studies.  After 
his  return  to  the  Academy  in  September,  Mr.  Howell  made  several  local  collecting 
trips  on  which  more  than  a  hundred  specimens  were  obtained. 

For  the  publication  of  new  species,  interesting  notes  on  introductions  to  the 
flora,  and  other  matters  of  general  botanical  interest,  Mr.  J.  T.  Howell  and  I 
started  in  1931  "Leaflets  of  Western  Botany,"  a  small  quarterly  botanical  publica- 
tion. We  hope  to  make  it  the  leading  botanical  magazine  of  the  west.  At  present 
the  subscribers  are  not  sufficient  for  its  support.  Mr.  Howell  and  I  assume  all 
responsibility,  financial  and  otherwise. 

The  California  Botanical  Club  now  numbers  68  members  and  has  either  a  meeting 
in  the  herbarium  or  an  excursion  generally  once  a  week. 

The  exhibition  of  native  and  cultivated  flowers  in  the  vestibule  of  the  Museum 
is  one  of  the  most  popular  educational  features  of  the  Academy.  My  assistant, 
Mrs.  George  H.  Phelps,  besides  doing  all  the  mounting,  much  of  the  distributing 
and  attending  to  the  drying  and  pressing  of  fresh  specimens  that  are  continually 
being  added,  looks  after  this  exhibition.  Over  2000  species  are  exhibited  in  the 
course  of  a  year,  each  labelled  with  both  scientific  and  common  name,  the  exotics 
having  their  native  country  given  and  the  native  species  the  locality.  Mr.  Eric 
Walther  has  been  most  faithful  in  collecting  exotics  for  the  exhibition. 

Mrs.  E.  C.  Sutliffe  brought  in  wild  flowers  from  Marin  County  every  week  in 
1931.  Besides  she  takes  complete  care  of  our  collection  of  Hepaticse  which  is  con- 
tinually increasing.  Other  members  of  the  Botanical  Club  help  to  keep  the  flower 
show  beautiful  and  interesting.  Mrs.  J.  H.  Morrison  sent  beautiful  wild  flowers 
for  the  show  from  Butte  County  in  1932. 

Alice  Eastwood,  Curator. 


Department  of  Entomology 

The  moving  of  the  Department  of  Entomology  from  its  old  cramped  quarters 
into  the  new  commodious  rooms  in  the  East  Wing  dominated  its  activities  through- 
out the  year  1931. 

The  work  of  transferring  this  Department  to  the  new  rooms  was  done  early  in 
December,  but  at  the  end  of  the  month  much  was  still  to  be  done  before  the  col- 
lections and  books  were  in  shape  so  efficient  work  could  be  carried  on.  We  are 
now  located  in  excellent  quarters,  conveniently  arranged  for  work.    The  entrance 


Vol.  XX]  CRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  509 

is  through  the  Department  office,  beyond  which  is  a  laboratory  room  30x75  feet 
in  size.  This  has  been  divided  into  three  compartments  or  alcoves,  the  first  of  which 
is  devoted  to  the  order  of  Lepidoptera,  the  intermediate  alcove  has  the  Hemiptera 
on  one  side,  and  a  store  room  for  supplies  on  the  other  side,  the  third  alcove  con- 
tains the  Hymenoptera,  Diptera,  Orthoptera  and  the  Neuroptera.  Beyond,  at  the 
eastern  end,  is  a  room  30  x  36  feet  devoted  to  the  Coleoptera.  In  these  laboratories 
large  tables  have  been  placed  between  the  rows  of  cases,  and  the  lighting  is  all  that 
could  be  desired.  The  entomological  library  has  been  divided  so  that  books  devoted 
to  one  order  of  insects  are  shelved  in  the  alcove  with  those  insects,  periodicals  and 
general  works  being  placed  in  the  middle  alcove.  The  metal  insect  cases  have  been 
finished  in  dark  green,  so  the  rooms  look  neat  and  attractive  as  well  as  being  very 
convenient  for  study.  The  Department  of  Entomology  is  now  admirably  housed 
and  with  a  moderate  allowance  each  year  for  additional  cases  the  collection  can  be 
gotten  into  shape  as  rapidly  as  the  limited  personnel  will  allow. 

Additions  to  the  collections  during  1931  number  9200  specimens,  but  to  this 
number  must  be  added  between  three  and  four  thousand  beetles  taken  by  Dr. 
Van  Dyke  that  will  be  numbered  with  his  collection.  Among  the  more  important 
items  in  the  list  of  additions  to  this  Department  are  1069  insects  taken  by  Dr. 
O.  H.  Swezey  about  Lake  Tahoe,  and  generously  presented  to  the  Academy  by 
him;  962  Hawaiian  insects  presented  by  Dr.  F.  X.  Williams;  787  insects  other  than 
beetles  from  Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke,  taken  during  field  work  in  northern  California; 
664  Texan  insects  from  Mr.  Gorton  Linsley,  and  2435  taken  by  the  Curator  in 
several  short  field  trips.  Smaller  but  especially  valuable  lots  were  received  from 
Dr.  L.  I.  Hewes,  Mr.  G.  Stuart  Walley,  Mr.  C.  M.  Dammers,  Dr.  S.  F.  Light,  The 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  from  the  Templeton  Crocker  expedition  to 
the  Guadalupe  Islands  collected  by  J.  T.  Howell.  The  material  from  Dr.  Hewes 
and  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  were  types  or  co-types.  Material  pur- 
chased includes  800  Hungarian  insects  from  Dr.  Chas.  Sajo  and  962  Diptera  from 
M.  C.  Van  Duzee,  including  196  types  or  allotypes.  Mr.  L.  S.  Slevin  has  continued 
to  send  us  material  from  Carmel,  adding  many  interesting  species. 

Use  of  this  Department  by  students  has  shown  a  marked  increase  during  the 
year.  Aside  from  casual  visitors  85  students  have  made  use  of  our  collections, 
most  of  them  more  than  once,  some  many  times.  Dr.  Van  Dyke  and  Dr.  Blaisdell 
have  continued  to  devote  one  or  more  days  each  week  to  the  study  and  arrange- 
ment of  our  material,  and  Mr.  Martin  has  devoted  his  part-time  work  to  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  Coleoptera  and  to  the  rearrangement  of  our  types  and  allotypes,  that 
now  number  3600.  The  publication  of  the  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist  has  been  con- 
tinued. Mr.  E.  R.  Leach  has  kindly  consented  to  act  as  Treasurer  for  this  publica- 
tion and  has  a  desk  in  the  Department's  office.  Through  his  efficient  efforts  all 
indebtedness  of  the  journal  has  been  cleared  up.  No.  1  of  Vol.  IX  will  appear  as 
the  January,  1933,  number  and  in  the  future  the  volumes  will  run  concurrently 
with  the  calendar  year,  a  change  that  will  greatly  facilitate  bibliographic  work  with 
the  journal. 

The  year  1932  was  the  first  for  this  Department  in  the  new  and  larger  quarters 
and  much  of  the  work  of  the  staff  for  the  first  few  months  was  the  rearrangement 
of  the  material  in  certain  badly  over  crowded  groups  and  in  getting  settled  in  the 
new  rooms.  The  time  of  the  Curator  that  could  be  spared  from  the  general  care  of 
the  collection,  for  taxonomic  work,  was  largely  devoted  to  the  Hemiptera  and 
Lepidoptera,  and  considerable  headway  was  made  in  determining  and  arranging 
material  in  these  orders  of  insects.  Preliminary  arrangement  of  the  Hemiptera 
was  nearly  completed  and  several  families  of  the  butterflies  were  put  in  order.  In 
the  Coleoptera  Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell  continued  to  spend  about  two  days  a  week  in 
systematic  work.  During  the  early  months  of  the  year  Mr.  J.  O.  Martin  worked 
on  the  arrangement  of  several  families  and  Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke  completed  his 
preliminary  arrangement  of  the  Elateridae  and  helped  much  in  the  arrangement 
of  certain  other  families,  and  later  Mr.  Linsley  Gressitt  began  work  on  our  oriental 
Cerambycidae,  or  longhorn  beetles.  In  the  Hymenoptera  Mr.  H.  S.  Gentry  has 
helped  us  in  the  determination  of  our  fossorial  families.    Unfortunately  there  were 


510  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

no  cases  available  for  the  arrangement  of  the  Diptera  of  which  order  the  Academy 
now  has  a  really  fine  collection  of  the  North  American  forms. 

Additions  to  the  collections  of  the  Department  of  Entomology  during  1932 
number  44,950  specimens.  The  largest  and  most  important  item  was  the  Millard 
C.  Van  Duzee  collection  of  about  30,000  specimens.  This  collection,  obtained  by 
purchase  at  a  nominal  figure,  was  largely  Diptera,  of  which  order  there  were  18,000 
specimens  including  an  unusually  full  series  of  such  obscure  forms  as  the  Doli- 
chopodidae  and  Mycetophylidae.  The  Hymenoptera,  with  6,500  specimens,  was  a 
good  second,  the  balance  of  the  collection  being  Coleoptera.  Most  of  this  large 
collection  was  of  determined  eastern  American  species  which  well  supplemented 
our  own  material  and  made  the  collection  of  special  value  to  the  Academy.  Other 
important  additions  made  during  the  year  were  the  following: 

From  J.  O.  Martin  4,683  specimens  of  insects  from  Texas;  from  Mr.  Templeton 
Crocker  2,417  insects  taken  on  his  Galapagos  Island  Expedition,  and  including 
probably  the  best  series  of  Hemiptera  as  yet  taken  out  of  these  islands;  the  Curator 
added  2,192  specimens  in  his  field  work.  By  bequest  from  Mr.  W.  W.  Funge  we 
received  1,170  insects  from  the  Mojberg  collection;  Mr.  A.  J.  Bassinger  gave  us  919 
insects  from  Alaska;  from  Mr.  Charles  Sajo  we  purchased  765  determined  European 
insects;  Mrs.  Mexia  gave  us  405  brazilian  insects  in  addition  to  a  larger  number 
that  came  to  us  through  the  Van  Dyke  Collection,  and  from  Mr.  Otto  Swezey  we 
received  252  determined  Hawaiian  Delphacidae  from  the  Giffard  collection.  Dr. 
Van  Dyke  and  Mr.  Louis  Slevin  have  continued  to  collect  assiduously  for  the 
Academy;  Mr.  C.  M.  Dammers  has  sent  us  many  beautiful  bred  Lepidoptera  of 
southern  California  and  from  Dr.  John  A.  Comstock  we  have  received  others. 
Smaller  lots  have  come  in  from  other  friends  of  the  Academy  that  have  added  valu- 
able species  to  the  collection. 

Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator. 

Department  of  Exhibits 

The  writer  returned  from  Africa  December  25,  1930,  and  commenced  arrange- 
ments for  the  mounting  of  the  collection  of  African  animals  donated  to  us  by  Mr. 
Leslie  Simson.  In  February  the  auditorium  was  turned  over  to  the  Department 
to  be  used  as  a  workshop  and  the  work  of  adopting  it  to  its  purpose  was  commenced 
immediately.  The  staff  of  the  department  was  added  to  until  it  numbered  eight. 
For  various  reasons,  mainly  financial,  this  number  has  been  reduced  to  four. 

The  energies  of  the  Department  have  been  expended  almost  entirely  upon  the 
construction  of  the  exhibits  for  the  Simson  African  Mammal  Hall,  and,  in  spite  of 
adverse  financial  conditions,  the  work  has  proceeded  well.  Forty-seven  large 
mammals  have  been  mounted  (14  of  these  under  contract  by  Jonas  Brothers  of 
Yonkers,  New  York).  The  foreground  construction  for  10  large  groups  is  being 
roughed  in.  The  accessory  department  has  made  a  great  quantity  of  plants  and  other 
materials  for  the  groups. 

In  addition,  eight  backgrounds  are  either  completed  or  almost  so.  Four  of  these 
are  by  Captain  Charles  Bradford  Hudson,  two  by  Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky,  two  by  Miss 
Grace  M.  Betts,  and  one  by  the  writer. 

We  had  hoped  to  be  able  to  open  the  Hall  to  the  public  on  April  4,  1933.  Under 
existing  conditions  this  will  be  impossible.  However,  it  may  yet  be  possible  to  open 
some  time  before  the  end  of  the  year. 

Mr.  Leslie  Simson  has  made  several  trips  to  Africa  to  secure  material  for  the 
Hall  and  has  practically  completed  the  collection.  To  date  we  have  received  from 
him  220  specimens  of  large  mammals. 

Much  of  the  writer's  time  was  taken  up  attending  to  details  connected  with  the 
construction  of  the  new  building,  particularly  the  Hall,  which  is  to  contain  the 
habitat  groups  of  African  mammals.  This  was  done  in  cooperation  with  the  other 
members  of  the  building  committee  and  Mr.  Eugene  L.  Grunsky,  Superintendent 
of  Construction  for  the  Academy.  The  results  seem  to  have  justified  this  course 
of  action. 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  511 

In  addition  much  routine  work  has  been  accomplished,  some  of  the  items  being 
the  polishing  and  reinstallation  of  the  large  section  of  Sequoia  giganteae,  the  mak- 
ing of  a  quantity  of  bird  skins  from  the  Templeton  Crocker  expedition  and  the 
mounting  of  a  large  Giant  Black  Marlin,  which  was  presented  to  the  Academy  by 
Mr.  Crocker.    This  specimen  has  been  placed  in  the  Steinhart  Aquarium. 

Frank  Tose,  Chief  of  Exhibits. 

Department  of  Fishes 

The  first  part  of  the  year  was  spent  assisting  Dr.  Evermann  in  collecting  data 
and  references,  and  preparation  of  a  manuscript  on  a  Distributional  List  of  the 
California  Freshwater  Fishes.  This  was  later  published  as  Fish  Bulletin  No.  35 
of  the  State  of  California  Division  of  Fish  and  Game. 

In  order  to  have  a  basis  for  the  obtaining  of  a  complete  collection  of  California 
fishes,  both  freshwater  and  marine,  and  with  a  view  of  possibly  preparing  at  some 
future  time  a  complete  handbook  of  the  same,  a  card  catalogue  was  prepared,  con- 
sisting of  a  list  of  474  names. 

The  question  concerning  the  threatened  extermination  of  certain  species  of 
whales,  and  the  desirability  of  their  conservation  having  arisen,  at  Dr.  Evermann's 
request  I  spent  considerable  time  looking  up  records  and  preparing  tables  showing 
facts  and  their  relationship  involved  in  the  history  of  the  Pacific  whaling  industry. 
The  results  of  this  work  were  later  turned  over  to  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries  for 
its  use. 

During  the  summer  of  1931,  when  an  assistant  (James  A.  Campbell)  was  avail- 
able, the  bottles  containing  the  Indiana  Fish  Collection  were  removed  from  the 
cartons  in  which  they  were  shipped,  as  far  as  time  permitted.  The  bottles  were 
cleaned,  placed  on  shelves  in  the  basement  of  the  Aquarium,  alcohol  was  added  where 
needed,  and  a  card  catalog  prepared.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year  1932  the  collec- 
tion was  shelved  in  its  new  quarters  in  the  basement  of  the  East  Wing. 

From  August  26  to  September  27,  1931,  was  spent  afield  and  enroute  to  and 
from  the  region  about  Lake  Maxinkuckee,  Indiana,  collecting  fishes  for  the  Aqua- 
rium and  Museum.  The  month  of  September,  1931,  was  abnormally  hot  in  Indiana, 
making  the  task  of  bringing  the  fishes  back  alive  difficult,  but  it  was  accomplished 
with  but  few  losses  on  the  way.  While  at  the  Lake  notes  and  comparisons  were 
made  regarding  changes  in  the  flora  and  fauna  of  the  region  since  former  visits.  A 
number  of  turtles  were  captured  and  brought  to  the  Aquarium,  among  them  a  pecu- 
liar hybrid  of  unusual  interest.  One  species  of  fish  in  the  lake,  the  straw-colored 
minnow,  Hybopsis  blennius,  which  ran  in  immense  schools,  was  badly  infected  with 
furuncles,  about  90  per  cent  being  attacked.  This  disease  had  not  been  noted  dur- 
ing the  survey  of  the  lake,  but  had  become  fairly  common  by  1927  or  1928.  It 
seems  to  affect  no  other  species. 

From  March  10  to  September  1,  1932,  was  spent  on  the  Templeton  Crocker 
Expedition,  collecting  specimens  of  marine  animals  for  the  Museum.  Much  of  the 
time  since  the  return  has  been  spent  in  preliminary  work  upon  the  fishes.  While 
on  the  trip  many  life  history  notes  of  the  species  observed  were  made  to  be  incor- 
porated in  the  report.  A  great  assemblage  of  many  sorts  of  small  creatures  in- 
cluding fishes  and  Crustacea,  mollusks  and  worms,  were  collected  about  a  submerged 
electric  light.  The  task  of  sorting  out  these  organisms  is  being  undertaken  by 
Mr.  Kenneth  Stanton,  who  is  also  of  great  assistance  in  arranging  the  collection 
of  fishes.  Up  to  date  3097  specimens  have  been  tagged,  and  there  is  left  only  small 
collections  obtained  about  the  lights,  most  of  them  young  fishes.  Soon  as  this  is 
finished  identification  of  species  will  begin.  The  shell  collection  was  sorted  out  and 
transferred  to  the  Department  of  Paleontology. 

As  much  time  as  can  be  spared  has  been  devoted  to  the  preparation  of  Biological 
Abstracts,  and  the  editing  of  abstracts  sent  in,  as  well  as  the  answering  of  queries 
that  arise.  To  facilitate  prompt  answering  of  queries  the  list  of  genera  kept  on  file 
is  being  kept  up  to  date  with  proper  notations  added. 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Curator. 


512  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Department  of  Herpetology 

During  the  years  1931-32  progress  has  been  made  in  building  up  the  collection 
of  the  Department.  The  months  of  April  and  May  and  the  first  week  of  June,  1931, 
were  spent  in  making  a  field  trip  to  the  Death  Valley  Region  of  California,  an  im- 
portant locality  from  which  the  collection  had  no  material  whatever.  This  expedi- 
tion resulted  in  the  gathering  of  577  specimens  including  some  of  our  rarer  Cali- 
fornian  snakes,  including  specimens  of  the  Panamint  Rattlesnake,  and  added  new 
records  in  distribution.  An  excellent  representation  of  the  reptile  fauna  of  that 
very  interesting  region  is  now  available  for  study. 

As  rattlesnakes  have,  of  late,  become  of  special  interest  to  many  students  of 
herpetology  an  effort  was  made  to  build  up  the  series  of  these  snakes,  and  through 
purchase  and  exploration  90  specimens  were  secured.  The  collection  of  rattlesnakes 
now  numbers  over  480  specimens,  and  includes,  with  one  exception,  representatives 
of  all  of  the  species  found  within  the  borders  of  the  United  States,  and  also  some 
of  the  species  inhabiting  Mexico  and  Central  America. 

The  motion  picture  films,  made  in  the  spring  of  1930,  showing  the  various  speci- 
mens of  rattlesnakes  found  in  the  state  of  California  have  proved  of  great  interest, 
and  have  been  borrowed  by  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  for  its  meetings  in  Pasadena,  and  by  the  Northwest  Scientific  Association 
at  Cheney,  Washington. 

Of  the  1,387  specimens  added  to  the  collection  during  the  past  two  years  the 
outstanding  accession  is  the  carapace,  bones  and  part  of  a  skull  of  the  extinct  Charles 
Island  Tortoise  (Testudo  galapagoensis) ,  donated  by  the  New  York  Zoological 
Society  through  Dr.  C.  H.  Townsend,  of  the  New  York  Aquarium.  The  acquisition 
of  this  specimen  gives  the  Academy's  collection  of  the  giant  land  tortoises  of  the 
Galapagos  Islands  the  one  species  which  it  lacked  and  makes  it  the  largest  and 
most  complete  in  the  world.  Mr.  L.  M.  Klauber,  of  the  San  Diego  Zoological 
Society,  donated  a  specimen  of  a  Night  Lizard  (Xantusia  arizona),  a  species  recently 
described  by  him.  Besides  the  Charles  Island  Tortoise  a  number  of  donations  were 
received  from  the  many  friends  of  the  Department;  the  principal  ones  being  148 
specimens  from  Howard  K.  Gloyd  collected  in  the  middlewest  and  eastern  states, 
and  from  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  32 
specimens  from  Mexico  and  Central  America.  An  excellent  specimen  of  Rana 
goliath,  the  largest  known  frog,  was  received  in  exchange  from  that  institution. 
Over  one  hundred  photographs  pertaining  to  the  herpetology  of  the  Galapagos 
Islands  were  received  from  the  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition. 

The  routine  work  of  the  Department  was  carried  on  as  usual,  and  2,006  speci- 
mens from  various  accessions  have  been  labeled,  card  catalogued  and  installed  in 
the  collection,  besides  976  specimens  which  have  been  labeled  only.  A  study  of  the 
reptiles  and  amphibians  collected  while  on  field  work  in  Guatemala  is  in  progress, 
and  all  of  the  reptiles,  numbering  2,896  specimens,  630  of  which  are  snakes,  have 
been  labeled.  All  of  the  snakes  have  been  scale-counted  and  card  catalogued.  The 
growth  of  the  collection  of  amphibians  and  of  certain  genera  of  lizards  and  snakes 
makes  re-arrangement,  and  will  call  for  much  of  the  available  shelf  space. 

As  in  the  past  the  collections  of  the  department  have  been  made  use  of  by  stu- 
dents from  our  own  and  eastern  states. 

Owing  to  the  many  inquiries  from  the  general  public  in  regard  to  our  snakes 
and  lizards,  and  especially  from  the  Boy  Scouts  who  are  endeavoring  to  obtain  a 
merit  badge  for  reptile  study,  a  handbook  of  our  west  coast  reptiles  and  amphibians 
has  been  prepared  and  presented  for  publication.  The  necessary  information  for  a 
Scout  to  pass  an  examination  for  his  merit  badge,  as  well  as  general  information 
for  the  casual  observer  is  given,  and  the  illustrations  and  line  drawings  will  aid  in 
the  identification  of  the  various  reptiles  and  amphibians.  For  those  who  wish  to 
consider  the  subject  more  deeply  a  bibliography  is  included  which  will  give  the 
reader  all  the  literature  necessary  to  become  thoroughly  acquainted  with  our  rep- 
tile fauna. 

Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator. 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY—  PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  513 

Department  of  Library 

The  accessions  to  the  Academy  Library  in  1931  and  1932  are  tabulated  below, 
and  represent  a  slightly  smaller  total  than  normal  in  certain  respects,  to  be  ac- 
counted for  by  the  lessened  funds  available  for  purchases.  The  figures  are  as  fol- 
lows: 

1931 

Bd.  Vols.  Unbd.  Vols.  Parts  of  Vols. 
Exchange....            31  118  4295 

Gift 46  56  2318 

Purchase 245  132  1166 

322  306  7779  475  361 

The  number  of  exchanges  added  was  21.  The  titles  catalogued  were  407,  only 
the  shelf-list  and  temporary  cards  being  made;  these  entries  covered  507  volumes. 

1932 

Bd.  Vols.  Unbd.  Vols.  Parts  of  Vols.  Pamphlets  Maps 

Exchange 37                  152                      4080                     94  219 

Gift 167                  223                      2537                  2754  27 

Purchase 45                      9                      1086                        3  29 


Pamphlets 

Maps 

28 

278 

411 

11 

36 

72 

249  384  7703  2851  275 

The  number  of  exchanges  added  was  10.  The  titles  catalogued  were  1090,  only 
the  shelf-list  and  temporary  cards  being  made;  these  entries  covered  1449  volumes. 

The  work  of  the  Library  continues  to  be  hampered  by  lack  of  sufficient  personnel 
to  take  care  even  of  the  routine  detail,  so  no  progress  was  made  on  the  most  im- 
portant task  that  should  receive  first  attention — namely,  the  recataloguing  of  the 
collection.  The  congestion  of  material  to  be  shelved  was  disposed  of  during  a  few 
weeks  in  the  Spring  of  1931  by  the  temporary  assistance  of  Mrs.  Barbara  Cowles, 
and  in  the  first  six  months  of  1932  by  the  voluntary  assistance  of  Edwin  T.  Coman, 
Jr.,  and  by  the  temporary  assistance  of  John  L.  Nicholson,  Jr.,  for  a  few  weeks  in 
the  Fall.  This  permitted  the  accumulation  of  accessions  awaiting  cataloguing  to 
receive  temporary  catalogue  entries  and  to  be  distributed  to  their  shelf  destinations. 

Final  cataloguing  of  new  accessions  will  have  to  be  postponed  until  the  recata- 
loguing as  a  whole  can  be  undertaken. 

The  assistant  librarian  was  privileged  to  attend  the  national  meeting  of  the 
Special  Libraries  Association  in  Cleveland  in  June  1931.  At  the  sessions  of  the 
Museum  Group  there  the  survey  of  art  and  science  museum  libraries  in  the  country 
was  discussed  and  the  questionnaire  prepared  by  the  survey  committee,  of  which  he 
had  served  as  a  member  during  the  preceding  year,  was  adopted.  He  was  then  ap- 
pointed chairman  of  this  committee,  the  chief  job  of  which  during  1931-1932  was 
the  collection  of  data  for  a  published  survey,  compilation  of  which  is  now  under  way. 
Opportunity  was  taken  during  the  trip  to  visit  the  museum  libraries  of  Cleveland 
and  Chicago,  the  John  Crerar  Library  in  Chicago,  and  that  of  the  California  In- 
stitute of  Technology  in  Pasadena  during  the  meeting  of  the  American  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science  the  following  week. 

The  Assistant  Librarian  wishes  to  express  his  appreciation  to  the  Council  for  per- 
mitting him  to  continue  on  part-time  duty  the  last  three  years  in  order  to  pursue 
graduate  study  in  bibliography  and  the  history  of  science  at  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. Additional  professional  honors  were  accorded  him  during  the  two  years, 
in  addition  to  the  chairmanship  of  the  Museum  Group  survey  committee;  he  was 
named  on  the  ways-and-means  committee  of  the  national  Special  Libraries  Associa- 
tion after  the  Cleveland  meeting;  he  was  elected  vice-chairman  of  the  Museum 


514  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Group  in  the  Summer  of  1932;  he  was  appointed  on  the  publications  committee  of 
the  National  Association  in  the  Fall  of  1932;  he  was  asked  to  compile  a  manual  on 
the  organization  and  administration  of  local  chapters  and  groups  in  the  national 
Association  in  December  1932;  and  he  was  chairman  of  the  Special  Libraries  Section 
of  the  California  Library  Association  for  1931-1932.  The  library  assistant,  Miss 
Sexton,  served  as  sub-editor  on  the  bulletin  of  the  Special  Libraries  Association  of 
San  Francisco,  in  charge  of  the  review  of  current  literature,  for  several  months. 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian. 


Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Curatorial  work  of  the  usual  routine  nature  continues  to  take  a  large  share  of  our 
time,  needed  work  upon  the  collection  making  heavy  demands  upon  Curator  and 
Assistant  Curator.  We  have  been  obliged  to  discontinue  one  minor  public  service, 
the  loan  of  specimens  to  the  schools,  partly  from  the  increasing  amount  of  time  that 
it  required,  but  largely  because  material  set  aside  for  this  purpose  had  become  so 
badly  worn  from  rough  handling  that  it  could  no  longer  be  used.  The  general  col- 
lection has  reached  a  dangerous  stage  of  congestion;  in  the  present  crowded  con- 
dition of  our  rooms,  specimens  can  no  longer  be  stored  so  as  to  be  readily  available 
for  study.  In  fact,  the  collections  of  small  birds  and  mammals  are  no  longer  in  a 
satisfactory  condition  even  as  regards  safe  keeping.  Damage  has  ensued  from 
crowding  and  further  deterioration  will  be  hard  to  avoid.  Books,  too,  have  suffered 
from  the  manner  in  which  they  must  be  kept.  Our  large  mammal  skins,  however, 
are  well  cared  for,  as  in  the  construction  of  the  newly  completed  east  wing  of  the 
Academy  there  was  included  a  refrigerating  room  for  storage  of  such  specimens. 
This  happily  permitted  the  abandonment  of  the  old  hide  room,  which  had  always 
been  an  unsatisfactory  make-shift.  This  part  of  the  collection  is  now  properly 
stored,  both  as  regards  safety  and  accessibility;  some  work  remains  to  be  done  in 
arrangement.  The  decision  of  the  authorities  of  the  De  Young  Memorial  Museum 
to  discontinue  all  exhibits  and  other  activities  pertaining  to  the  natural  sciences,  and 
to  turn  over  all  such  material  of  theirs  to  the  Academy  resulted  in  this  department 
receiving  some  hundreds  of  desirable  specimens,  many  of  great  bulk.  This  acces- 
sion, valuable  as  it  is,  still  further  accentuates  our  congested  condition.  In  1931 
field  work  was  carried  on  in  the  Atlin  region,  British  Columbia,  and  in  Panama. 
The  Curator  spent  the  time  from  June  23  to  October  31  on  the  Atlin  trip,  following 
up  field  studies  begun  in  previous  years.  The  Assistant  Curator  returned  in  Janu- 
ary from  a  three  months'  stay  in  Panama,  and  she  was  in  the  same  country  again, 
October  13,  1931  to  February  5,  1932.  In  1932  the  Curator,  as  a  member  of  the 
Templeton  Crocker  Expedition,  spent  the  time  from  March  10  to  July  10  on  this 
trip  to  the  Galapagos  Islands.  These  expeditions  have  resulted  in  important  ad- 
ditions of  species  and  specimens  to  our  collection.  Mr.  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus, 
has  systematically  continued  the  banding  of  birds  at  Woodacre,  Marin  County, 
California,  but  is  principally  engaged  in  rearranging  and  checking  over  the  Mailliard 
collection  of  some  15,000  specimens  of  birds  and  3500  sets  of  birds'  eggs.  On  June 
29,  1931,  there  was  published  "The  Avifauna  of  the  Galapagos  Islands"  based  upon 
the  Academy  collection,  preparation  of  which  had  occupied  much  of  the  Curator's 
time  during  the  previous  four  years.  This  is  mentioned  here  because  since  the  ap- 
pearance of  this  study  we  have  received  from  many  sources  requests  for  the  exchange 
of  Galapagos  birds,  on  the  assumption  that  we  would  no  longer  need  to  keep  our 
large  series,  all  of  which  requests  have  been  refused.  The  Curator  wishes  to  place 
on  record  his  strong  conviction  that  this  entire  large  collection  should  be  kept  intact; 
that  it  would  be  a  grave  mistake  to  part  with  any  of  it.  As  a  unit  it  forms  an  im- 
portant feature  of  our  institution,  and  it  is  certain  to  increase  in  importance  and 
usefulness  in  future  years.  The  49th  Stated  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists' 
Union,  held  in  Detroit,  October  19-22,  1931,  was  attended  by  Mrs.  Davidson.  This 
she  did  while  en  route  to  the  Atlantic  port  from  which  she  sailed  to  Panama,  taking 
advantage  at  the  same  time  of  the  opportunity  to  pursue  bird  studies  in  several  of  the 
large  eastern  Museums.     The  Sixth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Cooper  Ornithological 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY— PRESIDENTS  REPORT  FOR  1932  515 

Club,  held  in  Berkeley,  May  15  and  16,  1931,  was  attended  by  all  members  of  the 
department,  as  well  as  by  others  of  the  Academy.  The  50th  Stated  Meeting  of  the 
American  Ornithologists'  Union,  held  at  Quebec,  October  18-21,  1932,  was  attended 
by  the  Curator,  who  presented  a  paper  entitled  "The  Galapagos  Avifauna  Today." 

Details  of  accessions  for  1931:  Birds.  Gift:  Templeton  Crocker,  2;  C.  W. 
Edge,  37;  E.  W.  Gifford,  5;  Golden  Gate  Park  Aviary,  1;  Louis  Hartmenn,  20; 
Forest  Ranger  J.  B.  Herschel,  1;  W.  J.  Jackson,  1;  J.  Mailliard,  14;  Carrol  Mc- 
Gettigan,  2;  James  Mofntt,  1;  Mori  Bird  Company,  1;  A.  W.  Robison,  1;  Gene  M. 
Simpson,  5;  J.  W.  Steinbeck,  3;  Steinhart  Aquarium,  2;  Mr.  Sutro,  2;  L.  R.  Wolfe, 
5.  Permanent  Loan:  Memorial  Museum,  344.  Expedition:  M.  E.  Davidson,  433; 
H.  S.  Swarth,  217.  Transfer:  Department  of  Exhibits,  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  8.  Purchase:  7.  Bird  skulls  and  skeletons.  Permanent  Loan:  Memo- 
rial Museum,  707. 

Eggs.  Gift:  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  1  set;  O.  J.  Millard,  1  set  and  nest.  Expedition: 
H.  S.  Swarth,  1  set. 

Mammals.  Gift:  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  C.  C.  Church,  8;  Joseph  Mailliard,  1; 
Milton  S.  Ray,  1;  U.  S.  and  California  Quarantine  Service,  2.  Expedition:  M.  E. 
Davidson,  7;  H.  S.  Swarth,  217.  Transfer:  Department  of  Exhibits,  California 
Academy  of  Sciences,  3.     Purchase:     6. 

Mammal  skulls  and  skeletons.     Permanent  loan:     Memorial  Museum,  157. 

Details  of  accessions  for  1932:  Birds.  Gift:  Mr.  Ward  Austin,  1;  Mr.  F.  E. 
Booth,  7;  Miss  Louise  A.  Boyd,  14;  Mr.  J.  A.  Brock,  1;  The  Templeton  Crocker 
Scientific  Expedition,  1932,  483;  Forest  Ranger  Herschel,  1;  Mr.  E.  C.  Jacot,  1; 
Mr.  C.  E.  Kruger,  3;  Mr.  J.  D.  Lewis,  1;  Mr.  M.  E.  Lombardi,  2;  Mr.  John  W. 
Mailliard,  Jr.,  1;  Mr.  Joseph  Mailliard,  14;  Mr.  John  McLaren,  1;  Mr.  J.  V.  Pat- 
ton,  1;  Mr.  Warren  Phillips,  1;  Mr.  Milton  S.  Ray,  5;  Mr.  A.  W.  Robison,  19;  Mr. 
J.  W.  Steinbeck,  4;  Dr.  J.  M.  Stowell,  2;  Mr.  Henry  Trost,  1.  Exchange:  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  1.  Purchase:  Mr.  H.  G.  Deignan,  35;  Mr.  James  Moffitt,  2;  Mr.  W. 
F.  H.  Rosenberg,  1;  Mr.  H.  S.  Swarth,  2.     Expedition:     Mrs.  M.  E.  Davidson,  321. 

Eggs.  Gift:  The  Templeton  Crocker  Scientific  Expedition,  1932,  6  sets;  Dr. 
George  Haley,  1. 

Mammals.  Gift:  Mr.  Wallace  Adams,  52;  The  Templeton  Crocker  Scientific 
Expedition,  1932,  6;  Mr.  Spencer  Grant,  1;  Mr.  Hole,  1;  Mr.  Adolf  Holm,  1;  Mr.  H. 
E.  Jager,  1 ;  Ranger  McBeen,  1 ;  Mr.  J.  S.  Rowley,  96. 

H.  S.  Swarth,  Curator. 


Department  of  Paleontology 

Two  large  collections  were  secured  during  the  biennium  1931-1932.  The  first  was 
the  result  of  the  G.  Allan  Hancock  Expedition  to  the  Galapagos  Islands,  Panama, 
and  other  west  coast  points.  Dr.  L.  G.  Hertlein  accompanied  this  expedition  as  a 
representative  of  the  Academy,  and  he  succeeded  in  securing  a  large  number  of 
marine  mollusca  by  dredging  and  shore  collecting.  These  help  greatly  in  rounding 
out  the  Department's  west  coast  collection  because  localities  were  visited  which  have 
long  been  classical  in  conchological  literature.  Dr.  Hertlein  also  secured  some  land 
shells  and  fossils  at  various  stopping  places. 

The  other  large  accession  was  the  material  collected  by  the  Templeton  Crocker 
Expedition  of  1932.  Due  to  the  interest  and  enthusiasm  of  Mr.  Crocker  and  the 
assistance  of  all  members  of  the  party  the  Department  of  Paleontology  fared 
exceedingly  well.  A  great  deal  of  dredging  was  done,  which  brought  up  a  rich  store 
of  valuable  material  from  many  places  along  the  west  coast,  south  as  far  as  the 
Galapagos  Islands.    Land  shells  were  also  collected  at  numerous  places. 

As  a  result  of  these  two  expeditions  the  Department's  collection  of  mollusca, 
living  and  fossil,  from  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  has  become  one 
of  the  most  complete  in  existence. 

Dr.  F.  M.  Anderson  has  continued  with  his  collections  and  studies  of  the  Cretace- 
ous of  California. 


516  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Numerous  valuable  additions  to  the  collection  of  microscopical  fossil  material, 
particularly  diatoms  and  foraminifera,  were  made  during  the  biennium  through  the 
efforts  of  Mr.  C.  C.  Church  and  other  members  of  the  geological  department  of  the 
Associated  Oil  Company. 

Mr.  M.  Vonsen  made  excursions  into  the  desert  region  of  California  and  succeeded 
in  securing  some  additional,  excellent  specimens  of  rare  minerals.  He  gave  special 
attention  to  investigations  in  and  about  Death  Valley. 

Much  of  the  energy  of  the  staff  has  been  utilized  in  the  arrangement  of  the  collec- 
tions in  systematic  and  orderly  manner,  a  work  which  is  of  equal  importance  to  the 
acquiring  of  new  material.  The  incorporation  of  the  D.  D.  Baldwin  collection  into 
the  regular  series  was  completed  largely  through  the  efforts  of  Mrs.  Winifred  B. 
Morrison. 

A  rearrangement  of  the  land  and  fresh  water  mollusca  (over  80,000  specimens) 
has  been  completed  by  Mr.  J.  L.  Nicholson.  The  work  extended  through  several 
years  and  involved  the  making  of  card  indexes  of  all  species  and  genera,  and  the 
shifting  of  collections  into  systematic  order.  During  the  summer  of  1932  Mr. 
Nicholson  was  employed  to  make  plaster  casts  of  type  specimens  in  other  institu- 
tions, and  over  600  of  these  were  added  to  the  collection. 

The  assignment  of  the  space  formerly  occupied  by  the  Department  of  Entomo- 
logy to  the  Department  of  Paleontology  for  research  purposes  has  greatly  relieved 
the  congestion  which  has  been  so  detrimental  for  several  years. 

The  Academy's  collection  of  diatoms,  and  its  exceptional  library  upon  the  subject 
have  attracted  the  interest  of  institutions  and  individuals  throughout  this  and 
many  foreign  countries.  It  is  fitting  that  such  a  center  should  be  located  in  Calif- 
ornia because  these  minute  microscopic  plants  have  become  to  be  of  very  great 
economic  value,  and  the  deposits  of  the  state  are  far  larger  than  those  of  all  the 
remainder  of  the  world.  The  quarries  of  the  state  supply  the  most  of  the  demand. 
It  has  been  said  that  diatoms  are  the  most  valuable  single  group  of  fossils  in  ex- 
istence, and  that  they  are  probably  the  source  of  most  of  the  petroleum  in  California. 
They  are  used  in  cement;  for  insulation  wherever  a  highly  efficient  non-conductor  of 
heat  is  needed;  in  filtration;  and  as  an  abrasive  in  hundreds  of  kinds  of  polishes  and 
other  substances.  The  quantity  of  California  Diatoms  used  in  filtration  alone  has 
been  estimated  at  50,000  tons  annually  in  recent  years.  The  value  of  fossil  diatoms 
in  determining  the  geological  age  of  sedimentary  strata  is  now  well  established,  and 
this  application  has  been  worked  out  very  largely  at  the  Academy  during  the  last 
few  years. 

G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator. 


Department  of  Steinhart  Aquarium 

The  Annual  Reports  of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  for  the  years  1931  and  1932  are  here  presented  in  consolidated  form. 
That  part  relating  to  1931  was  filed  by  Mr.  Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superin- 
tendent, in  the  absence  of  Superintendent  Alvin  Seale,  at  the  time  with  the  scientific 
expedition  of  Captain  G.  Allan  Hancock's  motor  cruiser  Velero  III  to  the  Gala- 
pagos Islands.     Items  relative  to  1932  were  prepared  by  Superintendent  Seale. 

The  exhibits  of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium  have  constantly  increased  to  such  an 
extent  that  we  have  reached  our  limits  for  proper  display,  and  the  need  for  more 
space  and  large  tanks  has  become  more  and  more  evident.  Of  fresh  water  tropical 
fishes  we  now  have  4,432  specimens  of  59  species  in  our  balanced  aquarium  room 
and  in  the  greenhouse,  and  no  more  increase  is  possible  without  over-crowding. 
The  capacity  of  the  aquaria  used  for  breeding  purposes  in  the  greenhouse  is  also 
exhausted,  so  we  are  forced  to  curtail  this  interesting  phase  of  our  work.  It  is  hoped 
that  it  may  be  possible  to  increase  these  facilities  in  the  near  future  through  favor- 
able action  of  the  San  Francisco  Board  of  Supervisors. 

Owing  to  economic  conditions,  our  budget  received  a  severe  cut  for  1932,  which 
made  it  imperative  to  reduce  expenditures.     The  Council  and  Board  of  Trustees 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  517 

regretfully  ordered  a  reduction  of  three  members  of  the  aquarium  staff  and  the  dis- 
posal of  all  our  seals  and  sea  lions.  This  has  caused  much  adverse  comment  from 
the  thousands  of  people  who  visit  the  Aquarium. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Aquarium  has  been  fortunate  in  its  friends  who  have 
presented  3,072  gifts  during  1932. 

The  total  number  of  specimens  in  the  Steinhart  Aquarium  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences  at  the  end  of  1932  was  13,185,  and  the  number  of  separate 
species  represented  was  469.  A  gratifying  decrease  in  mortality  has  been  shown 
during  the  two  years. 

The  attendance  for  1931  was  1,003,753  visitors;  that  for  1932,  910,052,  the  grand 
total  of  all  visitors  since  the  Aquarium  was  opened  being  9,259,424,  testifying  to 
the  great  popular  interest  and  educational  value  of  the  exhibits. 

On  December  9,  1931,  Captain  G.  Allan  Hancock  of  Los  Angeles,  very  kindly 
invited  the  Academy  to  send  two  men  to  accompany  a  scientific  expedition  on  his 
yacht  Velero  III  to  Central  America  and  the  Galapagos  Islands.  Dr.  Leo  Hertlein, 
of  the  Department  of  Paleontology,  and  the  Superintendent  of  the  Aquarium,  were 
selected.  After  three  months  in  the  field  this  expedition  returned  with  a  large 
amount  of  material,  including  more  than  a  thousand  specimens  of  fishes  and  some 
valuable  fossils.  One  unique  find  was  a  new  species  of  fresh  water  fish  from  Chatham 
Island,  of  the  Galapagos.  A  small  number  of  fishes  from  these  islands  were  brought 
alive  to  the  Aquarium,  thus  proving  they  could  be  carried  this  great  distance  if 
proper  equipment  is  provided. 

On  March  10,  1932,  Mr.  Templeton  Crocker  of  San  Francisco,  a  patron  of  the 
Academy,  organized  and  carried  out  a  scientific  expedition  covering  much  of  the 
same  territory  as  the  above.  This  expedition  was  participated  in  by  the  Assistant 
Superintendent  of  the  Aquarium,  Mr.  Robert  Lanier,  and  three  members  of  the 
Academy  staff.  After  six  months  of  active  work  and  exploration  they  returned 
with  a  vast  amount  of  material,  including  331  specimens  of  live  fish  representing 
56  species.    These  are  now  in  the  Aquarium  tanks. 

The  Matson  Navigation  Company  has  been  most  helpful  and  generous  to  the 
Aquarium  during  the  past  year.  Two  large  plate  glass  tanks  with  cast  bronze 
frames  have  been  loaned  to  this  institution  for  an  indefinite  period.  This  company 
has  also  given  permission  for  us  to  install  a  circulating  system  on  their  steamship, 
Mariposa,  and  will  continue  to  bring  us  live  fishes  from  Fiji  and  Australia,  serving 
the  Aquarium  without  charge,  because  we,  as  a  free  institution,  contribute  to  the 
interest  and  education  of  the  travelling  public  they  serve. 

A  noteworthy  improvement  was  completed  near  the  close  of  1931,  the  installa- 
tion of  pressure  filters  for  the  water  of  the  out-door  seal  pools,  thus  rendering  them 
so  clear  that  the  movements  of  the  animals  may  be  readily  followed  while  swim- 
ming beneath  the  surface.  All  the  salt  water  of  the  aquaria  is  now  filtered  into  the 
salt  water  reservoirs  below  ground.  All  waste  water  lines  from  the  building  and 
the  seal  pools  are  now  directly  connected  with  the  new  sewer,  thus  obviating  the 
previous  necessity  and  expense  of  pumping. 

Complete  lists  of  gifts  to  the  Aquarium,  exchanges,  and  statistics  concerning  the 
fishes  and  other  animals  exhibited,  mortality  tables,  etc.,  will  be  found  in  the  accom- 
panying detailed  report. 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent, 

Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent. 


518  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER 

For  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  1932 

January  1,  1932  Balance  due  Crocker  First  National  Bank $  11,043.03 

Receipts: 

Dues $     3,105.00 

Rentals 85,946.04 

Notes  Payable 78,500.00 

Notes  Receivable 2,000.00 

Notes  Receivable  Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust 1,000.00 

Lecture  Endowment 10,000.00 

Templeton  Crocker  Endowment 1,000.00 

Barton  Warren  Evermann  Endowment 1,000.00 

Lecture  Fund  Income 500.00 

Publication 336.67 

Post  Card  Sales 348.93 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust  Interest 170.53 

Interest 163.12 

Park  Birds  Handbook  Fund 59.00 

W.  G.  Wright  Fund 15.00 

Total  Receipts $184,144.29 

$173,101.26 

Expenditures: 

East  Wing  Construction $  59,664.96 

West  Wing  Additions 1,593.23 

Interest 20,391.83 

Investment  of  Lecture  Endowment  Fund 10,012.50 

Notes  Payable 6,000.00 

Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund 1,200.00 

Museum  Department  Appropriations 24,149.74 

Salary  Expense  General 19,462.50 

Department  Salaries 22,900.00 

Insurance 2,026.86 

Sundry  Creditors 2,831.17 

Library 1,265.56 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Equipment 978.62 

Contingent  Fund 754.04 

Publication 341.92 

Lecture  Expense 316.20 

Expense 4,330.04 

Post  Cards 3.97 

Total  Expenditures $178,223.14 

December  31,  1932  Balance  due  Crocker  First  National  Bank $     5,121.88 

F.  W.  Bradley,  Treasurer. 

Examined  and  found  correct, 

McLaren,  Goode  &  Co.,  Certified  Public  Accountants. 
San  Francisco,  California,  February  11,  1933. 


Vol.  XX]  GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  519 

INCOME  AND  OPERATING  EXPENSES 
For  the  fiscal  year,  January  I,  1932  to  December  31,  1932 

Income: 

Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endowment 

Income $     1,788.80 

James  Lick  Endowment  Income 72,026.30 

General  Income 14,297.64 

Dues 3,200.00 

Interest  Received 328.40 

Profit  on  Post  Card  Sales 197.53 

Total  Income $  91,838.67 

Expenditures: 

General  Expenses $     4,151.57 

Salaries 44,467.61 

Interest 21,732.81 

Insurance 2,488.08 

Total  Expenditures $  72,840.07 


Net  Income  Transferred  to  Surplus  Account $  18,998.60 


SUMMARY  OF  SURPLUS  ACCOUNT 
December  31,  1932 
Balance  January  1,  1932 $620,523.24 

Additions: 

Net  Income  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 

1932 $  18,998.60 

Transfer  of  B.  W.  Evermann  Donation  to  be 

expended  for  exhibits 1,000.00 

Total  Additions  to  Surplus $  19,998.60 

$640,521.84 

Deductions: 

Depreciation $  22,122.38 

Transfer  to  Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund         1,200.00 

Total  Deductions  from  Surplus $  23,322.38 

Surplus,  December  31,  1932 $617,199.46 


520  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

BALANCE  SHEET 

December  31,  1932 

A ssets 
Property: 

Real  Estate  831-833  Market  Street— pledged .  .  .  $600,000.00 
Commercial  Building,  833  Market 

Street— pledged $516,818.66 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation 131,788.71     385,029.95 

Real  Estate,  Jessie  Street 8,083.65 

$993,113.60 

Museum,  Golden  Gate  Park: 

West  Wing $193,619.15 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation.  .  .  .       48,991.75 

$144,627.40 

East  Wing $252,184.72 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation ...  .  5,025.06     247,159.66 

General  Collections 261,127.41 

Library  and  Equipment 172,080.28 

Tools  and  Equipment $  52,325.44 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation.  .  .  .        14,019.63 

38,305.81 

Office  Furniture 6,600.64 

Less:  Reserve  for  Depreciation ...  .         4,584.59         2,016.05 

865,316.61 
Investment  Securities 20,226.21 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust: 

Notes  Receivable $     4,000.00 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Construction 263,390.29 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Equipment 36,647.02 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Revolving  Fund 5,000.00 

Uninvested  Cash  on  Hand 290.04 

309,327.35 

Current  Assets: 

Rent  Receivable $     2,166.70 

Post  Cards  in  Stock 1,529.80 

Cash  on  Hand 143.60 

Advance  to  employee  doing  field  work 100.00 

3,940.10 

Total $2,191,923.87 


Vol.  XX]  GRl  XSKV—PRESl DENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1932  521 

BALANCE  SHEET— Continued 

Liabilities 
Endowments: 

James  Lick  Endowment $804,902, 31 

Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endowment .  .  .        20,000.00 
John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment 32,770.85 


$857,673.16 


28,100.62 


Funds  Held  for  Special  Purposes: 

Alvord  Bequest  Botanical $     5,000.00 

John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment  Income 1,345.08 

Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund 10,126.21 

Templeton  Crocker  Publication  Fund 1,000.00 

Lecture  Fund 10,000.00 

Lecture  Fund  Income 188.06 

Park  Birds  Handbook  Fund 355.60 

W.  G.  Wright  Fund 69.57 

Wild  Life  Protection  Fund 16.10 


Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust: 

Principal $250,000.00 

Interest 59,327.35 

309,327.35 

Notes  and  Accounts  Payable: 

Mortgage  note  and  other  notes  payable $373,500.00 

Accounts  Payable 711.36 

Due  Crocker  First  National  Bank 5,411.92 

379,623.28 

Surplus .' 617,199.46 

Total $2,191,923.87 


Susie  M.  Peers,  Secretary 
Board  of  Trustees. 


We  have  examined  the  foregoing  Balance  Sheet,  together  with  the  books  and 
accounts  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  in  our  opinion,  it  is  properly 
drawn  up  so  as  to  exhibit  a  true  and  correct  view  of  the  Academy's  affairs,  as  shown 
by  the  books. 

McLaren,  Goode  &  Co. 

Certified  Public  Accountants 
San  Francisco,  Calif., 
February  11,  1933  ^ 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  XX,  FOURTH  SERIES 


New  names  in  heavy-faced  type 


abramsi,  Pogogyne,  112,  119 
Abutilon  calif ornicum,  21,  76 
Acalypha  umbrosa,  21,  32,  69 
acanthus,  Athous,  375 
Accipiter  cooperi,  274 

velox,  274 
acrolopha,  Xanthiopyxis,  224 
Actinocyclus  ehrenbergii,  168 
Actinoptychus  halionyx,  169 

janischii,  169 

kernensis,  170 

perisetosus,  171 

thumii,  171 

undulatus,  172 
actinoptychus,  Stephanogonia,  217 
acuminata,  Eriochloa,  27,  52 
adamsiana,  Anemone,  141 
adamsiana  var  minor,  Anemone,  142 
Adelocera,  maculata,  293 

mexicana,  293 
Adiantopsis  radiata,  20,  23,  49 
aedon  parkmani,  Troglodytes,  285 
seginensis,  Coscinodiscus,  178 
sreipennis,  Ludius,  431 
aestiva  aestiva,  Dendroica,  284 
affine,  Teucrium,  32,  90 
affine  var  dentosum,  Teucrium,  22,  24,  33, 

90 
affinis  affinis,  Eutamias,  534 
Agelaius  phceniceus  nevadensis,  279 
Agonostomus  hancocki,  467 
Agonostomus   hancocki   Seale.   sp.    nov. 

467 
Agriotes,  446 

bivittatus,  448 

blaisdelli,  450 

criddlei,  448 

cylindricus,  447 

porosus,  449 
agrypnoides,  Melanactes,  446 
Aix  sponsa,  273 
alba,  Chiococca,  22,  96 
Albifrons  albifrons,  Petrochelidon,  282 
alcyon  caurina,  Ceryle,  275 
alexandri,  Archilochus,  276 
alternans    annulatus,    Physocarpus,    131, 
133 

panamintensis,  Physocarpus, 
131,132 

Physocarpus,  130 

typicus,  Physocarpus,  131 
amblyoceras,  Cymatogonia,  186 
americana,  V>"altheria,  21,  28,  78 
americanum,  Triceratium,  220 


americanusfasciatus,  Picoides,  276 

Mergus,  273 
amcena,  Passerina,  282 
Amorpha  emarginata,  148 
amphiceros,  Rhaphoneis,  211 
var.    amphithalassa,    Brickellia   peninsu- 

laris,  22,  28,  33,  100 
amplectens,  Mahonia,  145 
amplicollis.  Conoderes  (Heteroderes),  298 
amplicollis,  Plastocerus,  459 
Anas  platyrhynchos,  273 
Anchastus,  319 

arizonicus,  323 

militaris,  322 

subopacus,  321 

ventralis,  322 
andersoni,  Cymatosira,  187 
Anemone  adamsiana,  141 

adamsiana  var  minor,  142 

oligantha,  142 
angulata,  Biddulphia,  177 

Physalis,  28,  92 
angusticollis,  Ludius,  420 
annectens,  Cyanocitta  stelleri,  278 
Annellus  californicus,  172 
annulatus,    Physocarpus    alternans,    131, 

133 
anthinus,  Passerculus  sandwichensis,  281 
anthonyi  var.  clarionensis,  Euphorbia,  21, 

27,  32,  71 
anthonyi,  Euphorbia,  24,  32,  71 
antiquus,  Eupodiscus,  190 
apachensis,  Delphinium,  142 
apiculata,  Canavalia,  21,  27,  64 
apiculatus,  Coscinodiscus,  178 
aplastoides,  Ludius,  411 
Aplastus,  459 

arizonicus,  462 

cylindricus,  461 

piceicollis,  464 

pilosus,  463 

productus,  463 
Aplopappus  illinitus,  155 

traskee,  156 
appalachius,  Athous,  372 

Ludius,  425 
appressus,  Ludius,  420 
Arachnoidiscus  manni,  174 
Aralia  arizonica,  148 
Archilochus  alexandri,  276 
Arctostaphylos  imbricata,  149 
Arenaria  kuschei,  140 
argutus,  Sporobolus,  27,  51 
Aristida  pansa,  20,  23,  27,  51 


December  31,  1940 


524 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Aristolochia  brcvipes,  21,  24,  59 
arizonae,  Spizclla  passerina,  281 
arizonica,  Aralia,  148 

Baccharis,  155 

Laphamia,  159 
arizonicus,  Anchastus,  323 

Aplastus,  462 

Athous,  384 
artemesias,  Molothrus  ater,  279 

Peromyscus  maniculatus,  289 
articus,  Picoides,  275 
Asclepias  giffordi,  150 
Asplenium  formosum,  20,  48 

potosinum  var  incisum,  20,  23,  49 
Asterolampra  rotula,  175 
Asyndesmus  lewisi,  276 
ater  artemesia?,  Molothrus,  279 
aterrimus,  Megapenthes,  314 
Athous,  360 

acanthus,  375 

appalachius,  372 

arizonicus,  384 

brevis,  379 

carolinus,  374 

cucullatus,  384 

t  rebus,  385 

essigi,  381 

excavatus,  373 

imitans,  378 

nigripilis,  384 

opilinus,  383 

ornatipennis,  383 

pallidipennis,  375 
sierree,  376 

polygenus,  382 

rufifrons,  372 

rufipennis,  380 

rufiventris,  377 

maritimus,  378 

scissus,  377 

sordidus,  380 

triundulatus,  383 

undulatus,  383 

vittiger,  373 
atlas,  Ladius,  412 

atricapillus  septentrionalis,  Penthestes,  286 
atropurpureus,  Ludius,  419 

Phaseolus,  21,  27,  64 
attenuatum,  Gnaphalium,  22,  102 
auduboni  auduboni,  Dendroica,  284 
Aulacodiscus  brownei,  176 
Auliscus  bonus,  176 

suppressus,  177 
aurantiaca,  Cattleya,  20,  23,  57 


Baccharis  arizonica,  155 

bairdi  cascadensis  ?  Lepus,  290 
Betarmon  bigeminatus,  451 
beutenmuelleri,  Limonius,  351 
bicarinatus,  Conoderes,  297 


bicolor,  Eucephalus,  157 

Iridoprocne,  283 

Limonius,  344 
Biddulphia  angulata,  177 
bigeminatus,  Betarmon,  451 
bimaculatus,  Elater,  307 
Birds    and    Mammals,    Kootenay    Valley 

British  Columbia,  269 
bivittatus,  Agriotes,  448 
blaisdelli,  Agriotes,  450 
blaisdelli,  Euthysanius,  457 
blaisdelli,   Ludius,  424 
Boerhaavia  caribasa,  21,  27,  60 
Bombycilla  cedrorum,  283 
Bonasa  umbellus  umbelloides,  274 
bonus,  Auliscus,  176 
Borreria  nesiotica,  22,  28,  33,  97 
Botany,  Report  Department  of  1931-1932, 

507 
Botaurus  lentiginosus,  273 
brachyrhynchos  hesperis,  Corvus,  279 
Bradley,  F.  W.,  Report  of  Treasurer,  1931, 
488 

Report  of  Treasurer,  1932,  518 
brevipes,  Aristolochia,  21,  24,  59 
brevis,  Athous,  379 

Elater,  309 
brevispicata,  Cordia,  22,  87 
Brickellia  peninsularis  var  amphithalasaa. 

22,  28,  33,  100 
brooksi,  Hesperiphona  vespertina,  281 
aff.  brunneus,  Cyperus,  20,  23,  55 
brownei,  Aulacodiscus,  176 
brunneicolor,  Elater,  308 
Bubo  virginianus,  275 
bullocki,  Icterus,  280 
Bumelia  socorrensis,  22,  32,  83 
Bursera  nesopola  21,  32,  66 


caduceus,  Sceptroneis,  216 
Caesalpina  crista,  21,  27,  63 
cafer  collaris,  Colaptes,  276 
calendula  cineraceus,  Corthylio,  286 
California  Trout,  A  new,  Salmo  seleniris 

471 
californica,  Euphorbia,  27,  70 
californicum,  Abutilon,  21,  76 
calif ornicus,  Annellus,  172 
californicus,  Elathous,  359 

Hypoccelus,  292 
Calliandra  sp.  21,  62,  63 

socorrensis,  21,  27,  32,  62 
Calliope,  Stellula,  277 
Calochortus  westoni,  136 
canadensis  capitalis,  Perisoreus,  278 

Sitta,  285 
Canavalia  apiculata,  21,  27,  64 
candezei,  Ludius,  433 
capitalis,  Perisoreus  canadensis,  278 
capuli,  Prunus,  21,  62 


Vol.  XIX] 


INDEX 


525 


caput-medusae,  Omphalotheca,  204 
carbo,  Ludius,   1 50 

Cardiospermum  halicacabum,  21,  28,  72 
caribea,  Boerhaavia,  21,  27,  60 
carolinensis,  Dumetella,  285 

Pandionhaliaetus,   2  75 
carolinus,  Athous.  374 
Carpodacus  cassini.  281 
cassini,  Carpodacus,  281 

Lanivireo  solitarius,  284 
cascadensis?  Lepusbairdi,  290 
cathartica,  Ipomcea.  11.  2X,  84 
Cattleya  aurantiaca,  20,  23,  57 
caudatum.  Pteridium,  20.  49 
caurina,  Ceryle  alcyon.  275 
Cebrio  knausi,  464 
Cebrionidae.  464 
cedrorum,  Bombycilla,  283 
celosia,  Iresine,  27,  60 
Cenchrus  myosuroides,  20,  24,  53 
Cerchneis  sparveria  sparveria,  274 
Ceryle  alcyon  caurina,  275 
Cestrum  pacificum,  22,  33,  94 
Cheilanthes  peninsularis  var  insularis,  20, 

27,  32,  50 
Chiococca  alba,  22,  96 
chrysolepida,  Peperomia,  20,  32,  57 
ciliaris,  Eragrostis,  20,  50 
cinera  cinera,  Keotoma,  534 

drummondi,  Neotoma,  289 
cineraceus,  Corthylio  calendula,  286 
cistoides,  Tribulus,  21,  27,  65 
Citellus  columbianus  columbianus,  288 
Cladogramma  conicum,  178 
var.  clarionensis,  Euphorbia  anthonyi,  21, 

27,  32    71 
Clark,  H.  W.,  Report,  Department  of 

Fishes,  1931-1932,  511 
clypeatus,  Limonius,  347 
collaris,  Colaptes  cafer,  276 
Colaptes  cafer  collaris,  276 
columbiana,  Xucifraga,  279 
columbianus,  Citellus  columbianus,  288 

columbianus,  Citellus,  288 
Commelina  virginica,  27,  56 
condecorum,  Triceratium,  221 
conicum,  Cladogramma.  178 
conjungens,  Ludius,  432 
Conocarpus  erecta,  21,  80 
Conoderes,  294 

(Heteroderes)  amplicollis,  298 

bicarinatus,  297 

varians,  298 
contortus.  Heteropogon,  20,  54 
convexus,  Coscinodiscus,  179 
Convolvulus  linearilobus,  152 

tridactylosus,  151 
coombsae,  Streptanthus.  145 
cooperi,  Accipiter,  274 
copelandi,  Gentiana,  150 
Coral  Snake,  New  Subspecies  265 


Cordia  brevispicata,  22,  87 
cordifer,  Elater,  303 
Coreopsis  insularis,  22,  33,  103 
Corthylio  calendula  cineraceus,  286 
Corvus  brachyrhynchos  hesperis,  279 
Coscinodiscus  aeginensis,  178 

apiculatus,  178 

convexus,  179 

fulguralis,  179 

lineatus,  180 

marginatus,  181 

meditatus,  181 

monica?,  182 

novazealandicus,  534 

novozealandicus,  182 

oculus-iridis,  183 

pacificus,  184 

symbolophorus,  184 
cotinifolia,  Ficus,  21,  58 
covilleanum,  Eriogonum,  138 
Cowles,    Thomas,    Report    Library,    1931- 

1932,  513 
crenatus,  Erigeron,  24,  33,  101 
Cressa  truxillensis,  22,  28,  87 
cribricollis,  Euthysanius,  455 
cribrosus,  Ludius,  408 
criddlei,  Agriotes,  448 
crista,  Caesalpina,  21,  27,  63 
Croton  masonii,  21,  32,  67 
cruciatus,  Ludius,  429 
cucullatus,  Athous,  384 
curassavicum,  Heliotropium,  22,  28,  88 
currucoides,  Sialia,  287 
curtatus,  Pipilo  maculatus,  282 
cyanocephalus    cyanocephalus,    Euphagus, 

280 
Cyanocitta  stelleri  annectens,  278 
cyanoptera,  Querquedula.  2  73 
Cyclotella  kelloggi,  185 
cylindricus,  Agriotes,  447 

Aplastus.  461 
Cymatogonia  amblyoceras,  186 
Cymatosira  andersoni,  187 
Cyperus  aff.  brunneus,  20,  23,  55 

duripes,  20,  24.  27,  32,  54 

ligularis,  20,  54 


delicata,  Gallinago,  273 

deltoidea  var.  townsendii.  Viguiera,  22,  103 

Dendragapus  obscurus  flemingi,  1-3 

pallidus,  4-7 

richardsonii,  1-7,  274 
Dendroica  aestiva  asstiva,  284 

auduboni  auduboni,  284 
Denticula  lauta.  188 

var.  dentosum,  Teucrium  affine,  22,  24.  90 
Delphinium  apachensis,  142 
Diatoms,  Sharktooth  Hill,  California,  161 
Dicentra  nevadensis,  143 

oregana, 144 


526 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


DimeregTamma  scutulum,  189 
discolor,  Rhamnus,  21,  23,  75 
divaricatus,  Ludius,  427 
diversiflora,  Eragrostis,  24,  50 
Dodonaea  viscosa,  21,  24,  28,  75 
Dolichonyx  oryzivorus,  279 
dolorosus  Ludius,  413 
Dossetia  lacera,  190 
douglasii  minor,  Pogogyne,  114,  116 

parviflora,  Pogogyne,  114,  117 

Pogogyne,   112 

ramosa,  Pogogyne,  114,  116 

typica,  Pogogyne,  114 
drummondi,  Neotoma  cinera,  289 
Dryobates  pubescens  leucurus,  275 

villosus  monticola,  275 
Dudleya  murina,  147 
dudleyi,  Streptanthus,  145 
Dumetella  carolinensis,  285 
duripes,  Cyperus,  20,  24,  27,  32,  54 


Eastwood,  Alice,  New  Plants  from  Western 
North  America,  135 

Report,    Department   of    Botany, 
1931-1932,  507 
eastwoodianum,  Hypericum,  21,  32,  78 
ehrenbergii,  Actinoclyclus,  168 
Elater,  301 

bimaculatus,  307 

brevis,  309 

brunneicolor,  308 

cordifer,  303 

fenyesi,  302 

phelpsi,  306 

rhodopus,  302 

rubriventris,  303 

sturmii,  301 

ursinus,  301 

varipilis,  306 
Elateridffi  and  Related  Coleoptera,  291 
Elathous,  357 

californicus,  359 
var.  elegans,  Leptoschema  protractum,  357 
elegans,  Rhaphoneis,  213 
Elytraria  squamosa  22,  96 
emarginata,  Amorpha,  148 
Empidonax  hammondi,  278 

wrighti,  278 
Entomology,  Report  Department  of,  1931- 

1932,  508 
Epidendrum  rigidum,  20,  23,  57 
Elytraria  squamosa,  22,  96 
Eragrostis  ciliaris,  20,  50 

diversiflora,  24,  50 
erebus,  Athous,  385 
erecta,  Conocarpus,  21,  80 
Erigeron  crenatus,  24,  33,  101 

kuschei,  158 

socorrensis,  22,  33,  100 
Eriochloa  acuminata,  27,  52 


Eriogonum  covilleanum,  138 
lanosum,   140 
pulchrum,   139 
tenuissimum,   139 

Eriophyllum  rixfordi,  158 

erythrogaster,  Hirundo,  283 
Eschscholtz,  Athous,  360 
essigi,  Athous,  381 
Eucephalus  bicolor,  157 

glandulosus,  157 
Eupatorium  pacificum,  22,  33,  99 
Euphagus  cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus, 

280 
Euphorbia  anthonyi,  24,  32,  71 

var.  clarionensis,  21,  27,  32,  71 

californica,  27,  70 

incerta,  70 
Eupodiscus  antiquus,  190 
Eupogogyne, 112 
Eutamias  affinis  affinis,  534 
Eutamias  ruficaudus  simulans,  289 
Euthysanius,  454 

blaisdelli,  457 

cribricollis,   455 

piceus,  456 

pretiosus,  457 
Evermann,  B.  W.  Report  Director  Museum 

and  Aquarium,  1931,  483 
evermanni,  Nemophila,  152 
Evotomys  gapperi  saturatus,  290 
excavatus,  Athous,  373 
Exhibits,  Report  Department  of  1931-1932, 
510 


fagara,  Zanthoxylum,  27,  65 

falsificus,  Ludius,  425 

fasciatus,  Picoides  americanus,  276 

fenyesi,  Elater,  302 

Ficus  cotinifolia,  21,  58 

Fishes,  Department  of,  Report  1931-1932, 

511 
flemingi,  Dendragapus  obscurus,  1-3 
Flora  of  Revillagigedo  Islands,    9 
Forestiera  rhamnifclia,  22,  23,  83 
formosum,  Asplenium,  20,  48 
frenguellii,  Hyalodiscus,  193 
Fritillaria  striata,  136 
fulguralis,  Coscinodiscus,  179 
fulvipilis  semlnuHus,  Limonius,  348 
fusculus,  Ludius,  428 


Galactia  striata,  27,  65 
galapageium,  Psidium,  21,  23,  80 
Galium  mexicanum,  22,  97 
Gallinago  delicata,  273 
gambelli,  Zonotrichia  lcucophrys,  281 
gapperi,  saturatus,  Evotomys,  290 
geniculata,  Setaria,  20,  53 
Gentiana  copelandi,  150 


Vol.  XIX] 


INDEX 


527 


Genus  Pogogync,  105 

geometrica,  Melosira,  196 

Geothlypis  trichas  occidentalis,  285 

gertrudianum,  Sedum,  147 

giffordi,  Asclepias,  150 

gilva  swainsoni,  Vireosylva,  284 

Githopsis  latifolius,  154 

glacialis,  Hypnoidus,  326 

glandulosus,  Eucephalus,  157 

globosa,  Xanthiopyxis,  224 

Gnaphalium  attenuatum,  22,  102 

Goniothecium  rogersii,  192 

Gossypium  hirsutum,  21,  77 

granicollis,  Ludius  (Paranomus),  435 

grantiana,  Mimulus,  153 

Great  Basin  Physocarpus,  129 

Grunsky,    C.    E.     Report,     President    of 

Academy,  1931,  473 

Report,  President  of  Academy  and 

Acting  Director  Museum  and 

Steinhart  Aquarium,  1932,  493 

Guatemala,  New  Subspecies  of  Coral  Snake, 

265 
Guettarda  insularis,  22,  33,  96 
gutturalis,  Vermivora  ruficapilla,  284 


haliagtus  carolinensis,  Pandion,  275 
halicacabum,  Cardiospermum,  21,  28,  72 
halierca,  Ipomcea,  22,  28,  32,  85 
halionyx,  Actinoptychus,   169 
hammondi,  Empidonax,  278 
hancocki,  Agonostomus,  467 
Hanna,   G.    D.   Report,    Department,   Pa- 
leontology, 1931-1932,  515 

Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern 
County,  California,  161 
hartwegiana,  Tournefortia,  22,  88 
hastata,  Sphacele,  22,  90 
hederacea,  Sida,  28,  76 
Hediomoides,  112,  121 
Hedymeles  melanocephalus  melanocephalus, 

282 
Heliotropium  curassavicum,  22,  28,  88 
Hemiaulus  polymorphus,  193 
Hemicrepidius,  444 

Lecontei,  445 

soccifer,  445 

tumescens,  444 
Her«otheca  mammillaris,  193 
Herpetology,  Report,  Department  of  1931- 

1932,  512 
Hesperiphona  vespertina  brooksi,  281 
hesperis,  Corvus  brachyrhynchos,  279 
Heteropogon  contortus,  20,  54 
hiemalis  pacificus,  Xannus,  285 
Hieracium  occidentale,  154 
Hippomane  mancinella,  21,  23,  69 
hirsutum,  Gossypium,  21,  77 
hirsutus,  Hypnoidus  lecontei,  327 


Hirundo  erythrogaster,  283 
hoppingi,  Ludius,  434 
Horistonotus,  329 

lutzi,  330 

umbilicatus,  329 
Howell,  John  Thomas,  Genus  Pogogyne,  105 

Great  Basin  Physocarpus,  129 
hudsonicus  richardsoni,  Sciurus,  289 
huguenini,  Limonius,  346 
humboldti,  Ludius,  415 
humboldtiana,  Karwinskia,  28,  75 
hustedti,  Xystotheca,  227 
Hyalodiscus  frenguellii,  193 
Hylocichla  ustulata  swainsoni,  286 
Hypericum  eastwoodianum,  21,  32,  78 
Hypnoidini,  325 
Hypnoidus  glacialis,  326 

lecontei  hirsutus,  327 

sanborni,  327 
Hypoccelus,  292 

californicus,  292 


Icterus  bullocki,  280 

Ilex  socorrcensis,  21,  32,  72 

iliaca,  Passerella,  282 

illinitus,  Aplopappus,  155 

illinoiensis,  Megapenthes,  314 

imbricata,  Arctostaphylos,  149 

imitans,  Athous,  378 

incerta,  Euphorbia,  70 

var.  incisum,  Asplenium  potosinum  20,  23, 

49 
inconspicuua,  Rattrayella,  210 
innocens,  Perrya,  205 
insidiosus,  Ludius,  424 
insulare,  Zanthoxylum,  21,  66 
var.  insularis,  Cheilanthes  peninsularis,  20, 

27,  32,  50 
insularis,  Coreopsis,  22,  33,  103 

Guettarda,  22,  33,  96 
intermedia,  Pogogyne  serpylloides,  125 
involucrata,  Lantana,  22,  88 
Ipomcea  cathartica,  22,  28,  84 

halierca,  22,  28,  32,  85 

pes-caprse,  22,  24,  28,  84 

triloba,  22,  84 
Iresine  celosia,  27,  60 
Iridoprocne  bicolor,  283 
Iris  pinetorum,  137 
Ixoreus  naevius  meruloides,  287 


jaculus,  Ludius.  412 
janischii,  Actinoptychus,  169 

Leudugeria,  194 
Johnston,     I.     M.,     Flora     Revillagigedo 

Islands,  9 
Jouvea  pilosa,  20,  51 
Junco  oreganus  shufeldti,  281 


528 


CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Karwinskia  humboldtiana,  28,  75 
kelloggi,  Cyclotella,  185 
kernensis,  Actinoptychus,  170 

Navicula,  197 
kittonianus,  Stictodiscus,  219 
knausi,  Cebrio.  464 
kuschei,  Arenaria,  140 

Erigeron,  158 

Limonius.  349 


lacera,  Dossetia,  190 
lanei,  Limonius,  350 
Lanier,   Robert   J,   and   Seale,   A.,   Report 

Steinhart  Aquarium,  1931-1932,  516 
Lanivireo  solitarius  cassini,  284 
lanosum,  Eriogonum,  140 
Lantana  involucrata,  22,  88 
Laphamia  arizonica,  159 

saxicola,  159 
lasiocarpum,  Lepidium,  27,  61 
latifolius,  Githopsis,  154 
lauta,  Denticula,  188 
lecontei,  Hemicrepidius,  445 

hirsutus,  Hypnoidus,  327 
lentiginosus,  Botaurus,  273 
lepida,  Tachycineta  thalassina,  283 
Lepidium  lasiocarpum,  27,  61 
Leptoschema,  356 

protractum  var.  elegans,  357 
Lepus  bairdi,  cascadensis  (?)  290 
leucaspis,  Ludius,  431 
leucophrys  gambelli,  Zonotrichia,  281 
leucurus,  Dryobates  pubescens,  275 
Leudugeria  janischii,  194 
lewisi,  Asyndesmus,  276 
Library,  Report,  1931-1932,  513 
ligularis,  Cyperus,  20,  54 
limoniiformis,  Ludius,  420 
Limonius,  332 

beutenmuelleri,  351 

bicolor,  344 

clypeatus,  347 

fulvipilis  seminudus,  348 

huguenini,  346 

kuschei,  349 

lanei,  350 

nebulosus,  345 

pictus,  343 

ulkei,  343 

ursinus,   349 
linearilobus,  Convolvulus,  152 
lineata,  Stephanopyxis,  219 
lineatus,  Coscinodiscus,  180 
Liradiscus  rugulosus,  195 
litoralis,  Verbena,  22,  88 
littoralis,  Vernonia,  22,  33,  98 
lobatus,  Ludius,  417 
longum,  Paspalum,  20,  32,  52 
Ludius,  389 

aereipennis,  431 


Ludius,  angusticollis,  420 

aplastoides,  411 

appalachius,  425 

appressus,  420 

atlas,  412 

atropurpureus,  419 

blaisdelli,  424 

candezei,  433 

carbo,  430 

conjungens,  432 

cribrosus,  408 

cruciatus,  429 

divaricatus,  427 

dolorosus,  413 

falsificus,  425 

fusculus,  428 

(Paranomus)  granicollis,  435 

hoppingi,  434 

humboldti,  415 

insidiosus,  424 

jaculus,  412 

leucaspis,  431 

limoniiformis,  420 

lobatus,  417 

mirabilis,  433 

morulus,  429 

nigricollis,  432 

nunenmacheri,  422 

obscurus,  409 

opaculus,  420 

patricius,  415 

propola,  433 

protractus,  410 

pruininus,  430 

rainieri,  421 

resplendens.  425 

rotundicollis,  427 

rupestris,  427 

sagitticollis,  421 

semivittatus,  429 

shastensis,  423 

silvaticus,  409 

suckleyi,  431 

tahoensis,   418 

tenellus,  414 

triundulatus,  434 

trivittatus,  423 

truculentus,  416 

uliginosus,  408 

volitans,  416 

weidti,  426 
ludoviciana,  Piranga,  282 
lunatus,  Phaseolus,  21,  64 
lutzi,  Horistonotus,  330 
lyra,  Navicula,  199 


Macrora,  195 

Stella,   196 
maculata,  Adelocera,  293 
maculata,  Xanthiopyxis,  225 


Vol.  XIX] 


INDEX 


529 


maculatus  curtatus,  Pipi!".  282 
madrense,  Solanum,  22,  92 
Mahonia  amplectens,  145 
Mailliard    J.,    Birds    and    Mammals    from 
Kootcnay  Valley,  British  Columbia,  269 
mammillaris,  Hercotheca,  193 
mancinella,  Hippomane,  21,  23,  69 
maniculatus  artemisia?  Peromyscus,  289 
manni,  Arachnoidiscus.  174 
marginata,  Xanthiopyxis,  225 
marginatus,  Coscinodiscus,  181 
marina,  Xavicula,  199 
maritimus,  Athous  rufiventris,  378 
Marmota  monax  petrensis,  288 
marylandicus,  Raphidodiscus,  208 
masonii,  Croton,  21,  32,  67 
meditatus,  Coscinodiscus,  181 
megalops,  Megapenthes,  317 
Megapenthes,  310 

ateirimus,  314 

illinoiensis,  314 

megalops,  317 

obtusus,  315 

variolatus,  316 
Melanactes,  446 

agrypnoides,  446 
melanocephalus,   Hedymeles  melanocepha- 

lus,  282 
Melanotus,  331 
Melasidas,  292 
Meliosma  nesites,  21,  32,  73 
Melochia  pyramidata,  21,  28,  78 
melodia  morphna,  Melospiza,  282 
Melosira  geometrica,  196 

sulcata,  197 
Melospiza  melodia  morphna,  282 
Mergus  americanus,  273 
Meruloides,  Ixoreus  narvius,  287 
Metastelma  sp.,  22,  83 
mexicana,  Adelocera,  293 

occidentalis,  Sialia,  287 
mexicanum,  Galium,  22,  97 
Microtus  mordax  mordax,  290 
Micrurus  nigrocinctus  zunilensis,  266 
migratorius  propinquus,  Planesticus,  287 
militaris,  Anchastus,  322 
mimicans,  Xavicula,  200 
Mimulus  grantiana,  153 
minima,  Rhynchosia,  21,  65 
var.  minor,  Anemone  adamsiana,  142 
minor,  Pogogyne  douglasii,  114,  116 
mirabilis,  Ludius,  433 
Molothrus  ater  artemesia?,  279 
monax  petrensis,  Marmota,  288 
monies,  Coscinodiscus,  182 
monticola,  Dryobates  villosus,  275 

Sorex  vagrans,  288 
mordax,  Microtus  mordax,  290 
morphna,  Melospiza  melodia,  282 
morricei,  Xavicula,  201 
morulus,  Ludius,  429 


muricatum,  Polystichum,  20,  23,  48 

murina,  Dudleya,  147 

Museum  and  Aquarium  Report,  1931-1932, 

493 
Myiochanes  richardsoni  richardsoni,  278 
myosuroides,  Cenchrus,  20,  24,  53 


narvius  meruloides,  Ixoreus,  287 
Xannus  hiemalis  pacificus,  285 
Xavicula  kernensis,  197 

lyra,  199 

marina,  199 

mimicans,  200 

morricei,  201 

optima,  202 

proserpina?,  203 

spectabilis,  204 
nebulosus,  Limonius,  345 
neglecta,  Sturnella,  280 
Xemophila  evermanni,  152 
Xeotoma  cinera  cinera,  534 

cinera  drummondi,  289 
nesiotica,  Borreria,  22,  28,  33,  97 
nesioticus,  Stenophyllus,  20,  24,  27,  32,  56 
nesites,  Meliosma,  21,  32,  73 
nesogena,  Sida,  21,  32,  76 
nesophila,  Xicotiana,  22,  33,  93 
nesopola,  Bursera,  21,  32,  66 
nevadensis,  Agelaius  phceniceus,  279 
nevadensis,  Dicentra,  143 
Xew  Plants  Western  Xorth  America,  135 
Xicotiana  nesophila,  22,  33,  93 

stocktoni,  22,  28,  33,  94 
nigricollis,  Ludius,  432 
nigripilis,  Athous,  384 
nigrocinctus  zunilensis,  Micrurus,  266 
novazealandicus,  Coscinodiscus, 
novozealandicus,  Coscinodiscus,  182 
nuchalis,  Sphyrapicus  varius,  276 
Xucifraga  columbiana,  279 
nudiuscula,  Pogogyne,  112,  120 
nudum,  Psilotum,  20,  48 
nunenmacheri,  Ludius,  422 
nutans,  Sorghastrum,  20,  53 


obesa,  Rhaphoneis,  213 
obesula,  Rhaphoneis,  214 
oblonga,  Xanthiopyxis,  226 
obscurus  flemingi,  Dendragapus,  1-3 

Ludius,  409 

pallidus,  Dendragapus,  4 

richardsonii,     Dendragapus,     1-7. 
2  74 
obtusus,  Megapenthes,  315 
occidentale,  Hieracium,  154 
occidentalis,  Geothylpis  trichas,  285 

Sialia  mexicana,  287 
oculus-iridis,  Coscinodiscus,  183 
oligantha,  Anemone,  142 


530 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


olivacea,  Vineosylva,  284 
olivaceus,  Regulus  satrapa,  286 
Omphalotheca  caput-medusas,  204 
opaculus,  Ludius,  420 
opilinus,  Athous,  383 
optima,  Navicula,  202 
Opuntia  sp.  vel  spp.  21,  28,  80 
oregana,  Dicentra,  144 
oreganus  shufeldti,  Junco,  281 
Oreopanax  xalapense,  21,  23,  82 
ovilacea,  Vireosylva,  284 
ornatipennis,  Athous,  383 
Ornithology  and  Mammalogy  Report  De- 
partment of,  1931-1932,  514 
oryzivorus,  Dolichonyx,  279 
Oxyechus  vociferus,  273 


pacificum,  Cestrum,  22,  33,  95 
pacificum,  Eupatorium,  22,  33,  99 
pacificus,  Coscinodiscus,  184 

Nannus  hiemalis,  285 
Paleontology,  Report,  Department  of,  1931- 

1932,  515 
pallidipennis,  Athous,  375 

sierree,  Athous,  376 
pallidum,  Dendragapus  obscurus,  4-7 
var.  paludosus,   Scirpus  robustus,  27,  56 
panamintensis,    Physocarpus    alternana, 

131,  132 
Pandion  haliaetus  carolinensis,  275 
pansa,  Aristida,  20,  23,  27,  51 
Paranomus,  444 
parilis,  Rhaphoneis,  214 
parkmani,  Troglodytes  aedon,  285 
Paraedostethus,  327 

relictus,  328 
parviflora,  Pogogyne  douglasii,  114,  117 
Paspalum  longum,  20,  32,  52 
Passerculus  sandwichensis  anthinus,  281 
Passerella  iliaca,  282 
Passerina  amoena,  282 
passerina  arizonae,  Spizella,  281 
patricius,  Ludius,  415 
peninsularis  var  amphithalassa,  Brickel- 

lia,  22,  28,  33,  100 

var  insularis,  Cheilanthes,  20,  27, 
32,  50 
Penthestes  atricapillus  septentrionalis,  286 

rufescens  rufescens,  286 
Peperomia  chrysolepida,  20,  32,  57 

socorronis,  20,  32,  58 
Periptera  tetracladia,  205 
perisetosus,  Actinoptychus,  171 
Perisoreus  canadensis  capitalis,  278 
Perityle  socorrosensis,  22,  24,  28,  33,  103 
Peromyscus  maniculatus  artemisiae,  289 
Perrya  innocens,  205 
pes-caprje,  Ipomoea,  22,  24,  28,  84 
petrensis,  Marmota  monax,  288 
Petrochelidon  Albifrons  Albifrons,  282 


Phaseolus  atropurpureus,  21,  27,  64 
Phaseolus  lunatus,  21,  64 
Phelpsi,  Elater,  306 
Phlceotomus  pileatus  picinus,  276 
phceniceus  nevadensis,  Agelaius,  279 
Phoradendron  townsendi,  21,  32,  59 
Physalis  angulata,  28,  92 

sp.  28,  92 
Physocarpus  alternans,  130 

alternans  annulatus,  131,  133 
panamintensis,  131,  132 
typicus,  131 

Physocarpus,  Great  Basin  Species,  129 
piceicollis,  Aplastus,  464 
piceus,  Euthysanius,  456 
picinus,  Phlceotomus  pileatus,  276 
Picoides  americanus  fasciatus,  276 

articus,  275 
pictus,  Limonius,  343 
pileatus  picinus,  Phlceotomus,  276 
pilosa,  Jouvea,  20,  51 

Portulaca,  20,  27,  61 
pilosus,  Aplastus,  463 
pinetorum,  Iris,  137 
pinus  pinus,  Spinus,  281 
Pipilo  maculatus  curtatus,  282 
Piranga  ludoviciana,  282 
Plagiogramma  truanii,  207 
Planesticus  migratorius  propinquus,  287 
Plastocerus,  457 

amplicollis,  459 
Plastocerinas,  452 
Platyrhynchos,  Anas,  273 
Pleurothallis  unguicallosa,  20,  32,  57 
plumierii,  Scaevola,  22,  28,  98 
Pogogyne  abramsi,  112,  119 

douglassi,  112 

minor,  114,  116 
parviflora,  114,  117 
ramosa,  114,  116 
typica,  114 

nudiuscula,  112,  120 

serpylloides,  112,  121,  124 
intermedia,  125 
typica,  122 

tenuiflora,  112,  128 

zizyphoroides,  112,  124,  126 
polyacantha,  Stephanogonia,  218 
polygenus,  Athous,  382 
polymorphus,  Hemiaulus,  193 
polypodioides,  Polypodium,  20,  49 
Polypodium  polypodioides,  20,  49 
Polypodium  pulchrum,  20,  50 
Polystichum  muricatum,  20,  23,  48 
porosus,  Agriotes,  449 
potosinum  var.  incisum,  Asplenium,  20,  23, 

49 
Portulaca  pilosa,  21,  27,  61 
portulacastrum,  Sesuvium,  2  7,  60 
pretiosus,  Euthysanius,  457 
primoris,  Tropidoneis,  223 


Vol.  XIX] 


INDEX 


531 


productus,  Aplastus,  463 

propinquus,  Planesticus  migTatorius,  287 

propola,  Ludius,  433 

proserpinas,  Navicula,  203 

protractum  var.  elegans,  Leptoschema,  3S7 

protractus,  Ludius,  410 

pruininus,  Ludius,  430 

Prunus  capuli,  21,  62 

Psidium  galapageium,  21,  23,  80 

socoiTense,  21,  32,  81 
Psilotum  nudum,  20,  48 
Pteridium  caudatum,  20,  49 
pubescens  leucurus,  Dryobates,  275 
pulchrum,  Eriogonum,  139 

Polypodium,  20   50 
purpurascens,  Sporobolus,  20,  23,  51 
pyramidata,  Melochia,  21,  28,  78 


quadricorais  (?)  Zygoceros,  228 
Querquedula  cyanoptera,  273 


radiata,  Adiantopsis,  20,  23,  49 
rainieri,  Ludius,  421 
ramosa,  Pogogyne  douglasii,  114,  116 
Raphidodiscus,  207 

marylandicus,  208 
Rattrayella  inconspicuua,  210 
Regulus  satrapa  olivaceus,  286 
relictus,  Paraedostethus,  328 
resplendens,  Ludius,  425 
rhamnifolia,  Forestiera,  22,  23,  83 
Rhamnus  discolor,  21,  23,  75 
Rhaphoneis,  211 

amphiceros,  211 

elegans,  213 

obesa,   213 

obesula,   214 

parilis,  214 
rhodopus,  Elater,  302 
rhombifolia,  Sida,  21,  76 
Rhynchosia  minima,  21,  65 
Richardson  Grouse,  Geographic  Variation 

in,  1 
richardsonii,   Dendragapus  obscurus,    1-7, 

274 
richardsoni,  richardsoni,  Myiochanes,  278 

Sciurus  hudsonicus,  289 
rigidum,  Epidendrum,  20,  23,  57 
rixfordi,  Eriophyllum,  158 
robustus  var.  paludosus,  Scirpus,  27,  56 
rogersii,  Goniothecium,  192 
rotula,  Asterolampra,  175 
rotundicollis,  Ludius,  427 
rubriventris,  Elater,  303 
Rubus  sp.  21,  61 

rufescens,  rufescens,  Penthestes,  286 
ruficapilla  gutturalis,  Vermivora,  284 
ruficaudus  simulans,  Eutamias,  289 
rufifrons,  Athous,  372 


rufipennis,  Athous,  380 
rufiventris,  Athous,  377 

maritimus,  Athous,  378 
rufus,  Selasphorus,  277 
rugosus,  Sericus,  452 
rugulosus,  Liradiscus,  195 
rvpestris,  Ludius,  427 
ruticilla,  Setophaga,  285 


sagitticollis,  Ludius,  421 
Salmo  selenirU,  471 

sanborni,  Hypnoidus,  327 

sandwichensis  anthinus,  Passerculus,  281 

sanhedrensis,  Streptanthus,  146 

Sapindus  saponaria,  28,  73 

saponaria,  Sapindus,  28,  73 

satrapa  olivaceus,  Regulus,  286 

saturatus,  Evotomys  gapperi,  290 

saxicola,  Laphamia,  159 

Scaevola  plumierii,  22,  28,  98 

Sceptroneis  caduceus,  216 

Schmidt,   Karl   P.    New   Subspecies   Coral 

Snake,  Guatemala,  265 
Scirpus  robustus  var.  paludosus,  27,  56 
scissus,  Athous,  377 
Sciurus  hudsonicus  richardsoni,  289 
scutulum,  Dimeregramma,  189 
Seale,  Alvin,  Agonostomus  hancocki  Seale, 

sp.  nov.,  467 
Seale,   Alvin   and   Lanier,   R.    J.,    Report 

Steinhart  Aquarium,  1931-1932,  516 
Sedum  gertrudianum,  147 
Selasphorus  rufus,  277 
seleniris,  Salmo,  471 
seminudus,  Limonius  fulvipilis,  348 
semivittatus,  Ludius,  429 
septentrionalis,  Penthestes  atricapillus,  286 
Sericus,  452 

rugosus,  452 
serphylloides  intermedia,  Pogogyne,  125 

Pogogyne,  112,  121,  124 

typica,  Pogogyne,  122 
serripennis,  Stelgidopteryx,  283 
Sesuvium  portulacastrum,  27,  60 
Setaria  geniculata,  20,  53 
Setophaga  ruticilla,  285 
shastensis,  Ludius,  423 
shufeldti,  Junco  oreganus,  281 
Sialia  currucoides,  287 

mexicana  occidentalis,  287 
Sida  hederacea,  28,  76 

nesogena,  21,  32,  76 

rhombifolia,  21,  76 
sierras,  Athous  pallidipennis,  376 
sil  vatic  us,  Ludius,  409 
simulans,  Eutamias  ruficaudus,  289 
Sitta  canadensis,  285 

Slevin,  J.  R.  Report,  Department  Herpe- 
tology,  1931-1932,  512 


532 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Snyder,  J.  O.,  Salrno  seleniris,  a  New  Cal- 

fornia  Trout,  471 
soccifer,  Hemicrepidius,  445 
socorrense,  Psidium,  21,  32,  81 
socorrensis,  Bumelia,  22,  32,  83 

Calliandra,  21,  27,  32,  62 
Erigeron,  22,  33,  100 
Triumfetta,  21,  32,  75 
socorroensis,  Ilex,  21,  32,  72 
socorronis,  Peperomia,  20,  32,  58 
socorrosensis,  Perityle,  22,  24,  28,  33,  103 
Solarium  madrense,  22,  92 
solitarius  cassini,  Lanivireo,  284 
Sophora  tomentosa,  27,  63 
sordidus,  Athous,  380 
Sorex  vagrans  monticola,  288 
Sorghastrum  nutans,  20,  53 
sparveria.  Cerchneis  sparveria,  274 
spectabilis,  Navicula,  204 
Sphacele  hastata,  22,  90 
Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis,  276 
spinosum,  Triceratium,  222 
Spinus  pinus  pinus,  281 
Spizella  passerina  arizonae,  281 
sponsa,  Aix,  273 
Sporobolus  argutus,  27,  51 

purpurascens,  20,  23,  51 
squamosa,  Elytraria,  22,  96 
Steinhart  Aquarium,  Report  of,  1931-1932, 

516 
Stelgidopteryx  serripennis,  283 
Stella,  Macrora,  196 
stelleri  annectens,  Cyanocitta,  278 
Stellula  calliope,  277 
Stenophyllus  nesioticus,  20,  24,  27,  32, 

56 
Stephanogonia  actinoptychus,  217 

polyacantha,  218 
Stephanopyxis  lineata,  219 
Stictodiscus  kittonianus,  219 
stocktoni,  Xicotiana,  22,  28,  33,  94 
Streptanthus  coombsae,  145 
dudleyi,  145 
sanhedrensis,    146 
striata,  Fritillaria,  136 

Galactia,  27,  65 
sturmii,  Elater,  301 
Sturnella  neglecta,  280 
subopacus,  Anchastus,  321 
subrotundatum,  Triceratium,  222 
suckleyi,  Ludius,  431 
sulcata,  Melosira,  197 
suppressus,  Auliscus,  177 
surirella  tembloris,  220 
swainsoni,  Hylocichla  ustulata,  286 

Vireosylva  gilva,  284 
Swarth,    Harry    S.    Geographic    Variation 
Richardson  Grouse,   1  Report,  Depart- 
ment Orithology  and  Mammalogy,  1931- 
1932,  514 
symbolophorus,  Cocinodiscus,  184 


Tachycincta  thalassina  lepida,  283 
tahoensis,  Ludius,  418 
tembloris,  Surirella,  220 
Teucrium  affine,  32,  90 

var.  dentosum,  22,  24,  33.  90 

townsendii,  28,  32,  89 
tenellus,  Ludius,  414 
tenuiflora,  Pogogyne,  112,  128 
tenuissimum,  Eriogonum,   139 
tetracladia,  Periptera,  205 
thalassina  lepida,  Tachycineta,  283 
thumii,  Actinoptychus,  171 
tomentosa,  Sophora,  27,  63 
Tose,  Frank,  Report,   Department  of  Ex- 
hibits, 1931-1932,  510 
Tournefortia  hartwegiana,  22,  88 
townsendi,  Phoradendron,  20,  32,  59 
townsendii,  Teucrium  28,  32,  89 
var.  townsendii,  Viguiera  deltoidea,  22,  103 
traskae,  Aplopappus,  156 
Treasurer,  Report  of  1931,  488 
1932,  518 
Tribulus  cistoides,  21,  27,  65 
Triceratium  americanum,  220 

condecorum,  221 

spinosum,  222 

subrotundatum,  222 
trichas  occidentalis,  Geothlypis,  285 
tridactylosus,  Convolvulus,  151 
triloba,  Ipomcea,  22,  84 
Triumfetta  socorrensis,  21,  32,  75 
triundulatus,  Athous,  383 

Ludius,  434 
trivittatus,  Ludius,  423 
Troglodytes  asdon  parkmani,  285 
Tropidoneis  primoris,  223 
truanii,  Plagiogramma,  207 
truculentus,  Ludius,  416 
truxillensis,  Cressa,  22,  28,  87 
tumescens,  Hemicrepidius,  444 
typica,  Pogogyne  douglasii,  114 
typica,  Pogogyne  serpylloides,  122 
typicus,  Physocarpus  alternans,  131 
Tyrannus,  tyrannus,  277 

Tyrannus,  277 

verticalis,  278 


uliginosus,  Ludius,  408 
ulkei,  Limonius,  343 
umbelloides,  Bonasa  umbellus,  274 
umbellus  umbelloides,  Bonasa.  274 
umbilicatus,  Horistonotus,  329 
umbrosa,  Acalypha,  21,  32,  69 
undulatus,  Actinoptychus,  172 

Athous,  383 
unguicallosa,  Pleurothallis,  20,  32,  57 
ursinus,  Elater,  301 

Limonius.  349 
ustulata  swainsoni,  Hylocichla,  286 


Vol.  XIX) 


INDEX 


533 


vagrans  monticola,  Sorex,  288 

Van    Duzee,   E.    P.,   Report,   De- 
partment   Entomology,    1931- 
19.52,  508 
Van  Dyke,  Edwin  C,  Elatcrida:  and  related 

Coleoptera,  291 
varians,  Conoderes,  298 
variolatus,  Msgapenthx-s,  317 
varipilis,  Elater,  306 
varius  nuchalis,  Sphyrapicus,  276 
vclox,  Accipiter,  274 
ventmlis,  Anchastus,  322 
Verbena  litoralis,  22,  88 
Vermivora  ruficapilla  gutturalis,  284 
Vernonia  littoralis,  22,  33,  98 
verticalis,  Tyrannus,  278 
vespertina  brooksi,  Hesperiphona,  281 
Viguiera  deltoidea  var.  townsendii,  22,  103 
villosus  monticola,  Dryobates,  275 
Vireosylva  gilva  swainsoni,  284 

olivacea,  284 
virginianus,  Bubo,  275 
virginica,  Commelina,  27,  56 
Viscosa,  Dodonaea,  21,  24,  28,  73 
vittiger,  Athous.  373 


vociferus,  Oxyechus,  273 
volitans,  Ludius,  416 

Watheria  americana,  21,  28,  78 
weidti,  Ludius.  426 
westoni,  Calochortus,  136 
wrighti,  Empidonax,  278 

xalapense,  Oreopanax,  21,  23,  82 
Xanthiopyxis  acrolopha,  224 
globosa,  224 

rn.icul.ita,  225 
marginata,    225 
oblonga,   226 
Xystotheca,  226 

hustedti,   227 

Zanthoxylum  fagara,  27,  65 

insulara,  21,  66 
zizyphoroides,  Pogogyne,  112,  124,  126 
Zonotrichia  leucophrys  gambelli,  281 
zunilensis,  Micrurus  nigrocinctus,  266 
Zygoceros  (?)  quadricornis,  228 


534  (  ALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


ERRATA 

Page    27.    Fourth  line  of  table:  for  Erichloa  read  Eriochloa. 

Page  182.    Line  26:  for  Coscinodiscus  novozealandicus  Grove,  read  Coscino- 
discus  novazealandicus  Grove. 

Page  182.  Line  28:  for  novo-zealandica  Grove,  read  nova-zealandica  Grove. 

Page  200.  Line  14:  for  .447  mm.,  read  .0447  mm. 

Page  205.  Line  2:  for  plate  13,  fig.  8,  read  plate  13,  figs.  8,  9. 

Page  213.  Line  2:  for  plate  15,  figs.  5,  6,  7,  read  plate  15,  figs.  6,  7,  and  8. 

Page  227.  Line  2:  for  plate  18,  figs.  5,  6,  read  plate  18,  figs.  6,  7. 

Page  244.    Line  6:  for   Coscinodiscus  zealandicus  Grove,  read   Coscinodiscus 
novazealandicus  Grove. 

Page  260.    Line  6:  for  Triceratum,  read  Triceratium. 

Page  289.    Tenth  line  from  top:  for  Eutamias  ruficaudus  simulans  Howell, 
read  Eutamias  affinis  affinis  Allen. 

Page  289.    Fifth  line  from  bottom:  for  Neotoma  cinera  drummondi  (Richard- 
son), read  Neotoma  cinera  cinera  (Baird). 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THB 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  2,  pp.  9-104  November  18,  1931 


II 

The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands 


BY 

IVAN  M.  JOHNSTON 
Gray  Herbarium  of  Harvard  University 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1931 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expire?  1935 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1936 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .   .    .  Term  expires  1932 
F.  W.  BRADLEY, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .   .  Term  expires  1932 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 

OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 
DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
OTTO  von  GELDERN,  First  Vice-President 
DR.  WM.  E.  RITTER,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
ANNIE  G.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
F.  W.  BRADLEY,  Treasurer 
DR.  EMMET  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinkart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator 
Kate  E.  Phelps,  Assistant 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Amy  Williamson,  Assistant 
Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library      Dr.  Emmet  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 
Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


.25 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XVIII 

Pages  1-27.  I.  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America.  By  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and  Charles  H. 
O'Donoghue.    Plates  1-3.    (Issued  January  29,  1929) $0.65 

Pages  29-43.  II.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geor.pizidae)  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Text  figures  6.  (Issued  January 
29,  1929) 25 

Pages  45-71.  III.  A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting 
Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle.  By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Plates  4-7. 
(Issued  January  29,  1929) 40 

Pages  73-213.  IV.  Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of  North 
Colombia.  By  Frank  M.  Anderson.  Plates  8-23.  (Issued  March 
29,  1929) 1 .  50 

Page  215.  V.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.  By  Leo 
George  Hertlein.   Plate  24,  Figures  10-11.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  217-218.  VI.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 
California.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9. 
(Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  219-220.  VII.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila, 
Mexico.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.  Plate 
24,  figures  5-6.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  221-227.  VIII.  Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix.  By  Julius  Hender- 
son.  Plate  24,  figures  1-4.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  229-243.     IX.     Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.    By 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.   Plates  25-26.    (Issued  April  5,  1929)         .25 

Pages  245-260.  X.  On  a  small  collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 
Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 15 

Pages  261-265.   XI.   The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of 

the  California  Sardine.  By  Carl  L.  Hubbs.    (Issued  April  5, 1929)         .10 

Pages  267-383.  XII.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A 
Study  in  Animal  Distribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Plates 
27-32,  text  figures  7.    (Issued  April  26,  1929Y 1 . 00 

Pages  385-391.  XIII.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  By 
Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  September  6,  1929) .25 

Pages  393-484.  XIV.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 
Adjacent  Islands.  By  Alice  Eastwood.  Plates  33-34.  (Issued 
September  6,  1929) 1 .00 

Pages  485-496.  XV.  Drepania:  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California.  By  F.  M.  MacFarland.  Plate  35.  (Issued 
October  4,  1929) 40 

Pages  497-530.  XVI.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California.  By  J.  A.  Cushman  and  C.  C.  Church. 
Plates  36-41.    (Issued  October  4,  1929) 75 

Pages  531-541.    XVII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for 

the  year  1929.   By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  542-586.  XVIII.    Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Academy  for  ■ 

the  year  1929.    By  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann.    (Issued  April  8,  1930) 

Pages  587-601  Title   Page   Contents   and   Index.     (Issued 

May  8,  1930) 10 


.50 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XIX 

Pages  1-6.    I.    Marine  Mollusca  of  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico.  By' 

A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4,  1930) 
Pages  7-12.   II.    Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Mex 

ico.    By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4,  1930)^  $0.50 
Pages  13-22.    III.    Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands, 

Mexico.    By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4, 

1930) 

Pages  23-40.   IV.   Some  Rissoid  Mollusca  from  the  Gulf  of  California.' 

Plate  1;  4  text  figures.    By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna  and  A.  M. 

Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930)  I 

Pages  41-56.    V.    Some  Mollusca  of  the  Family  Epitoniidae  from  thej 

Gulf  of  California.   Plates  2  and  3.   Bv  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna 

and  A.  M.  Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  57-64.   VI.   Pliocene  Deposits  North  of  Simi  Valley,  California. 

By  W.  P.  Woodring.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  65-83.  VII.  Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 3  text  figures.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  July  15, 
1930) 25 

Pages  85-93.  VIII.  Fossil  Bird  Remains  from  the  Temblor  Formation 
near  Bakersfield,  California.  7  text  figures.  By  Alexander  Wet- 
more.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) .15 

Pages  95-104.  IX.  The  Killifish  of  San  Ignacio  and  the  Stickleback  of 
San  Ramon,  Lower  California.  1  text  figure.  By  George  Sprague 
Myers.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages   105-108.     X.     Contributions  to   Oriental  Herpetology. — IV. 

Hokushu  or  Yezo.    By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.    (Issued  July  15,  1930)         .  10 

Pages  109-215.  XL  Marine  Algae  of  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition  of 
1925.  Plates  4-15.  By  William  Albert  Setchell  and  Nathaniel 
Lyon  Gardner.    (Issued  December  30,  1930) 1.50 

Pages  217-397.  XII.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor  Forma- 
tion of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California.  134  text  figures. 
By  Remington  Kellogg.     (Issued  January  30,  1931) 1.25 

Pages  399-410.    XIII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for' 

the  year  1930.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  411-482.     XIV.   Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  I-       .25 

the  Aquarium  for  the  year  1930.    By  Barton 
Warren  Evermann.     (Issued  May  29,  1931)) 

VOLUME  XX 

Pages  1-7.     I.     Geographic  Variation  in    the    Richardson    Grouse. 

By  Harry  S.  Swarth.     Text  figure  3.       (Issued  May  22,  1931).. .     $0. 15 

Pages  9-104.     II.     The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.     By  Ivan 

M.  Johnston.    (Issued  November  18,  1931) 1 .  25 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  Nos.  3  and  4,  pp.  105-134,  plate  1         December  18,  1931 


No.  3,  pp.  105-128,  plate  1 

The  Genus  Pogogyne 


BY 

JOHN  THOMAS  HOWELL 
Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Botany 


No.  4,  pp.  129-134 

A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus 


BY 

JOHN  THOMAS  HOWELL 
Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Botany 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1931 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1935 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1936 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .   .   .  Term  expires  1932 
F.  W.  BRADLEY, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .   .    .  Term  expires  1932 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 

OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 
DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
OTTO  von  GELDERN,  First  Vice-President 
DR.  WM.  E.  RITTER,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
ANNIE  G.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
F.  W.  BRADLEY,  Treasurer 
DR.  EMMET  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator 
Kate  E.  Phelps,  Assistant 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Amy  Williamson,  Assistant 
Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits .    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes    .   .   .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .   Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library      Dr.  Emmet  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 
Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

_    Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 
Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


25 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XVIII 

Pages  1-27.  I.  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America.  By  Frank  M.  MaoFarland  and  Charles  H. 
O'Donoghue.    Plates  1-3.    (Issued  January  29,  1929) $0 .  65 

Pages  29-43.  II.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidae)  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Text  figures  6.  {Issued  January 
29,  1929) 25 

Pages  45-71.  III.  A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting 
Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle.  By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Plates  4-7. 
(Issued  January  29,  1929) 40 

Pages  73-213.  IV.  Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of  North 
Colombia.  By  Frank  M.  Anderson.  Plates  8-23.  (Issued  March 
29,  1929) 1 .  50 

Page  215.  V.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.  By  Leo' 
George  Hertlein.   Plate  24,  Figures  10-11.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  217-218.  VI.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 
California.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9. 
(Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  219-220.  VII.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snarl  from  Coahuila, 
Mexico.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.  Plate 
24,  figures  5-6.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  221-227.  VIII.  Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix.  By  Julius  Hender- 
son.  Plate  24,  figures  1-4.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  229-243.    IX.     Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.    By 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.  Plates  25-26.    (Issued  April  5,  1929)         .25 

Pages  245-260.  X.  On  a  small  collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 
Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 15 

Pages  261-265.   XI.   The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of 

the  California  Sardine.  By  Carl  L.  Hubbs.   (Issued  April  5, 1929)         .  10 

Pages  267-383.  XII.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A 
Study  in  Animal  Distribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Plates 
27-32,  text  figures  7.    (Issued  April  26,  1929) 1 . 00 

Pages  385-391.  XIII.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  By 
Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  September  6,  1929) .25 

Pages  393-484.  XIV.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 
Adjacent  Islands.  By  Alice  Eastwood.  Plates  33-34.  (Issued 
September  6,  1929) 1 .00 

Pages  485-496.  XV.  Drepania:  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California.  By  F.  M.  MacFarland.  Plate  35.  (Issued 
October  4,  1929) 40 

Pages  497-530.  XVI.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California.  By  J.  A.  Cushman  and  C.  C.  Church. 
Plates  36-41.    (Issued  October  4, 1929) 75 

Pages  531-541.    XVII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for' 

the  year  1929.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  542-586.  XVIII.    Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Academy  for  • 

the  year  1929.    By  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann.   (Issued  April  8,  1930) 

Pages  587-601  Title   Page   Contents   and   Index.     (Issued 

May  8, 1930) 10 


50 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XIX 

Pages  1-6.    I.    Marine  Mollusca  of  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico.  By' 

A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4,  1930) 
Pages  7-12.   II.   Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Mex> 

ico.    By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4,  1930))  $0.50 
Pages  13-22.    III.    Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands, 

Mexico.    By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4, 

1930) 

Pages  23-40.  IV.  Some  Rissoid  Mollusca  from  the  Gulf  of  California. 

Plate  1 ;  4  text  figures.   By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna  and  A.  M. 

Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 
Pages  41-56.   V.   Some  Mollusca  of  the  Family  Epitoniidffi  from  the 

Gulf  of  California.  Plates  2  and  3.  By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna 

and  A.  M.  Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  57-64.  VI.  Pliocene  Deposits  North  of  Simi  Valley,  California. 

By  W.  P.  Woodring.    (Issued  July  15, 1930) 15 

Pages  65-83.  VII.  Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 3  text  figures.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  July  15, 
1930) : 25 

Pages  85-93.  VIII.  Fossil  Bird  Remains  from  the  Temblor  Formation 
near  Bakersfield,  California.  7  text  figures.  By  Alexander  Wet- 
more.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  95-104.  IX.  The  Killifish  of  San  Ignacio  and  the  Stickleback  of 
San  Ramon,  Lower  California.  1  text  figure.  By  George  Sprague 
Myers.    (Issued  July  15, 1930) .15 

Pages   105-108.    X.    Contributions  to  Oriental  Herpetology. — IV. 

Hokushu  or  Yezo.   By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.    (Issued  July  15,  1930)         .  10 

Pages  109-215.  XI.  Marine  Algse  of  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition  of 
1925.  Plates  4-15.  By  William  Albert  Setchell  and  Nathaniel 
Lyon  Gardner.    (Issued  December  30,  1930) 1.50 

Pages  217-397.  XII.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor  Forma- 
tion of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California.  134  text  figures. 
By  Remington  Kellogg.     (Issued  January  30,  1931) 1.25 

Pages  399-410.    XIII.   Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for 

the  year  1930.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  411-482.    XIV.  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  \       .25 

the  Aquarium  for  the  year  1930.   By  Barton 
Warren  Evermann.    (issued  May  29,  1931)} 


VOLUME  XX 

Pages  1-7.     I.     Geographic  Variation  in   the    Richardson    Grouse. 

By  Harry  S.  Swarth.    Text  figures  3.     (Issued  May  22,  1931).. .     $0. 15 

Pages  9-104.     II.    The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.     By  Ivan 

M.Johnston.    (Issued  November  18, 1931) 1.25 

Pages  105-128.    III.    The   Genus   Pogogyne.      Plate   1.      By  John] 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  193 1)A         *q 

Pages  129-134.   IV.   A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus.  By  John  f 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931).) 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  5,  pp.  135-160  December  18,  1931 


V 


New  Species  of  Plants 
From  Western  North  America 


BY 

ALICE  EASTWOOD 
Curator,  Department  of  Botany 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1931 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1935 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1936 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
F.  W.  BRADLEY, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 

OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 

OTTO  von  GELDERN,  First  Vice-President 

DR.  WM.  E.  RITTER,  Second  Vice-President 

DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 

ANNIE  G.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 

F.  W.  BRADLEY,  Treasurer 

DR.  EMMET  RIXFORD.  Librarian 

DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator 
Kate  E.  Phelps,  Assistant 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Amy  Williamson,  Assistant 
Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke.  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library Dr.  Emmet  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 
Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 


VOLUME  XVIII 

Pages  1-27.  I.  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America.  By  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and  Charles  H. 
O'Donoghue.    Plates  1-3.    (Issued  January  29,  IQ2Q) 

Pages  29-43.  II.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizida?)  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Text  figures  6.  (Issued  January 
29,  1929) 

Pages  45-71.  III.  A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting 
Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle.  By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Plates  4-7. 
{Issued  January  29,  1929) 


IV.     Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of  North 
By  Frank  M.  Anderson.    Plates  8-23.    (Issued  March 


Pages  73-213. 
Colombia. 
29,  1929) . 

Page  215.  V.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.  By  Leo 
George  Hertlein.    Plate  24,  Figures  10-11.  (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  217-218.  VI.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 
California.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9. 
(Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  219-220.  VII.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila, 
Mexico.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.  Plates 
24,  figures  5-6.    (Issued  April  5, 1929) 

Pages  221-227.  VIII.  Some  Notes  on  OreoheUx.  By  Julius  Hender- 
son.   Plate  24,  figures  1-4.    (Issued  April 5, 1929) 

Pages  229-243.  IX.  Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    Plates  25-26.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  245-260.  X.  On  a  small  collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 
Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5, 1929) 

Pages  261-265.  XL  The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of 
the  California  Sardine.    By  Carl  L.  Hubbs.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  267-383.  XII.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A 
Study  in  Animal  Distribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Plates 
27-32,  text  figures  7.    (Issued  April  26,  1929) 

Pages  3857391.  XIII.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  By 
Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  September  6,  1929) 

Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 
By  Alice  Eastwood.    Plates  33-34.     (Issued 


$0.65 


.25 


.40 


1.50 


Pages  393-484.  XIV. 
Adjacent  Islands. 
September  6,  1929) . 

Pages  485-496.  XV.  Drepania:  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California.  By  F.  M.  MacFarland.  Plate  35.  (Issued 
October  4,  1929) 

Pages  497-530.  XVI.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Forminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California.  By  J.  A.  Cushman  and  C.  C.  Church. 
Plates  36-41.    (Issued  October  4,  1929) 


Pages  531-541.      XVII. 
Pages  542-586.     XVIII. 


Pages  587-601 


Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for 
the  year  1929.  By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Academy  for 
the  year  1929.  By  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann.    (Issued  April  8,  1930) 

Title  Page  Contents  and  Index.  (Issued 
May  8,  1930) 


.25 


.25 

.15 
.10 

1.00 
.25 

1.00 
.40 

.75 

.25 
.10 


•  $0.50 


.50 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XIX 

Pages  1-6.  I.  Marine  Mollusca  of  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico.  By' 
A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  7-12.  II.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Mex- 
ico.   By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  13-22.  III.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands, 
Mexico.  By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4, 
1930) 

Pages  23-40.  IV.  Some  Rissoid  Mollusca  from  the  Gulf  of  California. 

Plate  1;  4  text  figures.   By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna  and  A.  M. 

Strong.  (Issued  July  15, 1930) 
Pages  41-56.    V.    Some  Mollusca  of  the  Family  Epitoniidae  from  the 

Gulf  of  California.   Plates  2  and  3.   By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna 

and  A.  M.  Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  57-64.  VI.  Pliocene  Deposits  North  of  Simi  Valley,  California. 

By  W.  P.  Woodring.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  65-83.  VII.  Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 3  text  figures.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  July  15, 
1930) 25 

Pages  85-93.  VIII.  Fossil  Bird  Remains  from  the  Temblor  Formation 
near  Bakersfield,  California.  7  text  figures.  By  Alexander  Wet- 
more.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  95-104.  IX.  The  Killifish  of  San  Ignacio  and  the  Stickleback  of 
San  Ramon,  Lower  California.  1  text  figure.  By  George  Sprague 
Myers.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) .15 

Pages   105-108.    X.    Contributions  to  Oriental  Herpetology. — IV. 

Hokushu  or  Yezo.   By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.    (Issued  July  15,  1930)         .10 

Pages  109-215.  XL  Marine  Alga;  of  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition  of 
1925.  Plates  4-15.  By  William  Albert  Setchell  and  Nathaniel 
Lyon  Gardner.    (Issued  December  30,  1930) 1.50 

Pages  217-397.  XII.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor  Forma- 
tion of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California.  134  text  figures. 
By  Remington  Kellogg.    (Issued  January  30, 1931) 1.25 

Pages  399-410.    XIII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for") 

the  year  1930.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  411-482.    XIV.    Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  \       .25 

the  Aquarium  for  the  year  1930.   By  Barton 
Warren  Evermann.    (Issued  May  29,  1931)) 


VOLUME  XX 

Pages  1-7.    I.    Geographic    Variation    in    the    Richardson    Grouse. 

By  Harry  S.  Swarth.    Text  figures  3.   (Issued  May  22,  1931) $0. 15 

Pages  9-104.    II.    The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.    By  Ivan 

M.  Johnston.    (Issued  November  18,  1931) 1 .  25 


.40 


Pages  105-128.    III.    The    Genus   Pogogyne.      Plate    1.      By   John] 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931).\ 

Pages  129-134.    IV.    A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus.   By  John  | 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931).) 

Pages  135-160.    V.    New    Species   of    Plants   from    Western    North 

America.    By  Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  December  18,  1931) .50 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THS 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  6,  pp.  161-263,  plates  2-18  January  8, 1932 


VI 


The  Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill, 
Kern  County,  California 


BY 

G.  DALLAS  HANNA,  Curator 

Department  of  Paleontology 
California  Academy  of  Sciences 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1932 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1935 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE  .    . Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1936 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-qfficio  member     .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
F.  W.  BRADLEY, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 

OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 
DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
OTTO  von  GELDERN,  First  Vice-President 
DR.  WM.  E.  RITTER,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
ANNIE  G.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
F.-W.  BRADLEY,  Treasurer 
DR.  EMMET  RIXFORD.  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator 
Kate  E.  Phelps,  Assistant 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Amy  Williamson,  Assistant 
Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library     Dr.  Emmet  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 
Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Madlliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


25 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XVIII 

Pages  1-27.  I.  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America.  By  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and  Charles  H. 
O'Donoghue.    Plates  1-3.    (Issued  January  29,  1929) $0 .  65 

Pages  29-43.  II.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizida:)  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Text  figures  6.  (Issued  January 
29,  1929) 25 

Pages  45-71.  III.  A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting 
Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle.  By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Plates  4-7. 
(Issued  January  29,  1929) .40 

Pages  73-213.  IV.  Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of  North 
Colombia.  By  Frank  M.  Anderson.  Plates  8-23.  (Issued  March 
29,  1929) 1 .  50 

Page  215.  V.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.  By  Leo 
George  Hertlein.    Plate  24,  Figures  10-11.  (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  217-218.  VI.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 
California.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9. 
(Issued  April  5,  1929s) 

Pages  219-220.  VII.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila, 
Mexico.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.  Plates 
24,  figures  5-6.    (Issued  April  5, 1929) 

Pages  221-227.  VIII.  Some  Notes  on  Oreohehx.  By  Julius  Hender- 
son.   Plate  24,  figures  1-4.    (Issued Aprils,  1929) 

Pages  229-243.     IX.     Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.     By 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    Plates  25-26.    (Issued  April  5,  1929)         .  25 

Pages  245-260.  X.  On  a  small  collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 
Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April 5, 1929) .15 

Pages  261-265.    XL    The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of 

the  California  Sardine.    By  Carl  L.  Hubbs.    (Issued  April  5, 1929)         .10 

Pages  267-383.  XII.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A 
Study  in  Animal  Distribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Plates 
27-32,  text  figures  7.    (Issued  April  26,  1929) 1 . 00 

Pages  385-391.  XIII.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  By 
Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  September  6,  1929) .25 

Pages  393-484.  XIV.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 
Adjacent  Islands.  By  Alice  Eastwood.  Plates  33-34.  (Issued 
September  6,  1929) 1 .  00 

Pages  485-496.  XV.  Drepania:  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California.  By  F.  M.  MacFarland.  Plate  35.  (Issued 
October  4,  1929) .40 

Pages  497-530.  XVI.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Forminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California.  By  J.  A.  Cushman  arid  C.  C.  Church. 
Plates  36-41.    (Issued  October  4,  1929) 75 

Pages  531-541.      XVII.     Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for) 

the  year  1929.  By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  542-586.     XVIII.     Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Academy  for  J       .  25 

the  year  1929.    By  Barton  Warren  Ever- 1 
mann.   (Issued  April  8, 1930)  J 

Pages  587-601  Title  Page  Contents  and  Index.  (Issued 

May  8,  1930) 10 


$0.50 


50 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XIX 

Pages  1-6.  I.  Marine  Mollusca  of  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico.  By 
A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  7-12.  II.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Mex- 
ico.   By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  13-22.  III.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands, 
Mexico.  By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4, 
1930) 

Pages  23-40.  IV.  Some  Rissoid  Mollusca  from  the  Gulf  of  California. 
Plate  1 ;  4  text  figures.  By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna  and  A.  M. 
Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  41-56.  V.  Some  Mollusca  of  the  Family  Epitoniidae  from  the 
Gulf  of  California.  Plates  2  and  3.  By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna 
and  A.  M.  Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  57-64.   VI.   Pliocene  Deposits  North  of  Simi  Valley,  California. 

By  W.  P.  Woodring.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  65-83.  VII.  Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 3  text  figures.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  July  15, 
1930) 25 

Pages  85-93.  VIII.  Fossil  Bird  Remains  from  the  Temblor  Formation 
near  Bakersfield,  California.  7  text  figures.  By  Alexander  Wet- 
more.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  95-104.  IX.  The  Killifish  of  San  Ignacio  and  the  Stickleback  of 
San  Ramon,  Lower  California.  1  text  figure.  By  George  Sprague 
Myers.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages   105-108.     X.     Contributions  to  Oriental  Herpetology. — IV. 

Hokushu  or  Yezo.    By  Joseph  R.  Slevm.    (Issued  July  15,  1930)         .  10 

Pages  109-215.  XI.  Marine  Alga-  of  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition  of 
1925.  Plates  4-15.  By  William  Albert  Setchell  and  Nathaniel 
Lyon  Gardner.    (Issued  December  30,  1930) 1.50 

Pages  217-397.  XII.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor  Forma- 
tion of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California.  134  text  figures. 
By  Remington  Kellogg.     (Issued  January  30,  1931) 1.25 

Pages  399-410.    XIII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for' 

the  year  1930.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  411-482.     XIV.   Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of}-       .25 

the  Aquarium  for  the  year  1930.    By  Barton 
Warren  Evermann.    (Issued  May  29,  1931)) 


VOLUME  XX 

Pages  1-7.     I.     Geographic  Variation  in    the    Richardson    Grouse. 

By  Harry  S.  Swarth.     Text  figures  3.     (Issued  May  22,  1931). . .     $0. 15 
Pages  9-104.     II.     The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.    By  Ivan 

M.  Johnston.    (Issued  November  18,  1931) 1.25 

Pages  105-128.    III.    The   Genus    Pogogyne.      Plate    1.      By   John] 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931).  (         ^q 
Pages  129-134.    IV.    A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus.  By  John  j 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931).) 
Pages  135-160.    V.    New    Species    of    Plants   from    Western    North 

America.    By  Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  December  18,  1931) .50 

Pages  161-263.  VI.  The  Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County, 
California.  Plates  2-18.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  January 
8,  1932) 1 .  50 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THB 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  8,  pp.  269-290  January  8,  1932 


VIII 


Birds  and  Mammals  from  the  Kootenay  Valley, 
Southeastern  British  Columbia 


BY 


JOSEPH  MAILLIARD,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

California  Academy  of  Sciences 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1932 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President  .    . Term  expires  1935 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  P.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1936 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
F.  W.  BRADLEY, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 

OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 
DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
OTTO  von  GELDERN,  First  Vice-President 
DR.  WM.  E.  RITTER,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
ANNIE  G.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
F.  W.  BRADLEY,  Treasurer 
DR.  EMMET  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Sleinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .   Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator 
Kate  E.  Phelps,  Assistant 

Department  of  Entomology  .   Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Amy  Williamson,  Assistant 
Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library     Dr.  Emmet  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 
Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XVIII 

Pages  1-27.  I.  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America.  By  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and  Charles  H. 
O'Donoghue.    Plates  1-3.    (Issued  January  29,  1929) $0.65 

Pages  29-43.  II.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidse)  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Text  figures  6.  (Issued  January 
29,  1929) 25 

Pages  45-71.  III.  A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting 
Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle.  By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Plates  4-7. 
(Issued  January  29,  1929) 40 

Pages  73-213.  IV.  Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of  North 
Colombia.  By  Frank  M.  Anderson.  Plates  8-23.  (Issued  March 
29,1929) 1.50 

Page  215.  V.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.  By  Leo 
George  Hertlein.   Plate  24,  Figures  10-11.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  217-218.  VI.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 
California.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9. 
(Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  219-220.    VII.    A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila/ 
Mexico.   By  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.     Plate 
24,  figures  5-6.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  221-227.  VIII.  Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix.  By  Julius  Hender- 
son.  Plate  24,  figures  1-4.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  229-243.    IX.    Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.    By 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.  Plates  25-26.   (Issued  April  5,  1929)         .25 

Pages  245-260.  X.  On  a  small  collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 
Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 15 

Pages  261-265.  XI.   The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of 

the  Calif ornia  Sardine.  By  Carl  L.  Hubbs.   (Issued  April  5, 1929)         .10 

Pages  267-383.  XII.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A 
Study  in  Animal  Distribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Plates 
27-32,  text  figures  7.    (Issued  April  26,  1929) 1 .  00 

Pages  385-391.  XIII.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  By 
Alice  Eastwood.   (Issued  September  6,  1929) .25 

Pages  393-484.  XIV.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 
Adjacent  Islands.  By  Alice  Eastwood.  Plates  33-34.  (Issued 
September  6,  1929) 1.00 

Pages  485-496.  XV.  Drepania:  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California.  By  F.  M.  MacFarland.  Plate  35.  (Issued 
October  4,  1929) 40 

Pages  497-530.  XVI.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California.  By  J.  A.  Cushman  and  C.  C.  Church. 
Plates  36-41.   (Issued  October  4,  1929) 75 

Pages  531-541.    XVII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for' 

the  year  1929.   By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  542-586.  XVIII.    Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Academy  for  • 

the  year  1929.    By  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann.    (Issued  April  8,  1930) 

Pages  587-601  Title  Page   Contents   and   Index.     (Issued 

May  8,  1930) 10 


.50 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XIX 

Pages  1-6.  I.  Marine  Mollusca  of  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico.  By 
A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  7-12.  II.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Mex- 
ico.   By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4,  1930)\  $0.50 

Pages  13-22.  III.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands, 
Mexico.  By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4, 
1930) 

Pages  23-40.  IV.  Some  Rissoid  Mollusca  from  the  Gulf  of  California. 

Plate  1;  4  text  figures.    By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna  and  A.  M. 

Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 
Pages  41-56.    V.    Some  Mollusca  of  the  Family  Epitoniidae  from  the 

Gulf  of  California.   Plates  2  and  3.   By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna 

and  A.  M.  Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  57-64.   VI.   Pliocene  Deposits  North  of  Simi  Valley,  California. 

By  W.  P.  Woodring.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages  65-83.  VII.  Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 3  text  figures.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  July  15, 
1930) I .25 

Pages  85-93.  VIII.  Fossil  Bird  Remains  from  the  Temblor  Formation 
near  Bakersfield,  California.  7  text  figures.  By  Alexander  Wet- 
more.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) .15 

Pages  95-104.  IX.  The  Killifish  of  San  Ignacio  and  the  Stickleback  of 
San  Ramon,  Lower  California.  1  text  figure.  By  George  Sprague 
Myers.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 15 

Pages   105-108.     X.     Contributions  to  Oriental  Herpetology. — IV. 

Hokushu  or  Yezo.    By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.    (Issued  July  15,  1930)         .  10 

Pages  109-215.  XI.  Marine  Alga?  of  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition  of 
1925.  Plates  4-15.  By  William  Albert  Setchell  and  Nathaniel 
Lyon  Gardner.    (Issued  December  30,  1930) 1.50 

Pages  217-397.  XII.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor  Forma- 
tion of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California.  134  text  figures. 
By  Remington  Kellogg.     (Issued  January  30, 1931) 1.25 

Pages  399-410.    XIII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for 

the  year  1930.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  411-482.    XIV.    Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  ■ 

the  Aquarium  for  the  year  1930.  By  Barton 
Warren  Evermann.    (Issued  May  39,  1931) • 

VOLUME  XX 

Pages  1-7.    I.    Geographic    Variation    in    the    Richardson    Grouse. 

By  Harry  S.  Swarth.    Text  figures  3.   (Issued  May  22,  1931) $0.15 

Pages  9-104.    II.    The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.    By  Ivan 

M.  Johnston.    (Issued  November  18,  1931) 1 .  25 

Pages  105-128.    III.    The    Genus    Pogogyne.      Plate    1.      By   John] 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931).  (  .n 

Pages  129-134.    IV.    A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus.   By  John  (         *u 

Thomas  Howell.    (Isstied  December  18,  1931). 
Pages  135-160.    V.    New    Species    of    Plants   from   Western    North 

America.    By  Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  December  18,  1931) .50 

Pages  161-263.  VI.  The  Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County, 
California.  Plates  2-18.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  January 
8,  1932) 1 .  50 

Pages  265-267.  VII.  A  new  Subspecies  of  Coral  Snake  from  Guate- 
mala.   By  Karl  P.  Schmidt.    (Issued  January  8, 1932) .  . .15 

Pages  269-290.  VIII.  Birds  and  Mammals  from  the  Kootenay  Valley, 
Southeastern  British  Columbia.  By  Joseph  Mailliard.  (Issued 
January  8,  1932) 25 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XX,  No.  9,  pp.  291-465  March  3,  1932 


IX 


Miscellaneous  Studies  in  the  Elateridae 
and  Related  Families  of  Coleoptera 


BY 

EDWIN  C.  VAN  DYKE 

University  of  California 

Berkeley,  California 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1932 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1935 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1936 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .   .    .  Term  expires  1932 
F.  W.  BRADLEY, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 

OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 
DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
OTTO  von  GELDERN,  First  Vice-President 
DR.  WM.  E.  RITTER,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
ANNIE  G.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
F.  W.  BRADLEY,  Treasurer 
DR.  EMMET  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

John  Thomas  Howell,  Assistant  Curator 
Kate  E.  Phelps,  Assistant 

Department  of  Entomology  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Amy  Williamson,  Assistant 
Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Curator  Emeritus 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .   .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library Dr.  Emmet  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 
Veronica  J.  Sexton,  Library  Assistant 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

Mary  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Dr.  Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    .   .   .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Robert  J.  Lanier,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Chairman  and  Editor 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Wm.  E.  Ritter 


.25 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XVIII 

Pages  1-27.  I.  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America.  By  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and  Charles  H. 
O'Donoghue.    Plates  1-3.    (Issued  January  29,  1929) $0. 65 

Pages  29-43.  II.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidae)  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Text  figures  6.  (Issued  January 
29,  1929) 25 

Pages  45-71.  III.  A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting 
Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle.  By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Plates  4-7. 
(Issued  January  29,  1929) 40 

Pages  73-213.  IV.  Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of  North 
Colombia.  By  Frank  M.  Anderson.  Plates  8-23.  (Issued  March 
29,  1929) 1 .  50 

Page  215.  V.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.  By  Leo 
George  Hertlein.  Plate  24,  Figures  10-11.    (Issued  April  5, 1929) 

Pages  217-218.  VI.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 
California.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9. 
(Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  219-220.  VII.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila, 
Mexico.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.  Plate 
24,  figures  5-6.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  221-227.  VIII.  Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix.  By  Julius  Hender- 
son.  Plate  24,  figures  1-4.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 

Pages  229-243.    IX.     Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.    By 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.   Plates  25-26.    (Issued  April  5,  1929)         .25 

Pages  245-260.  X.  On  a  small  collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 
Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By 
M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929) 15 

Pages  261-265.   XI.   The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of 

the  California  Sardine.  By  Carl  L.  Hubbs.   (Issued  April  5, 1929)         .10 

Pages  267-383.  XII.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A 
Studv  in  Animal  Distribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.  Plates 
27-32,  text  figures  7.    (Issued  April  26,  1929) 1 . 00 

Pages  3857391.    XIII.    The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San 
x       Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.    By 

Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  September  6,  1929) .25 

Pages  393-484.  XIV.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 
Adjacent  Islands.  By  Alice  Eastwood.  Plates  33-34.  (Issued 
September  6,  1929) 1 .00 

Pages  485-496.  XV.  Drepania:  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California.  By  F.  M.  MacFarland.  Plate  35.  (Issued 
October  4,  1929) 40 

Pages  497-530.  XVI.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California.  By  J.  A.  Cushman  and  C.  C.  Church. 
Plates  36-41.    (Issued  October  4,  1929) 75 

Pages  531-541.    XVII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for' 

the  year  1929.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 

Pages  542-586.  XVIII.    Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Academy  for  \ 

the  year  1929.    By  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann.    (Issued  April  8,  1930) 

Pages  587-601  Title   Page   Contents   and    Index.     (Issued 

May  8,  1930) 10 


PROCEEDINGS 

Fourth  Series 

VOLUME  XIX 

Pages  1-6.  I.  Marine  Mollusca  of  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico.  By' 
A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.    (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  7-12.  II.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands,  Mex- 
ico.   By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4,  1930) 

Pages  13-22.  III.  Marine  Mollusca  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands, 
Mexico.  By  A.  M.  Strong  and  G.  D.  Hanna.  (Issued  June  4, 
1930) 

Pages  23—40.  IV.  Some  Rissoid  Mollusca  from  the  Gulf  of  California. 

Plate  1;  4  text  figures.    Bv  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna  and  A.  M. 

Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 
Pages  41-56.    V.    Some  Mollusca  of  the  Family  Epitoniidae  from  the  ( 

Gulf  of  California.   Plates  2  and  3.   By  Fred  Baker,  G.  D.  Hanna 

and  A.  M.  Strong.  (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  57-64.  VI.  Pliocene  Deposits  North  of  Simi  Valley,  California. 
By  W.  P.  Woodring.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  65-83.  VII.  Geology  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 3  text  figures.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  July  15, 
1930) 

Pages  85-93.  VIII.  Fossil  Bird  Remains  from  the  Temblor  Formation 
near  Bakersfield,  California.  7  text  figures.  By  Alexander  Wet- 
more.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  95-104.  IX.  The  Killifish  of  San  Ignacio  and  the  Stickleback  of 
San  Ramon,  Lower  California.  1  text  figure.  By  George  Sprague 
Myers.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  105-108.  X.  Contributions  to  Oriental  Herpetology. — IV. 
Hokushu  or  Yezo.    By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.    (Issued  July  15,  1930) 

Pages  109-215.  XL  Marine  Algse  of  the  Revillagigedo  Expedition  of 
1925.  Plates  4-15.  By  William  Albert  Setchell  and  Nathaniel 
Lyon  Gardner.    (Issued  December  30,  1930) 

Pages  217-397.  XII.  Pelagic  Mammals  from  the  Temblor  Forma- 
tion of  the  Kern  River  Region,  California.  134  text  figures. 
By  Remington  Kellogg.    (Issued  January  30, 1931) 

Pages  399-410.    XIII.    Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for 

the  year  1930.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 
Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and  of 
the  Aquarium  for  the  year  1930.  By  Barton 
Warren  Evermann.    (Issued  May  29,  1931) 


y 


$0.50 


Pages  411-482.    XIV. 


.50 


.15 


,25 


.15 


15 


10 


1.50 


1.25 


.25 


VOLUME  XX 
Pages  1-7.    I.    Geographic    Variation    in    the    Richardson    Grouse. 
By  Harry  S.  Swarth.    Text  figures  3.   (Issued  May  22,  1931) .... 

Pages  9-104.  II.  The  Flora  of  the  Revillagigedo  Islands.  By  Ivan 
M.  Johnston.    (Issued  November  18,  1931) 

Pages  105-128.    III.    The   Genus   Pogogyne.      Plate    1.      By   John 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931). 

Pages  129-134.    IV.    A  Great  Basin  Species  of  Physocarpus.   By  John 

Thomas  Howell.    (Issued  December  18,  1931). 

Pages  135-160.  V.  New  Species  of  Plants  from  Western  North 
America.    By  Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  December  18,  1931) 

Pages  161-263.  VI.  The  Diatoms  of  Sharktooth  Hill,  Kern  County, 
California.  Plates  2-18.  By  G.  Dallas  Hanna.  (Issued  January 
8,  1932) 

Pages  265-267.  VII.  A  new  Subspecies  of  Coral  Snake  from  Guate- 
mala.   By  Karl  P.  Schmidt.    (Issued  January  8, 1932) 

Pages  269-290.  VIII.  Birds  and  Mammals  from  the  Kootenay  Valley, 
Southeastern  British  Columbia.  By  Joseph  Mailliard.  (Issued 
January  8,  1932) 

Pages  291-465.  IX.  Miscellaneous  Studies  in  the  Elateridae  and  Re- 
lated Families  of  Coleoptera.  By  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke.  (Issued 
March  3,  1932) 


$0.15 


1.25 


.40 


.50 


1.50 


15 


.25 


1.00 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF    THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  Series 


Vol.  XX,  No.  12,  pp.  473-482 
Vol.  XX,  No.  13,  pp.  483-491 
Vol.  XX,  No.  14,  pp.  493-521 


December  31,  1940 


XII 

Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy 
For  the  Year  1931 

BY 

C.  E.  GRUNSKY 
President  of  the  Academy 


XIII 

Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and 
of  the  Aquarium  for  the  Year  1931 

BY 

BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN 
Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium 


XIV 

Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  and 

Acting  Director  of  the  Museum  and  The 

Aquarium  for  the  Year  1932 

With  Departmental  Reports  for  the  Two  Years 

1931  and  1932 

BY 

C.  E.  GRUNSKY 

President  and  Acting  Director  of  the  Museum  and  Aquarium 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1940 


December  31.  1940